0001104659-23-126304.txt : 20231215 0001104659-23-126304.hdr.sgml : 20231215 20231215133852 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-23-126304 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-12G PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 16 FILED AS OF DATE: 20231215 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0002003881 IRS NUMBER: 933514045 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MD FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-12G SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-56623 FILM NUMBER: 231489671 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 14185 DALLAS PARKWAY STREET 2: SUITE 1200 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75254 BUSINESS PHONE: 972.490.9600 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 14185 DALLAS PARKWAY STREET 2: SUITE 1200 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75254 10-12G 1 tm2332619d1_1012g.htm 10-12G

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2023

 

File No. 000-[•] 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549

  

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

 

 

Maryland   93-3514045
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, TX   75254
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

  (972) 490-9600             
  (Registrant’s telephone number including area code)          

 

 

With copies to:

Robert H. Bergdolt

Laura K. Sirianni 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4141 Parklake Avenue, Suite 300 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27612-2350

(919) 786-2002

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class to be so registered   Name of each exchange on which each class is to be registered
None   None

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Class S Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨
         
Non-accelerated filer x   Smaller reporting company x
         
Emerging growth company x      

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

 

 

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page No. 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements i
     
Item 1. Business 3
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 23
     
Item 2. Financial Information 24
     
Item 3. Properties 31
     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 36
     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers 37
     
Item 6. Executive Compensation 43
     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 45
     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 59
     
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 59
     
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 67
     
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered 67
     
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 89
     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 90
   
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 90
     
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits 91

 

 

 

  

cautionary note regarding Forward-looking statements

 

Certain statements contained in this Form 10 of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us”) other than historical facts may be considered forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, and prospects and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, as well as known and unknown risks, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or anticipated. Therefore, such statements are not intended to be a guarantee of our performance in future periods. Such forward-looking statements can generally be identified by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “could,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “believe,” “potential,” “continue,” or other similar words. Specifically, we consider, among others, statements concerning future operating results and cash flows, our ability to meet future obligations, and the amount and timing of any future distributions to stockholders to be forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date this report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We make no representations or warranties (express or implied) about the accuracy of any such forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10, and we do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

Any such forward-looking statements are subject to unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors and are based on a number of assumptions involving judgments with respect to, among other things, future economic, competitive, and market conditions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately. To the extent that our assumptions differ from actual results, our ability to meet such forward-looking statements, including our ability to generate positive cash flow from operations, provide distributions to stockholders, and maintain the value of our real estate properties, may be significantly hindered.

 

The following are some of the risks and uncertainties, although not all risks and uncertainties, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those presented in our forward-looking statements:

 

·We are a newly formed entity with a limited operating history, and there is no assurance that we will achieve our investment objectives.

 

·We have made a limited number of investments to date, and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments before we make them.

 

·We invest primarily in stabilized, income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales located primarily in the U.S. A sector focused investment portfolio is inherently more risky than a portfolio with more diversified investments. As a result, our results of operations may be adversely affected by a downturn in the hospitality sector or adverse economic developments in the geographic regions in which we invest.

 

·Since there is no public trading market for shares of our common stock, repurchase of shares by us will likely be the only way to dispose of your shares. Our share repurchase plan provides stockholders with the opportunity to request that we repurchase their shares on a monthly basis, but we are not obligated to repurchase any shares and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular month in our discretion. In addition, repurchases will be subject to available liquidity and other significant restrictions. Further, our board of directors may make exceptions to, modify, suspend or terminate our share repurchase plan if in its reasonable judgment it deems a suspension to be in our best interest, such as when a repurchase request would place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company as a whole that would outweigh the benefit of the repurchase offer. As a result, our shares should be considered as having only limited liquidity and at times may be illiquid.

 

·We cannot guarantee that we will make distributions, and if we do, we may fund such distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of our assets, borrowings or offering proceeds, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources.

 

i

 

 

·The purchase and repurchase price for shares of our common stock will generally be based on our prior month’s net asset value (“NAV”) and will not be based on any public trading market. Although there will be independent valuations of our properties from time to time, the valuation of properties is inherently subjective and our NAV may not accurately reflect the actual price at which our properties could be liquidated on any given day.

 

·We have no employees and are dependent on our Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”) to conduct our operations. Our Advisor will face conflicts of interest as a result of, among other things, the allocation of investment opportunities among us and additional programs that invest in real estate focused in the hospitality sector (collectively, “Other Ashford Accounts”), the allocation of time of its investment professionals and the level of fees that we will pay to our Advisor.

 

·If we are not able to raise a substantial amount of capital in the near term, our ability to achieve our investment objectives could be adversely affected.

 

·In order to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”), we cannot directly operate our hotel properties, and our returns will depend on the management of our hotel properties by our property manager, one of whom is also an affiliate of Ashford Inc., our sponsor and the owner of the Advisor (together with its affiliates, “Ashford”).

 

·Our property management agreements will require our taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRSs”) to bear the operating risks of our hotel properties. Any increases in operating expenses or decreases in revenues may have a significant adverse impact on our earnings and cash flow.

 

·On acquiring shares, you will experience immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of your investment.

 

·Principal and interest payments on any borrowings will reduce the amount of funds available for distribution or investment in additional real estate assets.

 

·There are limits on the ownership and transferability of our shares. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

 

·If we fail to qualify as a REIT and no relief provisions apply, our NAV and cash available for distribution to our stockholders could materially decrease.

 

·The acquisition of investment properties may be financed in substantial part by borrowing, which increases our exposure to loss. The use of leverage involves a high degree of financial risk and will increase the exposure of the investments to adverse economic factors.

 

ii

 

 

 

ITEM 1.BUSINESS.

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. is a Maryland corporation formed on September 1, 2023, primarily to acquire and own a diverse portfolio of stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales primarily located in the United States and operated under widely recognized brands licensed from hotel franchisors such as Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt, and Intercontinental Hotel Group. To a lesser extent, we may also invest in real estate debt secured by hotels and resorts and develop hotels and resorts. Where applicable in this Form 10, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. is referred to as the “REIT” and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to herein as the “Operating Partnership”, as the “Company,” “we” or “us”. We are externally managed by our Advisor, a Delaware limited liability company. Our Advisor is an affiliate of Ashford.

 

On December 6, 2023, we acquired four hotel assets (the “Initial Portfolio”) from Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Hospitality OP”) and Ashford TRS Corporation (“Ashford Hospitality TRS,” and together with Ashford Hospitality OP, the “Anchor Investor”), each a subsidiary of Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc., in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units of the Operating Partnership at a price per unit equal to $25.00 pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”), by and among the Operating Partnership and the Anchor Investor. The net contribution value of the Initial Portfolio was approximately $35 million, which represents the appraised value of the Initial Portfolio as provided by an independent third-party appraiser of $56.2 million, the assumption of $30.2 million of existing indebtedness and approximately $9 million of net working capital and reserves, and is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. See Item 3, “Properties” for more information on the Initial Portfolio.

 

In December 2023, we commenced a private offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and other exemptions of similar import in the laws of the states and other jurisdictions where the offering is being made. We intend to engage Ashford Securities, LLC, as the dealer manager for the private offering (the “Dealer Manager”).

 

We are filing this Form 10 to register shares of our Class S common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As a result of our voluntary registration of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Act, following the effectiveness of this Form 10, we will be subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. In particular, we will be required to file Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, and Current Reports on Form 8-K and otherwise comply with the disclosure obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements to register a class of securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. We are voluntarily registering shares of our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act to provide our stockholders with access to public disclosure regarding our business and operations of the type required in the reports filed under the Exchange Act.

 

The Company

 

We intend to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2024. Our principal executive offices are located at 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254, and the telephone number of our principal executive offices is (972) 490-9600.

 

Ashford

 

Ashford is an alternative asset management company with a portfolio of strategic operating businesses that provides products and services primarily to clients in the real estate and hospitality industries. Ashford is led by a seasoned team of senior executives, each of whom has extensive experience in real estate investment and operations and who collectively have over 100 years of real estate investment and operations experience. During the past 40 years, Ashford has invested in and managed properties through multiple economic cycles and developed deep industry relationships. Ashford became a public company in November 2014, and its common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange American (NYSE American: AINC). Ashford is one of the nation’s largest advisors of lodging assets with approximately $8 billion of gross assets under management as of December 31, 2022.

 

Pursuant to the advisory agreement between us and our Advisor (the “Advisory Agreement”), our Advisor is responsible for sourcing, evaluating and monitoring our investment opportunities and making decisions related to the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of our assets in accordance with our investment objectives, guidelines, policies and limitations, subject to oversight by our board of directors. We expect that Ashford will also provide other products and services to us or our hotel properties through certain entities in which Ashford has an ownership interest. These products and services include, but are not limited to, hotel and restaurant management services; project management, architecture, construction, development, interior design and loss prevention services; debt placement and related services; audio visual, event production, venue, creative and digital services; real estate advisory and brokerage services; insurance services; air purification and hypoallergenic products and services; broker-dealer and distribution services; resort, ecotourism and destination services; and digital keyless entry technology products and services.

 

See Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—The Advisory Agreement.”

 

3

 

 

Potential Competitive Strengths

 

Ashford and its affiliates have a long history of providing global asset management, investment management and related services to the real estate and hospitality sectors, including Ashford Hospitality Trust Inc., a publicly traded REIT on the NYSE (NYSE: AHT) (“AHT”) that completed its initial public offering in August of 2003, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc., a publicly traded REIT on the NYSE (NYSE: BHR) (“BHR”) that was spun-off from AHT in November of 2013, private investment funds and other third-party clients. Through its subsidiaries, Ashford provides: (i) advisory services; (ii) asset management services; (iii) hotel and restaurant management services (iv) project management, architecture, construction, development, interior design and loss prevention services, (v) debt placement and related services, (vi) audio visual, event production, venue, creative and digital services, (vii) real estate advisory and brokerage services, (viii) insurance services, (ix) air purification and hypoallergenic products and services, (x) broker-dealer and distribution services, (xi) resort, ecotourism and destination services, and (xiv) digital keyless entry technology products and services.

 

Ashford’s vertically integrated model creates a competitive advantage versus its peers, increases its influence over asset performance and improves its ability to effectively capitalize on opportunities and mitigate risk which we believe will lead to higher guest satisfaction at our properties and enhanced returns on our hotel and resort investments.

 

Ashford and its affiliates have completed acquisitions of over 200 hotel and resort assets for more than $7.8 billion, dispositions of 105 hotel and resort assets for $1.8 billion, and made hotel debt investments of over $850 million since inception. Together, Ashford and its affiliates have executed over $15 billion of hotel debt financings, over $1.7 billion of preferred equity issuances and over $2.6 billion of public common equity issuances since 2003. Under Ashford’s management, AHT and BHR collectively own approximately $8 billion of gross assets. The Ashford management team has broad and deep relationships within the hotel industry with brokers, owners, management companies, lenders, and consultants.

 

Advisory Services.  In its capacity as advisor to us, AHT and BHR, Ashford implements the investment strategies and manages the day-to-day operations of us, AHT and BHR and their respective properties from an ownership perspective, in each case subject to the respective advisory agreements and the supervision and oversight of the respective boards of directors of us, AHT and BHR.

 

Asset Management Services.  Alongside its advisory services, Ashford provides asset management services. Ashford follows a strategic approach of designating at least one asset manager to each property which allows Ashford to leverage its extensive portfolio of subject matter experts, including asset management, revenue optimization, capital management, legal and risk management, data analysis and property tax management. Ashford currently asset manages over 100 hotels and resorts and is one of the largest clients for some of the world’s largest hotel brands. Ashford has a long history of aggressively asset managing hotel assets to maximize their value. The Asset Management Group at Ashford currently has approximately 50 employees.

 

Hotel and Restaurant Management Services. Ashford provides hotel and restaurant management services to 118 properties, 61 properties owned by AHT, four properties owned by BHR, three owned by us, and 50 properties owned by third-parties through its subsidiary, Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC (“Remington Hospitality”). Hotel management services consist of hotel operations, sales and marketing, revenue management, budget oversight, guest service, asset maintenance (not involving capital expenditures) and related services. Remington Hospitality is currently the fifth largest third-party hotel management company in the country and currently manages hotels for 43 different ownership groups. Remington Hospitality currently has approximately 10,000 employees.

 

Property Management, Architecture, Design, Construction and Development Services. Ashford provides project management, architecture, design, construction and development services to certain properties owned by us, AHT and BHR and also to third-party clients primarily through its subsidiary, Project Management LLC (“Premier”). Premier oversees and implements all capital expenditures at AHT and BHR and has overseen over $2 billion in capital projects. Premier has completed projects for 38 clients and currently has approximately 130 employees.

 

Event Technology and Creative Communications Solutions. Ashford provides an integrated suite of event services, including audio-visual, event production, venue, and creative and digital services to third-party clients and numerous hotels owned by AHT and BHR. Ashford provides these services through Inspire Event Technologies Holdings, LLC, its subsidiary doing business as INSPIRE (“INSPIRE”). INSPIRE currently has contracts in place with 29 hotels owned by AHT, nine hotels owned by BHR, and 105 hotels & venues owned by third-parties. INSPIRE also provides services to clients at non-hotel locations. This service is called show services and currently represents approximately 20% of INSPIRE’s annual revenue. INSPIRE has operations in the U.S., Mexico, and the Dominican Republic and currently has approximately 690 employees.

 

4

 

 

 

Digital Keyless Entry Solutions. Ashford provides keyless entry technology, products and services to clients, through its subsidiary, OpenKey. OpenKey currently has contracts in place with eight hotels owned by AHT, three hotels owned by BHR, and 309 hotels owned by third parties. OpenKey currently has approximately 20 employees.

 

Curated Destination Leisure Activities, Travel, Concierge and Transportation Services. Ashford provides curated destination leisure activities, travel, concierge and transportation services to clients, through its subsidiary, RED Hospitality & Leisure LLC (“RED Hospitality & Leisure”). RED Hospitality & Leisure currently owns a fleet of 30 boats and has contracts in place with one hotel and resort owned by AHT, two hotels and resorts owned by BHR, and ten hotels and resorts owned by third-parties. RED Hospitality & Leisure currently operates in the U.S. in Florida and Hawaii, the U.S.V.I, Puerto Rico, and Turks & Caicos. RED Hospitality & Leisure currently has approximately 260 employees.

 

Air Purification and Hypoallergenic Products and Services. For real estate interior spaces, Ashford provides air purification and hypoallergenic products and services to clients through its subsidiary, PURE. PURE currently has approximately 12 employees.

 

Wholesaler, Dealer Manager and Broker-Dealer Services. Ashford provides wholesaler, dealer manager and other broker-dealer services to its affiliates through its subsidiary, Ashford Securities, which is also the Dealer Manager. Ashford Securities currently has approximately 29 employees.

 

For more information regarding our Advisor and Ashford’s business, see “Management—Our Advisor and Ashford” and “Investment Objectives and Strategies—Potential Competitive Strengths.”

 

Investment Objectives

 

Our investment objectives are to invest in a diversified portfolio of hospitality assets that will enable us to:

 

·provide attractive current income in the form of regular, stable cash distributions;

 

·preserve and protect invested capital;

 

·realize appreciation in NAV from proactive investment management and asset management; and

 

·provide an investment alternative for investors seeking to allocate a portion of their long-term investment portfolios to hotel and resort commercial real estate with lower volatility than listed public real estate companies.

 

We cannot assure you that we will achieve our investment objectives. In particular, we note that the NAV of non-traded REITs may be subject to volatility related to the values of their underlying assets.

 

Investment Strategy

 

Our investment strategy is to invest in a diverse portfolio of stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales primarily located in the United States and operated under widely recognized brands licensed from hotel franchisors such as Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt, and Intercontinental Hotel Group. To a lesser extent, we may also invest in real estate debt secured by hotels and resorts and develop hotels and resorts. We may purchase single properties or portfolios of properties, including from our affiliates. Our board of directors may adjust our investment focus from time to time based upon market conditions and other factors our board of directors deem relevant.

 

Our investment strategy is expected to capitalize on Ashford’s leading institutional-quality real estate investment platform and its experience as an alternative asset management company with a portfolio of strategic operating businesses that provide products and services to the real estate and hospitality industries. Our investment strategy seeks to capitalize on Ashford’s scale and the real-time information provided by its real estate holdings to identify and acquire our target investments at attractive pricing. We also seek to benefit from Ashford’s reputation and ability to transact at scale with speed and certainty, and its long-standing and extensive relationships within the hotel real estate industry. Our investments in primarily stabilized, income-generating hotel assets will focus on a range of lodging asset types. These may include select-service and full-service hotels and resorts in the luxury, upper upscale, upscale, midscale, and economy chain scales.

 

Our real estate debt investment strategy is focused on generating current income and contributing to our overall net returns. In its history, Ashford and its affiliates have made over $850 million of hotel debt investments. We believe hotel debt investments can be an attractive source of current income while generating attractive risk-adjusted returns. We believe that our structure as a perpetual-life REIT will allow us to acquire and manage our investment portfolio in a more active and flexible manner. We expect the structure to be beneficial to your investment, as we will not be limited by a pre-determined operational period and the need to provide a “liquidity event” at the end of that period.

 

5

 

 

We may enter into one or more joint ventures, tenant-in-common investments or other co-ownership arrangements for the acquisition, development or improvement of properties with third parties or affiliates of our Advisor, including present and future real estate limited partnerships and REITs sponsored by affiliates of our Advisor.

 

Investment Guidelines and Portfolio Allocation

 

Our board of directors, including our independent directors, will review our investment portfolio not less than quarterly. In addition, our board of directors has adopted investment guidelines which set forth, among other things, guidelines for investing in our targeted property types which we describe in more detail below. Our board of directors, including our independent directors, will review the investment guidelines on an annual basis or more frequently as it deems appropriate. Changes to our investment guidelines must be approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors. Our board of directors may revise our investment guidelines without the concurrence of our stockholders.

 

Our investment guidelines delegate to our Advisor authority to execute acquisitions and dispositions of investments in real estate and real estate related debt, in each case so long as such acquisitions and dispositions are consistent with our investment guidelines. Our board of directors will at all times have oversight over our investments and may change from time to time the scope of authority delegated to our Advisor with respect to acquisition and disposition transactions. In addition, under our investment guidelines our board of directors is required to approve any acquisition of a single property or portfolio of properties with a purchase price exceeding 10% of our most recent month-end total asset value (as measured under generally accepted accounting principles) plus the net proceeds expected in good faith to be raised in the private offering over the next 12 months.

 

We will seek to invest:

 

·80% of our assets in hotels and resorts; and

 

·up to 20% of our assets in hotel related debt, cash, cash equivalents and other investments.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the actual percentage of our portfolio that is invested in each investment type may from time to time be outside the levels provided above due to factors such as a large inflow of capital over a short period of time, our Advisor’s assessment of the relative attractiveness of opportunities, or an increase in anticipated cash requirements or repurchase requests and subject to any limitations or requirements relating to our intention to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Certain investments could be characterized as either real estate or real estate debt depending on the terms and characteristics of such investments.

 

Investments in Properties

 

We intend to acquire stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales primarily located in the United States and operated under widely recognized brands licensed from hotel franchisors such as Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt, and Intercontinental Hotel Group.

 

Ownership Interests

 

Our Operating Partnership or one or more subsidiary entities controlled by our Operating Partnership will acquire properties on our behalf. In many cases, we will acquire the entire equity ownership interest in properties and exercise control over such properties. However, we may also enter into joint ventures, general partnerships, co-tenancies and other participation arrangements with other investors, including affiliates of our Advisor, to acquire properties. We generally will acquire fee simple interests for the properties (in which we own both the land and the building improvements), but may consider leasehold interests and other non-fee simple interests if we believe the investment is consistent with our investment strategy and objectives.

 

Joint Ventures and Other Co-Ownership Arrangements

 

We may enter into joint ventures, partnerships, tenant-in-common investments or other co-ownership arrangements with entities affiliated with our Advisor as well as third parties for the acquisition or improvement of properties. In many cases, we may not control the management of the affairs of the joint venture. In determining whether to invest in a particular joint venture, our Advisor will evaluate the real property that such joint venture owns or is being formed to own under the same criteria described elsewhere in this filing for our selection of real property investments.

 

6

 

 

The terms of any particular joint venture will be established on a case-by-case basis considering all relevant facts, including the nature and attributes of the potential joint venture partner, the proposed structure of the joint venture, the nature of the operations, the liabilities and assets associated with the proposed joint venture and the size of our interest in the venture. Other factors we will consider include: (1) our ability to manage and control the joint venture; (2) our ability to exit the joint venture; and (3) our ability to control transfers of interests held by other partners to the venture. Our interests may not be totally aligned with those of our partner. 

 

In the event that the joint venture partner elects to sell property held in any such joint venture, we may not have sufficient funds to exercise any right of first refusal or other purchase right that we may have. Entering into joint ventures with Ashford affiliates will result in certain conflicts of interest.

 

Due Diligence

 

The Ashford personnel who perform investment management services for us pursuant to our Advisory Agreement will conduct due diligence on each property that our Advisor proposes to purchase on our behalf, including these four primary types:

 

·Financial Due Diligence. A preliminary review of each opportunity is conducted in order to screen the attractiveness of each transaction. The preliminary review is followed by an initial financial projection based on macro- and micro-economic analyses. Projection assumptions generally are developed from analysis of historical operating performance, discussions with local real estate contacts or sector experts and a review of published sources and data from Ashford’s other portfolios. If our Advisor deems appropriate, further due diligence will be conducted, as described below, to confirm the initial financial review. Our Advisor will forecast expected cash flows and analyze various scenarios and exit strategies utilizing its proprietary models and the financial information received. We believe that our Advisor’s approach to the analysis of potential investment opportunities will provide us with a competitive advantage.

 

·Books and Records. Third-party accounting consultants will be used as necessary to review relevant books and records (for example, comparing rent rolls to leases for office buildings), confirm cash flow information provided by the seller and conduct other similar types of analysis.

 

·Physical Due Diligence. This primarily will involve an analysis of environmental and engineering matters by third-party consultants. Conclusions will be incorporated from environmental/engineering reports into the financial projection analysis. Additionally, our Advisor will investigate each potential investment and comparable properties to assess relative market position, functionality and obsolescence.

 

·Legal and Tax Due Diligence. Our Advisor will work closely with outside counsel to review, diligence and negotiate applicable legal and property specific documents pertaining to an investment (e.g., joint venture agreements, loan documents, leases, management agreements, purchase contracts, etc.). Additionally, our Advisor will work with internal and external tax advisors to structure investments in an efficient manner.

 

Property Management

 

We have engaged Remington Hospitality, an Ashford subsidiary, to provide property management services to our properties. Remington Hospitality currently provides property management services to 61 properties owned by AHT, four properties owned by BHR, three owned by us, and 50 properties owned with third-parties. Management services consist of property operations, sales and marketing, revenue management, budget oversight, guest service, asset maintenance (not involving capital expenditures) and related services.

 

Exit Strategies

 

Our investment strategy is not reliant on prompt sale of the properties we acquire, and we anticipate that we will hold most properties for seven to ten years or longer. One of our Advisor’s primary considerations in evaluating any potential investment opportunity is the likely exit strategy. When determining whether to sell a particular asset, our Advisor will take the following steps:

 

·Evaluate Condition of the Property. Evaluate whether the asset is in the appropriate condition for a successful sale.

 

·Monitor Market Conditions. Monitor the markets to identify favorable conditions for asset sales.

 

7

 

 

·Assess Returns from the Property. Assess the returns from each investment to determine whether the expected sale price exceeds the net present value of our Advisor’s projected cash flows of the property.

 

·Evaluate Status of Business Plan. Evaluate whether it has successfully completed any value creation plan that was established at acquisition.

 

We believe that holding our target assets for a long period of time will enable us to execute our business plan, generate favorable cash-on-cash returns and drive long-term cash flow and NAV growth.

 

Generally, we will reinvest proceeds from the sale, financing or disposition of properties in a manner consistent with our investment strategy, although we may be required to distribute such proceeds to the stockholders in order to comply with REIT requirements.

 

Investments in Real Estate Equity, Debt and Debt Securities

 

Our real estate debt investments will focus on non-distressed public and private real estate debt, including, but not limited to, real estate related corporate credit, mortgages, loans, mezzanine loans and may also include derivatives. Our investments in real estate debt will be focused in the United States.

 

Our investments in loans may include commercial mortgage loans, bank loans, mezzanine loans, and other interests relating to real estate and debt of companies in the business of owning and/or operating real estate related businesses. Commercial mortgage loans are typically secured by single-family, multifamily or commercial property and are subject to risks of delinquency and foreclosure. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by an income-producing property typically is dependent primarily upon the successful operation of such property rather than upon the existence of independent income or assets of the borrower.

 

We may also invest in real estate related derivatives, including, without limitation, total return swaps and credit default swaps that have real estate debt as reference assets. See “—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

 

We do not intend to make loans to other persons or to engage in the purchase and sale of any types of investments other than those related to real estate.

 

Mezzanine loans may take the form of subordinated loans secured by a pledge of the ownership interests of either the entity owning the real property or an entity that owns (directly or indirectly) the interest in the entity owning the real property. These types of investments may involve a higher degree of risk than mortgage lending because the investment may become unsecured as a result of foreclosure by the senior lender.

 

Although our investments in real estate debt will be primarily in non-distressed debt instruments (based on our belief that there is a high likelihood of repayment), we may nonetheless invest in instruments of any credit quality at various levels of an issuer’s capital structure. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities. Securities rated Caa or below and CCC or below are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Securities rated below Caa/CCC may include obligations already in default. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category will likely possess speculative characteristics. Additionally, some of our investments may be structured as investments in real estate debt securities or loans but are intended to provide us with returns based on the performance of the related real estate. As such, these debt securities or loans may have risks that are similar to those which a real estate equity investment would possess.

 

We may also invest, without limit, in securities that are unregistered (but are eligible for purchase and sale by certain qualified institutional buyers) or are held by control persons of the issuer and securities that are subject to contractual restrictions on their resale.

 

Investment Process for Real Estate Debt

 

The following is a brief summary of certain key aspects of the real estate debt investment process our Advisor expects to generally utilize:

 

·Fundamental Analysis. Our Advisor expects to utilize an asset-by-asset valuation approach to evaluate potential investments with a focus on underlying cash flow projections, replacement costs and market-by-market supply/demand trends.

 

8

 

 

·Disciplined Investment Approach. Our Advisor expects to employ rigorous underwriting and due diligence with respect to each investment while carefully assessing the impact of certain potential downside scenarios.

 

·Leverage Proprietary Knowledge and Relationships. Our Advisor expects to utilize the knowledge, relationships and expertise of the existing Ashford team to evaluate potential investments.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We may use derivatives for hedging purposes and, subject to qualifying and maintaining our status as a REIT and compliance with any applicable exemption from being regulated as a commodity pool operator, we may also use derivatives for investment purposes and as a form of effective leverage. Our principal investments in derivative instruments may include investments in interest rate swaps, total return swaps, credit default swaps and indices thereon, and short sales (typically related to treasuries), but we may also invest in futures transactions, options and options on futures.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Other Short-Term Investments

 

We hold cash, cash equivalents and other short-term investments. These types of investments may include the following, to the extent consistent with our intended qualification as a REIT:

 

·money market instruments, cash and other cash equivalents (such as high-quality short-term debt instruments, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements, interest-bearing time deposits and credit rated corporate debt securities);

 

·U.S. government or government agency securities; and

 

·credit-rated corporate debt or asset-backed securities of U.S. or foreign entities, or credit-rated debt securities of foreign governments or multi-national organizations.

 

Other Investments

 

We may, subject to any required approvals from our board of directors, make investments other than as described above. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner consistent with qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT under the Code and maintaining our status as a non-investment company under the Investment Company Act. We do not intend to underwrite securities of other issuers.

 

Borrowing Policies

 

We intend to use financial leverage to provide additional funds to support our investment activities. This allows us to make more investments than would otherwise be possible, resulting in a broader portfolio. Our target leverage ratio after our ramp-up period is approximately 40-50% of our gross real estate assets (measured using the greater of fair market value and purchase price), inclusive of property-level and entity-level debt and cash, but excluding debt on our securities portfolio. There is, however, no limit on the amount we may borrow with respect to any individual property or portfolio. Indebtedness incurred (i) in connection with funding a deposit in advance of the closing of an investment or (ii) as other working capital advances, will not be included as part of the calculation above.

 

Our real estate debt portfolio may have embedded leverage through the use of reverse repurchase agreements and may also have embedded leverage through the use of derivatives, including, but not limited to, total return swaps, securities lending arrangements and credit default swaps. During times of increased investment and capital market activity, but subject to the limitation on indebtedness for money borrowed in our corporate governance guidelines described below, we may employ greater leverage in order to quickly build a broader portfolio of assets. We may leverage our portfolio by assuming or incurring secured or unsecured property-level or entity-level debt. An example of property-level debt is a mortgage loan secured by an individual property or portfolio of properties incurred or assumed in connection with our acquisition of such property or portfolio of properties. An example of entity-level debt is a line of credit obtained by us or our Operating Partnership. We may seek to obtain lines of credit under which we would reserve borrowing capacity. Borrowings under lines of credit may be used not only to repurchase shares, but also to fund acquisitions or for any other corporate purpose.

 

Our actual leverage level will be affected by a number of factors, some of which are outside our control. Significant inflows of proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock generally will cause our leverage as a percentage of our net assets, or our leverage ratio, to decrease, at least temporarily. Significant outflows of equity as a result of repurchases of shares of our common stock generally will cause our leverage ratio to increase, at least temporarily. Our leverage ratio will also increase or decrease with decreases or increases, respectively, in the value of our portfolio. If we borrow under a line of credit to fund repurchases of shares of our common stock or for other purposes, our leverage will increase and may exceed our target leverage. In such cases, our leverage may remain at the higher level until we receive additional net proceeds from our continuous offering or sell some of our assets to repay outstanding indebtedness.

 

9

 

 

Our board of directors reviews our aggregate borrowings at least quarterly. In connection with such review, our board of directors may determine to modify our target leverage ratio in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, fair values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, growth and investment opportunities or other factors. We may exceed our targeted leverage ratio at times if our Advisor deems it advisable for us. For example, if we fund a repurchase under a line of credit, we will consider actual borrowings when determining whether we are at our leverage target, but not unused borrowing capacity. If, therefore, we are at a leverage ratio in the range of 40-50% and we borrow additional amounts under a line of credit, or if the value of our portfolio decreases, our leverage could exceed the range of 40-50% of our gross real estate assets. In the event that our leverage ratio exceeds our target, regardless of the reason, we will thereafter endeavor to manage our leverage back down to our target.

 

There is no limit on the amount we may borrow with respect to any individual property or portfolio.

 

Temporary Strategies

 

During periods in which our Advisor determines that economic or market conditions are unfavorable to investors and a defensive strategy would benefit us, we may temporarily depart from our investment strategy. During these periods, subject to compliance with the Investment Company Act, we may deviate from our investment guideline of investing at least 80% of our assets in hotels and resorts and up to 20% of our assets in hotel related debt, cash, cash equivalents and other investments, or invest all or any portion of our assets in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities; non-U.S. government securities that have received the highest investment grade credit rating; certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers’ acceptances; fixed time deposits; shares of money market funds; credit-linked notes; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that our Advisor considers consistent with this strategy. During these periods, we may also determine to pay down certain of our indebtedness and have indebtedness below our target leverage or we may borrow more to provide for additional liquidity causing us to exceed our target leverage. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, our Advisor will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful.

 

Issuing Securities for Property

 

Subject to limitations contained in our charter, we may issue, or cause to be issued, shares of our stock or limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership in any manner (and on such terms and for such consideration) in exchange for real estate. Our existing stockholders will have no preemptive rights to purchase any such shares of our stock or limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership, and any such issuance might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s initial investment. We may enter into additional contractual arrangements with contributors of property under which we would agree to repurchase a contributor’s units for shares of our common stock or cash, at the option of the contributor, at specified times. Although we may enter into such transactions, we do not currently intend to do so.

 

Ownership Structure

 

We intend to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2024. In general, a REIT is a company that:

 

·combines the capital of many investors to acquire or provide financing for real estate assets;

 

·offers the benefits of a real estate portfolio under professional management;

 

·satisfies the various requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including a requirement to distribute to stockholders at least 90% of its REIT taxable income each year; and

 

·is generally not subject to U.S. federal corporate income taxes on its net taxable income that it currently distributes to its stockholders, which substantially eliminates the “double taxation” (i.e., taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels) that generally results from investments in a “C” corporation.

 

10

 

 

A non-listed REIT is a REIT whose shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market. We use the term “perpetual-life REIT” to describe an investment vehicle of indefinite duration, whose shares of common stock are intended to be sold by the REIT monthly on a continuous basis at a price generally equal to the prior month’s NAV per share. In our perpetual-life structure, the investor may request that we repurchase their shares on a monthly basis, but we are not obligated to repurchase any shares and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular month in our discretion. Although we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.

 

We plan to own all or substantially all of our assets through the Operating Partnership. We are the sole member of the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. Stirling REIT Special Limited Partner LLC (the “Special Limited Partner”), a Delaware limited partnership and an affiliate of Ashford, owns a special limited partner interest in the Operating Partnership. The use of our Operating Partnership to hold all of our assets is referred to as an Umbrella Partnership Real Estate Investment Trust (“UPREIT”). Using an UPREIT structure may give us an advantage in acquiring properties from persons who want to defer recognizing gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

In addition, in order for the income from any hotel property investments to constitute “rents from real properties” for purposes of the gross income test required for REIT qualification, the income we earn cannot be derived from the operation of any of these hotels. Therefore, we will lease each hotel property to a subsidiary of our operating partnership, which is (and we intend to be treated as) a taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS.

 

The following chart shows our current ownership structure and our relationships with Ashford Inc. (which acts as our sponsor), Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC (which acts as our Advisor) and the Special Limited Partner along with other affiliates of Ashford who will provide services to us in connection with our operations and the private offering.

 

 

 

 

(1) Mr. Monty J. Bennett, our Chief Executive Officer and affiliated director, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ashford. As of September 30, 2023, Mr. Monty Bennett, together with his father, Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr., Chairman Emeritus of AHT, owned approximately 610,261 shares of Ashford common stock, which represented an approximately 19.0% ownership interest in Ashford, and owned 18,758,600 shares of Ashford Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, which, along with all unpaid accrued and accumulated dividends thereon, is convertible at a price of $117.50 per share into an additional approximate 4,154,013 shares of Ashford common stock, which if converted as of September 30, 2023 would have increased Mr. Monty J. Bennett and Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr.’s ownership interest in Ashford to approximately 64.7%. The 18,758,600 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock owned by the Bennetts include 360,000 shares owned by trusts.

 

(2) Our TRS has entered a property management agreement with Remington Hospitality and other “eligible independent contractors,” for the management of our properties.

 

11

 

 

The Board of Directors

 

We operate under the direction of our board of directors. We have three directors, two of whom are independent of us, our Advisor, Ashford and its affiliates. Our independent directors are responsible for reviewing the performance of our Advisor and approving the compensation paid to our Advisor and its affiliates. Our directors are elected annually by our stockholders. The names and biographical information of our directors are provided under Item 5, “Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

Fees Paid to the Advisor and its Affiliates

 

We pay our Advisor, the Dealer Manager, and their affiliates the fees and expense reimbursements described below in connection with performing services for us. In addition, income of the Operating Partnership is allocated to the Special Limited Partner for its performance participation interest. Our independent directors have approved the compensation to our Advisor, the Special Limited Partner, the Dealer Manager, and their affiliates described below. We may engage our Advisor or its affiliates to provide services to us on terms that are different than described herein provided that any such arrangements must be approved by our related party transactions committee. Although we have no current intention to do so, we or our Operating Partnership may also issue equity incentive compensation to employees of our Advisor or its affiliates. Any equity incentive compensation will not reduce the management fee or performance participation allocation.

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
Upfront Selling Commissions and Dealer Manager Fees—The Dealer Manager  

The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.0%, and upfront dealer manager fees of 0.5%, of the transaction price of each Class T share sold in the primary offering; however, such amounts may vary based on agreements between the Dealer Manager and certain selected dealers, provided that the sum of the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not exceed 3.5% of the transaction price. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.5% of the transaction price of each Class S share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 1.5% of the transaction price of each Class D share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager anticipates that all or a portion of the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, selected dealers.

 

No upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees are paid with respect to purchases of Class I shares or shares of any class sold pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

Distribution fees—The Dealer Manager  

We pay the Dealer Manager selling commissions over time as distribution fees:

 

·     with respect to our outstanding Class T shares, equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class T shares, consisting of a representative distribution fee of 0.65% per annum, and a dealer distribution fee of 0.20% per annum, of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class T shares; however, with respect to Class T shares sold through certain selected dealers, the representative distribution fee and the dealer distribution fee may be other amounts, provided that the sum of such fees will always equal 0.85% per annum of the NAV of such shares;

 

·     with respect to our outstanding Class S shares, equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class S shares; and

 

·     with respect to our outstanding Class D shares, equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class D shares.

 

  

12

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
 

We will not pay a distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class I shares.

 

In calculating the distribution fees, we will use the aggregate NAV of the applicable class before giving effect to accruals for the distribution fee or distributions payable on our shares.

 

The distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Dealer Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the distribution fees to selected dealers and servicing broker-dealers, and will rebate distribution fees to us to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive them.

 

The ongoing distribution fees listed above accrue on a class-specific basis and borne by all holders of the applicable class. Because the distribution fees are calculated based on our NAV of our Class T, Class S and Class D shares, they will reduce the NAV and/or the distributions payable with respect to the shares of each such class, including shares of each such class issued under our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

We will cease paying the distribution fee with respect to any Class T share, Class S share or Class D share held in a stockholder’s account at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager and/or our Company in conjunction with our transfer agent determine(s) that total upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held by such stockholder within such account would equal or exceed, in the aggregate, 8.75% (or a lower limit as set forth in the applicable agreement between the Dealer Manager and a selected dealer at the time such shares were issued) of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (including the gross proceeds of any shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan with respect thereto) (collectively, the “Distribution Fee Limit”). At the end of such month, each such Class T share, Class S share or Class D share in such account (including shares in such account purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan or received as a stock dividend) will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such share. See “Plan of Distribution.” Although we cannot predict the length of time over which the distribution fee will be paid due to potential changes in the NAV of our shares, in the case of a limit of 8.75% of gross proceeds, this fee would be paid with respect to a Class T share or Class S share over approximately seven years from the date of purchase and with respect to a Class D share over approximately 30 years from the date of purchase, assuming payment of the full upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, opting out of the distribution reinvestment plan and a constant NAV per share. Under these assumptions and assuming a constant NAV per share of $25.00, if a stockholder holds his or her shares for these time periods, this fee with respect to a Class T share or Class S share would total approximately $1.39 and with respect to a Class D share would total approximately $1.85.

 

If not already converted into Class I shares upon a determination that total upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees paid with respect to such shares would exceed the applicable Distribution Fee Limit, each Class T share, Class S share and Class D share held in a stockholder’s account (including shares in such account purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan or received as stock dividend) will automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I shares (including fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share on the earliest of (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity in which we are not the surviving entity or (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. Further, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, each Class T share, Class S share and Class D share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share.

 

13

 

  

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
Organization and Offering Expense Reimbursement—Our Advisor  

Through December 31, 2024, our Advisor has agreed to advance all expenses on our behalf in connection with our formation and the raising of equity capital, including (without limitation) the following: legal, accounting, investment banking and other advisory fees; regulatory and other filing fees; expenses of qualification of the sale of our shares under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees; printing, engraving and mailing costs; expenses of the marketing and distribution of the shares, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of the Dealer Manager and selected dealers supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with sales and marketing materials, design and website expenses, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, fees and expenses of the Dealer Manager’s attorneys, costs related to investor and broker-dealer sales meetings, including fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by the Dealer Manager or selected dealers and reimbursements to the Dealer Manager and selected dealers for customary travel, lodging and meals; charges of administrators, transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow holders, depositaries and experts; but excluding upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees and ongoing distribution fees. The costs of an audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2023 will be considered an organization expense for this purpose as will all costs associated with the contribution of properties to the Operating Partnership prior to the private offering. We will reimburse our Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over the 60 months commencing January 1, 2025.

 

As of January 1, 2025, we will reimburse our Advisor for any organization and offering expenses that it incurs on our behalf as and when incurred. After the termination of the primary offering and again after termination of the offering under our distribution reinvestment plan, our Advisor has agreed to reimburse us to the extent that the organization and offering expenses that we incur exceed 15% of our gross proceeds from the applicable offering.

 

Acquisition Expense Reimbursement—Our Advisor  

We do not intend to pay our Advisor any acquisition or other similar fees in connection with making investments. We will, however, reimburse our Advisor for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the selection and acquisition of properties and real estate related debt, whether or not such investments are acquired, and make payments to third parties in connection with making investments.

 

Management Fee and Expense Reimbursements—Our Advisor  

We pay our Advisor an annual management fee (payable monthly in arrears) of 1.25% of aggregate NAV represented by the Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I shares. Additionally, to the extent that our Operating Partnership issues Class T, Class S, Class D or Class I Operating Partnership units to parties other than us, our Operating Partnership will pay our Advisor a management fee equal to 1.25% of the aggregate NAV of the Operating Partnership attributable to such Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I Operating Partnership units not held by us per annum payable monthly in arrears. No management fee will be paid with respect to Class E shares or Class E units of our Operating Partnership. The management fee is allocated on a class-specific basis and borne by all holders of the applicable class.

 

14

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
   

In calculating the management fee, we use the aggregate NAV of the applicable share class of Operating Partnership units not held by us before giving effect to monthly accruals for the management fee, performance participation allocation, distribution fees (if any), or distributions payable on our shares our Operating Partnership units.

 

In addition to the organization and offering expense and acquisition expense reimbursements described above, we will reimburse our Advisor for out-of-pocket costs and expenses it incurs in connection with the services it provides to us, including, but not limited to, (i) the actual cost of goods and services used by us and obtained from third parties, including fees paid to administrators, consultants, attorneys, technology providers and other service providers, and brokerage fees paid in connection with the purchase and sale of investments, (ii) expenses of managing and operating our properties, whether payable to an affiliate or a non-affiliated person, and (iii) expenses related to personnel of the Advisor performing services for us other than those who provide investment advisory services or serve as our executive officers. See “Management—The Advisory Agreement—Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements.”

 

Our Advisor will advance on our behalf certain of our general and administrative expenses through December 31, 2024, at which point we will reimburse our Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over the 60 months following such date.

 

The management fee may be paid, at our Advisor’s election, in cash, Class E shares or Class E units of our Operating Partnership. If our Advisor elects to receive any portion of its management fee in our Class E shares or Class E units of our Operating Partnership, we may be obligated to repurchase such Class E shares or Class E units from our Advisor at a later date. Repurchases of Class E shares will be outside our share repurchase plan and thus will not be subject to the repurchase limits of our share repurchase plan or any Early Repurchase Deduction. The Operating Partnership will repurchase any such Class E units for Class E shares of our common stock or cash (at our Advisor’s election) unless our board of directors determines that any such repurchase for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, in which case such Class E units will be repurchased for Class E shares of our common stock. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners.

 

Any Class E shares paid as a management fee (or received upon conversion of Class E units paid as a management fee) will have registration rights if our shares are listed on a national securities exchange. 

 

Performance Participation Allocation—The Special Limited Partner  

So long as our Advisory Agreement has not been terminated (including by means of non-renewal), the Special Limited Partner will hold a performance participation interest in the Operating Partnership that entitles it to receive an allocation from our Operating Partnership equal to 12.5% of the Total Return, subject to a 5% Hurdle Amount and a High-Water Mark, with a Catch-Up (each term as defined below). Such allocation will be measured on a calendar year basis, made quarterly and accrued monthly.  Because the portion of the Total Return attributable to Class E units of the Operating Partnership will be excluded from all performance participation calculations, no portion of the allocation will accrue to Class E units of the Operating Partnership.

 

 

15

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
   

Promptly following the end of each calendar quarter that is not also the end of a calendar year, the Special Limited Partner will be entitled to a performance participation allocation as described above calculated in respect of the portion of the year to date, less any performance participation allocation received with respect to prior quarters in that year (the “Quarterly Allocation”). The performance participation allocation that the Special Limited Partner is entitled to receive at the end of each calendar year will be reduced by the cumulative amount of Quarterly Allocations that year.

 

Specifically, the Special Limited Partner will be allocated a performance participation in an amount equal to:

 

·      First, if the Total Return for the applicable period exceeds the sum of (i) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (ii) the Loss Carryforward Amount (any such excess, “Excess Profits”), 100% of such Excess Profits until the total amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner equals 12.5% of the sum of (x) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (y) any amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this clause (this is commonly referred to as a “Catch-Up”); and

 

·     Second, to the extent there are remaining Excess Profits, 12.5% of such remaining Excess Profits.

 

“Total Return” for any period since the end of the prior calendar year shall equal the sum of:

 

(i)    all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on the Class T units, Class S units, Class D units and Class I units of the Operating Partnership (collectively referred to as, the “Performance Participation OP Units”) outstanding at the end of such period since the beginning of the then-current calendar year plus

 

(ii)  the change in aggregate NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units since the beginning of the year, before giving effect to (x) changes resulting solely from the proceeds of issuances of the Performance Participation OP Units, (y) any allocation/accrual to the performance participation interest related to the Performance Participation OP Units and (z) applicable distribution fee expenses related to the Performance Participation OP Units (including any payments made to us for payment of such expenses).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Total Return will (i) include any appreciation or depreciation in the NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units issued during the then-current calendar year but (ii) exclude the proceeds from the initial issuance of such Performance Participation OP Units and any upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

 

“Hurdle Amount” for any period during a calendar year means that amount that results in a 5% annualized internal rate of return on the NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units outstanding at the beginning of the then-current calendar year and all Performance Participation OP Units issued since the beginning of the then-current calendar year, taking into account the timing and amount of all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on all such Performance Participation OP Units and all issuances of Performance Participation OP Units over the period and calculated in accordance with recognized industry practices. The ending NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units used in calculating the internal rate of return will be calculated before giving effect to any allocation/accrual to the performance participation interest related to the Performance Participation OP Units and applicable distribution fee expenses related to the Performance Participation OP Units. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hurdle Amount for any period will exclude any Performance Participation OP Units repurchased during such period, which units will be subject to the performance participation allocation upon repurchase as described below.

 

 

16

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
   

Except as described in “Loss Carryforward Amount” below, any amount by which the Total Return falls below the Hurdle Amount will not be carried forward to subsequent periods.

 

“Loss Carryforward Amount” shall initially equal zero and shall cumulatively increase by the absolute value of any negative annual Total Return and decrease by any positive annual Total Return, provided that the Loss Carryforward Amount shall at no time be less than zero and provided further that the calculation of the Loss Carryforward Amount will exclude the Total Return related to any Performance Participation OP Units repurchased during such year, which units will be subject to the performance participation allocation upon repurchase as described below. The effect of the Loss Carryforward Amount is that the recoupment of past annual Total Return losses will offset the positive annual Total Return for purposes of the calculation of the Special Limited Partner’s performance participation. This is referred to as a “High Water Mark.”

 

The Special Limited Partner will also be allocated a performance participation with respect to all Performance Participation OP Units that are repurchased at the end of any month (in connection with repurchases of our shares in our share repurchase plan) in an amount calculated as described above with the relevant period being the portion of the year for which such unit was outstanding, and proceeds for any such unit repurchase will be reduced by the amount of any such performance participation.

 

If a Quarterly Allocation is made and at the end of a subsequent calendar quarter in the same calendar year the Special Limited Partner is entitled to less than the previously received Quarterly Allocation(s) (a “Quarterly Shortfall”), then subsequent distributions of any Quarterly Allocations or year-end performance participation allocations in that calendar year will be reduced by an amount equal to such Quarterly Shortfall, until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall remains. If all or any portion of a Quarterly Shortfall is not applied pursuant to the previous sentence by the end of such calendar year, distributions of any Quarterly Allocations and year-end performance participation allocations in the subsequent four calendar years will be reduced by (i) the remaining Quarterly Shortfall plus (ii) an annual rate of 5% on the remaining Quarterly Shortfall measured from the first day of the calendar year following the year in which the Quarterly Shortfall arose and compounded quarterly (collectively, the “Quarterly Shortfall Obligation”) until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains; provided, that the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) may make a full or partial cash payment to reduce the Quarterly Shortfall Obligation at any time; provided, further, that if any Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains following such subsequent four calendar years, then the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) will promptly pay the Operating Partnership the remaining Quarterly Shortfall Obligation in cash.

 

Distributions on the performance participation interest may be distributable in cash or Class E units at the election of the Special Limited Partner. To the extent that the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E units, the Special Limited Partner may request that the Operating Partnership repurchase such Class E units for cash at the then-current NAV per unit. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners.

 

17

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
     
   

The Operating Partnership will repurchase any such Class E units for Class E shares of our common stock or cash (at the Special Limited Partner’s election) unless our board of directors determines that any such repurchase for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, in which case such Class E units will be repurchased for Class E shares of our common stock.

 

See “Summary of Our Operating Partnership Agreement—Special Limited Partner Interest.”

 

We have agreed to negotiate in good faith to provide registration rights to the Special Limited Partner with respect to any shares it holds or issuable to it in exchange for Operating Partnership units in the event of a listing of our common stock.

 

Hotel and Restaurant Management Fees —Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC, an affiliate of our Advisor  

Remington Hospitality provides hotel and restaurant management services for some of our hotels and may provide such services for hotels we acquire in the future. For providing these services, Remington Hospitality will receive a monthly base fee on assets managed that is equal to the greater of (i) $16,897 (to be increased annually based on any increases in CPI over the preceding annual period) or (ii) 3% of a property’s gross revenues.

 

Remington Hospitality may also earn an incentive management fee that is equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of a hotel’s gross revenues for each fiscal year and (ii) the amount by which the actual house profit exceeds the budgeted house profit determined on a property-by-property basis.

 

Project Management Fees —Project Management LLC, an affiliate of our Advisor  

Premier will provide design, construction, architecture, development or project management, procurement and other project related services to us and our properties.

 

For providing these services, Premier may earn a project management fee equal to 4% of the total project costs associated with the implementation of the capital improvement budget, an architecture fee that is 6.5% of the total construction costs, an interior design fee that is 6.0% of the purchase price of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FFE”), a procurement fee of 8.0% of the purchase price of FFE (if the purchase price of such FFE exceeds $2,000,000 for a specific hotel in a calendar year, the procurement fee shall be reduced to 6.0% for all FFE purchased in excess of $2,000,000), a construction fee of 10% of the total construction costs (for projects without a general contractor), a freight expediting fee that is 8% of the cost of expediting FFE, a warehousing fee that is 8% of the cost of warehousing goods delivered to the job site and a development fee of 4% on the total project costs associated with a development project.

 

18

 

 

Type of

Compensation

and Recipient

  Determination of Amount
Event Service Fees —Inspire Event Technologies Holdings, LLC (“INSPIRE”), an affiliate of our Advisor  

INSPIRE may provide an integrated suite of event services, including audio-visual, event production, venue, and creative and digital services to us.

 

INSPIRE will pay a hotel 47.5% of event technology labor, regular equipment and service charges, if the hotel achieves over $500,000 in annual ETS revenue, but 45% if ETS revenue is $500,000 or lower. Sub-rentals & union labor are excluded from commissionable revenues. INSPIRE will pay a hotel 70% for meeting and event related high-speed internet service revenues and event power distribution services. INSPIRE will pay a hotel a commission of 20% for event technology show services along with scenic and miscellaneous services revenues. INSPIRE will have the right to be the rigging company for our hotels. As a result, INSPIRE will pay hotels a commission of 30% for rigging services revenues. Finally, INSPIRE will fully-absorb event technology rental rate reduction rates up to 10%. INSPIRE and a hotel will split commissionable revenue 50/50 for discounts above 10%.

     
Air Purification and Hypoallergenic Service Fees —PURE, an affiliate of our Advisor   PURE may provide air purification and hypoallergenic products and services for our interior spaces. For providing these services to hotel properties, PURE will receive $3,450 for each initial hotel room install and an annual renewal fee of $2,275 per room.
Digital Keyless Entry Solution Fees —OpenKey, Inc., an affiliate of our Advisor   OpenKey may provide keyless entry technology, products and services to us. For providing these services, OpenKey will earn $0.25 per door per day or $7.50 per door per month.

 

See Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—The Advisory Agreement—Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements.”

 

Employees

 

We are externally managed and currently have no employees. Our executive officers serve as officers of our Advisor and are employees of our Advisor or one or more of its affiliates.

 

See Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for a summary of the fees paid to the Advisor and its affiliates during the period from September 1, 2023 (inception date) through December 6, 2023.

 

Governmental Regulations

 

As an owner of real estate, our operations are subject, in certain instances, to supervision and regulation by U.S. and other governmental authorities, and may be subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing various requirements and restrictions, which include, among other things: (i) federal and state securities laws and regulations; (ii) federal, state and local tax laws and regulations, (iii) state and local laws relating to real property; and (iv) federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances, and regulations.

 

Compliance with the federal, state and local laws described above has not had a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay distributions, and we do not believe that our existing portfolio will require us to incur material expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations.

 

Investment Company Act Considerations

 

We intend to engage primarily in the business of investing in real estate and to conduct our operations so that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Under the Investment Company Act, in relevant part, a company is an “investment company” if:

 

·under Section 3(a)(1)(A), it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities; or

 

·under Section 3(a)(1)(C), it is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns, or proposes to acquire, “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis, which we refer to as the “40% test.” The term “investment securities” generally includes all securities except U.S. government securities and securities of majority-owned subsidiaries that are not themselves investment companies and are not relying on the exemption from the definition of investment company under Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.

 

 19 

 

 

We acquire real estate and real estate related securities directly. We may also hold assets indirectly through investments in joint venture entities, including joint venture entities in which we do not own a controlling interest. We anticipate that our assets generally will be held in our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries, each formed to hold a particular asset. A smaller portion of our assets are anticipated to be real estate debt.

 

We intend to conduct our operations so that we and (except as noted below) our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries will comply with the 40% test. We will continuously monitor our holdings on an ongoing basis to determine compliance with this test. Except as noted below, we expect that our wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries will generally not be relying on exemptions under either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. Consequently, interests in these subsidiaries (which are expected to constitute a substantial majority of our assets) will not constitute “investment securities.” Accordingly, we believe that we and most of our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries will not be considered an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

 

In addition, (except as noted below) we believe that neither we nor any of our wholly or majority-owned subsidiaries will be considered an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because we will not engage primarily or hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Rather, we and such subsidiaries will be primarily engaged in non-investment company businesses related to real estate. Consequently, we and our subsidiaries expect to be able to conduct our operations and such subsidiaries’ operations such that neither we nor they will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

We will determine whether an entity is a majority-owned subsidiary of our Company. The Investment Company Act defines a majority-owned subsidiary of a person as a company 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by another company which is a majority-owned subsidiary of such person. The Investment Company Act defines voting securities as any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company. We treat entities in which we own at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities as majority-owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test. We have not requested that the SEC or its staff approve our treatment of any entity as a majority-owned subsidiary, and neither has done so. If the SEC or its staff were to disagree with our treatment of one or more subsidiary entities as majority-owned subsidiaries, we may need to adjust our strategy and our assets in order to continue to pass the 40% test. Any adjustment in our strategy could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

If we or any of our wholly or majority-owned subsidiaries would ever fall within one of the definitions of “investment company,” we or the applicable subsidiary may rely on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, which is available for entities “primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” The SEC staff has taken the position that this exemption, in addition to prohibiting the issuance of certain types of securities, generally requires that at least 55% of an entity’s assets must be comprised of mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate, also known as “qualifying assets,” and at least another 25% of the entity’s assets must be comprised of additional qualifying assets or a broader category of assets that we refer to as “real estate related assets” under the Investment Company Act (and no more than 20% of the entity’s assets may be comprised of miscellaneous assets).

 

We will classify our assets for purposes of our 3(c)(5)(C) exemption based upon no-action positions taken by the SEC staff and interpretive guidance provided by the SEC and its staff. These no-action positions are based on specific factual situations that may be substantially different from the factual situations we may face, and a number of these no-action positions were issued more than 20 years ago. No assurance can be given that the SEC or its staff will concur with our classification of our assets. In addition, the SEC or its staff may, in the future, issue further guidance that may require us to re-classify our assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act. If we were required to re-classify our assets, we might not be in compliance with the exemption from the definition of an investment company provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

 

For purposes of determining whether we satisfy the 55%/25% test, based on the no-action letters issued by the SEC staff, we intend to classify our fee interests in real property, held by us directly or through our wholly owned subsidiaries or controlled subsidiaries as qualifying assets. In addition, based on no-action letters issued by the SEC staff, we will treat our investments in joint ventures, which in turn invest in qualifying assets such as real property, as qualifying assets only if we have sufficient control over the joint venture; otherwise, they will be classified as real estate related assets. We will not participate in joint ventures in which we do not have or share control to the extent that we believe such participation would potentially threaten our status as a non-investment company exempt from the Investment Company Act. This may prevent us from receiving an allocation with respect to certain investment opportunities that are suitable for both us and one or more Other Ashford Accounts. We expect that no less than 55% of our assets will consist of investments in real property, including any joint ventures that we control.

 

 20 

 

 

We may also use a subsidiary to hold real estate related securities as a cash management or liquidity strategy before investing in longer-term real estate assets or to provide funds to satisfy repurchase requests under our share repurchase plan. If so, such subsidiary may have to rely on the private investment company exceptions under either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. The full value of our interest in such subsidiary (after taking into account any subsidiary-specific debt) would be treated as an investment security for purposes of determining our compliance with the 40% test.

 

Qualifying for an exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act will limit our ability to make certain investments. For example, these restrictions may limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to invest directly in non-controlling equity interests in real estate companies or in assets not related to real estate, however, we and our subsidiaries may invest in such securities to a certain extent.

 

Although we intend to monitor our portfolio, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain this exemption from registration.

 

A change in the value of any of our assets could negatively affect our ability to avoid registration under the Investment Company Act. To avoid registration, we might be unable to sell assets we would otherwise want to sell and might need to sell assets we would otherwise wish to retain. In addition, we might have to acquire additional assets that we might not otherwise have acquired or might have to forego opportunities to acquire assets that we would otherwise want to acquire and would be important to our investment strategy.

 

To the extent that the SEC or its staff provide more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the definition of investment company and the exemptions to that definition, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. On August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release and request for comments regarding the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exemption (Release No. IC-29778) in which it contemplated the possibility of issuing new rules or providing new interpretations of the exemption that might, among other things, define the phrase “liens on and other interests in real estate” or consider sources of income in determining a company’s “primary business.” Any additional guidance from the SEC or its staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the strategies we have chosen.

 

If we are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we would become subject to substantial regulation with respect to our capital structure (including our ability to use borrowings), management, operations, transactions with affiliated persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and portfolio composition, including disclosure requirements and restrictions with respect to diversification and industry concentration and other matters. Compliance with the Investment Company Act would, accordingly, limit our ability to make certain investments and require us to significantly restructure our business plan.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We will be and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the date of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”).

 

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies.

 

Environmental

 

As an owner of real estate, we are subject to various environmental laws of federal, state, and local governments. Compliance with existing laws has not had a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, and management does not believe it will have such an impact in the future. However, we cannot predict the impact of unforeseen environmental contingencies or new or changed laws or regulations on properties we currently own, or on properties that may be acquired in the future.

 

 21 

 

 

Competition

 

As we purchase properties to build our portfolio, we are in competition with other potential buyers for the same properties, which may result in an increase in the amount we must pay to acquire a property or may require us to locate another property that meets our investment criteria. Such other potential buyers may include other listed and non-listed REITs, real estate operating companies, pension funds, insurance companies, investment funds and companies, partnerships and developers. These potential buyers may have substantially greater financial resources and experience than we do. At the time we elect to dispose of our properties, we may be in competition with sellers of similar properties to locate suitable purchasers.

 

Industry Segments

 

Our current business consists of acquiring, managing, investing in and disposing of real estate assets. We internally evaluate all of our real estate assets as one industry segment and, accordingly, we do not report segment information.

 

Seasonality

 

The hospitality business is seasonal, highly competitive and influenced by factors such as general and local economic conditions, location, room rates, quality, service levels, reputation and reservation systems, among many other factors. The hospitality industry generally experiences seasonal slowdown in the third quarter and, to a lesser extent, in the fourth quarter of each year. As a result of such seasonality, there will likely be quarterly fluctuations in results of operations of any hospitality properties that we may own.

 

The Private Offering

 

In December 2023, we commenced an offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and other exemptions of similar import in the laws of the states and other jurisdictions where the offering is being made. It is our intention to conduct the private offering continuously for an indefinite period of time, until our board of directors terminates the offering. All shares will be sold at the then-current transaction price for the applicable class of shares, which will generally be our prior month’s NAV per share for such class as of the last calendar day of such month, plus applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees. In cases where we believe there has been a material change (positive or negative) to our NAV per share since the end of the prior month, we may offer shares at a price that we believe reflects the NAV per share of such stock more appropriately than the prior month’s NAV per share, including by updating a previously disclosed offering price. See Item 9, “Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Net Asset Value Calculation and Valuation Guidelines” for more information on the calculation of our NAV per share.

 

Each class of shares may have a different NAV per share because of different class-specific accruals, including distribution fees, management fees and performance participation allocations, and distributions. See Item 11, “Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Common Stock” for more information on our share classes.

 

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

 

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby stockholders will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. If stockholders participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of shares that they own will be automatically invested in additional shares of the same class. The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the most recently disclosed transaction price for such shares at the time of the record date of the distribution Stockholders will not pay upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees when purchasing shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan., but distribution fees will apply depending upon the class of shares purchased. Participants may terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan with ten business days’ prior written notice to us. See Item 11, “Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Distribution Reinvestment Plan” for more information regarding the reinvestment of distributions investors may receive from us.

 

Share Repurchase Plan

 

Stockholders may request on a monthly basis that we repurchase all or any portion of their shares pursuant to our share repurchase plan, we are not obligated to repurchase any shares and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular month in our discretion. In addition, our ability to fulfill repurchase requests is subject to a number of limitations. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each month. Under our share repurchase plan, to the extent we choose to repurchase shares in any particular month, we will only repurchase shares as of the opening of the last business day of that month (each such date, a “Repurchase Date”). Repurchases will be made at the transaction price in effect on the Repurchase Date, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 95% of the transaction price (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The end of the one-year holding period will be measured as of the first business day immediately following the prospective repurchase date. Additionally, stockholders who have received shares of our common stock in exchange for their Operating Partnership units may include the period of time such stockholder held such Operating Partnership units for purposes of calculating the holding period for such shares of our common stock. The Early Repurchase Deduction may only be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death or qualified disability of the holder and in other limited circumstances. To have their shares repurchased, a stockholder’s repurchase request and required documentation must be received in good order by 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the second to last business day of the applicable month. Settlements of share repurchases will be made within three business days of the Repurchase Date. We will begin share repurchases under the plan on the first month of the quarter following our first closing in the private offering. The Early Repurchase Deduction will not apply to shares acquired through our distribution reinvestment plan. Investors may withdraw their repurchase requests by notifying the transfer agent before 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the last business day of the applicable month.

 

 22 

 

  

The aggregate NAV of total repurchases (based on the price at which the shares are repurchased) of all classes (excluding any Early Repurchase Deduction applicable to the repurchased shares) is limited to no more than 2% of our aggregate NAV per month (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding month) and no more than 5% of our aggregate NAV per calendar quarter (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter). In the event that we determine to repurchase some but not all of the shares submitted for repurchase during any month, shares submitted for repurchase during such month will be repurchased on a pro rata basis after we have repurchased all shares for which repurchase has been requested due to death or disability. All unsatisfied repurchase requests must be resubmitted after the start of the next month or quarter, or upon the recommencement of the share repurchase plan, as applicable. Shares held by our Advisor or the Special Limited Partner acquired as payment of our Advisor’s management fee or in respect of distributions on the performance participation interest, respectively, will not be subject to our share repurchase plan, including with respect to any repurchase limits or the Early Repurchase Deduction and will not be included in the calculation of our aggregate NAV for purposes of the 2% monthly or 5% quarterly limitations on repurchases. See Item 11, “Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Share Repurchases—Repurchase Limitations.”

 

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS.

 

The Registrant has omitted a discussion of risk factors because as a smaller reporting company, it is not required to provide such information.

 

 23 

 

 

ITEM 2.FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form 10. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those in this discussion as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed above in the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

 

Overview

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. invests primarily to acquire and own a diverse portfolio of stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales located primarily in the United States that are operated under widely recognized brands licensed from hotel franchisors such as Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt, and Intercontinental Hotel Group, and to a lesser extent, invest in real estate debt secured by hotels and resorts and develop hotels and resorts. The Company is the sole general partner and a limited partner of the Operating Partnership, and we own substantially all of our assets through the Operating Partnership. We are externally managed by our Advisor, an affiliate of Ashford.

 

The Company was formed on September 1, 2023 (“Inception”) as a Maryland corporation and intends to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2024. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income to the extent we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

 

Recent Developments

 

The Company’s business is materially affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions in the U.S. Rising interest rates and a reduction in the availability of financing, especially from banks, has led to greater spreads between the prices sought by sellers and buyers, which may adversely affect the value of our real estate assets. However, given that we are seeking to raise and invest substantial equity capital, we believe that market stresses could lead to attractive acquisition opportunities.

 

Initial Investment Portfolio

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, by and among the Operating Partnership and the Anchor Investor, the Anchor Investor contributed their equity interests, and the associated debt and other obligations, in the Initial Portfolio to the Company in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units of the Operating Partnership at a price per unit equal to $25.00. The net contribution value of the Initial Portfolio was approximately $35 million, which represents the appraised value of the Initial Portfolio as provided by an independent third-party appraiser of $56.2 million, the assumption of $30.2 million of existing indebtedness and approximately $9 million of net working capital and reserves, and is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. See “Initial Investment Portfolio– Contribution Agreement” for additional details regarding the Contribution Agreement. See Item 3, “Properties” for more information on the operations of our Initial Investment Portfolio.

 

Results of Operations

 

Since the Company had no significant assets or operations prior to December 6, 2023, the Company has concluded that Stirling Hotels, which consists of the operations of the four hotels that comprise the Initial Portfolio, is the Predecessor and the Company is the Successor and each are defined as such. The Company does not have any results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 or for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The following results of operations comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2023 to September 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 represent the operations of “Stirling Hotels.” The Predecessor condensed combined consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 should be read in conjunction with the audited Predecessor combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for each of the two years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Key Indicators of Operating Performance

 

We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business. These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with GAAP as well as other financial measures that are non-GAAP measures. In addition, we use other information that may not be financial in nature, including statistical information and comparative data. We use this information to measure the operating performance of our individual hotels, groups of hotels and/or business as a whole. We also use these metrics to evaluate the hotels in our portfolio and potential acquisitions to determine each hotel’s contribution to cash flow and its potential to provide attractive long-term total returns. These key indicators include:

 

 24 

 

 

Occupancy—Occupancy means the total number of hotel rooms sold in a given period divided by the total number of rooms available. Occupancy measures the utilization of our hotels’ available capacity. We use occupancy to measure demand at a specific hotel or group of hotels in a given period.

 

ADR—ADR means average daily rate and is calculated by dividing total hotel rooms revenues by total number of rooms sold in a given period. ADR measures average room price attained by a hotel and ADR trends provide useful information concerning the pricing environment and the nature of the customer base of a hotel or group of hotels. We use ADR to assess the pricing levels that we are able to generate.

 

RevPAR—RevPAR means revenue per available room and is calculated by multiplying ADR by the average daily occupancy. RevPAR is one of the commonly used measures within the hotel industry to evaluate hotel operations. RevPAR does not include revenues from food and beverage sales or parking, telephone or other non-rooms revenues generated by the property. Although RevPAR does not include these ancillary revenues, it is generally considered the leading indicator of core revenues for many hotels. We also use RevPAR to compare the results of our hotels between periods and to analyze results of our comparable hotels (comparable hotels represent hotels we have owned for the entire period). RevPAR improvements attributable to increases in occupancy are generally accompanied by increases in most categories of variable operating costs. RevPAR improvements attributable to increases in ADR are generally accompanied by increases in limited categories of operating costs, such as management fees and franchise fees.

 

RevPAR changes that are primarily driven by changes in occupancy have different implications for overall revenues and profitability than changes that are driven primarily by changes in ADR. For example, an increase in occupancy at a hotel would lead to additional variable operating costs (including housekeeping services, utilities and room supplies) and could also result in increased other operating department revenue and expense. Changes in ADR typically have a greater impact on operating margins and profitability as they do not have a substantial effect on variable operating costs.

 

Occupancy, ADR and RevPAR are commonly used measures within the lodging industry to evaluate operating performance. RevPAR is an important statistic for monitoring operating performance at the individual hotel level and across our entire business. We evaluate individual hotel RevPAR performance on an absolute basis with comparisons to budget and prior periods, as well as on a regional and company-wide basis. ADR and RevPAR include only rooms revenue. Rooms revenue is dictated by demand (as measured by occupancy), pricing (as measured by ADR) and our available supply of hotel rooms.

 

 25 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022

 

The following table summarizes the changes in key line items from our Predecessor combined consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   Favorable (Unfavorable) 
   2023   2022   $ Change   % Change 
Revenue                
Rooms   $12,630   $11,913   $717    6.0%
Other hotel revenue    203    168    35    20.8%
Total hotel revenue    12,833    12,081    752    6.2%
Expenses                     
Hotel operating expenses:                     
Rooms    2,959    2,810    (149)   (5.3)%
Other expenses    4,656    4,414    (242)   (5.5)%
Management fees    544    508    (36)   (7.1)%
Total hotel expenses    8,159    7,732    (427)   (5.5)%
Property taxes, insurance and other    706    621    (85)   (13.7)%
Depreciation and amortization    2,706    2,653    (53)   (2.0)%
Advisory service fee    392    387    (5)   (1.3)%
Corporate, general and administrative    147    67    (80)   (119.4)%
Operating income (loss)    723    621    102    16.4%
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs    (1,220)   (1,244)   24    (1.9)%
Income tax benefit (expense)    (349)   (366)   17    (4.6)%
Net income (loss)   $(846)  $(989)  $143    (14.5)%

 

The following table illustrates the key performance indicators of the Stirling Hotels included in our Predecessor results of operations:

 

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2023   2022 
RevPAR (revenue per available room)   $114.23   $107.75 
Occupancy    78.10%   80.41%
ADR (average daily rate)   $146.27   $134.00 
Rooms revenue (in thousands)    12,630    11,913 
Total hotel revenue (in thousands)    12,833    12,081 

 

 26 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

 

Net Income (Loss). Net loss decreased $143,000 from $989,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 (the “2022 period”) to $846,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 (the “2023 period”) as a result of the factors discussed below.

 

Rooms Revenue. Rooms revenue increased $717,000, or 6.0%, to $12.6 million during the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period. During the 2023 period, we experienced a 231 basis point decrease in occupancy and a 9.2% increase in room rates.

 

Fluctuations in rooms revenue between the 2023 period and the 2022 period are a result of the changes in occupancy and ADR between the 2023 period and the 2022 period as reflected in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

   Favorable (Unfavorable) 
Hotel Property  Rooms
Revenue
   Occupancy (change in bps)  

ADR

(change in %)

 
Residence Inn Manchester   $133    (190)   6.5%
Hampton Inn Buford    575    719    10.7%
SpringHill Suites Buford    43    (737)   12.6%
Residence Inn Jacksonville    (34)   (584)   6.8%
Total   $717    (231)   9.2%

 

Other Hotel Revenue. Other hotel revenue, which consists of various miscellaneous revenues, increased $35,000, or 20.8%, to $203,000 in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period. The net increase ranged from a decrease of $4,000 at one hotel property to an increase of $16,000 at one hotel property.

 

Rooms Expense. Rooms expense increased $149,000, or 5.3%, to $3.0 million in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period, which is primarily attributable to higher rooms revenue as the hotel properties continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic. Rooms margin was 76.6% for the 2023 period and 76.4% for the 2022 period.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses increased $242,000, or 5.5%, to $4.7 million in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period. Hotel operating expenses consist of direct expenses from departments associated with revenue streams and indirect expenses associated with support departments and incentive management fees.

 

We experienced a decrease of $6,000 in direct expenses and an increase of $248,000 in indirect expenses and incentive management fees in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period. Direct expenses were 0.5% of total hotel revenue in the 2023 period and 0.6% in the 2022 period. The increase in indirect expenses is primarily attributable to increases in (i) marketing costs of $78,000; (ii) repairs and maintenance of $89,000; (iii) energy costs of $18,000; (iv) general and administrative costs of $57,000 and (v) $6,000 in incentive management fees.

 

Property Taxes, Insurance and Other. Property taxes, insurance and other expense increased $85,000 or 13.7%, to $706,000 in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period, which was primarily due to increases in property and other taxes of $47,000 and insurance expense of $38,000.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $53,000 or 2.0%, to $2.7 million in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period, which consisted of higher depreciation of $612,000 at the SpringHill Suites Buford related to a recent renovation partially offset by $559,000 at the three remaining hotel properties primarily related to fully depreciated assets.

 

Advisory Services Fee. Advisory services fee increased $5,000, or 1.3%, to $392,000 in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period due to higher allocated expenses.

 

Corporate, General and Administrative. Corporate, general and administrative expense increased $80,000, or 119.4%, to $147,000 in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period due to higher allocated expenses.

 

Interest Expense and Amortization of Loan Costs. Interest expense and amortization of loan costs decreased $24,000, or 1.9%, to $1.2 million in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest expense of $33,000 as a result of lower loan balances related to amortizing payments on the mortgage loans, offset by lower credits to interest expense of $9,000 related to the amortization credit of default interest and late charges recorded on mortgage loans previously in default.

 

 27 

 

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. Income tax expense decreased $17,000, from $366,000 in the 2022 period to $349,000 in the 2023 period. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the profitability of the Ashford TRS entities as it relates to the Stirling Hotels in the 2023 period compared to the 2022 period.

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021

 

The following table summarizes the changes in key line items from our Predecessor combined consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
   Favorable (Unfavorable) 
   2022   2021   $ Change   % Change 
Revenue                
Rooms   $15,685   $12,658   $3,027    23.9%
Other hotel revenue    228    204    24    11.8%
Total hotel revenue    15,913    12,862    3,051    23.7%
Expenses                     
Hotel operating expenses:                     
Rooms    3,813    2,688    (1,125)   (41.9)%
Other expenses    5,909    4,845    (1,064)   (22.0)%
Management fees    687    633    (54)   (8.5)%
Total hotel expenses    10,409    8,166    (2,243)   (27.5)%
Property taxes, insurance and other    830    771    (59)   (7.7)%
Depreciation and amortization    3,564    3,681    117    3.2%
Advisory service fee    512    538    26    4.8%
Corporate, general and administrative    101    159    58    36.5%
Operating income (loss)    497    (453)   950    209.7%
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs    (1,660)   (1,765)   105    5.9%
Write-off of loan costs        (6)   6    100.0%
Income tax benefit (expense)    (493)   (528)   35    6.6%
Net income (loss)   $(1,656)  $(2,752)  $1,096    39.8%

 

The following table illustrates the key performance indicators of the Stirling Hotels included in our Predecessor results of operations:

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2022   2021 
RevPAR (revenue per available room)   $106.10   $85.63 
Occupancy    78.51%   72.09%
ADR (average daily rate)   $135.15   $118.77 
Rooms revenue (in thousands)    15,685    12,658 
Total hotel revenue (in thousands)    15,913    12,862 

 

 28 

 

 

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Net Income (Loss). Net loss decreased $1.1 million from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 (“2021”) to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 (“2022”) as a result of the factors discussed below.

 

Rooms Revenue. Rooms revenue increased $3.0 million, or 23.9%, to $15.7 million during 2022 period compared to 2021. During 2022, we experienced a 641 basis point increase in occupancy and a 13.8% increase in room rates.

 

Fluctuations in rooms revenue between 2022 and 2021 are a result of the changes in occupancy and ADR between 2022 and 2021 as reflected in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

   Favorable (Unfavorable) 
Hotel Property  Rooms
Revenue
   Occupancy (change in bps)  

ADR

(change in %)

 
Residence Inn Manchester   $905    643    17.0%
Hampton Inn Buford    867    828    16.6%
SpringHill Suites Buford    804    829    19.0%
Residence Inn Jacksonville    451    3    6.2%
Total   $3,027    641    13.8%

 

Other Hotel Revenue. Other hotel revenue, which consists of various miscellaneous revenues, increased $24,000, or 11.8%, to $228,000 in 2022 compared to 2021, which ranged from an increase of $1,000 at one hotel property to $17,000 at one hotel property.

 

Rooms Expense. Rooms expense increased $1.1 million, or 41.9%, to $3.8 million in 2022 compared to 2021, which is primarily attributable to higher rooms revenue as the hotel properties continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic. Rooms margin was 75.7% in 2022 and 78.8% in 2021.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses increased $1.1 million, or 22.0%, to $5.9 million in 2022 compared to 2021. Hotel operating expenses consist of direct expenses from departments associated with revenue streams and indirect expenses associated with support departments and incentive management fees.

 

Direct expenses and indirect expenses were $88,000 and $5.8 million, respectively. Predecessor experienced a decrease of $2,000 in direct expenses and an increase $1.1 million in indirect expenses and incentive management fees in 2022 compared to 2021. Direct expenses were 0.6% of total hotel revenue in 2022 and 0.7% in 2021.

 

The increase in indirect expenses is attributable to increases in (i) general and administrative costs of $368,000; (ii) marketing costs of $456,000; (iii) repairs and maintenance of $102,000; (iv) energy costs of $106,000; and (v) $21,000 in incentive management fees.

 

Property Taxes, Insurance and Other. Property taxes, insurance and other expense increased $59,000 or 7.7%, to $830,000 in 2022 compared to 2021, which was primarily due to an increase in property and other taxes of $45,000 and insurance expense of $14,000.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization decreased $117,000 or 3.2%, to $3.6 million in 2022 compared to 2021 as a result of fully depreciated assets.

 

Advisory Services Fee. Advisory services fee decreased $26,000, or 4.8%, to $512,000 in 2022 compared to 2021 due to lower allocated expenses.

 

Corporate, General and Administrative. Corporate, general and administrative expense decreased $58,000, or 36.5%, to $101,000 in 2022 compared to 2021, due to lower allocated expenses.

 

 29 

 

 

Interest Expense and Amortization of Loan Costs. Interest expense and amortization of loan costs decreased $105,000, or 5.9%, to $1.7 million in 2022 compared to 2021. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest expense of $119,000 as a result of lower loan balances related to amortizing payments on the mortgage loans, offset by lower credits to interest expense of $14,000 related to the amortization credit of default interest and late charges recorded on mortgage loans previously in default.

 

Write-off of Loan Costs. Write-off of loan costs decreased $6,000 to $0 in 2022 compared to 2021.

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. Income tax expense decreased $35,000, from $528,000 in 2021 to $493,000 in 2022. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the profitability of the Ashford TRS entities as it relates to the Stirling Hotels in 2022 compared to 2021.

 

Net Asset Value

 

We will calculate NAV per share for each class of shares monthly. Our NAV for each class of our shares of common stock will be based on the net asset values of our investments, the addition of any other assets (such as cash on hand), and the deduction of any liabilities, including class-specific accruals. See Item 9, “Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Net Asset Value Calculation and Valuation Guidelines” for more information on the calculation of our NAV per share.

 

Distributions

 

We intend to declare monthly distributions as authorized by our board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors) and to pay such distributions on a monthly basis. Our distribution policy is set by our board of directors and is subject to change based on available cash flows. See Item 9, “Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Net Asset Value Calculation and Valuation Guidelines – Distributions,” and Item 11, “Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Distribution Policy” for more information regarding our distribution policy.

 

Liquidity

 

We believe we have sufficient liquidity to operate our business, with $2 million of immediate liquidity as of December 7, 2023, comprised of cash and cash equivalents. In addition to our immediate liquidity, we expect to obtain incremental liquidity through the sale of our common shares, which we intend to commence offering as outlined in the Capital Resources section below. In addition, we may incur indebtedness secured by our real estate investments, borrow money through unsecured financings, or incur other forms of indebtedness. We may also generate incremental liquidity through the sale of our real estate and real estate debt investments.

 

Our primary liquidity needs are to fund our investments, make distributions to our shareholders, repurchase common shares pursuant to our share repurchase plan, pay operating expenses, fund capital expenditures, and repay indebtedness. Our operating expenses include, among other things, the management fee we pay to the Advisor and the performance participation allocation that the Operating Partnership pays to the Special Limited Partner, both of which will impact our liquidity to the extent the Advisor or the Special Limited Partner elect to receive such payments in cash, or subsequently redeem common shares or common units previously issued to them.

 

We expect that our cash needs for acquisitions and other capital investments will be funded primarily from the sale of common shares and through the incurrence or assumption of debt. Other potential future sources of capital include secured or unsecured financings from banks or other lenders and proceeds from the sale of assets. If necessary, we may use financings or other sources of capital in the event of unforeseen significant capital expenditures.

 

We believe that our current liquidity position is sufficient to meet the need of our expected investment activity.

 

Capital Resources

 

As of December 6, 2023, our indebtedness included a single mortgage loan secured by all four of our hotel properties, which carries a fixed interest rate of 8.506% and matures in December 2028.

 

 30 

 

 

The following table is a summary of our indebtedness as of December 6, 2023:

 

Indebtedness 

Weighted Average

Interest Rate

  

Weighted Average

Maturity Date

  

Principal Balance

Outstanding

 
Mortgage Loan Payable   8.506%   December 2028   $30,200,000 
Total            $30,200,000 

 

In December 2023, the Company commenced the offering of its Class I shares through a continuous private placement offering. Commencing February 1, 2024, we also intend to issue Class D, Class S, and Class T shares in the offering to the extent there are subscriptions for such shares.

 

As of December 7, 2023, we have not sold any common shares in the private placement offering.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP involve significant judgments and assumptions and require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. These judgments will affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities and our disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. With different estimates or assumptions, materially different amounts could be reported in our consolidated financial statements. The following is a summary of our significant accounting policies that we believe are the most affected by our judgments, estimates, and assumptions. See Note 2 to our Predecessor’s combined consolidated financial statements for further descriptions of the below accounting policies.

 

Impairment of Investments in Hotel Properties—Hotel properties are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the hotel is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the hotel to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows, which take into account current market conditions and our intent with respect to holding or disposing of the hotel. If our analysis indicates that the carrying value of the hotel is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the property’s net book value exceeds its estimated fair value, or fair value, less cost to sell. In evaluating impairment of hotel properties, we make many assumptions and estimates, including projected cash flows, expected holding period, and expected useful life. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including internally developed discounted cash flow models, comparable market transactions and third-party appraisals, where considered necessary.

 

Income Taxes—As a REIT, we generally are not subject to federal corporate income tax on the portion of our net income that does not relate to taxable REIT subsidiaries. However, our taxable REIT subsidiaries will be treated as a TRS for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, we account for income taxes related to our TRS using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. In addition, the analysis utilized by us in determining our deferred tax asset valuation allowance involves considerable management judgment and assumptions.

 

The “Income Taxes” topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification addresses the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. The guidance requires us to determine whether tax positions we have taken or expect to take in a tax return are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority based on the technical merits of the positions. Tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold would be recorded as additional tax expense in the current period. We analyze all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations for each jurisdiction, which includes the federal jurisdiction and various states. We classify interest and penalties related to underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense. We and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and cities.

 

ITEM 3.PROPERTIES.

 

In connection with the commencement of our private offering, and pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, by and among the Operating Partnership and the Anchor Investor, the Anchor Investor contributed its interest in the Initial Portfolio, four hotel assets, to us in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units of the Operating Partnership at a price per unit equal to $25.00. The net contribution value of the Initial Portfolio was approximately $35 million, which represents the appraised value of the Initial Portfolio as provided by an independent third-party appraiser of $56.2 million, the assumption of $30.2 million of existing indebtedness and approximately $9 million of net working capital and reserves, and is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. We own all of the Initial Portfolio in fee simple. We do not operate any of our hotel properties directly; instead, we employ hotel management companies to operate them for us under management contracts. Remington Hotels, a subsidiary of Ashford, manages three of our four hotel properties. Third-party management companies manage the remaining hotel property. Presented below is certain descriptive information regarding these initial hotels. We believe that each of these properties is adequately covered by insurance.

 

 31 

 

 

Initial Portfolio

 

As of the date of this filing, our portfolio consists of four consolidated hotel properties that we acquired from AHT and its affiliates on December 6, 2023. Currently all of our hotel properties are located in the United States. Three of the four hotels operating under brands affiliated with Marriott International, Inc. (“Marriott”) and the remaining hotel operates under brands affiliated with Hilton Worldwide, Inc. (“Hilton”).

 

The following table presents certain information related to our hotel properties as of the year ended December 31, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

 

           

Year Ended

December 31, 2022

  

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2023

 
Hotel Property  Location  Service
Type
  Rooms  Average Occupancy(1)   Average Daily Rate(2)   Revenue Per Available Room(3)   Average Occupancy(1)   Average Daily Rate(2)   Revenue Per Available Room(3) 
Hampton Inn  Buford, GA  Select-service  92   80.4%  $139.15   $111.92    89.1%  $152.00   $135.37 
SpringHill Suites by Marriott  Buford, GA  Select-service  97   71.6%  $123.38   $88.28    68.9%  $136.66   $94.20 
Marriott Residence Inn  Manchester, CT  Select-service  96   83.9%  $145.74   $122.30    82.5%  $155.82   $128.60 
Marriott Residence Inn  Jacksonville, FL  Select-service  120   78.3%  $131.61   $103.09    73.6%  $139.68   $102.73 

 

(1) Average occupancy represents the number of occupied rooms in the applicable period divided by the product of the total number of rooms and 365 days in the period.

(2) Average daily rate represents the total room revenue for the applicable period divided by the number of occupied rooms.

(3) Revenue per available room, or RevPAR, represents the total room revenue per total available rooms for the applicable period and is calculated by multiplying average occupancy by the average daily rate.

 

Hampton Inn Buford Mall of Georgia, Buford, Georgia

 

The hotel is located less than one mile from the I-85/I-985 split and a short walk from shopping and dining at the Southeast’s biggest mall, Mall of Georgia. Cardinal Health, Global Industrial, and Displayit are within five miles. It is also seven miles from Georgia Gwinnett College and ten miles from the Gas South District.

 

Additional property highlights include approximately 350 feet of meeting space, a fitness center, outdoor pool, and business center.

 

Competition. Competitor hotels include the Home2 Suites by Hilton Buford Mall of Georgia, Courtyard by Marriott Atlanta Mall of Georgia, Fairfield Inn & Suites by Marriott Atlanta Buford/Mall of Georgia and SpringHill Suites Buford Mall of Georgia.

 

 32 

 

 

Operating History. The following table shows certain historical information regarding Hampton Inn Buford Mall of Georgia hotel since 2018:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018   2019   2020   2021   2022 
Rooms   92    92    92    92    92 
Average Occupancy   78.4%   69.8%   45.0%   72.2%   80.4%
ADR  $121.40   $124.18   $106.31   $119.31   $139.15 
RevPAR  $95.21   $86.67   $47.85   $86.08   $111.92 

 

SpringHill Suites Buford Mall of Georgia, Buford, Georgia

 

The hotel is a newly renovated all-suite hotel across the street from the Southeast’s biggest mall, the Mall of Georgia. It is located in the heart of the I-85 corridor business district, within a mile of Coolray Field and a short drive from our hotel to the Gas South District, Suwanee Sports Academy, Lake Lanier, Chateau Elan Winery, Georgia Gwinnett College, or Gwinnett Technical College.

 

Additional property highlights include approximately 340 feet of meeting space, a fitness center, outdoor pool, and business center.

 

Competition. Competitor hotels include the Home2 Suites by Hilton Buford Mall of Georgia, Courtyard by Marriott Atlanta Mall of Georgia, Fairfield Inn & Suites by Marriott Atlanta Buford/Mall of Georgia and Hampton Inn Buford Mall of Georgia.

 

Operating History. The following table shows certain historical information regarding SpringHill Suites Buford Mall of Georgia hotel since 2018:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018   2019   2020   2021   2022 
Rooms   97    97    97    97    97 
Average Occupancy   81.5%   80.7%   47.1%   63.3%   71.6%
ADR  $110.57   $110.16   $93.92   $103.66   $123.38 
RevPAR  $90.15   $88.86   $44.28   $65.58   $88.28 

 

Residence Inn Hartford, Manchester, Connecticut

 

The hotel is situated amongst an abundance of shopping, dining and entertainment options, including the Shoppes at Buckland Hills and The Promenade Shoppes at Evergreen Walk. It is also near The Hartford or Aetna, Pratt & Whitney, and Raytheon in East Hartford, and downtown Hartford is ten miles southwest.

 

Additional property highlights include apartment-style suites with full kitchens, a fitness center, outdoor pool, and business center.

 

Competition. Competitor hotels include the Hampton Inn & Suites Hartford-Manchester, Courtyard by Marriott Hartford Manchester, Fairfield Inn & Suites by Marriott Hartford Manchester and Homewood Suites by Hilton Hartford Manchester.

 

 33 

 

 

Operating History. The following table shows certain historical information regarding Residence Inn Hartford hotel since 2018:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018   2019   2020   2021   2022 
Rooms   96    96    96    96    96 
Average Occupancy   81.9%   78.8%   61.3%   77.5%   83.9%
ADR  $139.43   $134.11   $110.17   $124.51   $145.74 
RevPAR  $114.22   $105.64   $67.54   $96.48   $122.30 

 

Residence Inn Jacksonville, Florida

 

The hotel is located along Butler Boulevard in the Southside of Jacksonville, Florida near St. Johns Town Center, Deerwood Park, the Mayo Clinic and beaches ten miles east.

 

Additional property highlights include apartment-style suites with full kitchens, a fitness center, SportCourt equipped for basketball, outdoor pool and whirlpool, and business center.

 

Competition. Competitor hotels include the Home2 Suites by Hilton Jacksonville South St. Johns Town Center, Tru by Hilton Jacksonville St. Johns Town Center, Sheraton Jacksonville Hotel and Holiday Inn Express & Suites Jacksonville Town Center.

 

Operating History. The following table shows certain historical information regarding Residence Inn Jacksonville hotel since 2018:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018   2019   2020   2021   2022 
Rooms   120    120    120    120    120 
Average Occupancy   43.5%   82.1%   59.70%   74.9%   78.3%
ADR  $121.59   $134.87   $119.03   $123.95   $131.61 
RevPAR  $52.89   $110.70   $71.01   $92.81   $103.09 

 

Outstanding Debt Obligations

 

In connection with the contribution of the Initial Portfolio, we, through certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the Operating Partnership, have a mortgage loan from Bank of America, N.A. outstanding in the amount of $30.2 million. The loan is secured by all four hotels in the Initial Portfolio, requires monthly payments of interest only, bears interest at a fixed rate of 8.506%, and matures on December 1, 2028. We have the right to prepay all of the loan commencing June 1, 2028, with a defeasance option available prior to such date subject to the terms and conditions of the loan documents. The loan is nonrecourse, subject to environmental and other customary recourse carve-outs that are guaranteed by the Operating Partnership and Ashford Hospitality OP (until such time as it owns less than 25% of the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership satisfies certain financial covenants), and contain such events of defaults, cure periods and remedies that are customarily granted to a secured lender, including the right to accelerate the debt and foreclose on the collateral following an uncured event of default.

 

Leases

 

Each of our initial hotels is owned by the Operating Partnership and leased to Stirling TRS Corporation (“Stirling TRS”), our taxable REIT subsidiary, pursuant to a percentage lease. Additionally, we intend to lease all hotels we acquire in the future, other than pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions with unrelated third parties, to Stirling TRS, pursuant to the terms of percentage leases that are generally similar to the terms of the existing percentage leases. Our management team will negotiate the terms and provisions of each future lease, considering such things as the purchase price paid for the hotel, then current economic conditions and any other factors deemed relevant at the time.

 

 34 

 

 

Franchise Licenses

 

We believe that the public’s perception of quality associated with a franchisor can be an important feature in the operation of a hotel. Franchisors provide a variety of benefits for franchisees, which include national advertising, publicity, and other marketing programs designed to increase brand awareness, training of personnel, continuous review of quality standards, and centralized reservation systems.

 

As of the date of this filing, our portfolio consists of four consolidated hotel properties, all of which operated under the following franchise licenses or brand management agreements:

 

·Hampton Inn and/or Hampton Inn & Suites, which are registered trademarks of Hilton International Holding LLC

·SpringHill Suites and/or SpringHill Suites by Marriott, which are registered trademarks of Marriott International, Inc.

·Residence Inn and/or Residence Inn by Marriott, which are registered trademarks of Marriott International, Inc.

 

Our management companies, including Remington Hospitality, must operate each hotel pursuant to the terms of the related franchise agreement and must use their best efforts to maintain the right to operate each hotel pursuant to such terms. In the event of termination of a particular franchise agreement, our management companies must operate any affected hotels under another franchise agreement, if any, that we enter into. We anticipate that many of the additional hotels we acquire could be operated under franchise licenses or brand management agreements as well.

 

Our franchise agreements generally specify certain management, operational, recordkeeping, accounting, reporting, and marketing standards and procedures with which the franchisee must comply, including requirements related to:

 

·training of operational personnel;
·safety;
·maintaining specified insurance;
·types of services and products ancillary to guestroom services that may be provided;
·display of signage; and
·type, quality, and age of furniture, fixtures, and equipment included in guestrooms, lobbies, and other common areas.

 

For additional information regarding our investment portfolio, see Item 2, “Financial Information—Initial Investment Portfolio.”

 

 35 

 

 

ITEM 4.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

 

We have not yet commenced offering activities and as of December 15, 2023, we have one share of our common stock outstanding held by Jim Plohg, an officer of our sponsor. The address for our sole stockholder is in care of our principal executive offices at 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas Texas 75254.

 

In addition, as of December 15, 2023, the Operating Partnership has issued 1,408,943 common units, of which 1,400,943 are held by the Anchor Investor and 8,000 are held by the Advisor. Subject to certain restrictions, common units may be exchanged for cash, or at our option, an equal number of shares of our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, the Anchor Investor has agreed that its Class I common units received in consideration for the contribution of the Initial Portfolio will not be redeemed or converted pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement for a period of one year following the closing date, or until December 6, 2024.

 

 36 

 

 

ITEM 5.DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

 

Our directors and executive officers are set forth below.

 

Name

 

Age*

 

Position

Monty J. Bennett   58  Chief Executive Officer and Director
Deric S. Eubanks   48  President
Stephen Zsigray   37  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Eric Batis   40  Chief Operating Officer
Justin Coe   40  Chief Accounting Officer
Alex Rose   38  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Christopher C. Nixon   38  Executive Vice President, Head of Asset Management
Jay Steigerwald   61  Head of Capital Markets
Frederick J. Kleisner   79  Chairman of the Board and Independent Director
Mark Goldberg   62  Independent Director

 

*As of November 1, 2023.

 

Monty J. Bennett has served as our Chief Executive Officer since November 2023 and as an affiliated director since September 2023. He has served as Chief Executive Officer of our Advisor since November 2023. He has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of BHR since April 2013. He has also served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Ashford since November 2014. Mr. Bennett has also served on AHT’s board of directors since May 2003 and served as its Chief Executive Officer from that time until February 2017. Effective in January 2013, Mr. Bennett was appointed as the Chairman of the board of directors of AHT. Prior to January 2009, Mr. Bennett served as AHT’s President. Mr. Bennett currently serves as the chair of AHT’s acquisitions committee. Mr. Bennett joined Remington Hospitality in 1992 and has served in several key positions, such as Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Director of Information Systems, General Manager and Operations Director.

 

Mr. Bennett is a lifelong advocate of civic engagement and takes pride in giving back to the Dallas-Fort Worth community. Together with the Ashford companies, he supports numerous charitable organizations including The Salvation Army, Habitat for Humanity, Metrocrest Services, the S.M. Wright Foundation and the Special Olympics.

 

Mr. Bennett holds a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the S.C. Johnson Graduate School of Management at Cornell University and a Bachelor of Science degree with distinction from the Cornell School of Hotel Administration. He is a life member of the Cornell Hotel Society. He has over 30 years of experience in the hotel industry and has experience in virtually all aspects of the hospitality industry, including hotel ownership, finance, operations, development, asset management and project management. He is a member of the American Hotel & Lodging Association’s Industry Real Estate Finance Advisory Council (IREFAC) and formerly was a member of Marriott’s Owner Advisory Council and Hilton’s Embassy Suites Franchise Advisory Council.

 

Mr. Bennett is a frequent speaker and panelist for various hotel development and industry conferences, including the NYU International Hospitality Industry Investment Conference and the Americas Lodging Investment Summit conferences.

 

Mr. Bennett’s extensive industry experience as well as the strong and consistent leadership qualities he has displayed in his current role as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, and his experience with, and knowledge of, the Company and its operations gained in those roles, his prior role as the Chief Executive Officer and his current role as the Chairman of each of AHT and BHR, are vital qualifications and skills that make him uniquely qualified to serve as a director of the Company and as the Chairman of the Board.

 

Deric S. Eubanks has served as our President since November 2023. In addition, he currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Ashford, AHT and BHR and has held these positions since 2014.

 

In his role at Ashford, AHT and BHR, Mr. Eubanks oversees all corporate finance, financial reporting, capital raising, investor relations, and risk management activities for these entities. Prior to his role as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Eubanks served as the Senior Vice President of Finance at BHR (since November 2013) and at AHT (since September 2011), and prior to that he served as Vice President of Investments for AHT and was responsible for sourcing and underwriting hotel investments including direct equity investments, joint venture equity, preferred equity, mezzanine loans, first mortgages, B-notes, construction loans, and other debt securities.  Mr. Eubanks has been with Ashford since AHT’s initial public offering in 2003. During his time with Ashford, Mr. Eubanks has been involved in the acquisition of over 200 hotels, $400 million of debt investments, almost $16 billion of hotel financings, $1.8 billion of preferred equity capital raised, and $2.7 billion of common equity capital raised.  He was also instrumental in the spin-offs of Braemar Hotels & Resorts and Ashford Inc. from Ashford Hospitality Trust.

 

 37 

 

 

Mr. Eubanks written several articles for industry publications and is a frequent speaker at industry conferences and industry round tables. Before joining Ashford, Mr. Eubanks was a Manager of Financial Analysis for ClubCorp, where he assisted in underwriting and analyzing investment opportunities in the golf and resort industries.

 

Mr. Eubanks earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Southern Methodist University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”) charter holder. He is a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Dallas-Fort Worth.

 

Stephen Zsigray has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since November 2023. Mr. Zsigray also serves as Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance & Strategy for Ashford, a position he has held since May 2020, facilitating capital raising and financing for Ashford and AHT and BHR. Mr. Zsigray also heads Ashford’s cash management platform and oversees corporate hedging strategy. Since 2020, Mr. Zsigray has helped the platforms raise more than $1.2 billion in common and preferred equity, secure over $1.0 billion in new corporate and property-level debt financing, and negotiate maturity extensions on over $3.0 billion in mortgage debt.

 

Mr. Zsigray joined Ashford in 2014 as a trader and portfolio manager in Ashford’s investment management division, and subsequently served as President and Chief Operating Officer of OpenKey, an Ashford-affiliated hospitality technology company that provides digital guest key and access control solutions to hotels worldwide.

 

Prior to joining Ashford, Mr. Zsigray was with UBS Investment Bank in New York, where he traded and helped clients structure derivatives across equity, fixed income, and commodity markets. He began his career with Deloitte Consulting in St. Louis, where he advised Fortune 500 clients on issues related to mergers and acquisitions, business transformation, and process improvement through the depths of the 2008 recession.

 

Mr. Zsigray graduated Summa Cum Laude with his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Saint Louis University, and Summa Cum Laude from Indiana University’s Kelley School of Business with his MBA in Finance.  He currently serves on the Advisory Council for the North Texas Food Bank, and has advised and helped establish a number of 501(c)3 non-profit organizations in the Dallas metroplex. Mr. Zsigray previously served as an Executive Board Member of the Dallas Security Traders Association, and has been invited to speak on topics ranging from lodging and commercial real estate to broader global macroeconomics.

 

Eric J. Batis has served as our Chief Operating Officer since November 2023. In addition, he serves as the Executive Vice President of Operations for Ashford, a position he has held since October 2022. In this role, Mr. Batis oversees the operations of Ashford, including both its asset management advisory business and its hospitality products and service business. Mr. Batis is responsible for the growth of Ashford’s products and services line of business through strategic acquisitions and investments in businesses that are engaged in providing hospitality products and services and developing and overseeing their operations and growth. He previously served as the Senior Vice President of Portfolio Management, where he led the acquisition or investment process for OpenKey, J&S Audio Visual (now INSPIRE, including add-on Buffalo Audio Visual), Lismore Capital, Kalibri Labs, PURE Rooms and RED Hospitality and Leisure (including add-ons Sebago Watersports and Alii Nui). Mr. Batis has also served in Ashford’s Asset Management department, managing a portfolio of hotels for Ashford, AHT, and BHR, and previously led its Capital Management group, leading the process for renovation and repositioning of hotels.

 

Before joining Ashford Inc. in 2013, Mr. Batis was a Vice President with investment bank Houlihan Lokey. In this role, Mr. Batis led real estate valuation efforts of the group, valuing thousands of properties across multiple property types including hospitality, office, retail, industrial, multi-family, residential developments, and other commercial uses. Mr. Batis assisted clients with various projects including mergers and acquisitions, financings, insurable value purposes, potential litigation matters, estate purposes, real estate tax appeal issues, portfolio maintenance, and financial reporting. Prior to joining Houlihan Lokey, Mr. Batis worked for Integra Realty Resources in Chicago, valuing commercial properties across the Midwest.

 

 38 

 

 

Mr. Batis holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science from Northwestern University.

 

Justin R. Coe has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since November 2023. He has served as Senior Vice President of Accounting at Ashford since July 2015. As Senior Vice President of Accounting Mr. Coe is responsible for overseeing most of the accounting functions for Ashford and each of its advised platforms, including AHT and BHR. Such functions include tax, financial reporting, corporate controller, portfolio accounting, internal audit, information systems, acquisitions and special projects. Prior to joining Ashford, Mr. Coe was a Senior Manager at Ernst & Young LLP and served since 2006 in various Assurance and Advisory roles for public and private companies in the airline, real estate, medical device and other industries domestically and internationally.

 

Mr. Coe holds Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of Accountancy degrees from Texas State University – San Marcos and is a licensed certified public accountant (CPA) in the state of Texas.

 

Alex Rose has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since our formation. He has also served in that capacity for Ashford, AHT and BHR since July 2021.

 

Mr. Rose brings a broad range of legal experience and corporate governance expertise to our Company. Prior to joining Ashford affiliates in 2021, he was a Partner at Kirkland & Ellis LLP from July 2018 to June 2021, where he worked with public and private companies, as well as private equity funds and their portfolio companies, in connection with complex transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, divestitures, private financings, recapitalizations, debt and equity security investments, and other general corporate matters. Previously, Mr. Rose was an attorney at Jones Day and Vinson & Elkins LLP.

 

Mr. Rose holds a J.D. from Columbia University School of Law and a B.S. from the University of Kansas and is admitted to practice law in the States of Texas and New York.

 

Christopher C. Nixon has served as our Executive Vice President, Head of Asset Management since November 2023. He served as the Executive Vice President & Head of Asset Management for Ashford Inc. (NYSE American: AINC) since September 2022. Before this, he served as the Senior Vice President of Asset Management for Ashford Inc. from August 2019 to September 2022. In his current role, Mr. Nixon presides over the Asset Management functions for two publicly traded hospitality REITs, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc. (NYSE: BHR) and Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. (NYSE: AHT), which currently includes 110 hotels ranging from Upscale to Luxury. He oversees property performance and operations, deployment of approximately $200 million in capital investment annually, property tax, underwriting, and brand relations. He also directs strategic positioning of each property, including rebranding, repositioning, new property leases, ground lease extensions, and hotel group buyouts. Under his leadership, many of the hotels have achieved all-time highs in Hotel Total Revenue and Hotel EBITDA, including recent acquisitions. As a member of Ashford Inc.’s executive team, Mr. Nixon actively participates in corporate strategy sessions, earnings calls, and company meetings. Mr. Nixon also participates in Marriott, Hilton, and Hyatt owners’ conferences and is an active participant in Marriott’s Owners’ Advisory Council, as well as Hilton’s Owners’ Advisory Council. Mr. Nixon was recognized in 2017 as one of the Top-25 Extraordinary Minds in Hospitality Sales, Marketing, and Revenue Optimization by The Hospitality Sales and Marketing Association International. Mr. Nixon is a speaker and panelist for various lodging investment and development conferences, including the Hotel Data Conference and The Hospitality Sales and Marketing Association International’s Revenue Optimization Conference.

 

Before joining Ashford Inc. in 2015, Mr. Nixon served as Hilton’s Regional Director of Revenue Management. In this role, Mr. Nixon was responsible for numerous revenue teams throughout the South-Central Region of the U.S., which covered 25 hotels and generated approximately $1 billion annually. In this capacity, Mr. Nixon led the strategy and implementation of various initiatives, enabling the region to outperform its peers.

 

Before joining Hilton in 2011, Mr. Nixon served in national defense roles, including with Northrop Grumman and the Central Intelligence Agency, working on a number of classified programs.

 

39

 

 

Mr. Nixon holds a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Maryland and a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Texas in Austin.

 

C. Jay Steigerwald III has served as Head of Capital Markets since November 2023. He has served as President and Head of Distribution for Ashford Securities since 2019. Mr. Steigerwald’s career has specialized in fundraising and designing alternative investment products. Those efforts have included product structuring, investment strategy, fundraising, budgeting, hiring, financial reporting, and forming broker-dealer syndicates. Mr. Steigerwald has extensive experience building long-term relationships within the broker-dealer community that are centered around strategic thinking, execution, transparency, honesty, and exceptional service. In his tenure at Ashford Securities, Mr. Steigerwald has grown Ashford Securities to 28 professionals who raised over $500M of capital across three products in a little over two years as managing dealer.

 

Mr. Steigerwald is active in the Investment Program Association and previously served as the Chair of the Program Team for more than seven years. Prior to joining Ashford securities in 2019, Mr. Steigerwald served as Executive Director for W. P. Carey Inc. and President of Carey Financial, where he oversaw all broker-dealer relationships, financial reporting, and managing the National Accounts and Due Diligence Departments. While at W. P. Carey, Mr. Steigerwald was instrumental in the company raising over $7.0 billion of capital. Over the course of his career, Mr. Steigerwald has been instrumental in raising over $12.0 billion of capital for a variety of issuers. Prior to joining W. P. Carey, Mr. Steigerwald was a Vice President at CNL Securities from 2006 to 2008, where he managed the Western Region National Accounts Department.

 

Mr. Steigerwald earned his B.Sc. in Chemistry at Muhlenberg College in Allentown, PA.

 

Frederick J. Kleisner has served as a director and Chairman of the Board since November 2023. Mr. Kleisner was appointed to the board of directors of AHT in September 2016. Mr. Kleisner held a long illustrious career in the industry, serving as President and a director of Hard Rock Hotel Holdings, LLC, a destination casino and resort company, from October 2007 until March 2011. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Morgans Hotel Group Co. (NASDAQ: MHGC), a hospitality company, from December 2007 until March 2011, as President and Chief Executive Officer (including interim President and Chief Executive Officer) from September 2007 until March 2009, and as a director from February 2006 to March 2011. Prior to his time at Morgans, Mr. Kleisner was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rex Advisors, LLC, a hotel advisory firm, from January 2006 to September 2007. From August 1999 to December 2005, Mr. Kleisner served as President, Chief Operating Officer and, from March 2000 to August 2005, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Wyndham International, Inc., a global hotel company. Mr. Kleisner also has served as Chairman of Wyndham International’s board from October 2000 to August 2005. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of The Americas for Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. Hotel Group from January 1998 to August 1999. He has held senior positions with Westin Hotels and Resorts Worldwide, where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1995 to 1998; Interstate Hotels Company, where he served as Executive Vice President and Group President of Operations from 1990 to 1995; the ITT Sheraton Corporation, where he served as Senior Vice President, Director of Operations, North America Division-East from 1985 to 1990; and Hilton Hotels Corp., where for 16+ years he served as General Manager or Managing Director of several landmark hotels.

 

Mr. Kleisner served as a director of Caesars Entertainment Corporation (NASDAQ: CZR) from 2013 to October 2017, Kindred Healthcare, Inc. (NYSE: KND) from 2009 to July 2018, and Apollo Residential Mortgage, Inc. (formerly NYSE: AMTG), a real estate investment trust, from July 2011 to August 2016. From November 2007 to August 2010, Mr. Kleisner served as a director of Innkeepers USA Trust, a subsidiary of Apollo Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: AINV). He is currently a director of Athora Holdings, Ltd., a specialist solutions provider for the European insurance and reinsurance market; European Gtd. Life & Reinsurance Co; Playtime, LLC, a manufacturer of antibacterial and antimicrobial playground equipment and play systems from 2018 to 2021; and Aimbridge Hospitality, Inc., a hotel investment and management firm from 2017 to 2019.

 

Mr. Kleisner graduated from Michigan State University with a B.A. in Hotel Management, and currently serves as a Real Estate Investment Management Advisory Board member of Michigan State University’s Eli Broad College of Business, School of Hospitality Business. He also completed advanced studies at the University of Virginia, Darden School of Business and attended the Catholic University of America.

 

40

 

 

Mr. Kleisner’s extensive experience in the management and operation of companies in the hospitality industry enables him to provide the Board with a wealth of knowledge regarding operational issues facing companies in the hospitality industry and a business acumen essential to guiding the Company’s strategy.

 

Mark Goldberg has served as an independent director since November 2023. Since May 2022, Mr. Goldberg has served as a Senior Advisor of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (NYSE: APO), a high-growth asset management firm. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Griffin Capital Securities, a leading full-service real estate investment and management company, from June 2017 to May 2022. Prior to this role, Mr. Goldberg was the President, Investment Management of W.P. Carey (NYSE: WPC) from March 2015 to June 2017 and Chairman of Carey Financial, LLC, WPC’s managing broker dealer, from April 2008 to June 2017. He also held senior positions over a 19-year period at Advisor Group and its predecessor companies. During his tenure he had leadership responsibilities for six U.S. based broker dealers, was Chief Executive Officer and President of Royal Alliance from 2001 to 2006; Chief Operating Officer of SunAmerica Securities from 1999 to 2001; President of SunAmerica Securities – Tokyo in 1999; and Executive Vice President of Royal Alliance from 1985 to 1995.

 

Mr. Goldberg’s work has encompassed decades of constructive engagement with the U.S. government and its agencies which has led to significant improvements to the financial services industry. He has worked with the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”), SEC, FINRA and U.S. Department of Treasury on rule making. Mr. Goldberg also advocated for financial intermediaries and worked to educate governmental representatives on the critical role they serve. He has provided expert testimony to the Senate Banking Housing and Urban Affairs Committee and at DOL Fiduciary Rule hearings.

 

As an active member of the financial services community, including as a founding board member for the Financial Services Institute, and as former Chairman of the Institute for Portfolio Alternatives. Mr. Goldberg also served on the Board of Jerusalem College of Technology where he led their Private/Public initiative for their Technology Incubator program. He is the past Chair and current Executive Board Member of the Invest in Others Foundation, a 501(c)(3) organization that provides philanthropy and acts as a catalyst for the charitable work and volunteerism of financial advisors, employees, and their firms.

 

Since 2012, Mr. Goldberg has served as an Executive Board member for the St. Mary’s Healthcare System (“SMHS”) for Children, where he has been involved for the past 37 years. SMHS’ mission is to improve the health and quality of life for children and families with special needs.

 

Mr. Goldberg is the recipient of numerous awards and recognition for his professional and philanthropic efforts. He received the IPA Lifetime Achievement Award in recognition for having significantly advanced the goals and reputation of the Alternative Investment Industry. He is a sought-after public speaker and contributes to several investment-focused publications.

 

Mr. Goldberg’s extensive experience in financial services and advising publicly traded companies enables him to provide robust insight to the Board and its committees. In addition, his prior REIT experience, board service and corporate leadership allows him to provide valuable input to the Company’s growth plans.

 

Board of Directors

 

We operate under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors has retained our Advisor to manage the acquisition and dispositions of our investments, subject to the board of directors’ oversight.

 

We have a three-member board. Our board of directors may change the number of directors, subject to certain limits. The number of directors may never be less than three nor more than 15 directors unless we amend our bylaws. Our charter provides that a majority of our board seats must be for independent directors. Our charter defines an independent director as a director who is not and has not for the last two years been associated, directly or indirectly, with Ashford or our Advisor. Pursuant to our charter, a director is deemed to be associated with Ashford or our Advisor if he or she owns an interest in (other than an interest in us or an interest that is not material to the director), is employed by, is an officer or director (excluding service as an independent director of any other real estate program organized by Ashford or advised or managed by our Advisor or its affiliates), or has any material business or professional relationship with Ashford, our Advisor or any of their affiliates, performs services (other than as a director) for us, or, after the commencement of an initial public offering, serves as a director or trustee for more than three REITs sponsored by Ashford or advised by our Advisor. A business or professional relationship will be deemed material per se if the gross income derived by the director from Ashford, our Advisor or any of their affiliates (excluding fees for serving as an independent director of us or other real estate program organized by Ashford or advised or managed by the Advisor or its affiliates) during either of the last two years exceeds 5% of either (1) the director’s annual gross income derived from all sources during either of the last two years or (2) the director’s net worth on a fair market value basis as of the end of the applicable year. An ownership interest is considered material if the value of such interest exceeds 5% of the director’s net worth on a fair market value basis. An indirect association is defined to include circumstances in which the director’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers- or fathers-in-law, sons- or daughters-in-law or brothers- or sisters-in-law is or has been associated with us, Ashford, our Advisor or any of their affiliates.

 

41

 

 

In addition, the New York Stock Exchange standards provide that to qualify as an independent director, in addition to satisfying certain bright-line criteria, the board of directors must affirmatively determine that a director has no material relationship with us (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Our board of directors has not affirmatively determined that each of our independent directors satisfy the New York Stock Exchange independence standards and has instead evaluated our directors for independence based on the definition in our charter as described above.

 

Each director will serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Although the number of directors may be increased or decreased, a decrease may not shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any director may resign at any time or may be removed with or without cause by the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. The notice of a special meeting called to remove a director must indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director shall be removed. Unless otherwise provided by Maryland law, our board of directors is responsible for selecting its own nominees and recommending them for election by the stockholders. Unless filled by a vote of the stockholders as permitted by Maryland law, a vacancy that results from the removal of a director will be filled by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors for any other cause will be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum.

 

For so long as our Advisory Agreement is in effect, our Advisor has the right to designate for nomination, subject to the ultimate approval of such nomination by our board of directors, one director that is affiliated with our Advisor to the slate of directors to be voted on by our stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, our board of directors must also consult with our Advisor in connection with filling any vacancies created by the removal, resignation, retirement or death of any director who is affiliated with our Advisor until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Our board of directors generally meets quarterly or more frequently if necessary, in addition to meetings of any committees of the board of directors described below. Our directors and officers are not required to devote all of their time to our business and must only devote such time to our affairs as their duties may require. Consequently, in the exercise of their responsibilities, our directors will rely heavily on our Advisor and on information provided by our Advisor. Our board of directors is empowered to fix the compensation of all officers and approve the payment of compensation to directors for services rendered to us.

 

Our board of directors has adopted written policies on investments and borrowings, the terms of which are set forth in this filing. The board of directors may revise these policies or establish further written policies on investments and borrowings and will monitor our administrative procedures, investment operations and performance to ensure that the policies are fulfilled and are in the best interests of our stockholders. Our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, will review our investment policies with sufficient frequency, and at least annually, to determine that they are in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Our board of directors oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes; the integrity and audits of our financial statements; our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors and the performance of our internal and independent auditor.

 

42

 

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our entire board of directors is responsible for supervising our business. However, pursuant to our charter, our board of directors may delegate some of its powers to one or more committees as deemed appropriate by the board of directors. Members of any committees established are appointed by our board of directors.

 

Related Party Transactions Committee. Our board of directors has established a standing related party transactions committee composed entirely of independent directors. The related party transactions committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Kleisner and Goldberg. Mr. Kleisner serves as the chair of the related party transactions committee. The related party transactions committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the terms of all transactions between us and Ashford or its affiliates (including our Advisor) or any member of our board of directors, including (when applicable) the economic, structural and other terms of all acquisitions and dispositions. Generally, we may enter into transactions with Ashford, our Advisor, our directors and their respective affiliates only if a majority of the related party transactions committee (which is comprised of each of our independent directors) approve the transaction. In addition, the related party transactions committee is also responsible for reviewing our Advisor’s performance and the fees and expenses paid by us to our Advisor and any of its affiliates. However, we cannot assure you that this committee will successfully mitigate the risks related to conflicts of interest between us and Ashford. See Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—The Advisory Agreement—Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements.”

 

ITEM 6.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

We are externally managed and currently have no employees. Our executive officers serve as officers of our Advisor and are employees of our Advisor or one or more of its affiliates. Our Advisory Agreement provides that our Advisor is responsible for managing our investment activities, as such our executive officers do not receive any cash compensation from us or any of our subsidiaries for serving as our executive officers but, instead, receive compensation from our Advisor. In addition, we do not reimburse our Advisor for compensation it pays to our executive officers. The Advisory Agreement does not require our executive officers to dedicate a specific amount of time to fulfilling our Advisor’s obligations to us under our Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, our Advisor has informed us that it cannot identify the portion of the compensation it awards to our executive officers that relates solely to such executives’ services to us, as our Advisor does not compensate its employees specifically for such services. Furthermore, we do not have employment agreements with our executive officers, we do not provide pension or retirement benefits, any material perquisites or other personal benefits to our executive officers, our executive officers have not received any nonqualified deferred compensation and we do not have arrangements to make payments to our executive officers upon their termination or in the event of a change in control of us. Our executive officers may participate, along with all employees of our Advisor and its affiliates, in the performance participation allocation through a profits participation interest and economic interest in the Special Limited Partner. Although we do not pay our executive officers any cash compensation, we pay our Advisor the fees described under Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—The Advisory Agreement.”

 

43

 

 

Compensation to Independent Directors

 

We compensate each of our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our Advisor or Ashford with an annual retainer consisting of: (i) base cash compensation of $80,000 paid in arrears on a quarterly basis and (ii) a number of shares of Class I restricted common stock or common units valued at $40,000 to be granted on the date this registration statement on Form 10 is effective (the “Form 10 Effective Date”). Mr. Goldberg will receive an additional grant of restricted common stock or common units valued at $25,000 on the date Form 10 Effective Date. Our board of directors will review its compensation in subsequent years with input from the Advisor.

 

Any grant of common stock or common units will be based on the then-current per share transaction price of Class I shares at the time of grant. Restricted common stock or common unit grants to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our Advisor or Ashford will vest upon the expiration of the first anniversary of such grant.

 

We do not intend to pay our directors additional fees for attending board meetings, but we intend to reimburse each of our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings (including, but not limited to, airfare, hotel and food). Our directors who are affiliated with our Advisor or Ashford will not receive additional compensation for serving on the board of directors or committees thereof.

 

44

 

 

ITEM 7.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

Mr. Monty J. Bennett, our Chief Executive Officer and affiliated director, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ashford. As of September 30, 2023, Mr. Monty Bennett, together with his father, Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr., Chairman Emeritus of AHT, owned approximately 610,261 shares of Ashford common stock, which represented an approximately 19.0% ownership interest in Ashford, and owned 18,758,600 shares of Ashford Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, which, along with all unpaid accrued and accumulated dividends thereon, is convertible at a price of $117.50 per share into an additional approximate 4,154,013 shares of Ashford common stock, which if converted as of September 30, 2023 would have increased Mr. Monty J. Bennett and Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr.’s ownership interest in Ashford to approximately 64.7%. The 18,758,600 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock owned by the Bennetts include 360,000 shares owned by trusts.

 

All of our executive officers are executive officers or employees of Ashford or its subsidiaries, and we have one common director with Ashford, Mr. Monty J. Bennett, who is also a director and Chairman of Ashford. As of September 30, 2023, our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members (other than Mr. Monty J. Bennett, who is our Chief Executive Officer and an affiliated director, and Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr., who is Mr. Monty J. Bennett’s father, each of whose beneficial ownership in Ashford is disclosed above) collectively may be deemed to beneficially own 366,818 shares of Ashford’s common stock. In accordance with SEC rules, our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members (other than Mr. Monty J. Bennett and Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr.) may be deemed to beneficially own approximately 11.4% of Ashford Inc.’s common stock.

 

The fees due to Ashford and its subsidiaries pursuant to the agreements described below are paid by us to Ashford or its subsidiaries, and Mr. Monty J. Bennett, Mr. Archie Bennett, Jr., our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members will benefit, as stockholders of Ashford, from the payment by us of such fees to Ashford Inc. or its subsidiaries.

 

The following describes related transactions since our inception in September 2023 and currently proposed related transactions involving us, our directors, our Advisor, Ashford and any affiliate thereof.

 

The Advisory Agreement

 

We are managed and advised by the Advisor pursuant to the Advisory Agreement effective December 6, 2023. Pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, our Advisor will have contractual responsibilities to us and our stockholders and will be responsible for sourcing, evaluating, and monitoring our investment opportunities and making decisions related to the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of our assets, in accordance with our investment objectives, guidelines, policies and limitations, subject to oversight by our board of directors. Our board of directors will at all times have oversight and policy-making authority, including responsibility for governance, financial controls, compliance and disclosure with respect to our company and our Operating Partnership. Pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, our board of directors has delegated to our Advisor the authority to source, evaluate and monitor our investment opportunities and make decisions related to the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of our assets, in accordance with our investment objectives, guidelines, policies and limitations, subject to oversight by our board of directors. We believe that our Advisor currently has sufficient staff and resources so as to be capable of fulfilling the duties set forth in our Advisory Agreement.

 

Services

 

Pursuant to the terms of our Advisory Agreement, our Advisor is responsible for, among other things:

 

·serving as an Advisor to us and the Operating Partnership with respect to the establishment and periodic review of our investment guidelines and our and the Operating Partnership’s investments, financing activities and operations;

 

·sourcing, evaluating and monitoring our and Operating Partnership’s investment opportunities and executing the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of our and Operating Partnership’s assets, in accordance with our investment guidelines, policies and objectives and limitations, subject to oversight by our board of directors;

 

·with respect to prospective acquisitions, purchases, sales, exchanges or other dispositions of investments, conducting negotiations on our and Operating Partnership’s behalf with sellers, purchasers, and other counterparties and, if applicable, their respective agents, advisors and representatives, and determining the structure and terms of such transactions;

 

45

 

 

·providing us with portfolio management and other related services;

 

·serving as our Advisor with respect to decisions regarding any of our financings, hedging activities or borrowings; and

 

·engaging and supervising, on our and Operating Partnership’s behalf and at our and the Operating Partnership’s expense, various service providers.

 

The above summary is provided to illustrate the material functions which our Advisor will perform for us, and it is not intended to include all of the services that may be provided to us by our Advisor or third parties.

 

Term and Termination Rights

 

The initial term of our Advisory Agreement is for one year from the effective date of the agreement, subject to automatic renewals thereafter for an unlimited number of successive one-year periods unless terminated by our board of directors. Our independent directors will evaluate the performance of our Advisor and the terms of the Advisory Agreement annually in connection with the automatic renewal of our Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement may be terminated:

 

·immediately by us for “cause,” a material breach of our Advisory Agreement or upon the bankruptcy of our Advisor;

 

·upon 60 days’ written notice by us without cause or penalty upon the vote of a majority of our independent directors; or

 

·upon 60 days’ written notice by our Advisor.

 

In the event our Advisory Agreement is terminated, our Advisor will be entitled to receive its prorated management fee through the date of termination. In addition, upon the termination or expiration of our Advisory Agreement, our Advisor will cooperate with us and take all reasonable steps requested to assist our board of directors in making an orderly transition of the advisory function, provided that the Advisor and its affiliates shall be reimbursed for all internal and third-party expenses incurred in connection with providing such transition (including salaries, benefits and overhead of personnel).

 

Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements

 

Management Fee. As compensation for its services provided pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, we pay our Advisor an annual management fee (payable monthly in arrears) of 1.25% of the aggregate NAV represented by Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I shares. Additionally, to the extent that our Operating Partnership issues Class T, Class S, Class D or Class I Operating Partnership units to parties other than us, our Operating Partnership will pay our Advisor a management fee equal to 1.25% of the aggregate NAV of the Operating Partnership attributable to such Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I Operating Partnership units not held by us per annum payable monthly in arrears. No management fee will be paid with respect to Class E shares or Class E units, which are only expected to be held by our Advisor and its affiliates. The management fee is allocated on a class-specific basis and borne by all holders of the applicable class. In calculating the management fee, we use the aggregate NAV of the applicable class of Operating Partnership units not held by us before giving effect to monthly accruals for the management fee, performance participation allocation, distribution fees (if any), or distributions payable on our shares or Operating Partnership units.

 

The management fee may be paid, at our Advisor’s election, in cash, Class E shares or Class E units of our Operating Partnership. If our Advisor elects to receive any portion of its management fee in our Class E shares or Class E units of our Operating Partnership, we may be obligated to repurchase such Class E shares or Class E units from our Advisor at a later date. Repurchases of Class E shares will be outside our share repurchase plan and thus will not be subject to the repurchase limits of our share repurchase plan or any Early Repurchase Deduction. The Operating Partnership will repurchase any such Class E units for Class E shares of our common stock or cash (at our Advisor’s election) unless our board of directors determines that any such repurchase for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, in which case such Class E units will be repurchased for Class E shares of our common stock. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners.

 

46

 

 

Performance Participation. So long as our Advisory Agreement has not been terminated, the Special Limited Partner will hold a performance participation interest in the Operating Partnership that entitles it to receive an allocation from our Operating Partnership equal to 12.5% of the Total Return on Class T, Class S, Class D or Class I Operating Partnership units, subject to a 5% Hurdle Amount and a High-Water Mark, with a Catch-Up (each term as defined under “Summary of our Operating Partnership Agreement—Special Limited Partner Interest”). Such allocation will be measured on a calendar year basis, made quarterly and accrued monthly. The performance participation allocation will accrue on a class-specific basis. Because the Total Return is calculated only on the Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I units of the Operating Partnership, no portion of the allocation will accrue to Class E units of the Operating Partnership.

 

Expense Reimbursement. Subject to the limitations described below under “—Advisor Support,” our Advisor is entitled to reimbursement of all costs and expenses incurred by it or its affiliates on our behalf, provided that our Advisor is responsible for the expenses related to any and all personnel of our Advisor who provide investment advisory services to us pursuant to our Advisory Agreement (including, without limitation, each of our executive officers), including, without limitation, salaries, bonus and other wages, payroll taxes and the cost of employee benefit plans of such personnel, and costs of insurance with respect to such personnel. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, costs eligible for reimbursement include for out-of-pocket costs and expenses our Advisor incurs in connection with the services it provides to us related to (1) organization and offering expenses (described in more detail below under “—Advisor Support”) but excluding upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees, (2) the actual cost of goods and services used by us and obtained from third parties, including fees paid to administrators, consultants, attorneys, technology providers and other services providers, and brokerage fees paid in connection with the purchase and sale of investments, (3) expenses of managing and operating our properties, whether payable to an affiliate or a non-affiliated person, (4) expenses related to personnel of the Advisor performing services for us other than those who provide investment advisory services or serve as our executive officers, and (5) out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the selection and acquisition of properties and real estate debt, whether or not such investments are acquired. Such out-of-pocket costs and expenses will include expenses relating to compliance-related matters and regulatory filings relating to our activities conducted by our Advisor on our behalf pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. We may change our expense reimbursement arrangements with our Advisor in the future.

 

Subject to the limitations described below under “— Advisor Support,” our Advisor may require us to reimburse it for any organization and offering expenses associated with the private offering that it incurs on our behalf (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of selected dealers supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of our escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by selected dealers and reimbursements to selected dealers for customary travel, lodging, and meals, but excluding upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees) as and when incurred. After the termination of the primary offering and again after termination of the offering under our distribution reinvestment plan, our Advisor has agreed to reimburse us to the extent that the organization and offering expenses that we incur exceed 15% of our gross proceeds from the applicable offering.

 

Advisor Support. Our Advisor will advance on our behalf certain of our general and administrative expenses through December 31, 2024, at which point we will reimburse our Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over the 60 months following such date.

 

Through December 31, 2024, our Advisor has agreed to advance all expenses on our behalf in connection with our formation and the raising of equity capital, including (without limitation) the following: legal, accounting, investment banking and other advisory fees; regulatory and other filing fees; expenses of qualification of the sale of our shares under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees; printing, engraving and mailing costs; expenses of the marketing and distribution of the shares, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of a dealer manager and selected dealers supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with sales and marketing materials, design and website expenses, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, fees and expenses of a dealer manager’s attorneys, costs related to investor and broker-dealer sales meetings, including fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by a dealer manager or selected dealers and reimbursements to a dealer manager and selected dealers for customary travel, lodging and meals; charges of administrators, transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow holders, depositaries and experts; but excluding upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees. The costs of an audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2023 will be considered an organization expense for this purpose as will all costs associated with the contribution of the Initial Portfolio to the Operating Partnership prior to the private offering. We will reimburse our Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over the 60 months commencing January 1, 2025.

 

47

 

 

Independent Directors’ Review of Compensation. The related party transactions committee will annually review and evaluate the performance of our Advisor and the terms of the Advisory Agreement.

 

In addition to the management fee, performance participation and expense reimbursements, we have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless our Advisor and its affiliates performing services for us from specific claims and liabilities arising out of the performance of their obligations under our Advisory Agreement, subject to certain limitations. See Item 12, “Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

Other Activities by Ashford and its Affiliates

 

Businesses or Services Provided by our Advisor to Others. The Advisory Agreement provides that (i) our Advisor and its affiliates, officers, directors or employees may engage in other businesses or render services of any kind to any other person or entity, whether or not the investment objectives or guidelines of any such other person or entity are similar to those of ours, including, without limitation, the sponsoring or managing of any Other Ashford Accounts, (ii) our Advisor or any of its affiliates, officers, directors or employees may buy, sell or trade any securities or commodities for their own accounts or for the account of others for whom our Advisor or any of its affiliates, officers, directors or employees may be acting and (iii) our Advisor and any of its affiliates may receive fees or other compensation or profits from activities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, which shall be for our Advisor’s (and/or its affiliates’) sole benefit. In particular, there will be overlap of investment opportunities with certain Other Ashford Accounts that are actively investing and similar overlap with future Other Ashford Accounts.

 

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. The Advisory Agreement acknowledges that, while information and recommendations supplied to us shall, in our Advisor’s reasonable and good faith judgment, be appropriate under the circumstances and in light of our investment guidelines, such information and recommendations may be different in certain material respects from the information and recommendations supplied by our Advisor or its affiliates to others (including, for greater certainty, the Other Ashford Accounts and their investors, as described below). In addition, as acknowledged in our Advisory Agreement, affiliates of our Advisor advise and/or manage one or more Other Ashford Accounts and we expect will in the future sponsor, advise and/or manage additional Other Ashford Accounts. This overlap will from time to time create conflicts of interest.

 

Our Advisor and its affiliates have agreed that we will have primary access to select-service hotel assets sourced by our Advisor. Our Advisor and its affiliates are not contractually obligated to present hotel investment opportunities in the luxury and upper upscale chain scales to us before presenting them to other of its advised platforms. On the other hand, affiliates of our Advisor are contractually obligated to present hotel investment opportunities in the luxury and upper upscale chain scales to other its other advised platforms before they are presented to us, and our Advisor or its affiliates may enter into similar arrangements with other programs it manages in the future. Should those other advised platforms pass on those opportunities or seek an investment partner, we would have the ability to participate in those opportunities. From time-to-time Other Ashford Accounts, including AHT and BHR, may not be actively pursuing investments. We may not participate in every investment opportunity that falls within our investment objectives.

 

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest—Certain Other Ashford Accounts have similar or overlapping investment objectives and guidelines, and we will not be allocated certain opportunities.”

 

Pursuant to the terms of our Advisory Agreement, we have acknowledged and agreed that (i) as part of Ashford’s or its affiliates’ regular businesses, personnel of our Advisor and its affiliates will from time to time work on other projects and matters (including with respect to one or more Other Ashford Accounts), and that conflicts will from time to time arise with respect to the allocation of personnel between us and one or more Other Ashford Accounts and/or our Advisor and such other affiliates, (ii) Other Ashford Accounts may invest, from time to time, in investments in which we also invest (including at a different level of an issuer’s capital structure (e.g., an investment by an Other Ashford Account in a debt or mezzanine interest with respect to the same portfolio entity in which we own an equity interest or vice versa) or in a different tranche of equity or debt with respect to an issuer in which we have an interest) and while Ashford and its affiliates will seek to resolve any such conflicts in a fair and reasonable manner (subject to any priorities of Other Ashford Accounts) in accordance with its policies and procedures with respect to conflicts resolution among Other Ashford Accounts generally, such transactions are not required to be presented to our board of directors or any committee thereof for approval (unless otherwise required by our investment guidelines), and there can be no assurance that any conflicts will be resolved in our favor, and (iii) the terms and conditions of the governing agreements of such Other Ashford Accounts (including with respect to the economic, reporting, and other rights afforded to investors in such Other Ashford Accounts) are materially different from the terms and conditions applicable to us and our stockholders, and neither we nor any of our stockholders (in such capacity) shall have the right to receive the benefit of any such different terms applicable to investors in such Other Ashford Accounts as a result of an investment in us or otherwise.

 

48

 

 

Transactions with any Other Ashford Account or Affiliate. Pursuant to the terms of our Advisory Agreement, and subject to applicable law, our Advisor is not permitted to consummate on our behalf any transaction that involves Ashford, any Other Ashford Accounts or any of their affiliates unless such transaction is approved by the related party transactions committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional approvals are required to enter transactions with Ashford or its affiliates on the terms and conditions described in this filing. Pursuant to the terms of our Advisory Agreement, it is agreed that our Advisor will seek to resolve any conflicts of interest in a fair and reasonable manner (subject to any priorities of Other Ashford Accounts) in accordance with its policies and procedures with respect to conflicts resolution among Other Ashford Accounts generally, but only those transactions set forth in this paragraph will be expressly required to be presented for approval to the independent directors of our board of directors or any committee thereof (unless otherwise required by our investment guidelines).

 

Exclusive Provider of Certain Services. Pursuant to the terms of our Advisory Agreement, and provided that we have the right to control the decision of the award of the applicable contract, Remington Hospitality, Premier, and other affiliates of our Advisor have exclusive rights to provide the applicable products and services to us on the terms and conditions described in this filing. If the services or the terms fall outside of what has been disclosed then such services or terms must be approved by our independent directors. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not have to engage Remington Hospitality, Premier or other affiliates of our Advisor if our independent directors unanimously elect not to engage an affiliate of the Advisor.

 

Master Hotel Management Agreement

 

To qualify as a REIT, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotel properties. Third parties must operate our hotel properties. Our hotel properties are leased to TRS lessees, which in turn have engaged hotel managers to manage our hotel properties. We, through our TRS subsidiary, have entered a master hotel management agreement with Remington Hospitality, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ashford (the “Master Hotel Management Agreement”).

 

Services

 

Pursuant to the Master Hotel Management Agreement, Remington Hospitality will provide us with hotel management services, including hotel operations, sales and marketing, revenue management, budget oversight, guest service, asset maintenance (not involving capital expenditures) and related services with respect to hotels owned by us. As of the date of this filing, Remington Hospitality manages three of our four hotel properties. The Master Hotel Management Agreement will also govern the management of hotels we acquire in the future that are managed by Remington Hospitality, which has the right, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, to manage and operate hotel properties we acquire in the future unless our independent directors unanimously elect not to engage Remington Hospitality.

 

Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee

 

Base Management Fee. Remington Hospitality receives a base management fee, and if the hotels meet and exceed certain thresholds, an additional incentive fee. The base management fee for each hotel will be due monthly in arrears and will be equal to the greater of $16,897 (increased annually based on consumer price index adjustments); or 3% of a property’s gross revenues.

 

Incentive Fee. The incentive management fee, if any, for each hotel will be due annually in arrears within 90 days of the end of the fiscal year and will be equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of gross revenues and (ii) the amount by which the actual house profit (gross operating profit of the applicable hotel before deducting management fees or franchise fees) exceeds the target house profit as set forth in the annual operating budget approved for the applicable fiscal year. If, however, based on actual operations and revised forecasts from time to time, it is reasonably anticipated that the incentive fee is reasonably expected to be earned, our TRS subsidiary shall pay the incentive fee pro rata on a monthly basis, subject to final adjustment within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year.

 

49

 

 

The incentive fee is designed to encourage Remington Hospitality to generate higher house profit at each hotel by increasing the fee due to Remington Hospitality when the hotels generate house profit above certain threshold levels. Any increased revenues will generate increased lease payments under the percentage leases and should thereby benefit our stockholders.

 

Up to one-third of the base management fee and all of the incentive fee payable to Remington Hospitality may be paid, at Remington Hospitality’s election and subject to the approval of the Related party transactions committee, in Class E shares or in the form of stock options. If Remington Hospitality elects to receive any portion of its management fee in our Class E shares, we may be obligated to repurchase such Class E shares at a later date. Repurchases of Class E shares will be outside our share repurchase plan and thus will not be subject to the repurchase limits of our share repurchase plan or any Early Repurchase Deduction.

 

Term

 

The master hotel management agreement provides for an initial term of 10 years as to each hotel governed by the agreement. The term may be renewed by Remington Hospitality, at its option, subject to certain performance tests, for three successive periods of seven years each and, thereafter, a final term of four years, provided that at the time the option to renew is exercised, Remington Hospitality is not then in default under the master hotel management agreement. If at the time of the exercise of any renewal period, Remington Hospitality is in default, then the exercise of the renewal option will be conditional on timely cure of such default, and if such default is not timely cured, then our TRS lessee may terminate the master hotel management agreement regardless of the exercise of such option and without the payment of any fee or liquidated damages. If Remington Hospitality desires to exercise any option to renew, it must give our TRS lessee written notice of its election to renew the master hotel management agreement no less than 90 days before the expiration of the then current term of the master hotel management agreement.

 

Termination Rights

 

The master hotel management agreement may be terminated as to one or more of the hotels earlier than the stated term if certain events occur, including:

 

·a sale of a hotel;

 

·after the base ten-year term of the agreement applicable to a hotel, the failure of Remington Hospitality to satisfy certain performance standards;

 

·for the convenience of our TRS lessee;

 

·a casualty to, condemnation of, or force majeure involving a hotel; or

 

·upon a default by Remington Hospitality or us that is not cured prior to the expiration of any applicable cure periods.

 

In certain cases of early termination of the master hotel management agreement with respect to one or more of the hotels, we must pay Remington Hospitality termination fees, plus any amounts otherwise due to Remington Hospitality pursuant to the terms of the master hotel management agreement. We will be obligated to pay termination fees in the circumstances described below, provided that Remington Hospitality is not then in default, subject to certain cure and grace periods:

 

Sale. If any hotel subject to the master hotel management agreement is sold during the first 12 months of the date such hotel becomes subject to the master hotel management agreement, our TRS lessee may terminate the master hotel management agreement with respect to such sold hotel, provided that it pays to Remington Hospitality an amount equal to the management fee (both base fees and incentive fees) estimated to be payable to Remington Hospitality with respect to the applicable hotel pursuant to the then-current annual operating budget for the balance of the first year of the term. If any hotel subject to the master hotel management agreement is sold at any time after the first year of the term and the TRS lessee terminates the master hotel management agreement with respect to such hotel, our TRS lessee will have no obligation to pay any termination fees.

 

50

 

 

Casualty. If any hotel subject to the master hotel management agreement is the subject of a casualty during the first year of the initial 10-year term and the TRS lessee elects not to rebuild, then we must pay to Remington Hospitality the termination fee, if any, that would be owed if the hotel had been sold. However, after the first year of the initial 10-year term, if a hotel is the subject of a casualty and the TRS lessee elects not to rebuild the hotel even though sufficient casualty insurance proceeds are available to do so, then the TRS lessee must pay to Remington Hospitality a termination fee equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) 65% of the aggregate management fees (both base fees and incentive fees) estimated to be paid to Remington Hospitality with respect to the applicable hotel pursuant to the then-current annual operating budget (but in no event less than the management fees for the preceding full fiscal year) by (ii) nine.

 

Condemnation or Force Majeure. If there is a condemnation of, or the occurrence of any force majeure event with respect to, any of the hotels, the TRS lessee has no obligation to pay any termination fees if the master hotel management agreement terminates as to those hotels.

 

Failure to Satisfy Performance Test. If any hotel subject to the master hotel management agreement fails to satisfy a certain performance test, the TRS lessee may terminate the master hotel management agreement with respect to such hotel, and in such case, the TRS lessee must pay to Remington Hospitality an amount equal to 60% of the product obtained by multiplying (i) 65% of the aggregate management fees (both base fees and incentive fees) estimated to be paid to Remington Hospitality with respect to the applicable hotel pursuant to the then-current annual operating budget (but in no event less than the management fees for the preceding full fiscal year) by (ii) nine. Remington Hospitality will have failed the performance test with respect to a particular hotel if during any fiscal year during the term (i) such hotel’s gross operating profit margin for such fiscal year is less than 75% of the average gross operating profit margins of comparable hotels in similar markets and geographical locations, as reasonably determined by Remington Hospitality and the TRS lessee, and (ii) such hotel’s RevPAR yield penetration is less than 80%. Upon a performance test failure, the TRS lessee must give Remington Hospitality two years to cure. If, after the first year, the performance test failure has not been cured, then the TRS lessee may, in order not to waive any such failure, require Remington Hospitality to engage a consultant with significant hotel lodging experience reasonably acceptable to both Remington Hospitality and the TRS lessee, to make a determination as to whether or not another management company could manage the hotel in a materially more efficient manner. If the consultant’s determination is in the affirmative, then Remington Hospitality must engage such consultant to assist with the cure of such performance failure for the second year of the cure period after that failure. If the consultant’s determination is in the negative, then Remington Hospitality will be deemed not to be in default under the performance test. The cost of such consultant will be shared by the TRS lessee and Remington Hospitality equally. If Remington Hospitality fails the performance test for the second year of the cure period and, after that failure, the consultant again makes a finding that another management company could manage the hotel in a materially more efficient manner than Remington Hospitality, then the TRS lessee has the right to terminate the management agreement with respect to such hotel upon 45 days’ written notice to Remington Hospitality and to pay to Remington Hospitality the termination fee described above. Further, if any hotel subject to the Remington Hospitality master hotel management agreement is within a cure period due to a failure of the performance test, an exercise of a renewal option shall be conditioned upon timely cure of the performance test failure, and if the performance failure is not timely cured, the TRS lessee may elect to terminate the management agreement without paying any termination fee.

 

For Convenience. With respect to any hotel managed by Remington Hospitality pursuant to the master hotel management agreement, if the TRS lessee elects for convenience to terminate the management of such hotel, at any time, including during any renewal term, the TRS lessee must pay a termination fee to Remington Hospitality, equal to the product of (i) 65% of the aggregate management fees for such hotel (both base fees and incentive fees) estimated to be payable to Remington Hospitality with respect to the applicable hotel pursuant to the then-current annual operating budget (but in no event less than the management fees for the preceding full fiscal year) and (ii) nine.

 

If the master hotel management agreement terminates as to all of the hotels covered in connection with a default under the master hotel management agreement, the hotel management exclusivity provided for in the Advisory Agreement can also be terminated at the non-defaulting party’s election.

 

51

 

 

Master Project Management Agreement

 

We, through our TRS subsidiary, have entered a master project management agreement with Premier, a subsidiary of Ashford, (the “Master Project Management Agreement”) pursuant to which Premier provides construction management, interior design, architecture, and the purchasing, expediting, warehousing, freight management, installation and supervision of property and equipment and related services to our four hotel properties. Pursuant to the Master Project Management Agreement, we have appointed Premier as our sole, exclusive and continuing manager to (a) manage, coordinate, plan and execute the non-routine repairs and other work pursuant to the capital improvement budget and all major repositionings of hotels owned or leased by our TRS, (b) to provide development and construction services to the extent a site was acquired for the development and construction of a hotel, and (c) construction management, interior design, architecture, property and equipment purchasing, property and equipment expediting/freight management, and property and equipment warehousing.

 

The Master Project Management Agreement will also govern the project management at hotels we acquire in the future that are managed by Premier, which has the right, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, to provide project management services at hotel properties we acquire in the future unless our independent directors unanimously elect not to engage Premier.

 

Fees

 

The Master Project Management Agreement provides that Premier shall be paid a project management fee equal to 4% of the total project costs associated with the implementation of the capital improvement budget (both hard and soft) until such time that the capital improvement budget and/or renovation project involves the expenditure of an amount in excess of 5% of the gross revenues of the applicable hotel, whereupon the design project management fee shall be reduced to 3% of the total project costs in excess of the 5% of gross revenue threshold.

 

In addition, the Master Project Management Agreement provides that Premier shall also provide to us the following services, and shall be paid the following fees: (i) architecture (6.5% of total construction costs, plus reimbursement for all third-party, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of mechanical, electrical and structural engineering services utilized in providing architectural services for project management work); (ii) construction management for projects without a general contractor (10% of total construction costs); (iii) interior design (6% of the purchase price of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FFE”) designed or selected by Premier); (iv) FFE purchasing (8% of the purchase price of the FFE purchased by Premier; provided that if the purchase price exceeds $2.0 million for a single hotel in a calendar year, then the procurement fee is reduced to 6% of the FFE purchase price in excess of $2.0 million for such hotel in such calendar year); (v) freight expediting (8% of the cost of expediting FFE); (vi) warehousing (8% of the cost of warehousing goods delivered to the job site); and (vi) development (4% of total project costs).

 

Term

 

The master project management agreement provides for an initial term of 10 years as to each hotel governed by the agreement. The term may be renewed by Premier, at its option, for three successive periods of seven years each and, thereafter, a final term of four years, provided that at the time the option to renew is exercised, Premier is not then in default under the master project management agreement. If at the time of the exercise of any renewal period, Premier is in default, then the exercise of the renewal option will be conditional on timely cure of such default, and if such default is not timely cured, then our TRS lessee may terminate the master project management agreement regardless of the exercise of such option and without the payment of any fee or liquidated damages. If Premier desires to exercise any option to renew, it must give our TRS lessee written notice of its election to renew the master project management agreement no less than 90 days before the expiration of the then-current term of the master project management agreement.

 

Termination Rights

 

The master project management agreement may be terminated as to one or more of the hotels earlier than the stated term if certain events occur, including:

 

·a sale of a hotel;

 

 ·for the convenience of our TRS lessee;

 

52

 

 

·a casualty to, condemnation of, or force majeure involving a hotel; or

 

·upon a default by Premier or us that is not cured prior to the expiration of any applicable cure periods.

 

In certain cases of early termination of the master project management agreement with respect to one or more of the hotels, we must pay Premier termination fees, plus any amounts otherwise due to Premier pursuant to the terms of the master project management agreement. We will be obligated to pay termination fees in the circumstances described below, provided that Premier is not then in default, subject to certain cure and grace periods:

 

Sale. If any hotel subject to the master project management agreement is sold, our TRS lessee may terminate the master project management agreement with respect to such sold hotel, and our TRS lessee will have no obligation to pay any termination fees.

 

Casualty, Condemnation or Force Majeure. If there is a casualty with respect to, condemnation of, or the occurrence of any force majeure event with respect to, any of the hotels, the TRS lessee has no obligation to pay any termination fees if the master project management agreement terminates as to those hotels.

 

For Convenience. With respect to any hotel project-managed by Premier pursuant to the master project management agreement, if the TRS lessee elects for convenience to terminate the project management of such hotel, at any time, including during any renewal term, the TRS lessee must pay a termination fee to Premier, equal to the product of (i) 65% of the aggregate design and construction fees and market service fees for such hotel estimated to be payable to Premier with respect to the applicable hotel for the full current fiscal year in which such termination is to occur (but in no event less than the design and construction fees and market service fees for the preceding full fiscal year) and (ii) nine.

 

Contribution Agreement and Lock-Up Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the Anchor Investor contributed the Initial Portfolio to the Operating Partnership in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units. The net contribution value of the Initial Portfolio was approximately $35 million, which represents the appraised value of the Initial Portfolio as provided by an independent third-party appraiser of $56.2 million, the assumption of $30.2 million of existing indebtedness and approximately $9 million of net working capital and reserves, and is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement the Anchor Investor entered into a lock-up agreement with respect to its Class I units that restrict the assignment, sale, and transfer of the units for a period of one year following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). In addition, pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Anchor Investor is prohibited from redeeming the Class I units for a period of three years following such closing. At the end of the three-year period, the Class I units may be redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Operating Partnership Agreement and any Class I units converted to shares of our Class I common stock may be repurchased by us pursuant to the terms and conditions of our share repurchase plan. In addition, the Anchor Investors has agreed not to withdraw as a participant in the distribution reinvestment plan of the Operating Partnership, and thereby receive any distributions payable on its Class I units in additional Class I units, through December 31, 2024.

 

In the Contribution Agreement, Anchor Investor and the Operating Partnership each made certain customary representations and warranties to one another, including representations relating to its organization, power, and authorization, its execution and delivery of the Contribution Agreement, and the enforceability of the Contribution Agreement. In addition, Anchor Investor made certain representations and warranties relating to the Initial Portfolio and occupancy agreements applicable to properties contained in the Initial Portfolio, and Operating Partnership made certain representations and warranties relating to the Class I units of the Operating Partnership.

 

In addition to the representations and warranties, the Contribution Agreement contains covenants made by the Anchor Investor and Operating Partnership. In addition to the Lock-Up Agreement entered by the Anchor Investor with respect to the Class I units, the Operating Partnership is prohibited from selling, transferring or otherwise disposing any portion of the real and personal property contained in the Initial Portfolio, subject to certain exceptions and limitations, for a period of three years following such closing. Additionally, the Contribution Agreement contains a covenant by the Anchor Investor relating to the delivery of certain tax information to the Operating Partnership. Furthermore, each of the Operating Partnership and Anchor Investor agree to a covenant to cooperate on certain tax-related matters and on certain alcoholic beverage license matters.

 

53

 

 

Under the Contribution Agreement, each of Anchor Investor and Operating Partnership agree to indemnify one another for any breaches of its representations, warranties, covenants and agreements along with any claims relating to the Initial Investment Portfolio that occur during a party’s ownership of such portfolio. The Contribution Agreement also contains a provision requiring the Operating Partnership to indemnify the Anchor Investor for any third-party claims relating to, arising out of, or in connection with the existing debt documents, including any guarantees or environmental-related indemnities therein. In connection with the foregoing, the indemnification obligations of each party are subject to customary limitations and exceptions.

 

Dealer Manager Agreement

 

We intend to enter into a Dealer Manager Agreement with the Dealer Manager. Under the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager serves as the dealer manager, and certain participating broker-dealers solicit capital, for our private offering of Class T shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares.

 

The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.0%, and upfront dealer manager fees of 0.5%, of the transaction price of each Class T share sold in the primary offering, however such amounts may vary based on agreements between the Dealer Manager and certain selected dealers provided that the sum will not exceed 3.5% of the transaction price. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.5% of the transaction price of each Class S share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 1.5% of the transaction price of each Class D share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager anticipates that all or a portion of the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, selected dealers.

 

No upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees will be paid with respect to purchases of Class I shares or shares of any class sold pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. See “Item 11 Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Description of Shares” for further discussion of the differences between our Class T shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares.

 

From time-to-time Ashford Securities may serve as the Dealer Manager for future public or private programs with those offerings conducted concurrently with our offering. As a result, our sponsor and the Dealer Manager may face conflicts of interest arising from potential competition with these other programs for investors and investment capital.

 

Director Confidentiality Agreements

 

We have entered confidentiality agreements with each of our directors. The confidentiality agreement requires, subject to certain limited exceptions, that each director maintain the confidentiality of information relating to us, Ashford, AHT, BHR and their affiliates (collectively, the “Ashford Entities”) and use such information solely for the purpose of serving on the board of directors and in connection with our Company’s business. Pursuant to the confidentiality agreement, each director agrees (a) not to directly or indirectly make any statement or announcement that disparages, or could reasonably be expected to damage the reputation of, any of the Ashford Entities, (b) not to publicly comment on any matter discussed or deliberated at any meeting of the board of directors or at any meeting of any committee of the board of directors, (c) to comply with any and all of our policies and procedures, (d) not to make any commitment as to how such director will act or vote on any issue or question in his or her capacity as a director of us, and (e) not to become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person other than us with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with such director’s service as a director of us. The confidentiality agreement states that no provision thereof shall require any director to violate his or her fiduciary duties to the company.

 

The confidentiality agreement provides that the director party thereto shall resign from the board of directors in the event that the board of directors determines that, after consultation with counsel, such director has violated the terms of the confidentiality agreement and that such violation is determined by the board of directors to be material. In furtherance of this provision, each of the directors party to the confidentiality agreement has delivered to us an executed irrevocable resignation in the form attached to the confidentiality agreement.

 

54

 

 

Limited Liability and Indemnification of Directors, Officers, our Advisor and Other Agents

 

Our organizational documents generally limit the personal liability of our stockholders, directors and officers for monetary damages and require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors, officers and our Advisor and any of its affiliates acting as our agents subject to the limitations of Maryland law. Maryland law permits a corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. The Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL allows directors and officers to be indemnified against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with a proceeding unless the following can be established:

 

·an act or omission of the director or officer was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding, and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

·the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

·with respect to any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her act or omission was unlawful.

 

A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by the corporation or in its right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses. The MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon receipt of a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Pursuant to the terms of these indemnification agreements, we would indemnify and advance expenses and costs incurred by our directors and executive officers in connection with any claims, suits or proceedings brought against such directors and executive officers as a result of his or her service. However, our indemnification obligation is subject to the limitations set forth in the indemnification agreements and in our charter. Our directors and officers are also covered by an insurance policy that covers directors and officers of certain entities sponsored by Ashford.

 

The general effect to investors of any arrangement under which any of our controlling persons, directors or officers are insured or indemnified against liability is a potential reduction in the value of our shares resulting from our payment of premiums, deductibles and other costs associated with such insurance or our payment of indemnified losses. In addition, indemnification could reduce the legal remedies available to us and our stockholders against the indemnified individuals.

 

To the extent consistent with the limitations in our charter, our Operating Partnership must also indemnify us, our directors, our officers, our Advisor and other persons we may designate against losses of any nature that relate to the operations of the Operating Partnership and must also advance expenses relating to the foregoing.

 

Advisor Unit Issuance

 

On December 7, 2023, our Advisor invested $200,000 in our Operating Partnership through the purchase of 8,000 shares of Class E common units at a price of $25.00 per unit.

 

55

 

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest with our Advisor and its Affiliates

 

We are subject to various conflicts of interest arising out of our relationship with our Advisor and its affiliates, some of whom serve as our executive officers and our directors. We discuss these conflicts below and conclude this section with a discussion of the corporate governance measures we have adopted to ameliorate some of the risks posed by these conflicts.

 

Receipt of Fees by Our Advisor and its Affiliates

 

Our Advisor and its affiliates receive fees from us as summarized in the preceding section entitled –“Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements,” which fees were not negotiated at arm’s length. These fees could influence our Advisor’s advice to us as well as the judgment of its affiliates, some of whom also serve as our executive officers and our directors. Among other matters, these compensation arrangements could affect their judgment with respect to:

 

·the continuation, renewal or enforcement of our agreements with our Advisor and its affiliates, including our Advisory Agreement, the Dealer Manager Agreement, property management agreements;

 

·equity offerings by us, including using our securities to acquire portfolios or other companies, which would entitle our Advisor to additional management fees, which are based on our aggregate NAV irrespective of stockholder returns;

 

·the recommendation of higher-yielding but riskier investments, which may be encouraged by the Special Limited Partner’s performance participation interest in our Operating Partnership, which is based on our total distributions plus the change in NAV per share;

 

·recommendations to our board of directors with respect to developing, overseeing, implementing, coordinating and determining our NAV and our NAV procedures, the provision of forward-looking property-level information to the independent valuation advisor or the decision to adjust the value of certain of our assets or liabilities in connection with the determination of our NAV, especially given that the management fee we pay our Advisor, the Special Limited Partner’s performance participation allocation and the fees we pay to the Dealer Manager are based on our NAV;

 

·share repurchases, which have the effect of reducing management fees payable to our Advisor;

 

·asset sales, which have the effect of reducing management fees if the proceeds are distributed to our stockholders rather than reinvested; and

 

·whether we engage affiliates of our Advisor for other services, which affiliates may receive fees in connection with the services regardless of the quality of the services provided to us.

 

Our Affiliates’ Interests in Other Programs Sponsored or Managed by Ashford

 

Our Advisor and its affiliates sponsor or manage other programs, including publicly traded REITs. All of our executive officers and our affiliated directors are also officers, directors, managers, key professionals and/or holders of direct or indirect interests in (i) our Advisor, Ashford, AHT and/or BHR, (ii) other affiliated investment Advisors that are the managers of other programs or managed accounts, and (iii) other Ashford-managed or -sponsored investment vehicles. In the future, these individuals serve as the investment advisor and/ or asset manager to other Ashford-advised programs and investors and acquire for their own account real estate investments that may be suitable for us. Our Advisor and its affiliates have legal and financial obligations with respect to other programs or accounts managed or sponsored by them that are similar to their obligations to us. In the future, our Advisor and its affiliates are expected to sponsor and manage other programs.

 

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and the current and future programs advised or sponsored by our Advisor and its affiliates, including with respect to:

 

·the allocation of investment opportunities among programs and accounts managed by our Advisor and its affiliates (see “—Allocation of Investment Opportunities” below);

 

56

 

 

·the allocation of personnel and time among programs and accounts managed or sponsored by our Advisor and its affiliates;

 

·the acquisition of assets from, or the sale of assets to, other Ashford-managed programs and accounts; and

 

·competition from other Ashford-managed programs or accounts when leasing a property or selling an asset or hiring service providers.

 

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

 

We rely on the key real estate and debt finance professionals at our Advisor and its affiliates, including Mr. Bennett, to present suitable investment opportunities to us. Our Advisor and its affiliates also manage other programs that operate in the direct hotel investment segment of the hotel lodging industry. Specifically, our executive officers also serve as key employees and as officers of our Advisor, Ashford, AHT and BHR, including as officers of the external advisor to AHT and BHR, and will continue to do so. Furthermore, Mr. Monty J. Bennett, our chairman, is also the chief executive officer, chairman and a significant stockholder of Ashford, is the chairman of AHT and is the chairman of BHR. AHT has agreed that we will have exclusive access to select-service hotel assets sourced by our Advisor and its affiliates. Subject to the foregoing, affiliates of our Advisor are contractually obligated to present certain opportunities in the luxury and upper upscale chain scales to other managed programs or accounts before they are presented to us, and our Advisor or its affiliates may enter into similar arrangements with other programs it manages in the future. Should those other managed programs or accounts pass on those opportunities or seek an investment partner, we would have the ability to participate in those opportunities. As a result, we will not participate in every investment opportunity that falls within our investment objectives.

 

With respect to Other Ashford Accounts with investment objectives or guidelines that overlap with ours but that do not have priority over us, investment opportunities are allocated among us and one or more Other Ashford Accounts in accordance with Ashford’s policies and procedures on a basis that our Advisor and its affiliates believe to be fair and equitable over time in their sole discretion, which may be subject to one or more of the following considerations: (i) any applicable investment objectives or focus of ours and such Other Ashford Accounts (which, for us, includes our primary objective of providing attractive current income in the form of regular, stable cash distributions), (ii) any investment limitations, parameters or contractual provisions of ours and such Other Ashford Accounts, (iii) the sector, geography/location, expected return profile, expected distribution rates, anticipated cash flows, expected stability or volatility of cash flows, leverage profile, risk profile and other features of the applicable investment opportunity and its impact on portfolio concentration and diversification, (iv) maintaining structuring and financing flexibility, (v) legal, tax, accounting and regulatory considerations, (vi) any other requirements or considerations set forth in the governing documents of any Other Ashford Account and (vii) other considerations deemed relevant by our Advisor and its affiliates (including, without limitation, qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT and our ability to avoid registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act).

 

Despite these conflicts and priority arrangements, we generally expect our Advisor to offer real estate investment opportunities to Other Ashford Accounts when those opportunities involve either debt or equity investments that (i) have an opportunistic or value-add risk profile (e.g., may involve acquiring, developing or lending on vacant or partially vacant building or repositioning an asset in whole or in part from one use to another) or (ii) have a shorter-term investment horizon consistent with the finite-life nature of the other real estate programs managed by our Advisor. On the other hand, subject to our Advisor’s contractual obligations and other investment considerations set forth above, we generally expect our Advisor to offer us the opportunity to invest in “stabilized” assets with a longer-term holding period consistent with our program’s perpetual life. However, there will likely be exceptions to these general expectations, and Other Ashford Accounts may be offered “stabilized” and longer-term investments before we are.

 

Our Advisor could also consider other factors when making allocation decisions among programs, such as a program’s portfolio composition, objectives, guidelines, restrictions (including those imposed by law or regulation), strategy, capacity and liquidity. Our Advisor has adopted investment allocation policies and procedures in order to guide its allocation decisions. These policies and procedures may be amended without our input and without notice to us.

 

57

 

 

Allocation of Our Affiliates Time

 

We rely on our sponsor, our officers and the key real estate, debt finance, management and accounting professionals our Advisor has assembled, including Messrs. Bennett, Eubanks and Rose, for the day-to-day operation of our business. AHT and BHR are also advised by Ashford. Further, our officers and affiliated director are also officers and/or the affiliated director of other Ashford-sponsored programs. Messrs. Bennett, Eubanks and Rose are also executive officers of Ashford, AHT and BHR. Further, Mr. Monty J. Bennett, is the chairman of AHT’s board of directors, the chairman of BHR’s board of directors and the chairman, chief executive officer and a significant stockholder of Ashford.

 

As a result of their interests in other Ashford-sponsored programs, their obligations to Ashford-advised investors and the fact that they engage in and they will continue to engage in other business activities on behalf of themselves and others, Messrs. Bennett, Eubanks and Rose face conflicts of interest in allocating their time among us, Ashford, AHT, BHR, other Ashford-sponsored programs, Ashford-advised investors and other business activities in which they are involved. In addition, our Advisor, Ashford, AHT and BHR and their affiliates share many of the same key real estate, debt finance, management and accounting professionals. Our executive officers and the key real estate, debt finance, management and accounting professionals affiliated with our sponsor who provide services to us are not obligated to devote a fixed amount of their time to us.

 

Our sponsor believes that our executive officers and the other key professionals have sufficient time to fully discharge their responsibilities to us and to the other businesses in which they are involved. We believe that our affiliates and executive officers will devote the time required to manage our business and expect that the amount of time a particular executive officer or affiliate devotes to us will vary during the course of the year and depend on our business activities at the given time. It is difficult to predict specific amounts of time an executive officer or affiliate will devote to us. We expect that our executive officers and affiliates will generally devote more time to programs raising and investing capital than to programs that have completed their offering stages, though from time to time each program will have its unique demands. Because many of the operational aspects of Ashford-sponsored programs are very similar, there are significant efficiencies created by the same team of individuals at our advisor providing services to multiple programs.

 

Valuation Conflicts

 

Our Advisor is paid a management fee for its services based on our NAV, excluding the NAV of the Class E shares and Class E units which are not subject to the management fee. In addition, the Special Limited Partner, an affiliate of our Advisor, is entitled to receive distributions on its performance participation interest in the Operating Partnership based in part upon the Operating Partnership’s annualized total return, which is calculated based upon our total distributions paid, plus the change in the Operating Partnership’s NAV, excluding the distributions and NAV attributable to the Class E units, which are not subject to the performance participation. net assets (which is a component of our NAV). Although third-party appraisals will be utilized in the calculation of our NAV, such appraisals will be based in part on information and estimates provided by our Advisor. Other components of our NAV will also be based on the subjective judgments of personnel of our Advisor. Therefore, there is a risk that conflicts of interest could influence the fees payable to our Advisor and the distributions payable to the Special Limited Partner.

 

Fiduciary Duties Owed by Some of Our Affiliates to Ashford and Its Affiliates

 

All of our executive officers and the key real estate and debt finance professionals at our Advisor are also officers, directors, managers, key professionals and/or holders of a direct or indirect controlling interest in or for Ashford, other Ashford-affiliated investment advisors and other Ashford-sponsored programs.

 

Messrs. Bennett and Kleisner also serve as directors of AHT and Mr. Bennett is also a director of Ashford and BHR. The loyalties of our directors serving on the boards of directors of Ashford, AHT and BHR, or possibly on the boards of directors of future Ashford-sponsored programs, may influence the judgment of our board of directors when considering issues for us that also may affect other Ashford-sponsored and advised programs.

 

Through Ashford-affiliated investment advisors, some of these persons also serve as the investment advisors to Ashford-advised investors. As a result, they owe fiduciary duties to each of these Ashford-sponsored programs, their stockholders, members and limited partners and the Ashford-advised investors. These fiduciary duties may from time-to-time conflict with the fiduciary duties that they owe to us.

 

58

 

 

Certain Conflict Resolution Measures

 

Related Party Transactions Committee

 

To ameliorate the risks created by conflicts of interest, we have a standing related party transactions committee of our board of directors composed of all of our independent directors. This committee will be asked to approve transactions with affiliates, including purchases and sales with related parties, the amendment of our Advisory Agreement and the annual evaluation of our Advisor’s performance. Our related party transactions committee may retain its own legal and financial advisors at our expense.

 

Director Independence

 

For information relating to our independent directors, see “Item 5, Directors and Executive Officers – Board of Directors” of this Form 10.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees (if any), including individuals who are officers and employees of Ashford and its subsidiaries, including our Advisor, and specifically our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires that transactions between us, on the one hand, and Ashford and its affiliates, on the other hand, that are outside the Advisory Agreement, the Master Hotel Management Agreement, the Master Project Management Agreement, or the additional terms and services for which Ashford has the exclusive right to provide such terms and services, as applicable, are required to be approved by a majority of the members of the Related Party Transactions Committee prior to consummation. In addition, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires the related party transactions committee to annually review and evaluate the performance of the Advisor and the terms of the Advisory Agreement. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is designed to comply with SEC regulations relating to codes of conduct and ethics.

 

ITEM 8.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

Neither we nor our Advisor is currently involved in any material litigation.

 

ITEM 9.MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

Market Information

 

There is no established public trading market for our shares of common stock, and we do not expect a public trading market to develop. The Company has not agreed to register under the Securities Act for sale by stockholders any securities of the Company.

 

Net Asset Value Calculation and Valuation Guidelines

 

We will calculate NAV per share for each class of shares monthly. Our NAV for each class of our shares of common stock will be based on the net asset values of our investments, the addition of any other assets (such as cash on hand), and the deduction of any liabilities, including class-specific accruals as described below.

 

General

 

Our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, has adopted valuation guidelines that contain a comprehensive set of methodologies to be used by our Advisor and our independent valuation advisor in connection with estimating the values of our assets and liabilities for purposes of our NAV calculation. These guidelines are designed to produce a fair and accurate estimate of the price that would be received for our investments in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing seller in possession of all material information about our investments. Our board of directors will review our valuation guidelines and methodologies with our Advisor and our independent valuation advisor at least annually. From time to time, our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, may adopt changes to the valuation guidelines if it determines that such changes are likely to result in a more accurate reflection of NAV or a more efficient or less costly procedure for the determination of NAV without having a material adverse effect on the accuracy of such determination or if it otherwise believes a change is appropriate for the determination of NAV.

 

59

 

 

The calculation of our NAV is intended to be a calculation of the fair value of our assets less our outstanding liabilities as described below and will likely differ from the book value of our equity reflected in our financial statements. To calculate our NAV for the purpose of establishing a purchase and repurchase price for our shares, we have adopted a model, as explained below, that adjusts the value of our assets and liabilities from historical cost to fair value generally in accordance with the GAAP principles set forth in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. Because these fair value calculations will involve significant professional judgment in the application of both observable and unobservable attributes, the calculated fair value of our assets may differ from their actual realizable value or future fair value. Although we believe our NAV calculation methodologies are consistent with standard industry practices, there is no rule or regulation that requires we calculate NAV in a certain way. As a result, other REITs may use different methodologies or assumptions to determine NAV. In addition, NAV is not a measure used under GAAP and the valuations of and certain adjustments made to our assets and liabilities used in the determination of NAV will differ from GAAP. For purposes of calculating our NAV, neither the organization and offering expenses, nor the general and administrative expenses advanced or paid by our Advisor through December 31, 2024 will be recognized as expenses or as a component of equity and reflected in our NAV until we pay our Advisor for these costs. In the future, our Advisor may defer payment of fees or reimbursement of additional expenses and any such amounts would not be recognized as expenses or as a component of equity and reflected in our NAV until we pay our Advisor for these costs.

 

Our Independent Valuation Advisor

 

With the approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, we have engaged Altus Group U.S. Inc. to serve as our independent valuation advisor with respect to our real properties, our real estate debt investments, and our debt liabilities. With respect to our real properties, each month our independent valuation advisor will review and provide an opinion as to the reasonableness of the annual third-party appraisals prepared for 1/12th of our properties and, prepare updated appraisals for the remaining 11/12th of our properties. Altus will also value our debt-related investments and property-level debt that encumbers our real property and our entity-level debt each month and provide valuation reports to the Advisor. The Advisor, with the approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, may engage additional independent valuation advisors in the future. The Advisor will then value our investments and liabilities monthly, based on the information provided by our independent valuation advisor, current material market data and other information deemed relevant. Our independent valuation advisor is not responsible for, and does not calculate, our NAV. The Advisor is ultimately responsible for the determination of our NAV.

 

Our independent valuation advisor may be replaced at any time, in accordance with agreed-upon notice requirements, by a majority vote of our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors.

 

Our independent valuation advisor will discharge its responsibilities with respect to real property asset and debt appraisals in accordance with our valuation guidelines and with the oversight of our board of directors. Our board of directors will not be involved in the monthly valuation of our assets and liabilities, but will periodically receive and review such information about the valuation of our assets and liabilities as it deems necessary to exercise its oversight responsibility. While the Independent Valuation Advisor is responsible for providing appraisals of our real property assets and debt and reviews of appraisals of our real property assets performed by Third-Party Appraisal Firms, the Independent Valuation Advisor is not responsible for, nor does it prepare our monthly NAV.

 

Our NAV per share for each class of shares will be calculated by SS&C Technologies, Inc. (“SS&C”), and such calculation will be reviewed and confirmed by our Advisor. Each month our Advisor will receive (i) appraisal reports from third-party appraisal firms for approximately 1/12th of our properties that have been reviewed by our independent valuation advisor, (ii) updated appraisals prepared by our independent valuation advisor based on the annual third-party appraisals prepared by other third-party appraisal firms for the rest of our properties, and (iii) debt valuation reports prepared by our independent valuation advisor. Based in part on these appraisals and valuation reports, our Advisor will render a final valuation for our real properties and debt investments and debt liabilities in order for SS&C to calculate our NAV. The appraisals performed by independent third-party appraisal firms and reviewed by our independent valuation advisor will be one of several components considered by the Advisor in determining the value of our properties that will be used when SS&C calculates our NAV per share for each class of shares.

 

60

 

 

We have agreed to pay fees to our independent valuation advisor based on the number of properties appraised and not based on the estimated values of such properties. We have also agreed to indemnify our independent valuation advisor against certain liabilities arising out of this engagement. The compensation we pay to our independent valuation advisor will not be based on the estimated values of our properties.

 

Our independent valuation advisor and certain of the independent third-party appraisers may have provided, or may provide, real estate appraisal, appraisal management and real estate valuation advisory services to Ashford and its affiliates and, if so, have received or are expected to receive, fees in connection with such services. Our independent valuation advisor and certain of the independent third-party appraisers and their respective affiliates may from time to time in the future perform other commercial real estate and financial advisory services for Ashford and its affiliates, or in transactions related to the properties that are the subjects of the valuations being performed for us, or otherwise, so long as such other services do not adversely affect the independence of the independent valuation advisor or the applicable appraiser as certified in the applicable appraisal report.

 

Valuation of Investments

 

Consolidated Properties

 

Our independent valuation advisor will administer the real property valuation process for us and will assist us in our engagement of and manage the process associated with third-party appraisal firms with respect to the valuation of our real property investments.

 

Investments in newly acquired properties will initially be valued at cost. Each property will then be valued by an independent third-party appraisal firm within the first twelve months of acquisition and no less than annually thereafter. Annual appraisals may be delayed for a short period in exceptional circumstances. Properties purchased or treated as a portfolio may be valued as a single asset. Each third-party appraisal is reviewed by our independent valuation advisor for reasonableness. Upon conclusion of the appraisal, the independent third-party appraisal firm prepares a written appraisal report. Each third-party appraisal report and review of these third-party appraisal reports by our independent valuation advisor are performed in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. Each appraisal must be reviewed, approved and signed by an individual with the professional designation of MAI (a Designated Member of the Appraisal Institute) or similar designation. We believe our policy of obtaining appraisals by independent third parties will meaningfully enhance the accuracy of our NAV calculation. Any appraisal provided by an independent third-party appraisal firm will be performed in accordance with our valuation guidelines and will not be considered in our Advisor’s valuation of the applicable property until our independent valuation advisor has reviewed and confirmed the reasonableness of such appraisal.

 

According to our valuation guidelines, approximately 1/12th of our properties will be appraised by third-party appraisers each month. Each asset will be appraised by a third-party appraiser other than our independent valuation advisor once per year. For any month in which an independent third-party appraisal is not obtained, our independent valuation advisor will provide our Advisor with an updated valuation of such property. Each month, the Advisor will also value each property and, taking into account the most recent appraisal of such property and the updated valuation by our independent valuation advisor of such property, if any, among other factors, determines the appropriate valuation of such property in determining the Company’s NAV.

 

When an annual third-party appraisal is received, the Advisor’s valuations will be within the range provided in the third-party appraisal.

 

Updates to valuations thereafter may be outside the range provided in the most recent third-party appraisal or differ from the updated value received from our independent valuation advisor. Although updated valuations of each of our real properties not subject to a third-party appraisal will be provided monthly by our independent valuation advisor, such valuations are based on asset and portfolio level information provided by the Advisor, including historical or forecasted operating revenues and expenses of the properties, lease agreements on the properties, revenues and expenses of the properties, information regarding recent or planned estimated capital expenditures, the then-most recent annual third-party appraisals (as reviewed by our independent valuation advisor for reasonableness), and any other information relevant to valuing the real estate property, which information will not be independently verified by our independent valuation advisor.

 

61

 

 

The Advisor will monitor our properties for events that our Advisor believes may have a material impact on the most recent estimated values of such property and will notify our independent valuation advisor of such events. If, in the opinion of our Advisor, an event becomes known to our Advisor (including through communication with our independent valuation advisor) that is likely to have any material impact on previously provided estimated values of the affected properties, any necessary adjustment to the valuation of such properties will be made by the Advisor as soon as practicable. Annual appraisals may also trigger an adjustment in the value of a property when received.

 

For example, a valuation adjustment may be appropriate to reflect the occurrence of an unexpected property-specific event such as a material change in vacancies, an unanticipated structural or environmental event at a property or a significant capital market event that may cause the value of a property to change materially. Valuation adjustments may also be appropriate to reflect the occurrence of broader market-driven events identified by our Advisor or our independent valuation advisor which may impact more than a specific property. Any such adjustments will be estimates of the market impact of specific events as they occur, based on assumptions and judgments that may or may not prove to be correct, and may also be based on the limited information readily available at that time.

 

In general, we expect that any adjustments to appraised values will be calculated promptly after a determination that a material change has occurred and the financial effects of such change are quantifiable by our Advisor. However, rapidly changing market conditions or material events may not be immediately reflected in our monthly NAV. The resulting potential disparity in our NAV may be detrimental to stockholders whose shares are repurchased or new purchasers of our common stock, depending on whether our published NAV per share for such class is overstated or understated.

 

Real estate appraisals will be reported on a free and clear basis (for example, without taking into consideration any mortgage on the property), irrespective of any property level financing that may be in place. Such property-level debt or other financing ultimately are factored in and do impact our NAV in a manner described in more detail below.

 

We expect to use the discounted cash flow methodology (income approach) as the primary methodology to value properties. Consistent with industry practices, the discounted cash flow methodology of the income approach incorporates subjective judgments regarding comparable revenue and operating expense data, capitalization or discount rate, projections of future revenue and expenses based on appropriate market evidence and the projected residual value of the asset as components in determining value. Other methodologies that may also be used to value properties include sales comparison and cost approaches. Because the appraisals performed by the independent third-party appraisal firms and reviewed by our independent valuation advisor, our Advisor’s determination of the appropriate valuations for our properties based on the values provided in such reports and any subsequent updates to the valuation of our properties made by our Advisor involve subjective judgments, the estimated fair value of our assets that will be included in our NAV may not reflect the liquidation value or net realizable value of our properties.

 

Our independent valuation advisor’s valuation reports will be addressed solely to us to assist our Advisor in calculating our NAV. The appraisal reports relating to our properties will not be addressed to the public, will not contain any conclusion regarding our NAV and may not be relied upon by any other person to establish an estimated value of our common stock and will not constitute a recommendation to any person to purchase or sell any shares of our common stock. In preparing appraisal reports, independent third-party appraisal firms will not, and will not be requested to, solicit third-party indications of interest for our common stock or any of our properties in connection with possible purchases thereof or the acquisition of all or any part of us.

 

Unconsolidated Properties

 

Unconsolidated properties held through joint ventures generally will be valued in a manner and frequency that is consistent with the guidelines described above for consolidated properties. Once the value of a property held by the joint venture is determined and our Advisor determines the fair value of any other assets and liabilities of the joint venture, the value of our interest in the joint venture would then be determined by our Advisor using a hypothetical liquidation calculation to value our interest in the joint venture, which would be a percentage of the joint venture’s NAV. Unconsolidated properties held in a joint venture that acquires multiple properties over time may be valued as a single investment.

 

62

 

 

Real Estate Debt and Other Debt Investments

 

Our investments in real estate debt and other debt investments that do not have reliable readily available market quotations (including mortgage loans and mezzanine loans) will be valued monthly by our Advisor based in part, on monthly valuation reports provided by our independent valuation advisor. In the case of loans or other debt investments with no reliable readily available market prices that are acquired by us, such initial value will generally be the acquisition price of such instrument. In the case of loans originated by us, such initial value will generally be the par value of such loan. Each such investment will then be valued by our Advisor within the first three full months after we make such investment and no less frequently than monthly thereafter.

 

Valuations of our investments in real estate debt and other debt investments reflect changes in interest rates, spreads, loan tests and metrics, risk ratings, and anticipated liquidation timing and proceeds, among others. The fair value is typically determined by discounting the future contractual cash flows to the present value using a current market interest rate or spread. The market rate is determined through consideration of the interest rates for debt of comparable quality and maturity, and, where applicable, the value of the underlying real estate investment. Our independent valuation advisor will value each debt investment at least monthly and will coordinate with the Advisor to monitor events intra-month that may affect the values of our real estate debt or other debt investments and incorporate the impact of those events in estimated fair values, as needed. The Advisor will then fair value our real estate debt and other debt investments based on the valuation reports provided by our independent valuation advisor, current material market data and other information deemed relevant.

 

Each valuation report prepared by our independent valuation advisor is addressed solely to our company. Valuation reports prepared by our independent valuation advisor are not addressed to the public and may not be relied upon by any other person to establish value of the property-level and entity-level debt that will be used in calculating our NAV.

 

Valuation of Property-Level and Entity-Level Debt

 

Our property-level debt encumbering our real properties and our entity-level debt will be valued monthly by our Advisor based in part, on monthly valuation reports provided by our independent valuation advisor. All debt will be valued using widely accepted methodologies specific to each type of debt. Newly incurred debt will initially be valued at par, which is expected to represent fair value at that time. After two months (including the month of acquisition) following the date of incurrence, our Advisor will value the debt based in part on valuation reports provided by our independent valuation advisor. Any changes to the fair value of our property-level and entity-level debt are expected to reflect changes including interest rates, spreads, and key loan metrics and tests utilizing the collateral value and cash flows, including the estimated liquidation timing and proceeds.

 

Each valuation report prepared by our independent valuation advisor is addressed solely to our company. Valuation reports prepared by our independent valuation advisor are not addressed to the public and may not be relied upon by any other person to establish value of the property-level and entity-level debt that will be used in calculating our NAV.

 

Our Advisor is responsible for monitoring significant events that may materially affect the values of our debt for determining whether the existing valuations should be re-evaluated prior to the next scheduled monthly valuation in light of such significant events.

 

Valuation of Additional Liabilities

 

Our liabilities include the fees payable to our Advisor and the Dealer Manager, any accrued performance participation allocation to the Special Limited Partner, accounts payable, operating expenses, property-level debt, any entity-level debt and other liabilities. Except as outlined herein, we include the cost basis of our liabilities as part of NAV, which approximates fair value. These carrying amounts are meant to reasonably approximate fair value due to the liquid and short-term nature of the instruments. We include as part of NAV the fair value of our property-level debt and our entity-level debt, which will be valued monthly by our independent valuation advisor based on market factors. We will allocate the financing costs and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining multiple loans that are not directly related to any single loan among the applicable loans, generally pro rata based on the amount of proceeds from each loan. Liabilities allocable to a specific class of shares are only included in the NAV calculation for that class. For non-recourse, property-level mortgages that exceed the value of the underlying property, we will assume a value of zero for purposes of the property and the mortgage in the determination of NAV. Liabilities related to distribution fees, management fees and the performance participation allocation will accrue to a specific class of shares and will only be included in the NAV calculation for that class as described below. Our Advisor’s valuation of each investment’s liabilities, including any third-party incentive fee payments or investment-level debt, deal terms and structure will not be reviewed by our independent valuation advisor.

 

63

 

 

For purposes of calculating our NAV, neither the organization and offering expenses, nor the general and administrative expenses advanced or paid by our Advisor through December 31, 2024 will be recognized as expenses or as a component of equity and reflected in our NAV until we pay our Advisor for these costs. In the future, our Advisor may defer payment of fees or reimbursement of additional expenses and any such amounts would not be recognized as expenses or as a component of equity and reflected in our NAV until we pay our Advisor for these costs.

 

Under applicable GAAP, we record liabilities for distribution fees (i) that we currently owe the Dealer Manager under the terms of our Dealer Manager Agreement and (ii) for an estimate that we may pay to our Dealer Manager in future periods. However, in keeping with standard industry practice, we do not deduct the liability for estimated future distribution fees in our calculation of NAV, which fees are not payable under certain circumstances, such as in the event of our liquidation.

 

NAV and NAV Per Share Calculation

 

Our NAV per share will be calculated by SS&C as of the last calendar day of each month and will generally be available within 15 calendar days after the end of each applicable month. Our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, may replace SS&C with another party, including our Advisor, if it is deemed appropriate to do so. Our Advisor is responsible for reviewing and confirming our NAV, and overseeing the process around the calculation of our NAV.

 

Each month, before taking into consideration accrued dividends or other class-specific accruals, any change in the aggregate NAV (the “Aggregate Fund NAV”) of our outstanding shares of each class of common stock, along with the Operating Partnership units held by third parties, will be allocated among each class of common stock and Operating Partnership unit based on each such class’s relative percentage of the previous Aggregate Fund NAV. Changes in our monthly Aggregate Fund NAV include, without limitation, accruals of our net portfolio income, interest expense, unrealized/realized gains and losses on assets, any applicable organization and offering costs and any expense reimbursements. Changes in our monthly Aggregate Fund NAV also include material non-recurring events, such as capital expenditures and material property acquisitions and dispositions occurring during the month. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, our Advisor may in its discretion consider material market data and other information that becomes available after the end of the applicable month in valuing our assets and liabilities and calculating our NAV for a particular month. On an ongoing basis, our Advisor will adjust the accruals to reflect actual operating results and the outstanding receivable, payable and other account balances resulting from the accumulation of monthly accruals for which financial information is available. Due to the nature of hotel operations, we expect that the most recent property-level financial information available for use in calculating our NAV will be as of the end of the month prior to the NAV unless otherwise adjusted by the Advisor for material changes.

 

Following the allocation of the changes in our Aggregate Fund NAV as described above, NAV for each class of common stock and Operating Partnership unit held by parties other than us is adjusted for class-specific accruals for distributions, ongoing distribution fees, management fees payable to our Advisor and the performance participation allocation to the Special Limited Partner, to determine the monthly NAV for each class. These accruals are made on a class-specific basis and borne by all holders of the applicable class. These class-specific accruals may differ for each class, even when the NAV per share of each class is the same. We normally expect that the accrual of ongoing distribution fees on a class-specific basis will result in different amounts of distributions being paid with respect to certain classes of shares. In other words, the per share amount of distributions on Class T, Class S and Class D shares generally differs from other classes of shares because of class-specific distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions of Class T, Class S and Class D shares. Specifically, we expect distributions on Class T and Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares and distributions on Class D shares will be lower than Class I and Class E shares. However, if no distributions are authorized for a certain period, or if they are authorized in an amount less than the class-specific accruals of distribution fees with respect to such period, then pursuant to our valuation guidelines, the class-specific accruals of distribution fees may lower the NAV per share of a share class. With respect to class-specific accruals of the management fee and the performance participation allocation, we expect these accruals to cause the distributions and/or the NAV per share of Class E shares to be higher than those of other share classes. When the NAV per share of our classes are different, then changes to our assets and liabilities that are allocable based on NAV are also be different for each class. Because the purchase price of shares in the primary offering is equal to the transaction price, which generally equals the most recently disclosed monthly NAV per share, plus the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, which are effectively paid by purchasers of shares at the time of purchase, the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees have no effect on the NAV of any class. At the close of business of each record date for any declared distribution, our NAV for each class will be reduced to reflect the accrual of our liability to pay any distribution to our stockholders of record of such class.

 

64

 

 

NAV per share for each class is calculated by dividing such class’s NAV at the end of each month by the number of shares outstanding for that class at the end of such month.

 

Our valuation guidelines include the following methodology to determine the monthly NAV of our Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership units. Our Operating Partnership has classes of units that are each economically equivalent to our corresponding classes of shares. Accordingly, on the last day of each month, for such classes of units, the NAV per unit equals the NAV per share of the corresponding class. Classes of units of our Operating Partnership that do not correspond to a class of our shares will be valued in a manner consistent with these guidelines. The NAV of our Operating Partnership on the last day of each month equals the sum of the NAVs of each outstanding Operating Partnership unit on such day.

 

Relationship between NAV and Our Transaction Price

 

Purchases and repurchases of shares of our common stock are not made based on the most current monthly NAV per share of our common stock at the time of purchase or repurchase. Generally, our transaction price will equal our most recently disclosed monthly NAV. The transaction price will be the price at which we repurchase shares. The offering price will be the transaction price, plus applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees. Although the transaction price will generally be based on the most recently disclosed monthly NAV per share, such NAV per share may be significantly different from the current NAV per share of the applicable class of stock as of the date on which your purchase or repurchase occurs.

 

In addition, we may offer shares at a price that we believe reflects the NAV per share of such stock more appropriately than the most recently disclosed monthly NAV per share (including by updating a previously disclosed offering price) or suspend our offering and/or our share repurchase plan in cases where we believe there has been a material change (positive or negative) to our NAV per share since the most recently disclosed NAV per share. In cases where our transaction price is not based on the most recently disclosed monthly NAV per share, the offering price and repurchase price will not equal our NAV per share as of any time.

 

Our transaction price will be shared with your financial representative. Please see the “How to Subscribe” section of this filing for additional information on how we communicate a change in our transaction price and the timing of when we accept subscription requests.

 

As our upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees are a percentage of the transaction price, any increase or decrease in our transaction price will have a corresponding impact on the absolute amount of fees paid in connection with your purchase and thus the number of shares you would be able to purchase for the same aggregate amount. For example, an increase in the transaction price after your subscription was submitted would result in fewer shares purchased for the same aggregate amount (inclusive of upfront costs).

 

Limits on the Calculation of Our NAV Per Share

 

The overarching principle of our valuation guidelines is to produce reasonable estimated values for each of our investments (and other assets and liabilities), or the price that would be received for that investment in orderly transactions between market participants. However, the majority of our assets will consist of real estate properties and the valuation of our properties (and other assets and liabilities) is based on a number of judgments, assumptions and opinions about future events that may not prove to be correct. The use of different judgments, assumptions or opinions would likely result in a different estimate of the value of our real estate properties (and other assets and liabilities). Any resulting potential disparity in our NAV per share may be in favor of stockholders whose shares are repurchased or new purchasers of our common stock, as the case may be, depending on the circumstances at the time (for cases in which our transaction price is based on NAV).

 

65

 

 

Additionally, while the methodologies contained in our valuation guidelines are designed to operate reliably within a wide variety of circumstances, it is possible that in certain unanticipated situations or after the occurrence of certain extraordinary events (such as a significant disruption in relevant markets, a terrorist attack or an act of nature), our Advisor’s ability to calculate NAV may be impaired or delayed, including, without limitation, circumstances where there is a delay in accessing or receiving information from vendors or other reporting agents upon which our Advisor may rely upon in determining the monthly value of our NAV. In these circumstances, a more accurate valuation of our NAV could be obtained by using different assumptions or methodologies. Accordingly, in special situations when, in our Advisor’s reasonable judgment, the administration of the valuation guidelines would result in a valuation that does not represent a fair and accurate estimate of the value of our investment, alternative methodologies may be applied, provided that our Advisor must notify our board of directors at the next scheduled board meeting of any alternative methodologies utilized and their impact on the overall valuation of our investment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our board of directors may suspend the offering and/or our share repurchase plan if it determines that the calculation of our NAV is materially incorrect or unreliable or there is a condition that restricts the valuation of a material portion of our assets.

 

We include no discounts to our NAV for the illiquid nature of our shares, including the limitations on your ability to sell shares under our share repurchase plan and our ability to suspend or terminate our share repurchase plan at any time. Our NAV generally does not consider exit costs (e.g., selling costs and commissions and debt prepayment penalties related to the sale of a property) that would likely be incurred if our assets and liabilities were liquidated or sold. While we may use market pricing concepts to value individual components of our NAV, our per share NAV is not derived from the market pricing information of open-end real estate funds listed on stock exchanges.

 

Our NAV per share does not represent the amount of our assets less our liabilities in accordance with GAAP. We do not represent, warrant or guarantee that:

 

·a stockholder would be able to realize the NAV per share for the class of shares a stockholder owns if the stockholder attempts to sell its shares;
·a stockholder would ultimately realize distributions per share equal to the NAV per share for the class of shares it owns upon liquidation of our assets and settlement of our liabilities or a sale of our company;
·shares of our common stock would trade at their NAV per share on a national securities exchange;
·a third party would offer the NAV per share for each class of shares in an arm’s-length transaction to purchase all or substantially all of our shares; or
· the NAV per share would equate to a market price of an open-ended real estate fund.

 

Holders

 

As of December 6, 2023, we had one holder of our outstanding share of Class I common stock.

 

66

 

 

Distributions

 

Distributions are authorized at the discretion of our board of directors, in accordance with our earnings, cash flows and general financial condition. Our board of directors’ discretion is directed, in substantial part, by its obligation to cause us to comply with the REIT requirements. To qualify as a REIT, we are required to pay distributions sufficient to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT for tax purposes. We intend to distribute sufficient income so that we satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT. In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our annual REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and excluding net capital gains, to our stockholders. We intend to declare monthly distributions as authorized by our board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors) and to pay such distributions on a monthly basis. Our distribution policy is set by our board of directors and is subject to change based on available cash flows. Distributions are made on all classes of our common stock at the same time. We normally expect that the accrual of ongoing fees on a class-specific basis will result in different amounts of distributions being paid with respect to certain classes of shares.

 

There is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all. We may fund any distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of or repayment of our assets, borrowings or offering proceeds, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources.

 

See Item 11, “Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Distribution Policy” for more information regarding our distribution policy.

 

ITEM 10.RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

We were capitalized through the purchase of one common share for an aggregate purchase price of $25.00. This share was issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

We are engaging in a continuous, unlimited private placement offering of our common shares to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act) made pursuant to exemptions provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. As of the date of the Registration Statement, there have been no purchases under the continuous offering, and we only have a single share outstanding.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, by and among the Operating Partnership and the Anchor Investor, the Anchor Investor contributed their equity interests in the Initial Portfolio to the Company in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units of the Operating Partnership at a price per unit equal to $25.00. These units were issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, our Advisor invested $200,000 in our Operating Partnership through the purchase of 8,000 shares of Class E common units on December 7, 2023. These units were issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Subject to certain restrictions, common units in the Operating Partnership may be redeemed for cash in an amount equal to the value of a share of the same class of common stock as the common unit or, at our election, for a share of common stock of the same class as the common unit on a one-for-one basis. The issuance of such shares of units was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ITEM 11.DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.

 

The following summary of the terms of our stock is a summary of all material provisions concerning our stock and you should refer to the MGCL and our charter and bylaws for a full description. We encourage you to carefully read this entire Form 10, our charter and bylaws, and the relevant provisions on Maryland law for a more complete understanding of our common stock. Copies of our charter and bylaws are filed as exhibits to this Form 10, and the following summary, to the extent it relates to those documents, is qualified in its entirety by references thereto.

 

67

 

 

General

 

Under our charter, we have authority to issue a total of 1,400,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 1,300,000,000 shares are classified as common stock, of which 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class D common stock, 100,000,000 of which are classified as Class E common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class I common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class S common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class T common stock, and 100,000,000 shares are classified as preferred stock with a par value $0.01 per share. In addition, our board of directors may amend our charter from time to time, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

 

Common Stock

 

Subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of stock set forth in our charter and except as may otherwise be specified in our charter, the holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters voted on by stockholders, including the election of our directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors. In an uncontested election, directors are elected by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the outstanding shares of our common stock, meaning that a director is elected if the candidate received more votes “for” than the votes “against,” without consideration of abstentions, votes withheld and broker non-votes. In a contested election (where there are more candidates for election than seats to be filled), directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding class or series of shares of stock and to the provisions in our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to such distributions as may be authorized from time to time by our board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors) and declared by us out of legally available funds and, upon liquidation, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to our stockholders. Upon issuance for full payment in accordance with the terms of the private offering, all shares of our common stock issued in the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of our common stock will not have preemptive rights, which means that investors will not have an automatic option to purchase any new shares of stock that we issue.

 

Our charter also contains a provision permitting our board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, to classify or reclassify any unissued common stock into one or more classes or series by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of repurchase of any new class or series of shares of stock.

 

We will generally not issue certificates for shares of our common stock. Shares of our common stock will be held in “uncertificated” form, which will eliminate the physical handling and safekeeping responsibilities inherent in owning transferable stock certificates and eliminate the need to return a duly executed stock certificate to effect a transfer. Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc. acts as our registrar and as the transfer agent for our shares. Transfers can be effected simply by mailing to our transfer agent a transfer and assignment form, which we will provide to you at no charge upon written request.

 

Upfront Selling Commissions and Dealer Manager Fees – Class T, Class S and Class D Shares

 

The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.0%, and upfront dealer manager fees of 0.5%, of the transaction price of each Class T share sold in the primary offering, however such amounts may vary based on agreements between the Dealer Manager and certain selected dealers provided that the sum will not exceed 3.5% of the transaction price. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 3.5% of the transaction price of each Class S share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager is entitled to receive upfront selling commissions of up to 1.5% of the transaction price of each Class D share sold in the primary offering. The Dealer Manager anticipates that all or a portion of the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, selected dealers.

 

No upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees will be paid with respect to purchases of Class I shares or shares of any class sold pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

68

 

 

 

Ongoing Distribution Fees and Conversion – Class T, Class S and Class D Shares

 

We will pay the Dealer Manager selling commissions over time as distribution fees (i) with respect to our outstanding Class T shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class T shares, consisting of a representative distribution fee of 0.65% per annum, and a dealer distribution fee of 0.20% per annum, of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class T shares, however, with respect to Class T shares sold through certain selected dealers, the representative distribution fee and the dealer distribution fee may be other amounts, provided that the sum of such fees will always equal 0.85% per annum of the NAV of such shares; (ii) with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class S shares; and (iii) with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class D shares. We do not pay a distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class I shares.

 

The distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The Dealer Manager will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the distribution fees to selected dealers and servicing broker-dealers, and will rebate distribution fees to us to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive them.

 

The ongoing distribution fees listed above accrue on a class-specific basis and are borne by all holders of the applicable class. We normally expect that the accrual of ongoing distribution fees on a class-specific basis will result in different amounts of distributions being paid with respect to certain classes of shares. In other words, the per share amount of distributions on Class T, Class S and Class D shares generally differs from other classes of shares because of class-specific distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions of Class T, Class S and Class D shares. Specifically, we expect distributions on Class T and Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares and distributions on Class D shares will be lower than Class I and Class E shares. However, if no distributions are authorized for a certain period, or if they are authorized in an amount less than the class-specific accruals of distribution fees with respect to such period, then pursuant to our valuation guidelines, the class-specific accruals of distribution fees may lower the NAV per share of a share class. With respect to class-specific accruals of the management fee and the performance participation allocation, we expect these accruals to cause the distributions and/or the NAV per share of Class E shares to be higher than those of other share classes. When the NAV per share of our classes are different, then changes to our assets and liabilities that are allocable based on NAV will also be different for each class.

 

We will cease paying the distribution fee with respect to any Class T share, Class S share or Class D share held in a stockholder’s account at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held by such stockholder within such account would equal or exceed, in the aggregate, 8.75% (or a lower limit as set forth in the applicable agreement between the Dealer Manager and a selected dealer at the time such shares were issued) of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (including the gross proceeds of any shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan with respect thereto) (collectively, the “Distribution Fee Limit”). At the end of such month, each such Class T share, Class S share or Class D share in such account (including shares in such account purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan or received as a stock dividend) will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such share.

 

If not already converted into Class I shares upon a determination that total upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees paid with respect to such shares would exceed the applicable Distribution Fee Limit, each Class T share, Class S share and Class D share held in a stockholder’s account (including shares in such account purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan or received as stock dividend) will automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I shares (including fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share on the earliest of (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity in which we are not the surviving entity or (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

In addition, after termination of a primary offering registered under the Securities Act, each Class T, Class S or Class D share sold in that primary offering, each Class T, Class S or Class D share sold under a distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to the same registration statement that was used for that primary offering, and each Class T, Class S or Class D share received as a stock dividend with respect to such shares sold in such primary offering or distribution reinvestment plan, shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I shares (including fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share, at the end of the month in which we, with the assistance of the dealer manager for the offering, determine that all underwriting compensation paid or incurred with respect to the offerings covered by that registration statement from all sources, determined pursuant to the rules and guidance of FINRA, would equal or exceed 10% of the gross proceeds of all shares sold for our account through that primary offering. Further, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, each Class T share, Class S share and Class D share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share.

 

69

 

 

Class I Shares

 

No upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees or distribution fees are paid for sales of any Class I shares.

 

Class E Shares

 

We also have authorized Class E shares, which will only be available for receipt by our Advisor and the Special Limited Partner in satisfaction of payment of the management fee or distribution of the performance participation allocation after we have a class of shares registered under the Exchange Act. Class E shares are not available for purchase in the private offering. There will be no management fees or performance participation allocation or distribution fees associated with Class E shares. Because there are no class-specific accruals, we expect the distributions and/or the NAV per share of Class E shares to be higher than other share classes.

 

Unless, immediately after the occurrence of any of the following events, we are externally advised with different management fee allocations (which may or may not include different performance allocations) for holders of Class E shares and holders of Class I shares, each Class E share will automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I shares (including fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share on the earliest of (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity in which we are not the surviving entity or (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. Further, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, each Class E share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to designate and issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, and to establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of repurchase of each class or series of preferred stock so issued. Because our board of directors has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each class or series of preferred stock, it may afford the holders of any series or class of preferred stock preferences, powers and rights senior to the rights of holders of common stock.

 

If we ever created and issued preferred stock with a distribution preference over common stock, payment of any distribution preferences of outstanding preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of distributions on the common stock. Further, holders of preferred stock are normally entitled to receive a liquidation preference in the event we liquidate, dissolve or wind up before any payment is made to the common stockholders, likely reducing the amount common stockholders would otherwise receive upon such an occurrence. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities, or the removal of incumbent management. Our board of directors has no present plans to issue any preferred stock, but may do so at any time in the future without stockholder approval.

 

Meetings and Special Voting Requirements

 

An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Company shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the board of directors. Each of our directors will be elected by our stockholders to serve until our next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Each director is elected by a majority of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present, in person or by proxy. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors.

 

Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or, in the case of a stockholder requested special meeting, by our secretary upon the written request of the holders of common stock entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting. The presence either in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting on any matter will constitute a quorum. Generally, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast is necessary to take stockholder action, except as described in the next paragraph and except that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present is required to elect a director.

 

70

 

 

Other than amendments to certain provisions of our charter described below and amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by a specific provision in our charter, our charter may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the power under our charter to amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue, to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms of such newly classified or reclassified shares. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.

 

We generally may not merge with or into or consolidate with another company, sell all or substantially all of our assets or engage in a statutory share exchange or conversion unless such transaction is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

The voluntary dissolution of our company must be declared advisable by a majority of our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Stockholders are not entitled to exercise any of the rights of an objecting stockholder provided for in Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL unless our board of directors determines that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of the determination in connection with which stockholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

Upon registration of a class of securities under the Exchange Act, stockholders will have rights under Rule 14a-7 under the Exchange Act, which provides that, upon the request of a stockholder and the payment of the expenses of the distribution, we are required to distribute specific materials to stockholders in the context of the solicitation of proxies by a stockholder for voting on matters presented to stockholders or, at our option, provide requesting stockholders with a copy of the list of stockholders so that the requesting stockholder may make the distribution of such materials.

 

Any stockholder and any designated representative thereof shall be permitted access to our corporate records to which such stockholder is entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times, and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable charge. Under Maryland law, stockholders are entitled to inspect and copy only our bylaws, minutes of stockholder proceedings, annual statements of affairs, voting trust agreements and statements of stock and securities issued by us during the period specified by the requesting stockholder, which period may not be longer than 12 months prior to the date of the stockholder’s request. Because our stockholders are entitled to inspect only those corporate records that stockholders are entitled to inspect and copy under Maryland law, our stockholders will not be entitled to inspect and copy the minutes of the meetings of our board of directors, which are records that certain states other than Maryland allow corporate stockholders to inspect and copy. Requests to inspect and/or copy our corporate records must be made in writing to: Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254. It is the policy of our board of directors to comply with all proper requests for access to our corporate records in conformity with Maryland law.

 

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

 

Each investor who purchases shares in the private offering will be required to represent that he, she or it is acquiring the shares for investment purposes and not with a view to distribution or resale, and he, she or it can bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time. The shares are being offered and sold pursuant to exemptions from the registration provisions of federal and state law. Accordingly, the shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer. Even if these transfer restrictions expire or are not applicable to a particular investor, there is no public market for the shares, and no expectation that one will develop. An investor cannot expect to be able to liquidate his or her investment in case of an emergency.

 

71

 

 

Our charter contains restrictions on the number of shares of our stock that a person or group may own. No person or group may acquire or hold, directly or indirectly through application of constructive ownership rules, in excess of 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding common stock or 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding stock of all classes or series unless they receive an exemption (prospectively or retroactively) from our board of directors. Subject to certain limitations, our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a person prospectively or retroactively from, or modify, these limits, subject to such terms, conditions, representations and undertakings as required by our charter and as our board of directors may determine.

 

Our charter further prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning shares of our stock that would result in our being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT and any person from transferring shares of our stock if the transfer would result in our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons. Any person who acquires or intends to acquire shares of our stock that may violate any of these restrictions, or who is the intended transferee of shares of our stock which are transferred to the trust, as described below, is required to give us immediate written notice, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and provide us with such information as we may request in order to determine the effect of the transfer on our status as a REIT. The above restrictions will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT or that compliance with such restrictions is no longer required for us to qualify as a REIT.

 

Any attempted transfer of our stock which, if effective, would result in violation of the above limitations, except for a transfer which results in shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, in which case such transfer will be void and of no force and effect and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares, will cause the number of shares causing the violation, rounded to the nearest whole share, to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries designated by us and the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in the shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day, as defined in our charter, prior to the date of the transfer. Shares of our stock held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of stock held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends and no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of stock held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiaries. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiaries. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiaries. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

 

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiaries in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiaries as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust, such as a gift, devise or other similar transaction, the market price, as defined in our charter, of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price per share received by the trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the proposed transferee and are owed by the proposed transferor to the transferee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable per share to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiaries. If, prior to our discovery that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and, to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

 

72

 

 

In addition, shares of our stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust, or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiaries in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee. We may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the proposed transferor and are owed to the proposed transferor to the trustee. We may pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiaries.

 

If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective for any reason to prevent violation of the above limitations or our failing to qualify as a REIT, then the transfer of the number of shares that otherwise cause any person to violate the above limitations will be void and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.

 

All certificates, if any, representing shares of our stock issued in the future will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

 

Every owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our stock during any taxable year, or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder or as otherwise required by our board of directors, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of our stock which he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner shall provide us with such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of its beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder shall, upon demand, be required to provide us with such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

 

Distribution Policy

 

We intend to declare monthly distributions as authorized by our board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors) and to pay such distributions on a monthly basis. Our distribution policy is set by our board of directors and is subject to change based on available cash flows. We cannot guarantee the amount of distributions paid, if any. In connection with a distribution to our stockholders, our board of directors approves a monthly distribution for a certain dollar amount per share for each class of our common stock. Share repurchases under our share repurchase plan will be effectuated as of the opening of the last business day of each month and we expect to declare monthly distributions with a record date as of the close of business of the last calendar day of each month. You will not be entitled to receive a distribution if your shares are repurchased prior to the applicable time of the record date for such distribution.

 

Distributions are made on all classes of our common stock at the same time. Ongoing distribution fees, managements fees and the performance participation allocation accrue on a class-specific basis. We normally expect that the accrual of ongoing distribution fees on a class-specific basis will result in different amounts of distributions being paid with respect to certain classes of shares. In other words, the per share amount of distributions on Class T, Class S and Class D shares will generally differ from other classes of shares because of class-specific distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions of Class T, Class S and Class D shares. Specifically, we expect distributions on Class T and Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares and distributions on Class D shares will be lower than Class I and Class E shares. However, if no distributions are authorized for a certain period, or if they are authorized in an amount less than the class-specific accruals of distribution fees with respect to such period, then pursuant to our valuation guidelines, the class-specific accruals of distribution fees may lower the NAV per share of a share class. With respect to class-specific accruals of the management fee and the performance participation allocation, we expect these accruals to cause the distributions and/or the NAV per share of Class E shares to be higher than those of other share classes.

 

We expect to use the “record share” method of determining the per share amount of distributions on Class T shares, Class S shares, Class D shares, Class I shares and Class E shares, although our board of directors may choose any other method. The “record share” method is one of several distribution calculation methods for multiple-class funds recommended, but not required, by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Under this method, the amount to be distributed on our common stock will be increased by the sum of all class-specific accruals. Such amount will be divided by the number of our common shares outstanding on the record date. Such per share amount will be reduced for each class of common stock by the per share amount of any class-specific accruals allocable to such class.

 

73

 

 

To qualify as a REIT, we are required to pay distributions sufficient to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT for tax purposes. We intend to distribute sufficient income so that we satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT. In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our annual REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and excluding net capital gains, to our stockholders. Generally, income distributed to stockholders will not be taxable to us under the Code if we distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and excluding net capital gains.

 

Distributions are authorized at the discretion of our board of directors, in accordance with our earnings, cash flows and general financial condition. Our board of directors’ discretion is directed, in substantial part, by its obligation to cause us to comply with the REIT requirements. Because we may receive income from interest or rents at various times during our fiscal year, distributions may not reflect our income earned in that particular distribution period but may be made in anticipation of cash flows which we expect to receive during a later quarter and may be made in advance of actual receipt of funds in an attempt to make distributions relatively uniform. Due to these timing differences, we may be required to borrow money, use proceeds from the issuance of securities (in our private offering or subsequent offerings, if any) or sell assets in order to distribute amounts sufficient to satisfy the requirement that we distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income in order to qualify as a REIT. We have not established any limit on the amount of proceeds from our private offering that may be used to fund distributions other than those limits imposed by our organizational documents and Maryland law.

 

There is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all. We may fund any distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of or repayment of our assets, borrowings or offering proceeds, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, the extent to which our Advisor elects to receive its management fee in Class E shares or Class E units and the Special Limited Partner elects to receive distributions on its performance participation interest in Class E units, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. Funding distributions from the sale of or repayment of our assets, from the proceeds of our private offering or from borrowings will result in us having less funds available to acquire properties or other real estate related securities. As a result, the return an investor realizes on their investment may be reduced. Doing so may also negatively impact our ability to generate cash flows. Likewise, funding distributions from the sale of additional securities will dilute an investor’s interest in us on a percentage basis and may impact the value of their investment especially if we sell these securities at prices less than the price they paid for their shares.

 

If our board of directors gives general authorization for a distribution and provides for or establishes a method or procedure for determining the maximum amount of the distribution, our board of directors may delegate to one of our officers the power, in accordance with the general authorization, to fix the amount and other terms of the distribution.

 

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

 

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby stockholders will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. Any cash distributions attributable to the class or classes of shares owned by participants in the distribution reinvestment plan will be immediately reinvested in our shares on behalf of the participants on the business day such distribution would have been paid to such stockholder.

 

The per share purchase price for shares purchased pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the most recently disclosed transaction price at the time of the record date of the distribution. Stockholders will not pay upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees when purchasing shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan. The distribution fees with respect to shares of our Class T shares, Class S shares and Class D shares will be calculated based on our NAV for those shares and may reduce the NAV or, alternatively, the distributions payable with respect to shares of each such class, including shares issued in respect of distributions on such shares under the distribution reinvestment plan. Shares acquired under the distribution reinvestment plan will entitle the participant to the same rights and be treated in the same manner as shares of that class purchased in the private offering.

 

74

 

 

We reserve the right to amend any aspect of our distribution reinvestment plan without the consent of our stockholders, provided that notice of any material amendment is sent to participants at least ten business days prior to the effective date of that amendment. In addition, we may suspend or terminate the distribution reinvestment plan for any reason at any time upon ten business days’ prior written notice to participants. A stockholder’s participation in the plan will be terminated to the extent that a reinvestment of such stockholder’s distributions in our shares would cause the percentage ownership or other limitations contained in our charter to be violated. Participants may terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan with ten business days’ prior written notice to us.

 

Our transfer agent will provide on a quarterly basis to each participant in the distribution reinvestment plan a statement of account describing, as to such participant, (1) the distributions reinvested during the quarter, (2) the number of shares purchased during the quarter, (3) the per share purchase price for such shares and (4) the total number of shares purchased on behalf of the participant under the plan. On an annual basis, tax information with respect to income earned on shares under the plan for the calendar year will be provided to each applicable participant.

 

Registration Rights Agreements

 

The Advisory Agreement provides that with respect to any Class E shares paid as a management fee or received upon conversion of any Class E units paid as a management fee (together, the “Management Fee Shares”), within six months after a listing on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our Advisor for the Management Fee Shares, with terms mutually agreeable to us and our Advisor. This obligation survives the termination of the Advisory Agreement.

 

Similarly, our Operating Partnership agreement provides that with respect to any shares of our common stock held by the Special Limited Partner or its affiliates that were issued (or are issuable) upon exchange of Class E units issued in connection with the performance participation interest (the “SLP Shares”), within six months after a listing of any class of our shares on a national securities exchange, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the Special Limited Partner for the SLP Shares, with terms mutually agreeable to us and the Special Limited Partner.

 

Share Repurchase Plan

 

General

 

While stockholders should view their investment as long term with limited liquidity, we have adopted a share repurchase plan, whereby, beginning on the first month of the quarter following our first closing, on a monthly basis stockholders may request that we repurchase all or any portion of their shares. Due to the illiquid nature of investments in real estate, we may not have sufficient liquid resources to fund repurchase requests. In addition, we have established limitations on the amount of funds we may use for repurchases during any calendar month and quarter. See “—Repurchase Limitations” below.

 

Stockholders may request that we repurchase shares of their common stock through their financial representative or directly with our transfer agent. The procedures relating to the repurchase of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

· Certain broker-dealers require that their clients process repurchases through their broker-dealer, which may impact the time necessary to process such repurchase request, impose more restrictive deadlines than described under our share repurchase plan, impact the timing of a stockholder receiving repurchase proceeds and require more restrictive and different paperwork or process than described in our share repurchase plan. Please contact your broker-dealer first if you want to request the repurchase of your shares.

 

·Under our share repurchase plan, to the extent we choose to repurchase shares in any particular month we will only repurchase shares as of the opening of the last business day of that month (a “Repurchase Date”). To have your shares repurchased, your repurchase request and required documentation must be received in good order by 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the second to last business day of the applicable month. Settlements of share repurchases will generally be made within three business days of the Repurchase Date. We will begin our share repurchase plan in the first month of the quarter following our first closing in this offering. Repurchase requests received and processed by our transfer agent will be effected at a repurchase price equal to the transaction price on the applicable Repurchase Date (which will generally be equal to our prior month’s NAV per share), subject to any Early Repurchase Deduction.

 

75

 

 

·A stockholder may withdraw his or her repurchase request by notifying the transfer agent, directly or through the stockholder’s financial intermediary, on our toll-free, automated telephone line, (833) 591-3088. The line is open on each business day between the hours of 8:00a.m. and 7:00 p.m. (Central time). Repurchase requests must be cancelled before 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the last business day of the applicable month.

 

·If a repurchase request is received after 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the second to last business day of the applicable month, the repurchase request will be executed, if at all, on the next month’s Repurchase Date at the transaction price applicable to that month (subject to any Early Repurchase Deduction), unless such request is withdrawn prior to the repurchase. Repurchase requests received and processed by our transfer agent on a business day, but after the close of business on that day or on a day that is not a business day, will be deemed received on the next business day. All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of repurchase requests and notices of withdrawal will be determined by us, in our sole discretion, and such determination shall be final and binding.

 

·Repurchase requests may be made by mail or by contacting your financial intermediary, both subject to certain conditions described in this memorandum. If making a repurchase request by contacting your financial intermediary, your financial intermediary may require you to provide certain documentation or information. If making a repurchase request by mail to the transfer agent, you must complete and sign a repurchase authorization form, which can be found in our share repurchase plan, which is available through your financial representative. Written requests should be sent to the transfer agent at the following address:

 

Regular Mail USPS

 

Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc.

 

P.O. Box 2189

 

San Rafael, CA 94912-2189

 

Overnight Mail – FedEx, UPS, DHL, etc.

 

Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc.

 

125 E Sir Francis Drake Blvd., Ste 301

 

Larkspur, CA 94939-1820

 

Corporate investors and other non-individual entities must have an appropriate certification on file authorizing repurchases. A medallion signature guarantee may be required in connection with repurchases.

 

·For processed repurchases, stockholders may request that repurchase proceeds are to be paid by mailed check provided that the check is mailed to an address on file with the transfer agent for at least 30 days. Stockholders should check with their broker-dealer that such payment may be made via check or wire transfer, as further described below.

 

·Stockholders may also receive repurchase proceeds via wire transfer, provided that wiring instructions for their brokerage account or designated U.S. bank account are provided. For all repurchases paid via wire transfer, the funds will be wired to the account on file with the transfer agent or, upon instruction, to another financial institution provided that the stockholder has made the necessary funds transfer arrangements. The customer service representative can provide detailed instructions on establishing funding arrangements and designating a bank or brokerage account on file. Funds will be wired only to U.S. financial institutions (ACH network members).

 

76

 

 

·A medallion signature guarantee will be required in certain circumstances. The medallion signature process protects stockholders by verifying the authenticity of a signature and limiting unauthorized fraudulent transactions. A medallion signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker-dealer, clearing agency, savings association or other financial institution which participates in a medallion program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized medallion programs are the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program. Signature guarantees from financial institutions that are not participating in any of these medallion programs will not be accepted. A notary public cannot provide signature guarantees. We reserve the right to amend, waive or discontinue this policy at any time and establish other criteria for verifying the authenticity of any repurchase or transaction request. We may require a medallion signature guarantee if, among other reasons: (1) the amount of the repurchase request is over $500,000; (2) a stockholder wishes to have repurchase proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than the designated bank or brokerage account on file for at least 30 days or sent to an address other than your address of record for the past 30 days; or (3) our transfer agent cannot confirm a stockholder’s identity or suspects fraudulent activity.

 

·If a stockholder has made multiple purchases of shares of our common stock, any repurchase request will be processed on a first in/first out basis unless otherwise requested in the repurchase request.

 

Minimum Account Repurchases

 

In the event that any stockholder fails to maintain the minimum balance of $500 of shares of our common stock, we may repurchase all of the shares held by that stockholder at the repurchase price in effect on the date we determine that the stockholder has failed to meet the minimum balance, less any Early Repurchase Deduction. Minimum account repurchases will apply even in the event that the failure to meet the minimum balance is caused solely by a decline in our NAV. Minimum account repurchases are subject to Early Repurchase Deduction.

 

Sources of Funds for Repurchases

 

We may fund repurchase requests from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of or repayment of our assets, borrowings or offering proceeds, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources.

 

In an effort to have adequate cash available to support our share repurchase plan, we may reserve borrowing capacity under a line of credit. We could then elect to borrow against this line of credit in part to repurchase shares presented for repurchase during periods when we do not have sufficient proceeds from operating cash flows or the sale of shares in this continuous offering to fund all repurchase requests. If we determine to obtain a line of credit, we expect that it would afford us borrowing availability to fund repurchases.

 

Repurchase Limitations

 

We may repurchase fewer shares than have been requested in any particular month to be repurchased under our share repurchase plan, or none at all, in our discretion at any time. In addition, the aggregate NAV of total repurchases (based on the price at which the shares are repurchased) of all classes (excluding any Early Repurchase Deduction applicable to the repurchased shares) is limited to no more than 2% of our aggregate NAV per month (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding month) and no more than 5% of our aggregate NAV per calendar quarter (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter).

 

If the transaction price for the applicable month is not made available by the tenth business day prior to the last business day of the month (or is changed after such date), then no repurchase requests will be accepted for such month and stockholders who wish to have their shares repurchased the following month must resubmit their repurchase requests. You should contact your financial representative to obtain the current transaction price. Once we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, we will also disclose the current transaction price via a public filing on a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

77

 

 

Should repurchase requests, in our judgment, place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company as a whole, or should we otherwise determine that investing our liquid assets in real properties or other investments rather than repurchasing our shares is in the best interests of the Company as a whole, we may choose to repurchase fewer shares in any particular month than have been requested to be repurchased, or none at all. Further, our board of directors may make exceptions to, modify, suspend or terminate our share repurchase plan if in its reasonable judgment it deems such an action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our stockholders. Material modifications, including any amendment to the 2% monthly or 5% quarterly limitations on repurchases, to and suspensions of the share repurchase plan will be promptly disclosed to stockholders through their financial representatives, or once we have a class of securities registered pursuant to the Exchange Act, pursuant to a current or periodic report filed by us. In addition, we may determine to suspend the share repurchase plan due to regulatory changes, changes in law or if we become aware of undisclosed material information that we believe should be publicly disclosed before shares are repurchased. Our board of directors must affirmatively authorize the recommencement of the plan if it is suspended before stockholder requests will be considered again.

 

Shares held by our Advisor or the Special Limited Partner acquired as payment of our Advisor’s management fee or in respect of distributions on the performance participation interest, respectively, will not be subject to our share repurchase plan, including with respect to any repurchase limits or the Early Repurchase Deduction and will not be included in the calculation of our aggregate NAV for purposes of the 2% monthly or 5% quarterly limitations on repurchases.

 

Early Repurchase Deduction

 

There is no minimum holding period for shares of our common stock, and stockholders can request that we repurchase their shares at any time. However, subject to limited exceptions, shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 95% of the transaction price. The one-year holding period is measured as of the first business day immediately following the prospective repurchase date. Additionally, stockholders who have received shares of our common stock in exchange for their Operating Partnership units may include the period of time such stockholder held such Operating Partnership units for purposes of calculating the holding period for such shares of our common stock. This Early Repurchase Deduction will also generally apply to minimum account repurchases. The Early Repurchase Deduction will not apply to shares acquired through our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

The Early Repurchase Deduction will inure indirectly to the benefit of our remaining stockholders and is intended to offset the trading costs, market impact and other costs associated with short-term trading in our common stock. We may, from time to time, waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in the following circumstances (subject to the conditions described below):

 

·repurchases resulting from death, qualifying disability or divorce;

 

·in the event that a stockholder’s shares are repurchased because the stockholder has failed to maintain the $500 minimum account balance; or

 

·due to trade or operational error.

 

As set forth above, we may waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in respect of repurchase of shares resulting from the death, qualifying disability (as such term is defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code) or divorce of a stockholder who is a natural person, including shares held by such stockholder through a trust or an IRA or other retirement or profit-sharing plan, after (i) in the case of death, receiving written notice from the estate of the stockholder, the recipient of the shares through bequest or inheritance, or, in the case of a trust, the trustee of such trust, who shall have the sole ability to request repurchase on behalf of the trust, (ii) in the case of qualified disability, receiving written notice from such stockholder, provided that the condition causing the qualifying disability was not pre-existing on the date that the stockholder became a stockholder or (iii) in the case of divorce, receiving written notice from the stockholder of the divorce and the stockholder’s instructions to effect a transfer of the shares (through the repurchase of the shares by us and the subsequent purchase by the stockholder) to a different account held by the stockholder (including trust or an individual retirement account or other retirement or profit-sharing plan). We must receive the written repurchase request within 12 months after the death of the stockholder, the initial determination of the stockholder’s disability or divorce in order for the requesting party to rely on any of the special treatment described above that may be afforded in the event of the death, disability or divorce of a stockholder. In the case of death, such a written request must be accompanied by a certified copy of the official death certificate of the stockholder. If spouses are joint registered holders of shares, the request to have the shares repurchased may be made if either of the registered holders dies or acquires a qualified disability. If the stockholder is not a natural person, such as certain trusts or a partnership, corporation or other similar entity, the right to waiver of the Early Repurchase Deduction upon death, disability or divorce does not apply.

 

The Early Repurchase Deduction will not apply to repurchases of Class E shares held by our Advisor acquired as payment of our Advisor’s management fee and any repurchases of shares in respect of distributions on the performance participation interest.

 

78

 

 

Items of Note

 

When a stockholder makes a request to have shares repurchased, they should note the following:

 

·if they are requesting that some but not all of their shares be repurchased, keep their balance above $500 to avoid minimum account repurchase, if applicable;

 

·they will not receive interest on amounts represented by uncashed repurchase checks;

 

·under applicable anti-money laundering regulations and other federal regulations, repurchase requests may be suspended, restricted or canceled and the proceeds may be withheld; and

 

·all shares of our common stock requested to be repurchased must be beneficially owned by the stockholder of record making the request or his or her estate, heir or beneficiary, or the party requesting the repurchase must be authorized to do so by the stockholder of record of the shares or his or her estate, heir or beneficiary, and such shares of common stock must be fully transferable and not subject to any liens or encumbrances. In certain cases, we may ask the requesting party to provide evidence satisfactory to us that the shares requested for repurchase are not subject to any liens or encumbrances. If we determine that a lien exists against the shares, we will not be obligated to repurchase any shares subject to the lien.

 

IRS regulations require us to determine and disclose on Form 1099-B the adjusted cost basis for shares of our stock sold or repurchased. Although there are several available methods for determining the adjusted cost basis, unless a stockholder elects otherwise, which they may do by checking the appropriate box on the repurchase authorization form or calling our customer service number at (833) 591-3088, we will utilize the first-in-first-out method.

 

Frequent Trading and Other Policies

 

We may reject for any reason, or cancel as permitted or required by law, any purchase orders for shares of our common stock. For example, we may reject any purchase orders from market timers or investors that, in our opinion, may be disruptive to our operations. Frequent purchases and sales of our shares can harm stockholders in various ways, including reducing the returns to long-term stockholders by increasing our costs, disrupting portfolio management strategies and diluting the value of the shares of long-term stockholders.

 

In general, stockholders may request that we repurchase their shares of our common stock once every 30 days. However, we prohibit frequent trading. We define frequent trading as follows:

 

·any stockholder who requests that we repurchase its shares of our common stock within 30 calendar days of the purchase of such shares;

 

·transactions deemed harmful or excessive by us (including, but not limited to, patterns of purchases and repurchases), in our sole discretion; and

 

·transactions initiated by financial representatives, among multiple stockholder accounts, that in the aggregate are deemed harmful or excessive.

 

79

 

 

The following are excluded when determining whether transactions are excessive:

 

·purchases and requests for repurchase of our shares in the amount of $2,500 or less;

 

·purchases or repurchases initiated by us; and

 

·transactions subject to the trading policy of an intermediary that we deem materially similar to our policy.

 

At our discretion, upon the first violation of the policy in a calendar year, purchase and repurchase privileges may be suspended for 90 days. Upon a second violation in a calendar year, purchase and repurchase privileges may be suspended for 180 days. On the next business day following the end of the 90- or 180-day suspension, any transaction restrictions placed on a stockholder may be removed.

 

Mail and Telephone Instructions

 

We and our transfer agent will not be responsible for the authenticity of mail or phone instructions or losses, if any, resulting from unauthorized stockholder transactions if they reasonably believe that such instructions were genuine. Our transfer agent has established reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions are genuine including requiring the stockholder to provide certain specific identifying information on file and sending written confirmation to stockholders of record. Stockholders, or their designated custodian or fiduciary, should carefully review such correspondence to ensure that the instructions were properly acted upon. If any discrepancies are noted, the stockholder, or its agent, should contact his, her or its financial representative as well as our transfer agent in a timely manner, but in no event more than 60 days from receipt of such correspondence. Failure to notify such entities in a timely manner will relieve us, our transfer agent and the financial representative of any liability with respect to the discrepancy.

 

Business Combinations

 

Under the MGCL, business combinations between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

·any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10.0% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

·an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10.0% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation.

 

A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board of directors.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

·80.0% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

·two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares of stock held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

 

80

 

 

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if, among other things, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under the MGCL, for their shares of our common stock and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder.

 

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution providing that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from this statute, provided that such business combination is first approved by our board of directors. This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed or our board of directors fails to first approve the business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

The MGCL provides that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition has no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of stockholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares of stock owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares of stock entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

·one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

·one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

·a majority or more of all voting power.

 

Control shares do not include shares of stock the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares of stock. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders’ meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares of stock are considered and not approved or, if no such meeting is held, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders’ meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares of stock as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

 

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares of stock acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction, or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

 

81

 

 

Subtitle 8

 

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:

 

·a classified board of directors;

 

·a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

 

·a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

·a requirement that a vacancy on the board of directors be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and

 

·a majority requirement for the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders.

 

In our charter, we have elected that at such time as we become eligible to make the election provided for under Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL, vacancies on our board of directors be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, provided that the number is not less than three. We have not elected to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

 

Vacancies on Board of Directors; Removal of Directors

 

Unless filled by a vote of the stockholders as permitted by Maryland law, a vacancy that results from the removal of a director will be filled by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors for any other cause will be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies. For so long as our Advisory Agreement is in effect, our Advisor has the right to designate for nomination, subject to the ultimate approval of such nomination by our board of directors, one director that is affiliated with our Advisor to the slate of directors to be voted on by our stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, our board of directors must also consult with our Advisor in connection with filling any vacancies created by the removal, resignation, retirement or death of any director who is affiliated with our Advisor until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Any director may resign at any time and may be removed with or without cause by our stockholders upon the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. The notice of any special meeting called for the purpose of the proposed removal shall indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director shall be removed.

 

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

 

Our bylaws provide that:

 

with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, the only business to be considered and the only proposals to be acted upon will be those properly brought before the annual meeting:

 

opursuant to our notice of the meeting;

 

oby, or at the direction of, a majority of our board of directors; or

 

oby a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws;

 

owith respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our Company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders unless otherwise provided by law; and

 

82

 

 

nominations of persons for election to our board of directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be made only:

 

oby, or at the direction of, our board of directors; or

 

oby a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws.

 

Generally, in accordance with our bylaws, a stockholder seeking to nominate a director or bring other business before our annual meeting of stockholders must deliver a notice to our secretary not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders. For a stockholder seeking to nominate a candidate for our board of directors, the notice must include all information regarding the nominee that would be required in connection with the solicitation for the election of such nominee, including name, address, occupation and number of shares held. For a stockholder seeking to propose other business, the notice must include a description of the proposed business, the reasons for the proposal and other specified matters.

 

Forum for Certain Litigation

 

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In the event that any action or proceeding described in the preceding sentence is pending in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, any record or beneficial stockholder of the Company who commences such an action shall cooperate in a request that the action be assigned to the court’s Business and Technology Case Management Program. This provision of our bylaws does not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction or to claims under state securities laws.

 

Tender Offers

 

Our charter provides that any tender offer made by any person, including any “mini-tender” offer, must comply with the provisions of Regulation 14D of the Exchange Act, including the notice and disclosure requirements. Among other things, the offeror must provide us notice of such tender offer at least ten business days before initiating the tender offer. If a person makes a tender offer that does not comply with such provisions, we may elect to grant tendering stockholders a rescission right with respect to their tendered shares. In addition, the non-complying offeror will be responsible for all of our expenses in connection with that offeror’s noncompliance.

 

Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of our Charter and Bylaws

 

The business combination provisions and the control share acquisition provisions of Maryland law, the provision of our charter electing to be subject to a provision of Subtitle 8, and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for stockholders or otherwise be in their best interest.

 

Springing Charter Provisions in the Event of an Initial Public Offering

 

In the future, we may conduct an initial public offering of our common stock. Because shares of our common stock are not listed on a national securities exchange, and are not expected to be listed in connection with a future public offering of shares of our common stock, we would be required to register an initial public offering with the state securities administrators in each state in which we desired to offer securities for sale. In offerings that are subject to their regulation, most states hold real estate investment trusts to the standards set forth in the Statement of Policy Regarding Real Estate Investment Trusts promulgated by the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., or the “NASAA REIT Guidelines.” As a result, our current charter includes a number of “springing” provisions that are required by the NASAA REIT Guidelines and will come into effect only upon the commencement of an initial public offering.

 

83

 

 

Summary of Our Operating Partnership Agreement

 

We have summarized below the material terms and provisions of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Stirling REIT OP, LP, which we refer to as the “partnership agreement.”

 

Management of Our Operating Partnership

 

Stirling REIT OP, LP was formed on September 26, 2023 as a Delaware limited partnership, to acquire and hold assets on our behalf. We intend to hold substantially all of our assets in the Operating Partnership or in subsidiary entities in which the Operating Partnership owns an interest. For purposes of satisfying the asset and gross income tests for qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our proportionate share of the assets and income of the Operating Partnership will be deemed to be our assets and income.

 

We are and expect to continue to be the sole member of the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. As of the date of this filing, the only limited partners of the Operating Partnership are us (through a wholly owned subsidiary), Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership and Ashford TRS Corporation, the contributors of the initial portfolio of hotels, and together, the “Anchor Investor,” and the Advisor. As of the date of this filing, the Anchor Investor and the Advisor owned approximately 99.432% and 0.568%, respectively, of the limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership. Stirling REIT Special Limited Partner LLC is the special limited partner of the Operating Partnership and an affiliate of Ashford.

 

As the sole member of the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, we have the exclusive power to manage and conduct the business of the Operating Partnership. A general partner is accountable to a limited partnership as a fiduciary and consequently must exercise good faith and integrity in handling partnership affairs. No limited partner of the Operating Partnership may transact business for the Operating Partnership or participate in management activities or decisions, except as provided in the partnership agreement and as required by applicable law. We may not be removed as general partner by the limited partners. Our board of directors will at all times have oversight and policy-making authority, including responsibility for governance, financial controls, compliance and disclosure with respect to the Operating Partnership. However, pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, we have delegated to our Advisor authority to make decisions related to the management of our and the Operating Partnership’s assets, including sourcing, evaluating and monitoring our investment opportunities and making decisions related to the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of our assets, in accordance with our investment objectives, guidelines, policies and limitations, subject to oversight by our board of directors.

 

The Limited Partners have expressly acknowledged and any future limited partners of the Operating Partnership will expressly acknowledge that we, as general partner, are acting on behalf of the Operating Partnership, ourselves and our stockholders collectively. Neither we nor our board of directors is under any obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the limited partners of the Operating Partnership or our stockholders in deciding whether to cause the Operating Partnership to take or decline to take any actions. If there is a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the Operating Partnership’s limited partners on the other, we will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the Operating Partnership’s limited partners, provided, however, that for so long as we own a controlling interest in the Operating Partnership, any conflict that cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the Operating Partnership’s limited partners shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders. We are not liable under the partnership agreement to the Operating Partnership or to any of its limited partners for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by such limited partners in connection with such decisions, provided that we have acted in good faith.

 

The partnership agreement requires that the Operating Partnership be operated in a manner that will enable us to (1) satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless we otherwise cease to qualify as a REIT, (2) avoid any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability and (3) ensure that the Operating Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” that is taxable as a corporation.

 

Capital Contributions

 

We intend to contribute the net proceeds from our private offering, after payment of certain fees and expenses attributable to our offering and operations, to the Operating Partnership as capital contributions. However, we will be deemed to have made capital contributions in the amount of the gross offering proceeds received from investors, and the Operating Partnership will be deemed to have simultaneously paid the fees, commissions and other costs associated with our private offering and our operations.

 

If the Operating Partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of capital contributions made by us, the Operating Partnership may borrow funds from a financial institution or other lenders or we or any of our affiliates may provide such additional funds through loans, the purchase of additional partnership interests or otherwise (which we or such affiliates will have the option, but not the obligation, of providing). In addition, the Operating Partnership may admit additional limited partners whose investments may be subject to a different management fee, performance participation allocation and repurchase limitations if our board of directors concludes in good faith that such admittance is in our best interest.

 

84

 

 

Limited Partnership Units Generally

 

Limited partnership units represent an interest as a limited partner in the Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership may issue additional partnership units and classes of partnership units with rights different from, and superior to, those of limited partnership units of any class, without the consent of the limited partners or our stockholders. Holders of limited partnership units do not have any preemptive rights with respect to the issuance of additional units.

 

Limited partners of any class do not have the right to participate in the management of the Operating Partnership. Limited partners of any class who do not participate in the management of the Operating Partnership, by virtue of their status as limited partners, generally are not liable for the debts and liabilities of the Operating Partnership beyond the amount of their capital contributions. The voting rights of the limited partners of any class are generally limited to approval of specific types of amendments to the Operating Partnership agreement.

 

Partnership interests in the Operating Partnership, other than the special limited partner interest and general partner interest, are currently divided into the following classes of units: (a) Class T units; (b) Class S units; (c) Class D units; (d) Class I units; and (e) Class E.

 

Class T Units, Class S Units, Class D Units, Class I Units and Class E Units.

 

In general, the Class T, S, D, I and E units are intended to correspond on a one-for-one basis with our Class T, S, D, I and E shares. When we receive proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock, we will contribute such proceeds to the Operating Partnership and receive Operating Partnership units that correspond to the classes of our shares sold.

 

In general, each Class T, S, D, I and E unit will share in distributions from the Operating Partnership when such distributions are declared by us, the general partner, which decision will be made in our sole discretion. Distributions made with respect to Operating Partnership units, and the NAV per unit, may differ among classes of units as a result of class-specific accruals for ongoing distribution fees, management fees and the performance participation allocation, just as they do with respect to our classes of common stock. Upon the Operating Partnership’s liquidation, Class T, S, D and E units will automatically convert to Class I units, in proportion to the NAV per unit of each class, and the resulting Class I units will share on a unit-by-unit basis in the assets of the operating partnership that are available for distribution, after payment of all liabilities, establishment of reserves and after payment of any preferred return owed to holders of any limited partnership preferred units and payment of the portion distributable to the holder of the special limited partner interest. In addition, a portion of the items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the operating partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be allocated to each limited partnership unit, regardless of whether any distributions are made by the Operating Partnership.

 

For each Class T, S, D, I and E unit, investors generally will be required to contribute money or property, with a net equity value determined by the general partner. Holders of Operating Partnership units will not be obligated to make additional capital contributions to the Operating Partnership. Further, these holders will not have the right to make additional capital contributions to the Operating Partnership or to purchase additional Operating Partnership units without our consent as general partner.

 

Our Advisor may elect to receive its management fee in cash, Class E shares or Class E units, and distributions on the Special Limited Partner’s performance participation allocation may be distributable in cash or Class E units at the election of the Special Limited Partner. To the extent that the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E units, the Special Limited Partner may request that the Operating Partnership repurchase such Class E units for cash at the then-current NAV per unit. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners.

 

85

 

 

The Operating Partnership will repurchase any such Class E units for Class E shares of our common stock or cash (at the Special Limited Partner’s election) unless our board of directors determines that any such repurchase for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, in which case such Class E units will be repurchased for Class E shares of our common stock. See Item 7, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—The Advisory Agreement—Management Fee, Performance Participation and Expense Reimbursements” above and “—Special Limited Partner Interest” below.

 

For holders other than us, our Advisor or the Special Limited Partner, after owning an Operating Partnership unit for one year, Operating Partnership unitholders generally may, subject to certain restrictions, exchange Operating Partnership units for a corresponding number of shares of our common stock. Our Advisor and the Special Limited Partner may exchange Class E units for a corresponding number of Class E shares or for cash and will have registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock. See “—Registration Rights Agreements.”

 

Special Limited Partner Interest

 

So long as our Advisory Agreement has not been terminated (including by means of non-renewal), the Special Limited Partner will hold a performance participation interest in the Operating Partnership that entitles it to receive an allocation from our Operating Partnership equal to 12.5% of the Total Return, subject to a 5% Hurdle Amount and a High-Water Mark, with a Catch-Up (each term as defined below). Such allocation will be measured on a calendar year basis, made quarterly and accrued monthly. The performance participation allocation will accrue on a class-specific basis. Because the portion of the Total Return attributable to Class E units of the Operating Partnership will be excluded from all performance participation calculations, no portion of the allocation will accrue to Class E units of the Operating Partnership.

 

Promptly following the end of each calendar quarter that is not also the end of a calendar year, the Special Limited Partner will be entitled to a performance participation allocation as described above calculated in respect of the portion of the year to date, less any performance participation allocation received with respect to prior quarters in that year (the “Quarterly Allocation”). The performance participation allocation that the Special Limited Partner is entitled to receive at the end of each calendar year will be reduced by the cumulative amount of Quarterly Allocations that year.

 

Specifically, the Special Limited Partner will be allocated a performance participation in an amount equal to:

 

·First, if the Total Return for the applicable period exceeds the sum of (i) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (ii) the Loss Carryforward Amount (any such excess, “Excess Profits”), 100% of such Excess Profits until the total amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner equals 12.5% of the sum of (x) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (y) any amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this clause (this is commonly referred to as a “Catch-Up”); and

 

·Second, to the extent there are remaining Excess Profits, 12.5% of such remaining Excess Profits.

 

“Total Return” for any period since the end of the prior calendar year shall equal the sum of:

 

(i)            all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on the Class T units, Class S units, Class D units and Class I units of the Operating Partnership (collectively referred to as, the “Performance Participation OP Units”) outstanding at the end of such period since the beginning of the then-current calendar year plus

 

(ii)            the change in aggregate NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units since the beginning of the year, before giving effect to (x) changes resulting solely from the proceeds of issuances of Performance Participation OP Units, (y) any allocation/accrual to the performance participation interest related to the Performance Participation OP Units and (z) applicable distribution fee expenses related to the Performance Participation OP Units (including any payments made to us for payment of such expenses).

 

86

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Total Return will (i) include any appreciation or depreciation in the NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units issued during the then-current calendar year but (ii) exclude the proceeds from the initial issuance of such Performance Participation OP Units and any upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

 

“Hurdle Amount” for any period during a calendar year means that amount that results in a 5% annualized internal rate of return on the NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units outstanding at the beginning of the then-current calendar year and all Performance Participation OP Units issued since beginning of the then-current calendar year, taking into account the timing and amount of all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on all such Performance Participation OP Units and all issuances of Performance Participation OP Units over the period and calculated in accordance with recognized industry practices. The ending NAV of the Performance Participation OP Units used in calculating the internal rate of return will be calculated before giving effect to any allocation/accrual to the performance participation interest related to the Performance Participation OP Units and applicable distribution fee expenses related to the Performance Participation OP Units. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hurdle Amount for any period will exclude any Performance Participation OP Units repurchased during such period, which units will be subject to the performance participation allocation upon repurchase as described below.

 

Except as described in Loss Carryforward below, any amount by which the Total Return falls below the Hurdle Amount will not be carried forward to subsequent periods.

 

“Loss Carryforward Amount” shall initially equal zero and shall cumulatively increase by the absolute value of any negative annual Total Return and decrease by any positive annual Total Return, provided that the Loss Carryforward Amount shall at no time be less than zero and provided further that the calculation of the Loss Carryforward Amount will exclude the Total Return related to any Performance Participation OP Units repurchased during such year, which units will be subject to the performance participation allocation upon repurchase as described below. The effect of the Loss Carryforward Amount is that the recoupment of past annual Total Return losses will offset the positive annual Total Return for purposes of the calculation of the Special Limited Partner’s performance participation. This is referred to as a “High-Water Mark.”

 

The Special Limited Partner will also be allocated a performance participation with respect to all Performance Participation OP Units that are repurchased at the end of any month (in connection with repurchases of our shares in our share repurchase plan) in an amount calculated as described above with the relevant period being the portion of the year for which such unit was outstanding, and proceeds for any such unit repurchase will be reduced by the amount of any such performance participation.

 

If a Quarterly Allocation is made and at the end of a subsequent calendar quarter in the same calendar year the Special Limited Partner is entitled to less than the previously received Quarterly Allocation(s) (a “Quarterly Shortfall”), then subsequent distributions of any Quarterly Allocations or year-end performance participation allocations in that calendar year will be reduced by an amount equal to such Quarterly Shortfall, until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall remains. If all or any portion of a Quarterly Shortfall is not applied pursuant to the previous sentence by the end of such calendar year, distributions of any Quarterly Allocations and year-end performance participation allocations in the subsequent four calendar years will be reduced by (i) the remaining Quarterly Shortfall plus (ii) an annual rate of 5% on the remaining Quarterly Shortfall measured from the first day of the calendar year following the year in which the Quarterly Shortfall arose and compounded quarterly (collectively, the “Quarterly Shortfall Obligation”) until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains; provided, that the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) may make a full or partial cash payment to reduce the Quarterly Shortfall Obligation at any time; provided, further, that if any Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains following such subsequent four calendar years, then the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) will promptly pay the Operating Partnership the remaining Quarterly Shortfall Obligation in cash.

 

Distributions on the performance participation interest may be distributable in cash or Class E units at the election of the Special Limited Partner. To the extent that the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E units, the Special Limited Partner may request that the Operating Partnership repurchase such Class E units for cash at the then-current NAV per unit. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners.

 

87

 

 

The Operating Partnership will repurchase any such Class E units for Class E shares of our common stock or cash (at the Special Limited Partner’s election) unless our board of directors determines that any such repurchase for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, in which case such Class E units will be repurchased for Class E shares of our common stock.

 

The NAV of the Operating Partnership calculated on the last trading day of a calendar year shall be the amount against which changes in NAV is measured during the subsequent calendar year. In our first calendar year of operations, the performance participation will be prorated for the portion of the calendar year.

 

The measurement of the foregoing net assets change is also subject to adjustment by our board of directors to account for any unit dividend, unit split, recapitalization or any other similar change in the Operating Partnership’s capital structure or any distributions made after the commencement of the private offering that the board of directors deems to be a return of capital (if such changes are not already reflected in the Operating Partnership’s net assets).

 

Except as noted above with respect to Quarterly Allocations, the Special Limited Partner will not be obligated to return any portion of performance participation paid based on our subsequent performance.

 

Changes in our Operating Partnership’s NAV per unit of each class will generally correspond to changes in our NAV per share of the corresponding class of our common stock. Distributions with respect to the performance participation interest are calculated from the Operating Partnership’s Total Return over a calendar year. As a result, the Special Limited Partner is entitled to receive compensation under the performance participation for a given year even if some of our stockholders who purchased shares during such year experienced a decline in NAV per share. Similarly, stockholders whose shares are repurchased during a given year may have their shares repurchased at a lower NAV per share as a result of an accrual for the estimated performance participation at such time, even if no performance participation allocation for such year are ultimately payable to the Special Limited Partner at the end of such calendar year.

 

In the event our Advisory Agreement is terminated, the Special Limited Partner will be allocated any accrued performance participation with respect to all Operating Partnership units as of the date of such termination.

 

Issuance of Additional Limited Partnership Interests

 

As the sole member of the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, we will have the ability to cause the Operating Partnership to issue additional limited partnership interests (including Operating Partnership units), preferred partnership interests or convertible securities.

 

Our Operating Partnership allows us to be organized as an UPREIT. A sale of property directly to a REIT is generally a taxable transaction to the selling property owner. In an UPREIT structure, a seller of appreciated property who desires to defer taxable gain on the transfer of such property may, subject to meeting applicable tax requirements, transfer the property to the Operating Partnership in exchange for limited partnership interests (including Operating Partnership units) on a tax-free basis. Being able to offer a seller the opportunity to defer taxation of gain until the seller disposes of its interest in the Operating Partnership may give us a competitive advantage in acquiring desired properties relative to buyers who cannot offer this opportunity.

 

In addition, investing in the Operating Partnership, rather than in shares of our common stock, may be more attractive to certain institutional or other investors due to their business or tax structure.

 

Transferability of Interests

 

Without the consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners of the Operating Partnership, including interests held by us, we may not voluntarily withdraw as the general partner of the Operating Partnership, engage in any merger, consolidation or other business combination or transfer our general partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (except to a wholly owned subsidiary), unless: (1) the transaction in which such withdrawal, business combination or transfer occurs results in the limited partners of the Operating Partnership (other than us in our capacity as a general partner) receiving or having the right to receive an amount of cash, securities or other property equal in value to the amount they would have received if they had exercised their exchange rights immediately prior to such transaction or (2) in the case of a merger or other business combination, the successor entity contributes substantially all of its assets to the Operating Partnership in return for an interest in the Operating Partnership and agrees to assume all obligations of the general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

88

 

 

With certain exceptions, the limited partners may not transfer their interests in the Operating Partnership, in whole or in part, without our written consent, as general partner.

 

Exculpation

 

We, as general partner, will not be liable to the Operating Partnership or limited partners as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission, if the general partner acted in good faith. Therefore, purchasers of interests in the Operating Partnership have a more limited right of action than they would have absent the limitation in the partnership agreement.

 

Indemnification

 

The partnership agreement provides that to the extent indemnification is not prohibited under our charter we will be indemnified by our Operating Partnership for losses of any nature unless it is established that (i) the act or omission was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith, or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) we received an improper benefit in money, property or services or (iii) in the case of a criminal proceeding, we had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

 

Tax Matters

 

We are the Operating Partnership’s partnership representative and have the authority to make tax elections under the Code on the Operating Partnership’s behalf.

 

ITEM 12.INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Our organizational documents generally limit the personal liability of our stockholders, directors and officers for monetary damages and require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors, officers and our Advisor and any of its affiliates acting as our agents subject to the limitations of Maryland law. Maryland law permits a corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL allows directors and officers to be indemnified against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with a proceeding unless the following can be established:

 

·an act or omission of the director or officer was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding, and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

·the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

·with respect to any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her act or omission was unlawful.

 

A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by the corporation or in its right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses. The MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon receipt of a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

89

 

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Pursuant to the terms of these indemnification agreements, we would indemnify and advance expenses and costs incurred by our directors and executive officers in connection with any claims, suits or proceedings brought against such directors and executive officers as a result of his or her service. However, our indemnification obligation is subject to the limitations set forth in the indemnification agreements and in our charter. Our directors and officers are also covered by an insurance policy that covers directors and officers of certain entities sponsored by Ashford.

 

The general effect to investors of any arrangement under which any of our controlling persons, directors or officers are insured or indemnified against liability is a potential reduction in the value of our shares resulting from our payment of premiums, deductibles and other costs associated with such insurance or our payment of indemnified losses. In addition, indemnification could reduce the legal remedies available to us and our stockholders against the indemnified individuals.

 

To the extent consistent with the limitations in our charter, our Operating Partnership must also indemnify us, our directors, our officers, our Advisor and other persons we may designate against losses of any nature that relate to the operations of the Operating Partnership and must also advance expenses relating to the foregoing.

 

ITEM 13.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

See “Index to Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10.

 

ITEM 14.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES.

 

None.

 

90

 

 

ITEM 15.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

Financial Statements

 

See “Index to Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10.

 

Exhibits
No.
Description
3.1 Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Registrant”), effective as of December 4, 2023
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, dated of as December 6, 2023
4.1 Distribution Reinvestment Plan
10.1 Advisory Agreement by and among the Registrant, Stirling REIT OP, LP, Stirling TRS Corporation and Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC, dated as of December 6, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K (No. 001-36400) filed December 6, 2023
10.2 Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Stirling REIT OP, LP, dated as of December 6, 2023
10.3 Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.4 Independent Director Compensation Plan, dated as of December 6, 2023
10.5 Form of Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement
10.6 Dealer Manager Agreement of the Registrant and Ashford Securities, LLC*
10.7 Hotel Management Agreement of the Registrant and Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC, dated as of December 6, 2023
10.8 Project Management Agreement of the Registrant and Project Management LLC, dated as of December 6, 2023
10.9 Contribution Agreement by and among Stirling REIT OP, LP, Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership and Ashford TRS Corporation, dated as of December 6, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K (No. 001-31775) filed December 6, 2023
10.10 Lock-up Agreement between Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership and Stirling REIT OP, LP, dated as of December 6, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 on Form 8-K (No. 001-31775) filed December 6, 2023
10.11 Lock-up Agreement between Ashford TRS Corporation and Stirling REIT OP, LP, dated as of December 6, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 on Form 8-K (No. 001-31775) filed December 6, 2023
10.12 Loan Agreement by and among Ashford Buford I LP, Ashford Jacksonville IV LP, Ashford Buford II LP and RI Manchester Hotel Partners, LP and Bank of America, N.A., dated as of November 16, 2023
10.13 Consolidated, Renewal, Amended and Restated Promissory Note by Ashford Buford I LP, Ashford Jacksonville IV LP, Ashford Buford II LP and RI Manchester Hotel Partners, LP in favor of Bank of America, N.A., dated as of November 16, 2023
10.14 Form Director Confidentiality Agreement
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
99.1 Share Repurchase Plan
   
* To be filed by a subsequent amendment.

 

91

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.
  (Registrant)
   
December 15, 2023 /s/ Deric S. Eubanks
     
  Deric S. Eubanks
  President
   

 

 

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries  
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements  
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Balance Sheet F-3
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 F-4
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 F-5
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements F-6
Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-8
Consolidated Balance Sheet F-9
Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet F-10
Stirling Hotels (Predecessor)  
Audited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-15
Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets F-16
Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations F-17
Combined Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) F-18
Combined Consolidated Statements of Equity F-19
Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-20
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements F-21
Unaudited Interim Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements  
Condensed Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets F-32
Condensed Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations F-33
Condensed Combined Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) F-34
Condensed Combined Consolidated Statements of Equity F-35
Condensed Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-36
Notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements F-37

 

F-1

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and for the year ended December 31, 2022, have been derived from the historical (i) consolidated financial statements of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and subsidiaries (‘‘Stirling’’) and (ii) the combined consolidated financial statements of the four initial hotels of Stirling known as Stirling Hotels (the ‘‘Hotel Group’’).

 

The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following separate transactions:

 

· the historical financial results of the Hotel Group; and

 

· the completion of the acquisition of the four initial hotel properties and the assumption of the related property-level indebtedness by Stirling.

 

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 is presented to reflect adjustments to Stirling’s consolidated balance sheet as if the acquisition of the initial four hotel properties was completed on September 30, 2023. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022 are presented as if the acquisition of the initial four hotel properties was completed on January 1, 2022.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with (i) Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and subsidiaries’ consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2023 and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement and (ii) the Hotel Group’s historical combined consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement. We have based the unaudited pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The following unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position would have been as of September 30, 2023 assuming the transaction had been completed on September 30, 2023 or what actual results of operations would have been for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022 assuming the transactions had been completed on January 1, 2022, nor are they indicative of future results of operations or financial condition and should not be viewed as indicative of future results of operations or financial condition.

 

F-2

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

September 30, 2023

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

  

Stirling
Consolidated
Historical (A)

   Hotel Group
Combined
Consolidated (B)
   Adjustments     

Stirling
Combined
Consolidated
Pro Forma

 
ASSETS                       
Investment in hotel properties, net  $   $34,788   $(34,788)  (C) (i)  $56,200 
              56,200   (D)     
Cash and cash equivalents       1,628    200   (F)   1,828 
Restricted cash       1,681    6,171   (E)   7,852 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance       296           296 
Inventories       6           6 
Deferred costs, net       75    (75)  (C) (ii)    
Prepaid expenses       237           237 
Other assets       121           121 
Due from related parties, net       56           56 
Total assets  $   $38,888   $27,708      $66,596 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                       
Liabilities:                       
Indebtedness, net  $   $32,318   $(32,318)  (C) (iii)  $30,200 
              30,200   (D)     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses       1,715           1,715 
Due to Ashford Inc., net       63           63 
Due to third-party hotel manager       105           105 
Total liabilities       34,201    (2,118)      32,083 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in operating partnership             56,200   (D)   34,513 
              (30,200)  (D)     
              200   (F)     
              2,142   (C) (iv)     
              6,171   (E)     
Equity:                       
Preferred stock, $0.01 value, 100,000,000 shares authorized:                       
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding at November 30, 2023 and as adjusted                   
Additional paid-in-capital       4,687    (4,687)  (C) (v)    
                       
Total stockholders’ equity of the Company       4,687    (4,687)       
Total liabilities and equity  $   $38,888   $27,708      $66,596 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   Hotel Group
Combined
Consolidated
(AA)
   Adjustments     

Stirling
Combined
Consolidated
Pro Forma

 
REVENUE                  
Rooms  $12,630   $      $12,630 
Other   203           203 
Total hotel revenue   12,833           12,833 
EXPENSES                  
Hotel operating expenses:                  
Rooms   2,959           2,959 
Other expenses   4,656           4,656 
Management fees   544           544 
Total hotel operating expenses   8,159           8,159 
Property taxes, insurance and other   706           706 
Depreciation and amortization   2,706    (71)  (CC) (i)   2,635 
Advisory services fee   392    (273)  (BB)   455 
         336   (CC) (ii)     
Corporate general and administrative   147           147 
Total operating expenses   12,110    (8)      12,102 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)   723    8       731 
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs   (1,220)   (707)  (CC) (iii)   (1,927)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES   (497)   (699)      (1,196)
Income tax (expense) benefit   (349)   82   (CC) (iv)   (267)
NET INCOME (LOSS)   (846)   (617)      (1,463)
Net (income) loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in operating partnership       1,463   (CC) (v)   1,463 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDER  $(846)  $846      $ 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC:                  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder               $ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic        1   (DD)   1 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - DILUTED:                  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder               $ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted        1   (DD)   1 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   Hotel Group
Combined
Consolidated
(AA)
   Adjustments     

Stirling
Combined
Consolidated
Pro Forma

 
REVENUE                  
Rooms  $15,685   $      $15,685 
Other   228           228 
Total hotel revenue   15,913           15,913 
EXPENSES                  
Hotel operating expenses:                  
Rooms   3,813           3,813 
Other expenses   5,909           5,909 
Management fees   687           687 
Total hotel operating expenses   10,409           10,409 
Property taxes, insurance and other   830           830 
Depreciation and amortization   3,564    (51)  (CC) (i)   3,513 
Advisory services fee   512    (357)  (BB)   603 
         448   (CC) (ii)     
Corporate general and administrative   101           101 
Total operating expenses   15,416    40       15,456 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)   497    (40)      457 
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs   (1,660)   (909)  (CC) (iii)   (2,569)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES   (1,163)   (949)      (2,112)
Income tax (expense) benefit   (493)   119   (CC) (iv)   (374)
NET INCOME (LOSS)   (1,656)   (830)      (2,486)
Net (income) loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in operating partnership       2,486   (CC) (v)   2,486 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDER  $(1,656)  $1,656      $ 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC:                  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder               $ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic        1   (DD)   1 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - DILUTED:                  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder               $ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted        1   (DD)   1 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“Stirling”or the “Company”) is a newly formed Maryland corporation that invests primarily in a diverse portfolio of stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales primarily located in the United States and operated under widely recognized brands. Stirling REIT OP, LP, Stirling’s operating partnership (‘‘Stirling OP’’), was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on September 26, 2023. Stirling expects its operations to be carried out through Stirling OP. Initially, Stirling will not hold any economic interest in Stirling OP, however it will have control of Stirling OP as determined under the consolidation rules of generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, Stirling will consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Stirling OP.

 

On December 6, 2023, Stirling, through Stirling OP acquired the entities comprising the Company’s Predecessor, which owns four hotel assets and assumed a mortgage loan secured by the four hotel assets (the “Hotel Group”) from Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Hospitality OP”) and Ashford TRS Corporation (“Ashford Hospitality TRS” and together with Ashford Hospitality OP, the “Anchor Investor”), each a subsidiary of Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. (“Ashford Trust”) in exchange for 1,400,943 Class I units of Stirling OP at a price per unit equal to $25.00 pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”), by and among Stirling OP and the Anchor Investor. The purchase price was approximately $35.0 million, which is comprised of an estimated fair value of $56.2 million for the four hotel assets, the assumption of a mortgage loan with an estimated fair value of approximately $30.2 million and approximately $9.0 million of net working capital, and is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. The Company has not yet completed the purchase price allocation for the acquisition.

 

Stirling has filed a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.The Company intends to undertake a continuous private offering to accredited investors, pursuant to which it will offer and sell up to $1,000,000,000 in shares of its common stock consisting of up to $900,000,000 in shares in the primary offering and up to $100,000,000 in shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan (the “Offering”). The Company intends to sell any combination of four classes of shares of its common stock, Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes will have different upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and ongoing distribution fees. The purchase price per share for each class of common stock will vary and will generally equal the Company’s prior month’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as calculated monthly, plus applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

 

The Company intends to authorize Class E shares for the Advisor and its affiliates for receipt in payment of the management fee and the distribution of the performance participation allocation. The Class E shares are not subject to any upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees, distribution fees, management fees payable to the Advisor or the performance participation allocation to the Special Limited Partner.

 

2. Adjustments to Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

The adjustments to the pro forma combined consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023, are as follows:

 

(A)Represents the historical consolidated balance sheet of Stirling as of November 30, 2023. Stirling was incorporated on September 5, 2023 and has no activity since its inception other than the issuance of one share of common stock for $25 per share that was funded with cash.

(B)Represents the historical combined consolidated balance sheet of the Hotel Group as of September 30, 2023.

(C)Represents adjustments for Stirling’s acquisition of the Hotel Group as of September 30, 2023, which include: (i) the removal of the historical cost of the investment in hotel properties; (ii) the removal of the deferred costs not acquired; (iii) the removal of the historical cost of the refinanced mortgage loans that were not assumed; (iv) the additional common units issued for the net working capital acquired; and (v) the removal of the historical equity of the Hotel Group.

(D)Represents the acquisition of the four hotel properties for a gross purchase price of $56.2 million, net of debt assumed of $30.2 million. The consideration for the acquisition was common units in Stirling OP at a price of $25 per common unit. This preliminary purchase price allocation has been used to prepare the transaction accounting adjustments in the pro forma balance sheet and income statement. The final purchase price allocation will be determined when the Company has completed the detailed valuations and necessary calculations. The final allocation could differ materially from the preliminary allocation used in the transaction accounting adjustments. The final allocation may include (1) changes in fair values of property, plant and equipment; (2) changes in allocations to intangible assets, including but not limited to such items as trade names, technology and customer relationships; and (3) other changes to assets and liabilities.

 

F-6

 

 

(E)Reflects issuance of common units for the initial reserves for planned capital expenditure associated with the assumed mortgage loan.

(F)Reflects an investment of $200,000 from Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC, a subsidiary of Ashford Inc. in Stirling OP paid in cash. In return Stirling OP issued 8,000 Stirling OP common units at a price of $25 per common unit.

 

3. Adjustments to Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

The adjustments to the pro forma combined consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022 are as follows:

 

(AA)Represents the historical combined consolidated statements of operations of the Hotel Group for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022.

(BB)Represents an adjustment to remove the historical allocated base advisory fees, from the Hotel Group; and

(CC)Represents adjustments for Stirling’s acquisition of the Hotel Group for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, which include: (i) the estimated depreciation expense based on Stirling’s estimated preliminary new cost basis in the acquired Hotel Group. The estimated useful lives are 39 years for buildings, 10 years for land improvements, 7.5 years for land improvements and five years for furniture, fixtures and equipment; (ii) advisory fees related to the annual management fee of 1.25% of aggregate NAV to be paid under the advisory agreement entered into between Stirling and Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC ; (iii) the interest expense associated with the $30.2 million of indebtedness assumed; (iv) income tax expense to reflect total income tax expense as if the Company filed a consolidated tax return with the Hotel Group; and (v) net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in operating partnership for the ownership interests of Ashford Trust and Ashford Inc. discussed in (C), (E), (F) and (G) above. This represents an aggregate 100% economic interest in Stirling OP.

(DD)Represents an adjustment for the one weighted average share of common stock outstanding for nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

F-7

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Stockholder and Board of Directors

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

Dallas, Texas

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statement

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2023 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statement”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at November 30, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

This consolidated financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2023.

 

Dallas, Texas

 

December 15, 2023

 

F-8

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

   November 30, 2023 
ASSETS     
Cash and cash equivalents  $25 
Total Assets  $25 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     
Total Liabilities  $ 
Commitments and contingencies (see note 6)     
Equity     
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and 1 share issued and outstanding at November 30, 2023  $ 
Additional paid-in-capital   25 
Total equity   25 
Total Liabilities and Equity  $25 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-9

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

1. Organization

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on September 1, 2023 as a Maryland corporation and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with the taxable year ending December 31, 2024. Substantially all of the Company’s business will be conducted through Stirling REIT OP, LP (“Stirling OP”), a Delaware limited partnership formed on September 26, 2023 and a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. The Company is the sole member of the sole general partner of Stirling OP and owns a non-economic general partner interest in Stirling OP. A wholly owned subsidiary of the Company is the sole limited partner of Stirling OP. Stirling REIT Special Limited Partner LLC (the “Special Limited Partner”), a Delaware limited partnership, will own a special limited partner interest in Stirling OP. In addition, in order for the income from any hotel property investments to constitute “rents from real properties” for purposes of the gross income test required for REIT qualification, the Company will lease each hotel property to a subsidiary of Stirling OP, which we intend to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS.

 

The Company was organized to invest primarily in a diverse portfolio of stabilized income-producing hotels and resorts across all chain scales primarily located in the United States and operated under widely recognized brands. The Company and Stirling OP will be externally managed by Stirling REIT Advisors LLC (the “Advisor”), an affiliate of Ashford Inc. (“Ashford”), the Company’s sponsor. As of November 30, 2023, the Company had not commenced its principal operations.

 

On December 6, 2023, Stirling OP acquired the equity interests in entities that own four hotel assets and assumed a mortgage loan secured by the four hotel assets from subsidiaries of Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. (“Ashford Trust”) in exchange for common units in Stirling OP and commenced operations. Additional information regarding the contribution and additional agreements entered in connection with the commencement of operations is included in note 7.

 

2. Capitalization

 

As of November 30, 2023, the Company was authorized to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock. On September 5, 2023, the Company was capitalized with a $25 investment from its sole stockholder in exchange for the issuance of one share of the Company’s common stock.

 

The Company intends to undertake a continuous private offering to accredited investors, pursuant to which it will offer and sell up to $1,000,000,000 in shares of its common stock consisting of up to $900,000,000 in shares in the primary offering and up to $100,000,000 in shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan (the “Offering”). The Company intends to sell any combination of four classes of shares of its common stock, Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes will have different upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and ongoing distribution fees. The purchase price per share for each class of common stock will vary and will generally equal the Company’s prior month’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as calculated monthly, plus applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

 

The Company intends to authorize Class E shares for the Advisor and its affiliates for receipt in payment of the management fee and the distribution of the performance participation allocation. The Class E shares are not subject to any upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees, distribution fees, management fees payable to the Advisor or the performance participation allocation to the Special Limited Partner. See note 4 for additional information on fees payable to the Advisor and its affiliates.

 

Subsequent to November 30, 2023, the Company filed Articles of Amendment and Restatement (the “Charter”) to designate the Class T, Class S, Class D, Class I and Class E shares of common stock. See note 7 for additional information on the filing of the Charter.

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accompanying audited financial statement has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation—The accompanying consolidated financial statement includes the accounts of the Company and Stirling OP. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Separate statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because principal operations have not commenced.

 

F-10

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)

 

Use of Estimates—The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents represent cash held in banks, cash on hand, and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company may have bank balances in excess of federally insured amounts; however, the Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents with high credit-quality institutions to minimize credit risk exposure. The Company did not hold cash equivalents as of November 30, 2023.

 

Income Taxes—The Company is a taxable corporation for the period ended December 31, 2023. The Company intends to make an election to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code beginning with its taxable year ending December 31, 2024. Until that time, the Company will be subject to taxation at regular corporate rates under the Internal Revenue Code. If the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal corporate income tax to the extent it distributes 90% of its taxable income to its stockholders. REITs are subject to a number of other organizational and operational requirements. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, it may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its income and property, and federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

 

Organization and Offering Expenses—The Advisor has agreed to advance organization and offering expenses on behalf of the Company (including legal, accounting, and other expenses attributable to the organization, but excluding upfront selling commissions, dealer manager fees and distribution fees) through December 31, 2024. Pursuant to the proposed advisory agreement, the Company will reimburse the Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over a 60 month period commencing January 1, 2025. As of November 30, 2023, the Advisor and its affiliates have incurred organization and offering expenses on the Company’s behalf of approximately $1.6 million. These organization and offering expenses are not recorded in the accompanying balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the date on which the Company accepts its first subscription in its private offering. When recorded by the Company, organizational expenses will be expensed as incurred, and offering expenses will be charged to stockholders’ equity as such amounts will be reimbursed to the Advisor or its affiliates from the gross proceeds of the Offering. Any amount due to the Advisor but not paid will be recognized as a liability on the balance sheet.

 

Operating Expenses—Operating expenses incurred directly by the Company are expensed in the period incurred. The Advisor will advance on behalf of the Company certain of the Company’s general and administrative expenses through December 31, 2024, at which point the Company will reimburse the Advisor for all such advanced expenses ratably over a 60 month period commencing January 1, 2025.

 

4. Related Party Transactions

 

Certain affiliates of the Company, including the Advisor, will receive fees and compensation in connection with the offering and ongoing management of the assets of the Company.

 

Advisory Agreement—The Company intends to enter into an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Advisor. Pursuant to the advisory agreement between the Company, Stirling OP, Stirling TRS Corporation (“Stirling TRS”), a Delaware corporation and the Company’s taxable REIT subsidiary, and the Advisor, the Advisor is responsible for sourcing, evaluating and monitoring the Company’s investment opportunities and making decisions related to the acquisition, management, financing and disposition of the Company’s assets, in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives, guidelines, policies and limitations, subject to oversight by the Company’s board of directors. See note 7.

 

The Advisor will be paid an annual management fee (payable monthly in arrears) of 1.25% of aggregate NAV represented by the Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I shares. Additionally, to the extent Stirling OP issues Class T, Class S, Class D or Class I operating partnership units to parties other than the Company, Stirling OP will pay the Advisor a management fee equal to 1.25% of the aggregate NAV of Stirling OP attributable to such Class T, Class S, Class D and Class I operating partnership units not held by the Company per annum payable monthly in arrears. No management fee will be paid with respect to Class E shares or Class E units of Stirling OP. The management fee is allocated on a class-specific basis and borne by all holders of the applicable class. The management fee will be paid, at the Advisor’s election, in cash, Class E shares or Class E units of Stirling OP. If the Advisor elects to receive any portion of its management fee in Class E shares or Class E units of Stirling OP, the Company may be obligated to repurchase such Class E shares or Class E units from the Advisor at a later date. Such repurchases will be outside the Company’s share repurchase plan and thus will not be subject to the repurchase limits of the share repurchase plan or any early repurchase deduction.

 

F-11

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)

 

The Company does not intend to pay the Advisor any acquisition or other similar fees in connection with making investments. The Company will, however, reimburse the Advisor for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the selection and acquisition of properties and real estate related debt, whether or not such investments are acquired, and make payments to third parties in connection with making investments.

 

In addition to organization and offering expense and acquisition expense reimbursements, the Company will reimburse the Advisor for out-of-pocket costs and expenses it incurs in connection with the services it provides to the Company, including, but not limited to, (i) the actual cost of goods and services used by the Company and obtained from third parties, including fees paid to administrators, consultants, attorneys, technology providers and other service providers, and brokerage fees paid in connection with the purchase and sale of investments, (ii) expenses of managing and operating the Company’s properties, whether payable to an affiliate or a non-affiliated person, and (iii) expenses related to personnel of the Advisor performing services for the Company other than those who provide investment advisory services or serve as executive officers of the Company.

 

Stirling OP Agreement—Upon the amendment and restatement of the agreement of limited partnership of Stirling OP (the “Stirling OP Agreement”), the Special Limited Partner will hold a performance participation interest in Stirling OP that entitles it to receive an allocation from Stirling OP equal to 12.5% of the annual Total Return, subject to a 5% annual Hurdle Amount and a High-Water Mark, with a Catch-Up (each term as will be defined in the Stirling OP Agreement). Such allocation will be measured on a calendar basis, made quarterly and accrue monthly. Class E units of Stirling OP will not be subject to the performance participation allocation. Distributions on the performance participation interest may be payable in cash or Class E units at the election of the Special Limited Partner. To the extent that the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E units, the Special Limited Partner may request that Stirling OP repurchase such Class E units for cash at the then-current NAV per unit. Repurchase requests for Class E units will not be subject to the one-year hold period provided for other limited partners. See note 7.

 

Master Hotel Management Agreement—The Company, through Stirling TRS, intends to enter a master hotel management agreement (the “Master Hotel Management Agreement”) with Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC (“Remington Hospitality”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Ashford, to provide hotel and restaurant management services for certain of the Company’s hotels. For providing these services, Remington Hospitality will receive a monthly base fee on assets managed that is equal to the greater of (i) $16,897 (to be increased annually based on any increases in CPI over the preceding annual period) or (ii) 3% of a property’s gross revenues. Remington Hospitality may also earn an incentive management fee that is equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of a hotel’s gross revenues for each fiscal year and (ii) the amount by which the actual house profit exceeds the budgeted house profit determined on a property-by-property basis. See note 7.

 

Master Project Management Agreement—The Company intends to enter a master project management agreement (the “Master Project Management Agreement”) with Premier Project Management LLC (“Premier”), a subsidiary of Ashford, to provide design, construction, architecture, development or project management, procurement and other project related services to the Company and its properties. For providing these services, Premier may earn a project management fee equal to 4% of the total project costs associated with the implementation of the capital improvement budget, an architecture fee that is 6.5% of the total construction costs, an interior design fee that is 6.0% of the purchase price of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FFE”), a procurement fee of 8.0% of the purchase price of FFE (if the purchase price of such FFE exceeds $2,000,000 for a specific hotel in a calendar year, the procurement fee shall be reduced to 6.0% for all FFE purchased in excess of $2,000,000), a construction fee of 10% of the total construction costs (for projects without a general contractor), a freight expediting fee that is 8% of the cost of expediting FFE, a warehousing fee that is 8% of the cost of warehousing goods delivered to the job site and a development fee of 4% on the total project costs associated with a development project. See note 7.

 

Miscellaneous Agreements—Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, and provided that the Company has the right to control the decision of the award of the applicable contract, Remington Hospitality, Premier, and other affiliates of the Advisor have exclusive rights to provide the applicable products and services to the Company on the terms and conditions described in the private placement memorandum for the Offering.

 

F-12

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)

 

5. Economic Dependency

 

The Company will be dependent on the Advisor and its affiliates for certain services that are essential to it, including the sale of the Company’s shares of common stock, acquisition and disposition decisions, hotel management, and certain other responsibilities. In the event that the Advisor and its affiliates are unable to provide such services, the Company would be required to find alternative service providers.

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is not subject to any material litigation nor is the Company aware of any material litigation threatened against it.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

Articles of Amendment and Restatement

 

On December 4, 2023, the Company filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation the (“SDAT”) Articles of Amendment and Restatement to provide that the Company has the authority to issue a total of 1,400,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 1,300,000,000 shares are classified as common stock, of which 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class D common stock, 100,000,000 of which are classified as Class E common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class I common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class S common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class T common stock, and 100,000,000 shares are classified as preferred stock with a par value $0.01 per share. In addition, the sole share of common stock outstanding was reclassified as a Class I share of common stock. The Charter was effective upon filing.

 

Commencement of Operations

 

On December 6, 2023, the Company, through Stirling OP acquired the entities comprising the Company’s Predecessor, which owns four hotel assets and assumed a mortgage loan secured by the four hotel assets (the “Initial Portfolio”) from Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Hospitality OP”) and Ashford TRS Corporation (“Ashford Hospitality TRS,” and together with Ashford Hospitality OP, the “Anchor Investor”), each a subsidiary of Ashford Trust, in exchange for Class I units of Stirling OP pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement (the Contribution Agreement”), by and among Stirling OP and the Anchor Investor. The purchase price was approximately $56.2 million. Additionally, the Company assumed a mortgage loan with an estimated fair value of approximately $30.2 million. The acquisition is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments. The Company has not yet completed the purchase price allocation for the acquisition. As a result of the recent date of the transaction, the Company is still evaluating the accounting for the transaction; therefore it is impractical for the Company to provide any of the required disclosures.

 

Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement the Anchor Investor entered into a lock-up agreement with respect to its Class I units that restrict the assignment, sale, and transfer of the units for a period of one year following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). In addition, pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Anchor Investor is prohibited from redeeming the Class I units for a period of three years following such closing. At the end of the three-year period, the Class I units may be redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Stirling OP Agreement and any Class I units converted to shares of the Company’s Class I common stock may be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s share repurchase plan. In addition, the Anchor Investor agreed not to withdraw as a participant in the distribution reinvestment plan of Stirling OP, and thereby receive any distributions payable on its Class I units in additional Class I units, through December 31, 2024.

 

Concurrently with entry into the Contribution Agreement, the Company, directly or through its wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into the Advisory Agreement, the Stirling OP Agreement, the Master Hotel Management Agreement and the Master Project Management Agreement, each as described in additional detail in note 4.

 

On December 7, 2023, Stirling OP issued 8,000 Class E units at a price of $25.00 per unit to the Advisor in exchange for a cash contribution of $200,000.

 

F-13

 

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)

 

Declaration of Distributions

 

On December 14, 2023, our board of directors declared a distribution for the month of December of $0.1042 per unit/share for outstanding OP unitholders and common stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 31, 2023, to be paid January 15, 2024.

 

Subsequent events for the reporting period ended November 30, 2023, were evaluated through December 15, 2023, the date the consolidated balance sheet was available for issuance and there were no additional events to accrue or disclose.

 

F-14

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Stockholder and Board of Directors

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

Dallas, Texas

 

Opinion on the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets of Stirling Hotels (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related combined consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “combined consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These combined consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s combined consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Emphasis of Matter

 

As discussed in Notes 1 and 2 to the combined consolidated financial statements, Stirling Hotels is not a stand-alone entity. The combined consolidated financial statements of Stirling Hotels reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses directly attributable to Stirling Hotels, as well as allocations deemed reasonable by management, to present the financial position, results of operations, equity, and cash flows of Stirling Hotels on a stand-alone basis and do not necessarily reflect the financial position, results of operations, equity, and cash flows of Stirling Hotels in the future or what they would have been had Stirling Hotels been a separate, standalone entity during the periods presented.

 

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2023.

 

Dallas, Texas

 

December 15, 2023

 

F-15

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
ASSETS          
Investments in hotel properties, net   $33,738   $33,113 
Cash and cash equivalents    997    996 
Restricted cash    1,232    2,813 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $0 and $1, respectively    243    271 
Inventories    3    4 
Deferred costs, net    87    102 
Prepaid expenses    205    176 
Other assets    108    14 
Due from related parties, net    40    48 
Total assets   $36,653   $37,537 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
Liabilities:          
Indebtedness, net   $32,910   $33,741 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    1,290    850 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    42    2 
Due to third-party hotel manager    67    23 
Total liabilities    34,309    34,616 
Commitments and contingencies (note 8)          
Total equity    2,344    2,921 
Total liabilities and equity   $36,653   $37,537 

 

See Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-16

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
REVENUE        
Rooms   $15,685   $12,658 
Other hotel revenue    228    204 
Total hotel revenue    15,913    12,862 
EXPENSES          
Hotel operating expenses:          
Rooms    3,813    2,688 
Other expenses    5,909    4,845 
Management fees    687    633 
Total hotel expenses    10,409    8,166 
Property taxes, insurance and other    830    771 
Depreciation and amortization    3,564    3,681 
Advisory services fee    512    538 
Corporate, general and administrative    101    159 
Total operating expenses    15,416    13,315 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)    497    (453)
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs    (1,660)   (1,765)
Write-off of loan costs        (6)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES    (1,163)   (2,224)
Income tax (expense) benefit    (493)   (528)
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $(1,656)  $(2,752)

 

See Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-17

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Net income (loss)   $(1,656)  $(2,752)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:          
Total other comprehensive income (loss)         
Comprehensive income (loss)   $(1,656)  $(2,752)

 

See Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-18

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

   Total Equity 
Balance at December 31, 2020   $1,693 
Net income (loss)    (2,752)
Contributions from owner, net    3,980 
Balance at December 31, 2021   $2,921 
Net income (loss)    (1,656)
Contributions from owner, net    1,079 
Balance at December 31, 2022   $2,344 

 

See notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-19

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities          
Net income (loss)   $(1,656)  $(2,752)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization    3,564    3,681 
Bad debt expense    45    33 
Amortization of loan costs and capitalized default interest and write-off of loan costs    (83)   (84)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable and inventories    (16)   (145)
Prepaid expenses and other assets    (123)   6 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    215    (910)
Due from related parties    8    (153)
Due to third-party hotel manager    44    17 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    1    (9)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities    1,999    (316)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities          
Improvements and additions to hotel properties    (3,910)   (208)
Payments for initial franchise fees        (15)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities    (3,910)   (223)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities          
Repayments of indebtedness    (748)   (1,057)
Payments for loan costs        (6)
Contributions from/(distributions to) owner    1,079    3,980 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities    331    2,917 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash    (1,580)   2,378 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period    3,809    1,431 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $2,229   $3,809 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information          
Interest paid   $1,880   $2,864 
Income taxes paid (refunded)    504    490 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities          
Accrued but unpaid capital expenditures   $272   $8 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash          
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   $996   $565 
Restricted cash at beginning of period    2,813    866 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   $3,809   $1,431 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $997   $996 
Restricted cash at end of period    1,232    2,813 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $2,229   $3,809 

 

See Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-20

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

1. Organization and Description of Business

 

Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. (“Ashford Trust”) is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Ashford Trust owns its lodging investments and conducts its business through Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Trust OP”), its operating partnership. The general partner of Ashford Trust OP is Ashford OP Limited Partner LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ashford Trust. The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Ashford Trust OP that own and operate four hotels in three states, which are all wholly owned hotel properties as of December 31, 2022. These hotels represent 405 rooms. As of December 31, 2022, three of the four hotel properties were leased by Ashford Trust’s indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that are treated as taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRS”) for federal income tax purposes. Each leased hotel is leased under a percentage lease that provides for each lessee to pay in each calendar month the base rent plus, in each calendar quarter, percentage rent, if any, based on hotel revenues. Lease revenue from the TRS is eliminated in combination and/or consolidation. One hotel property is owned by a TRS. Ashford Trust does not operate any of its hotel properties directly; instead Ashford Trust employs hotel management companies to operate them for Ashford Trust under management contracts. Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC (“Remington Hospitality”), a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., manages three of Ashford Trust’s four operating hotel properties and Crossroads Hospitality Management Company (“Crossroads”) manages the remaining hotel property.

 

The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the following subsidiaries of Ashford Trust:

 

1. Ashford Jacksonville IV LP

2. Ashford TRS Jacksonville IV LLC

3. Ashford Buford I LP

4. Ashford Buford II LP

5. Ashford Pool C3 GP LLC

6. Ashford Pool C3 Senior Mezz LLC

7. Ashford Pool C3 Junior Mezz LLC

8. Ashford Pool C3 Junior Holder LLC

9. Ashford TRS Pool C3 LLC

10. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Senior Mezz LLC

11. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Junior Mezz LLC

12. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Junior Holder LLC

13. RI Manchester Hotel Partners, L.P.

14. RI Manchester Tenant Corporation

 

The four hotels which are owned and operated through each of the aforementioned entities are collectively referred to as “Stirling Hotels.” Terms such as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Stirling Hotels.

 

Ashford Trust is advised by Ashford Hospitality Advisors LLC (“Ashford LLC”), a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., through an advisory agreement. Our four operating hotel properties in our combined consolidated portfolio are currently asset-managed by Ashford LLC. We do not have any employees. All of the services that might be provided by employees are provided to us by Ashford LLC.

 

Ashford Inc. also provides other products and services to us or our hotel properties through certain entities in which Ashford Inc. has an ownership interest. These products and services include, but are not limited to, design and construction services, insurance claims services and hypoallergenic premium rooms.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Combination and Consolidation—The accompanying historical combined consolidated financial statements of Stirling Hotels have been “carved out” of Ashford Trust’s consolidated financial statements and reflect significant assumptions and allocations. These hotels are under Ashford Trust’s common control. The combined consolidated financial statements were prepared using the financial position and results of operations of the entities set forth above after adjustments for certain ownership related activities that have been historically accounted for by Ashford Trust. These ownership activities include mortgage indebtedness associated with the four hotels, debt related expenses and other owner related expenses. In addition, the combined consolidated statements of operations include allocations of advisory service fees and corporate general and administrative expenses from Ashford Trust, which in the opinion of management, are reasonable. The historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between combined consolidated entities have been eliminated in these historical combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Use of Estimates—The preparation of these combined consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand or held in banks and short-term investments with an initial maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

 

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash includes reserves for debt service, real estate taxes, and insurance, as well as excess cash flow deposits and reserves for furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) replacements of approximately 4% to 5% of property revenue for all hotels, as required by certain management or mortgage debt agreement restrictions and provisions.

 

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable consists primarily of hotel guest receivables. We generally do not require collateral. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of guests to make required payments for services. The allowance is maintained at a level believed to be adequate to absorb estimated receivable losses. The estimate is based on past receivable loss experience, known and inherent credit risks, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors, including specific reserves for certain accounts.

 

Inventories—Inventories, which primarily consist of gift store merchandise, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method.

 

Investments in Hotel Properties, net—Hotel properties are generally stated at cost. All improvements and additions that extend the useful life of the hotel properties are capitalized.

 

For property and equipment acquired in a business combination, we record the assets acquired based on their fair value as of the acquisition date. Replacements and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Property and equipment acquired in an asset acquisition are recorded at cost. The acquisition cost in an asset acquisition is allocated to land, buildings, improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment. Acquisition cost is allocated using relative fair values. We evaluate several factors, including weighted market data for similar assets, expected future cash flows discounted at risk adjusted rates, and replacement costs for assets to determine an appropriate exit cost when evaluating the fair values.

 

Impairment of Investments in Hotel Properties—Hotel properties are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the hotel is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the hotel to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows, which take into account current market conditions and our intent with respect to holding or disposing of the hotel. If our analysis indicates that the carrying value of the hotel is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the property’s net book value exceeds its estimated fair value. In evaluating impairment of hotel properties, we make many assumptions and estimates, including projected cash flows, expected holding periods, and expected useful lives. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including internally developed discounted cash flow models, comparable market transactions and third-party appraisals, where considered necessary. We did not record any impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Deferred Costs, net—Debt issuance costs associated with debt obligations are reflected as a direct reduction to the related debt obligation on our combined consolidated balance sheets. Debt issuance costs are recorded at cost and amortized over the terms of the related indebtedness using the effective interest method.

 

Deferred franchise fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related franchise agreements and are presented as an asset on our combined consolidated balance sheets. See note 10.

 

F-22

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Due from Related Parties—Due to/from related parties represents current receivables and payables resulting from transactions related to hotel management with a related party. Due to/from related parties is generally settled within a period not exceeding one year.

 

Due to Ashford Inc.—Due to/from Ashford Inc. represents current receivables and payables resulting from the advisory services fee, including reimbursable expenses as well as other hotel products and services. Due to/from Ashford Inc. is generally settled within a period not exceeding one year.

 

Due to Third-Party Hotel Manager—Due to/from third-party hotel manager represents current receivables and payables resulting from transactions related to hotel management. Due to/from third-party hotel manager is generally settled within a period not exceeding one year.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy—For disclosure purposes, financial instruments, whether measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis or not measured at fair value, are classified in a hierarchy consisting of three levels based on the observability of valuation inputs in the marketplace as discussed below:

 

·Level 1: Fair value measurements that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that we have the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Market price data generally are obtained from exchange or dealer markets.

·Level 2: Fair value measurements based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

·Level 3: Fair value measurements based on valuation techniques that use significant inputs that are unobservable. The circumstances for using these measurements include those in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

 

Revenue Recognition—Rooms revenue represents revenue from the occupancy of our hotel rooms, which is driven by the occupancy and average daily rate charged. Rooms revenue includes revenue for guest no-shows, day use, and early/late departure fees. The contracts for room stays with customers are generally short in duration and revenues are recognized as services are provided over the course of the hotel stay. Advance deposits are recorded as liabilities when a customer or group of customers provides a deposit for a future stay at our hotels. Advance deposits are converted to revenue when the services are provided to the customer or when the customer with a noncancellable reservation fails to arrive for part or all of the reservation. Conversely, advance deposits are generally refundable upon guest cancellation of the related reservation within an established period of time prior to the reservation. Our advance deposit balance as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $19,000 and $17,000, respectively, and are generally recognized as revenue within a one-year period.

 

Other hotel revenue consists of ancillary revenue at the property, including attrition and cancellation fees, and other guest services. Cancellation fees are recognized from non-cancellable deposits when the customer provides notification of cancellation in accordance with established management policy time frames.

 

Taxes collected from customers and submitted to taxing authorities are not recorded in revenue. Interest income is recognized when earned.

 

Other Hotel Expenses—Other hotel expenses include Internet, telephone charges, guest laundry, valet parking, and hotel-level general and administrative, sales and marketing expenses, repairs and maintenance, franchise fees and utility costs. They are expensed as incurred.

 

Advertising Costs—Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we incurred advertising costs of $146,000 and $110,000, respectively. Advertising costs are included in “other” hotel expenses in the accompanying combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

Depreciation and Amortization—Depreciation expense is based on the estimated useful life of the assets, while amortization expense for leasehold improvements are based on the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Presently, hotel properties are depreciated using the straight-line method over lives ranging from 7.5 to 39 years for buildings and improvements and 1.5 to 5 years for FF&E. While we believe our estimates are reasonable, a change in estimated useful lives could affect depreciation and amortization expense and net income (loss) as well as resulting gains or losses on potential hotel sales.

 

F-23

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Income Taxes—The Company’s financial statement income and taxable income have been “carved out of” of Ashford Trust and prepared on a separate return basis. The combined consolidated entities that operate three of our hotels and own one of our hotels are considered taxable corporations for U.S. federal, state and city income tax purposes. The other entities that own our hotels are considered partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Partnerships are not subject to U.S. federal income taxes. These partnerships’ revenues and expenses pass through to and are taxes on the owners. The states and cities where the partnerships operate generally follow the U.S. federal income tax treatment. Accordingly, we have not provided for income taxes for the partnerships.

 

In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, we account for income taxes using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. In addition, the analysis utilized by us in determining our deferred tax asset valuation allowance involves considerable management judgment and assumptions. See note 9.

 

The “Income Taxes” topic of the ASC issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) which addresses the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. The guidance requires us to determine whether tax positions we have taken or expect to take in a tax return are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority based on the technical merits of the positions. Tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold would be recorded as additional tax expense in the current period. We analyze all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations for each jurisdiction, which includes the federal jurisdiction and various states. We classify interest and penalties related to underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense. We and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and cities. Tax years 2018 through 2022 remain subject to potential examination by certain federal and state taxing authorities.

 

3. Revenue

 

The following tables present our revenue disaggregated by geographical area (dollars in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2022 
Primary Geographical Market  Number of Hotels   Rooms   Other Hotel   Total 
Atlanta, GA Area   2   $6,884   $104   $6,988 
Hartford, CT Area   1    4,286    51    4,337 
Jacksonville, FL Area   1    4,515    73    4,588 
Total   4   $15,685   $228   $15,913 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2021 
Primary Geographical Market  Number of Hotels   Rooms   Other Hotel   Total 
Atlanta, GA Area   2   $5,212   $102   $5,314 
Hartford, CT Area   1    3,381    45    3,426 
Jacksonville, FL Area   1    4,065    57    4,122 
Total   4   $12,658   $204   $12,862 

 

4. Investments in Hotel Properties, net

 

Investments in hotel properties, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
Land   $5,760   $5,760 
Buildings and improvements    44,629    44,944 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment    6,391    7,533 
Construction in progress    1,216    65 
Total cost    57,996    58,302 
Accumulated depreciation    (24,258)   (25,189)
Investments in hotel properties, net   $33,738   $33,113 

 

F-24

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we recognized depreciation expense of approximately $3.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, no impairment charges were recorded.

 

5. Indebtedness, net

 

Indebtedness consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

             December 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
Indebtedness  Collateral  Maturity  Interest Rate   Debt Balance   Book Value
of Collateral
   Debt Balance   Book Value
of Collateral
 
Mortgage loan  1 hotel  January 2024   5.49%  $6,345   $6,556   $6,491   $6,944 
Mortgage loan  1 hotels  January 2024   5.49%   9,261    13,636    9,474    15,193 
Mortgage loan  2 hotels  August 2024   4.90%   17,210    13,546    17,599    10,976 
               32,816   $33,738    33,564   $33,113 
Capitalized default interest and late charges              469         842      
Deferred loan costs, net               (375)        (665)     
Indebtedness, net              $32,910        $33,741      

 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 Ashford Trust entered into forbearance and other agreements which were considered troubled debt restructurings due to terms that allowed for deferred interest and the forgiveness of default interest and late charges. As a result of the troubled debt restructurings all accrued default interest and late charges were capitalized into the applicable loan balances and are being amortized over the remaining term of the loan using the effective interest method. The amount of the capitalized principal that was amortized during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, was $373,000 and $367,000, respectively. These amounts are included as a reduction to “interest expense and amortization of discounts and loan costs” in the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

Maturities and scheduled amortizations of indebtedness as of December 31, 2022 for each of the five following years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2023  $727 
2024   32,089 
2025    
2026    
2027    
Thereafter     
Total   $32,816 

 

The assets of certain of our subsidiaries are pledged under non-recourse indebtedness and are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of the combined consolidated group. Presently, our existing covenants are non-recourse. As of December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants related to our mortgage loans.

 

F-25

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

6. Summary of Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Determining estimated fair values of our financial instruments such as indebtedness requires considerable judgment to interpret market data. Market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies used may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts. Accordingly, estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of amounts at which these instruments could be purchased, sold, or settled. Carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, for periods indicated, were as follows (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
   Carrying Value   Estimated Fair Value   Carrying Value   Estimated Fair Value 
Financial assets not measured at fair value:                    
Cash and cash equivalents   $997   $997   $996   $996 
Restricted cash    1,232    1,232    2,813    2,813 
Accounts receivable, net    243    243    271    271 
Due from related parties, net    40    40    48    48 
                     
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value:                    
Indebtedness   $32,816   $31,282   $33,564   $33,388 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    1,290    1,290    850    850 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    42    42    2    2 
Due to third-party hotel manager    67    67    23    23 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. These financial assets bear interest at market rates and have original maturities of less than 90 days. The carrying value approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. This is considered a Level 1 valuation technique.

 

Accounts receivable, net, due from related parties, net, accounts payable and accrued expenses, due to Ashford Inc., net and due to third-party hotel manager. The carrying values of these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. This is considered a Level 1 valuation technique.

 

Indebtedness. Fair value of indebtedness is determined using future cash flows discounted at current replacement rates for these instruments. Cash flows are determined using a forward interest rate yield curve. Current replacement rates are determined by using the U.S. Treasury yield curve or the index to which these financial instruments are tied and adjusted for credit spreads. Credit spreads take into consideration general market conditions, maturity, and collateral. We estimated the fair value of total indebtedness to be approximately 95.3% of the carrying value of $32.8 million at December 31, 2022 and approximately 99.5% of the carrying value of $33.6 million at December 31, 2021. These fair value estimates are considered a Level 2 valuation technique.

 

7. Related Party Transactions

 

Ashford Inc.

 

Advisory Agreement

 

Ashford LLC, a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., acts as our advisor. Mr. Monty J. Bennett serves as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of Ashford Inc.

 

Under the Ashford Trust advisory agreement, Ashford Trust pays advisory fees to Ashford LLC. Advisory fees consist of base fees and incentive fees. Ashford Trust pays a monthly base fee in an amount equal to 1/12 of (i) 0.70% of the Total Market Capitalization (as defined in the advisory agreement) of Ashford Trust for the prior month, plus (ii) the Net Asset Fee Adjustment (as defined in the advisory agreement), if any, on the last day of the prior month during which the advisory agreement was in effect; provided, however in no event shall the Base Fee (as defined in the advisory agreement) for any month be less than the Minimum Base Fee as provided by the advisory agreement. Ashford Trust shall pay the Base Fee or the Minimum Base Fee (as defined in the advisory agreement) on the fifth business day of each month.

 

F-26

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

The Minimum Base Fee for Ashford Trust for each quarter beginning January 1, 2021 is equal to the greater of:

 

(i) ninety percent (90%) of the base fee paid for the same month in the prior fiscal year and

 

(ii) 1/12th of the G&A Ratio (as defined in the advisory agreement) for the most recently completed fiscal quarter multiplied by the Company’s Total Market Capitalization.

 

Ashford Trust is also required to pay Ashford LLC an incentive fee that is measured annually (or for a stub period if the advisory agreement is terminated at other than year-end). In each year that Ashford Trust’s total shareholder return exceeds the average total shareholder return for the peer group, Ashford Trust shall pay to Ashford LLC an incentive fee. The incentive fee, if any, subject to the Fixed Coverage Charge Ratio Condition (as defined in the advisory agreement), shall be payable in arrears in three equal annual installments.

 

Ashford Trust also reimburses Ashford LLC for certain reimbursable overhead and internal audit, risk management advisory and asset management services, as specified in the advisory agreement. Ashford Trust also records equity-based compensation expense for equity grants of common stock and LTIP units awarded to officers and employees of Ashford LLC in connection with providing advisory services.

 

The advisory service fee reflected in these combined consolidated financial statements represents an allocation of the Ashford Trust advisory fee. The costs were allocated based on the pro rata share of our net investments in hotel properties in relation to Ashford Trust’s net investments in hotel properties.

 

The following table summarizes the advisory services fees allocated to Stirling Hotels (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Advisory services fee          
Base advisory fee   $357   $373 
Reimbursable expenses (1)    101    80 
Equity-based compensation (2)    54    85 
Total advisory services fee  $512   $538 

 

 

(1) Reimbursable expenses include overhead, internal audit, risk management advisory, asset management services and deferred cash awards.

(2) Equity-based compensation is associated with equity grants of Ashford Trust’s common stock, LTIP units and Performance LTIP units awarded to officers and employees of Ashford LLC.

 

Pursuant to the Ashford Trust hotel management agreements with each hotel management company, Ashford Trust bears the economic burden for casualty insurance coverage. Under the Ashford Trust advisory agreement, Ashford Inc. secures casualty insurance policies to cover Ashford Trust, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc. (“Braemar”), their hotel managers, as needed, and Ashford Inc. The total loss estimates included in such policies are based on the collective pool of risk exposures from each party. Ashford Inc.’s risk management department manages the casualty insurance program. Each year Ashford Inc.’s risk management department collects funds from Ashford Trust, Braemar and their respective hotel management companies, to fund the casualty insurance program as needed, on an allocated basis.

 

Design and Construction Services

 

Premier Project Management LLC (“Premier”), as a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., provides design and construction services to Stirling Hotels, including construction management, interior design, architectural services, and the purchasing, freight management, and supervision of installation of FF&E and related services. Pursuant to the design and construction services agreement, Ashford Trust paid Premier: (a) design and construction fees of up to 4% of project costs; and (b) market service fees at current market rates with respect to construction management, interior design, FF&E purchasing, FF&E expediting/freight management, FF&E warehousing and FF&E installation and supervision.

 

Hotel Management Services

 

At December 31, 2022, Remington Hospitality managed three of our four hotel properties.

 

The monthly hotel management fees paid are equal to the greater of approximately $16,000 per hotel (increased annually based on consumer price index adjustments) or 3% of gross revenues as well as annual incentive management fees, if certain operational criteria were met, and other general and administrative expense reimbursements primarily related to accounting services.

 

F-27

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Summary of Transactions

 

In accordance with the Ashford Trust advisory agreement, Ashford LLC, or entities in which Ashford LLC has an interest, have a right to provide products or services to Ashford Trust’s hotels, provided such transactions are evaluated and approved by Ashford Trust’s independent directors. The following tables summarize the entities in which Ashford LLC has an interest in provided products and services, the amounts recorded by us for those services and the applicable classification on our combined consolidated financial statements (in thousands):

 

      Year Ended December 31, 2022 
Company  Product or Service  Total   Investments in Hotel
Properties, net (1)
   Other Hotel
Revenue
   Management Fees   Other Hotel
Expenses
 
Premier   Design and construction services  $743   $743   $   $   $ 
Pure Wellness   Hypoallergenic premium rooms   17                17 
Remington Hospitality   Hotel management services (2)    945            557    388 

 

      Year Ended December 31, 2021 
Company  Product or Service  Total   Investments in Hotel
Properties, net (1)
   Other Hotel
Revenue
   Management
Fees
   Other Hotel
Expenses
   Property Taxes,
Insurance and Other
 
Ashford LLC   Insurance claims services  $12   $   $   $   $   $12 
Premier   Design and construction services   143    143                 
Pure Wellness   Hypoallergenic premium rooms   14                14     
Remington Hospitality   Hotel management services (2)    817            524    293     

 

 

(1) Recorded in FF&E and depreciated over the estimated useful life.

(2) Other hotel expenses include incentive hotel management fees and other hotel management costs.

 

The following table summarizes amounts (due to) due from Ashford Inc. (in thousands):

 

       (Due to)/Due from Ashford Inc. 
Company  Product or Service   December 31, 2022    December 31, 2021 
Ashford LLC   Advisory services  $2   $3 
Premier   Design and construction services   (44)   (5)
      $(42)  $(2)

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Restricted Cash—Under certain management and debt agreements for Stirling Hotels existing at December 31, 2022, escrow payments are required for insurance, real estate taxes, and debt service. In addition, for certain properties based on the terms of the underlying debt and management agreements, Ashford Trust escrows generally 4% to 5% of gross revenues for capital improvements. From time to time, Ashford Trust may work with its property managers and lenders in order to utilize lender and manager held reserves to fund operating shortfalls.

 

Franchise Fees—Under franchise agreements for Ashford Trust hotel properties existing at December 31, 2022, we pay franchisor royalty fees between 4% and 6% of gross rooms revenue. Additionally, we pay fees for marketing, reservations, and other related activities aggregating between 3% and 4% of gross rooms revenue. These franchise agreements expire on varying dates between 2024 and 2035. When a franchise term expires, the franchisor has no obligation to renew the franchise. In addition, if we breach the franchise agreement and the franchisor terminates a franchise prior to its expiration date, we may be liable for up to three times the average annual fees incurred for that property.

 

The table below summarizes the franchise fees incurred (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
Line Item  2022   2021 
Other hotel expenses   $1,448   $1,172 

 

F-28

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Management Fees—Under hotel management agreements for our hotel properties existing at December 31, 2022, we pay monthly hotel management fees equal to the greater of approximately $16,000 per hotel (increased annually based on consumer price index adjustments) or 3% of gross revenues, or in some cases 3% of gross revenues, as well as annual incentive management fees, if applicable. These hotel management agreements expire from 2026 through 2031, with renewal options. If we terminate a hotel management agreement prior to its expiration, we may be liable for estimated management fees through the remaining term and liquidated damages or, in certain circumstances, we may substitute a new management agreement.

 

Capital Commitments—At December 31, 2022, we had capital commitments of $2.7 million, including commitments that will be satisfied with insurance proceeds, relating to general capital improvements that are expected to be paid in the next twelve months.

 

Litigation—The Company is or may be a party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently involved in any litigation nor, to management’s knowledge, is any litigation threatened against the Company where the outcome would, in management’s judgment based on information currently available to the Company, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Income Taxes—We and our subsidiaries will file income tax returns in the federal jurisdiction and various states. Tax years 2018 through 2022 remain subject to potential examination by certain federal and state taxing authorities.

 

9. Income Taxes

 

The Company’s financial statement income and taxable income have been “carved out of” of Ashford Trust and prepared on a separate return basis. As of December 31, 2022, three of the four hotel properties were leased by Ashford Trust’s indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that are treated as taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRS”) for federal income tax purposes. One hotel property is owned by a TRS.

 

Income tax expense for the TRS that leases and operates three of the hotel properties and owns and operates one of the hotel properties has been calculated on a separate standalone basis. For 2022 and 2021, the results of the operations of these four hotel properties were included in the consolidated tax returns of various jurisdictions for a taxable subsidiary of Ashford Trust. Income tax expense for the TRSs wholly-owned by a consolidated partnership, which were calculated on a separate standalone basis, have been included in the accompanying combined consolidated financial statements at the same amounts included in Ashford Trust’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Ashford TRS recognized net book income (loss) related to Stirling Hotels of $1.0 million and $922,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The following table reconciles the income tax (expense) benefit at statutory rates to the actual income tax (expense) benefit recorded (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Income tax (expense) benefit at federal statutory income tax rate of 21%   $(204)  $(194)
State income tax (expense) benefit, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit    (31)   (9)
Provision to return adjustment    (4)    
Valuation allowance    (254)   (325)
Total income tax (expense) benefit   $(493)  $(528)

 

The components of income tax (expense) benefit are as follows (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Current:        
Federal   $(433)  $(472)
State    (60)   (56)
Total income tax (expense) benefit   $(493)  $(528)

 

F-29

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 income tax expense includes interest and penalties paid to taxing authorities of $0 and $0, respectively. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, we determined that there were no material amounts to accrue for interest and penalties due to taxing authorities.

 

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, our deferred tax asset (liability) and related valuation allowance consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Federal and state net operating losses    233    265 
Accrued expenses    16    20 
Tax property basis less than book basis    1,508    1,242 
Other        5 
Deferred tax asset    1,757    1,532 
Valuation allowance    (1,757)   (1,532)
Net deferred tax asset   $   $ 

 

At December 31, 2022, we had TRS NOLs for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1.1 million, however our utilization of such NOLs to offset TRS taxable income is limited thereafter under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. NOLs become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Also in total $786,000 of our TRS NOLs are subject to expiration and will begin to expire in 2023. The remainder was generated after December 31, 2017 and is not subject to expiration under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

 

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, we maintained a valuation allowance of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, we have reserved certain deferred tax assets of our TRS entities as we believe it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized. We considered all available evidence, both positive and negative. We concluded that the objectively verifiable negative evidence of a history of consolidated losses and the limitations imposed by the Code on the utilization of net operating losses of acquired subsidiaries outweigh the positive evidence. We believe this treatment is appropriate considering the nature of the intercompany transactions and leases between the REIT and its subsidiaries and that the current level of taxable income at the TRS is primarily attributable to our current transfer pricing arrangements. The transfer pricing arrangements are renewed upon expiration. All existing leases were extended and terms amended in 2020 to reflect the economic impact of COVID-19. Outside consultants prepared the transfer pricing studies supporting the rents from the leases. Outside consultants will continue to provide transfer pricing studies on any newly acquired properties. The intercompany rents are determined in accordance with the arms’ length transfer pricing standard, taking into account the cost of ownership to the REIT among other factors. We do not recognize deferred tax assets and a valuation allowance for the REIT since the REIT distributes its taxable income as dividends to stockholders, and in turn, the stockholders incur income taxes on those dividends.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the valuation allowance (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Balance at beginning of year   $1,532   $1,165 
Additions    225    367 
Balance at end of year   $1,757   $1,532 

 

10. Deferred Costs, net

 

Deferred costs, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Deferred franchise fees   $136   $136 
Accumulated amortization    (49)   (34)
Deferred costs, net   $87   $102 

 

F-30

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

11. Concentration of Risk

 

Our investments are primarily concentrated within the hotel industry. During 2022, the Atlanta, GA, Hartford CT and Jacksonville, FL markets each generated greater than 10% of our total hotel revenue. All hotel properties securing our mortgage loans are located domestically at December 31, 2022. Accordingly, adverse conditions in the hotel industry could have a material adverse effect on our operating and investment revenues and cash flows.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. We are exposed to credit risk with respect to cash held at various financial institutions that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limits of $250,000.

 

12. Segment Reporting

 

We operate in one business segment within the hotel lodging industry: direct hotel investments. Direct hotel investments refer to owning hotel properties through either acquisition or new development. We report operating results of direct hotel investments on an aggregate basis as substantially all of our hotel investments have similar economic characteristics. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, all of our hotel properties were domestically located.

 

13. Subsequent Events

 

On November 16, 2023, Ashford Trust refinanced the $6.3 million loan secured by the Residence Inn Manchester, $9.3 million loan secured by the Residence Inn Jacksonville, and $17.2 million mortgage loan secured by the Hampton Inn Buford and the SpringHill Suites Buford. The new mortgage loan totaled $30.2 million and has a five-year term. The mortgage loan is interest only and provides for an interest rate of 8.506%. The new mortgage loan is secured by four hotels: Residence Inn Manchester, Residence Inn Jacksonville, Hampton Inn Buford and SpringHill Suites Buford.

 

On December 6, 2023, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc, through Stirling Operating Partnership LP (“Stirling OP”) acquired the entities comprising the Stirling Hotels, which owns four hotel assets and assumed a mortgage loan secured by the four hotel assets (the “Initial Portfolio”) from Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Hospitality OP”) and Ashford TRS Corporation (“Ashford Hospitality TRS,” and together with Ashford Hospitality OP, the “Anchor Investor”), each a subsidiary of Ashford Trust, in exchange for Class I units of Stirling OP pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement (the Contribution Agreement”), by and among Stirling OP and the Anchor Investor. The purchase price was approximately $56.2 million. Additionally, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. assumed a mortgage loan with an estimated fair value of approximately $30.2 million. The acquisition is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments.

 

F-31

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   September 30,
2023
   December 31,
2022
 
ASSETS          
Investments in hotel properties, net   $34,788   $33,738 
Cash and cash equivalents    1,628    997 
Restricted cash    1,681    1,232 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1 and $0, respectively    296    243 
Inventories    6    3 
Deferred costs, net    75    87 
Prepaid expenses    237    205 
Other assets    121    108 
Due from related parties, net    56    40 
Total assets   $38,888   $36,653 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
Liabilities:          
Indebtedness, net   $32,318   $32,910 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    1,715    1,290 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    63    42 
Due to third-party hotel manager    105    67 
Total liabilities    34,201    34,309 
Commitments and contingencies (note 8)          
Total equity    4,687    2,344 
Total liabilities and equity   $38,888   $36,653 

 

See Notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-32

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
REVENUE        
Rooms   $12,630   $11,913 
Other hotel revenue    203    168 
Total hotel revenue    12,833    12,081 
EXPENSES          
Hotel operating expenses:          
Rooms    2,959    2,810 
Other expenses    4,656    4,414 
Management fees    544    508 
Total hotel expenses    8,159    7,732 
Property taxes, insurance and other    706    621 
Depreciation and amortization    2,706    2,653 
Advisory services fee    392    387 
Corporate, general and administrative    147    67 
Total operating expenses    12,110    11,460 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)    723    621 
Interest expense and amortization of loan costs    (1,220)   (1,244)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES    (497)   (623)
Income tax (expense) benefit    (349)   (366)
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $(846)  $(989)

 

See Notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-33

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
Net income (loss)   $(846)  $(989)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:          
Total other comprehensive income (loss)         
Comprehensive income (loss)   $(846)  $(989)

 

See Notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-34

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   Total Equity 
Balance at December 31, 2022   $2,344 
Net income (loss)    (846)
Contributions from owner, net    3,189 
Balance at September 30, 2023   $4,687 

 

   Total Equity 
Balance at December 31, 2021   $2,921 
Net income (loss)    (989)
Distributions to owner, net    (644)
Balance at September 30, 2022   $1,288 

 

See notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-35

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited, in thousands)

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities          
Net income (loss)   $(846)  $(989)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization    2,706    2,653 
Bad debt expense    35    27 
Amortization of loan costs and capitalized default interest    (59)   (62)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable and inventories    (91)   38 
Prepaid expenses and other assets    (45)   (206)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    562    328 
Due from related parties    (16)   (29)
Due to third-party hotel manager    38    28 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    8    (11)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities    2,292    1,777 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities          
Improvements and additions to hotel properties    (3,868)   (1,616)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities    (3,868)   (1,616)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities          
Repayments of indebtedness    (533)   (566)
Contributions from/(distributions to) owner    3,189    (644)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities    2,656    (1,210)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash    1,080    (1,049)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period    2,229    3,809 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $3,309   $2,760 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information          
Interest paid   $1,212   $1,447 
Income taxes paid (refunded)    353    411 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities          
Accrued but unpaid capital expenditures   $148   $668 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash          
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   $997   $996 
Restricted cash at beginning of period    1,232    2,813 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   $2,229   $3,809 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $1,628   $1,408 
Restricted cash at end of period    1,681    1,352 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $3,309   $2,760 

 

See Notes to Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-36

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

1. Organization and Description of Business

 

Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. (“Ashford Trust”) is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Ashford Trust owns its lodging investments and conducts its business through Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Trust OP”), its operating partnership. The general partner of Ashford Trust OP is Ashford OP Limited Partner LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ashford Trust. The accompanying condensed combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Ashford Trust OP that own and operate four hotels in three states, which were all wholly owned hotel properties as of September 30, 2023. These hotels represent 405 rooms. As of September 30, 2023, three of the four hotel properties were leased by Ashford Trust’s indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that are treated as taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRS”) for federal income tax purposes. Each leased hotel is leased under a percentage lease that provides for each lessee to pay in each calendar month the base rent plus, in each calendar quarter, percentage rent, if any, based on hotel revenues. Lease revenue from the TRS is eliminated in combination and/or consolidation. One hotel property is owned by a TRS. Ashford Trust does not operate any of its hotel properties directly; instead Ashford Trust employs hotel management companies to operate them for Ashford Trust under management contracts. Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC (“Remington Hospitality”), a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., manages three of Ashford Trust’s four operating hotel properties and Crossroads Hospitality Management Company (“Crossroads”) manages the remaining hotel property.

 

The accompanying condensed combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the following subsidiaries of Ashford Trust:

 

1. Ashford Jacksonville IV LP

2. Ashford TRS Jacksonville IV LLC

3. Ashford Buford I LP

4. Ashford Buford II LP

5. Ashford Pool C3 GP LLC

6. Ashford Pool C3 Senior Mezz LLC

7. Ashford Pool C3 Junior Mezz LLC

8. Ashford Pool C3 Junior Holder LLC

9. Ashford TRS Pool C3 LLC

10. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Senior Mezz LLC

11. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Junior Mezz LLC

12. Ashford TRS Pool C3 Junior Holder LLC

13. RI Manchester Hotel Partners, L.P.

14. RI Manchester Tenant Corporation

 

The four hotels which are owned and operated through each of the aforementioned entities are collectively referred to as “Stirling Hotels.” Terms such as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Stirling Hotels.

 

Ashford Trust is advised by Ashford Hospitality Advisors LLC (“Ashford LLC”), a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., through an advisory agreement. Our four operating hotel properties in our combined consolidated portfolio are currently asset-managed by Ashford LLC. We do not have any employees. All of the services that might be provided by employees are provided to us by Ashford LLC.

 

Ashford Inc. also provides other products and services to us or our hotel properties through certain entities in which Ashford Inc. has an ownership interest. These products and services include, but are not limited to, design and construction services, insurance claims services and hypoallergenic premium rooms.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Combination and Consolidation—The accompanying historical condensed combined consolidated financial statements of Stirling Hotels have been “carved out” of Ashford Trust’s consolidated financial statements and reflect significant assumptions and allocations. These hotels are under Ashford Trust’s common control. The combined consolidated financial statements were prepared using the financial position and results of operations of the entities set forth above after adjustments for certain ownership related activities that have been historically accounted for by Ashford Trust. These ownership activities include mortgage indebtedness associated with the four hotels, debt related expenses and other owner related expenses. In addition, the combined consolidated statements of operations include allocations of advisory service fees and corporate general and administrative expenses from Ashford Trust, which in the opinion of management, are reasonable. The unaudited condensed combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. We have condensed or omitted certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP in the accompanying unaudited condensed combined consolidated financial statements. We believe the disclosures made herein are adequate to prevent the information presented from being misleading. However, the financial statements should be read in conjunction with the combined consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between combined consolidated entities have been eliminated in these historical combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(unaudited)

 

Use of Estimates—The preparation of these condensed combined consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

3. Revenue

 

The following tables present our revenue disaggregated by geographical area (dollars in thousands):

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 
Primary Geographical Market  Number of Hotels   Rooms   Other Hotel   Total 
Atlanta, GA Area   2   $5,894   $84   $5,978 
Hartford, CT Area   1    3,370    54    3,424 
Jacksonville, FL Area   1    3,366    65    3,431 
Total   4   $12,630   $203   $12,833 

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 
Primary Geographical Market  Number of Hotels   Rooms   Other Hotel   Total 
Atlanta, GA Area   2   $5,276   $78   $5,354 
Hartford, CT Area   1    3,237    38    3,275 
Jacksonville, FL Area   1    3,400    52    3,452 
Total   4   $11,913   $168   $12,081 

 

4. Investments in Hotel Properties, net

 

Investments in hotel properties, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   September 30,
2023
   December 31,
2022
 
Land   $5,760   $5,760 
Buildings and improvements    45,764    44,629 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment    5,725    6,391 
Construction in progress    1,425    1,216 
Total cost    58,674    57,996 
Accumulated depreciation    (23,886)   (24,258)
Investments in hotel properties, net   $34,788   $33,738 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, no impairment charges were recorded.

 

F-38

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(unaudited)

 

5. Indebtedness, net

 

Indebtedness consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

             September
30, 2023
   December 31,
2022
 
Indebtedness  Collateral  Maturity  Interest Rate   Debt Balance   Debt Balance 
Mortgage loan  1 hotel  January 2024   5.49%  $6,231   $6,345 
Mortgage loan  1 hotels  January 2024   5.49%   9,093    9,261 
Mortgage loan  2 hotels  August 2024   4.90%   16,959    17,210 
               32,283    32,816 
Capitalized default interest and late charges               184    469 
Deferred loan costs, net               (149)   (375)
Indebtedness, net              $32,318   $32,910 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 Ashford Trust entered into forbearance and other agreements which were considered troubled debt restructurings due to terms that allowed for deferred interest and the forgiveness of default interest and late charges. As a result of the troubled debt restructurings all accrued default interest and late charges were capitalized into the applicable loan balances and are being amortized over the remaining term of the loan using the effective interest method. The amount of the capitalized principal that was amortized during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, was $285,000 and $217,000, respectively. These amounts are included as a reduction to “interest expense and amortization of discounts and loan costs” in the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

The assets of certain of our subsidiaries are pledged under non-recourse indebtedness and are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of the combined consolidated group. Presently, our existing covenants are non-recourse. As of September 30, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants related to our mortgage loans.

 

6. Summary of Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Determining estimated fair values of our financial instruments such as indebtedness requires considerable judgment to interpret market data. Market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies used may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts. Accordingly, estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of amounts at which these instruments could be purchased, sold, or settled. Carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, for periods indicated, were as follows (in thousands):

 

   September 30, 2023   December 31, 2022 
   Carrying Value   Estimated Fair Value   Carrying Value   Estimated Fair Value 
Financial assets not measured at fair value:                    
Cash and cash equivalents   $1,628   $1,628   $997   $997 
Restricted cash    1,681    1,681    1,232    1,232 
Accounts receivable, net    296    296    243    243 
Due from related parties, net    56    56    40    40 
                     
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value:                    
Indebtedness   $32,283   $31,419   $32,816   $31,282 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    1,715    1,715    1,290    1,290 
Due to Ashford Inc., net    63    63    42    42 
Due to third-party hotel manager    105    105    67    67 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. These financial assets bear interest at market rates and have original maturities of less than 90 days. The carrying value approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. This is considered a Level 1 valuation technique.

 

Accounts receivable, net, due from related parties, net, accounts payable and accrued expenses, due to Ashford Inc., net and due to third-party hotel manager. The carrying values of these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. This is considered a Level 1 valuation technique.

 

F-39

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(unaudited)

 

Indebtedness. Fair value of indebtedness is determined using future cash flows discounted at current replacement rates for these instruments. Cash flows are determined using a forward interest rate yield curve. Current replacement rates are determined by using the U.S. Treasury yield curve or the index to which these financial instruments are tied and adjusted for credit spreads. Credit spreads take into consideration general market conditions, maturity, and collateral. We estimated the fair value of total indebtedness to be approximately 97.3% of the carrying value of $32.3 million at September 30, 2023 and approximately 95.3% of the carrying value of $32.8 million at December 31, 2022. These fair value estimates are considered a Level 2 valuation technique.

 

7. Related Party Transactions

 

Ashford Inc.

 

Advisory Agreement

 

Ashford LLC, a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., acts as our advisor. Mr. Monty J. Bennett serves as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of Ashford Inc.

 

Under the Ashford Trust advisory agreement, Ashford Trust pays advisory fees to Ashford LLC. Advisory fees consist of base fees and incentive fees. Ashford Trust pays a monthly base fee in an amount equal to 1/12 of (i) 0.70% of the Total Market Capitalization (as defined in the advisory agreement) of Ashford Trust for the prior month, plus (ii) the Net Asset Fee Adjustment (as defined in the advisory agreement), if any, on the last day of the prior month during which the advisory agreement was in effect; provided, however in no event shall the Base Fee (as defined in the advisory agreement) for any month be less than the Minimum Base Fee as provided by the advisory agreement. Ashford Trust shall pay the Base Fee or the Minimum Base Fee (as defined in the advisory agreement) on the fifth business day of each month.

 

The Minimum Base Fee for Ashford Trust for each quarter beginning January 1, 2021 is equal to the greater of:

 

(i) ninety percent (90%) of the base fee paid for the same month in the prior fiscal year and

 

(ii) 1/12th of the G&A Ratio (as defined in the advisory agreement) for the most recently completed fiscal quarter multiplied by the Company’s Total Market Capitalization.

 

Ashford Trust is also required to pay Ashford LLC an incentive fee that is measured annually (or for a stub period if the advisory agreement is terminated at other than year-end). In each year that Ashford Trust’s total shareholder return exceeds the average total shareholder return for the peer group, Ashford Trust shall pay to Ashford LLC an incentive fee. The incentive fee, if any, subject to the Fixed Coverage Charge Ratio Condition (as defined in the advisory agreement), shall be payable in arrears in three equal annual installments.

 

Ashford Trust also reimburses Ashford LLC for certain reimbursable overhead and internal audit, risk management advisory and asset management services, as specified in the advisory agreement. Ashford Trust also records equity-based compensation expense for equity grants of common stock and LTIP units awarded to officers and employees of Ashford LLC in connection with providing advisory services.

 

The advisory service fee reflected in these condensed combined consolidated financial statements represents an allocation of the Ashford Trust advisory fee. The costs were allocated based on the pro rata share of our net investments in hotel properties in relation to Ashford Trust’s net investments in hotel properties.

 

The following table summarizes the advisory services fees allocated to Stirling Hotels (in thousands):

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
Advisory services fee          
Base advisory fee   $273   $266 
Reimbursable expenses (1)    94    75 
Equity-based compensation (2)    25    46 
Total advisory services fee   $392   $387 

 

 

(1) Reimbursable expenses include overhead, internal audit, risk management advisory, asset management services and deferred cash awards.

(2) Equity-based compensation is associated with equity grants of Ashford Trust’s common stock, LTIP units and Performance LTIP units awarded to officers and employees of Ashford LLC.

 

F-40

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(unaudited)

 

Pursuant to the Ashford Trust hotel management agreements with each hotel management company, Ashford Trust bears the economic burden for casualty insurance coverage. Under the Ashford Trust advisory agreement, Ashford Inc. secures casualty insurance policies to cover Ashford Trust, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc. (“Braemar”), their hotel managers, as needed, and Ashford Inc. The total loss estimates included in such policies are based on the collective pool of risk exposures from each party. Ashford Inc.’s risk management department manages the casualty insurance program. Each year Ashford Inc.’s risk management department collects funds from Ashford Trust, Braemar and their respective hotel management companies, to fund the casualty insurance program as needed, on an allocated basis.

 

Design and Construction Services

 

Premier Project Management LLC (“Premier”), as a subsidiary of Ashford Inc., provides design and construction services to Stirling Hotels, including construction management, interior design, architectural services, and the purchasing, freight management, and supervision of installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) and related services. Pursuant to the design and construction services agreement, Ashford Trust paid Premier: (a) design and construction fees of up to 4% of project costs; and (b) market service fees at current market rates with respect to construction management, interior design, FF&E purchasing, FF&E expediting/freight management, FF&E warehousing and FF&E installation and supervision.

 

Hotel Management Services

 

At September 30, 2023, Remington Hospitality managed three of our four hotel properties.

 

The monthly hotel management fees paid are equal to the greater of approximately $17,000 per hotel (increased annually based on consumer price index adjustments) or 3% of gross revenues as well as annual incentive management fees, if certain operational criteria were met, and other general and administrative expense reimbursements primarily related to accounting services.

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Restricted Cash—Under certain management and debt agreements for Stirling Hotels existing at September 30, 2023, escrow payments are required for insurance, real estate taxes, and debt service. In addition, for certain properties based on the terms of the underlying debt and management agreements, Ashford Trust escrows generally 4% to 5% of gross revenues for capital improvements. From time to time, Ashford Trust may work with its property managers and lenders in order to utilize lender and manager held reserves to fund operating shortfalls.

 

Franchise Fees—Under franchise agreements for Ashford Trust hotel properties existing at September 30, 2023, we pay franchisor royalty fees between 4% and 6% of gross rooms revenue. Additionally, we pay fees for marketing, reservations, and other related activities aggregating between 3% and 4% of gross rooms revenue. These franchise agreements expire on varying dates between 2024 and 2035. When a franchise term expires, the franchisor has no obligation to renew the franchise. In addition, if we breach the franchise agreement and the franchisor terminates a franchise prior to its expiration date, we may be liable for up to three times the average annual fees incurred for that property.

 

The table below summarizes the franchise fees incurred (in thousands):

 

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
Line Item  2023   2022 
Other hotel expenses   $1,178   $1,106 

 

Management Fees—Under hotel management agreements for our hotel properties existing at September 30, 2023, we pay monthly hotel management fees equal to the greater of approximately $17,000 per hotel (increased annually based on consumer price index adjustments) or 3% of gross revenues, or in some cases 3% of gross revenues, as well as annual incentive management fees, if applicable. These hotel management agreements expire from 2026 through 2031, with renewal options. If we terminate a hotel management agreement prior to its expiration, we may be liable for estimated management fees through the remaining term and liquidated damages or, in certain circumstances, we may substitute a new management agreement.

 

F-41

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(unaudited)

 

Capital Commitments—At September 30, 2023, we had capital commitments of $1.5 million, including commitments that will be satisfied with insurance proceeds, relating to general capital improvements that are expected to be paid in the next twelve months.

 

Litigation—The Company is or may be a party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently involved in any litigation nor, to management’s knowledge, is any litigation threatened against the Company where the outcome would, in management’s judgment based on information currently available to the Company, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Income Taxes—We and our subsidiaries will file income tax returns in the federal jurisdiction and various states. Tax years 2018 through 2022 remain subject to potential examination by certain federal and state taxing authorities.

 

9. Segment Reporting

 

We operate in one business segment within the hotel lodging industry: direct hotel investments. Direct hotel investments refer to owning hotel properties through either acquisition or new development. We report operating results of direct hotel investments on an aggregate basis as substantially all of our hotel investments have similar economic characteristics. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our hotel properties were domestically located.

 

10. Subsequent Events

 

On November 16, 2023, Ashford Trust refinanced the $6.3 million loan secured by the Residence Inn Manchester, $9.3 million loan secured by the Residence Inn Jacksonville, and $17.2 million mortgage loan secured by the Hampton Inn Buford and the SpringHill Suites Buford. The new mortgage loan totaled $30.2 million and has a five-year term. The mortgage loan is interest only and provides for an interest rate of 8.506%. The new mortgage loan is secured by four hotels: Residence Inn Manchester, Residence Inn Jacksonville, Hampton Inn Buford and SpringHill Suites Buford.

 

On December 6, 2023, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc, through Stirling Operating Partnership LP (“Stirling OP”) acquired the entities comprising the Stirling Hotels, which owns four hotel assets and assumed a mortgage loan secured by the four hotel assets (the “Initial Portfolio”) from Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership (“Ashford Hospitality OP”) and Ashford TRS Corporation (“Ashford Hospitality TRS,” and together with Ashford Hospitality OP, the “Anchor Investor”), each a subsidiary of Ashford Trust, in exchange for Class I units of Stirling OP pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement (the Contribution Agreement”), by and among Stirling OP and the Anchor Investor. The purchase price was approximately $56.2 million. Additionally, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. assumed a mortgage loan with an estimated fair value of approximately $30.2 million. The acquisition is subject to customary post-closing working capital adjustments.

 

F-42

 

EX-3.1 2 tm2332619d1_ex3-1.htm EXHIBIT 3.1

Exhibit 3.1

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

FIRST: The charter of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), is hereby amended to provide that, immediately upon the acceptance of these Articles of Amendment and Restatement for record (the “Effective Time”) by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, each share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Corporation which was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be changed into one issued and outstanding share of Class I common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Corporation. The Corporation desires to further amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND: The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

 

Article I

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is: Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

 

Article II

 

PURPOSES AND POWERS

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

Article III

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC — Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The Corporation may have such other offices and places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation within the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, and the address of such agent is 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

Article IV

 

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

 

As used in the Charter, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Acquisition Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses, exclusive of Acquisition Fees, incurred by the Corporation, the Advisor or any Affiliate of either in connection with the selection and acquisition of any assets, whether or not acquired, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, travel and communications expenses, costs of appraisals, nonrefundable option payments on property not acquired, accounting fees and expenses and title insurance premiums and the costs of performing due diligence.

 

Acquisition Fee” shall mean any and all fees and commissions, exclusive of Acquisition Expenses, paid by any Person to any other Person (including any fees or commissions paid by or to any Affiliate of the Corporation or the Advisor) in connection with making or investing in Mortgages or Real Estate Related Securities or the purchase, development or construction of a Property, including real estate commissions, selection fees, Development Fees, Construction Fees, nonrecurring management fees, loan fees, points or any other fees of a similar nature. Excluded shall be Development Fees and Construction Fees paid to any Person not affiliated with the Sponsor in connection with the actual development and construction of a project.

 

Advisor” shall mean the Person appointed, employed or contracted with by the Corporation pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof and responsible for directing or performing the day-to-day business affairs of the Corporation, including any Person to whom the Advisor subcontracts all or substantially all of such functions.

 

Advisory Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the Advisor pursuant to which the Advisor will direct or perform the day-to-day business affairs of the Corporation.

 

1 

 

 

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with the power to vote, 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person; (ii) any Person 10% or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with the power to vote, by such other Person; (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner; (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such other Person; and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner.

 

Aggregate Share Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8%, in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the aggregate of the outstanding Shares, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 6.1.8 of the Charter.

 

asset” of the Corporation shall mean any Property, Mortgage, Real Estate-Related Security or other asset owned by the Corporation, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Affiliates.

 

Average Invested Assets” shall mean, for a specified period, the average of the aggregate book value of the assets of the Corporation invested, directly or indirectly, in equity interests in and loans secured by real estate, including all Properties, Mortgages and Real Estate Related Securities and consolidated and unconsolidated Joint Ventures or other partnerships, before deducting depreciation, amortization, impairments, bad debt reserves or other non-cash reserves, computed by taking the average of such values at the end of each month during such period.

 

Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee) and shall include (in addition to direct ownership and indirect ownership through a nominee or similar arrangement) interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Benefit Plan Investor” is defined in the Plan Assets Regulation.

 

Board” or “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Bylaws” shall mean the Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

 

Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 6.2.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Sections 501(c)(3), 170(b)(1)(A) (other than clause (vii) or (viii) thereof) and 170(c)(2) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Charitable Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 6.2.1.

 

Charitable Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as Trustee of the Charitable Trust.

 

Charter” shall mean the charter of the Corporation.

 

Class D Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Class E Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Class I Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Class S Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Class T Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Class D NAV Per Share” shall mean the net asset value per Class D Common Share, calculated as described in the most recent Valuation Guidelines.

 

2 

 

 

Class D Conversion Rate” shall mean the fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D NAV Per Share and the denominator of which is the Class I NAV Per Share.

 

Class E NAV Per Share” shall mean the net asset value per Class E Common Share, calculated as described in the most recent Valuation Guidelines.

 

Class E Conversion Rate” shall mean the fraction, the numerator of which is the Class E NAV Per Share and the denominator of which is the Class I NAV Per Share.

 

Class I NAV Per Share” shall mean the net asset value per Class I Common Share, calculated as described in the most recent Valuation Guidelines.

 

Class S NAV Per Share” shall mean the net asset value per Class S Common Share, calculated as described in the most recent Valuation Guidelines.

 

Class S Conversion Rate” shall mean the fraction, the numerator of which is the Class S NAV Per Share and the denominator of which is the Class I NAV Per Share.

 

Class T NAV Per Share” shall mean the net asset value per Class T Common Share, calculated as described in the most recent Valuation Guidelines.

 

Class T Conversion Rate” shall mean the fraction, the numerator of which is the Class T NAV Per Share and the denominator of which is the Class I NAV Per Share.

 

Code” shall have the meaning as provided in Article II herein.

 

Commencement of the Initial Public Offering” shall mean the date that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the registration statement filed under the Securities Act for the Initial Public Offering.

 

Common Share Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of Common Shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding Common Shares, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 6.1.8 of the Charter.

 

Common Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Competitive Real Estate Commission” shall mean a real estate or brokerage commission paid for the purchase or Sale of a Property that is reasonable, customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the Property.

 

Construction Fee” shall mean a fee or other remuneration for acting as general contractor and/or construction manager to construct improvements, supervise and coordinate projects or provide major repairs or rehabilitations on a Property.

 

Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee) and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Contract Purchase Price” shall mean the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase, development, construction or improvement of a Property or the amount of funds advanced with respect to a Mortgage, or the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase of other assets of the Corporation, in each case exclusive of Acquisition Fees and Acquisition Expenses.

 

Corporation” shall have the meaning as provided in Article I herein.

 

Dealer Manager” shall mean such Person selected by the Board to act as the dealer manager for an Offering.

 

Development Fee” shall mean a fee for the packaging of a Property, including the negotiation and approval of plans, and any assistance in obtaining zoning and necessary variances and financing for a specific Property, either initially or at a later date.

 

Directors” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 7.1 herein.

 

Distribution Fee” shall mean the ongoing fees payable to the Dealer Manager or Soliciting Dealers (whether labeled distribution fees, dealer manager fees or otherwise), which are distinguished from Selling Commissions by not being payable up-front or at one time.

 

3 

 

 

Distributions” shall mean any distributions (as such term is defined in Section 2-301 of the MGCL), pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof, by the Corporation to owners of Shares, including distributions that may constitute a return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity” shall mean a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h)(4)(B) of the Code.

 

Effective Time” shall mean the time at which these Articles of Amendment and Restatement have been accepted for record by the SDAT.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Excepted Holder” shall mean a Stockholder for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.1.7.

 

Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.1.7 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.1.8, the percentage limit established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.1.7.

 

Excess Amount” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 8.9 herein.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Ownership Limitation Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Time and ending on the first day on which the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity.

 

Gross Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate purchase price of all Shares sold for the account of the Corporation, without deduction for Selling Commissions. For the purpose of computing Gross Proceeds in Section 5.2.3(a), the purchase price of any Common Share sold in an Offering shall be deemed to be the full, non-discounted offering price at the time of purchase of such Common Share.

 

Indemnitee” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 12.2(b) herein.

 

Independent Appraiser” shall mean a Person with no material current or prior business or personal relationship with the Advisor or the Directors and who is engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of Real Property and/or other assets of the type held by the Corporation. Membership in a nationally recognized appraisal society such as the Appraisal Institute shall be conclusive evidence of being engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of Real Property.

 

Independent Director” shall mean:

 

(a)            prior to Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, a Director who is not on the date of determination, and within the last two years from the date of determination has not been, directly or indirectly associated with the Sponsor or the Advisor by virtue of (i) ownership of an interest in the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates, other than an interest in the Corporation or an interest that is not material (as determined by the Board) to the Director in any other Affiliate (ii) employment by the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates, (iii) performance of services, other than as a Director, for the Corporation, (iv) service as an officer or director of the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates (excluding service as an independent director of any other real estate program organized by the Sponsor or advised or managed by the Advisor or its Affiliates), or (v) maintenance of a material business or professional relationship with the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates. A business or professional relationship is considered “material” if the aggregate gross income derived by the Director from the Sponsor, the Advisor and their Affiliates (excluding fees for serving as an independent director of the Corporation or other real estate program organized by the Sponsor or advised or managed by the Advisor or its Affiliates) exceeds 5% of either the Director’s annual gross income, derived from all sources, during either of the last two years or the Director’s net worth on a fair market value basis. An indirect association with the Sponsor or the Advisor shall include circumstances in which a Director’s spouse, parent, child, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, son- or daughter-in-law or brother- or sister-in-law is or has been associated with the Sponsor, the Advisor, any of their Affiliates or the Corporation.

 

(b)            upon Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, a Director who is not on the date of determination, and within the last two years from the date of determination has not been, directly or indirectly associated with the Sponsor or the Advisor by virtue of (i) ownership of an interest in the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates, (ii) employment by the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates, (iii) service as an officer or director of the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates, (iv) performance of services, other than as a Director, for the Corporation, (v) service as a director or trustee of more than three REITs organized by the Sponsor or advised by the Advisor or (vi) maintenance of a material business or professional relationship with the Sponsor, the Advisor or any of their Affiliates. A business or professional relationship is considered “material” if the aggregate gross income derived by the Director from the Sponsor, the Advisor and their Affiliates exceeds 5% of either the Director’s annual gross income, derived from all sources, during either of the last two years or the Director’s net worth on a fair market value basis. An indirect association with the Sponsor or the Advisor shall include circumstances in which a Director’s spouse, parent, child, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, son- or daughter-in-law or brother- or sister-in-law is or has been associated with the Sponsor, the Advisor, any of their Affiliates or the Corporation.

 

4 

 

 

Initial Date” shall mean the date on which the Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to qualify or requalify as a REIT.

 

Initial Investment” shall mean that portion (i.e., $200,000) of the initial capitalization of the Corporation contributed by the Sponsor or its Affiliates pursuant to Section II.A. of the NASAA REIT Guidelines.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the first Offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Invested Capital” shall mean the amount calculated by multiplying the total number of Shares purchased by Stockholders by the issue price of such Shares at the time of such purchase, reduced by the portion of any Distribution that is attributable to net sales proceeds and by any amounts paid by the Corporation to repurchase Shares pursuant to the Corporation’s plan for the repurchase of Shares.

 

Joint Ventures” shall mean those joint venture or partnership arrangements (other than the Operating Partnership) in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a co-venturer or partner established to acquire or hold assets of the Corporation.

 

Leverage” shall mean the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the Corporation for money borrowed (including purchase money mortgage loans) outstanding at any time, both secured and unsecured.

 

Listing” shall mean the listing of any or all of the Common Shares on a national securities exchange. Upon such Listing, the Common Shares shall be deemed Listed.

 

Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Shares, the Closing Price for such Shares on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Shares are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Shares selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Shares, the net asset value of such Shares as most recently disclosed by the Corporation.

 

MGCL” shall mean the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

 

Minimum Account Balance” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.11 herein.

 

Mortgages” shall mean, in connection with any mortgage financing that the Corporation makes or purchases, all of the notes, deeds of trust, security interests or other evidences of indebtedness or obligations, which are secured directly by Real Property owned by the borrowers under such notes, deeds of trust, security interests or other evidences of indebtedness or obligations.

 

NASAA REIT Guidelines” shall mean the Statement of Policy Regarding Real Estate Investment Trusts published by the North American Securities Administrators Association on May 7, 2007.

 

Net Assets” shall mean the total assets (other than intangibles) at cost, before deducting depreciation, reserves for bad debts or other non-cash reserves, less total liabilities, calculated at least quarterly by the Corporation on a basis consistently applied.

 

Net Income” shall mean for any period, the Corporation’s total revenues applicable to such period, less the total expenses applicable to such period other than additions to, or allowances for, non-cash charges such as depreciation, amortization, impairments and reserves for bad debt or other similar non-cash reserves. If the Advisor receives an incentive fee pursuant to Section 8.7 hereof, Net Income, for purposes of calculating Total Operating Expenses in Section 8.9 hereof, shall exclude any gain from the Sale of the assets of the Corporation.

 

5 

 

 

Non-Compliant Tender Offer” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 11.8 herein.

 

NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Offering” shall mean any “distribution” (as defined in Regulation M of the Securities Act as of the Effective Time) of Shares for the account of the Corporation.

 

Operating Partnership” shall mean Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, through which the Corporation may own assets.

 

Organization and Offering Expenses” shall mean any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation and to be paid from the assets of the Corporation in connection with the formation of the Corporation and the raising (or attempted raise) of equity capital, including (without limitation) the following: legal, accounting, investment banking and other advisory fees; regulatory and other filing fees; expenses of qualification of the sale of the Shares under federal and state laws (whether or not completed), including (without limitation) taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees; printing, engraving and mailing costs; the costs of marketing and distribution of Shares in an Offering, including total Dealer Manager and brokerage discounts and commissions, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of the Dealer Manager and selected dealers supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with sales and marketing materials, design and website expenses, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, fees and expenses of the Dealer Manager’s attorneys, costs related to investor and broker-dealer sales meetings, including (without limitation) fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by the Dealer Manager or selected dealers and reimbursements to the Dealer Manager and selected dealers for customary travel, lodging and meals; charges of administrators, transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow holders, depositaries and experts. The costs of an audit of the financial statements of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2023 will be considered an organization expense for this purpose as will all costs associated with the contribution of properties to the Operating Partnership before the Corporation’s first Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, “Organization and Offering Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by and to be paid from the assets of the Corporation in connection with and in preparing the Corporation for registration and subsequently offering and distributing the Shares to the public, including, but not limited to, total underwriting and brokerage discounts and commissions (including fees of the underwriters’ attorneys), expenses for printing, engraving, mailing, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, charges of transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow holders, depositaries, experts, expenses of qualification of the sale of the Shares under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees.

 

Other O&O Expenses” shall mean Organization and Offering Expenses other than Selling Commissions and Distribution Fees.

 

Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other legal entity and, for purposes of Article VI herein (and all defined terms used in such Article), also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

 

Plan Assets Regulation” means that regulation promulgated under ERISA by the Department of Labor at 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101.

 

Preferred Shares” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

 

Preferred Share Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of Preferred Shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding Preferred Shares, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 6.1.8 of the Charter.

 

Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Article VI herein, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in violation of Section 6.1.1, and, if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

Property” or “Properties” shall mean, as the context requires, any, or all, respectively, of the Real Property acquired by the Corporation, directly or indirectly, including through joint venture arrangements or other partnership or investment interests.

 

Real Estate Related Securities” shall mean equity and debt securities of both publicly traded and private companies, including REITs and pass-through entities, that own Real Property or loans secured by real estate, including investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities and derivative instruments, owned by the Corporation directly or indirectly through one or more of its Affiliates.

 

6 

 

 

Real Property” shall mean land, rights in land (including leasehold interests) and any buildings, structures, improvements, furnishings, fixtures and equipment located on or used in connection with land and rights or interests in land.

 

Reinvestment Plan” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.10 herein.

 

REIT” shall mean a corporation, trust, association or other legal entity (other than a real estate syndication) that is engaged primarily in investing in equity interests in real estate (including fee ownership and leasehold interests) or in loans secured by real estate or both as defined pursuant to the REIT Provisions of the Code.

 

REIT Provisions of the Code” shall mean Sections 856 through 860 of the Code and any successor or other provisions of the Code relating to real estate investment trusts (including provisions as to the attribution of ownership of beneficial interests therein) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Repurchase Plan” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.9 herein.

 

Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

 

Roll-Up Entity” shall mean a partnership, real estate investment trust, corporation, trust or other entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of a proposed Roll-Up Transaction.

 

Roll-Up Transaction” shall mean a transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation either directly or indirectly of the Corporation and the issuance of securities of a Roll-Up Entity to the holders of Common Shares. Such term does not include:

 

(a) a transaction involving securities of the Corporation that have been listed on a national securities exchange for at least twelve months; or

 

(b) a transaction involving the conversion to corporate, trust or association form of only the Corporation, if, as a consequence of the transaction, there will be no significant adverse change in any of the following:

 

(i) voting rights of the holders of Common Shares;

 

(ii) the term of existence of the Corporation;

 

(iii) Sponsor or Advisor compensation; or

 

(iv) the Corporation’s investment objectives.

 

Sale” shall include any transaction or series of transactions whereby:

 

(a) the Corporation or the Operating Partnership directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys or relinquishes its ownership of any Property or portion thereof, including the lease of any Property consisting of a building only, and including any event with respect to any Property which gives rise to a significant amount of insurance proceeds or condemnation awards;

 

(b) the Corporation or the Operating Partnership directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys or relinquishes its ownership of all or substantially all of the interest of the Corporation or the Operating Partnership in any Joint Venture in which it is a co-venturer or partner;

 

(c) any Joint Venture in which the Corporation or the Operating Partnership is a co-venturer or partner directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys or relinquishes its ownership of any Property or portion thereof, including any event with respect to any Property which gives rise to a significant amount of insurance proceeds or condemnation awards;

 

(d) the Corporation or the Operating Partnership directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, conveys or relinquishes its interest in any Mortgage or Real Estate-Related Security or portion thereof, including any payments thereunder or in satisfaction thereof (other than regularly scheduled interest payments) or any amounts owed pursuant to such Mortgage or Real Estate-Related Security, and including any event with respect to any Mortgage or Real Estate-Related Security which gives rise to a significant amount of insurance proceeds or similar awards; and

 

7 

 

 

(e) the Corporation or the Operating Partnership directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys or relinquishes its ownership of any other asset not previously described in this definition or any portion thereof.

 

SDAT” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.4 herein.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto. Reference to any provision of the Securities Act shall mean such provision as in effect from time to time, as the same may be amended, and any successor provision thereto, as interpreted by any applicable regulations as in effect from time to time.

 

Selling Commissions” shall mean any and all up-front fees and commissions payable to underwriters, dealer managers or other broker-dealers in connection with the sale of Shares, including, without limitation, up-front fees or commissions payable to the Dealer Manager.

 

Shares” shall mean shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, including Common Shares or Preferred Shares.

 

Soliciting Dealers” shall mean those broker-dealers that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or that are exempt from broker-dealer registration, and that, in either case, enter into participating broker or other agreements with the Dealer Manager or the Corporation to sell Shares in an Offering.

 

Sponsor” shall mean any Person that (i) is directly or indirectly instrumental in organizing, wholly or in part, the Corporation or (ii) will control, manage or participate in the management of the Corporation, and any Affiliate of such Person. A Person may also be deemed a Sponsor of the Corporation by: (a) taking the initiative, directly or indirectly, in founding or organizing the Corporation, either alone or in conjunction with one or more other Persons, (b) receiving a material participation in the Corporation in connection with the founding or organizing of the business of the Corporation, in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, (c) having a substantial number of relationships and contacts with the Corporation, (d) possessing significant rights to control Properties, (e) receiving fees for providing services to the Corporation which are paid on a basis that is not customary in the industry or (f) providing goods or services to the Corporation on a basis which was not negotiated at arm’s-length with the Corporation. “Sponsor” does not include any Person whose only relationship with the Corporation is that of an independent property manager and whose only compensation is as such, or wholly independent third parties such as attorneys, accountants and underwriters whose only compensation is for professional services.

 

Stockholder List” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 11.6 herein.

 

Stockholders” shall mean the holders of record of the Shares as maintained in the books and records of the Corporation or its transfer agent.

 

Total Corporation-Level Underwriting Compensation” shall mean all underwriting compensation paid or incurred with respect to an Offering registered under the Securities Act from all sources, determined pursuant to the rules and guidance of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., including Distribution Fees and Selling Commissions.

 

Total Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Corporation, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles, including advisory fees, but excluding: (i) the expenses of raising capital such as Organization and Offering Expenses, legal, audit, accounting, underwriting, brokerage, listing, registration and other fees, printing and other such expenses and taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, distribution, transfer, registration and Listing of the Shares, (ii) interest payments, (iii) taxes, (iv) non-cash expenditures such as depreciation, amortization and bad debt reserves, (v) incentive fees paid in compliance with Section 8.7, (vi) Acquisition Fees and Acquisition Expenses, (vii) real estate commissions on the Sale of Property and (viii) other fees and expenses connected with the acquisition, disposition and ownership of real estate interests, mortgage loans or other property (including the costs of foreclosure, insurance premiums, legal services, maintenance, repair and improvement of property).

 

Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Shares, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, including (i) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (ii) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Shares or any interest in Shares or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (iii) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

2%/25% Guidelines” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 8.9 herein.

 

8 

 

 

Unimproved Real Property” shall mean Property (i) in which the Corporation has an equity interest that was not acquired for the purpose of producing rental or other operating income, (ii) that has no development or construction in process and (iii) for which no development or construction is planned, in good faith, to commence within one year.

 

Valuation Guidelines” shall mean written valuation procedures adopted by the Board, as such procedures may be amended from time to time, that set forth the method by which the net asset value per each class of Common Share shall be calculated.

 

As used in this Charter, the terms “for example,” “including" and/or "includes" shall be deemed to mean "for example, but not limited to," "including, but not limited to" “including (without limitation)” or "includes, but is not limited to," or “includes (without limitation)” as applicable.

 

Article V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1 Authorized Shares. The Corporation has authority to issue 1,400,000,000 Shares, consisting of 1,300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class D common stock (the “Class D Common Shares”), 100,000,000 of which are classified as Class E common stock (the “Class E Common Shares”), 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class I common stock (the “Class I Common Shares”), 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class S common stock (the “Class S Common Shares”), 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class T common stock (the “Class T Common Shares”) and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Preferred Shares”). The aggregate par value of all authorized Shares having par value is $14,000,000. All Shares shall be fully paid and non-assessable when issued. The Board may classify or reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time into one or more classes or series of Shares. If Shares of one class are classified or reclassified into Shares of another class pursuant to this Article V, the number of authorized Shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of Shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of Shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of Shares of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of Shares set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the Stockholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

Section 5.2 Common Shares.

 

Section 5.2.1 Common Shares Subject to Terms of Preferred Shares. The Common Shares shall be subject to the express terms of any series of Preferred Shares.

 

Section 5.2.2 Voting Rights. Subject to the provisions of Article VI and except as may otherwise be specified in the Charter, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters upon which Stockholders are entitled to vote pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof. Except as may be provided otherwise in the Charter, the holders of the Common Shares shall have the exclusive right to vote on all matters (as to which a common stockholder shall be entitled to vote pursuant to applicable law) at all meetings of the Stockholders.

 

Section 5.2.3 Conversion of Certain Share Classes.

 

(a) Each Class D Common Share, Class S Common Share and Class T Common Share held in a Stockholder’s account shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) equal to the Class D Conversion Rate, Class S Conversion Rate or Class T Conversion Rate, respectively, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager and/or the Corporation in conjunction with the Corporation’s transfer agent determine(s) that total Selling Commissions and Distribution Fees paid with respect to the Shares held by such Stockholder within such account would equal or exceed, in the aggregate, 8.75% (or a lower limit as set forth in the applicable agreement between the Dealer Manager and a Soliciting Dealer at the time such Shares were issued) of the Gross Proceeds from the sale of such Shares (including the Gross Proceeds of any Shares issued under a Reinvestment Plan with respect thereto).

 

(b) If not already converted into Class I Common Shares pursuant to Section 5.2.3(a) hereof, each Class D Common Share, Class E Common Share, Class S Common Share and Class T Common Share, held in a Stockholder’s account shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) equal to the Class D Conversion Rate, Class E Conversion Rate, Class S Conversion Rate and Class T Conversion Rate, respectively, on the earliest of (i) a Listing of Class I Common Shares, (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another entity in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, or (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; provided, however, that with respect to the Class E Common Shares only, such conversion shall not occur if immediately after the occurrence of any of such events the Corporation is externally advised with different management fee allocations (which may or may not include different performance allocations) for holders of Class I Common Shares on the one hand and holders of Class E Common Shares on the other hand.

 

9 

 

 

(c) In addition, after termination of the primary portion of an Offering registered under the Securities Act, each Class D Common Share, Class S Common Share or Class T Common Share sold in the primary portion of that Offering, each Class D Common Share, Class S Common Share or Class T Common Share sold under a Reinvestment Plan pursuant to the same registration statement that was used for the primary portion of that Offering, and each Class D Common Share, Class S Common Share or Class T Common Share received as a stock dividend with respect to such shares, shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) equal to the Class D Conversion Rate, Class S Conversion Rate or Class T Conversion Rate, respectively, at the end of the month in which the Corporation, with the assistance of the Dealer Manager, determines that Total Corporation-Level Underwriting Compensation paid with respect to such Offering would equal or be in excess of 10% of the Gross Proceeds of the primary portion of such Offering.

 

Section 5.2.4 Rights Upon Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or any Distribution of the assets of the Corporation, the aggregate assets of the Corporation available for Distribution to holders of the Common Shares shall be determined in accordance with applicable law. Immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or any distribution of the assets of the Corporation pursuant to a plan of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Class D Common Shares will automatically convert to Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) at the Class D Conversion Rate, Class E Common Shares will automatically convert to Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) at the Class E Conversion Rate, Class S Common Shares will automatically convert to Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) at the Class S Conversion Rate and Class T Common Shares will automatically convert to Class I Common Shares (including fractional shares) at the Class T Conversion Rate. Following such conversion, the aggregate assets of the Corporation available for Distribution to holders of the Common Shares, or the proceeds therefrom, shall be distributed to each holder of Class I Common Shares, ratably with each other holder of Class I Common Shares, which will include all converted Class D Common Shares, Class E Common Shares, Class S Common Shares and Class T Common Shares, in such proportion as the number of outstanding Class I Common Shares held by such holder bears to the total number of outstanding Class I Common Shares then outstanding.

 

Section 5.3 Preferred Shares. The Board may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of Shares; provided, however, that following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, when a privately issued Preferred Share is entitled to vote on a matter with the holders of Common Shares, the relationship of (i) the number of votes per such Preferred Share to (ii) the consideration paid to the Corporation for such Preferred Share shall not exceed the relationship of (x) the number of votes per publicly issued Common Share to (y) the book value per outstanding Common Share, all as determined on the date of issuance of such privately issued Preferred Share.

 

Section 5.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to the issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VI and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other Distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of the preceding sentence may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other charter document.

 

Section 5.5 Distributions. The Board of Directors may from time to time authorize the Corporation to declare and pay to Stockholders such dividends or other Distributions in cash or other assets of the Corporation or in securities of the Corporation, including in Shares of one class payable to holders of Shares of another class, or from any other source as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine. The Board of Directors shall endeavor to authorize the Corporation to declare and pay such dividends and other Distributions as shall be necessary for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT under the Code; provided, however, Stockholders shall have no right to any dividend or other Distribution unless and until authorized by the Board and declared by the Corporation. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding. The receipt by any Person in whose name any Shares are registered on the records of the Corporation or by his or her duly authorized agent shall be a sufficient discharge for all dividends or other Distributions payable or deliverable in respect of such Shares and from all liability to see to the application thereof. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, distributions in kind shall not be permitted, except for distributions of readily marketable securities, distributions of beneficial interests in a liquidating trust established for the dissolution of the Corporation and the liquidation of its assets in accordance with the terms of the Charter or distributions of in-kind property in which (a) the Board advises each Stockholder of the risks associated with direct ownership of the property, (b) the Board offers each Stockholder the election of receiving such in-kind property distributions and (c) in-kind property distributions are made only to those Stockholders that accept such offer.

 

10 

 

 

Other than Distributions pursuant to a program or programs by which the Corporation voluntarily repurchases shares from its stockholders or pursuant to Article VI, each stockholder of a class or series of shares of capital stock shall be treated the same with respect to Distributions as every other stockholder of that class or series.

 

Section 5.6 Charter and Bylaws. The rights of all Stockholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.

 

Section 5.7 No Issuance of Share Certificates. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Corporation shall not issue stock certificates. A Stockholder’s investment shall be recorded on the books of the Corporation. To transfer his or her Shares, a Stockholder shall submit an executed form to the Corporation, which form shall be provided by the Corporation upon request. Such transfer will also be recorded on the books of the Corporation. Upon issuance or transfer of Shares, the Corporation will provide the Stockholder with information concerning his or her rights with regard to such Shares, as required by the Bylaws and the MGCL or other applicable law.

 

Section 5.8 Suitability of Stockholders. The following provisions shall apply to purchases of Common Shares in an Offering registered under the Securities Act:

 

Section 5.8.1 Investor Suitability Standards. If such prospective Stockholder is an individual (including an individual beneficiary of a purchasing individual retirement account), or if the prospective Stockholder is a fiduciary (such as a trustee of a trust or corporate pension or profit sharing plan, or other tax-exempt organization, or a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act), such individual or fiduciary, as the case may be, must represent to the Corporation, among other requirements as the Corporation may require from time to time:

 

(a) that such individual (or, in the case of a fiduciary, that the fiduciary account or the donor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the Shares) has a minimum annual gross income of $70,000 and a net worth (excluding home, furnishings and automobiles) of not less than $70,000; or

 

(b) that such individual (or, in the case of a fiduciary, that the fiduciary account or the donor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the Shares) has a net worth (excluding home, furnishings and automobiles) of not less than $250,000.

 

Section 5.8.2 Determination of Suitability of Sale. The Sponsor and each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Corporation and each broker or dealer or registered investment adviser recommending the purchase of Shares to a customer shall make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of Common Shares by a Stockholder is a suitable and appropriate investment for such Stockholder. In making this determination, the Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Corporation, or each broker or dealer or registered investment adviser recommending the purchase of Shares to a customer, shall ascertain that the prospective Stockholder: (a) meets the minimum income and net worth standards established for purchasing Common Shares; (b) can reasonably benefit from an investment in Common Shares based on the prospective Stockholder’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure; (c) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective Stockholder’s overall financial situation; and (d) has apparent understanding of (i) the fundamental risks of the investment; (ii) the risk that the Stockholder may lose the entire investment; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Common Shares; (iv) the restrictions on transferability of the Common Shares; and (v) the tax consequences of the investment.

 

The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Corporation, or each broker or dealer or registered investment adviser recommending the purchase of Shares to a customer, shall make this determination with respect to each prospective Stockholder on the basis of information it has obtained from or on behalf of such prospective Stockholder, including information indirectly obtained from a prospective stockholder through such stockholder’s investment adviser, financial advisor or bank acting as a fiduciary. Relevant information for this purpose will include at least the age, investment objectives, investment experiences, income, net worth, financial situation and other investments of the prospective Stockholder, as well as any other pertinent factors.

 

The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Corporation, or each broker or dealer or registered investment adviser recommending the purchase of Shares to a customer shall maintain records of the information used to determine that an investment in Common Shares is suitable and appropriate for a Stockholder. The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Corporation, or each broker or dealer or registered investment adviser recommending the purchase of Shares to a customer shall maintain these records for at least six years.

 

The Sponsor and each Person selling shares on behalf of the Corporation may each rely upon the following in satisfying its obligations under this Section 5.8.2: (i) the Person directly recommending the purchase of Common Shares to a customer if that Person is a FINRA member broker or dealer that has entered into a selling agreement with the Sponsor or the Corporation or their Affiliates or (ii) a registered investment adviser that has entered into an agreement with the Sponsor or the Corporation or their Affiliates.

 

11 

 

 

Section 5.9 Repurchase of Shares. The Board may establish a program or programs by which the Corporation voluntarily repurchases Shares from its Stockholders (a “Repurchase Plan”). Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, no repurchase may impair the capital or operations of the Corporation and neither the Sponsor, the Advisor, any member of the Board or any Affiliate thereof may receive any fees arising out of the repurchase of Shares by the Corporation.

 

Section 5.10 Distribution Reinvestment Plans. The Board may establish, from time to time, a Distribution reinvestment plan or plans (each, a “Reinvestment Plan”). Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, under any such Reinvestment Plan, all material information regarding Distributions to the holders of Common Shares and the effect of reinvesting such Distributions, including the tax consequences thereof, shall be provided to the holders of Common Shares not less often than annually, and each holder of Common Shares participating in such Reinvestment Plan shall have a reasonable opportunity to withdraw from the Reinvestment Plan not less often than annually after receipt of such information.

 

Section 5.11 Minimum Account Repurchases. In the event that any holder of Common Shares fails to maintain in such holder’s account a minimum balance of $500 of Common Shares or such other amount of Common Shares as from time to time determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in a Certificate of Notice filed by the Corporation with the SDAT (the “Minimum Account Balance”), the Corporation may repurchase all of the Common Shares held by such holder at the repurchase price in effect under the Repurchase Plan on the date that the Corporation determines that such holder has failed to meet the Minimum Account Balance, less any early repurchase deduction as may be provided in the Repurchase Plan.

 

Section 5.12 Repurchase of Shares Held by Benefit Plan Investors. In the event the Board of Directors determines that the repurchase of Common Shares from Benefit Plan Investors is advisable in order to limit ownership by Benefit Plan Investors to less than 25% of the total value of any class of Common Shares (as calculated under the Plan Assets Regulation), the Corporation may repurchase some or all of the Common Shares held by any such holder on the date that the Corporation determines that such repurchase is advisable, with both the price and the date determined in accordance with ERISA.

 

Section 5.13 Appointment of ERISA Manager. During any time that Benefit Plan Investors hold 25% or more of any class of Common Shares (as calculated under the Plan Assets Regulation), each Benefit Plan Investor appoints the Advisor to serve as an “investment manager” (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA), and the Advisor accepts such appointment and acknowledges its status as a “fiduciary” (as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA). For the avoidance of doubt, the appointment, acceptance and acknowledgement are not in effect at any time Benefit Plan Investors own less than 25% of each class of Common Shares (as calculated under the Plan Assets Regulation).

 

Article VI

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 6.1 Shares.

 

Section 6.1.1 Ownership Limitations. During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 6.3:

 

(a) Basic Restrictions.

 

(i) (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in excess of the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, (2) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares in excess of the Common Share Ownership Limit, (3) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Preferred Shares in excess of the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and (4) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

 

(ii) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares to the extent that (1) such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), (2) such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause either the Corporation to be considered to constructively own after application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code for purposes of applying Section 856(c) of the Code or Stirling REIT OP, LP (or any successor thereto) to be considered to constructively own after application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code, as modified by the rules of Section 7704(d) of the Code, an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code for purposes of applying Section 7704(d) of the Code, or (3) such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares would result in the Corporation otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT or Stirling REIT OP, LP (or any successor thereto) to fail to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

12 

 

 

(iii) Any Transfer of Shares that, if effective, would result in Shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares.

 

(iv) During the Foreign Ownership Limitation Period, any Transfer of Shares or purported Transfer of Shares or any other event that, if effective, would result in the Corporation failing to qualify as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of the Shares or purported Transfer of Shares or any other event that would cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code); and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares.

 

(b) Transfer in Trust. If any Transfer of Shares occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Shares in violation of Section 6.1.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv),

 

(i) then that number of Shares the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 6.1.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically Transferred to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 6.2, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such Shares; or

 

(ii) if the Transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 6.1.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv), then the Transfer of that number of Shares that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 6.1.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares.

 

To the extent that, upon a transfer of Shares pursuant to this Section 6.1.1(b), a violation of any provision of this Article VI would nonetheless be continuing (for example where the ownership of Shares by a single Charitable Trust would violate the 100 stockholder requirement applicable to REITs), then Shares shall be transferred to that number of Charitable Trusts, each having a distinct Charitable Trustee and a Charitable Beneficiary or Beneficiaries that are distinct from those of each other Charitable Trust, such that there is no violation of any provision of this Article VI.

 

Section 6.1.2 Remedies for Breach. If the Board of Directors or its designee (including any duly authorized committee of the Board) shall at any time determine that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 6.1.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any Shares in violation of Section 6.1.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or its designee shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem Shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted Transfers or other events in violation of Section 6.1.1 shall automatically result in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or its designee.

 

Section 6.1.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer. Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares that will or may violate Section 6.1.1(a), or any Person who would have owned Shares that resulted in a Transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1.1(b), shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT or status as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code).

 

Section 6.1.4 Owners Required to Provide Information. From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a) every owner of more than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder or as otherwise required by the Board of Directors) of the outstanding Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Shares Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such Shares are held; provided that an owner of record who holds outstanding Shares as nominee for another Person, which other Person is required to include in gross income the dividends received on such Shares (an “Actual Owner”), shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such Actual Owner and the number of Shares of such Actual Owner with respect to which the owner is nominee. Each such owner and each Actual Owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Common Share Ownership Limit and the other restrictions set forth herein; and

 

(b) each Person who is or attempts to be a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Shares and each Person (including the Stockholder of record) who is holding Shares for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT or status as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code) and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

 

13 

 

 

Section 6.1.5 Remedies Not Limited. Subject to Section 7.10 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 6.1 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its Stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT or status as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code).

 

Section 6.1.6 Ambiguity. In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 6.1, Section 6.2 or any definition contained in Article IV, the Board of Directors may determine the application of the provisions of this Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 6.1 or 6.2 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors may determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Article IV or Sections 6.1 or 6.2. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 6.1.2) acquired Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares in violation of Section 6.1.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the Shares which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such Shares based upon the relative number of the Shares held by each such Person.

 

Section 6.1.7 Exceptions.

 

(a) Subject to Section 6.1.1(a)(ii), the Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and the Common Share Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:

 

(i) the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary for the Board to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of such Shares will violate Section 6.1.1(a)(ii);

 

(ii) such Person does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.8% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation); and

 

(iii) such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 6.1.1 through 6.1.6) will result in the application of the remedies set forth in Article VI.

 

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Board of Directors may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and the Common Share Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person for a taxable period where the Corporation is not taxed as real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes if the Board of Directors determines that such exemption is in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

(b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 6.1.7(a), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception. Any expense incurred in connection with obtaining such a ruling or opinion shall be the sole responsibility of such Person requesting the exception.

 

(c) Subject to Section 6.1.1(a)(ii), an underwriter which participates in a public Offering or a private placement of Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) in excess of the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit, the Common Share Ownership Limit or all such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public Offering or private placement.

 

(d) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (i) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (ii) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit or the Common Share Ownership Limit, as the case may be.

 

14 

 

 

Section 6.1.8 Increase or Decrease in Aggregate Share Ownership, Preferred Share Ownership and Common Share Ownership Limits. Subject to Section 6.1.1(a)(ii), the Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Common Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit for one or more Persons and increase or decrease the Common Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit for all other Persons. No decreased Common Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit will be effective for any Person whose percentage of ownership in Shares is in excess of such decreased Common Share Ownership Limit, Preferred Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, as applicable, until such time as such Person’s percentage of ownership in Shares equals or falls below the decreased Common Share Ownership Limit, Preferred Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Shares in excess of such percentage ownership of Shares will be in violation of the Common Share Ownership Limit, Preferred Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Common Share Ownership Limit, Preferred Share Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Share Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Persons to Beneficially Own more than 49.5% in value of the outstanding Shares.

 

Section 6.1.9 Legend. Any certificate representing Shares shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

The Shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and status as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity within the meaning of Section 897(h)(4)(B) of the Code (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of Common Shares) of the outstanding Common Shares unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Preferred Shares in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of Preferred Shares) of the outstanding Preferred Shares unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares) of the total outstanding Shares, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iv) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; (v) any Transfer of Shares that, if effective, would result in Shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (as determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares; (vi) no Person may own, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Section 897(h)(4)(B) of the Code, Shares to the extent that such ownership of such shares would cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a Domestically Controlled Qualified Investment Entity (determined without regard to the “testing period” set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(D) of the Code); and (vii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares that would result in the Company being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code, would cause either the Company to be considered to constructively own after application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code for purposes of applying Section 856(c) of the Code or Stirling REIT OP, LP (or any successor thereto) to be considered to constructively own after application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code, as modified by Section 7704(d) of the Code, an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code for purposes of applying Section 7704(d) of the Code, or otherwise would cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code. Any Person who Beneficially Own or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares which cause or will cause a Person to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation in writing (or, in the case of an attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice). If any of the restrictions on Transfer or ownership as set forth in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi) or (vii) above are violated, the Shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations will be automatically Transferred to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem Shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) above may be void ab initio.

 

All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Corporation’s charter, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on Transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Shares on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its principal office.

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a Stockholder on request and without charge. In the case of uncertificated Shares, the Corporation will send the holder of such Shares, on request and without charge, a written statement of the information otherwise required on certificates.

 

15 

 

 

Section 6.2 Transfer of Shares in Trust.

 

Section 6.2.1 Ownership in Trust. Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 6.1.1(b) that would result in a Transfer of Shares to a Charitable Trust, such Shares shall be deemed to have been Transferred to the Charitable Trustee as trustee of a Charitable Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such Transfer to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 6.1.1(b). The Charitable Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 6.2.6.

 

Section 6.2.2 Status of Shares Held by the Charitable Trustee. Shares held by the Charitable Trustee shall continue to be issued and outstanding Shares. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the Shares held by the Charitable Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any Shares held in trust by the Charitable Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other Distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the Shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Prohibited Owner shall have no claim, cause of action or other recourse whatsoever against the purposed transferor of such Shares.

 

Section 6.2.3 Dividend and Voting Rights. The Charitable Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other Distributions with respect to Shares held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other Distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that Shares have been Transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or other Distribution to the Charitable Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other Distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Charitable Trustee. Any dividends or other Distributions so paid over to the Charitable Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to Shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that Shares have been Transferred to the Charitable Trustee, the Charitable Trustee shall have the authority (at the Charitable Trustee’s sole discretion) (a) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that Shares have been Transferred to the Charitable Trustee and (b) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Charitable Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Charitable Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VI, until the Corporation has received notification that Shares have been Transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other Stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of Stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes and determining the other rights of Stockholders.

 

Section 6.2.4 Rights Upon Liquidation. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of or any distribution of the assets of the Corporation, the Charitable Trustee shall be entitled to receive, ratably with each other holder of Shares of the class or series of Shares that is held in the Charitable Trust, that portion of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of such class or series (determined based upon the ratio that the number of Shares of such class or series of Shares held by the Charitable Trustee bears to the total number of Shares of such class or series of Shares then outstanding). The Charitable Trustee shall distribute any such assets received in respect of the Shares held in the Charitable Trust in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up or distribution of the assets of the Corporation, in accordance with Section 6.2.5.

 

Section 6.2.5 Sale of Shares by Charitable Trustee. Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that Shares have been Transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee shall sell the Shares held in the Charitable Trust to a Person, designated by the Charitable Trustee, whose ownership of the Shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 6.1.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 6.2.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (a) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the Shares in connection with the event causing the Shares to be held in the Charitable Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the Shares on the day of the event causing the Shares to be held in the Charitable Trust and (b) the price per share received by the Charitable Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the Shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Charitable Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other Distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 6.2.3 of this Article VI. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that Shares have been Transferred to the Charitable Trustee, such Shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such Shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such Shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.2.5, such excess shall be paid to the Charitable Trustee upon demand.

 

Section 6.2.6 Purchase Right in Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee. Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per Share equal to the lesser of (a) the price per Share in the transaction that resulted in such Transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (b) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Charitable Trustee has sold the Shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 6.2.5. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other Distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 6.2.3 of this Article VI. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Charitable Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary.

 

16 

 

 

Section 6.2.7 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries. By written notice to the Charitable Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (a) Shares held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 6.1.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (b) each such organization must be described in Sections 501(c)(3), 170(b)(1)(A) or 170(c)(2) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Charitable Beneficiary cannot be, or cannot be directly or indirectly owned by, a foreign person within the meaning of Section 897(h)(4)(B) of the Code.

 

Section 6.3 NYSE Transactions. Nothing in this Article VI shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VI and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VI.

 

Section 6.4 Enforcement. The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VI.

 

Section 6.5 Non-Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

Article VII

 

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 7.1 Number of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of Directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) shall be three, which number may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to the Bylaws; provided, however, that the total number of Directors shall not be fewer than three. A majority of the seats on the Board will be for Independent Directors. The names of the current Directors who shall serve until the next annual meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are Monty J. Bennett, Mark Goldberg and Frederick J. Kleisner.

 

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors in office, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum, and any Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, if any remaining directors are Independent Directors, only Independent Directors shall nominate replacements for vacancies among the Independent Directors’ positions.

 

Section 7.2 Experience. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, each Director shall have at least three years of relevant experience demonstrating the knowledge and experience required to successfully acquire and manage the type of assets being acquired by the Corporation. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, at least one of the Independent Directors shall have at least three years of relevant real estate experience.

 

Section 7.3 Committees. The Board may establish such committees as it deems appropriate, in its discretion, provided that following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the majority of the members of each committee are Independent Directors.

 

Section 7.4 Term. Except as may otherwise be provided in the terms of any Preferred Shares issued by the Corporation with respect to the termination after less than one year of the term of office of any Director elected by the holders of such Preferred Shares, each Director shall hold office for one year, until the next annual meeting of Stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Directors may be elected to an unlimited number of successive terms.

 

17 

 

 

Section 7.5 Fiduciary Obligations. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Directors serve in a fiduciary capacity to the Corporation and have a fiduciary duty to the Stockholders, including a fiduciary duty to the Stockholders to supervise the relationship of the Corporation with the Advisor.

 

Section 7.6 Extraordinary Actions. Notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 7.7 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (including as compensation for the Independent Directors or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the issuance of Preferred Shares shall also be approved by a majority of Independent Directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, who shall have access at the Corporation’s expense to the Corporation’s legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

 

Section 7.8 Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares or any other security that the Corporation may issue or sell. Holders of Shares shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors and upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of Shares, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such Shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

Section 7.9 Determinations by Board. The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of Shares:

 

(a) the amount of the Net Income for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, repurchase of Shares or the payment of other Distributions on Shares;

 

(b) the amount of paid-in surplus, Net Assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, Net Assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on Sales of assets;

 

(c) the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged);

 

(d) any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Bylaws or the Charter, including, without limitation: (i) any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other Distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of Shares, (ii) any provision of the definitions of any of the following: Affiliate, Independent Director and Sponsor, (iii) which amounts paid to the Advisor or its Affiliates are expenses connected with the ownership of real estate interests, loans or other property, (iv) which expenses are excluded from the definition of Total Operating Expenses, (v) whether expenses qualify as Organization and Offering Expenses, (vi) whether an investment is considered a commodity or commodity future contract and whether a futures contract is used solely for hedging purposes in connection with the Corporation’s ordinary business of investing in real estate assets, Mortgages and Real Estate Related Securities as contemplated by Section 9.4(b), and (vii) whether substantial justification exists to invest in or make a Mortgage as contemplated by Section 9.4(d) because of the presence of other underwriting criteria;

 

(e) the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or any Shares; the number of Shares of any class of the Corporation;

 

(f) any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets of the Corporation;

 

(g) any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any Person; or

 

18 

 

 

(h) any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any determination by the Board of Directors as to any of the preceding matters shall not render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination and no Director shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.

 

Section 7.10 REIT Qualification. If the Corporation elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT, the Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to qualify as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and Transfers set forth in Article VI is no longer required for REIT qualification.

 

Section 7.11 Board Action with Respect to Certain Matters. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, a majority of the Independent Directors must approve any Board action to which the following sections of the NASAA REIT Guidelines apply: II.A., II.F., II.G., IV.A., IV.B., IV.C., IV.D., IV.E., IV.F., IV.G., V.E., V.H., V.J., VI.A., VI.B.4 and VI.G.

 

Section 7.12 Ratification of Charter. At or before the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Board of Directors and the Independent Directors shall each review and ratify the Charter by majority vote.

 

Article VIII

 

ADVISOR

 

Section 8.1 Applicability. The provisions of this Article VIII will apply only following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 8.2 Appointment of Advisor and Initial Investment. The Board is responsible for setting the general policies of the Corporation and for the general supervision of its business conducted by officers, agents, employees, advisors or independent contractors of the Corporation. However, the Board is not required personally to conduct the business of the Corporation, and it may (but need not) appoint, employ or contract with any Person (including a Person that is an Affiliate of any Director) as an Advisor and may grant or delegate such authority to the Advisor as the Board may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or desirable. The term of retention of any Advisor shall not exceed one year, although there is no limit to the number of times that a particular Advisor may be retained. The Sponsor or its Affiliates have made an Initial Investment of $200,000 in the Corporation. The Sponsor or such Affiliate may not sell the Initial Investment while the Sponsor or any affiliate thereof serves as the Sponsor but may transfer the Initial Investment to other Affiliates.

 

Section 8.3 Supervision of Advisor. The Board shall review and evaluate the qualifications of the Advisor before entering into, and shall evaluate the performance of the Advisor before renewing, an Advisory Agreement, and the criteria used in such evaluation shall be reflected in the minutes of the meetings of the Board. The Board may exercise broad discretion in allowing the Advisor to administer and regulate the operations and investment activities of the Corporation, to act as agent for the Corporation, to execute documents on behalf of the Corporation and to make executive decisions that conform to general policies and principles established by the Board. The Board shall monitor the Advisor to assure that the administrative procedures, operations and programs of the Corporation are in the best interests of the Stockholders and are fulfilled. The Independent Directors are responsible for reviewing the fees and expenses of the Corporation at least annually or with sufficient frequency to determine that the fees and expenses incurred are reasonable in light of the investment performance of the Corporation, its Net Assets, its Net Income and the fees and expenses of other comparable unaffiliated REITs. Each such determination shall be reflected in the minutes of the meetings of the Board. The Independent Directors also will be responsible for reviewing, from time to time and at least annually, the performance of the Advisor and determining that compensation to be paid to the Advisor is reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and that such compensation is within the limits prescribed by the Charter. The Independent Directors shall also supervise the performance of the Advisor and the compensation paid to the Advisor by the Corporation in order to determine that the provisions of the Advisory Agreement are being carried out. Specifically, the Independent Directors will consider factors such as (a) the amount of the fee paid to the Advisor in relation to the size, composition and performance of the assets of the Corporation, (b) the success of the Advisor in generating opportunities that meet the investment objectives of the Corporation, (c) rates charged to other REITs and to investors other than REITs by advisors performing the same or similar services, (d) additional revenues realized by the Advisor and its Affiliates through their relationship with the Corporation, including loan administration, underwriting or broker commissions, servicing, engineering, inspection and other fees, whether paid by the Corporation or by others with whom the Corporation does business, (e) the quality and extent of service and advice furnished by the Advisor, (f) the performance of the assets of the Corporation, including income, conservation or appreciation of capital, frequency of problem investments and competence in dealing with distress situations, and (g) the quality of the assets of the Corporation relative to the investments generated by the Advisor for its own account. The Independent Directors may also consider all other factors that they deem relevant, and the findings of the Independent Directors on each of the factors considered shall be recorded in the minutes of the Board. The Board shall determine whether any successor Advisor possesses sufficient qualifications to perform the advisory function for the Corporation and whether the compensation provided for in its contract with the Corporation is justified.

 

19 

 

 

Section 8.4 Fiduciary Obligations. Following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Advisor shall have a fiduciary responsibility and duty to the Corporation and to the Stockholders.

 

Section 8.5 Term and Termination. The Advisory Agreement shall have a term of no more than one year, subject to an unlimited number of successive one-year renewals upon mutual consent of the parties. A majority of the Independent Directors may terminate the Advisory Agreement on 60 days’ written notice without cause or penalty, and, in such event, the Advisor will cooperate with, and take all reasonable steps requested to assist, the Corporation and the Board in making an orderly transition of the advisory function.

 

Section 8.6 Disposition Fee on Sale of Property. The Corporation may pay the Advisor a real estate commission upon the Sale of one or more Properties, in an amount equal to one-half of the Competitive Real Estate Commission paid but not to exceed 3% of the sales price of such Property or Properties. Payment of such fee may be made only if the Advisor provides a substantial amount of services in connection with the Sale of such Property or Properties, as determined by a majority of the Independent Directors. In addition, the amount paid when added to all other real estate commissions paid to unaffiliated parties in connection with such Sale shall not exceed the lesser of the Competitive Real Estate Commission or an amount equal to 6% of the sales price of such Property or Properties.

 

Section 8.7 Incentive Fees. The Corporation may pay the Advisor an interest in the gain from the Sale of assets, for which full consideration is not paid in cash or property of equivalent value, provided the amount or percentage of such interest is reasonable. Such an interest in gain from the Sale of assets shall be considered presumptively reasonable if it does not exceed 15% of the balance of such net proceeds remaining after payment to holders of Common Shares, in the aggregate, of an amount equal to 100% of the Invested Capital, plus an amount equal to 6% of the Invested Capital per annum cumulative. In the case of multiple Advisors, such Advisor and any of their Affiliates shall be allowed such fees provided such fees are distributed by a proportional method reasonably designed to reflect the value added to the assets by each respective Advisor or any Affiliate.

 

Section 8.8 Acquisition Fees. The Corporation may pay the Advisor and its Affiliates fees for the review and evaluation of potential investments in assets of the Corporation; provided, however, that the total of all Acquisition Fees and Acquisition Expenses shall be reasonable, and shall not exceed an amount equal to 6% of the Contract Purchase Price or, in the case of a Mortgage, 6% of the funds advanced; and provided, further, that a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction may approve fees and expenses in excess of this limit if they determine the transaction to be commercially competitive, fair and reasonable to the Corporation.

 

Section 8.9 Reimbursement for Total Operating Expenses. The Corporation may reimburse the Advisor, at the end of each fiscal quarter, for Total Operating Expenses paid by the Advisor; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not reimburse the Advisor at the end of any fiscal quarter for Total Operating Expenses that, in the four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, exceed the greater of 2% of Average Invested Assets or 25% of Net Income (the “2%/25% Guidelines”) for such four fiscal quarters. The Independent Directors shall have the fiduciary responsibility of limiting Total Operating Expenses to amounts that do not exceed the 2%/25% Guidelines unless they have made a finding that, based on such unusual and non-recurring factors that they deem sufficient, a higher level of expenses (an “Excess Amount”) is justified. Within 60 days after the end of any fiscal quarter of the Corporation for which there is an Excess Amount that the Independent Directors conclude was justified, there shall be sent to the holders of Common Shares a written disclosure of such fact (or shall be disclosed to the holders of Common Shares in the next Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Corporation or by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 60 days of such quarter end), together with an explanation of the factors the Independent Directors considered in determining that such Excess Amount was justified. Any such finding and the reasons in support thereof shall be reflected in the minutes of the meetings of the Board. In the event that the Independent Directors do not determine that such Excess Amount is justified, the Advisor shall pay the Corporation the amount by which the expenses exceeded the 2%/25% Guidelines.

 

Article IX

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND LIMITATIONS

 

Section 9.1 Applicability. The provisions of this Article IX will apply only following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 9.2 Review of Investment Policies. The Board shall establish written policies on investments and borrowing and shall monitor the administrative procedures, investment operations and performance of the Corporation and the Advisor to assure that such policies are carried out. The Independent Directors shall review the investment policies of the Corporation with sufficient frequency (not less often than annually) to determine that the policies being followed by the Corporation are in the best interests of its Stockholders. Each such determination and the basis therefor shall be set forth in the minutes of the meetings of the Board.

 

20 

 

 

Section 9.3 Certain Investment Restrictions.

 

(a) The Corporation may invest in Joint Ventures with the Sponsor, the Advisor, one or more Directors or any Affiliate thereof, only if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction approve such investment as being fair and reasonable to the Corporation and on substantially the same terms and conditions as, or more favorable than, those received by other joint venturers.

 

(b) Subject to any limitations in Section 9.4, the Corporation may invest in equity securities, provided that such investment shall be permitted only if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction approve such investment as being fair, competitive and commercially reasonable.

 

Section 9.4 Investment and Other Limitations. In addition to other investment restrictions and guidelines imposed by the Board from time to time, consistent with the Corporation’s objective of qualifying as a REIT, the following limitations shall apply:

 

(a) Not more than 10% of the Corporation’s total assets shall be invested in Unimproved Real Property or indebtedness secured by a deed of trust or Mortgages on Unimproved Real Property.

 

(b) The Corporation shall not invest in commodities or commodity future contracts. This limitation is not intended to apply to derivatives related to non-commodity investments, including futures contracts when used solely for the purpose of hedging in connection with the Corporation’s ordinary business of investing in real estate assets, Mortgages and Real Estate Related Securities.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not invest in or make any Mortgage unless an appraisal is obtained concerning the underlying property except for those loans insured or guaranteed by a government or government agency. In cases in which a majority of Independent Directors so determine, and in all cases in which the transaction is with the Advisor, the Sponsor, any Director or any Affiliate thereof, such appraisal of the underlying property must be obtained from an Independent Appraiser. Such appraisal shall be maintained in the Corporation’s records for at least five years and shall be available for inspection and duplication by any holder of Common Shares. In addition to the appraisal, a mortgagee’s or owner’s title insurance policy as to the priority of the Mortgage or condition of the title must be obtained.

 

(d) The Corporation shall not invest in or make any Mortgage, including a construction loan, on any one Real Property if the aggregate amount of all mortgage loans on such Real Property, would exceed an amount equal to 85% of the appraised value of such Real Property as determined by appraisal unless substantial justification exists because of the presence of other underwriting criteria. For purposes of this subsection, the “aggregate amount of all mortgage loans outstanding on the property, including the loans of the Corporation” shall include all interest (excluding contingent participation in income and/or appreciation in value of the mortgaged property), the current payment of which may be deferred pursuant to the terms of such loans, to the extent that deferred interest on each loan exceeds 5% per annum of the principal balance of the loan.

 

(e) The Corporation shall not make or invest in any Mortgages that are subordinate to any lien or other indebtedness or equity interest of the Advisor, any Director, the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Corporation.

 

(f) The Corporation shall not issue (i) equity securities redeemable pursuant to their terms solely at the option of the holder (except that Stockholders may offer their Common Shares to the Corporation pursuant to any Repurchase Plan); (ii) debt securities unless the historical debt service coverage (in the most recently completed fiscal year) as adjusted for known changes is sufficient to properly service that higher level of debt, as determined by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer of the Corporation; (iii) equity securities on a deferred payment basis or under similar arrangements; or (iv) options or warrants to the Advisor, the Directors, the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof except on the same terms as such options or warrants, if any, are sold to the general public. Options or warrants may be issued to Persons other than the Advisor, the Directors, the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof, but not at exercise prices less than the fair market value of the underlying securities on the date of grant and not for consideration (which may include services) that in the judgment of the Independent Directors has a market value less than the value of such option or warrant on the date of grant. Options or warrants granted to the Advisor, the Directors, the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof shall not be exercisable for a number of Shares that exceeds 10% of the outstanding Shares on the date of grant. When a privately issued Share is entitled to vote on a matter with the holders of Common Shares, the relationship of (i) the number of votes per such privately issued Share to (ii) the consideration paid to the Corporation for such privately issued Share shall not exceed the relationship of (x) the number of votes per publicly issued Common Share to (y) the book value per outstanding Common Share, all as determined on the date of issuance of such privately issued Share.

 

(g) A majority of Directors shall determine that the consideration paid for Real Property acquired by the Corporation shall ordinarily be based on the fair market value of the Real Property. If a majority of the Independent Directors on the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board determines, or if the Real Property is acquired from the Advisor, a Director, the Sponsor or their Affiliates, such fair market value shall be determined by a qualified Independent Appraiser selected by such Independent Directors.

 

21 

 

 

(h) The aggregate Leverage shall be reasonable in relation to the Net Assets and shall be reviewed by the Board at least quarterly. The maximum amount of such Leverage in relation to Net Assets shall not exceed 300%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Leverage may exceed such limit if any excess in borrowing over such level is approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Any such excess borrowing shall be disclosed to Stockholders in the next quarterly report of the Corporation following such borrowing, along with justification for such excess.

 

(i) The Corporation will not make any investment that the Corporation believes will be inconsistent with its objectives of qualifying and remaining qualified as a REIT unless and until the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that REIT qualification is not in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

(j) The Corporation shall not invest in real estate contracts of sale, otherwise known as land sale contracts, unless the contract is in recordable form and is appropriately recorded in the chain of title.

 

(k) The Corporation shall not engage in the business of underwriting or the agency distribution of securities issued by other Persons.

 

(l) The Corporation shall not acquire interests or securities in any entity holding investments or engaging in activities prohibited by this Article IX except for investments in which the Corporation holds a non-controlling interest or investments in any entity having securities listed on a national securities exchange or included for quotation on an interdealer quotation system.

 

Article X

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Section 10.1 Applicability. The provisions of this Article X will apply only following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 10.2 Sales to the Corporation. The Corporation may purchase Property from the Sponsor, the Advisor, a Director or any Affiliate thereof upon a finding by a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction that such transaction is fair and reasonable to the Corporation and at a price to the Corporation no greater than the cost of the asset to such Sponsor, Advisor, Director or Affiliate or, if the price to the Corporation is in excess of such cost, that substantial justification for such excess exists and such excess is reasonable. In no event shall the purchase price paid by the Corporation for any such Property exceed its current appraised value.

 

Section 10.3 Sales and Leases to the Sponsor, Advisor, Directors or Affiliates. The Advisor, the Sponsor, a Director or any Affiliate thereof may purchase or lease an asset or assets from the Corporation if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Corporation.

 

Section 10.4 Other Transactions.

 

(a) The Corporation shall not make loans to the Sponsor, the Advisor, a Director or any Affiliate thereof except Mortgages pursuant to Section 9.4(c), (d) and (e) hereof or loans to wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation. This restriction on loans applies only to advances of cash that are commonly viewed as loans, as determined by the Board of Directors, and does not apply to advances of cash for legal expenses or other costs incurred as a result of any legal action for which indemnification is being sought nor does it limit the Corporation’s ability to advance reimbursable expenses incurred by directors or officers or the Advisor or its Affiliates.

 

(b) The Corporation may not borrow money from the Sponsor, the Advisor, a Director or any Affiliate thereof, unless approved by a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in such transaction as fair, competitive, and commercially reasonable, and no less favorable to the Corporation than comparable loans between unaffiliated parties under the same circumstances.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not engage in any other transaction with the Sponsor, the Advisor, a Director or any Affiliate thereof unless a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in such transaction approve such transaction as fair and reasonable to the Corporation and on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Corporation than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

 

22 

 

 

Article XI

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 11.1 Applicability. Sections 11.2 through 11.7 will apply only following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering. Sections 11.8 and 11.9 are applicable immediately.

 

Section 11.2 Meetings. There shall be an annual meeting of the Stockholders, to be held on such date and at such time and place as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, at which the Directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be conducted; provided that such annual meeting will be held upon reasonable notice and within a reasonable period (not less than 30 days) following delivery of the annual report. The Board of Directors, including the Independent Directors, shall be required to take reasonable steps to ensure that this requirement is met. The holders of a majority of Shares entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at an annual meeting at which a quorum is present, may, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, vote to elect the Directors. A quorum shall be the presence in person or by proxy of Stockholders entitled to cast at least 50% of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter. Special meetings of Stockholders may be called in the manner provided in the Bylaws, including by the chief executive officer, the president or the chairman of the board or by a majority of the Directors or a majority of the Independent Directors, and shall be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of Stockholders upon the written request of Stockholders entitled to cast not less than 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting. Notice of any special meeting of Stockholders shall be given as provided in the Bylaws. If the meeting is called by the secretary upon the written request of Stockholders as described in this Section 11.2, notice of the special meeting shall be sent to all Stockholders within 10 days of the receipt of the written request and the special meeting shall be held at the time and place specified in the Stockholder request not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days after the delivery of the notice; provided, however, that if no time or place is so specified in the Stockholder request, at such time and place convenient to the Stockholders. If there are no Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall promptly call a special meeting of the Stockholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Directors. Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Board may determine or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws.

 

Section 11.3 Voting Rights of Stockholders. Subject to the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations, the Stockholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a) election or removal of Directors, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, as provided in Section 11.2 hereof; (b) amendment of the Charter as provided in Article XIII hereof; (c) dissolution of the Corporation; (d) merger or consolidation of the Corporation, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; and (e) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Directors has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted to the Stockholders for approval or ratification. Without the approval of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on the matter, the Board may not (i) amend the Charter to adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Stockholders; (ii) amend provisions of the Charter relating to Director qualifications, fiduciary duties, liability and indemnification, conflicts of interest, investment policies or investment restrictions; (iii) liquidate or dissolve the Corporation other than before the initial investment in Property; (iv) sell all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by law; or (v) cause the merger or reorganization of the Corporation except as permitted by law.

 

Section 11.4 Voting Limitations on Shares Held by the Advisor, Directors and Affiliates. With respect to Shares owned by the Advisor, any Director or any of their Affiliates, neither the Advisor, nor such Director(s), nor any of their Affiliates may vote or consent on matters submitted to the Stockholders regarding the removal of the Advisor, such Director(s) or any of their Affiliates or any transaction between the Corporation and any of them. In determining the requisite percentage in interest of Shares necessary to approve a matter on which the Advisor, such Director and any of their Affiliates may not vote or consent, any Shares owned by any of them shall not be included.

 

Section 11.5 Right of Inspection. Any holder of Common Shares and any designated representative thereof shall be permitted access to the records of the Corporation to which it is entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable charge. Inspection of the Corporation’s books and records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction shall be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours.

 

Section 11.6 Access to Stockholder List. An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the holders of Common Shares, along with the number of Shares held by each of them (the “Stockholder List”), shall be maintained as part of the books and records of the Corporation and shall be available for inspection by any holder of Common Shares or such holder’s designated agent at the home office of the Corporation upon the request of the holder of Common Shares. The Stockholder List shall be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of the Stockholder List shall be mailed to any holder of Common Shares so requesting within ten days of receipt by the Corporation of the request. The copy of the Stockholder List shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in a readily readable type size (in no event smaller than ten-point type). The Corporation may impose a reasonable charge for expenses incurred in reproduction pursuant to such holder’s request. The purposes for which a holder of Common Shares may request a copy of the Stockholder List include, without limitation, matters relating to such holder’s voting rights, the exercise of such holder’s rights under federal proxy laws and any other proper purpose.

 

23 

 

 

If the Advisor or the Board neglects or refuses to exhibit, produce or mail a copy of the Stockholder List as requested, the Advisor and/or the Board, as the case may be, shall be liable to any holder of Common Shares requesting the Stockholder List for the costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by such holder of Common Shares for compelling the production of the Stockholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any holder of Common Shares by reason of such refusal or neglect. It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Stockholder List is to secure the Stockholder List or other information for the purpose of selling the Stockholder List or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a holder of Common Shares relative to the affairs of the Corporation. The Corporation may require the holder of Common Shares requesting the Stockholder List to represent that the Stockholder List is not requested for a commercial purpose unrelated to such holder’s interest in the Corporation. The remedies provided hereunder to holders of Common Shares requesting copies of the Stockholder List are in addition to, and shall not in any way limit, other remedies available to holders of Common Shares under federal law or the laws of any state.

 

Section 11.7 Reports. For each fiscal year, the Directors, including the Independent Directors, shall take reasonable steps to insure that the Corporation shall cause to be prepared and mailed or delivered to each holder of Common Shares as of a record date after the end of the fiscal year, within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates, an annual report that shall include: (a) financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that are audited and reported on by independent certified public accountants; (b) the ratio of the costs of raising capital during the period to the capital raised; (c) the aggregate amount of advisory fees and the aggregate amount of other fees paid to the Advisor and any Affiliate of the Advisor by the Corporation and including fees or charges paid to the Advisor and any Affiliate of the Advisor by third parties doing business with the Corporation; (d) the Total Operating Expenses of the Corporation, stated as a percentage of Average Invested Assets and as a percentage of its Net Income; (e) a report from the Independent Directors that the policies being followed by the Corporation are in the best interests of the holders of Common Shares and the basis for such determination; and (f) separately stated, full disclosure of all material terms, factors and circumstances surrounding any and all transactions involving the Corporation, the Directors, the Advisor, the Sponsors and any Affiliate thereof occurring in the year for which the annual report is made, and the Independent Directors shall be specifically charged with a duty to examine and comment in the report on the fairness of such transactions. Alternatively, such information may be provided in a proxy statement delivered with the annual report. The annual report and proxy statement may be delivered by any reasonable means, including through an electronic medium. Electronic delivery of the annual report or proxy statement shall comply with any then-applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Section 11.8 Tender Offers.

 

(a) If any Person makes a tender offer for Shares, including, without limitation, a “mini-tender” offer, such Person (a “Bidder”) must comply with all of the provisions set forth in Regulation 14D of the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, disclosure and notice requirements, that would be applicable if the tender offer was for more than 5% of the outstanding Shares; provided, however, that such documents are not required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, any Bidder must provide notice to the Corporation at least 10 Business Days prior to initiating any such tender offer. If any Bidder initiates a tender offer without complying with the foregoing (a “Non-Compliant Tender Offer”), the Corporation may elect to publish, send or give to Stockholders and the Bidder a statement (a “Position Statement”), which Position Statement may be posted on the Corporation’s website, disclosing that the Corporation (a) recommends acceptance or rejection of the Non-Compliant Tender Offer, (b) expresses no opinion and is remaining neutral toward the Non-Compliant Tender Offer, or (c) is unable to take a position with respect to the Non-Compliant Tender Offer. If the Corporation issues a Position Statement but does not recommend acceptance of the Non-Compliant Tender Offer, then the Corporation may elect to cause the rescission provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 11.8 to be applicable by including a notice of such election (a “11.8(b) notice”) in the Position Statement within 10 Business Days of the Corporation becoming aware of the commencement of the Non-Compliant Tender Offer.

 

(b) If the Corporation includes a 11.8(b) notice in a Position Statement, and any Stockholder who tendered Shares in connection with the Non-Compliant Tender Offer delivers a notice (a “Rescission Notice”) to the Corporation within 30 days of issuance of the Position Statement indicating a desire to rescind such Stockholder’s tender, then such purported tender shall be void ab initio and the Bidder shall acquire no rights in such Shares and the Stockholder who delivered the Rescission Notice shall continue to have all rights in such Shares. Until the expiration of this 30-day period, the Corporation shall not record a transfer of Shares to the Bidder or its assignee in connection with the Tender Offer.

 

(c) In addition, unless waived by the Corporation, any Person who makes a Non-Compliant Tender Offer that is not recommended by the Corporation in the Position Statement shall be responsible for all expenses incurred by the Corporation in connection with (x) its review and consideration of the Non-Compliant Tender Offer, including board of directors meeting costs and the costs of counsel and financial advisors, (y) the publication and/or distribution of the Position Statement, including printing and mailing costs, and (z) the enforcement of the provisions of this Section 11.8. In addition to the remedies provided herein, the Corporation may seek injunctive relief, including, without limitation, a temporary or permanent restraining order, in connection with any Non-Compliant Tender Offer.

 

(d) This Section 11.8 shall be of no force or effect with respect to any Shares that are then Listed as of the date of the commencement of the tender offer.

 

24 

 

 

Section 11.9 Quorum. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, at any meeting of Stockholders prior to the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, quorum shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.

 

Article XII

 

LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 12.1 Limitation of Stockholder Liability. No Stockholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Corporation by reason of his being a Stockholder, nor shall any Stockholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any Person in connection with the assets or the affairs of the Corporation by reason of his being a Stockholder.

 

Section 12.2 Limitation of Director and Officer Liability.

 

(a) Subject to any limitations set forth under Maryland law or in paragraph (b), no Director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its Stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 12.2(a), nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Section 12.2(a), shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph (a) above, following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall not provide that a Director, the Advisor or any Affiliate (the “Indemnitee”) be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by the Corporation, unless all of the following conditions are met:

 

(i) The Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

(ii) The Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Corporation.

 

(iii) Such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is a Director (other than an Independent Director), the Advisor or an Affiliate or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is an Independent Director.

 

(iv) Such agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of Net Assets and not from the Stockholders.

 

Section 12.3 Indemnification.

 

(a) Subject to any limitations set forth under Maryland law or in paragraph (b) or (c) below, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any individual who is a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, (ii) any individual who, while a Director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (iii) the Advisor or any of its Affiliates acting as an agent of the Corporation. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided to a Director or officer hereby shall vest immediately upon election of such Director or officer. The Corporation may, with the approval of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a Person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (i) or (ii) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The Board may take such action as is necessary to carry out this Section 12.3(a). No amendment of the Charter or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate the right of indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph (a) above, following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall not provide for indemnification of an Indemnitee for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnitee, unless all of the following conditions are met:

 

(i) The Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

(ii) The Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Corporation.

 

25 

 

 

(iii) Such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is a Director (other than an Independent Director), the Advisor or an Affiliate or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is an Independent Director.

 

(iv) Such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of Net Assets and not from the Stockholders.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph (a) above, following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall not provide indemnification to an Indemnitee or any Person acting as a broker-dealer for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the Indemnitee; (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnitee; or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

 

Section 12.4 Payment of Expenses. The Corporation may pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of final disposition of a proceeding; provided however, that after the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation may only do so if all of the following are satisfied: (a) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Corporation, (b) the Indemnitee provides the Corporation with written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation as authorized by Section 12.3 hereof, (c) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a Stockholder or, if by a Stockholder of the Corporation acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement, and (d) the Indemnitee provides the Corporation with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Corporation, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee did not comply with the requisite standard of conduct and is not entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 12.5 Express Exculpatory Clauses in Instruments. Neither the Stockholders nor the Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation shall be liable under any written instrument creating an obligation of the Corporation by reason of their being Stockholders, Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, and all Persons shall look solely to the Corporation’s assets for the payment of any claim under or for the performance of that instrument. The omission of the foregoing exculpatory language from any instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such instrument and shall not render any Stockholder, Director, officer, employee or agent liable thereunder to any third party, nor shall the Directors or any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation be liable to anyone as a result of such omission.

 

Article XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any Shares. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on Stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except for those amendments permitted to be made without Stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the matter, including without limitation, (a) any amendment which would adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Stockholders and (b) any amendment to Sections 7.2 and 7.5 of Article VII, Article IX, Article X, Article XII, Article XIV hereof and this Article XIII (or any other amendment of the Charter that would have the effect of amending such sections).

 

Article XIV

 

ROLL-UP TRANSACTIONS

 

Section 14.1 Applicability. The provisions of this Article XIV will apply only following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 14.2 Roll-up Transaction Procedures. In connection with any proposed Roll-Up Transaction, an appraisal of all of the Corporation’s assets shall be obtained from a competent Independent Appraiser. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of a Roll-Up Entity, the appraisal shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the Offering. The Corporation’s assets shall be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal shall be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and shall indicate the value of the assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed Roll-Up Transaction. The appraisal shall assume an orderly liquidation of the assets over a twelve-month period. The terms of the engagement of the Independent Appraiser shall clearly state that the engagement is for the benefit of the Corporation and the Stockholders. A summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, shall be included in a report to Stockholders in connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction. In connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction, the Person sponsoring the Roll-Up Transaction shall offer to holders of Common Shares who vote against the proposed Roll-Up Transaction the choice of:

 

26 

 

 

(a) accepting the securities of a Roll-Up Entity offered in the proposed Roll-Up Transaction; or

 

(b) one of the following:

 

(i) remaining as Stockholders and preserving their interests therein on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

 

(ii) receiving cash in an amount equal to the Stockholder’s pro rata share of the appraised value of the Net Assets.

 

The Corporation is prohibited from participating in any proposed Roll-Up Transaction:

 

(a) that would result in the holders of Common Shares having democracy rights in a Roll-Up Entity that are less than the rights provided for in Sections 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7 and 12.1 hereof;

 

(b) that includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of Shares by any purchaser of the securities of the Roll-Up Entity (except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of the Roll-Up Entity), or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the Roll-Up Entity on the basis of the number of Shares held by that investor;

 

(c) in which investor’s rights to access of records of the Roll-Up Entity will be less than those described in Sections 11.5 and 11.6 hereof; or

 

(d) in which any of the costs of the Roll-Up Transaction would be borne by the Corporation if the Roll-Up Transaction is rejected by the holders of Common Shares.

 

THIRD: The amendment and restatement of the charter of the Corporation as hereinabove set forth has been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SIXTH: The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article VII of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SEVENTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter of the Corporation was 1,010,000,000, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value was $20,000,000.

 

EIGHTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter of the Corporation is 1,400,000,000, consisting of 1,300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class D common stock, 100,000,000 of which are classified as Class E common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class I common stock, 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class S common stock and 300,000,000 of which are classified as Class T common stock, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $14,000,000.

 

NINTH: The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[signature page follows]

 

27

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this 4th day of December 2023.

 

ATTEST:  Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.
    
/s/ Alex Rose  /s/ Deric S. Eubanks
Name: Alex Rose  Name: Deric S. Eubanks
Title: Secretary  Title: President

 

 

 

EX-3.2 3 tm2332619d1_ex3-2.htm EXHIBIT 3.2

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

1 

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Place. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Corporation”) or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall hold its first annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the year 2024.

 

Section 3. Special Meetings.

 

(a) General. Each of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(4) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

 

(b) Stockholder-Requested Special Meetings.

 

(1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

 

 

 

 

(2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 30 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

 

(3) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.

 

(4) In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., local time, on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

 

- 2

 

 

(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

(6) The Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after actual receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Section 4. Notice. A written notice of all annual meetings of stockholders stating the hour, date and place of such annual meetings and, to the extent required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, the purpose for which the meeting has been called shall be given by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days before the meeting, unless any provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law prescribe a different period of notice, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting or to each stockholder who, under the Corporation’s charter, as amended from time to time (the “Charter”) or under these Bylaws, is entitled to such notice, by delivering such notice, by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books, by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless such stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article I or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

 

- 3

 

 

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article I, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article I) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

 

Section 5. Organization and Conduct. Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by the Chairman of the Board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chairman of the Board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the Vice Chairman of the Board, if there is one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Vice Presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the Secretary, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the Secretary presides at a meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of all Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

- 4

 

 

Section 6. Quorum. At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Charter for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7. Voting. A nominee for director shall be elected to the Board of Directors if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election (with “withholds,” “abstentions” and “broker nonvotes” not counted as a vote cast either “for” or “against” that nominee’s election); provided, however, that in the case of a contested election, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. In the election of directors, each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. Cumulative voting is not permitted. For purposes of this Bylaw provision, a “contested election” shall mean any election of directors with respect to which (i) the Corporation receives notice that any stockholder has nominated an individual for election as a director in compliance with the requirements set forth in these Bylaws and (ii) all such nominations have not been withdrawn by such stockholder(s) on or prior to the date the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders, and, as a result of which, there are more nominees than directorships.

 

A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by law or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

 

- 5

 

 

Section 8. Proxies. A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9. Voting of Stock by Certain Holders. Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee or managing member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or fiduciary may vote stock registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such director or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10. Inspectors. The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. Except as otherwise provided by the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

- 6

 

 

Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees for Director and Other Stockholder Proposals.

 

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a), or (iv) by any Eligible Holder (as defined in Article I, Section 12 below) whose Nominee (as defined in Article I, Section 12 below) is included in the Corporation’s proxy materials for the relevant annual meeting. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make director nominations, and the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose other business (other than a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to and in compliance with Exchange Act Rule 14a-8), at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, in order for notice by the stockholder to be timely, such notice must be so delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting, or the public announcement thereof, shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(A) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;

 

- 7

 

 

(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;

 

(C) as to the stockholder giving notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, the information required pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act if the stockholder, such Stockholder Associated Person or any of their respective affiliates, associates or others acting in concert intends to engage in a solicitation in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees;

 

(D) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person:

 

(i) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,

 

(ii) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person,

 

(iii) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit from changes in the price of Company Securities for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities, and

 

(iv) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;

 

- 8

 

 

(E) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (B) or (D) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee:

 

(i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee; and

 

(ii) (i) a description of the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and (ii) a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document and any presentation, document or marketing material provided to third parties (including investors and potential investors) to solicit an investment in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person that contains or describes such stockholder’s and each such Stockholder Associated Person’s performance, personnel or investment thesis or plans or proposals with respect to the Corporation;

 

(F) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal prior to the date of such stockholder’s notice; and

 

(G) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.

 

(4) Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request, to the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Corporation are traded).

 

(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article I) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

- 9

 

 

(6) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Article I for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this Section 11, is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c) General.

 

(1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

 

- 10

 

 

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(3) For purposes of this Section 11, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, (i) a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11, (ii) no stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person, or any of their respective affiliates, associates and other persons acting in concert therewith shall solicit proxies in support of any nominees other than the nominees of the Board of Directors unless such person has complied with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act in connection with the solicitation of such proxies, including the provision to the Corporation of notices required thereunder in a timely manner and (iii) if such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person, or any of their respective affiliates, representatives or others acting in concert therewith (1) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act as required by Article I, Section 11(a)(3)(C) and (2) subsequently fails to comply with any of the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act, then the Corporation shall disregard any proxies or votes solicited for such stockholder’s nominees. Upon request by the Corporation, if any stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person, or any of their respective affiliates, associates and other persons acting in concert therewith provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) business days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence that such stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person, and any of their respective affiliates, associates or other persons acting in concert therewith have met the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Except to the extent provided by Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act with respect to a nomination made pursuant to Article I, Section 11(a) and that otherwise complies with the applicable provisions of these Bylaws, nothing in these Bylaws shall be construed to grant any stockholder the right to include or have disseminated or described in the Corporation’s proxy statement any such nomination of directors or directors. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

- 11

 

 

Section 12. Proxy Access for Director Nominations.

 

(a) Inclusion of Stockholder Nominee in Proxy Materials. Subject to the provisions of this Section 12, if expressly requested in the relevant Nomination Notice (as defined below), the Corporation shall include in its proxy statement for any annual meeting of stockholders:

 

(1) the names of any person or persons nominated for election for whom notice is provided in accordance with this Section 12 (each such nominee, a “Stockholder Nominee”), which shall also be included on the Corporation’s form of proxy and ballot, by any Eligible Holder (as defined below) or group of up to 20 Eligible Holders that has (individually and collectively, in the case of a group) satisfied, as determined by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, all applicable conditions and complied with all applicable procedures set forth in this Section 12 (such Eligible Holder or group of Eligible Holders being a “Nominating Stockholder”);

 

(2) disclosure about each Stockholder Nominee and the Stockholder required under the rules of the SEC in the proxy statement;

 

(3) any statement included by the Nominating Stockholder in the Nomination Notice for inclusion in the proxy statement in support of each Stockholder Nominee’s election to the Board of Directors (subject, without limitation, to Section 12(e)(2)), if such statement does not exceed 500 words and fully complies with Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Rule 14a-9 (the “Supporting Statement”); and

 

(4) nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Corporation’s ability to solicit against and include in its proxy materials any statement in opposition to the nomination, any of the information provided pursuant to this Section 12 and any solicitation materials or related information with respect to a Stockholder Nominee.

 

For purposes of this Section 12, any determination to be made by the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors, and any such determination shall be final and binding on the Corporation, any Eligible Holder, any Nominating Stockholder, any Stockholder Nominee and any other person so long as made in good faith (without any further requirements). The chairman of any annual meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a Stockholder Nominee has been nominated in accordance with the requirements of this Section 12 and, if not so nominated, shall direct and declare at the meeting that such Stockholder Nominee shall not be considered. This Section 12 shall be the exclusive method for stockholders to include nominees for Director election in the Corporation’s proxy materials.

 

- 12

 

 

(b) Maximum Number of Stockholder Nominees.

 

(1) The Corporation shall not be required to include in the proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders more Stockholder Nominees than that number of directors constituting the greater of (i) two or (ii) 20% of the total number of directors of the Corporation on the last day on which a Nomination Notice may be submitted pursuant to this Section 12 (rounded down to the nearest whole number) (the “Maximum Number”). The Maximum Number for a particular annual meeting shall be reduced by: (i) Stockholder Nominees who the Board of Directors itself decides to nominate for election at such annual meeting; (ii) Stockholder Nominees who cease to satisfy, or Stockholder Nominees of Nominating Stockholders that cease to satisfy, the eligibility requirements in this Section 12, as determined by the Board of Directors; (iii) Stockholder Nominees whose nomination is withdrawn by the Nominating Stockholder or who become unwilling to serve on the Board of Directors; and (iv) the number of incumbent directors who had been Stockholder Nominees with respect to any of the preceding two annual meetings of stockholders and whose reelection at the upcoming annual meeting is being recommended by the Board of Directors. In the event that one or more vacancies for any reason occurs on the Board of Directors after the deadline for submitting a Nomination Notice as set forth in Section 12(d) below but before the date of the annual meeting, and the Board of Directors resolves to reduce the size of the board in connection therewith, the Maximum Number shall be calculated based on the number of directors in office as so reduced.

 

(2) If the number of Stockholder Nominees pursuant to this Section 12 for any annual meeting of stockholders exceeds the Maximum Number then, promptly upon notice from the Corporation, each Nominating Stockholder will select one Stockholder Nominee for inclusion in the proxy statement until the Maximum Number is reached, going in order of the amount (largest to smallest) of the ownership position as disclosed in each Nominating Stockholder’s Nomination Notice and if the amount of the ownership position is tied, in the order of the date of the Nominating Stockholder’s Nomination Notice (earliest to latest), with the process repeated if the Maximum Number is not reached after each Nominating Stockholder has selected one Stockholder Nominee. If, after the deadline for submitting a Nomination Notice as set forth in Section 12(d), a Nominating Stockholder or a Stockholder Nominee ceases to satisfy the eligibility requirements in this Section 12, as determined by the Board of Directors, a Nominating Stockholder withdraws its nomination or a Stockholder Nominee becomes unwilling to serve on the Board of Directors, whether before or after the mailing or other distribution of the definitive proxy statement, then the nomination shall be disregarded, and the Corporation: (i) shall not be required to include in its proxy statement or on any ballot or form of proxy the disregarded Stockholder Nominee or any successor or replacement nominee proposed by the Nominating Stockholder or by any other Nominating Stockholder and (ii) may otherwise communicate to its stockholders, including without limitation by amending or supplementing its proxy statement or ballot or form of proxy, that a Stockholder Nominee will not be included as a nominee in the proxy statement or on any ballot or form of proxy and will not be voted on at the annual meeting.

 

- 13

 

 

(c) Eligibility of Nominating Stockholder.

 

(1) An “Eligible Holder” is a person who has either (i) been a record holder of the shares of common stock used to satisfy the eligibility requirements in this Section 12(c) continuously for the three-year period specified in Subsection (2) below or (ii) provides to the secretary of the Corporation, within the time period referred to in Section 12(d), evidence of continuous ownership (as defined below) of such shares for such three-year period from one or more securities intermediaries in a form that the Board of Directors or any committee thereof determines would be deemed acceptable for purposes of a stockholder proposal under Rule 14a-8(b)(2) under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule).

 

(2) An Eligible Holder or group of up to 20 Eligible Holders may submit a nomination in accordance with this Section 12 only if the person or group (in the aggregate) has continuously owned at least the Minimum Number (as defined below) of shares of the Corporation’s common stock throughout the three-year period preceding and including the date of submission of the Nomination Notice, and continues to own at least the Minimum Number through the date of the annual meeting. Two or more funds that are (x) under common management and investment control, (y) under common management and funded primarily by a single employer or (z) a “group of investment companies,” as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, shall be treated as one Eligible Holder if such Eligible Holder shall provide together with the Nomination Notice documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that demonstrates that the funds meet the criteria set forth in (x), (y) or (z) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a nomination by a group of Eligible Holders, any and all requirements and obligations for an individual Eligible Holder that are set forth in this Section 12, including the minimum holding period, shall apply to each member of such group; provided, however, that the Minimum Number shall apply to the ownership of the group in the aggregate. Should any stockholder cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements in this Section 12, as determined by the Board of Directors, or withdraw from a group of Eligible Holders at any time prior to the annual meeting of stockholders, the group of Eligible Stockholders shall only be deemed to own the shares held by the remaining members of the group.

 

(3) The “Minimum Number” of shares of the Corporation’s common stock means 3% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock as of the most recent date for which such amount is given in any filing by the Corporation with the SEC prior to the submission of the Nomination Notice.

 

(4) For purposes of this Section 12, an Eligible Holder “owns” only those outstanding shares of the Corporation as to which the Eligible Holder possesses both:

 

(A) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to the shares; and

 

(B) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares; provided that the number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) shall not include any shares: (1) purchased or sold by such Eligible Holder or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed, (2) sold short by such Eligible Holder, (3) borrowed by such Eligible Holder or any of its affiliates for any purpose or purchased by such Eligible Holder or any of its affiliates pursuant to an agreement to resell or subject to any other obligation to resell to another person, or (4) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, other derivative or similar agreement entered into by such Eligible Holder or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of outstanding shares of the Corporation, in any such case which instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of: (x) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such Eligible Holder’s or any of its affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares, and/or (y) hedging, offsetting, or altering to any degree, gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such Eligible Holder or any of its affiliates.

 

- 14

 

 

An Eligible Holder “owns” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the Eligible Holder retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. An Eligible Holder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the Eligible Holder has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney, or other similar instrument or arrangement that is revocable at any time by the Eligible Holder. An Eligible Holder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the Eligible Holder has loaned such shares provided that the Eligible Holder has the power to recall such loaned shares on three business days’ notice, has recalled such loaned shares as of the date of the Nomination Notice and continues to hold such shares through the date of the annual meeting. The terms “owned,” “owning” and other variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings. Whether outstanding shares of the Corporation are “owned” for these purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

(5) No Eligible Holder shall be permitted to be in more than one group constituting a Nominating Stockholder, and if any Eligible Holder appears as a member of more than one group, it shall be deemed to be a member of the group that has the largest ownership position as reflected in the Nomination Notice.

 

(d) Nomination Notice. To nominate a Stockholder Nominee, the Nominating Stockholder must, no earlier than the 120th day and no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, submit to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation all of the following information and documents (collectively, the “Nomination Notice”); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, the Nomination Notice shall be given in the manner provided herein not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made:

 

(1) A Schedule 14N (or any successor form) relating to each Stockholder Nominee, completed and filed with the SEC by the Nominating Stockholder as applicable, in accordance with SEC rules;

 

(2) A written notice, in a form deemed satisfactory by the Board of Directors, of the nomination of each Stockholder Nominee that includes the following additional information, agreements, representations and warranties by the Nominating Stockholder (including each group member):

 

- 15

 

 

(A) the information required with respect to the nomination of directors pursuant to Section 11 of these Bylaws;

 

(B) the details of any relationship that existed within the past three years and that would have been described pursuant to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14N (or any successor item) if it existed on the date of submission of the Schedule 14N;

 

(C) a representation and warranty that the Nominating Stockholder acquired the securities of the Corporation in the ordinary course of business and did not acquire, and is not holding, securities of the Corporation for the purpose or with the effect of influencing or changing control of the Corporation;

 

(D) a representation and warranty that each Stockholder Nominee’s candidacy or, if elected, Board membership would not violate applicable state or federal law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are traded;

 

(E) a representation and warranty that each Stockholder Nominee:

 

(i) does not have any direct or indirect relationship with the Corporation that would cause the Stockholder Nominee to be considered not independent pursuant to the Corporation’s policy on director independence contained in the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines as most recently published on its website and otherwise qualifies as independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

(ii) meets the audit committee and compensation committee independence requirements under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

(iii) is a “non-employee director” for the purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule);

 

(iv) is an “outside director” for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provision); and

 

(vi) is not and has not been subject to any event specified in Rule 506(d)(1) of Regulation D (or any successor rule) under the Securities Act of 1933 or Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act, without reference to whether the event is material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of such Stockholder Nominee;

 

(F) a representation and warranty that the Nominating Stockholder satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 12(c) and has provided evidence of ownership to the extent required by Section 12(c)(1);

 

(G) a representation and warranty that the Nominating Stockholder intends to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements described in Section 12(c) through the date of the annual meeting and intends to continue to hold the Minimum Number of shares for at least one year following the annual meeting;

 

- 16

 

 

(H) details of any position of a Stockholder Nominee as an officer or director of any competitor (that is, any entity that produces products or provides services that compete with or are alternatives to the principal products produced or services provided by the Corporation or its affiliates) of the Corporation, within the three years preceding the submission of the Nomination Notice;

 

(I) a representation and warranty that the Nominating Stockholder will not engage in a “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) (without reference to the exception in Section 14a-(l)(2)(iv)) (or any successor rules) with respect to the annual meeting, other than with respect to a Stockholder Nominee or any nominee of the Board of the Directors;

 

(J) a representation and warranty that the Nominating Stockholder will not use any proxy card other than the Corporation’s proxy card in soliciting stockholders in connection with the election of a Stockholder Nominee at the annual meeting;

 

(K) if desired, a Supporting Statement; and

 

(L) in the case of a nomination by a group, the designation by all group members or one group member that is authorized to act on behalf of all group members with respect to matters relating to the nomination, including withdrawal of the nomination;

 

(3) An executed agreement, in a form deemed satisfactory by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof pursuant to which the Nominating Stockholder (including each group member) agrees:

 

(A) to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in connection with the nomination, solicitation and election;

 

(B) to file any written solicitation or other communication with the Corporation’s stockholders relating to one or more of the Corporation’s directors or director nominees or any Stockholder Nominee with the SEC, regardless of whether any such filing is required under rule or regulation or whether any exemption from filing is available for such materials under any rule or regulation;

 

(C) to assume all liability stemming from an action, suit or proceeding concerning any actual or alleged legal or regulatory violation arising out of any communication by the Nominating Stockholder or any of its Stockholder Nominees with the Corporation, its stockholders or any other person in connection with the nomination or election of directors, including, without limitation, the Nomination Notice;

 

(D) to indemnify and hold harmless (jointly with all other group members, in the case of a group member) the Corporation and each of its directors, officers and employees individually against any liability, loss, damages, expenses or other costs (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, whether legal, administrative or investigative, against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers or employees arising out of or relating to a failure or alleged failure of the Nominating Stockholder or any of its Stockholder Nominees to comply with, or any breach or alleged breach of, it or their obligations, agreements or representations under this Section 12;

 

- 17

 

 

(E) in the event that any information included in the Nomination Notice, or any other communication by the Nominating Stockholder (including with respect to any group member), with the Corporation, its stockholders or any other person in connection with the nomination or election ceases to be true and accurate in all material respects (or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading), or that the Nominating Stockholder (including any group member) has failed to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements described in Section 12(c), to promptly (and in any event within 48 hours of discovering such misstatement, omission or failure) notify the Corporation and any other recipient of such communication of (A) the misstatement or omission in such previously provided information and of the information that is required to correct the misstatement or omission or (B) such failure; and

 

(4) An executed agreement, in a form deemed satisfactory by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or by each Stockholder Nominee:

 

(A) to provide to the Corporation such other information and certifications, including completion of the Corporation’s director questionnaire, as it may reasonably request;

 

(B) at the reasonable request of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, to meet with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to discuss matters relating to the nomination of such Stockholder Nominee to the Board of Directors, including the information provided by such Stockholder Nominee to the Corporation in connection with his or her nomination and such Stockholder Nominee’s eligibility to serve as a member of the Board of Directors;

 

(C) that such Stockholder Nominee has read and agrees, if elected, to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, to adhere to the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any other Corporation policies and guidelines applicable to directors; and

 

(D) that such Stockholder Nominee is not and will not become a party to (i) any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity in connection with his or her nomination, service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (ii) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity as to how such Stockholder Nominee would vote or act on any issue or question as a director (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (iii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such Stockholder Nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with its director duties under applicable law.

 

The information and documents required by this Section 12(d) to be provided by the Nominating Stockholder shall be: (i) provided with respect to and executed by each group member, in the case of information applicable to group members; and (ii) provided with respect to the persons specified in Instruction 1 to Items 6(c) and (d) of Schedule 14N (or any successor item) in the case of a Nominating Stockholder or group member that is an entity. The Nomination Notice shall be deemed submitted on the date on which all the information and documents referred to in this Section 12(d) (other than such information and documents contemplated to be provided after the date the Nomination Notice is provided) have been delivered to or, if sent by mail, received by the secretary of the Corporation.

 

- 18

 

 

(e) Exceptions.

 

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12, the Corporation may omit from its proxy statement any Stockholder Nominee and any information concerning such Stockholder Nominee (including a Nominating Stockholder’s Supporting Statement) and no vote on such Stockholder Nominee will occur (notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation), and the Nominating Stockholder may not, after the last day on which a Nomination Notice would be timely, cure in any way any defect preventing the nomination of such Stockholder Nominee, if:

 

(A) the Corporation receives a notice pursuant to Section 11 of these Bylaws that a stockholder intends to nominate a candidate for director at the annual meeting, whether or not such notice is subsequently withdrawn or made the subject of a settlement with the Corporation;

 

(B) the Nominating Stockholder or the designated lead group member, as applicable, or any qualified representative thereof, does not appear at the meeting of stockholders to present the nomination submitted pursuant to this Section 12 or the Nominating Stockholder withdraws its nomination or the chairman of the annual meeting declares that such nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 12 and shall therefore be disregarded;

 

(C) the Board of Directors determines that such Stockholder Nominee’s nomination or election to the Board of Directors would result in the Corporation violating or failing to be in compliance with these Bylaws of the Charter or any applicable law, rule or regulation to which the Corporation is subject, including (if applicable) any rules or regulations of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

(D) such Stockholder Nominee was nominated for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 12 at one of the Corporation’s two preceding annual meetings of stockholders and either withdrew or became ineligible or received a vote of less than 25% of the votes cast in favor of such Stockholder Nominee’s election;

 

(E) such Stockholder Nominee has been, within the past three years, an officer or director of a competitor, as defined for purposes of Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, as amended; or

 

(F) the Corporation is notified, or the Board of Directors determines, that the Nominating Stockholder or the Stockholder Nominee has failed to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements described in Section 12(c), any of the representations and warranties made in the Nomination Notice ceases to be true and accurate in all material respects (or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading), such Stockholder Nominee becomes unwilling or unable to serve on the Board of Directors or any material violation or breach occurs of the obligations, agreements, representations or warranties of the Nominating Stockholder or such Stockholder Nominee under this Section 12.

 

- 19

 

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12, the Corporation may omit from its proxy statement, or may supplement or correct, any information, including all or any portion of the Supporting Statement or any other statement in support of a Stockholder Nominee included in the Nomination Notice, if the Board of Directors determines that:

 

(A) such information is not true in all material respects or omits a material statement necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or

 

(B) the inclusion of such information in the proxy statement would otherwise violate the SEC proxy rules or any other applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

The Corporation may solicit against, and include in the proxy statement its own statement relating to, any Stockholder Nominee.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Powers. All of the powers of the Corporation shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Charter or required by law.

 

Section 2. Number and Terms. The Board of Directors shall establish and may increase or decrease the number of directors of the Corporation, provided, that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number permitted under the Maryland General Corporation Law nor more than 15, and further provided, that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

 

Section 3. Vacancies. If for any reason any or all of the Directors cease to be Directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Directors hereunder. Until such time as the Corporation becomes subject to Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any cause other than an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum; any vacancy in the number of Directors created by an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors; and any individual so elected as Director shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies. At such time as the Corporation becomes subject to Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Charter), if any remaining directors are Independent Directors (as defined in the Charter), only Independent Directors shall nominate replacements for vacancies among the Independent Directors’ positions.

 

- 20

 

 

Section 4. Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, effective upon execution and delivery to the Corporation of such written notice or upon any future date specified in the notice, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

 

Section 5. Regular Meetings. The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without other notice than this Bylaw, on the same date and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders following the close of such meeting of stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the Chief Executive Officer. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

 

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the Chief Executive Officer or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the Chief Executive Officer. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand delivered to such address, when read to such Director by telephone, when deposited in the mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid, upon transmission of the message by electronic mail, upon completion of transmission of a facsimile message and receipt of a completed answer back indicating receipt or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram.

 

When any Board of Directors meeting, either regular or special, is adjourned for more than 30 days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the hour, date or place of any meeting adjourned for 30 days or less or of the business to be transacted at such meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place to which the meeting is adjourned.

 

A written waiver of notice executed before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to an effective notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

- 21

 

 

Section 8. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that, if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 7 of this Article II. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

Section 9. Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, a majority of the Directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough Directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

 

Section 10. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing (including by electronic transmission). Such written consent shall be filed with the records of the proceedings of the Board of Directors and shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11. Manner of Participation. Members of the Board of Directors or of committees elected by the Board pursuant to Section 12 of this Article II may participate in meetings of the Board or of such committees by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these Bylaws.

 

Section 12. Committees. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office may elect from its number Directors to serve on one or more committees, including an Related Party Transaction Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws, may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine or as required by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws, any such committee may make rules for conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by the Charter and by these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13. Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, provided that Directors who are not Independent Directors (as defined in the Charter) shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as Directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that all Directors may be paid their reasonable expenses incurred as a Director.

 

- 22

 

 

Section 14. Certain Rights of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. A Director, officer, employee or agent shall have no responsibility to devote his or her full time to the affairs of the Corporation. Any Director, officer, employee or agent, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.

 

Section 15. Ratification. The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a Director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and such other officers, including without limitation a Chairman of the Board, Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Legal Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Accounting Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

Section 2. Election and Appointment. At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall elect the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting, or other officers may be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 3. Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time except the offices of President and Vice President.

 

Section 4. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Charter or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Election or appointment of an officer, employee or agent shall not of itself create contract rights. The Board of Directors may, however, authorize the Corporation to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with law, but no such contract right shall prohibit the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 6 of this Article III.

 

- 23

 

 

Section 5. Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation addressed to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

Section 6. Removal. If the Board of Directors in its judgment finds that the best interests of the Corporation will be served, the Board of Directors may remove any officer by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 7. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

 

Section 8. Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Chief Executive Officer. The President may be the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may elect another person to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and shall preside, if the Chairman of the Board is not present, at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

Section 10. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and at all meetings of stockholders. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate and shall act as an officer of the Corporation if so designated by the Board.

 

Section 11. President. If the President is not the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board and in the absence of such persons, the President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders. If the President is not the Chief Executive Officer, he shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

Section 12. Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. Any Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

Section 13. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

- 24

 

 

Section 14. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer, unless the Board of Directors shall elect another officer to be the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities and valuable documents of the Corporation. He shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of a Chief Financial Officer, the office of the Treasurer shall be deemed to be the office of the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation whenever the signature of the Chief Financial Officer is required on any document or instrument, by the laws of the United States or any state, or elsewhere in the Bylaws, and the Treasurer shall have authority to affix his signature in such capacity.

 

The office of the Chief Accounting Officer shall be deemed an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation whenever the signature of an Assistant Treasurer is required on any document or instrument, by the laws of the United States or any state, or elsewhere in these Bylaws, and the Vice President of Finance and Accounting shall have authority to affix his signature in such capacity. Any Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

Section 15. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform the duties and responsibilities of the Secretary.

 

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

Section 16. Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors or executed by any such authorized person.

 

- 25

 

 

Section 2. Checks and Drafts. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or by law, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the Maryland General Corporation Law and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law. The seal of the Corporation, if one has been adopted, and any and all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, including those of any transfer agent or registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the Maryland General Corporation Law to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

Section 2. Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred only on the books of the Corporation and, if such shares are certificated, by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

 

- 26

 

 

Section 3. Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation or its transfer agent of his post office address and any changes thereto.

 

Section 4. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournments thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall not be more than 90 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting nor more than 90 days prior to any other action. In such case, only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the stock transfer books of the Corporation after the record date.

 

If no record date is fixed:

 

(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the later of (i) the close of business on the day on which notice is mailed or (ii) the 30th day before the meeting; and

 

(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any rights shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5. Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof upon such terms as the Corporation or its transfer agent may prescribe.

 

Section 6. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Corporation may serve as the transfer agent and registrar of the shares of stock, or the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, appoint one or more responsible bank, trust company or other entity as the Board of Directors may deem advisable, from time to time, to act as transfer agent and registrar of shares of stock. No certificate for shares of stock shall be valid until countersigned by the transfer agent and registered by the registrar.

 

- 27

 

 

Section 7. Stockholders’ Addresses. Every stockholder or transferee shall furnish the secretary or a transfer agent with the address to which notice of meetings and all other notices may be served upon or mailed to such stockholder or transferee, and in default thereof, such stockholder or transferee shall not be entitled to service or mailing of any such notice.

 

Section 8. Repurchase of Shares of Stock. The Corporation may purchase its shares of stock and invest its assets in its own shares of stock, provided that in each case the consent of the Board of Directors shall have been obtained.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law in effect from time to time, indemnify, and, without a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and, in each case, shall indemnify such person from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or director, officer, partner or trustee of such other entity (each, an “Indemnitee”). The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a director or officer. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law in effect from time to time, provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described above (any such person shall also be deemed to be an “Indemnitee”).

 

Section 2. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. With the approval of the Board of Directors, the Corporation may, to such extent as it shall deem appropriate under the circumstances but subject to the limits imposed by the Maryland General Corporation Law in effect from time to time, provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses as described in Section 1 above, to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation (each such person shall also be deemed to be an “Indemnitee”).

 

Section 3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by an Indemnitee who is a present or former director to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses), it shall be a defense that such Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Maryland General Corporation Law. In addition, in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Indemnitee who is a present or former director has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Maryland General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Maryland General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

- 28

 

 

Section 4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under these Bylaws, the Charter or any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

Section 6. Effect of Certain Amendments. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VI, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of this Article VI with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LITIGATION

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland (the “Court”), or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In the event that any action or proceeding described in the preceding sentence is pending in the Court, any record or beneficial stockholder of the Corporation who commences such an action shall cooperate in a request that the action be assigned to the Court’s Business & Technology Case Management Program. The provisions of this Article VII do not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

- 29

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year or on such other date as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its organization. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced.

 

Section 3. Investment Policies. The directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as they shall deem appropriate in their sole discretion.

 

Section 4. Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

 

Section 5. Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitutions at any meeting of stockholders or stockholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

 

Section 6. Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

 

Section 7. Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Charter, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Maryland and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counselor at an office of its transfer agent.

 

- 30

 

 

Section 8. Amendments. The exclusive power to alter, amend or repeal these bylaws, and to adopt new bylaws, shall be vested in the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Offices. The principal office of the Corporation within the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate. The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such place or places both within and without the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

- 31

 

EX-4.1 4 tm2332619d1_ex4-1.htm EXHIBIT 4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

 

This Distribution Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as set forth in its Articles of Amendment and Restatement (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Charter”).

 

1. Distribution Reinvestment. As agent for the stockholders (the “Stockholders”) of the Company who elect to participate in the Plan or who are automatically enrolled pursuant to the terms of a subscription for shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”), the Company will apply all dividends and other distributions declared and paid in respect of the Shares held by each participating Stockholder (the “Participants”) and attributable to the class of Shares purchased by such Participant (the “Distributions”), including Distributions paid with respect to any full or fractional Shares acquired under the Plan, to the purchase of additional Shares of the same class for such Participant.

 

2. Effective Date. The effective date of this Plan shall be the date that the Company commences any Offering as defined in the Charter.

 

3. Procedure for Participation. Any Stockholder may elect to become a Participant by completing and executing a subscription agreement for Shares (which may provide for automatic enrollment unless such Stockholder opts out), an enrollment form or any appropriate authorization form as may be available from the Company, the Company’s transfer agent, any dealer manager for an Offering or any soliciting dealer participating in the distribution of Shares for an Offering. Participation in the Plan will begin with the next Distribution payable after acceptance of a Participant’s subscription, enrollment or authorization. Shares will be purchased under the Plan on the date that Distributions are paid by the Company.

 

4. Suitability. Each Participant agrees that if such Participant fails to meet the then-current suitability requirements for making an investment in the Company or cannot make the other representations or warranties as set forth in the Company’s most recent applicable memorandum or subscription agreement, enrollment form or other authorization form, such Participant will promptly so notify the Company in writing.

 

5. Purchase of Shares. Participants will acquire Shares from the Company under the Plan at a price equal to the most recently disclosed transaction price per Share applicable to the class of Shares purchased by the Participant on the record date of the Distribution. No upfront selling commissions or dealer manager fees will be payable with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan, but Class T, Class S and Class D Shares will be subject to ongoing distribution fees, if any. Participants in the Plan may purchase fractional Shares so that 100% of the Distributions will be used to acquire Shares. However, a Participant will not be able to acquire Plan Shares and such Participant’s participation in the Plan will be terminated to the extent that a reinvestment of such Participant’s Distributions in Shares would cause the percentage ownership or other limitations contained in the Charter to be violated. Shares to be distributed by the Company in connection with the Plan will be supplied from Shares which may or may not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Shares that are not registered with the SEC will be subject to transfer restrictions and cannot be sold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

 

6. Distributions Excluded from Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company’s board of directors, in its sole discretion, may elect to designate certain Distributions as ineligible for reinvestment through the Plan, without notice to Participants, without suspending this Plan and without affecting the future operation of the Plan with respect to Participants. If a Distribution is designated as ineligible for reinvestment through the Plan, the Participant will receive such Distribution in cash at the address on file with the Company.

 

7. Taxes. THE REINVESTMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS DOES NOT RELIEVE A PARTICIPANT OF ANY INCOME TAX LIABILITY THAT MAY BE PAYABLE ON THE DISTRIBUTIONS. INFORMATION REGARDING POTENTIAL TAX INCOME LIABILITY OF PARTICIPANTS MAY BE FOUND IN THE APPLICABLE MEMORANDUM OR, IN THE CASE OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, IN PUBLIC FILINGS MADE BY THE COMPANY WITH THE SEC.

 

8. Share Certificates. The ownership of the Shares purchased through the Plan will be in book-entry form unless and until the Company issues certificates for its outstanding Shares.

 

9. Reports. On a quarterly basis, the Company shall provide each Participant a statement of account describing, as to such Participant: (i) the Distributions reinvested during the quarter; (ii) the number and class of Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan during the quarter; (iii) the per share purchase price for such Shares; and (iv) the total number of Shares purchased on behalf of the Participant under the Plan. On an annual basis, tax information with respect to income earned on Shares under the Plan for the calendar year will be provided to each applicable participant.

 

 

 

10. Termination by Participant. A Participant may terminate participation in the Plan at any time, without penalty, by delivering 10 business days’ prior written notice to the Company. This notice must be received by the Company 10 business days prior to a Distribution payment date in order for a Participant’s termination to be effective for such Distribution payment date. Any transfer of Shares by a Participant to a non-Participant will terminate participation in the Plan with respect to the transferred Shares. If a Participant requests that the Company repurchase all or any portion of the Participant’s Shares, the Participant’s participation in the Plan with respect to the Participant’s Shares for which repurchase was requested but that were not repurchased will be terminated. If a Participant terminates Plan participation, the Company may, at its option, ensure that the terminating Participant’s account will reflect the whole number of Shares in such Participant’s account and provide a check for the cash value of any fractional Share in such account. Upon termination of Plan participation for any reason, future Distributions will be distributed to the Stockholder in cash.

 

11. Amendment, Suspension or Termination by the Company. The Board of Directors may by majority vote amend any aspect of the Plan; provided that the Plan cannot be amended to eliminate a Participant’s right to terminate participation in the Plan and that notice of any material amendment must be provided to Participants at least 10 business days prior to the effective date of that amendment. The Board of Directors may by majority vote suspend or terminate the Plan for any reason upon 10 business days’ written notice to the Participants. Any notice required by this Section 11 may be satisfied by the Company disclosing to stockholders in a supplement to the memorandum (or post-effective amendment if required by the Securities Act) or current or periodic report filed by the Company with the SEC if the Company has a class of Shares registered under the Exchange Act.

 

12. Liability of the Company. The Company shall not be liable for any act done in good faith, or for any good faith omission to act, including, without limitation, any claims or liability (i) arising out of failure to terminate a Participant’s account upon such Participant’s death prior to timely receipt of notice in writing of such death or (ii) with respect to the time and the prices at which Shares are purchased or sold for a Participant’s account.

 

 

EX-10.2 5 tm2332619d1_ex10-2.htm EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

Dated: December 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

Article I DEFINED TERMS 1
   
Article II PARTNERSHIP CONTINUATION; ADMISSION OF LIMITED PARTNERS; NAME; PLACE OF BUSINESS AND REGISTERED AGENT 11
   
Section 2.1. Continuation 11
Section 2.2. Certificate of Limited Partnership; Other Filings 11
Section 2.3. Additional Limited Partners 11
Section 2.4. Name, Office and Registered Agent 11
     
Article III BUSINESS AND TERM OF PARTNERSHIP 11
   
Section 3.1. Business 11
Section 3.2. Term 12
     
Article IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS 12
   
Section 4.1. General Partner 12
Section 4.2. Limited Partners 12
Section 4.3. Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests 12
Section 4.4. Additional Funding 15
Section 4.5. Interest 15
Section 4.6. Return of Capital 16
Section 4.7. Percentage Interest 16
     
Article V PROFITS, LOSSES AND ACCOUNTING 16
   
Section 5.1. Allocation of Profits and Losses 16
Section 5.2. Accounting 17
Section 5.3. Partners’ Capital Accounts 18
Section 5.4. Section 754 Elections 19
Section 5.5. Special Allocation of Gain to LTIP Unitholders 19
     
Article VI POWERS, DUTIES, LIABILITIES, COMPENSATION AND VOTING OF GENERAL PARTNER 20
   
Section 6.1. Powers of General Partner 20
Section 6.2. Delegation of Authority 22
Section 6.3. Duties of General Partner 22
Section 6.4. Liabilities of General Partner; Indemnification 23
Section 6.5. Compensation of General Partner; Reimbursement 25
Section 6.6. Reliance on Act of General Partner 25
Section 6.7. Outside Services; Dealings with Affiliates; Outside Activities 25
Section 6.8. Additional Loans to the Partnership 25
Section 6.9. Contribution of Assets 26
Section 6.10. Repurchases and Exchanges of REIT Shares 26
Section 6.11. Qualification as a Real Estate Operating Company 26
     
Article VII RIGHTS, PROHIBITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO LIMITED PARTNERS 26
   
Section 7.1. Rights of Limited Partners 26
Section 7.2. Prohibitions with Respect to the Limited Partners 27
Section 7.3. Ownership by Limited Partner of Corporate General Partner or Affiliate 27
Section 7.4. Redemption Right 27
Section 7.5. Basis Analysis 29
Section 7.6. Limited Partner Guarantees 30
Section 7.7. Conversion of LTIP Units 30
Section 7.8. Conversion of Class 2 LTIP Units 32
Section 7.9. Voting Rights of LTIP Units 32
Section 7.10. Registration Rights 33

 

-i-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 

Page

 

Article VIII DISTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS TO PARTNERS 33
   
Section 8.1. Distributions of Cash Flow 33
Section 8.2. REIT Distribution Requirements 35
Section 8.3. No Right to Distributions in Kind 35
Section 8.4. Reinvestment 35
Section 8.5. Withdrawals 36
Section 8.6. Amounts Withheld 36
     
Article IX TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS 37
   
Section 9.1. General Partner 37
Section 9.2. Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner 38
Section 9.3. Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of a General Partner 38
Section 9.4. Removal of a General Partner 38
Section 9.5. Restrictions on Transfer of Limited Partnership Interests 39
Section 9.6. Admission of Substitute Limited Partner 40
Section 9.7. Rights of Assignees of Partnership Interests 40
Section 9.8. Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner 41
Section 9.9. Joint Ownership of Interests 41
Section 9.10. Transferees 41
Section 9.11. Absolute Restriction 41
Section 9.12. Investment Representation 41
Section 9.13. Certificates 41
     
Article X TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP 42
   
Section 10.1. Termination 42
Section 10.2. Payment of Debts 42
Section 10.3. Debts to Partners 42
Section 10.4. Remaining Distribution 42
Section 10.5. Reserve 43
Section 10.6. Final Accounting 43
     
Article XI AMENDMENTS 43
   
Section 11.1. Authority to Amend 43
Section 11.2. Notice of Amendments 44
Section 11.3. Implementation of Amendment 44
     
Article XII POWER OF ATTORNEY 44
   
Section 12.1. Power 44
Section 12.2. Survival of Power 44
     
Article XIII CONSENTS, APPROVALS, VOTING AND MEETINGS 45
   
Section 13.1. Method of Giving Consent or Approval 45
Section 13.2. Meetings of Limited Partners 45
Section 13.3. Opinion 45
Section 13.4. Submissions to Partners 45

 

-ii-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 

Page

 

Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS 46
   
Section 14.1. Governing Law 46
Section 14.2. Agreement For Further Execution 46
Section 14.3. Entire Agreement 46
Section 14.4. Severability 46
Section 14.5. Notices 46
Section 14.6. Titles and Captions 46
Section 14.7. Counterparts 46
Section 14.8. Pronouns 46
Section 14.9. Survival of Rights 46

 

-iii-

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

This Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership is entered into effective December 6, 2023 (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 26, 2023;

 

WHEREAS, the Company, which is the sole member of the General Partner and of Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, has directed the General Partner and Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC to amend the existing limited partnership agreement for the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the General Partner and Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC desire to so amend and restate the existing limited partnership agreement for the Partnership, as of the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby amend and restate the prior agreement and agree as follows:

 

Article I
DEFINED TERMS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in this Article I, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Act” shall mean the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. § 17-101, et. seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Additional Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

 

Additional Limited Partner” shall mean a Person admitted to this Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

 

Additional Securities” means any additional REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof) or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, as set forth in Section 4.3(b)

 

Adjustment Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d)(i) hereof.

 

Advisor” means Stirling REIT Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as advisor to the Partnership pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and any successor advisor to the Partnership.

 

Advisory Agreement” means the Advisory Agreement dated as of December 6, 2023 by and between Stirling REIT Advisors LLC, the Partnership, the Company and Stirling TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as it may be amended.

 

Affiliate” of another Person shall mean (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person; (b) any Person ten percent (10%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by such other Person; (c) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person; (d) any officer, director, member or partner of such other Person; and (e) if such other Person is an officer, director, member or partner in a company, the company for which such Person acts in any such capacity.

 

 

 

 

Agreed Value” shall mean the fair market value of Contributed Property as agreed to by the contributing partner and the Partnership, using such reasonable method of valuation as they may adopt.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Stirling REIT OP, LP, as amended from time to time.

 

Articles of Organization” means the Certificate of Formation of the General Partner filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended or restated from time to time.

 

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, 11 U.S.C. ss.ss. 101 et seq., and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Capital Account” shall mean, as to any Partner, the account established and maintained for such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof.

 

Capital Account Limitation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(b) hereof.

 

Capital Contribution” shall mean the amount in cash or the Agreed Value of Contributed Property (net of liabilities secured by the Contributed Property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752) contributed by each Partner (or its original predecessor in interest) to the capital of the Partnership for its interest in the Partnership.

 

Carrying Value” shall mean, with respect to any property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes as of the time of determination except as follows: (a) the initial Carrying Value of any property contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be its Agreed Value, (b) the Carrying Value of property distributed to a Partner shall the fair market value of such property, as determined by the General Partner, and (c) the Carrying Value of property shall be adjusted as provided by Exhibit B, items A.1., B.1(c), B.3., and B.4.

 

Cash Amount” means an amount of cash per Common Partnership Unit equal to the Value on the Valuation Date of the REIT Common Shares Amount.

 

Cash Flow” shall mean (i) the excess of cash revenues actually received by the Partnership in respect of Partnership operations for any period, (ii) the amount of any reduction in reserves of the Partnership, (iii) to the extent determined by the General Partner, the net proceeds received by the Partnership from disposition of Company property over Operating Expenses for such period and (iv) any other property.

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as amended or restated from time to time.

 

Class” means a class of REIT Shares or Partnership Units, as the context may require.

 

Class D Conversion Rate” means the fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class D Unit and the denominator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class I Unit.

 

Class D REIT Shares” means the REIT Shares referred to as “Class D” shares in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

2

 

 

Class D Unit” means a Partnership Unit entitling the holder thereof to the rights of a holder of a Class D Unit as provided in this Agreement.

 

Class E Conversion Rate” means the fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class E Unit and the denominator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class I Unit.

 

Class E REIT Shares” means the REIT Shares referred to as “Class E” shares in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

Class E Unit” means a Partnership Unit entitling the holder thereof to the rights of a holder of a Class E Unit as provided in this Agreement.

 

Class I REIT Shares” means the REIT Shares referred to as “Class I” shares in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

Class I Unit” means a Partnership Unit entitling the holder thereof to the rights of a holder of a Class I Unit as provided in this Agreement.

 

Class S Conversion Rate” means the fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class S Unit and the denominator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class I Unit.

 

Class S REIT Shares” means the REIT Shares referred to as “Class S” shares in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

Class S Unit” means a Partnership Unit entitling the holder thereof to the rights of a holder of a Class S Unit as provided in this Agreement.

 

Class T Conversion Rate” means the fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class T Unit and the denominator of which is the Net Asset Value Per Unit for each Class I Unit.

 

Class T REIT Shares” means the REIT Shares referred to as “Class T” shares in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

Class T Unit” means a Partnership Unit entitling the holder thereof to the rights of a holder of a Class T Unit as provided in this Agreement.

 

Class 2 LTIP Unit” means a Partnership Unit that is designated as a Class 2 LTIP Unit and which has the ‎rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Sections 4.3(d) and 4.3(e) and ‎elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of Class 2 LTIP Unitholders and in any Vesting Agreement.

 

‎“Class 2 LTIP Unitholder” means a Partner that holds Class 2 LTIP Units.‎

 

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any succeeding provision of the Code.

 

Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Partnership Interest” shall mean a partnership interest in the Partnership, other than a Preferred Partnership Interest, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a partnership interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Act, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

 

Common Partnership Unit” shall mean a fractional, undivided share of the Common Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, which shall include, but not be limited to, the Class D Units, the Class E Units, the Class I Units, the Class S Units and the Class T Units. At all times there shall be maintained an economic equivalency of Common Partnership Units and REIT Common Shares, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

3

 

 

Common Partnership Unit Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d) hereof.

 

Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period” shall mean any quarter or shorter period with respect to which a distribution is to be made to the holders of the Common Partnership Units.

 

Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) hereof.

 

Common Percentage Interest” shall mean the percentage interest in the Common Partnership Units of each Partner, as determined by dividing the Common Partnership Units owned by a Partner by the total number of Common Partnership Units then outstanding, subject to Sections 4.3(d) and 4.3(e) which treat LTIP Units as Common Partnership Units for this purpose.

 

Company” means Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

Constituent Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(f) hereof.

 

Contributed Property” shall mean a Partner’s interest in property or other consideration (excluding services and cash) contributed to the Partnership by such Partner.

 

Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(b) hereof.

 

Conversion Factor” shall mean 1.0; provided, however, that if the Company (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Common Shares in REIT Common Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Common Shares in REIT Common Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Common Shares, or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Common Shares into a smaller number of REIT Common Shares, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Common Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Common Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event; provided, however, that if the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, but prior to the effective date of such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination.

 

Conversion Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(b) hereof.

 

Conversion Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(a) hereof.

 

Defaulting Limited Partner” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a) hereof.

 

Distribution Fee” shall mean, in connection with any offering of the Company, the ongoing fees that are payable to the dealer manager or soliciting dealers (whether labeled distribution fees, dealer manager fees or otherwise) and distinguished from selling commissions by not being payable up-front or at one time.

 

Distribution Payment Date” shall mean the dates upon which the General Partner makes distributions in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof.

 

DRIP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 hereof.

 

4

 

 

DRIP Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 hereof.

 

Economic Capital Account Balance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) hereof.

 

Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Event of Bankruptcy” shall mean as to any Person the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within ninety (90) days of the filing thereof); insolvency of such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction; filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of such Person’s assets; commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, but if such proceeding is commenced by another, only if such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within ninety (90) days.

 

Excess Profits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c)(i) hereof.

 

Exchanged REIT Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof.

 

Forced Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(c) hereof.

 

Forced Conversion Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(c) hereof.

 

Full Distribution Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) hereof.

 

General Partner” shall mean Stirling OP General Partner LLC and any Person who becomes a substitute or additional General Partner as provided herein, and any of their successors as General Partner, each in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

 

General Partner Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a) hereof.

 

General Partnership Interest” shall mean the interest of a General Partner in the Partnership other than any Partnership Interest it holds as a Limited Partner, provided that the General Partner shall have no interest in profits or losses of the Partnership with respect to its General Partnership Interest.

 

Government Obligations” shall mean securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, that are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust as custodian with respect to any such obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Hurdle Amount” for any period during a calendar year means that amount that results in a 5% annualized internal rate of return on the Net Asset Value of the Performance Participation Units outstanding at the beginning of the then-current calendar year and all Performance Participation Units issued since the beginning of the then-current calendar year, taking into account the timing and amount of all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on all such Performance Participation Units and all issuances of Performance Participation Units over the period and calculated in accordance with recognized industry practices. The ending Net Asset Value of the Performance Participation Units used in calculating the internal rate of return will be calculated before giving effect to any allocation or accrual to the Performance Allocation and any applicable Distribution Fees, provided that the calculation of the Hurdle Amount for any period will exclude any Performance Participation Units repurchased during such period, which Performance Participation Units will be subject to the Performance Allocation upon such repurchase as described in Section 8.1(c).

 

5

 

 

Indemnitee” shall mean (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of his, her or its status as (A) the General Partner, (B) the Advisor, or (C) a director, officer, employee or agent of the Partnership, the General Partner or the Advisor, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, the Advisor or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Ineligible Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) hereof.

 

Initial Contributed Assets” shall mean the cash and those properties identified as Initial Contributed Assets on Exhibit A hereto.

 

Initial Valuation Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.11 hereof.

 

Initiating Limited Partner” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 hereof.

 

IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Limited Partner” shall mean any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof or an Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

 

Limited Partnership Interest” shall mean the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership at any particular time, including the right of such Limited Partner to any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act.

 

Listing” means the listing of the shares of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange. Upon such Listing, the shares shall be deemed “Listed.”

 

Loss Carryforward Amount” shall initially equal zero and shall cumulatively increase by the absolute value of any negative annual Total Return and decrease by any positive annual Total Return, provided that the Loss Carryforward Amount shall at no time be less than zero and provided further that the calculation of the Loss Carryforward Amount will exclude the Total Return related to any Performance Participation Units repurchased during such year, which Performance Participation Units will be subject to the Performance Allocation upon such repurchase as described in Section 8.1(c).

 

LTIP Unit” shall mean a Partnership Unit that is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Sections 4.3(d) and 4.3(e) hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of LTIP Unitholders. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as may be amended from time to time. LTIP Units may be issued in one or more classes (including, but not limited to, Class 2 LTIP Units), or one or more series of any such classes bearing such relationship to one another as to allocations, distributions, and other rights as the General Partner shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion subject to Delaware law and the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, references to “LTIP Units” in Section 5.5, Section 7.7 and Section 7.8 shall be deemed to exclude Class 2 LTIP Units.

 

LTIP Unitholder” shall mean a Partner that holds LTIP Units.

 

NASDAQ National Market System” shall mean the NASDAQ Global Market or any successor thereto.

 

6

 

 

Net Asset Value” means (i) for any Partnership Units, the net asset value of such Partnership Units, determined as of the end of each business day as described in the PPM or the Prospectus and (ii) for any REIT Shares, the net asset value of such REIT Shares, determined as of the end of each business day as described in the PPM or the Prospectus.

 

Net Asset Value Per Unit” means, for each Class of Partnership Unit, the net asset value per unit of such Class of Partnership Unit, determined as of the end of each business day as described in the PPM or the Prospectus.

 

Net Asset Value Per REIT Share” means, for each Class of REIT Shares, the net asset value per share of such Class of REIT Shares, determined as of the end of each business day as described in the PPM or the Prospectus.

 

Newly Issued Common Partnership Unit” shall mean with respect to any Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period, a Common Partnership Unit issued during such Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period, other than to Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC.

 

Notice of Redemption” shall mean the Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

Operating Expenses” shall mean (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) those administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and legal expense of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners have agreed, are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not included in clause (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided, however, that Operating Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner that are attributable to Properties or partnership interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner or the Company directly.

 

Original Limited Partner” shall mean Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC.

 

Partner” shall mean the General Partner or any Limited Partner.

 

Partnership” shall mean Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Partnership Interest” shall mean a partnership interest in the Partnership and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a partnership interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Act, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

 

Partnership Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a) hereof.

 

Partnership Record Date” shall mean the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Cash Flow pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof, which record date, as to Common Partnership Units, shall be the corresponding record date established by the Company with respect to the REIT Common Shares and which record date, as to a series of Preferred Partnership Units, shall be the corresponding record date established by the Company with respect to the corresponding series of REIT Preferred Shares.

 

Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(d) hereof.

 

Partnership Unit” shall mean a Common Partnership Unit, an LTIP Unit, or any other fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to this Agreement. The Partnership Units of the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Performance Allocation” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c).

 

Performance Participation Units” means, collectively, the Class T Units, Class S Units, Class D Units and Class I Units. For the avoidance of doubt, Class E Units shall not be considered Performance Participation Units.

 

7

 

 

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity.

 

Plan” shall mean any equity incentive plans or programs that the Company has adopted or may adopt, as amended (each individually and all of them collectively, as the context requires).

 

PPM” shall mean the private placement memorandum prepared by the Company with respect to the applicable offering of securities, as such private placement memorandum may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Preferred Partnership Interest” shall mean a partnership interest in the Partnership evidenced by a designated series of Preferred Partnership Units, having a preference in payment of distributions or on liquidation as determined by the General Partner for such series of Preferred Partnership Units and as set forth in an amendment to this Agreement (which may be attached as an Exhibit hereto), and includes all benefits to which the holder of such a partnership interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Act, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

 

Preferred Partnership Unit” shall mean a fractional, undivided share of Preferred Partnership Interests of all Partners in the specified series issued hereunder.

 

Preferred Percentage Interest” with respect to a series of Preferred Partnership Units, shall mean the percentage interest in the Preferred Partnership Units of each Partner holding Preferred Partnership Units of such specified series, as determined by dividing the Preferred Partnership Units of such series owned by a Partner by the total number of Preferred Partnership Units of that series then outstanding.

 

Preferred Return” shall mean any payment made or to be made on any Preferred Partnership Unit corresponding to any dividend paid or to be paid on the related series of preferred stock issued by the Company, in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof.

 

Property” shall mean any hotel property or other investment in which the Partnership holds an ownership interest.

 

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in the most recent effective registration filed by the Company with the Commission with respect to the applicable offering of securities, as such prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Quarterly Allocation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1(c) hereof.

 

Quarterly Shortfall” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1(c) hereof.

 

Quarterly Shortfall Obligation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1(c) hereof.

 

Received REIT Shares” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.10(b) hereof.

 

Redeeming Partner” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.4(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Right” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.4(a) hereof.

 

Regulation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.11 hereof.

 

REIT” shall mean a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860, inclusive, of the Code.

 

8

 

 

REIT Common Share” shall mean a share of the common stock of the Company.

 

REIT Common Shares Amount” shall mean a whole number of REIT Common Shares equal to the product of the number of Common Partnership Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Partner, multiplied by the Conversion Factor in effect on the Specified Redemption Date (rounded down to the nearest whole number if such product is not a whole number); provided, however, that if the Company at any time issues to all holders of REIT Common Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the stockholders to subscribe for or purchase REIT Common Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “Rights”), which Rights have not expired pursuant to their terms, then the REIT Common Shares Amount thereafter shall also include such Rights that a holder of that number of REIT Common Shares would be entitled to receive.

 

REIT Expenses” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence of the Company and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of Company), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer, or employee of the Company, (ii) costs and expenses relating to the public offering and registration of securities or private offering of securities by the Company and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, (iii) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic reports by the Company under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (iv) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the Company with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission, and (v) all other operating or administrative costs of the Company, including, without limitation, insurance premiums, and legal, accounting and directors’ fees, incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or in connection with the Partnership.

 

REIT Preferred Share” shall mean a share of the preferred stock of the Company.

 

REIT Share” shall mean a REIT Common Share.

 

Safe Harbor” means, the election described in the Safe Harbor Regulation, pursuant to which a partnership and all of its partners may elect to treat the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred in connection with the performance of services as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest.

 

Safe Harbor Election” means the election by a partnership and its partners to apply the Safe Harbor, as described in the Safe Harbor Regulation and Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, issued on May 19, 2005.

 

Safe Harbor Regulation” means Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(1) issued on May 19, 2005.

 

Sharing Percentage” means, for any Class 2 LTIP Unit, such percentage specified in the Vesting Agreement or other documentation pursuant to which such Class 2 LTIP Unit is granted.

 

Special Limited Partner” means Stirling REIT Special Limited Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which shall be a limited partner of the Partnership and recognized as such under applicable Delaware law, but not a “Limited Partner” within the meaning of this Agreement (other than to the extent it owns Partnership Units).

 

Special Limited Partnership Interest” means the interest of the Special Limited Partner in the Partnership representing solely its right as the holder of an interest in distributions described in Section 8.2 (and any corresponding allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction under this Agreement), and not any interest in Partnership Units it may own from time to time.

 

Specified Redemption Date” shall mean, with respect to a given Partner and Notice of Redemption, the later of any date so specified in the Notice of Redemption and the fifth (5th) Business Day after receipt by the General Partner of the Notice of Redemption, provided that, except as provided in Section 7.4(a) with respect to the Advisor and Special Limited Partner, no Specified Redemption Date may occur with respect to any Partnership Unit before one year after such Partnership Unit is issued by the Partnership.

 

9

 

 

Stirling OP General Partner LLC” means Stirling OP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC” means Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities, or (ii) the outstanding equity interests, are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Substitute General Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

 

Substitute Limited Partner” shall mean any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof.

 

Surviving Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(c) hereof.

 

Target Balance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) hereof.

 

Total Return” for any period since the end of the prior calendar year shall equal the sum of: (i) all distributions accrued or paid (without duplication) on the Performance Participation Units outstanding at the end of such period since the beginning of the then-current calendar year plus (ii) the change in aggregate Net Asset Value of such Performance Participation Units since the beginning of such year, before giving effect to (x) changes resulting solely from the proceeds of issuances of Performance Participation Units, (y) any allocation or accrual to the Performance Allocation and (z) any applicable Distribution Fees (including any payments made to the General Partner for payment of such expenses). For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Total Return will (i) include any appreciation or depreciation in the Net Asset Value of Performance Participation Units issued during the then-current calendar year but (ii) exclude the proceeds from the initial issuance of such Performance Participation Units.

 

Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) hereof.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code.

 

Unit Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(f) hereof.

 

Unvested Incentive Units” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e)(i) hereof.

 

Valuation Date” shall mean the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Value” shall mean, with respect to a REIT Common Share, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation Date. The market price for each such trading day shall be: (i) if the REIT Common Shares are listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System, the closing price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day; (ii) if the REIT Common Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System, the Net Asset Value Per REIT Share for REIT Common Shares of that Class; or (iii) if the REIT Common Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System and no such Net Asset Value Per REIT Share is available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten (10) days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided, however, that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in question, the Value of the REIT Common Shares shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. If the REIT Common Shares Amount includes rights that a holder of REIT Common Shares would be entitled to receive, and the General Partner acting in good faith determines that the value of such rights is not reflected in the Value of the REIT Common Shares determined as aforesaid, then the Value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

10

 

 

Vested LTIP Units” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e)(i) hereof.

 

Vesting Agreement” shall mean each or any, as the context implies, LTIP Unit Award Agreement entered into by a LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under the Plan (as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).

 

Article II
PARTNERSHIP CONTINUATION; ADMISSION OF LIMITED PARTNERS; NAME; PLACE OF BUSINESS AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

Section 2.1.     Continuation. The Partners hereby agree to continue the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

 

Section 2.2.      Certificate of Limited Partnership; Other Filings. The General Partner shall prepare (or caused to be prepared), execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership, a Certificate of Limited Partnership and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be required by the Act or necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.

 

Section 2.3.      Additional Limited Partners. The General Partner shall in timely fashion amend this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed for record to reflect the admission pursuant to the terms of this Agreement of a Person as a Limited Partner.

 

Section 2.4.      Name, Office and Registered Agent. The name of the Partnership shall be Stirling REIT OP, LP. The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254. The General Partner may at any time change the location of such office, provided the General Partner gives notice to the Partners of any such change. The name and address of the Partnership’s statutory agent for service of process on the Partnership in Texas is Stirling OP General Partner LLC, 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254. The name and address of the Partnership’s statutory agent for service of process on the Partnership in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

Article III
BUSINESS AND TERM OF PARTNERSHIP

 

Section 3.1.      Business. The purpose and nature of the business of the Partnership is to conduct any business that may lawfully be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act; provided, however, that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the Company at all times to be qualified as a REIT under the Code, unless the board of directors of the Company determines to cease to qualify as a REIT. To consummate the foregoing and to carry out the obligations of the Partnership in connection therewith or incidental thereto, the General Partner shall have the authority, in accordance with and subject to the limitations set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, to make, enter into, perform and carry out any arrangements, contracts or agreements of every kind for any lawful purpose, without limit as to amount or otherwise, with any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, firm, trustee, syndicate, individual or any political or governmental division, subdivision or agency, domestic or foreign, and generally to make and perform agreements and contracts of every kind and description and to do any and all things necessary or incidental to the foregoing for the protection and enhancement of the assets of the Partnership.

 

11

 

 

Section 3.2.      Term. The Partnership as herein constituted shall continue in perpetuity and shall have perpetual existence, unless earlier dissolved or terminated pursuant to law or the provisions of this Agreement. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership pursuant to the Act.

 

Article IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.      General Partner. The General Partner has not contributed, and shall not be required to contribute, cash or other assets to the capital of the Partnership.

 

Section 4.2.      Limited Partners. The Limited Partners have contributed cash and their respective ownership interests in the Contributed Property to the Partnership as identified on Exhibit A attached hereto. The Agreed Values of the Limited Partners’ proportionate ownership interest in the Contributed Properties as of the date of contribution are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Section 4.3.      Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests. Except as provided in this Section 4.3 or in Section 4.4, the Partners shall have no preemptive or other right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC may contribute additional capital or property to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.3.

 

(a)            Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

 

(i)            General. The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests in the form of Common Partnership Units and Preferred Partnership Units for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and to admit any Person as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all without the approval of any of the Limited Partners, including but not limited to, Partnership Units issued in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares of, or other interests in, the Company, Class E Units issued to the Special Limited Partner with respect to payments made pursuant to the Performance Allocation, Class E Units issued to the Advisor as a management fee pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and Partnership Units issued in connection with acquisitions of properties. Any additional Partnership Interest issued as provided in the prior sentence may be issued in one or more classes (including the Classes specified in this Agreement or any other Classes), or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to Limited Partnership Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner and all as may be set forth in an Exhibit to this Agreement, each of which Exhibit shall be incorporated into and become part of this Agreement upon adoption by the General Partner, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights of each class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; and (iv) the right to vote; provided, however, that no additional Partnership Interests shall be issued to the General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC unless:

 

(ii)            (1)(A) The additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares of or other interests in the Company, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Interests issues to the General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.3 and (B) the Company shall make, directly or through one or more Affiliates, a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the proceeds raised or other property received by the Company, directly or through one or more Affiliates, in connection with the issuance of such stock or other interests in the Company,

 

(2) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in exchange for property owned by the Company, the General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, as the case may be, with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Interests or are issued in connection with issuances by the Company of Additional Securities, or

 

(3) the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Common Percentage Interests or Preferred Percentage Interests, as applicable.

 

12

 

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Common Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the Company and the Partnership.

 

(b)            Upon Issuance of Additional Securities. The Company shall not issue any additional REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof) or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares (collectively, “Additional Securities”) other than to all holders of REIT Shares, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the Company or its Affiliates, Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) the Company contributes, directly or through one or more Affiliates, the proceeds or other property received from the issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership. For the avoidance of doubt the Company may in any event issue Additional Securities pursuant to the Plan.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and as a result the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the Company or its Affiliates corresponding Partnership Interests, so long as (x) the Company concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the Company and the Partnership, and (y) the Company, directly or through one or more Affiliates, contributes all proceeds or other property received from such issuance to the Partnership. For example, if the Company issues REIT Common Shares for a cash purchase price and contributes, directly or through one or more Affiliates, all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the Company or its Affiliates shall be issued a number of additional Common Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Common Shares issued by the Company, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.

 

(c)            Certain Deemed Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares. In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the Company, directly or through one or more Affiliates, shall contribute all of the proceeds raised in connection with such issuance to the Partnership as Capital Contributions, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by the Company or its Affiliates are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the Company, directly or through one or more Affiliates, shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions to the Partnership in the aggregate amount of the gross proceeds of such issuance and the Partnership shall be deemed simultaneously to have paid such offering expenses in connection with the required issuance of additional Partnership Units to the Company or its Affiliates for such Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 4.3(a) hereof.

 

13

 

 

 

(d)            LTIP Units. The General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership, for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners. The Capital Accounts of such LTIP Unitholders shall be credited with the amount of their respective Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 5.3. Except to the extent a Capital Contribution is made with respect to an LTIP Unit, an LTIP Unit is intended to qualify as a “profits interest” in the Partnership. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.3(d) and 4.3(e) and the special provisions of Sections 5.5, 7.7 and 7.8, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Partnership Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Common Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Partnership Unitholders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Partnership Units. In particular, the Partnership shall comply with the following procedures:

 

(i)            If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Common Partnership Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be “Adjustment Events”: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common Partnership Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Partnership Units into a greater number of Partnership Units or combines the outstanding Common Partnership Units into a smaller number of Partnership Units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Common Partnership Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Partnership Units. If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan, or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of securities by the Company. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common Partnership Units other than actions specifically described above as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by the Plan, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units as provided in this Section 4.3 the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall mail a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; and

 

(ii)            Subject to this Section 4.3(d) and the provisions of Section 10.4, the LTIP Unitholders shall, in respect of each Distribution Payment Date, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Partnership Unit (the “Common Partnership Unit Distribution”), paid to holders of record on the same Partnership Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such Distribution Payment Date. The term “Newly Issued Common Partnership Unit” shall be deemed to include LTIP Units issued during a Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period and Section 8.1(a) shall apply in full to LTIP Units. During any Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period, so long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, except upon liquidation of the Partnership and as provided in the following sentence and Section 10.4, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Common Partnership Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units for such Common Partnership Unit Distribution Period.

 

The LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Common Partnership Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, provided upon liquidation the amount distributed with respect to a LTIP Unit shall be limited to the related Capital Account balance as provided by Section 10.4, and provided, further, that for each Class 2 LTIP Unit, such Class 2 LTIP Unit will be entitled to receive only such distributions in an amount equal to the product of the Sharing Percentage for such Class 2 LTIP Unit and the amount otherwise distributable with respect to such Class 2 LTIP Unit pursuant to this Agreement. As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units or Partnership Interests which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Common Partnership Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, a LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Common Partnership Units are entitled to transfer their Common Partnership Units pursuant to Article IX.

 

14

 

 

(e)            Terms of LTIP Units. LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:

 

(i)            Vesting Agreements. LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as “Vested LTIP Units”; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “Unvested Incentive Units.”

 

(ii)            Forfeiture. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in the right of the Partnership to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable Vesting Agreement, then the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the Target Balance contemplated by Section 5.5(a), calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any, with such reduction being accomplished by an allocation of gross deductions or losses to the applicable LTIP Unitholder.

 

(iii)           Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and any Vesting Agreement, LTIP Units shall generally be treated as ‎Common Partnership Units for purposes of Article V, but LTIP Unitholders shall also ‎be entitled to certain special allocations of gain under Section 5.5; provided, however, the amounts allocated to such Class 2 LTIP Unit shall equal only the product of the Sharing Percentage for such Class 2 LTIP Unit and the amount otherwise allocable with respect to such Class 2 LTIP Unit pursuant to this Agreement (excluding special allocations under Section 5.5).

 

(iv)          Redemption. The Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 7.4 shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Common Partnership Units as provided in clause (vi) below and Section 7.7.

 

(v)            Legend. Any certificate evidencing an LTIP Unit shall bear an appropriate legend indicating that additional terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer, including without limitation any Vesting Agreement, apply to the LTIP Unit.

 

(vi)           Conversion to Common Partnership Units. Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Common Partnership Units under Section 7.7.

 

(vii)          Voting. LTIP Units shall have the voting rights provided in Section 7.9.

 

(viii)         Issuance. An LTIP Unit shall be considered issued to an LTIP Unitholder upon the later to occur of: (i) execution by such Person of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, unless such Person is already a Limited Partner, (ii) execution by such LTIP Unitholder and the Partnership of a Vesting Agreement with respect to such LTIP Unit, if applicable, and (iii) payment to the Partnership of the Capital Contribution, if any, provided for in the related Vesting Agreement.

 

Section 4.4.         Additional Funding. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (“Additional Funds”) for any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.

 

Section 4.5.         Interest. No interest shall be paid on the Capital Contribution of any Partner.

 

15

 

 

Section 4.6.      Return of Capital. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution.

 

Section 4.7.      Percentage Interest. If the number of outstanding Common Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, the General Partner shall adjust each holder of Common Partnership Units’ Percentage Interest, as reflected on Exhibit A, to a percentage equal to the number of Common Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of outstanding Common Partnership Units.

 

Article V
PROFITS, LOSSES AND ACCOUNTING

 

Section 5.1.         Allocation of Profits and Losses. Except as otherwise provided herein or in Exhibit B:

 

(a)            Profits for each year shall be allocated among the Partners, and shall be credited to the respective Capital Accounts of the Partners, in the following order and priority:

 

(i)             First, items of gross income to the holders of Preferred Partnership Units in the amount necessary so that the cumulative amount of gross income allocated to holders of Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) is equal to the cumulative amount of distributions of Preferred Return (as defined, for each series of Preferred Partnership Units, in the exhibit to this Agreement setting forth the terms of such Preferred Partnership Units) distributed to holders of Preferred Partnership Units;

 

(ii)             Second, to the Partners to the extent of losses, in the proportions and in the reverse order in which losses were allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.1(b), until the cumulative amounts allocated to each Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(ii) are equal to the cumulative losses so allocated to such Partner;

 

(iii)           Third, to the Special Limited Partner to the extent the aggregate amount of distributions to which the Special Limited Partner is entitled pursuant to Section 8.1(c) exceeds the aggregate amount of income or gain previously allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and this Section 5.1(a)(iii); and

 

(iv)           Fourth, any remaining profits shall be allocated to the Partners in amounts proportionate to the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Partnership Units held by such respective Partners except for distributions pursuant to Section 10.4 in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership and subject to the provisions of Sections 8.1(c), 8.1(d), 8.2 and 8.3.

 

(b)            Losses for each year shall be allocated among the Partners, and shall be debited to the respective Capital Accounts of the Partners, in the following order and priority:

 

(i)             First, to the holders of Common Partnership Units pro rata in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their Adjusted Capital Account Balances (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) attributable to Common Partnership Units;

 

(ii)            Second, to the Special Limited Partner to the extent of the positive balance in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) attributable solely to its Special Limited Partnership Interest (and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner);

 

(iii)           Third, to the holders of Preferred Partnership Units pro rata in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their Adjusted Capital Account Balances (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) attributable to Preferred Partnership Units; and

 

(iv)          Thereafter any remaining losses will be allocated to the holders of Common Partnership Units in accordance with their Common Percentage Interests.

 

16

 

 

(c)            If the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make revisions to this Section 5.1 as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the terms of the issuance of such additional Partnership Units, including, without limitation, making preferential allocations to certain classes of Partnership Units. For purposes of determining the income, gain, loss, deduction or any other items allocable to any period, income, gain, loss, deduction, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1(a), upon liquidation of the Partnership or upon redemption of any redeemable Preferred Partnership Units, items of gross income and/or items of deduction or loss shall be allocated to the holder of the Preferred Partnership Units and/or the Common Partnership Units, such that the Capital Accounts attributable to the Preferred Partnership Units and/or the Common Partnership Units, as applicable, equal, after all allocations of profit and loss are completed, the amount to be distributed to the Preferred Partnership Units and/or the Common Partnership Units, as applicable.

 

Section 5.2.      Accounting.

 

(a)            The books of the Partnership shall be kept on the accrual basis and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

(b)            The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

 

(c)            The terms “profits” and “losses,” as used herein, shall mean all items of income, gain, expense or loss as determined utilizing federal income tax accounting principles and shall also include each Partner’s share of income described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Code, any expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, any expenditures described in Section 709(a) of the Code which are not deducted or amortized in accordance with Section 709(b) of the Code, losses not deductible pursuant to Sections 267(a) and 707(b) of the Code and adjustments made pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(d)            The General Partner (or such other Person as may be designated by the General Partner from time to time) shall be the “partnership representative” as that term is defined in Section 6223(a) of the Code, as added by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (the “Partnership Representative”), and each Partner shall take all actions necessary to cause such Person to be so designated in accordance with any procedures prescribed therefor. The Partnership Representative shall inform each other Partner of all significant matters that may come to his, her or its attention in his, her or its capacity as Partnership Representative by giving notice thereof after becoming aware thereof and, within that time, shall forward to each other Partner copies of all significant written communications he, she or it may receive in that capacity. Any Partner who is designated as Partnership Representative shall not take any action contemplated by Sections 6222 through 6232 of the Code without the consent of Partners whose aggregate Common Percentage Interests exceed 50% and may not in any case take any action left to the determination of an individual Partner under Sections 6222 through 6231 of the Code.

 

(e)            Except as specifically provided herein, all elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code shall be made by the General Partner in its sole discretion.

 

(f)            Any Partner shall have the right to a private audit of the books and records of the Partnership, provided such audit is made at the expense of the Partner desiring it, and it is made during normal business hours.

 

(g)            The Partners agree that the Partnership shall be authorized and directed to make the Safe Harbor Election and the Partnership and each Partner (including any person to whom Partnership Interest is transferred in connection with the performance of services) agrees to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor Election with respect to all Partnership Interests transferred in connection with the performance of services while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective. The General Partner, as the Partnership Representative, shall be authorized to (and shall) prepare, execute, and file the Safe Harbor Election.

 

17

 

 

Section 5.3.      Partners’ Capital Accounts.

 

(a)            There shall be maintained a Capital Account for each Partner in accordance with this Section 5.3 and the principles set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof. The amount of cash and the Agreed Value of property contributed to the Partnership by each Partner, net of liabilities assumed by the Partnership or securing property contributed by such Partner, shall be credited to its Capital Account, and from time to time, but not less often than annually, the share of each Partner in profits, losses and Carrying Value of distributions (net of liabilities secured by the distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to) shall be credited or charged to its Capital Account. The determination of Partners’ Capital Accounts, and any adjustments thereto, shall be made consistent with tax accounting and other principles set forth in Section 704(b) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder and Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(b)            Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, in a deficit restoration obligation agreement or in a guarantee of a Partnership liability, signed by a Limited Partner, no Limited Partner shall be required to make any further contribution to the capital of the Partnership to restore a loss, to discharge any liability of the Partnership or for any other purpose, nor shall any Limited Partner personally be liable for any liabilities of the Partnership or of the General Partner except as provided by law or this Agreement. All Limited Partners hereby waive their right of contribution which they may have against other Partners in respect of any payments made by them under any guarantee of Partnership debt. Set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto is the form of Notice of Exercise of Limited Deficit Restoration Obligation and Limited Deficit Restoration Obligation Agreement (“Notice and Agreement”) whereby a Limited Partner may agree to restore, to a limited extent as determined by the Limited Partner, the amount of any deficit in its Capital Account as provided in such Notice and Agreement and such Notice and Agreement shall be considered a “deficit restoration obligation agreement” for purposes of this Section 5.3(b). After completion and execution of a Notice and Agreement, the executing Limited Partner may deliver an original of such completed and executed Notice and Agreement to the General Partner, which after execution by the General Partner, shall be effective as of the date set forth in the Notice and Agreement, subject to the restrictions applicable to the effective date of an amendment to this Agreement as set forth in Section 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations. The General Partner shall execute such Notice and Agreement upon receipt and return a copy to the executing Limited Partner.

 

(c)            Immediately following the transfer of any Partnership Interest, the Capital Account of the transferee Partner attributable to the transferred interest shall be equal to the Capital Account of the transferor Partner attributable to the transferred interest.

 

(d)            For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes, taking into account any adjustments required pursuant to Section 704(b) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder as more fully described in Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(e)            The provisions of the Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. If the General Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Partnership, the General Partner, or the Limited Partners) are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Person upon the dissolution of the Partnership. The General Partner also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q) and (ii) make appropriate modifications if unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) or 1.704-2.

 

18

 

 

Section 5.4.      Section 754 Elections. The General Partner shall elect, pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the basis of the Partnership’s assets for (i) all transfers of Partnership Interests, and (ii) any distribution of Company property as described in Section 734 of the Code, if such election would benefit any Partner or the Partnership.

 

Section 5.5.      Special Allocation of Gain to LTIP Unitholders and Special Limited Partner.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1 above, but subject to the prior allocation of income, gain, deduction and loss under the terms of the Agreement in respect of any class of Partnership Interests ranking senior to the LTIP Units or the Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) with respect to return of capital or any preferential or priority return, any gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code, shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders and the Special Limited Partner, pro rata in proportion to the following amounts: (x) with respect to the LTIP Unitholders, an amount necessary to cause the Economic Capital Account Balances of the LTIP Unitholders, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units to equal (i) the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units; and (y) with respect to the Special Limited Partner, the amount, if any, by which the aggregate amount of distributions to which the Special Limited Partner is entitled pursuant to Section 8.1(c) exceeds the aggregate amount of income or gain previously allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) and this Section 5.5(a). For this purpose, the “Economic Capital Account Balances” of the LTIP Unitholders will be equal to their Capital Account balances, plus the amount of their shares of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. For clarification, each Limited Partner will have only one Capital Account as to all Partnership Interests it owns, but solely for determining the Economic Capital Account Balance of LTIP Units of an LTIP Unitholder its Capital Account will be separately computed for each group of LTIP Units having the same issue date. Similarly, the “Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance” shall mean (i) the Capital Account Balance of Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, plus the amount of Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC’s share of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC’s ownership of Common Partnership Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations under Article V through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.5(a), divided by (ii) the number of Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC’s Partnership Common Partnership Units (with respect to each holder, the “Target Balance”). Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders and the Special Limited Partner in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 5.5(a), provided, however, that (i) no amounts will be allocated with respect to any particular LTIP Unit or the Special Limited Partnership Interest (each, an “Ineligible Unit”) (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) until all special allocations pursuant to Part A of Exhibit B with respect to such LTIP Unit or the Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) have been reversed to the extent required by paragraph 10 of Part A of Exhibit B, and (ii) any allocation pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be made in duplication of any allocation made to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, not all LTIP Units and the Special Limited Partnership Interest (including Ineligible Units) (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) are fully booked up, an LTIP Unitholder and the Special Limited Partner, as applicable, may determine how gains shall be allocated among such LTIP Unitholder’s LTIP Units or the Special Limited Partner’s Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) (other than Ineligible Units); provided, however, if such LTIP Unitholder or the Special Limited Partner, as applicable, does not make such a determination, gains shall generally be allocated so that (i) the Economic Capital Account Balance of the maximum amount of Vested LTIP Units held by such LTIP is equal to the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance on a per LTIP Unit basis and (ii) the Capital Account of the Special Limited Partner with respect to the Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) is equal, as nearly as possible, to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate amount of distributions to which the Special Limited Partner is entitled pursuant to Section 8.1(c) exceeds the aggregate amount of income or gain previously allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) and this Section 5.5(a); provided, further, that such gains may only be allocated to LTIP Units and the Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) that are held by such LTIP Unitholder or the Special Limited Partner, as applicable, on the date of the allocation under this Section 5.5(a). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.5(a) is to make (i) the Capital Account balances of the LTIP Unitholders with respect to their LTIP Units economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance of Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC (on a per-Partnership Unit basis) with respect to its Common Partnership Units, and (ii) the Capital Account balance of the Special Limited Partner with respect to the Special Limited Partnership Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding for these purposes any Class E Units held by the Special Limited Partner) equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate amount of distributions to which the Special Limited Partner is entitled pursuant to Section 8.1(c) exceeds the aggregate amount of income or gain previously allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) and this Section 5.5(a).

 

19

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1 above, but subject to the prior ‎allocation of income, gain, deduction and loss under the terms of the Agreement in ‎respect of any class of Partnership Interests ranking senior to the Class 2 LTIP Units with ‎respect to return of capital or any preferential or priority return, any gains realized in ‎connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of ‎the Partnership, including but not limited to, gain realized in connection with an ‎adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code, ‎shall, after the allocation of such gains pursuant to Section 5.5(a), be allocated to the Class 2 LTIP Unitholders until the Economic Capital Account ‎Balances of such Partners, to the extent attributable to their ownership of Class 2 LTIP Units, ‎are equal to (i) (A) the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance minus (B) the issue price of the Class 2 LTIP Units being converted (as set forth in ‎and adjusted in accordance with the ‎applicable award agreement and the Plan)‎, multiplied ‎by (ii) the number of their Class 2 LTIP Units.‎ To the extent that the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance is less than the issue price of such Class 2 LTIP Units being converted (as set forth in ‎and adjusted in accordance with the ‎applicable award agreement and the Plan)‎, then such Class 2 LTIP Units will be excluded solely for purposes of this Section 5.5(b) in determining the number of Class 2 LTIP Units held by such Class 2 LTIP Unitholder.

 

Article VI
POWERS, DUTIES, LIABILITIES, COMPENSATION AND VOTING OF GENERAL PARTNER

 

Section 6.1.      Powers of General Partner. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner’s discretion and authority are subject to the limitations imposed by law, and by the General Partner’s Articles of Organization and operating agreement. Subject to the foregoing and to other limitations imposed by this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Partnership and make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing (but subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement), the General Partner shall have the power and authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:

 

(a)            to acquire, purchase, own, manage, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate or in the best interests of conducting the business of the Partnership in each case not inconsistent with the Company’s qualification as a REIT;

 

(b)            to construct buildings and make other improvements (including renovations) on or to the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;

 

(c)            to borrow money for the Partnership, issue evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, guarantee, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any indebtedness or obligation of or to the Partnership, and secure such indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;

 

(d)            to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, for all Operating Expenses to third parties or to the General Partner (as set forth in this Agreement);

 

(e)            to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine;

 

20

 

 

(f)            to prosecute, defend, arbitrate, or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may reasonably determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership, or the Partnership’s assets;

 

(g)            to file applications, communicate, and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership business;

 

(h)            to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;

 

(i)            to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types as the General Partner shall determine from time to time;

 

(j)            to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any Property to the restoration of such Property or to distribute the same;

 

(k)            to retain providers of services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership business and to pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem proper, including the Advisor;

 

(l)            to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner, including, without limitation, management agreements, franchise agreements, agreements with federal, state or local liquor licensing agencies and agreements with operators of restaurants and bars;

 

(m)            to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;

 

(n)            to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, the Partnership’s Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);

 

(o)            to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(p)            to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;

 

(q)            to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Interests or any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Interests, or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to any Partnership Interests) of the Partnership;

 

(r)            subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person (to the extent permitted by applicable law);

 

(s)            to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code;

 

(t)            to issue additional Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof;

 

21

 

 

(u)            to pay cash to redeem Partnership Units held by a Limited Partner in connection with a Limited Partner’s exercise of its Redemption Right under Section 7.4 hereof;

 

(v)            to amend and restate Exhibit A hereto to reflect accurately at all times the Capital Contributions, Common Percentage Interests and Preferred Percentage Interests of the Partners as the same are adjusted from time to time to the extent necessary to reflect redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of Partnership Units, the admission of any Additional Limited Partner or any Substitute Limited Partner or otherwise, which amendment and restatement, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be deemed an amendment to this Agreement, as long as the matter or event being reflected in Exhibit A hereto otherwise is authorized by this Agreement;

 

(w)            to take whatever action the General Partner deems appropriate to maintain the economic equivalency of Common Partnership Units and REIT Common Shares and Preferred Partnership Units and REIT Preferred Shares, respectively; and

 

(x)            to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with qualification of the Company as a REIT) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.

 

Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners (except as provided in Section 7.9, Section 9.1 or Article XI), notwithstanding any other provisions of the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation to the fullest extent permitted under the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation. The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.

 

Section 6.2.      Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate, including by appointment of officers of the Partnership, any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.

 

Section 6.3.      Duties of General Partner.

 

(a)            The General Partner, subject to the limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, shall manage or cause to be managed the affairs of the Partnership in a prudent and businesslike manner and shall devote sufficient time and effort to the Partnership affairs.

 

(b)            In carrying out its obligations, the General Partner shall:

 

(i)            Render annual reports to all Partners with respect to the operations of the Partnership;

 

22

 

 

(ii)            Mail to all persons who were Partners at any time during the Partnership’s prior fiscal year an annual report of the Partnership, including all necessary tax information, and any other information regarding the Partnership and its operations during the prior fiscal year deemed by the General Partner to be material;

 

(iii)            Maintain complete and accurate records of all business conducted by the Partnership and complete and accurate books of account (containing such information as shall be necessary to record allocations and distributions), and make such books of account available for inspection and audit by any Limited Partner (at the sole expense of such Limited Partner) to the extent provided in Section 7.1(b); and

 

(iv)            Cause to be filed such certificates and do such other acts as may be required by law to qualify and maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(c)            The General Partner shall take such actions as it deems necessary to maintain the economic equivalency of Common Partnership Units and REIT Common Shares and preferred Partnership Units and REIT Preferred Shares, respectively, required by this Agreement.

 

Section 6.4.      Liabilities of General Partner; Indemnification.

 

(a)            The General Partner shall not be liable for the return of all or any part of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners. Any returns shall be made solely from the assets of the Partnership according to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, none of the General Partner or the Company nor any of their officers, directors, agents or employees nor officers, agents or employees of the Partnership shall be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, any Partners or any assignees who are bound by this Agreement, or any of their successors or assigns, for any losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or any act or omission if the General Partner, the Company or such officers, directors, agents or employees acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part on any agent appointed by it in good faith pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof. The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the General Partner, the General Partner’s members and the Company’s stockholders collectively, and that, notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or their assignees) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the members of the General Partner or stockholders of the Company on one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the Company or the Limited Partners; provided, however, that notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for so long as the Company owns a controlling interest, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership, any such conflict that cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the Company or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the stockholders of the Company. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions, provided that the General Partner has acted in good faith.

 

(c)            To the extent indemnification of the Indemnitee by the General Partner is not prohibited under the Articles of Incorporation, the Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law and save and hold it harmless from and against, and in respect of, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise; provided, however, that this indemnification shall not apply if: (A) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (B) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (C) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.4(c). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.4(c). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and any insurance proceeds from the liability policy covering the General Partner and any Indemnitee.

 

23

 

 

(d)            To the extent advancement of expenses of an Indemnitee by the General Partner is not prohibited under the Articles of Incorporation, the Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.4 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

 

(e)            The indemnification provided by this Section 6.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.

 

(f)            The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g)            For purposes of this Section 6.4, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by the Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, the Indemnitee to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.4; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by the Indemnitee to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(h)            In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(i)            An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.4 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(j)            Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.4 or any provision of this Section 6.4 shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted. The provisions of this Section 6.4 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

(k)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the Company to continue to qualify as a REIT, or (ii) to prevent the Company from incurring any taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners. Further, any provision of this Agreement that might jeopardize the Company’s REIT status shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be (i) void and of no effect, or (ii) reformed, as necessary, to avoid the Company’s loss of REIT status.

 

24

 

 

Section 6.5.      Compensation of General Partner; Reimbursement. The General Partner, as such, shall not receive any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the General Partner shall be entitled, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.7 below, to pay reasonable compensation to its Affiliates and other entities in which it may be associated for services performed. The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all REIT Expenses.

 

Section 6.6.      Reliance on Act of General Partner. No financial institution or any other person, firm or corporation dealing with the General Partner or the Partnership shall be required to ascertain whether the General Partner is acting in accordance with this Agreement, but such financial institution or such other person, firm or corporation shall be protected in relying solely upon the assurance of and the execution of any instrument or instruments by the General Partner.

 

Section 6.7.      Outside Services; Dealings with Affiliates; Outside Activities.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Article VI to the contrary, the General Partner may employ such agents, accountants, attorneys and others as it shall deem advisable, including its directors, officers, members, and its Affiliates and entities with which the General Partner, any Limited Partner or their respective Affiliates may be associated, the Company’s directors, officers and stockholders, and may pay them reasonable compensation from Partnership funds for services performed, which compensation shall be reasonably believed by the General Partner to be comparable to and competitive with fees charged by unrelated Persons who render comparable services which could reasonably be made available to the Partnership. The General Partner shall not be liable for the neglect, omission or wrongdoing of any such Person so long as it appointed such Person in good faith.

 

(b)            The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment Partnership funds on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

(c)            The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

 

(d)            Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates nor any Limited Partner shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

 

(e)            Subject to the Articles of Organization and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or member of the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of such person.

 

(f)            If the Company exercises its rights under its Articles of Incorporation to redeem REIT Common Shares, then the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to purchase from the Company a number of Common Partnership Units determined based on the application of the Conversion Factor on the same terms as those on which the Company redeemed such REIT Common Shares.

 

Section 6.8.      Additional Loans to the Partnership. If additional funds are required by the Partnership for any purpose relating to the business of the Partnership or for any of its obligations, expenses, costs, or expenditures, including operating deficits, the Partnership may borrow such funds as are needed from time to time from any Person (including, without limitation, the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner; provided, however, that the terms of any loan from the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner shall be substantially equivalent to the terms that could be obtained from a third party on an arm’s-length basis) on such terms as the General Partner and such other Person may agree.

 

25

 

 

Section 6.9.      Contribution of Assets. The Company, directly or through one or more of its Affiliates, shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership from time to time each asset it owns from time to time during the existence of the Partnership, but it is not required to so contribute:

 

(a)            its interests in the General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC;

 

(b)            its direct or indirect interest in any entity in a chain of entities of which the Company is the sole beneficial owner, so long as all of the assets or other ownership interests in the entity in that chain furthest removed from the General Partner are contributed directly or indirectly to the Partnership; or

 

(c)            any equity interest in any entity of which the Company is the sole beneficial owner that is created or used solely by the General Partner in connection with any borrowing transaction in whole or in part for the benefit of the Partnership.

 

Section 6.10.      Repurchases and Exchanges of REIT Shares.

 

(a)            Repurchases. If the General Partner repurchases any REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares repurchased with proceeds received from the issuance of other REIT Shares), then the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to purchase from the General Partner a number of Partnership Units having the same Class designation as the redeemed REIT Shares for that Class of Partnership Units on the same terms that the General Partner repurchased such REIT Shares (including any applicable discount to Net Asset Value).

 

(b)            Exchanges. If the General Partner exchanges any REIT Shares of any Class (“Exchanged REIT Shares”) for, or converts any REIT Shares of any Class to, REIT Shares of a different Class (“Received REIT Shares”), then the General Partner shall, and shall cause the Partnership to, exchange or convert a number of Partnership Units having the same Class designation as the Exchanged REIT Shares, for Partnership Units having the same Class designation as the Received REIT Shares on the same terms that the General Partner exchanged or converted the Exchanged REIT Shares.

 

Section 6.11.      Qualification as a Real Estate Operating Company. The General Partner intends that, to the extent necessary to avoid causing the Company to hold “plan assets,” the General Partner will use reasonable efforts to operate the Partnership in a manner that will allow the Partnership to qualify as a “real estate operating company” as such terms are defined in U.S. Department of Labor Regulation 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (the “Regulation”). In accordance with the Regulation, the initial valuation date of the Partnership shall be the date of its first long-term investment on December 6, 2023 (the “Initial Valuation Date”), the first annual valuation period shall be the 90-day period commencing on the first anniversary of anniversary of the Initial Valuation Date, and subsequent annual valuation periods shall commence on each subsequent anniversary of the Initial Valuation Date.

 

Article VII
RIGHTS, PROHIBITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 7.1.      Rights of Limited Partners.

 

(a)            The Partnership may engage the Limited Partners or persons or firms associated with them for specific purposes and may otherwise deal with such Partners on terms and for compensation to be agreed upon by any such Partner and the Partnership; provided, however, that no Limited Partner shall be entitled to participate in the management or control of the business of the Partnership.

 

(b)            Each Limited Partner shall be entitled to have the Partnership books kept at the principal place of business of the Partnership and at all times, during reasonable business hours and at such Limited Partner’s sole expense, upon written demand shall be entitled to inspect and copy any of them for any purpose reasonably related to the Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner and demand in writing true and full information of all things affecting the Partnership and a formal accounting of Partnership affairs whenever circumstances render it just and reasonable and reasonably related to the Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner; provided, however, that any such demand shall state the purpose of such demand and provided further for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners any information that (i) the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interest of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business or (ii) the Partnership or the General Partner is required by law or by agreements with unaffiliated third parties to keep confidential; provided, further, that as long as Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. or any of its Affiliates is a Partner in the Partnership, the Partnership and the General Partner shall timely provide such information as Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. or any of its Affiliates reasonably requests such that Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. may determine that it qualifies as a REIT for purposes of the Code, may prepare all of its tax returns and prepare its financial statements and filings with the applicable government authorities.

 

26

 

 

(c)            No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership solely as a result of being a limited partner of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, and any other payments provided for in the Agreement or pursuant to any separate deficit restoration agreement executed by the Limited Partner for the benefit of the Partnership. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act or pursuant to any separate deficit restoration agreement executed by the Limited Partner for the benefit of the Partnership, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.

 

Section 7.2.      Prohibitions with Respect to the Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have the right:

 

(a)            To take part in the control or management of the Partnership business, to transact business for or on behalf of the Partnership or to sign for or to bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely in the General Partner as set forth herein;

 

(b)            To have such Partner’s Capital Contributions repaid except to the extent provided in this Agreement;

 

(c)            To require partition of Partnership property or to compel any sale or appraisement of Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interests therein, notwithstanding any provisions of law to the contrary; or

 

(d)            To sell or assign all or any portion of such Partner’s Limited Partnership Interest in the Partnership or to constitute the vendee or assignee thereunder a Substitute Limited Partner, except as provided in Article IX hereof.

 

Section 7.3.      Ownership by Limited Partner of Corporate General Partner or Affiliate. No Limited Partner shall at any time, either directly or indirectly, own any shares or other interest in the General Partner or in any Affiliate thereof if such ownership by itself or in conjunction with other shares or other interests owned by other Limited Partners would, in the opinion of counsel for the Partnership, jeopardize the classification of the Partnership as a partnership or the Company as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner shall be entitled to make such reasonable inquiry of the Limited Partners as is required to establish compliance by the Limited Partners with the provisions of this Section 7.3 and the Limited Partners shall promptly and fully respond to such inquiries.

 

Section 7.4.      Redemption Right.

 

(a)            Subject to Section 7.4(b) and Section 7.4(c), and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners, each Limited Partner, other than Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, shall have the right (the “Redemption Right”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Partnership Units held by such Limited Partner (the “Redeeming Partner”) at a redemption price per Common Partnership Unit equal to and in the form of the Cash Amount to be paid by the Partnership on the Specified Redemption Date. The Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Redeeming Partner. A Limited Partner, other than the Special Limited Partner and the Advisor, may not exercise the Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Partnership Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Partnership Units, all of the Common Partnership Units held by such Partner. Neither the Redeeming Partner nor any permitted or purported assignee of any Limited Partner shall have any right, with respect to any Common Partnership Units so redeemed, to receive any distributions paid after the Specified Redemption Date except as provided in Section 7.4(b). Each Redeeming Partner agrees to provide such representations and related indemnities regarding good and unencumbered title, and to execute such documents, as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with any redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Special Limited Partner and the Advisor shall have the right to require the Partnership to redeem all or a portion of their Class E Units pursuant to this Section 7.4 at any time irrespective of the period the Class E Units have been held by the Special Limited Partner or the Advisor. The Partnership shall redeem any such Class E Units of the Special Limited Partner or the Advisor for the Cash Amount or the REIT Common Shares Amount unless the General Partner determines that any such redemption for cash would be prohibited by applicable law or this Agreement, in which case such Class E Units will be redeemed for the REIT Common Shares Amount. No Limited Partner, other than the Special Limited Partner and the Advisor, may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year.

 

27

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.4(a), if a Limited Partner elects to exercise the Redemption Right, the General Partner at the direction of the Company, directly or indirectly through one or more Affiliates, may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to assume directly and satisfy a Redemption Right by paying to the Redeeming Partner either (i) the Cash Amount, as provided for in Section 7.4(a), or (ii) the REIT Common Shares Amount, as elected by the General Partner, as directed by the Company (in its sole and absolute discretion), on the Specified Redemption Date, provided that if the General Partner has not affirmatively notified the Redeeming Partner on or before one Business Day before the Specified Redemption Date that either the Partnership, the General Partner or its Affiliates will pay the Cash Amount then the General Partner shall be deemed to have elected, directly or through one or more Affiliates, to pay the REIT Common Shares Amount to the Redeeming Partner on the Specified Redemption Date, and the Company agrees that it will provide such REIT Common Shares on the Specified Redemption Date, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.4. On any such election of the General Partner to assume and satisfy a Redemption Right, the Company, directly or indirectly through one or more Affiliates, shall acquire the Common Partnership Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Partnership Units. Unless the General Partner, as directed by the Company (in its sole and absolute discretion), shall exercise its right to assume and satisfy the Redemption Right, or unless the General Partner has been deemed to assume the Redemption Right as provided in this Section 7.4(b), neither the General Partner nor the Company itself shall have any obligation to the Redeeming Partner or to the Partnership with respect to the Redeeming Partner’s exercise of the Redemption Right. If the General Partner, as directed by the Company, shall exercise its right, or shall be deemed to have elected, to satisfy the Redemption Right in the manner described in the first sentence of this Section 7.4(b), except as provided in the following paragraph, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Partner with respect to such Redeeming Partner’s exercise of the Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Partner, the Partnership, and the Company shall treat the transaction between the Company and the Redeeming Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Partner’s Common Partnership Units to the Company or its Affiliates; provided that if the Redeeming Partner is redeeming all of its Common Partnership Units, the Partnership shall redeem any fractional Common Partnership Unit (constituting less than one Common Partnership Unit owned by the Redeeming Partner by paying the Cash Amount with respect to such fractional Common Partnership Unit to such Redeeming Partner. Each Redeeming Partner agrees to provide such representations and related indemnities regarding good title, and to execute such documents, as the Company may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Common Shares upon exercise of the Redemption Right. If the Redemption Right is satisfied by the delivery of REIT Common Shares, the Redeeming Partner shall be deemed to become a holder of REIT Common Shares as of the close of business on the Specified Redemption Date or on such later date permitted by this Section 7.4(b) that the Company delivers REIT Common Shares, as the case may be.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.4(a) or this Section 7.4(b), and in addition to the right of the Company to deliver REIT Common Shares in satisfaction of the Redemption Right, as provided above, should the General Partner, as directed by the Company elect, or be deemed to elect, to satisfy a Redemption Right by paying the Redeeming Partner the REIT Common Shares Amount, and it is necessary to obtain Company stockholder approval in order for it to issue sufficient REIT Common Shares to satisfy such Redemption Right in full, then the Company shall have one hundred twenty (120) days beyond the Specified Redemption Date in which to obtain such stockholder approval and to pay the REIT Common Shares Amount, and the redemption date shall be required to occur by ten (10) days after stockholder approval of the issuance of the REIT Common Shares has been obtained, if it is obtained. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within one hundred thirty (130) days after such Common Partnership Units are presented for redemption or the stockholders have voted against the issuance of the REIT Common Shares and payment of the REIT Common Shares, the Partnership will distribute to the Redeeming Partner any distributions pursuant to Section 8.1 that were not made after the Specified Redemption Date with respect to the Common Partnership Units redeemed because of the provisions of Section 7.4(a), the Partnership shall pay to the Redeeming Partner the Cash Amount no later than the earlier of (i) ten (10) days after stockholders have voted against the issuance of the REIT Common Shares, or (ii) one hundred thirty (130) days after such Common Partnership Units are presented for redemption, together with interest on such Cash Amount from the Specified Redemption Date to the date of payment at the rate equal to the lesser of (i) the Company’s annual dividend rate on REIT Common Shares for the twelve (12) month period prior to the Valuation Date and based upon the Cash Amount for Common Partnership Units redeemed, or (ii) eight percent (8%).

 

28

 

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.4(a) and Section 7.4(b), a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to receive REIT Common Shares if the delivery of REIT Common Shares to such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date (or such later date permitted by Section 7.4(b), as applicable) by the Company pursuant to Section 7.4(b) would be prohibited under the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended or restated from time to time. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, no Person shall be permitted to receive REIT Common Shares if as a result of, and after giving effect to, such exercise any Person would Beneficially Own (as defined in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended or restated from time to time) more than 9.8% of the total number of issued and outstanding REIT Common Shares, unless waived by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion. To the extent any attempted redemption for REIT Common Shares would be a violation of this Section 7.4(c), it shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be null and void ab initio. The Cash Amount shall be paid in such instances, in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 7.4(a) or Section 7.4(b).

 

(d)            Each Limited Partner covenants and agrees with the General Partner that all Common Partnership Units delivered for redemption shall be delivered to the Partnership, the Company or its Affiliates, as the case may be, free and clear of all liens and, notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, neither the General Partner, the Company (nor any of its Affiliates) nor the Partnership shall be under any obligation to acquire Common Partnership Units which are or may be subject to any liens. Each Limited Partner further agrees that, if any state or local property transfer tax is payable as a result of the transfer of its Common Partnership Units to the General Partner, Partnership or the Company, such Limited Partner shall assume and pay such transfer tax.

 

(e)            REIT Common Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.4(b) may contain such legends regarding restrictions on transfer as the Company in good faith determines to be necessary or advisable in order to (1) comply with restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and (2) protect the ability of the Company to continue to qualify as a REIT.

 

(f)      (f)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.4(b), any Class E Units issued pursuant to Section 8.1(c) and any Class E Units issued in lieu of fees payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement may, subject to any lock-up restrictions that may be set forth in a separate agreement relating to the issuance of such Class E Units, be redeemed for the Cash Amount of the redeemed Class E Units or, at the election of the holder of such Class E Units, an amount of Class E REIT Shares with an aggregate Net Asset Value equivalent to the aggregate Net Asset Value of such Class E Units.

 

Section 7.5.      Basis Analysis. Upon the request of any Limited Partner but subject to the General Partner’s agreement, which may be withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion, the General Partner may, prior to the end of each calendar year, cause accountants to prepare and provide to the Limited Partners a study analyzing each refinancing, reduction (other than scheduled periodic amortization of principal) of debt or other event that occurred during that year that reduced the amount of any nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership that a Limited Partner may include in the tax basis of its Partnership Interests.

 

29

 

 

Section 7.6.      Limited Partner Guarantees. Upon the request of the General Partner, or upon a Limited Partner’s own election but subject to the General Partner’s agreement, which may be withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion, a Limited Partner (the “Initiating Limited Partner”) from time to time, may, but shall not be required to, guarantee or otherwise provide credit support for Partnership indebtedness or a deficit restoration obligation as such Limited Partner may elect; provided, however, that the Limited Partner shall be entitled to take such action only if the General Partner determines that any such action would not have a material adverse effect on the tax position of the General Partner. All Partners are entitled to notice of any such guarantee or credit support, and shall have the right to provide guarantees or credit support on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Limited Partner does, and all Limited Partners interested in providing such guarantee or credit support shall cooperate with the General Partner and each other in considering any guarantee or credit support proposal, and the General Partner will cooperate in permitting or obtaining any consents for such guarantees or credit support.

 

Section 7.7.      Conversion of LTIP Units.

 

(a)            An LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”), at his or her option, at any time to convert all or a portion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Partnership Units; provided, however, that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than one thousand Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested Incentive Units into Common Partnership Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided, however, that when a LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause his or her Unvested Incentive Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Partnership Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Partnership Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 7.7.

 

(b)            A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Partnership Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Sections 4.3(d), 4.3(e) and 5.5(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such LTIP Unitholder, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “Capital Account Limitation”).

 

In order to exercise his or her Conversion Right, a LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit D (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than 3 Business Days nor more than 10 Business Days prior to a date for conversion (the “Conversion Date”) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided, however, that if the General Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Unit Transaction (as defined below) at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth (10th) day after such notice from the General Partner of a Unit Transaction or (y) the third Business Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 14.5. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be free and clear of all liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 7.4 relating to those Common Partnership Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Partnership Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided, however, that the redemption of such Common Partnership Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until on or after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put a LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if he or she so wishes, the Common Partnership Units into which his or her Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be redeemed by the Partnership simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the General Partner elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Common Partnership Units under Section 7.4(b) by delivering to such holder REIT Common Shares rather than cash, then such holder can have such REIT Common Shares issued to him or her simultaneously with the conversion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Partnership Units. The General Partner shall cooperate with a LTIP Unitholder to coordinate the timing of the different events described in the foregoing sentence.

 

30

 

 

(c)            The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by a LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “Forced Conversion”) into an equal number of Common Partnership Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Sections 4.3(d), 4.3(e) and 5.5; provided, however, that the Partnership may not cause a Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 7.7(b). In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “Forced Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 14.5.

 

(d)            A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common Partnership Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Partnership Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such person immediately after such conversion. The assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 7.7 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the assignee.

 

(e)            For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.5 and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance.

 

(f)            If the Partnership, the General Partner or the Company shall be a party to any transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self-tender offer for all or substantially all Common Partnership Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Partnership Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of such Partnership Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “Unit Transaction”), then the General Partner may, immediately prior to the Unit Transaction, exercise its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Unit Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Unit Transaction).

 

In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Unit Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Unit Transaction in consideration for the Common Partnership Units into which his or her LTIP Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Partnership Units, assuming such holder of Common Partnership Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “Constituent Person”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person. If holders of Common Partnership Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Unit Transaction, prior to such Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Partnership Units in connection with such Unit Transaction. If a LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held him or her (or by any of his or her transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Partnership Unit would receive if such Common Partnership Unit holder failed to make such an election.

 

31

 

 

Subject to the rights of the Partnership, the General Partner and the Company, under any Vesting Agreement and the Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable effort to cause the terms of any Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Partnership Units in connection with the Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common Partnership Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 7.7 shall only apply to Class 2 LTIP Units if such Class 2 LTIP Units have been converted into LTIP Units in accordance with Section 7.8.

 

Section 7.8.      Conversion of Class 2 LTIP Units.

 

(a)            At any time prior to the Final Conversion Date (as specified in the Award Agreement pursuant to which Class 2 LTIP Units are granted), the holder of such Class 2 LTIP Units shall have the right, at such holder’s option and at any time, to convert all or a portion of such holder’s Vested Class 2 ‎LTIP Units into a number of LTIP Units equal to ‎(i) (A) the Value of a Common Partnership Unit on the Conversion Date minus (B) the issue price of the Class 2 LTIP Units being converted (as set forth in ‎and adjusted in accordance with the ‎applicable award agreement and the Plan)‎, multiplied by (ii) the number ‎of Class 2 LTIP Units being ‎converted, and the product of clause (i) and clause (ii) then being ‎divided by (iii) the Value of a Common Partnership Unit on the Conversion Date. If the calculation set forth in the immediately preceding sentence results in a negative number, then the result will be deemed to equal zero.

 

(b)            All of the provisions of Section 7.7 applicable to a conversion of LTIP Units into ‎Common Partnership Units shall apply to a conversion of Class 2 LTIP Units into LTIP Units hereunder, mutatis mutandis, ‎except that (i) the first paragraph of Section 7.7(b) shall not apply, (ii) the ‎Conversion Notice shall be a notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, (iii) Section 7.7(c) (Forced Conversion) shall ‎not apply, provided, however, that Forced Conversions may take effect in accordance with Section 7.7(f), and (iv) Section 7.7(e) (reduction of Economic Capital Account Balance) shall not apply. ‎

 

(c)            Class 2 LTIP Units converted into LTIP Units under this Section 7.8 are Vested LTIP Units and may be converted into Common Partnership ‎Units in accordance with Section 7.7.‎

 

Section 7.9.      Voting Rights of LTIP Units. LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have those voting rights required from time to time by applicable law, if any, (b) have the same voting rights as a holder of Common Partnership Units, with the LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Partnership Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (c) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the LTIP Units outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of Common Partnership Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:

 

(a)            With respect to any Unit Transaction, so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 7.7(f) hereof, the consummation of such Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and

 

(b)            Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Partnership Units, LTIP Units or Preferred Partnership Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.

 

32

 

 

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required to be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Common Partnership Units.

 

Section 7.10.      Registration Rights. With respect to any Class E REIT Shares issued to the Special Limited Partnership upon conversion of Class E Units issued in connection with the Performance Allocation pursuant to Section 8.1(c), within six months after a Listing of any Class of REIT Shares, the Special Limited Partner and the Company covenant and agree to negotiate in good faith and enter into a registration rights agreement for such Class E REIT Shares with terms mutually agreeable to the Special Limited Partner and the Company. Such registration rights agreement shall be in customary form for agreements of this type entered into by REITs with institutional investors prior to an initial public offering and will provide for: (a) a long-form “demand” registration right exercisable once by the Special Limited Partner; (b) “shelf” registration rights so long as Form S-3 is available to the Company; (c) “piggy-back” registration rights; and (d) in the event of “underwriters’ cut-backs” in relation to a demand registration, a shelf registration or any piggyback registration, the ability of the Company to reduce the number of Class E REIT Shares to be registered on a pro rata basis with other registering stockholders. If a Class of REIT Shares other than the Class E REIT Shares are Listed, such registration rights agreement shall provide for conversion of the Class E REIT Shares to the Listed Class of REIT Shares based on the relative net asset value per share, determined on a consistent basis, and the registration rights above shall apply to the REIT Shares received upon such conversion of the Class E REIT Shares.

 

Article VIII
DISTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS TO PARTNERS

 

Section 8.1.      Distributions of Cash Flow.

 

(a)            The Partnership shall distribute Cash Flow on a monthly (or, at the election of the General Partner, more or less frequently) basis, in an amount determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such month (or other distribution period) in accordance with Section 8.1(b). The Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed cash to the General Partner in an amount equal to the amount of distributions by the General Partner that are reinvested in REIT Shares issued by the General Partner pursuant to the General Partner’s distribution reinvestment plan, and the General Partner shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions to the Partnership in the aggregate amount of such distributions in return for an equal number of Partnership Units having the same Class designation as the issued REIT Shares.

 

(b)            Except for distributions pursuant to Section 10.4 in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership and subject to the provisions of Sections 8.1(c), 8.1(d), 8.2 and 8.3, all distributions of Cash Flow (including any deemed distributions pursuant to Section 8.1(a)) shall be made to the Partners in amounts proportionate to the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Partnership Units held by the respective Partners on the Partnership Record Date, except that the amount distributed per Partnership Unit of any Class may differ from the amount per Partnership Unit of another Class on account of differences in Class-specific expense allocations with respect to REIT Shares (including, without limitation, Distribution Fees, management fees paid pursuant to the Advisory Agreement as provided on Schedule 1 attached to this Agreement and the Performance Allocation) as described in the PPM or the Prospectus or for other reasons as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. Any such differences shall correspond to differences in the amount of distributions per REIT Share for REIT Shares of different Classes, with the same adjustments being made to the amount of distributions per Partnership Unit for Partnership Units of a particular Class as are made to the distributions per REIT Share by the General Partner with respect to REIT Shares having the same Class designation.

 

33

 

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Advisory Agreement has not been terminated (including by means of non-renewal), and even if terminated, through such date of termination, the Special Limited Partner shall be entitled to a distribution with respect to Performance Participation Units only (the “Performance Allocation”) promptly following the end of each year and at the other times described below (which shall accrue on a monthly basis) in an amount equal to:

 

(i)            First, if the Total Return for the applicable period exceeds the sum of (i) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (ii) the Loss Carryforward Amount (any such excess, “Excess Profits”), 100% of such Excess Profits until the total amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner equals 12.5% of the sum of (x) the Hurdle Amount for that period and (y) any amount allocated to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this clause; and

 

(ii)            Second, to the extent there are remaining Excess Profits, 12.5% of such remaining Excess Profits.

 

Any amount by which Total Return falls below the Hurdle Amount and that does not constitute Loss Carryforward Amount will not be carried forward to subsequent periods.

 

With respect to all Performance Participation Units that are repurchased at the end of any month in connection with repurchases of REIT Shares pursuant to the General Partner’s share repurchase plan, the Special Limited Partner shall be entitled to such Performance Allocation in an amount calculated as described above calculated in respect of the portion of the year for which such Performance Participation Units were outstanding, and proceeds for any such Performance Participation Unit repurchase will be reduced by the amount of any such Performance Allocation.

 

Promptly following the end of each calendar quarter that is not also the end of a calendar year, the Special Limited Partner will be entitled to a Performance Allocation as described above calculated in respect of the portion of the year to date, less any Performance Allocation received with respect to prior quarters in that year (the “Quarterly Allocation”). The Performance Allocation that the Special Limited Partner is entitled to receive at the end of each calendar year will be reduced by the cumulative amount of Quarterly Allocations that year.

 

If a Quarterly Allocation is made and at the end of a subsequent calendar quarter in the same calendar year the Special Limited Partner is entitled to less than the previously received Quarterly Allocation(s) (a “Quarterly Shortfall”), then subsequent distributions of any Quarterly Allocations or year-end Performance Allocations in that calendar year will be reduced by an amount equal to such Quarterly Shortfall, until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall remains. If all or any portion of a Quarterly Shortfall remains at the end of a calendar year following the application described in the previous sentence, distributions of any Quarterly Allocations and year-end Performance Allocations in the subsequent four calendar years will be reduced by(i) the remaining Quarterly Shortfall plus (ii) an annual rate of 5% on the remaining Quarterly Shortfall measured from the first day of the calendar year following the year in which the Quarterly Shortfall arose and compounded quarterly (collectively, the “Quarterly Shortfall Obligation”) until such time as no Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains; provided, that the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) may make a full or partial cash payment to reduce the Quarterly Shortfall Obligation at any time; provided, further, that if any Quarterly Shortfall Obligation remains following such subsequent four calendar years, then the Special Limited Partner (or its affiliate) will promptly pay the Partnership the remaining Quarterly Shortfall Obligation in cash.

 

Distributions on the Performance Allocation may be payable in cash, Class E Units or any combination thereof, at the election of the Special Limited Partner. If the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E Units, the Special Limited Partner will receive the number of Class E Units that results from dividing the Performance Allocation by the Net Asset Value per Unit of the applicable Class of Partnership Units at the time of such distribution. If the Special Limited Partner elects to receive such distributions in Class E Units, the Special Limited Partner or any subsequent transferee may request the Partnership to redeem such Partnership Units (including any Partnership Units received in exchange for any Class E Units) from the Special Limited Partner or such transferee at any time thereafter pursuant to Section 7.4.

 

The measurement of the change in Net Asset Value Per Unit for the purpose of calculating the Total Return is subject to adjustment by the General Partner to account for any dividend, split, recapitalization or any other similar change in the Partnership’s capital structure or any distributions that the General Partner deems to be a return of capital if such changes are not already reflected in the Partnership’s net assets.

 

34

 

 

Except as noted above with respect to Quarterly Allocations, the Special Limited Partner will not be obligated to return any portion of the Performance Allocation paid due to the subsequent performance of the Partnership.

 

In the event the Advisory Agreement is terminated (including by means of non-renewal), the Special Limited Partner will be allocated any accrued Performance Allocation with respect to all Performance Participation Units as of the date of such termination.

 

(d)            In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of Cash Flow with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a dividend out of the Company’s share of such Cash Flow with respect to a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been exchanged.

 

(e)            If the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make such revisions to this Article VIII as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units, including without limitation, making preferential distributions to certain classes of Partnership Units.

 

Section 8.2.      REIT Distribution Requirements. Unless the General Partner determines that such a distribution would not be in the best interests of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute sufficient amounts to enable the Company (i) to meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857(a)(1) of the Code, and (ii) to avoid the excise tax imposed by Section 4981 of the Code.

 

Section 8.3.      Distributions in Kind. If any assets of the Partnership other than cash are ‎distributed in kind pursuant to this Agreement, ‎‎such assets shall ‎be distributed to the Partners ‎entitled thereto in the same proportions as the ‎‎Partners would have ‎been entitled to cash ‎distributions if such property had been sold for cash ‎‎at its fair market value ‎and the net proceeds ‎thereof distributed to the Partners. If assets of the ‎‎Partnership other than ‎money are distributed to ‎a Partner ‎in liquidation of the Partnership, or if ‎‎assets of the Partnership ‎other than money are ‎distributed to a ‎Partner in kind, in order to reflect ‎‎unrealized gain or loss, the ‎Capital Accounts ‎of the Partners will be adjusted for the ‎‎hypothetical “book” gain or loss that ‎would have been ‎realized by ‎the Partnership if the ‎‎distributed assets had been sold for their Net Asset ‎Values in a cash ‎sale. ‎Upon the liquidation ‎of a ‎Partner’s interest in the Partnership, in order to ‎reflect unrealized ‎gain ‎or loss, the Capital ‎‎Accounts of the Partners will be adjusted for the ‎hypothetical “book” ‎gain ‎or loss that would ‎‎have been realized by the Partnership if all Partnership ‎assets had been sold ‎for their Net Asset ‎Values ‎in a cash sale.‎ No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.

 

Section 8.4.      Reinvestment. Subject to legal, tax, regulatory or other similar considerations, each Limited Partner holding Partnership Units agrees to participate in the reinvestment program of distributions to the holders of Partnership Units (the “DRIP” and any participating Limited Partner, a “DRIP Participant”) unless otherwise agreed with the General Partner in writing. The following provisions shall apply to the DRIP and any Limited Partner’s participation therein:

 

(a)            Subject to Section 8.4(b)(v), the General Partner shall, on behalf of each DRIP Participant, reinvest all distributions to be made to such DRIP Participant with respect to its Partnership Units in exchange for such DRIP Participant being issued additional Partnership Units of the same Class of Partnership Units held by such DRIP Participant. Partnership Units issued pursuant to the DRIP shall be purchased at the applicable Net Asset Value per Unit on the date that the distribution is payable (calculated as of the most recent month end).

 

(b)            In connection with this Section 8.4, each Limited Partner agrees and acknowledges as follows:

 

(i)            The Partnership has designated the General Partner to administer the DRIP and act as agent for the DRIP Participants. The General Partner shall credit distributions to DRIP Participants on the basis of whole or fractional Partnership Units and shall reinvest such distributions in additional Partnership Units of the same Class of Partnership Units held by such DRIP Participant.

 

35

 

 

(ii)            A DRIP Participant shall remain in the DRIP until such DRIP Participant withdraws from the DRIP in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(v) or the General Partner terminates or suspends the DRIP.

 

(iii)            A DRIP Participant shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution, and Partnership Units shall be purchased, on the date that the distribution is payable (at the then-current Net Asset Value per Unit, calculated as of the most recent month end). No interest shall be paid on cash distributions pending reinvestment under the terms of the DRIP.

 

(iv)            No DRIP Participant shall have any authorization or power to direct the time or price at which Partnership Units shall be purchased. The total amount to be invested shall depend on the amount of any distributions paid on the number of Partnership Units owned by the DRIP Participant, as well as any withholding taxes paid on behalf of such DRIP Participant.

 

(v)            DRIP Participants may elect to withdraw from the DRIP with respect to the Partnership Units held in their account in the DRIP by providing 10 days’ prior written notice of such election to withdraw in a form acceptable to the General Partner and such election to withdraw shall be effective until rescinded by providing written notice of an election to reinstate participation in the DRIP in a form acceptable to the General Partner. Such written notice of such election to withdraw or be reinstated, as the case may be, must be received by the General Partner prior to the last day of the month in order for a Participant’s termination to be effective for such month (i.e., a timely termination notice will be effective as of the last day of a month in which it is timely received and will not affect participation in the DRIP for any prior month). Any transfer of Partnership Units by a DRIP Participant to a non-DRIP Participant will terminate participation in the DRIP with respect to the transferred Partnership Units. If a Participant requests that the Partnership repurchase all or any portion of the DRIP Participant’s Partnership Units, the DRIP Participant’s participation in the DRIP with respect to the DRIP Participant’s Partnership Units for which repurchase was requested but that were not repurchased will be terminated. If a DRIP Participant terminates DRIP participation, the Partnership may, at its option, ensure that the terminating DRIP Participant’s account will reflect the whole number of Partnership Units in such DRIP Participant’s account and provide a check or other instrument of payment for the cash value of any fractional share in such account. Upon termination of DRIP participation for any reason, future distributions will be distributed in cash.

 

Section 8.5.      Withdrawals. No Partner shall be entitled to make withdrawals from its Capital Account, or withdraw as a Limited Partner, except as expressly provided herein.

 

Section 8.6.      Amounts Withheld.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner equals or exceeds the amount required to be withheld by the Partnership, the amount withheld shall be treated as a distribution of cash in the amount of such withholding to such Partner, or (ii) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner is less than the amount required to be withheld by the Partnership, the actual amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash in the amount of such withholding and the additional amount required to be withheld shall be treated as a loan (a “Partnership Loan”) from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. If a Limited Partner (a “Defaulting Limited Partner”) fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within ten (10) days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a loan (a “General Partner Loan”) to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner. Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 8.6(a) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.

 

36

 

 

(b)            All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 8.6(a) with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to any Partner shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed to such Partner pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, shall not make any distribution or other payment to a Partner in respect of its Partnership Interest to the extent that such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

 

Article IX
TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

 

Section 9.1.      General Partner.

 

(a)            Other than to an Affiliate of the General Partner, the General Partner may not transfer any of its General Partnership Interest or withdraw as General Partner except (i) the General Partner may grant a security interest in or pledge its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to secure debt for borrowed money, or any guaranty thereof, now existing or hereinafter incurred, (ii) as provided in Section 9.1(b) or (iii) in connection with a transaction described in Section 9.1(c).

 

(b)            Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.7 or Section 9.1(c), the General Partner, the Company or their Subsidiaries shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or in any sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any reclassification, or recapitalization or change of outstanding REIT Common Shares (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination as described in the definition of “Conversion Factor”) (each of the foregoing being herein referred to as a “Transaction”), unless the Transaction also includes a merger of the Partnership or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or other transaction as a result of which all Limited Partners will receive for each Common Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one REIT Common Share in consideration of one REIT Common Share as a result of the Transaction; provided, however, that if, in connection with the Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding REIT Common Shares, the holders of Common Partnership Units shall receive the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property which a Limited Partner would have received had it exercised the Redemption Right and the General Partner at the direction of the Company had exercised its election to satisfy the Redemption Right by the issuance of REIT Common Shares immediately prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding Section 9.1(b), the General Partner, the Company or their Subsidiaries may merge into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “Surviving Partner”), other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner, the Company or their Subsidiaries, are contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Surviving Partner in good faith and (ii) the Surviving Partner or one of its Subsidiaries expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Surviving Partner shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 9.1(c). The Surviving Partner shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount and Conversion Factor for a Common Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Common Partnership Units could have acquired had such Common Partnership Units been redeemed immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The above provisions of this Section 9.1(c) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.

 

37

 

 

Section 9.2.      Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be admitted as a Substitute or Additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the transaction giving rise to such substitution or admission is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the following terms and conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)            the Person to be admitted as a Substitute or Additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by the Act in connection with such admission shall have been performed;

 

(b)            if the Person to be admitted as a Substitute or Additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and

 

(c)            counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from counsel of the state or any other jurisdiction as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a Substitute or Additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act and that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a Substitute or Additional General Partner will cause the termination of the Partnership under Section 708 of the Code, or will cause it to be classified as other than a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or will result in the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability status.

 

Section 9.3.      Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of a General Partner.

 

(a)            Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner (and its automatic removal pursuant to Section 9.4(a) hereof) or the withdrawal or dissolution of a General Partner (except that, if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to or removal of a general partner or the last remaining partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of such General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued within ninety (90) days by the remaining general partners or all remaining partners of such partnership), the Partnership shall be dissolved and wound up unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 9.3(b).

 

(b)            Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the withdrawal or dissolution of a General Partner (except that, if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to or removal of a general partner or the last remaining partner in such partnership shall be deemed not be a dissolution of such General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued within ninety (90) days by all remaining general partners or all remaining partners of such partnership), Limited Partners holding at least a majority of the Limited Partnership interests, within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership by selecting, subject to Section 9.2 and any other applicable provisions of this Agreement, a Substitute General Partner by majority consent of the Limited Partners. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the Partnership and admit a Substitute General Partner, the relationship between the Partners and any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall continue to be governed by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.4.      Removal of a General Partner.

 

(a)            Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, a General Partner, such General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided, however, that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to or removal of a general partner or the last remaining limited partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued within ninety (90) days by the remaining general partners or all remaining members of such Partnership.

 

38

 

 

(b)            If a General Partner has been removed pursuant to Section 9.4(a) and the Partnership is not continued pursuant to Section 9.3(b), the Partnership shall be dissolved.

 

(c)            A General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners with or without cause.

 

Section 9.5.      Restrictions on Transfer of Limited Partnership Interests.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this Article IX, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer its Limited Partnership Interest, in whole or in part, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “Transfer”) or withdraw or retire from the Partnership, without the written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith. In no event may a Partner have any rights to distributions pursuant to Act Section 17-604.

 

(b)            No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Limited Partnership Interest if, (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Limited Partnership Interest under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or “Blue Sky” law (including investment suitability standards) or (ii) the assignee is not an Accredited Investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(c)            No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, the Transfer would result in the Partnership’s being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, (iii) the Transfer would create a risk that the Company would not be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or (iv) assuming the Partnership Units subject to the Transfer were redeemed for REIT Shares, the redemption would create a risk that the Company would not be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

 

(d)            Subject to the other provisions of this Section 9, Section 9.5(a) shall not prevent any donative Transfer by an individual Limited Partner to his immediate family members or any trust in which the individual or his immediate family members own, collectively, one hundred percent (100%) of the beneficial interests, provided that the transferor assumes all costs of the Partnership in connection therewith and any such transferee shall not have the rights of a Substitute Limited Partner (unless and until admitted as a Substitute Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 9.5 and Section 9.6 of this Agreement).

 

(e)            Any Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the Partnership.

 

Except as required by operation of law Transfers of Partnership Interests and Partnership Units shall be made on the books of the Partnership, and in the case of certificated Partnership Interests and Partnership Units, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed; or, in the case of uncertificated Partnership

 

Interests and Partnership Units, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the Partnership Interests and Partnership Units and upon compliance with the other provisions of this Article IX.

 

39

 

 

Section 9.6.         Admission of Substitute Limited Partner.

 

(a)            Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 9.5(a) regarding consent of the General Partner), an assignee of the Limited Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner (including, without limitation, any purchaser, transferee, donee, or other recipient of any disposition of such Limited Partnership Interest) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership only upon the satisfactory completion of the following:

 

(i)            the assignee has obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner as to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion;

 

(ii)           the assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A, and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner;

 

(iii)           to the extent required, an amended certificate of limited partnership evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed for record in accordance with the Act;

 

(iv)           the assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation and warranty set forth in Section 9.12 and the agreement set forth in Section 9.12;

 

(v)            if the assignee is a corporation, partnership or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement;

 

(vi)          the assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Article XII; and

 

(vii)         the assignee shall have paid all reasonable legal fees of the Partnership and the General Partner and all filing and publication costs incurred in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.

 

(b)            For the purpose of allocating profits and losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the certificate described in Section 9.6(a)(iii) or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents, or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.

 

(c)            The General Partner shall as promptly as practicable take all action required to effectuate the admission of the Person seeking to become a Substitute Limited Partner, including preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.6 and making all official filings and publications.

 

Section 9.7.         Rights of Assignees of Partnership Interests.

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.5 and 9.6 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of his Partnership Interest until the Partnership has received notice thereof. If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any transferee of any Partnership Interest as a Substitute Limited Partner in connection with a Transfer permitted by Section 9.5, such transferee shall be considered an assignee for the purposes of this Agreement. An assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a partnership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions attributable to the Partnership Units assigned, but such assignee shall not be entitled to effect a consent or vote on any matter presented to the Limited Partners for approval or, except as waived by the General Partner, effect a Redemption Right with respect to such Partnership Units (such right to consent or vote or effect a Redemption Right, to the extent provided in this Agreement or under the Act, fully remaining with the transferor Limited Partner).

 

40

 

 

(b)            Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partnership Interest, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Limited Partnership Interest, shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Limited Partnership Interest.

 

Section 9.8.      Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner. The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue. If an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against an individual Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if he dies, his executor, administrator or trustee, or, if he is finally adjudicated incompetent, his committee, guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing his estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of his Partnership Interest and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.

 

Section 9.9.      Joint Ownership of Interests. A Partnership Interest may be acquired by two (2) individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship (but not as tenants in common), provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Interest shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Interest; provided, however, that the written consent of only one (1) joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one (1) owner of a Partnership Interest held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Interest shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one (1) of the owners of a jointly held Partnership Interest until it shall have received notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner that the tenancy satisfying the first sentence of this Section 9.9 has been destroyed, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Interest to be divided into two (2) equal Partnership Interests, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.

 

Section 9.10.      Transferees. Any Partnership Interests owned by the Partners and transferred pursuant to this Article IX shall be and remain subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.11.      Absolute Restriction. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, unless waived in writing by the General Partner, the sale or exchange of any interest in the Partnership will not be permitted if the interest sought to be sold or exchanged, when added to the total of all other interests sold or exchanged within the period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending with the proposed date of the sale or exchange, would result in the termination of the Partnership under Section 708 of the Code, if such termination would materially and adversely affect the Partnership or any Partner.

 

Section 9.12.      Investment Representation. Each Limited Partner hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of his Partnership Interest is made as a principal for his account for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Interest. Each Limited Partner agrees that he will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer his Partnership Interest or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not similarly represent and warrant and similarly agree not to sell, assign or transfer such Partnership Interest or any fraction thereof to any Person who does not similarly represent, warrant and agree.

 

Section 9.13.      Certificates. Partnership Interest and Partnership Unit ownership in the Partnership shall be maintained in the books and records of the Partnership, set forth on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time, and shall not be certificated, except that at the request of any Partner its Partnership Interest and Partnership Unit shall also be evidenced by a certificate in the form and substance of Exhibit F hereto with such legends, notations and endorsements, if any, as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion. Any certificates issued representing Partnership Interests and Partnership Units shall be issued in consecutive order, shall be identified by the class of the Partnership Interest and shall be numbered in the order of their issue and shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Partnership by or on behalf of the General Partner. The General Partner shall note on Exhibit A as to any Partnership Interests and Partnership Units evidenced by a certificate the certificate number thereof. If any certificate representing Partnership Interests and Partnership Units is subject to any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, the Partnership may issue to the holder a new certificate or certificates for such Partnership Interests and Partnership Units, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction; provided that the General Partner may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person’s legal representative, to give the Partnership a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Partnership and the General Partner against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. Partnership Interests and Partnership Units shall be securities governed by (and for purposes of) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

41

 

 

Article X
TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

Section 10.1.      Termination. The Partnership shall be dissolved upon (i) an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner or the dissolution or withdrawal of the General Partner (unless within ninety (90) days thereafter Limited Partners holding a majority of the Limited Partnership Interests elect to continue the Partnership and to elect one or more persons to serve as the General Partner or General Partners of the Partnership in accordance with Section 9.2), (ii) ninety (90) days following the sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets (provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such obligation is paid in full), (iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any of such interests held by the General Partner or Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC), or (iv) the election by the General Partner (but only in accordance with and as permitted by applicable law) that the Partnership should be dissolved. Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued as set forth above), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall proceed with the winding up of the Partnership, and its assets shall be applied and distributed as herein provided. Immediately before liquidation of the Partnership, Class T Units will automatically convert to Class I Units at the Class T Conversion Rate, Class S Units will automatically convert to Class I Units at the Class S Conversion Rate, Class D Units will automatically convert to Class I Units at the Class D Conversion Rate and Class E Units will automatically convert to Class I Units at the Class E Conversion Rate.

 

Section 10.2.      Payment of Debts. Upon a winding up of the Partnership, the assets shall first be applied to the satisfaction of the creditors of the Partnership (other than Partners who are creditors in light of any loans or advances that may have been made by Partners to the Partnership), including the expenses of liquidation, whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the satisfaction of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the General Partner to minimize any losses resulting from liquidation.

 

Section 10.3.      Debts to Partners. After the application of Section 10.2 the remaining assets shall next be applied to the repayment of any loans made by any Partner to the Partnership.

 

Section 10.4.      Remaining Distribution.

 

(a)            After the application of Section 10.3 and after payment of any accrued Performance Allocation to the Special Limited Partner the remaining assets shall then be distributed first, to the holders of the Preferred Partnership Units as provided in the exhibit hereto setting forth the terms of such Preferred Partnership Units, and second, to the holders of the Common Partnership Units in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances, determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments for all prior periods and the Partnership taxable year during which the liquidation occurs.

 

42

 

 

(b)            If the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to Section 10.4(a) in compliance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations, except as provided in Section 10.4(c). In the discretion of the General Partner, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Partners pursuant to Section 10.4(a) may be:

 

(i)            distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or the Partners arising out of or in connection with the Partnership. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the Partners pursuant to Section 10.4(a); or

 

(ii)            in furtherance of satisfaction of the Partnership’s creditors, pursuant to Section 10.2, withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the Partners pursuant to Section 10.4 as soon as practicable.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article X, if the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Treasury Regulations but no event resulting in the termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.1 has occurred, the Property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, solely for federal income tax purposes, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all its Property and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for an interest in such new partnership and, immediately thereafter, the Partnership will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new partnership to the Partners.

 

Section 10.5.      Reserve. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 10.3 and 10.4, the General Partner may retain such amount as it deems necessary as a reserve for any contingent liabilities or obligations of the Partnership in furtherance of satisfaction of the Partnership’s creditors, pursuant to Section 10.2, which reserve, after the passage of a reasonable period of time, shall be distributed pursuant to the provisions of this Article X.

 

Section 10.6.      Final Accounting. Each of the Partners shall be furnished with a statement examined by the Partnership’s independent accountants, which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of the complete liquidation. Upon the compliance by the General Partner with the foregoing distribution plan, the Limited Partners shall cease to be such, and the General Partner, as the sole remaining Partner of the Partnership, shall execute and cause to be filed a certificate of cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and any and all other documents necessary with respect to termination and cancellation of the Partnership.

 

Article XI
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 11.1.      Authority to Amend.

 

(a)            This Agreement may be amended by the General Partner without the approval of any other Partner if such amendment (i) is solely for the purpose of clarification or is of an inconsequential nature and (ii) does not change the substance hereof and the Partnership has obtained an opinion of counsel to that effect.

 

(b)            This Agreement may be amended by the General Partner without the approval of any other Partner if such amendment is to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of Limited Partners; to create, issue or reflect the creation or issuance of additional Partnership Interests or to amend the calculation of the Cash Amount and the Conversion Factor pursuant to a transaction described in Section 9.1(c). For avoidance of doubt, the General Partner may amend Exhibit A without the approval of any Limited Partner as provided in Section 6.1(v).

 

(c)            This Agreement may be amended by the General Partner without the approval of any other Partner if such amendment is, in the opinion of counsel for the Partnership, necessary or appropriate to satisfy requirements of the Code with respect to partnerships or REITs or of any federal or state securities laws or regulations. Any amendment made pursuant to this Section 11.1(c) may be made effective as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, any amendment to this Agreement or other act which would (i) adversely affect the limited liabilities of the Limited Partners, (ii) impose on the existing Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership, (iii) except as provided in Section 11.1(b), change the method of allocation of profit and loss as provided in Article V or the distribution provisions of Articles VIII and X hereof, (iv) seek to impose personal liability on a Limited Partner without that Limited Partner’s consent, or (v) affect the operation of the Conversion Factor of the Redemption Right shall require the consent and approval of the General Partner and of Limited Partners holding more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Common Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.

 

43

 

 

(e)            Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 11.1, amendments to this Agreement shall require the approval of the General Partner and Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Common Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 11.2.      Notice of Amendments. A copy of any amendment to be approved by the Partners pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) or 11.1(e) shall be mailed in advance to such Partners. Partners shall be notified as to the substance of any amendment pursuant to Sections 11.1(a), (b) or (c), and upon request shall be furnished a copy thereof.

 

Section 11.3.      Implementation of Amendment. Upon obtaining such approvals required by this Agreement and without any further action or execution by any other Person, including any Limited Partner, (i) any amendment, restatement, modification or waiver of this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the General Partner, and (ii) each of the Partners and any other party to or bound by this Agreement shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment, restatement, modification or waiver of this Agreement.

 

Article XII
POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 12.1.      Power. Each of the Limited Partners irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner as such Limited Partner’s true and lawful attorney in such Limited Partner’s name, place and stead to make, execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver and file:

 

(a)            Any certificates or other instruments which may be required to be filed by the Partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state or jurisdiction in which the General Partner shall deem it advisable to file;

 

(b)            Any documents, certificates or other instruments, including, but not limited to, (i) any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of the instruments described in Section 12.1(a) which may be required or deemed desirable by the General Partner to effectuate the provisions of any part of this Agreement, (ii) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner, and (iii) by way of extension and not limitation, to do all such other things as shall be necessary to continue and to carry on the business of the Partnership; and

 

(c)            All documents, certificates or other instruments that may be required to effectuate the dissolution, winding up and termination of the Partnership, to the extent such dissolution, winding up and termination is authorized hereby. The power of attorney granted hereby shall not constitute a waiver of, or be used to avoid, the rights of the Partners to approve certain amendments to this Agreement pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and 11.1(e) or be used in any other manner inconsistent with the status of the Partnership as a limited partnership or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Each such Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner taken in good faith under such power of attorney.

 

Section 12.2.      Survival of Power. It is expressly intended by each of the Partners that the foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest, is irrevocable and shall survive the death, incompetence, dissolution, liquidation or adjudication of insanity or bankruptcy or insolvency of each such Partner. The foregoing power of attorney shall survive the delivery of an assignment by any of the Partners of such Partner’s entire interest in the Partnership, except that where an assignee of such entire interest has become a substitute Limited Partner, then the foregoing power of attorney of the assignor Partner shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling the General Partner to execute, acknowledge and file any and all instruments necessary to effectuate such substitution.

 

44

 

 

Article XIII
CONSENTS, APPROVALS, VOTING AND MEETINGS

 

Section 13.1.      Method of Giving Consent or Approval. Any consent or approval required by this Agreement may be given as follows:

 

(a)            by a written consent given by the consenting Partner and received by the General Partner at or prior to the doing of the act or thing for which the consent is solicited, provided that such consent shall not have been nullified by:

 

(i)            Notice to the General Partner of such nullification by the consenting Partner prior to the doing of any act or thing, the doing of which is not subject to approval at a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.2, or

 

(ii)            Notice to the General Partner of such nullification by the consenting Partner prior to the time of any meeting called pursuant to Section 13.2 to consider the doing of such act or thing, or

 

(iii)          The negative vote by such consenting Partner at any meeting called pursuant to Section 13.2 to consider the doing of such act or thing;

 

(b)            by the affirmative vote by the consenting Partner for the doing of the act or thing for which the consent is solicited at any meeting called pursuant to Section 13.2 to consider the doing of such act or thing; or

 

(c)            by the failure of the Partner to respond or object to a request from the General Partner for such Partner’s consent within thirty (30) days from its receipt of such request (or such shorter period of time as the General Partner may indicate in such request in order to ensure that the General Partner has sufficient time to respond, if required, to any third party with respect to the subject matter of such request).

 

Section 13.2.      Meetings of Limited Partners. Any matter requiring the consent or vote of all or any of the Partners may be considered at a meeting of the Partners held not less than five (5) nor more than sixty (60) days after notice thereof shall have been given by the General Partner to all Partners. Such notice (i) may be given by the General Partner, in its discretion, at any time, or (ii) shall be given by the General Partner within fifteen (15) days after receipt from Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Common Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners of a request for such meeting.

 

Section 13.3.      Opinion. Except for Consents obtained pursuant to Sections 13.1 or 13.2, no Limited Partner shall exercise any consent or voting rights unless either (a) at the time of the giving of consent or casting of any vote by the Partners hereunder, counsel for the Partnership or counsel employed by the Limited Partners shall have delivered to the Partnership an opinion satisfactory to the Partners to the effect that such conduct (i) is permitted by the Act, (ii) will not impose personal liability on a Limited Partner without that Limited Partner’s consent, and (iii) will not adversely affect the classification of the Partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (b) irrespective of the delivery or non-delivery of such opinion of counsel, Limited Partners holding more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Common Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners determine to exercise their consent or voting rights.

 

Section 13.4.      Submissions to Partners. The General Partner shall give the Partners notice of any proposal or other matter required by any provision of this Agreement, or by law, to be submitted for consideration and approval of the Partners. Such notice shall include any information required by the relevant provision or by law.

 

45

 

 

Article XIV
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.1.      Governing Law. The Partnership and this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 14.2.      Agreement For Further Execution. At any time or times upon the request of the General Partner, the Limited Partners hereby agree to sign, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents and certificates required by the laws of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership does, or proposes to do, business, or which may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act. This Section 14.2 shall not prejudice or affect the rights of the Limited Partners to approve certain amendments to this Agreement pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and 11.1(e).

 

Section 14.3.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto contain the entire understanding among the parties and supersede any prior understandings or agreements among them respecting the within subject matter. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not fully expressed in this Agreement; provided that an LTIP Unit may be subject to a Vesting Agreement and a Limited Partner may enter into a deficit restoration obligation agreement.

 

Section 14.4.      Severability. This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Partnership does business. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.5.      Notices. Notices to Partners or to the Partnership shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or mailed, by prepaid registered or certified mail, addressed as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, unless a notice of change of address has previously been given in writing by the addressee to the addressor, in which case such notice shall be addressed to the address set forth in such notice of change of address.

 

Section 14.6.      Titles and Captions. All titles and captions are for convenience only, do not form a substantive part of this Agreement, and shall not restrict or enlarge any substantive provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.7.      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original executed copy of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.8.      Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require. Any reference to the Code or other statutes or laws include all amendments, modifications or replacements of the specific sections and provisions concerned. Unless otherwise specified, all references to “Section”, “Article” or “Exhibit” contained in this Agreement refer to sections, articles or exhibits of this Agreement. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, the use of the word “including” is not limiting and the use of the word “or” has the inclusive meaning of both “or” and “and.”

 

Section 14.9.      Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

46

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:  
   
Stirling OP General Partner LLC,  
a Delaware limited liability company  
   
By: /s/ Alex Rose  
Name: Alex Rose  
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary  
   
LIMITED PARTNER:  
   
Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC,  
a Delaware limited liability company  
as a Limited Partner of Stirling REIT OP, LP  
   
By: /s/ Alex Rose  
Name: Alex Rose  
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary  

 

47

 

 

The undersigned has executed this Agreement not as a Partner of the Partnership but to agree to the provisions of this Agreement imposing obligations on, and granting rights to, the Company.

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Alex Rose  
Name: Alex Rose  
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary  

 

48

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIST OF PARTNERS AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS
Stirling REIT OP, LP
as of December 6, 2023

 

(Begins on next page)

 

Exh. A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

 

For purposes of interpreting and implementing Article V of the Partnership Agreement, the following rules shall apply and shall be treated as part of the terms of the Partnership Agreement:

 

A. SPECIAL ALLOCATION PROVISIONS.

 

1.            To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Treasury Regulations to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of its Partnership Interest, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their interests in the Partnership if Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) of the Treasury Regulations applies, or to the Partnership to whom such distribution was made if Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Treasury Regulations applies.

 

2.            If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest or if Common Percentage Interests or Preferred Percentage Interests vary during a taxable year of the Partnership, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method authorized under the Code (including Section 706 of the Code) and the Treasury Regulations shall be used to allocate the distributive shares.

 

3.            To the extent required by law, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to property contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be shared among the Partners so as to take into account any variation between the basis of the property and the fair market value of the property at the time of contribution in accordance with the requirements of Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder as more fully described in Part B hereof. Treasury Regulations under Section 704(c) of the Code allow partnerships to use any reasonable method for accounting for Book-Tax Differences for contributions of property so that a contributing partner receives the tax benefits and burdens of any built-in gain or loss associated with Contributed Property. The Partnership shall account for Book-Tax Differences using a method specifically approved in the Treasury Regulations, such as the traditional method. An allocation of remaining built-in gain under Section 704(c) will be made when Section 704(c) property is sold.

 

4.            If the Partnership is entitled to a deduction for interest imputed under any provision of the Code on any loan or advance from a Partner (whether such interest is currently deducted, capitalized or amortized), such deduction shall be allocated solely to such Partner.

 

5.            To the extent any payments in the nature of fees made to a Partner or reimbursements of expenses to any Partner are finally determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be distributions to a Partner for federal income tax purposes, there will be a gross income allocation to such Partner in the amount of such distribution.

 

6.            (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Partnership Agreement to the contrary and subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 1.704-2(f)(2)-(5) of the Treasury Regulations, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(g)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations. This paragraph 6(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in such Section of the Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. To the extent permitted by such Section of the Treasury Regulations and for purposes of this paragraph 6(a) only, each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Article V of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such fiscal year and without regard to any net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain during such fiscal year.

 

Exh. B-1

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Partnership Agreement to the contrary, except paragraph 6(a) of this Exhibit B and subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Treasury Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Treasury Regulations. This paragraph 6(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in such Section of the Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. Solely for purposes of this paragraph 6(b), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Article V of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such fiscal year, other than allocations pursuant to paragraph 6(a) hereof.

 

7.            If any Partners unexpectedly receive any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partners in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficits in their Adjusted Capital Account Balances created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made only if and to the extent that the Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance after all other allocations provided for Article V of the Partnership Agreement and this Exhibit B have been tentatively made as if this paragraph 7 were not in this Exhibit B.

 

8.            No loss shall be allocated to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would result in a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance while any other Partner continues to have a positive Adjusted Capital Account Balance; in such event, losses shall first be allocated to any Partners with positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances, and in proportion to such balances, to the extent necessary to reduce their positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances to zero. Any excess shall be allocated to the General Partner.

 

9.            If any Partner has a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance at the end of any fiscal year or other period, such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to this paragraph 9 shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance after all other allocations provided in this Part A have been tentatively made as if paragraph 7 and this paragraph 9 were not in this Exhibit B.

 

10.            Any special allocations of items pursuant to this Part A shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations so that the net amount of any items so allocated and the profits, losses and all other items allocated to each such Partner pursuant to Article V of the Partnership Agreement shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Partner pursuant to the provisions of Article V of the Partnership Agreement if such special allocations had not occurred.

 

11.            Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partners in the manner set forth in Section 5.1(b)(ii) of the Partnership Agreement.

 

12.            Any Partner Nonrecourse Deduction for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i) of the Treasury Regulations. If more than one Partner bears the economic risk of loss (in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i) of the Treasury Regulations) with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such economic risk of loss.

 

13.            Notwithstanding any provision in Article V of the Partnership Agreement or this Exhibit B to the contrary, if the Partnership disposes of all or substantially all of its assets in a transaction that will lead to a liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article X, then any profits or losses realized in connection with such transaction and thereafter (and, if necessary, constituent items of income, gain, loss and deduction) shall be specially allocated for such taxable year of the Partnership (and to the extent permitted by Section 761(c) of the Code, for the immediately preceding taxable year of the Partnership) among the Partners as required so as to cause liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 10.4(a) of the Partnership Agreement to be made in the same amounts and proportions as would have resulted had such distributions instead been made pursuant to Article VIII of the Partnership Agreement.

 

Exh. B-2

 

 

B. CAPITAL ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENTS AND TAX ALLOCATIONS.

 

1.            For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that:

 

(a)            Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any property shall be determined by the Partnership as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition was equal in amount to the Carrying Value.

 

(b)            The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalizable for federal income tax purposes.

 

(c)            In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing the Partnership’s taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for a fiscal year or other period.

 

(d)            The Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable partnership or limited liability company agreement of a Subsidiary of the Partnership) of all property owned by (i) a Subsidiary of the Partnership that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which the Partnership or a Subsidiary of the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

 

2.            A transferee of a Partnership Interest will succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership Interest transferred.

 

3.            Upon (i) an issuance of additional Partnership Interests in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution to the Partnership, (ii) an issuance of additional Partnership Interests (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership by an existing Partner acting in a partner capacity or by a new Partner acting in a partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, (iii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership, or (iv) the acquisition of an interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Member upon the exercise of a noncompensatory option in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s), the Capital Accounts of all Partners (and the Carrying Values of all Partnership properties) shall, immediately prior to such event, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to each Partnership property (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of such property at the fair market value thereof, immediately prior to such issuance, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Article V of the Partnership Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the properties, the fair market value of Partnership properties shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt. If any noncompensatory options are outstanding upon the occurrence of an event described in this paragraph (3)(i) through (3)(iv), General Partner shall adjust the Gross Asset Values of its properties in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2).

 

4.            Immediately prior to the distribution of any Partnership property, the Capital Accounts of all Partners shall be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof and Section 704 of the Code) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the Partnership property distributed (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each such property, immediately prior to such distribution, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Article V of the Partnership Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to property, the fair market value of Partnership property distributed shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt.

 

Exh. B-3

 

 

5.            In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property shall, solely for tax purposes, and not for Capital Account purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value. The General Partner shall make any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations.

 

6.            If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted as described in paragraph 3 above, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value immediately after such adjustment in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

7.            Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of the Partnership Agreement and this Exhibit B.

 

C. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Exhibit B, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCE”: means the balance in the Capital Account of a Partner as of the end of the relevant fiscal year of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following: (i) credit to such Capital Account any amounts the Partner is obligated to restore, pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement or otherwise, or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, and (ii) debit to such capital account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

DEPRECIATION”: means, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to property for such fiscal year or other period, except that (a) with respect to any property the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the remedial allocation method pursuant to Section 1.704-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations, Depreciation for such fiscal year or other period shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such fiscal year or other period under the rules prescribed by Section 1.704-3(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations, and (b) with respect to any other property the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis at the beginning of such fiscal year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such fiscal year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, that if the adjusted tax basis of any property at the beginning of such fiscal year or other period is zero, Depreciation with respect to such property shall be determined with reference to such beginning value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability, that are allocable to an increase in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Section 1.704-2(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

NONRECOURSE LIABILITY”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Exh. B-4

 

 

PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN”: means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. For any Partnership taxable year, the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt equal the net increase during the year, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain reduced (but not below zero) by proceeds of the liability that are both attributable to the liability and allocable to an increase in the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.

 

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT”: shall mean this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Stirling REIT OP, LP, as amended.

 

PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN”: shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

For purposes of this Exhibit B, all other capitalized terms will have the same definition as in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Exh. B-5

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption on (such date being at least five (5) Business Days after the date set forth below) Partnership Units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement defined below) in Stirling REIT OP, LP, in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Stirling REIT OP, LP, as amended (the “Partnership Agreement”), and the Redemption Right (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) referred to therein, (ii) surrenders such Partnership Units and all right, title and interest therein, and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares (both as defined in the Partnership Agreement) deliverable upon exercise of the Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the addresses specified below.

 

   
Name of Limited Partner:  
   
(Signature of Limited Partner)  
   
(Street Address)  
   
   
   
(City State Zip Code)  
   
IF REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:  
   
(Name)  
   
(Social Security or Identifying Number)  

 

Exh. C-1

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON PARTNERSHIP UNITS

 

The undersigned LTIP Unitholder hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Common Partnership Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Partnership Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or approve such conversion.

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:    

(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:

 

Date to be Converted      (such date being not less than 3 Business Days nor more than 10 Business Days prior to the Date of this Notice set forth below)

 

Date of this Notice:    

 

   
(Signature of Limited Partner: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)  
   
(Street Address)  
   
(City) (State) (Zip Code)  

 

Exh. D-1

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION
OF LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON PARTNERSHIP UNITS

 

Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Partnership”) hereby irrevocably elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the LTIP Unitholder set forth below to be converted into Common Partnership Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended.

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:    

(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:    

 

Date of this Notice:    

 

Exh. E-1

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
AND PARTNERSHIP UNIT CERTIFICATE

 

THE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS (THE “INTERESTS”) REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OF SAID ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY LAWS.”

 

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TRANSFER AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE PARTNERSHIP AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OR WITHOUT COMPLYING WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

 

CERTIFICATE FOR
[CLASS]

UNITS(S) OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST AND PARTNERSHIP UNITS
IN
STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

Class

 

No.      Unit(s)

 

This certifies that is a [limited] [general] partner of Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Partnership”) whose Partnership Interest in the Partnership, as set forth in the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”) represents Unit(s) of [Class] Partnership Interest and [Class] Partnership Units in the Partnership.

 

In witness whereof, the General Partner of the Partnership has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this      day of      , 20 .

 

STIRLING OP
GENERAL PARTNER LLC

 

Exh. F-1

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

TIN   (Please insert taxpayer identification number of assignee)
       
    (Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)
       

 

the within Certificate No. , issued by Stirling REIT OP, LP, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of Stirling REIT OP, LP, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

    (name of registered holder)
       
       
By:   (authorized signature)
       
       
    (printed name & title)

 

[NO SIGNATURE GUARANTEE REQUIRED]

 

Exh. F-2

 

 

EXHIBIT G

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF LIMITED DEFICIT RESTORATION OBLIGATION AND LIMITED DEFICIT
RESTORATION OBLIGATION AGREEMENT
(“NOTICE AND AGREEMENT”)

 

STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

This Notice and Agreement is entered into with respect to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Partnership”), as amended (the “Partnership Agreement”). The undersigned hereby irrevocably agrees, pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Treasury Regulations, to be unconditionally obligated to restore the amount of any deficit balance in its Capital Account following the liquidation (within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Treasury Regulations) of its Partnership Interest, as determined after taking into account all capital account adjustments for all taxable years of the Partnership, including the Partnership taxable year during which such liquidation occurs (other than those adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Treasury Regulations), by the end of the taxable year during which such liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation) by contributing, in cash as a Capital Contribution to the Partnership, the lesser of (i) $___________ and (ii) the amount of such deficit balance, which cash amount shall, upon liquidation of the Partnership, be paid to creditors of the Partnership or distributed to other Partners in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

This Notice and Agreement, once completed, executed and delivered to the General Partner and accepted by the General Partner, shall be effective as of January ___, 2____, and remain in effect until the end of the first taxable year of the Partnership in which the undersigned Limited Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance (determined without regard to any obligation to restore such deficit pursuant to this Notice) has a positive balance, in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(f) and after all allocations, contributions and distributions have be allocated to the Capital Accounts for such taxable year. Upon the occurrence of such event, this deficit restoration obligation shall be terminated and shall be of no further effect.

 

This Notice and Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute together one and the same agreement.

 

Dated:     LIMITED PARTNER:
       
      By:             
      Name:  
      Title:  

 

Accepted:     GENERAL PARTNER:
       
      STIRLING OP GENERAL PARTNER LLC, a
      Delaware limited liability company, as General
      Partner of Stirling REIT OP, LP
       
      By:             
      Name:  
      Title:  

 

Exh. G-1

 

 

EXHIBIT H

 

DESIGNATION OF INTERESTS ISSUED TO ASHFORD LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(i) of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Stirling REIT OP, LP (the “Agreement”), to which this Exhibit H is attached, the General Partner has caused the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests in the form of (a) Class I Units in the number and to Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“AHLP”), Ashford Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Ashford Inc.”) and together with AHLP, “Ashford Limited Partners”), Ashford Hospitality Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“AHA”) and Ashford TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Ashford TRS”) and (b) Class E Units in the number and to Ashford Hospitality Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“AHA”). The Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable, issued to the Ashford Limited Partners shall be governed by the terms of the Agreement subject to the following:

 

1.Definitions. The following terms are hereby defined as follows for purposes of the Agreement with respect to the Ashford Limited Partners, any transferees of such Ashford Limited Partners in an Ashford Permitted Disposal and the Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable, acquired by such persons on December 6, 2023:

 

Ashford Permitted Disposal” means a transfer by an Ashford Limited Partner of Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable:

 

(i) to any Person who, on the date of such proposed transfer is either a partner, member or shareholder of such Ashford Limited Partner, provided that such transferee satisfies all criteria for transfer applicable to such transferee, as set forth in the Partnership Agreement or that certain Contribution Agreement between the Partnership and Ashford Limited Partner, dated as of December 6, 2023 and agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement; or

 

(ii) in connection with a pledge, delivery or other grant of a security interest in the Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable, held by an Ashford Limited Partner or a transfer under clause (i) for the purpose of securing a bona fide lending transaction.

 

Lock-Up Agreement” shall mean the Lock-Up Agreement dated as of December 6, 2023, executed by the Ashford Limited Partners in favor of the Company.

 

Lock-Up Period” shall mean a period of one (1) year from the date of this Agreement with respect to all of the Class I Units issued to the Ashford Limited Partners on such date; provided, however, that in the event any Ashford Limited Partner desires to redeem its respective Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable (or any stock received upon conversion of such Class I Units or Class E Units) for cash on a Net Asset Value Per Unit basis, such redemption may not occur until the date that is three (3) years from the date of the issuance of the Class I Units or Class E Units, as applicable.

 

2.Amendment with respect to Section 9.5:

 

The consent required by Section 9.5(a) shall not be required in the event of an Ashford Permitted Disposal.

 

3.Amendment with respect to Section 9.6(a)(i):

 

Section 9.6(a)(i) shall not apply in the case of an assignee resulting from an Ashford Permitted Disposal.

 

Exh. H-1

 

 

APPENDIX 1

ALLOCATION OF CERTAIN MANAGEMENT FEES UNDER THE ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

In accordance with Section 8.1(b) of the Agreement, this Schedule 1 allocates certain fees payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement among the various Classes of Partnership Units as set forth below.

 

1.Annual Management Fees. Section 10 of the Advisory Agreement provides for annual fees (payable monthly) computed as the sum of specified percentages of the aggregate Net Asset Values of each of the Classes of REIT Shares (hereinafter referred to as the “management fee”). For each fiscal year of the Partnership, the management fee shall be allocated among the Classes of Partnership Units as follows:

 

(a)            to the Class D Units, 1.25% per annum of the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Class D Units;

 

(b)            to the Class E Units, 0.0% per annum of the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Class E Units;

 

(c)            to the Class I Units, 1.25% per annum of the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Class I Units;

 

(d)            to the Class S Units, 1.25% per annum of the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Class S Units; and

 

(e)            to the Class T Units, 1.25% per annum of the aggregate Net Asset Value of the Class T Units.

 

Net Asset Values shall be determined at the same times and in the same manner as such Net Asset Values determined under the Advisory Agreement. Each holder of Partnership Units of a particular Class shall be allocated a portion of the management fee allocated to such Class (the “Aggregate Class Allocation”) equal to the product of the Aggregate Class Allocation multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units of such Class held by the holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Units of such Class outstanding at the time of the allocation.

 

Appendix 1-1

 

EX-10.3 6 tm2332619d1_ex10-3.htm EXHIBIT 10.3

Exhibit 10.3

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of November 27, 2023, by and between Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company” or the “Indemnitor”) and [__] (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is an officer and/or a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and in such capacity is performing a valuable service for the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Maryland law permits the Company to enter into contracts with its officers or members of its Board of Directors with respect to indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company (as amended and restated, the “Charter”) provide that the Company shall indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time;

 

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended and restated, the “Bylaws”) provide that each director and officer of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time and shall be entitled to advancement of expenses consistent with Maryland law; and

 

WHEREAS, to induce the Indemnitee to provide services to the Company as an officer and/or a member of the Board of Directors, and to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that indemnification will be available to the Indemnitee regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company, the Indemnitor desires to provide the Indemnitee with protection against personal liability as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(A)            “Change of Control” is when the following have occurred and are continuing:

 

·the acquisition by any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of securities of the Company entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in elections of directors (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition).

 

 

 

 

(B)            “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (limited or general), member, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, other enterprise (whether conducted for profit or not for profit) or employee benefit plan. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, other enterprise (whether conducted for profit or not for profit) or employee benefit plan (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties to, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as a deemed fiduciary thereof.

 

(C)            “Determination” means a determination that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee had met the applicable standard of conduct (a “Favorable Determination”) or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances (an “Adverse Determination”).

 

(D)            “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee and does not otherwise have an interest materially adverse to any interest of the Indemnitee.

 

(E)            “Expenses” ” means any and all reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, bonds, costs of collecting and producing documents, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium for, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

 

(F)            “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, claim, demand, discovery request, or other threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or non-party witness by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, including any appeal therefrom, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.

 

(G)            “Special Legal Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, or in the past two years has been, retained to represent (i) the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Special Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

2.             INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this paragraph 2 and under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of stockholders or resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise if, by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, such Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or contemplated Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Unless prohibited by paragraph 13 hereof and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, against judgments, penalties, fines and settlements and reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein; provided, however, that if such Proceeding was initiated by or in the right of the Company, indemnification may not be made in respect of such Proceeding if the Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company. For purposes of this paragraph 2, excise taxes assessed on the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed fines.

 

3.             INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

 

(A)           Without limiting the effect of any other provision of this Agreement (including the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification under paragraph 2 and advancement of expenses under paragraph 4), without regard to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under paragraph 2 and without regard to the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof;

 

i)            to the extent that the Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

ii)           If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues, or matters in such Proceeding, the Indemnitor shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

(B)           For purposes of this paragraph 3 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

4.             ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to paragraph 13 hereof, if the Indemnitee is or was or becomes a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (including as a witness), or is or was threatened to be made a party to or a participant (including as a witness) in any such Proceeding, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or by reason of (or arising in part out of) any actual or alleged event or occurrence related to the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or by reason of any actual or alleged act or omission on the part of the Indemnitee taken or omitted in or relating to the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, then the Indemnitor shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Indemnitor of a statement from the Indemnitee requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding; provided that, such statement shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Indemnitor as authorized by this Agreement has been met and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met. The undertaking required by clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make the repayment.

 

3

 

 

5.             WITNESS EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness (or is forced or asked to respond to discovery requests) for any reason in any Proceeding to which such Indemnitee is not a named defendant or respondent, the Indemnitor shall advance all Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, on an as-incurred basis in accordance with paragraph 4 of this Agreement, in connection therewith and indemnify the Indemnitee therefor.

 

6.             DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO AND AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

 

(A)          To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Indemnitor a written request, including therewith such documentation and information reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

 

(B)          The Indemnitor agrees that the Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law. Unless required by Section 3 of this Agreement, applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of the stockholders or resolution of the Board of Directors, indemnification under this Agreement may not be made unless authorized for a specific Proceeding after a Determination has been made in accordance with this paragraph 6(B) that indemnification of the Indemnitee is permissible in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the following standard of conduct: the Indemnitor shall indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 hereof, unless it is established that: (a) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (x) was committed in bad faith or (y) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (b) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Any Determination shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(A) and such Determination shall be made either (i) by the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, so long as Indemnitee does not request that such Determination be made by Special Legal Counsel, or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, by Special Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Indemnitor and Indemnitee. If a Determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to the Indemnitee shall be made within fifteen (15) business days after such Determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such Determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such Determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Disinterested Directors or Special Legal Counsel, as the case may be, making such determination shall be advanced and borne by the Indemnitor in accordance with paragraph 4 of this Agreement (irrespective of the Determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification). If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6(B) of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a Favorable Determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Indemnitor of the request therefor, the requisite Determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the Determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(B) shall not apply if the Determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel pursuant to Section 6(E).

 

4

 

 

(C)           The Indemnitor shall be bound by and shall have no right to challenge a Favorable Determination. If an Adverse Determination is made, or if for any other reason the Indemnitor does not make timely indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses required by this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence a Proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction to challenge such Adverse Determination and/or to require the Indemnitor to make such payments or advancement of expenses (and the Indemnitor shall have the right to defend their position in such Proceeding and to appeal any adverse judgment in such Proceeding). The Indemnitee shall be entitled to have such Expenses advanced by the Indemnitor in accordance with paragraph 4 of this Agreement and applicable law. If the Indemnitee fails to challenge an Adverse Determination within ninety (90) business days, or if Indemnitee challenges an Adverse Determination and such Adverse Determination has been upheld by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, then, to the extent and only to the extent required by such Adverse Determination or final judgment, the Indemnitor shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

(D)           The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or entity making such Determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be borne by the Indemnitor (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Indemnitor hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(E)           In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel pursuant to Section 6(B) hereof, the Indemnitee, or the Indemnitor, as the case may be, may, within seven days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Indemnitor or to the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the grounds that the Special Legal Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Special Legal Counsel” as defined in paragraph 1 of this Agreement. If such written objection is made, the Special Legal Counsel so selected may not serve as Special Legal Counsel until a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(A) hereof, no Special Legal Counsel shall have been selected or, if selected, shall have been objected to, either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee may petition a court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Special Legal Counsel and/or for the appointment as Special Legal Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Special Legal Counsel under Section 6(B) hereof. The Indemnitor shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of Special Legal Counsel incurred in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(B) hereof, and all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the selection of such Special Legal Counsel pursuant to this Section 6(D). In the event that a determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within ninety (90) days after the receipt by the Indemnitor of the Indemnitee’s request in accordance with Section 6(A), upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding in accordance with Section 8(A) of this Agreement, Special Legal Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity.

 

5

 

 

7.             PRESUMPTIONS

 

(A)          It shall be presumed that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (notwithstanding any Adverse Determination), and the Indemnitor or any other person or entity challenging such right shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(B)          The termination of any Proceeding by conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

 

8.             REMEDIES

 

(A)          In the event that: (i) an Adverse Determination is made, or (ii) advancement of reasonable Expenses is not timely made pursuant to this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification due the Indemnitee under this Agreement is not timely made, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of competent jurisdiction of such Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.

 

(B)          In the event that an Adverse Determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(B) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits. The fact that an Adverse Determination has been made earlier pursuant to paragraph 6 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification shall not be taken into account in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 and the (i) Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced in any way by reason of that Adverse Determination and (ii) the Indemnitor shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(C)          If a Favorable Determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6(B) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitor shall be bound by such Determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8, absent: (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(D)          The Indemnitor shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Indemnitor is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(E)          In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this paragraph 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of such Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, if successful on the merits or otherwise as to all or less than all claims, issues or matters in such judicial adjudication, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Indemnitor, and shall be indemnified by the Indemnitor against, any and all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

6

 

 

(F)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Determination as to entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

9.             NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

 

The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Indemnitor in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder, but the failure so to notify the Indemnitor will not relieve the Indemnitor from any liability that the Indemnitor may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement unless the Indemnitor can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual and material prejudice to which it cannot be reversed or otherwise eliminated without any material negative effect on the Indemnitor. With respect to any such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Indemnitor of the commencement thereof:

 

(A)          The Indemnitor will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

 

(B)          Except as otherwise provided below, the Indemnitor will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Indemnitor to Indemnitee of the Indemnitor’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnitor will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and disbursements of such counsel incurred after notice from the Indemnitor of the Indemnitor’s assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (a) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Indemnitor, (b) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, (c) such Proceeding seeks penalties or other relief against the Indemnitee with respect to which the Indemnitor could not provide monetary indemnification to the Indemnitee (such as injunctive relief or incarceration) or (d) the Indemnitor shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and disbursements of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnitor. The Indemnitor shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Indemnitor, or as to which the Indemnitee shall have reached the conclusion specified in clause (b) above, or which involves penalties or other relief against the Indemnitee of the type referred to in clause (c) above.

 

(C)          The Indemnitor shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Indemnitor’s written consent. The Indemnitor shall not settle any action or claim in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Indemnitor nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay consent to any proposed settlement.

 

10.           NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE SUBROGATION

 

(A)          The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of reasonable Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, except that any payments otherwise required to be made by the Indemnitor hereunder shall be offset by any and all amounts received by the Indemnitee from any other indemnitor or under one or more liability insurance policies maintained by an indemnitor or otherwise and shall not be duplicative of any other payments received by an Indemnitee from the Indemnitor in respect of the matter giving rise to the indemnity hereunder; provided, however, that if indemnification rights are provided by an Additional Indemnitor as defined in Section 18(B) hereof, such Section shall govern. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to the Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

7

 

 

(B)          To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available and upon any Change of Control the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or arrange for continuation and/or “tail” coverage for the Indemnitee to the maximum extent obtainable at such time.

 

(C)          Except as otherwise provided in Section 18(B) hereof, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all actions necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitor to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(D)          Except as otherwise provided in Section 18(B) hereof, the Indemnitor shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, or otherwise.

 

(E)           If Ashford Inc. (or any member or other affiliate thereof other than the Indemnitor) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts with respect to any Proceeding in which the Indemnitee may be indemnified or entitled to indemnification hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement with the Indemnitee (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws, charter or other organizational documents) or otherwise in its capacity as a stockholder of the Company, then (x) Ashford Inc. (or such affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (y) the Indemnitor shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless Ashford Inc. (or such other affiliates) for all such payments actually made by Ashford Inc. (or such other affiliates).

 

11.          CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY

 

(A)          All agreements and obligations of the Indemnitor contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is an officer or a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and during the period of statute of limitations for any act or omission occurring during the Indemnitee’s term of Corporate Status. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitor and its respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

(B)           The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

8

 

 

12.          SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

13.           EXCEPTIONS TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION OR ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of reasonable Expenses under this Agreement with respect to (i) any Proceeding initiated by such Indemnitee against the Indemnitor other than a proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof, or (ii) any Proceeding for an accounting of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any similar provisions of any federal, state or local statute.

 

14.          NOTICE TO THE COMPANY STOCKHOLDERS

 

Any indemnification of, or advancement of reasonable Expenses, to an Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement, if arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, shall be reported in writing to the stockholders of the Company with the notice of the next Company stockholders’ meeting or prior to the meeting.

 

15.          HEADINGS

 

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

16.          MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

 

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17.          NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service and received by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, if so delivered or mailed, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth in the records of the Company.

 

9

 

 

If to the Indemnitor, to:

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

14185 Dallas Parkway

Suite 1200

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Indemnitee by the Indemnitor or to the Indemnitor by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.          CONTRIBUTION

 

(A)          To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, penalties, fines and settlements and Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

(B)           The Company acknowledges and agrees that as between the Company and any other entity that has provided indemnification rights in respect of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Company at the request of such entity (an “Additional Indemnitor”), the Company shall be primarily liable to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement for any indemnification claim (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) by Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding for which Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. In the event the Additional Indemnitor is liable to any extent to Indemnitee by virtue of indemnification rights provided by the Additional Indemnitor to Indemnitee in respect of Indemnitee’s service on the Board of Directors at the request of the Additional Indemnitor and Indemnitee is also entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (including, without limitation, for advancement of Expenses) as a result of any Proceeding, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any indemnification claim (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) brought by the Indemnitee against the Company under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) without requiring the Additional Indemnitor to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution, subrogation or any other right of recovery of any kind it may have against the Additional Indemnitor in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Additional Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Additional Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company hereby acknowledges that certain of its Directors, including the Directors affiliated with Ashford Inc. (the “Specified Directors”), may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by Ashford Inc. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Ashford Inc. Indemnitors”), which shall constitute Additional Indemnitors for purposes of this paragraph. To the extent the Indemnitee is a Specified Director, the Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that with respect to matters for which it is required to provide indemnity pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) it shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to the Indemnitee (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by the Indemnitee to the extent required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee), without regard to any rights the Specified Directors may have against the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof related to the Company’s obligations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) in this sentence. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which the Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Ashford Inc. Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company.

 

10

 

 

19.          GOVERNING LAW

 

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

20.          NO ASSIGNMENTS

 

The Indemnitee may not assign its rights or delegate obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor. Any assignment or delegation in violation of this paragraph 20 shall be null and void.

 

21.          NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

Except for the rights of an Additional Indemnitor under paragraph 18(B) hereof and except for Ashford Inc., who is expressly made a third party beneficiary of paragraph 10(E) hereof: (a), nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement; and (b) this Agreement and all of its provisions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

22.          COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute an agreement binding on all of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on ______, 20__, effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

  STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.
   
  By:                                
    Alex Rose, General Counsel and Secretary
   
  INDEMNITEE:
   
  By:  
    [Name]

 

 

EX-10.4 7 tm2332619d1_ex10-4.htm EXHIBIT 10.4

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

INDEPENDENT Director Compensation Plan

 

1.Purpose of This Plan. Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), establishes this Independent Director Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors by providing them with competitive compensation, which may consist, in part, of an equity interest in the Company or Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and consolidated subsidiary of the Company (the “Operating Partnership”). Allowing Independent Directors to receive a portion of their remuneration in equity awards in the Company (or the Operating Partnership) provides them with a personal financial stake in the success of the Company and the value of its stock in order to align their interests with those of the Company’s general stockholders. The terms of this Plan apply to all of the Company’s active Independent Directors.

 

2.Definitions. The following terms shall be defined for purposes of the Plan as set forth below:

 

Award” means a grant of Restricted Securities to a Participant pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c).

 

Annual Retainer” means the regular annual retainer as determined periodically by the Board payable by the Company to a Participant for service as a director on an annualized basis, in accordance with Section 3.

 

Award Agreement” means a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to any Equity Retainer Payment grants pursuant to this Plan.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cash Retainer Payment” refers to that portion of the Annual Retainer paid to a Participant in cash, in accordance with Section 4.

 

Change in Control,” with respect to an award of Equity Retainer Payments, means:

 

(a) One Person (or more than one Person acting as a group) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, that, a Change in Control shall not occur if any Person (or more than one Person acting as a group) who owns more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock acquires additional stock;

 

(b) With the exception of any Person who is designated an Excepted Holder (as that term is defined in the Charter) during the initial twelve months of the private offering of the Company, one Person (or more than one Person acting as a group) acquires (or has acquired after the date hereof and during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided that shares subject to a voting agreement requiring neutral voting with respect to the election of directors shall not be considered to possess “voting power”;

 

 

 

 

(c) A majority of the members of the Board are replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of appointment or election; or

 

(d) One Person (or more than one Person acting as a group), acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition(s).

 

Charter” shall mean the Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Company” means Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

 

Disability” means the permanent and total disability of the Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.

 

Equity Retainer Payments” means that portion of the Annual Retainer paid in the form of one or more Awards, in accordance with Section 5.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Form 10 Effective Date” means the date that the Company’s registration statement on Form 10 is effective.

 

Grant Date” means, (i) with respect to an Award granted pursuant to Section 5(b), the Form 10 Effective Date, and (ii) with respect to an Award granted pursuant to Section 5(c), the date of the annual meeting of shareholders at which the Participant is appointed or elected for the next Board term following the Form 10 Effective Date.

 

Independent Director” shall have the meaning set forth in the Charter.

 

LTIP Unit” means an LTIP Unit as defined in the Partnership’s partnership agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits, payments or other rights set forth in that partnership agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement and the partnership agreement.

 

Participant” means, as of the Effective Date and thereafter for so long as the Plan remains in effect, an individual who serves on the Board as an Independent Director. An individual who ceases to serve on the Board or no longer qualifies as an Independent Director ceases to be a Participant under this Plan.

 

Partnership” means Stirling REIT OP, LP

 

Person” means any individual, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

 

 2 

 

 

Plan” means this Independent Director Compensation Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Restricted Securities” means Shares, Units or LTIP Units granted to a Participant under Section 5 that are subject to the restrictions and terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Section 409A” means section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be amended from time to time, or any successor rule.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Share” means a Class I share of common stock of the Company.

 

Unit” means a Class I Unit as defined in the Partnership’s partnership agreement. A Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits, payments or other rights set forth in that partnership agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement and the partnership agreement.

 

3.Annual Retainer. Each Participant is eligible to receive an Annual Retainer for his or her period of one-year service on the Board in an amount as determined periodically by the Board. A portion of the Annual Retainer may be payable in the form of an Equity Retainer Payment consisting of a grant of Restricted Securities, in accordance with Section 5 and a portion may be payable in cash, in accordance with Section 4. Cash Retainer Payments will be made pursuant to Section 4 and Equity Retainer Payments will be made pursuant to Section 5. For partial years of service as a Participant, the Board will apply the annual amounts as determined by the Board on a pro rata basis to the extent reasonably practicable, in its discretion. All Equity Retainer Payments will be issued under, and subject to the terms and limitations of, the Plan pursuant to a grant hereunder and an Award Agreement whose terms are consistent with the terms of this Plan.

 

4.Cash Retainer Payments. Any Cash Retainer Payments will be paid to Participants on a quarterly basis, in arrears. A Cash Retainer Payment that relates to any period in which the Participant does not perform services for the entire period will be reduced proportionately.

 

5.Equity Retainer Payments.

 

(a)Shares, Units and LTIP Units Available for Issuance.

 

(i)Maximum Number of Shares, Units and LTIP Units Available; Restrictions. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 5, the aggregate maximum number of Shares, Units and LTIP Units that will be available for issuance under the Plan will be 500,000.

 

(ii)Accounting for Awards. Shares, Units and LTIP Units that are issued under the Plan or that are subject to outstanding Awards will be applied to reduce the maximum number of Shares, Units and LTIP Units remaining available for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that Shares, Units and LTIP Units forfeited under an Award will automatically again become available for issuance under the Plan and any Shares that are issued on account of any exchange of Units, including LTIP Units, into Shares shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

 3 

 

 

(iii)Adjustments to Awards. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or units, rights offering, extraordinary dividend, or divestiture (including a spin-off) or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company or units of the Partnership, the Board shall make such adjustment to outstanding Awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants.

 

(b)Initial Award. On the Grant Date, each Participant will receive an initial Award consisting of a number of Restricted Securities as determined by the Board prior to the Grant Date, which election as to receipt of Shares, Units or LTIP Units shall be made in the sole discretion of the Participant within five business days of the Grant Date having the value set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The initial Award will be granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and an Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company.

 

(c)Equity Retainer Payments. On the Grant Date each year during the term of the Plan, subject to approval by the Board, the Company may grant to each active Participant an Equity Retainer Payment award under the Plan in respect of all or some portion of the Participant’s Annual Retainer for the year. The Company may grant an interim award to an individual who becomes a Participant during a year, on a pro rata basis based on the period from the date the Participant becomes eligible under the Plan through the next Grant Date, unless the Board decides to provide such new Participant with an alternative form of compensation of substantially equivalent value (as determined by the Board). The annual Award granted under this Section 5(c) will consist of that number of Restricted Securities, which election as to Shares, Units or LTIP Units shall be made in the sole discretion of the Participant within five business days of the Grant Date, as determined by the Board and as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(d)Vesting of Awards.

 

(i)Vesting. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, any Restricted Securities granted pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c) will vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date if the recipient remains a Participant under the Plan through such date.

 

(ii)Accelerated Vesting.

 

(A)If the recipient ceases to be a Participant under this Plan before the scheduled vesting date due to the recipient’s death or Disability or for “good reason” as determined by the Board in its discretion, then the unvested portion of the recipient’s Award shall immediately vest on the date the recipient ceases to be a Participant under this Plan.

 

(B)Without limiting the authority of the Board under Section 5(a)(iii), if a Change in Control occurs, then, if approved by the Board in its sole discretion either in an applicable Award Agreement at the time of grant or at any time after the grant of an Award, the unvested portion (if any) of all outstanding Awards shall immediately vest and become nonforfeitable. All other Awards will terminate and be forfeited upon the Change in Control.

 

 4 

 

 

(iii)Forfeiture. An individual who ceases to be a Participant under this Plan for any reason other than for good reason as determined by the Board in its discretion automatically forfeits all Restricted Securities granted pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c) that remain unvested at such time (subject to any accelerated vesting under Section 5(d)(ii) or an applicable Award Agreement), and such forfeited securities shall automatically be re-conveyed to the Company. Any rights or interest of such former Participants in such forfeited Restricted Securities shall be automatically cancelled and terminated and be of no further force and effect.

 

(iv)Clawback/Recovery. Restricted Securities granted pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c) (and any compensation paid or Restricted Securities issued under this Plan) will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company may be required to adopt if Shares are listed on an established stock exchange or a national market system or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

(e)Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in Sections 5(f), 5(g) and 5(i) or in an applicable Award Agreement and except as provided in Section 11.3 of the Charter, a Participant will have full voting and dividend rights as a shareholder or unitholder, as applicable, with respect to the Restricted Securities granted pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c).

 

(f)Dividends and Distributions. Unless the Board determines otherwise in its sole discretion (either in an applicable Award Agreement evidencing the Award at the time of grant or at any time after the grant of the Award), any dividends or distributions (other than regular monthly cash dividends) paid with respect to unvested shares or units of Restricted Securities will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Restricted Securities to which such dividends or distributions relate. The Board will determine in its sole discretion whether any interest will be paid on such dividends or distributions.

 

(g)Enforcement of Restrictions. To enforce the restrictions referred to herein and in any applicable Award Agreement, the Board may place a legend on the stock certificates (if any) referring to such restrictions and may require the Participant, until the restrictions have lapsed, to keep the stock certificates, together with duly endorsed stock powers, in the custody of the Company or its transfer agent, or to maintain evidence of stock ownership, together with duly endorsed stock powers, in an uncertificated book-entry stock account with the Company’s transfer agent.

 

(h)Settlement of Awards. If and when the shares of Restricted Securities granted pursuant to Section 5(b) or 5(c) vest in accordance with Section 5(d), the Company will deliver Shares, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, free of restriction to the Participant by (i) delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry Shares, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, credited to the account of the Participant, or (ii) delivering such Shares, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, to the Participant in certificate form.

 

 5 

 

 

(i)Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(i)Except pursuant to testamentary will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise expressly permitted by Section 5(i)(ii) or as otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement, no right or interest of any Participant in shares/units of Restricted Securities prior to vesting of such Restricted Securities will be assignable or transferable, or subjected to any lien, during the lifetime of the Participant, either voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

(ii)A Participant will be entitled to designate a beneficiary to receive shares/units of Restricted Securities upon such Participant’s death, and in the event of such Participant’s death, settlement of any Restricted Securities will be made to such beneficiary. If a deceased Participant has failed to designate a beneficiary, or if a beneficiary designated by the Participant fails to survive the Participant, settlement of any Restricted Securities will be made to the Participant’s estate. If a deceased Participant has designated a beneficiary and such beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before complete settlement of his or her Awards, then such settlement will be made to the estate of the beneficiary.

 

(j)Securities Laws and Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, a Participant may not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of Shares, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, unless (i) there is in effect with respect to such securities a registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of a state or foreign jurisdiction or an exemption from such registration under the Securities Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws, and (ii) there has been obtained any other consent, approval or permit from any other regulatory body which the Board, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable. The Company may condition such issuance, sale, or transfer upon the receipt of any representations or agreements from the parties involved, and the placement of any legends on certificates representing the securities, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the Company in order to comply with such securities laws or other restrictions.

 

6.Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse Participants for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses they incur to attend meetings or other Company functions in connection with their service on the Board. To the extent such reimbursements are subject to Section 409A, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year; (b) reimbursements will be made no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (c) no right to reimbursement hereunder shall be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

7.Meeting Fees. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Participants will not be entitled to any additional remuneration in the form of fees for attending a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board.

 

 6 

 

 

8.Administration of the Plan. The Board shall have full authority to administer the Plan and to interpret and construe the Plan in accordance with its terms. The Board is authorized to adopt such rules, regulations, forms and guidelines for administering the Plan, and delegate such Plan administrative responsibilities, in each case, as it deems necessary or appropriate. Without limiting the foregoing, all Participant elections under the Plan must be submitted in such form and are subject to such procedures as may be authorized by the Board, from time to time, which procedures and forms may incorporate limitations, restrictions, and conditions the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate. All actions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. The Board may rely upon any information furnished by the Company, its accountants and other advisors in its administration of the Plan. No individual serving on the Board will have personal liability by reason of any actions or omissions made in good faith and in furtherance of the Board’s administration of the Plan.

 

9.Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan at any time; provided that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall impair the right of a Participant with respect to earned and vested benefits under the Plan without his or her written consent, and (b) to the extent that approval by the Company’s shareholders is required for any modification, no such modification shall be effective without such approval. Nothing in this Section serves to restrict or impair the Board’s ability at any time to exercise its discretionary authority in the administration of the Plan.

 

10.Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Effective Date of the Plan is November 27, 2023 (the date as of which this Plan is adopted by the Board), and the Plan shall continue in effect until terminated or replaced by the Board.

 

11.Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)Transferability. No right under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

 

(b)No Right to Continued Service. Nothing contained in the Plan confers to any Participant any right to continue a service relationship with the Company or its affiliates or interferes in any way with the right of the Company or its affiliates at any time to terminate such service relationship in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)Section 409A. It is intended that this Plan and all payments made hereunder will be exempt from Section 409A, and the Plan shall be administered accordingly, and interpreted and construed on a basis consistent with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or payment arrangement hereunder is not exempt from, and would fail to comply with the applicable requirements of, Section 409A, the Board may, in its sole discretion and without requiring any Participant’s consent, make such modifications to the extent it determines necessary or advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 409A; provided that the Company shall in no event be obligated to pay any interest, compensation, or penalties in respect of any such modifications. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as a guarantee of any particular tax effect for the payments made hereunder, and the Company does not guarantee that any compensation provided under this Plan will be exempt from or satisfy the provisions of Section 409A.

 

(d)Governing Law. The Plan and the rights of all persons under the Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of Maryland without regard to its conflict of law principles.

 

 7 

 

EX-10.5 8 tm2332619d1_ex10-5.htm EXHIBIT 10.5

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES AWARD

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

 

NOTICE OF GRANT

 

You have been granted an award (the “Award”) by Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of the Independent Director Compensation Plan (the Plan), the terms and conditions set forth below and in the attached Restricted Securities Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), and solely with respect to a grant of Units or LTIP Units, the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Operating Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Notice of Grant and the Award Agreement, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Participant:  
Grant Date:  
Type of Restricted Security  
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Securities:  
Vesting Start Date:  
     
Vesting: The Award vests in accordance with Section 5(d)(i) and 5(d)(ii) of the Plan.

 

You and the Company agree that the Award is governed by this Notice of Grant and by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, as well as the Operating Agreement (if applicable), all of which, as applicable, are attached to and made a part of this document. You acknowledge receipt of copies of the Plan, the Award Agreement, and, if applicable, the Operating Agreement, and represent that you have read and are familiar with their provisions and accept the Award subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.   PARTICIPANT
     
By:                         
    Signature
Its:    
    Date
   
    Address

 

If granting Units or LTIP Units:

 

STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

By: Stirling OP General Partner LLC  
Its: General Partner  

 

By: Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.  
Its: Sole Member  

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

ATTACHMENTS:Independent Director Compensation Plan, Restricted Securities Award Agreement, Assignment Separate from Certificate, Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership.

 

 

 

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to this Restricted Securities Award Agreement (this “Award Agreement”), and subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the Independent Director Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), which Plan is incorporated by reference into this Award Agreement, and with respect to a grant of Units or LTIP Units, the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Operating Agreement”), Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (the “Company”) grants to the Participant identified in the Notice of Grant attached hereto (which Notice of Grant forms part of this Award Agreement), or with respect to a grant of Units or LTIP Units, causes the Partnership to grant, a restricted securities award (the “Award”) under the Plan, conditioned on the Participant’s acknowledgment of receipt and acceptance in accordance with Section 16 hereof. Participant’s failure to execute the acknowledgement of receipt and acceptance shall render the Award and this Award Agreement null and void and of no force and effect. Capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement or the Notice of Grant, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.Grant of Restricted Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Operating Agreement (only applicable to Units and LTIP Units), the Company grants to the Participant, or in the case of Units or LTIP Units, directs the Partnership to grant, the number and type of Restricted Securities set forth in the Notice of Grant. As a condition to the issuance of the Restricted Securities, the Participant will execute and deliver the Notice of Grant to the Company, accompanied by an Assignment Separate from Certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of Restricted Securities blank) in the form provided by the Company. It is intended that the LTIP Units granted hereunder will constitute “profits interests” for all U.S. federal tax purposes and as specifically described in Rev. Proc. 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343 and Rev. Proc. 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191.

 

2.Vesting. The Award is subject to the vesting terms set forth in the Notice of Grant, except as may otherwise be provided in this Award Agreement or in the Plan.

 

3.Forfeiture. The Award is subject to the forfeiture terms set forth in Section 5(d)(iii) of the Plan.

 

4.Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Award shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5(d)(ii)(B) of the Plan.

 

5.Transfer of Shares, Units or LTIP Units.

 

(a)The transfer of the Shares, Units or LTIP Units, pursuant to this Award shall be effectuated by an appropriate entry on the books of the Company or the issuance of certificates representing such securities (bearing such legends as the Board deems necessary or desirable), as determined by the Board.

 

(b)Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer of Shares, Units, or LTIP Units, as applicable, shall become effective nor certificates issued until the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, determines that such transfer, issuance, and delivery is in compliance with all governing documents of the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, as well as in compliance with all applicable, laws and regulations of governmental authority.

 

 

 

 

(c)The Board may, as a condition to the issuance of the Shares, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, require the Participant to make covenants and representations and/or enter into agreements with the Company to reflect the Participant’s rights and obligations as a stockholder of the Company or limited partner in the Partnership and any limitations and restrictions on such Shares, Units or LTIP Units.

 

6.Operating Agreement; Rights as Unitholder or LTIP Unitholder. If Units or LTIPs are received, Participant acknowledges and agrees that Participant’s Units or LTIP Units acquired pursuant to this Award Agreement shall be subject to this Award Agreement, the Plan and the Operating Agreement (a copy of which has been provided to Participant as of the Grant Date). Participant acknowledges having received a copy of the Operating Agreement and having read the Operating Agreement in its entirety. Upon acceptance of Participant’s Units or LTIP Units and execution of this Award Agreement, Participant will automatically become a party to the Operating Agreement as a Common Partnership Unitholder or LTIP Unitholder (each as defined in the Operating Agreement), as applicable, and will be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement. Participant agrees to execute, in connection with the Units or LTIP Units granted hereunder, such further documentation as reasonably requested by the Company or by the Partnership (or its general partner) to evidence the admission of Participant to the Partnership as a Common Partnership Unitholder or LTIP Unitholder. Participant shall have all the rights of a Common Partnership Unitholder and/or LTIP Unitholder with respect to Participant’s Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, upon the Grant Date, provided that all other conditions to the issuance, including the forfeiture provisions contained herein and in the Operating Agreement have been satisfied.

 

7.Section 83(b) Election. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with the Participant’s own personal tax, financial, and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award. The Participant understands that the Participant may elect to file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “Section 83(b) Election”) with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date. A Section 83(b) Election form with instructions is provided for this purpose as Appendix A hereto. The Company does not make any recommendation with respect to the decision to make a Section 83(b) Election. It is solely the responsibility of the Participant, and not the Company, to decide whether to make a Section 83(b) Election in connection with this Award Agreement and, if so, to do so in a timely manner.

 

8.No Assignment or Transfer. The Award granted hereunder may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Board shall have been furnished with (i) written notice thereof along with such evidence as the Board may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (ii) an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgements made by the Participant in connection with the grant.

 

9.Participant Representations. By accepting the Award, the Participant represents and acknowledges the following:

 

(a)The Participant has received a copy of the Plan, has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, and has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of independent counsel prior to accepting the Award.

 

 

 

 

(b)The Participant has had the opportunity to consult with a tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of accepting the Award, and understands that the Company makes no representation regarding the tax treatment as to any aspect of the Award, including the grant, vesting and settlement of the Award.

 

(c)The Participant consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data by the Company, the Board, and any third party retained to administer the Plan for the exclusive purpose of administering the Award and Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant agrees to promptly notify the Board of any changes in the Participant’s name, address, or contact information during the entire period of Plan participation.

 

10.Adjustments. If there is a change in the outstanding Shares, Units or LTIP Units due to a stock dividend, split, or consolidation, or a recapitalization, corporate change, corporate transaction, or other similar event relating to the Company or the Partnership, the Board may adjust the type or number of Shares, Units or LTIP Units subject to any outstanding portion of the Award in accordance with Section 5(a)(iii) of the Plan.

 

11.Withholding. If the Company determines that it is obligated to withhold any tax in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Securities, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state, local and other withholding obligations. The Participant may satisfy any federal, state, local or other tax withholding obligation relating to Restricted Securities hereunder by tendering cash payment to the Company, or by any of the following means: (a) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Restricted Securities from the shares of Restricted Securities otherwise held by the Participant as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Securities; provided, however, that no shares of Restricted Securities shall be withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (b) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of securities of the Company. The Company also has the right to withhold from any other compensation payable to the Participant.

 

12.Tax Liability. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all tax or other tax-related withholding with respect to the Restricted Securities (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items (and any associated penalties and interest) is and remains the Participant’s responsibility, and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Securities, dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Restricted Securities received under this Award Agreement, or the subsequent sale or other disposition of any such securities acquired hereunder; and (b) does not commit to structure the Restricted Securities to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

13.Administration; Interpretation. In accordance with the Plan and this Award Agreement, the Board shall have full discretionary authority to administer the Award, including discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions relating to the Award. Decisions of the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. In the event of a conflict between this Award Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

14.Successors. The terms of this Award Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs of the Participant or distributes of the Participant’s estate and any successor to the Company.

 

15.Governing Law; Severability. This Award Agreement shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflict of law principles. Any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction or relevant governmental authority that any provision or part of a provision in this Award Agreement is unlawful or invalid shall not serve to invalidate any portion of this Award Agreement not found to be unlawful or invalid, and any provision or part of a provision found to be unlawful or invalid shall be construed in a manner that will give effect to the terms of such provision or part of a provision to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

16.Acknowledgment of Receipt and Acceptance. By signing below (or execution by other means approved by the Board, including by electronic signature), the undersigned acknowledges receipt and acceptance of the Award, agrees to the representations made in Section 8, and indicates his or her intention to be bound by this Award Agreement and the terms of the Plan and the Operating Agreement, if applicable.

 

 

 

 

Participant’s acknowledgment of receipt and acceptance:

 

   
[Participant name]  

 

Date:    

 

Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

 

   
By: [name and title of company representative]  

 

If granting Units or LTIP Units:

STIRLING REIT OP, LP

 

By: Stirling OP General Partner LLC  
Its: General Partner  
By: Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.  
Its: Sole Member  

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

 

 

 

Appendix A. Section 83(b) Election Form and Instructions.

 

IMPORTANT FEDERAL TAX INFORMATION

 

INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTIONS

 

1.The Section 83(b) Election is irrevocable. The Section 83(b) Election is a voluntary election that is available to you. It is your decision whether to file a Section 83(b) Election.

 

2.If you choose to make a Section 83(b) Election, the Section 83(b) Election Form must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the Grant Date; no exceptions to this deadline are made. You should send the election to the internal revenue service center located at the address to which you send your federal income tax return (IRS form 1040) based on your place of residence. The election should be sent via certified mail with return receipt requested or a delivery service that provides proof of delivery.

 

3.You must deliver a copy of the Section 83(b) Election Form to the Corporate Secretary or other designated officer of the Company as soon as practicable after you receive proof that the original was received by the Internal Revenue Service. Even though a copy of your Section 83(b) Election Form is to be delivered to the Company, you remain solely responsible for properly filing the original with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.If you make a Section 83(b) Election and later forfeit the Shares or Units, you will not be entitled to a refund of the taxes paid with respect to the gross income you recognized under the Section 83(b) Election.

 

5.You must consult your personal tax advisor before making a Section 83(b) Election. You may not rely on this information, the Company, or any of the Company’s officers, directors, or employees for tax or legal advice regarding the Restricted Securities or the Section 83(b) Election. The election form attached to these instructions is intended as a sample only. It must be tailored to your circumstances and may not be relied upon without consultation with a personal tax advisor.

 

 

 

 

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FORM

 

Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to
Include Property in Gross Income in Year of Transfer

 

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1. The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:

 

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

 

___-__-____

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is _____________ shares of Class I [[restricted common stock] / [common units] / [LTIPs]] of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred was ___________, 20___.

 

4. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 20___.

 

5. The property is subject to restrictions in that the property is not transferable and is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until the taxpayer vests in the property in accordance with the terms of an award agreement between the Company and taxpayer.

 

6. The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the property with respect to which this election is being made is $_________ per [[share]/[unit]/[LTIP]]; with a cumulative fair market value of $___________.

 

7. The taxpayer did not pay any amount for the property transferred.

 

8. A copy of this statement was furnished to the Corporate Secretary or other designated officer of the Company. The taxpayer rendered the services to Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. in connection with the transfer of the property with respect to which this election is being made.

 

9. This election is made to the same effect, and with the same limitations, for purposes of any applicable state statute corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.

 

Signed:    
     
Date:    

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (_________________) shares of Class I [[Restricted Common Stock] / [Common Units] / [LTIPs]] of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:    
     
     
    Signature
     
     
    Print Name

 

 

 

EX-10.7 9 tm2332619d1_ex10-7.htm EXHIBIT 10.7

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

HOTEL MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

STIRLING TRS CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

 

and

 

REMINGTON LODGING & HOSPITALITY, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company

 

Effective Date December 6, 2023

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

Article I DEFINITION OF TERMS 1
1.01 Definition of Terms 1
Article II TERM OF AGREEMENT 11
2.01 Term 11
2.02 Actions to be Taken upon Termination 11
2.03 Termination Rights; Liquidated Damages 12
Article III PREMISES 16
Article IV APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER 16
4.01 Appointment 16
4.02 Delegation of Authority 16
4.03 Contracts, Equipment Leases and Other Agreements 16
4.04 Alcoholic Beverage/Liquor Licensing Requirements 17
Article V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 17
5.01 Lessee Representations 17
5.02 Manager Representations 18
Article VI OPERATION 19
6.01 Name of Premises; Standard of Operation 19
6.02 Use of Premises 20
6.03 Group Services 20
6.04 Right to Inspect 21
Article VII WORKING CAPITAL AND INVENTORIES 21
7.01 Working Capital and Inventories 21
7.02 Fixed Asset Supplies 22
Article VIII MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT AND CHANGES 22
8.01 Routine Repairs and Maintenance 22
8.02 Capital Improvement Reserve 22
Article IX EMPLOYEES 24
9.01 Employee Hiring 24
9.02 Costs; Benefit Plans 24

 

-i-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

9.03 Manager’s Employees 26
9.04 Special Projects - Corporate Employees 26
9.05 Termination 27
9.06 Employee Use of Hotel 28
9.07 Non-Solicitation 28
Article X BUDGET, STANDARDS AND CONTRACTS 28
10.01 Annual Operating Budget 28
10.02 Budget Approval 28
10.03 Operation Pending Approval 29
10.04 Budget Meetings 29
Article XI OPERATING DISTRIBUTIONS 29
11.01 Management Fee 29
11.02 Accounting and Interim Payment 30
Article XII INSURANCE 31
12.01 Insurance 31
12.02 Replacement Cost 32
12.03 Increase in Limits 32
12.04 Blanket Policy 32
12.05 Costs and Expenses 32
12.06 Policies and Endorsements 33
12.07 Termination 33
Article XIII TAXES AND DEBT SERVICE 33
13.01 Taxes. 33
13.02 Debt Service; Ground Lease Payments 34
Article XIV BANK ACCOUNTS 34
Article XV ACCOUNTING SYSTEM 35
15.01 Books and Records 35
15.02 Monthly Financial Statements 36
15.03 Annual Financial Statements 36

 

-ii-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

Article XVI PAYMENT BY LESSEE 36
16.01 Payment of Base Management Fee 36
16.02 Distributions 36
16.03 Payment Option 37
Article XVII RELATIONSHIP AND AUTHORITY 37
Article XVIII DAMAGE, CONDEMNATION AND FORCE MAJEURE 38
18.01 Damage and Repair 38
18.02 Condemnation 38
18.03 Force Majeure 38
18.04 Liquidated Damages if Casualty 39
18.05 No Liquidated Damages if Condemnation or Force Majeure 39
Article XIX DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 39
19.01 Events of Default 39
19.02 Consequence of Default 40
Article XX WAIVER AND INVALIDITY 40
20.01 Waiver 40
20.02 Partial Invalidity 40
Article XXI ASSIGNMENT 41
Article XXII NOTICES 41
Article XXIII SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE 42
23.01 Subordination 42
23.02 Non-Disturbance Agreement 43
Article XXIV PROPRIETARY MARKS; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 43
24.01 Proprietary Marks 43
24.02 Computer Software and Equipment 43
24.03 Intellectual Property 44
24.04 Books and Records 44
Article XXV INDEMNIFICATION 44
25.01 Manager Indemnity 44

 

-iii-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

25.02 Lessee Indemnity 45
25.03 Indemnification Procedure 45
25.04 Survival 46
25.05 No Successor Liability 46
Article XXVI NEW HOTELS 46
Article XXVII GOVERNING; LAW VENUE 46
Article XXVIII MISCELLANEOUS 47
28.01 Rights to Make Agreement 47
28.02 Agency 47
28.03 Failure to Perform 47
28.04 Headings 47
28.05 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs 47
28.06 Entire Agreement 47
28.07 Consents 48
28.08 Eligible Independent Contractor 48
28.09 Environmental Matters. 49
28.10 Equity and Debt Offerings 49
28.11 Estoppel Certificates 50
28.12 Confidentiality 50
28.13 Modification 50
28.14 Counterparts 50

 

-iv-

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

HOTEL MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS HOTEL MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into on this 6th day of December, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and between STIRLING TRS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with any taxable REIT subsidiaries of the Partnership hereafter existing, hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”), and REMINGTON LODGING & HOSPITALITY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “Manager”).

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.            Lessee desires to retain Manager to provide management services at each Hotel, and Manager is willing to perform such services, all as more particularly set forth in this Agreement.

 

A G R E E M E N T S:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I
DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

1.01          Definition of Terms. The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the meanings indicated below.

 

Accounting Period” shall mean a calendar month.

 

Addendum” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXVI.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Hotel Master Management Agreement, and all amendments, modifications, supplements, consolidations, extensions and revisions to this Hotel Master Management Agreement approved by Lessee and Manager in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

Annual Operating Budget” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 10.01.

 

AOB Objection Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 10.02.

 

Applicable Standards” shall mean standards of operation for the Premises which are (a) in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Franchise Agreement, this Agreement and all CCRs affecting the Premises and of which true and complete copies have been made available by Lessee to Manager, (b) in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, (c) in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Hotel Mortgage or Ground Lease to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement (to the extent Lessee has made available to Manager true and complete copies of the applicable loan documents relating to any such Hotel Mortgage and/or the Ground Lease), (d) in accordance with the Lease (to the extent Lessee has made available to Manager a true and complete copy thereof), (e) in accordance with the requirements of any carrier having insurance on the Hotel or any part thereof (to the extent Manager has been given written notice of such requirements or policies and/or has coordinated same on behalf of Lessee), and (f) in accordance with the requirements of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code for qualifying each Hotel as a Qualified Lodging Facility.

 

 

 

Base Management Fee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 11.01A.

 

Benefit Plans” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 9.02.

 

Black-Scholes Amount” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 16.03B.

 

Black-Scholes Model” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 16.03B.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day excluding (i) Saturday, (ii) Sunday, (iii) any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the States of New York, Maryland or Texas, and (iv) any day on which banking institutions located in such states are generally not open for the conduct of regular business.

 

Budgeted HP” shall mean the House Profit as set forth in the Annual Operating Budget for the applicable Fiscal Year, as approved by Lessee and Manager pursuant to Article X hereof.

 

CCRs” shall mean those certain restrictive covenants encumbering the Premises recorded in the real property records of the county where such premises are located, as described in the owner policies of title insurance relating to such premises, a copy of which are acknowledged received by the Manager.

 

Capital Improvement Budget” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02E.

 

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean agreements, if any, entered into by Lessee, Landlord and a Holder for the collection and disbursement of any Gross Revenues, Deductions, Management Fees or excess Working Capital with respect to the applicable Premises, which constitute a part of the loan documents executed and delivered in connection with any Hotel Mortgage by Landlord.

 

Capital Improvement Reserve” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02A.

 

Charter” shall mean the Articles of Incorporation of SHR filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

 

CIB Objection Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02E.

 

Class E Common Shares” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Charter.

 

2

 

 

CPI” means the Consumer Price Index, published for all Urban Consumers for the U.S. City Average for All Items, 1982-84=100 issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, as published in the Wall Street Journal.

 

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commencement Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Competitive Set” shall mean, for each Hotel, the hotels situated in the same market segment as such Hotel as noted on Schedule 1 to the applicable Addendum for such Hotel, which competitive set shall include such Hotel. The Competitive Set may be changed from time to time by mutual agreement of Lessee and Manager to reasonably and accurately reflect a set within the market of such Hotel that is comparable in rate quality and in operation to such Hotel and directly competitive with such Hotel. The requirements for the Competitive Set are not applicable to the Hotel until after the expiration of the base 10 year term of this Agreement.

 

Contract(s)” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.03.

 

Debt Service” shall mean actual scheduled payments of principal and interest, including accrued and cumulative interest, payable by a Landlord with respect to any Hotel Mortgage.

 

Deductions” shall mean the following matters:

 

1.Employee Costs and Expenses (including, Employee Claims but excluding Excluded Employee Claims);

 

2.Administrative and general expenses and the cost of advertising and business promotion, heat, light, power, communications (i.e., telephone, fax, cable service and internet) and other utilities and routine repairs, maintenance and minor alterations pertaining to the Premises;

 

3.The cost of replacing, maintaining or replenishing Inventories and Fixed Asset Supplies consumed in the operation of the Premises;

 

4.A reasonable reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable as reasonably determined by Manager and approved by Lessee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

5.All costs and fees of independent accountants, attorneys or other third parties who perform services related to the Hotel or the operation thereof, including, without limitation, an allocation of costs of Manager’s in-house corporate counsel who performs legal services directly for the benefit of the Hotels to be allocated on a fair and equitable cost basis as reasonably determined by Manager and approved by Lessee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

3

 

 

6.The cost and expense of non-routine technical consultants and operational experts for specialized services in connection with the Premises, including, without limitation, an allocation of costs of Manager’s corporate staff who may perform special services directly related to the Hotels such as sales and marketing, revenue management, training, property tax services, federal, state and/or local tax services, recruiting, and similar functions or services as set forth in Section 9.04, to be allocated on a fair and equitable cost basis as reasonably determined by Manager and approved by Lessee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

7.Insurance costs and expenses as provided in Article XII;

 

8.Real estate and personal property taxes levied or assessed against the Premises by duly authorized taxing authorities and such other taxes, if any, payable by or assessed against Manager or the Premises related to the operation and/or ownership of the Premises;

 

9.Franchise fees, royalties, license fees, or compensation or consideration paid or payable to the Franchisor (as hereinafter defined), or any successor Franchisor, pursuant to a Franchise Agreement (as hereinafter defined);

 

10.The Premises’ allocable share of the actual costs and expenses incurred by Manager in providing Group Services as provided in Section 6.03 hereof;

 

11.The Management Fee;

 

12.Rental payments made under equipment leases; and

 

13.Other expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance or operation of the Premises not expressly set forth above and authorized pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Deductions shall not include: (a) depreciation and amortization, (b) Debt Service, (c) Ground Lease Payments, or (d) payments allocated or made to the Capital Improvement Reserve.

 

Designated Fees” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 16.03.

 

Effective Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Eligible Independent Contractor” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.08.

 

Emergency Expenses” shall mean any expenses, regardless of amount, which, in Manager’s reasonable judgment, are immediately necessary to protect the physical integrity or lawful operation of the Hotel or the health or safety of its occupants.

 

Employee Claims” shall mean any claims (including all fines, judgments, penalties, costs, litigation and/or arbitration expenses, attorneys’ fees and expenses, and costs of settlement with respect to any such claim) made by or in respect of an employee or potential hire of Manager against Manager and/or Lessee which are based on a violation or alleged violation of the Employment Laws or alleged contractual obligations.

 

4

 

 

Employee Costs and Expenses” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 9.03.

 

Employee Related Termination Costs” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 9.05.

 

Employment Laws” shall mean all applicable federal, state and local laws (including, without limitation, any statutes, regulations, ordinances or common laws) regarding the employment, hiring or discharge of persons.

 

Event(s) of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Article XIX.

 

Excluded Employee Claims” shall mean any Employee Claims (a) to the extent attributable to a substantial violation by Manager of Employment Laws, or (b) which do not arise from an isolated act of an individual employee but rather is the direct result of corporate policies of Manager which either encourage or fail to discourage the conduct from which such Employee Claim arises.

 

Executive Employees” shall mean each member of the senior executive or Premises level staff and each department head of the Hotel.

 

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

FF&E” shall mean all fixtures, furniture, furnishings and equipment located at a Hotel.

 

Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month calendar year ending December 31, except that the first Fiscal Year and last Fiscal Year of the term of this Agreement may not be full calendar years.

 

Fixed Asset Supplies” shall mean supply items included within “Property and Equipment” under the Uniform System of Accounts, including linen, china, glassware, silver, uniforms, and similar items.

 

Force Majeure” shall mean any act of God (including adverse weather conditions); act of the state or federal government in its sovereign or contractual capacity; war; civil disturbance, riot or mob violence; terrorism; earthquake, flood, fire or other casualty; epidemic; quarantine restriction; labor strikes or lock out; freight embargo; civil disturbance; or similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Manager.

 

Franchisor” shall mean the franchisor and any successor franchisor selected by Lessee and/or Landlord, as applicable, identified on Exhibit “C” to the applicable Addendum for the Hotel.

 

Franchise Agreement” shall mean any license agreements between a Franchisor and Lessee and/or Landlord, as applicable, as such license agreements are amended from time to time, and any other contract hereafter entered into between Lessee and/or Landlord, as applicable, and such Franchisor pertaining to the name and operating procedures, systems and standards, as described on Exhibit “C” to the applicable Addendum for the Hotel.

 

5

 

 

full replacement cost” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 12.02.

 

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as recognized by the accounting industry and standards within the United States.

 

General Manager” or “General Managers” shall have the meanings as set forth in Section 9.07.

 

Gross Operating Profit” shall mean the actual gross operating profit of the Premises determined generally in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts, consistently applied and consistent with the determination thereof in the Annual Operating Budget.

 

Gross Operating Profit Margin” shall mean for any applicable Fiscal Year, the quotient expressed as a percentage, (i) the numerator of which is the Gross Operating Profit, and (ii) the denominator of which is Gross Revenues.

 

Gross Revenues” shall mean all revenues and receipts of every kind received from operating the Premises and all departments and parts thereof, including but not limited to, income from both cash and credit transactions, income from the rental of rooms, stores, offices, banquet rooms, conference rooms, exhibits or sale space of every kind, license, lease and concession fees and rentals (not including gross receipts of licensees, lessees and concessionaires), vending machines, health club membership fees, food and beverage sales, wholesale and retail sales of merchandise, service charges, and proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance; provided, however, Gross Revenues shall not include (a) gratuities to the Premises’ employees, (b) federal, state or municipal excise, sales or use taxes or similar impositions collected directly from customers, patrons or guests or included as part of the sales prices of any goods or services paid over to federal, state or municipal governments, (c) property insurance or condemnation proceeds (excluding proceeds from business interruption or other loss of income coverage), (d) proceeds from the sale or refinance of assets other than sales in the ordinary course of business, (e) funds furnished by the Lessee, (f) judgments and awards other than for lost business, (g) the amount of all credits, rebates or refunds (which shall be deductions from Gross Revenues) to customers, patrons or guests, (h) receipts of licensees, concessionaires, and tenants, (i) payments received at any of the Hotels for hotel accommodations, goods or services to be provided at other hotels, although arranged by, for or on behalf of Manager; (j) the value of complimentary rooms, food and beverages, (k) interest income, (l) lease security deposits, and (m) items constituting “allowances” under the Uniform System of Accounts.

 

Ground Lease Payments” shall mean payments due under any Ground Lease and payable by Landlord thereunder.

 

Ground Lease” shall mean any ground lease agreements relating to the Hotel, executed by Landlord with any third party landlords.

 

Group Services” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 6.03.

 

6

 

 

Holder” shall mean the holder of any Hotel Mortgage and the indebtedness secured thereby, and such holder’s successors and assigns.

 

Hotel” shall mean the hotel or motel property owned or leased by Lessee and managed by Manager pursuant to this Agreement or an Addendum.

 

Hotel Mortgage” shall mean, collectively, any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter from time to time, encumbering all or any portion of the Premises (or the leasehold interest therein), together with all other instruments evidencing or securing payment of the indebtedness secured by such mortgage or deed of trust and all amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions and revisions of such mortgage, deed of trust, and other instruments.

 

Hotel’s REVPAR Yield Penetration” shall mean, for a Hotel for any applicable Fiscal Year, (i) such Hotel’s actual occupancy rate multiplied by the actual average daily rate, divided by (ii) the Competitive Set’s occupancy rate multiplied by the Competitive Set’s average daily rate for the same Fiscal Period. The determination of the Competitive Set’s occupancy and rate shall be made by reference to the Smith Travel Research reports or its successor or comparable market research reports prepared by another nationally recognized hospitality firm reasonably acceptable to Lessee and Manager.

 

House Profit” shall mean the actual house profit of the Premises determined generally in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts, consistently applied and consistent with the determination thereof in the Annual Operating Budget.

 

HP Test” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 11.01B.

 

Incentive Fee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 11.01B.

 

Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 25.03.

 

Independent Directors” shall mean those directors of SHR who meet the definition of Independent Directors as set forth in the Charter.

 

Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 24.03.

 

Inventories” shall mean “Inventories” as defined in the Uniform System of Accounts, such as provisions in storerooms, refrigerators, pantries and kitchens, beverages in wine cellars and bars, other merchandise intended for sale, fuel, mechanical supplies, stationery, and other supplies and similar items.

 

issuing party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Key Employees” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 9.07.

 

Landlord” shall mean the landlord under the Lease.

 

7

 

 

Lease” shall mean any lease agreements as amended, modified, supplemented, and extended from time to time, executed by Lessee as tenant and Landlord for a Hotel, as described on Exhibit “B” attached to an Addendum.

 

Legal Requirements” shall mean all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, authorizations, directions and requirements of all governments and governmental authorities, which now or hereafter may be applicable to the Premises and the operation of the Hotels.

 

Lessee” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, and shall include each New Lessee, as that term is defined in the Addendum for each Hotel.

 

Management Fee” shall collectively mean the Base Management Fee, the Incentive Fee, and any other fees payable to Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Manager” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Manager Affiliate Entity” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXI.

 

Necessary Expenses” shall mean any expenses, regardless of amount, which are necessary for the continued operation of the Hotel in accordance with Legal Requirements and the Applicable Standards and which are not within the reasonable control of Manager (including, but not limited to those for taxes, utility charges, approved leases and contracts, licensing and permits).

 

Net Operating Income” shall be equal to Gross Operating Profit less (i) all amounts to be paid or credited to the Capital Improvement Reserve, and (ii) Rental Payments to the extent that such rental payments are not properly chargeable as an operating expense.

 

Non-Disturbance Agreement” means an agreement, in recordable form in the jurisdiction in which a Hotel is located, executed and delivered by the Holder of a Hotel Mortgage or a Landlord, as applicable, (which agreement shall by its terms be binding upon all assignees of such lender or landlord and upon any individual or entity that acquires title to or possession of a Hotel (referred to as a “Subsequent Owner”), for the benefit of Manager, pursuant to which, in the event such holder (or its assignee) or landlord (or its assignee) or any Subsequent Owner comes into possession of or acquires title to a Hotel, such holder (and its assignee) or landlord (or its assignee) and all Subsequent Owners shall (x) recognize Manager’s rights under this Agreement, and (y) shall not name Manager as a party in any foreclosure action or proceeding, and (z) shall not disturb Manager in its right to continue to manage the Hotels pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that at such time, (i) this Agreement has not expired or otherwise been earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, and (ii) there are no outstanding Events of Default by Manager, and (iii) no material event has occurred and no material condition exists which, after notice or the passage of time or both, would entitle Lessee to terminate this Agreement.

 

non-issuing party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXII.

 

8

 

 

Operating Account” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XIV.

 

Partnership” means Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Payment Option Request” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 16.03.

 

Performance Cure Period” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.03(b)(i)(2).

 

Performance Failure” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.03(b)(i)(1).

 

Performance Test” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 2.03(b)(i).

 

Predecessor Manager” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 25.05.

 

Premises” shall mean, as to each Hotel, the Lessee’s fee interest in such Hotel and Site (if there is no Lease), or leasehold interest in such Hotel and Site pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Lease.

 

Prime Rate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.03.

 

Project Management Agreement” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.01.

 

Property Service Account” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 13.02.

 

Proprietary Marks” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 24.01.

 

Prospectus” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Qualified Lodging Facility” shall mean a “qualified lodging facility” as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code and means a “Lodging Facility” (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “Lodging Facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to SHR.

 

Reasonable Working Capital” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 16.02.

 

Related Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.08(e).

 

Rental Payments” shall mean rental payments made under equipment leases permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

9

 

 

REVPAR” shall mean the revenue per available room, determined by taking the actual occupancy rate of the applicable hotel and multiplying such rate by the actual average daily rate of such hotel.

 

Sale” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, for value or otherwise, voluntary or involuntary of Landlord’s title (whether fee or leasehold) in the Hotel, or of a controlling interest therein, other than a collateral assignment intended to provide security for a loan, and shall include any such disposition through the disposition of the ownership interests in the entity that holds such title and any lease or sublease of the Hotel.

 

SHR” means Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

Site” shall mean, as to a Hotel, those certain tracts or parcels of land described in “Exhibit B-1” attached to the applicable Addendum.

 

Software” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 24.02.

 

Targeted REVPAR Yield Penetration” shall mean, as to a Hotel, 80%.

 

Term” shall mean, as to the Hotel, the contractual duration of this Agreement for the Hotel, as defined in Section 2.01.

 

Termination” shall mean the expiration or sooner cessation of this Agreement as to a Hotel.

 

Termination Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Uniform System of Accounts” shall mean the Uniform System of Accounts for the Lodging Industry, 9th Revised Edition, as may be modified from time to time by the International Association of Hospitality Accountants.

 

Unrelated Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.08(e).

 

Working Capital” shall mean the amounts by which current assets exceed current liabilities as defined by the Uniform System of Accounts which are reasonably necessary for the day-to-day operation of the Premises’ business, including, without limitation, the excess of change and petty cash funds, operating bank accounts, receivables, prepaid expenses and funds required to maintain Inventories, over the amount of accounts payable and accrued current liabilities.

 

10

 

 

Article II
TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

2.01         Term. The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence for each Hotel on the “Commencement Date” as noted on Exhibit “A” of the Addendum for such Hotel, and, unless sooner terminated as herein provided, shall continue until the “Termination Date.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “Termination Date” for each Hotel shall be the earlier to occur of (i) the Expiration Date applicable to such Hotel, (ii) termination at the option of Lessee in connection with the bona fide Sale of the Hotel by Landlord or Lessee to an unaffiliated third party as provided in and subject to the terms of Section 2.03(a) hereof, (iii) termination at the option of Lessee after the Performance Test has not been satisfied pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.03(b) below, (iv) termination at the option of Lessee for convenience pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.03(c) below, or (v) termination by either Lessee or Manager pursuant to Article XVIII hereof in connection with a condemnation, casualty or Force Majeure, subject to the terms thereof. The “Expiration Date” with respect to a Hotel shall mean the 10th anniversary of the Commencement Date applicable to such Hotel, provided that such initial 10-year term may thereafter be renewed by Manager, at its option, on the same terms and conditions contained herein, for three (3) successive periods of seven (7) Fiscal Years each, and thereafter, for a final period of four (4) Fiscal Years; and provided further, that at the time of exercise of any such option to renew, an Event of Default by Manager does not then exist beyond any applicable grace or cure period. If at any time of the exercise of any renewal period, Manager is then in default under this Agreement, then the exercise of the renewal option will be conditional on timely cure of such default, and if such default is not timely cured, then Lessee may terminate this Agreement regardless of the exercise of such renewal period and without the payment of any fee or liquidated damages. If Manager desires to exercise any such option to renew, it shall give Lessee Notice to that effect not less than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then current Term. Notwithstanding a Termination as to a Hotel, Lessee and Manager agree that the obligations of Lessee to pay, remit, reimburse and to otherwise indemnify Manager for any and all expenses and fees incurred or accrued by Manager pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement prior to Termination (or actually incurred by Manager after Termination) for such Hotel shall survive Termination, provided such expenses and fees have been incurred consistent with the then current terms of this Agreement and the applicable Annual Operating Budget, including, without limitation but only to the extent so consistent, all costs, expenses and liabilities arising from the termination of the Premises’ employees such as accrued vacation and sick leave, severance pay and other accrued benefits, employer liabilities pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act and employer liabilities pursuant to the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act. In addition, subject to Section 19.02 below and the foregoing sentence, upon Termination as to a Hotel, Lessee and Manager shall have no further obligations to one another pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Hotel, except that Section 2.02, obligations to make payments under Section 2.03 or Section 9.05, Section 9.07, the last sentence of Section 15.01, obligations to make payments of termination fees pursuant to Article XVIII, Article XXIV, Article XXV, Article XXVII and Section 28.12 shall survive Termination.

 

2.02        Actions to be Taken upon Termination. Upon a Termination of this Agreement as to a Hotel, the following shall be applicable:

 

(a)            Manager shall, within forty-five (45) days after Termination as to a Hotel, prepare and deliver to Lessee a final accounting statement with respect to the Hotel, in form and substance consistent with the statements provided pursuant to Section 15.02, along with a statement of any sums due from Lessee to Manager pursuant hereto, dated as of the date of Termination. Within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Lessee of such final accounting statement, the parties will make whatever cash adjustments are necessary pursuant to such final statement. The cost of preparing such final accounting statement shall be a Deduction. Manager and Lessee acknowledge that there may be certain adjustments for which the necessary information will not be available at the time of such final accounting, and the parties agree to readjust such amounts and make the necessary cash adjustments when such information becomes available.

 

11

 

 

(b)            As of the date of the final accounting referred to in subsection A above, Manager shall release and transfer to Lessee any of Lessee’s funds which are held or controlled by Manager with respect to the Hotel, with the exception of funds to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9.05 and Section 12.07. During the period between the date of Termination and the date of such final accounting, Manager shall pay (or reserve against) all Deductions which accrued (but were not paid) prior to the date of Termination, using for such purpose any Gross Revenues which accrued prior to the date of Termination.

 

(c)            Manager shall make available to Lessee such books and records respecting the Hotel (including those from prior years, subject to Manager’s reasonable records retention policies) as will be needed by Lessee to prepare the accounting statements, in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts, for the Hotel for the year in which the Termination occurs and for any subsequent year. Such books and records shall not include: (i) employee records which must remain confidential pursuant to either Legal Requirements or confidentiality agreements, or (ii) any Intellectual Property.

 

(d)            Manager shall (to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements) assign to Lessee, or to any other manager employed by Lessee to operate and manage the Hotel, all operating licenses for the Hotel which have been issued in Manager’s name; provided that if Manager has expended any of its own funds in the acquisition of any of such licenses, Lessee shall reimburse Manager therefor if it has not done so already.

 

(e)            Lessee agrees that hotel reservations and any and all contracts made in connection with hotel convention, banquet or other group services made by Manager in the ordinary and normal course of business consistent with this Agreement, for dates subsequent to the date of Termination and at rates prevailing for such reservations at the time they were made, shall be honored and remain in effect after Termination of this Agreement.

 

(f)            Manager shall cooperate with the new operator of the Hotel as to effect a smooth transition and shall peacefully vacate and surrender the Hotel to Lessee.

 

(g)            Manager and Lessee agree to use best efforts to resolve any disputes amicably and promptly under this Section 2.02 to effect a smooth transition of the Hotel to Lessee and/or Lessee’s new manager.

 

2.03         Termination Rights; Liquidated Damages.

 

(a)            Termination Upon Sale. Upon Notice to Manager, Lessee shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel effective as of the closing of the Sale of such Hotel to a third party. Such Notice shall be given at least forty-five (45) days’ in advance (unless otherwise required by Legal Requirements, in which case Lessee shall provide such additional notice in order to comply with such Legal Requirements) and shall inform Manager of the identity of the contract purchaser. Manager, at its election, may offer to provide management services to such contract purchaser after the closing of the sale. Lessee shall, in connection with such Sale, by a separate document reasonably acceptable to Lessee and Manager, indemnify and save Manager harmless against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities and court costs, claims and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees arising or resulting from the failure of Lessee or such prospective purchaser to provide any of the services contracted for in connection with the business booked for such Hotel to, and including, the date of such Termination, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, any and all business so booked as to which facilities and/or services are to be furnished subsequent to the date of Termination, provided that any settlement by Manager of any such claims shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lessee which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition, the following terms shall apply in connection with the sale of any Hotel(s):

 

12

 

 

(i)            If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 2.03(a) with respect to a Hotel prior to the first anniversary of the Commencement Date applicable to such Hotel, then Lessee shall pay to Manager on such termination, a termination fee as liquidated damages and not as a penalty (provided that an Event of Default by Manager is not then existing beyond any cure or grace periods set forth in this Agreement) in an amount equal to the estimated Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee that was estimated to be paid to Manager with respect to such Hotel pursuant to the Annual Operating Budget for the remaining Accounting Periods until the first anniversary of the Commencement Date for such Hotel (irrespective of the Management Fees paid to Manager prior to the date of the Termination with respect to such Hotel). If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 2.03(a) with respect to a Hotel after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date applicable to such Hotel, then no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee for such Hotel.

 

(b)            Termination Due to Failure to Satisfy Performance Test.

 

(i)            Performance Test. Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel after the base 10 year term of this Agreement applicable to such Hotel, subject to the payment of a termination fee as set forth in subsection (ii) below, in the event of the occurrence of the following with respect to the Hotel (collectively herein called, the “Performance Test”):

 

(1)            If for any Fiscal Year (a) the Hotel’s Gross Operating Profit Margin for such Fiscal Year is less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the average Gross Operating Profit Margin of comparable hotels in similar markets and geographic locations to the Hotel as reasonably determined by Lessee and Manager, and (b) such Hotel’s REVPAR Yield Penetration is less than the Targeted REVPAR Yield Penetration for such Fiscal Year (herein (a) and (b) collectively called “Performance Failure”); then

 

(2)            Manager shall have a period of two (2) years, commencing with the next ensuing Fiscal Year (the “Performance Cure Period”), to cure the Performance Failure after Manager’s receipt of Notice from Lessee of such Performance Failure and Lessee’s intent to terminate this Agreement with respect to the Hotel if the Performance Failure is not cured within such Performance Cure Period; and

 

13

 

 

(3)            If after the first full Fiscal Year during the Performance Cure Period, the Performance Failure remains uncured, then upon written Notice to Manager by Lessee, Manager shall engage a consultant reasonably acceptable to Manager and Lessee (with significant experience in the hotel lodging industry) to make a written determination (within forty-five (45) days of such Notice) as to whether another management company (with comparable breadth of knowledge and experience as Manager, including with respect to number and type of hotels managed in similar markets and geographical areas) could manage the Hotel in a materially more efficient manner. If such consultant determination is in the negative, then Manager will be deemed not to be in default under the Performance Test. If such consultant determination is in the affirmative, then Manager agrees to engage such consultant (such cost and expense to be shared by Lessee and Manager equally) to assist Manager during the second Fiscal Year of the Performance Cure Period with the cure of the Performance Failure; and

 

(4)            If after the end of the Performance Cure Period, the Performance Failure remains uncured and the consultant again makes a written determination that another management company (with comparable breadth of knowledge and experience as Manager, including with respect to number and type of hotels managed in similar markets and geographical areas) could manage the Hotel in a materially more efficient manner, then Lessee may, at its election, terminate this Agreement upon forty-five (45) days’ prior Notice to Manager.

 

(ii)            Termination Fees. If Lessee elects to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel for failure to satisfy the Performance Test, Lessee shall pay to Manager as liquidated damages but not as a penalty, a termination fee (provided that there does not then exist an Event of Default by Manager under this Agreement beyond any applicable cure periods) in the amount equal to 60% of the product obtained by multiplying (A) 65% of the aggregate Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees budgeted in the Annual Operating Budget applicable to the Hotel for the full current Fiscal Year in which such termination is to occur (but in no event less than the Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees for the preceding full Fiscal Year) by (B) nine (9).

 

(iii)            Finance Reports. Determinations of the performance of the Hotel shall be in accordance with the audited annual financial statements delivered by Lessee’s accountant pursuant to Section 15.03 hereof.

 

(iv)            Extension of Performance Cure Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Performance Cure Period (a) Lessee is in material default under any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) Lessee has terminated, terminates or causes a termination of the Franchise Agreement (other than defaults due to Manager) and does not obtain a new franchise agreement with a comparable franchisor, or (c) the operation of the Hotel or the use of the Hotel’s facilities are materially disrupted by casualty, condemnation, or events of Force Majeure that are beyond the reasonable control of Manager, or by major repairs to or major refurbishment of the Hotel, then, for such period, the Performance Cure Period shall be extended.

 

(v)            Renewal Period. If at the time of Manager’s exercise of a renewal period with respect to a Hotel, such Hotel is within a Performance Cure Period, the exercise of such renewal period shall be conditional upon timely cure of the Performance Failure, and if such Performance Failure is not timely cured, then, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Lessee may elect to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.03(b) without payment of any termination fee.

 

14

 

 

(c)            Termination For Convenience. Lessee may terminate this Agreement with respect to a particular Hotel for convenience (except if due to a Sale of a Hotel whereupon Section 2.03(a) shall govern) upon ninety (90) days Notice to Manager, and shall pay to Manager as liquidated damages but not as a penalty, a termination fee (provided that there does not then exist an Event of Default by Manager under this Agreement beyond any applicable cure or grace periods) in an amount equal to the product of (A) 65% of the aggregate Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees budgeted in the Annual Operating Budget applicable to the Hotel for the full current Fiscal Year in which such termination is to occur (but in no event less than the Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees for the preceding full Fiscal Year) by (B) nine (9).

 

(d)            Payment of Liquidated Damages. WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERMINATION FEES PAYABLE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY EARLY TERMINATION RIGHT SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 2.03, OR IN SECTION 18.04 BELOW, LESSEE RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT, IF THIS AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED WITH RESPECT TO A HOTEL FOR THE REASONS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 2.03 OR IN SECTION 18.04 BELOW, THEREBY ENTITLING MANAGER TO RECEIVE THE TERMINATION FEES AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 2.03 OR IN SECTION 18.04 BELOW, MANAGER WOULD SUFFER AN ECONOMIC LOSS BY VIRTUE OF THE RESULTING LOSS OF MANAGEMENT FEES WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN EARNED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. BECAUSE SUCH FEES VARY IN AMOUNT DEPENDING ON THE TOTAL GROSS REVENUES EARNED AT THE HOTEL AND ACCORDINGLY WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICAL TO ASCERTAIN WITH CERTAINTY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMINATION FEES PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 2.03 AND IN SECTION 18.04 BELOW CONSTITUTE A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO MANAGER FOR PURPOSES OF ANY AND ALL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, AND IT IS AGREED THAT MANAGER SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO MAINTAIN A CAUSE OF ACTION AGAINST LESSEE, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN, FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE TERMINATION FEES IN ANY CONTEXT WHERE THE TERMINATION FEES ARE PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AND RECEIPT OF SUCH FEES (TOGETHER WITH ALL OTHER AMOUNTS DUE AND PAYABLE BY LESSEE TO MANAGER WITH RESPECT TO EVENTS OCCURRING PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE HOTEL OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN) SHALL BE MANAGER’S SOLE REMEDY FOR DAMAGES AGAINST LESSEE IN ANY SUCH CASE. The foregoing shall in no way affect any other sums due Manager under this Article II or otherwise hereunder, including, without limitation, the Management Fees earned during the Term, or any other rights or remedies, at law or in equity of Manager under this Agreement or under Legal Requirements, including any indemnity obligations of Lessee to Manager under this Agreement.

 

15

 

 

Article III
PREMISES

 

Manager shall be responsible, at the sole cost and expense of Lessee, for keeping and maintaining the Premises fully equipped in accordance with plans, specifications, construction safety and fire safety standards, and designs pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, the standards and requirements of a Franchisor pursuant to any applicable Franchise Agreement, any applicable Hotel Mortgage, the Lease and the Capital Improvement Budgets approved pursuant to the terms hereof, subject in all respects to performance by Lessee of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Article IV
APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER

 

4.01        Appointment. Except as otherwise provided in the certain Master Project Management Agreement of even date herewith, among Lessee and Premier Project Management LLC (the “Project Management Agreement”), Lessee hereby appoints Manager as its sole, exclusive and continuing operator and manager to supervise and direct, for and at the expense of Lessee, the management and operation of the Premises under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. In exercising its duties hereunder, Manager shall act as agent and for the account of Lessee. Manager hereby accepts said appointment and agrees to manage the Premises during the Term of this Agreement under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

4.02        Delegation of Authority. The operation of the Premises shall be under the exclusive supervision and control of Manager who, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, shall be responsible for the proper and efficient management and operation of the Premises in accordance with this Agreement, the Lease, the Franchise Agreement, the Capital Improvement Budget and the Annual Operating Budget. Subject to the terms of such agreements and budgets, the Manager shall have discretion and control in all matters relating to the management and operation of the Premises, including, without limitation, charges for rooms and commercial space, the determination of credit policies (including entering into agreements with credit card organizations), food and beverage service and policies, employment policies, procurement of inventories, supplies and services, promotion, advertising, publicity and marketing, and, generally, all activities necessary for the operation of the Premises. Manager shall also be responsible for the receipt, holding and disbursement of funds and maintenance of bank accounts in compliance with the Cash Management Agreement, if applicable.

 

4.03        Contracts, Equipment Leases and Other Agreements. Manager is hereby authorized to grant concessions, lease commercial space and enter into any other contract, equipment lease, agreement or arrangement pertaining to or otherwise reasonably necessary for the normal operation of the Premises (such concession, lease, equipment lease, contract, agreement or arrangement hereinafter being referred to individually as a “Contract” and collectively as “Contracts”) on behalf of Lessee, as may be necessary or advisable and reasonably prudent business judgment in connection with the operation of the Premises and consistent with the Annual Operating Budget, and subject to any restrictions imposed by the Franchise Agreement, Lease or any Hotel Mortgage, and subject to the Lessee’s prior written approval of: (i) any Contract which provides for a term exceeding one (1) year (unless such Contract is thirty day cancellable with cost, premium or penalty equal to or less than $25,000.00) or (ii) any tenant space lease, license or concession concerning any portion of the public space in or on the Premises for stores, office space, restaurant space, or lobby space. Lessee’s approval of any Contract shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Unless otherwise agreed, all Contracts for the Premises shall be entered into in Lessee’s name. Manager shall make available to Lessee, its agents, and employees, at the Premises during business hours, executed counterparts or certified true copies of all Contracts it enters into pursuant to this Section 4.03.

 

16

 

 

4.04         Alcoholic Beverage/Liquor Licensing Requirements. With respect to any licenses and permits held by Lessee or any of its subsidiaries for the sale of any liquor and alcoholic beverages at any of the Premises, Manager agrees, as part of its management duties and services under this Agreement, to fully cooperate with any applicable liquor and/or alcoholic beverage authority and to assist Lessee with any documentation and other requests of such authority to the extent necessary to comply with any licensing and/or permitting requirements applicable to the Premises.

 

Article V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.01        Lessee Representations. Upon execution of an Addendum, the Lessee identified in the Addendum, in order to induce Manager to enter into this Agreement, will be deemed to hereby represent and warrant to Manager as of the date of such Addendum as follows:

 

(a)            The execution of this Agreement is permitted by the organizational documents of Lessee and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Lessee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Lessee enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(b)            There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending, or, to the best knowledge and belief of Lessee, threatened, against or relating to Lessee, the properties or businesses of Lessee or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which does, or may reasonably be expected to, materially or adversely affect the ability of Lessee to enter into this Agreement or to carry out its obligations hereunder, and, to the best knowledge and belief of Lessee, there is no basis for any such claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation except as has been fully disclosed in writing by Lessee to Manager;

 

(c)            Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the part of Lessee to be performed, nor the fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, conflicts with or will result in the breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, instrument or undertaking to which Lessee is a party or by which it is bound;

 

17

 

 

(d)            No approval of any third party (including any Landlord or the Holder of any Hotel Mortgage in effect as of the date of this Agreement) is required for Lessee’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement that has not been obtained prior to the execution hereof;

 

(e)            Lessee holds all required governmental approvals required (if applicable) to be held by it to own or lease the Hotel; and

 

(f)            As of the date of this Agreement there are no defaults under the Lease (if any).

 

5.02        Manager Representations. Upon execution of an Addendum, Manager, in order to induce Lessee to enter into this Agreement, will be deemed to hereby represent and warrant to Lessee as of the date of such Addendum as follows:

 

(a)            The execution of this Agreement is permitted by the organizational documents of Manager and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Manager and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Manager enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(b)            There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending, or, to the best knowledge and belief of Manager, threatened, against or relating to Manager, the properties or business of Manager or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which does, or may reasonably be expected to, materially or adversely affect the ability of Manager to enter into this Agreement or to carry out its obligations hereunder, and, to the best knowledge and belief of Manager, there is no basis for any such claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation, except as has been fully disclosed in writing by Manager to Lessee;

 

(c)            Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the part of Manager to be performed, nor the fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, conflicts with or will result in the breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, instrument or undertaking to which Manager is a party or by which it is bound;

 

18

 

 

(d)            No approval of any third party is required for Manager’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement that has not been obtained prior to the execution and delivery hereof;

 

(e)            Manager holds all required governmental approvals required to be held by it to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(f)            Manager qualifies as an Eligible Independent Contractor, and during the Term of this Agreement, agrees to continue to qualify as an Eligible Independent Contractor.

 

Article VI
OPERATION

 

6.01         Name of Premises; Standard of Operation. During the Term of this Agreement, the Premises shall be known and operated by Manager as a hotel licensed with the applicable Franchisor as noted on Exhibit C to each Addendum, with additional identification as may be necessary to provide local identification, provided Manager and/or Lessee have obtained and are successful in continuously maintaining the right to so operate the Premises, which Manager agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to do. Manager agrees to manage the Premises, for the account of Lessee, and so far as is legally possible, in accordance with the Annual Operating Budget and Applicable Standards subject to Force Majeure. In the event of termination of a Franchise Agreement for one or more of the Premises, Manager shall operate such Premises under such other franchise agreement, if any, as Lessee enters into or obtains as franchisee. If the name of a Franchisor’s hotel system is changed, Lessee shall have the right to change the name of the applicable Hotel to conform thereto.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, Manager’s obligation with respect to operating and managing the Hotel in accordance with any Hotel Mortgage, Ground Lease, the Lease and the CCRs shall be limited to the extent (i) true and complete copies thereof have been made available to Manager by Lessee reasonably sufficient in advance to allow Manager to manage the Hotel in compliance with such documents, and (ii) the provisions thereof and/or compliance with such provisions by Manager (a) are applicable to the day-to-day management, maintenance and routine repair and replacement of the Hotel, the FF&E or any portion thereof, (b) do not require contribution of funds from Manager, (c) do not materially increase Manager’s obligations hereunder or materially decrease Manager’s rights or benefits hereunder, (d) do not limit or restrict, or attempt to limit or restrict any corporate activity or transaction with respect to Manager or any Manager Affiliate Entity or any other activity, transfer, transaction, property or other matter involving Manager or the Manager Affiliate Entities other than at the Site of the Hotel and (e) are otherwise within the scope of Manager’s duties under this Agreement. Lessee acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the foregoing, that any failure of (i) Lessee to comply with the provisions of any Hotel Mortgage, Ground Lease, the Lease and the CCRs or Legal Requirements or (ii) Manager to comply with the provisions of any such agreements or Legal Requirements arising out of, in the case of both (i) and (ii), (A) the condition of the Hotel, and/or the failure of the Hotel to comply with the provisions of such agreements, prior to the Commencement Date, (B) construction activities at the Hotel prior to the Commencement Date, (C) inherent limitations in the design and/or construction of, location of the Hotel and/or parking at the Hotel prior to the Commencement Date, (D) failure of Lessee to provide funds, from operations or otherwise, sufficient to allow timely compliance with the provisions of the Applicable Standards or the Lease, the Ground Lease, any Hotel Mortgage and/or the CCRs through reasonable and customary business practices, and/or (E) Lessee’s failure to approve any matter reasonably requested by Manager in Manager’s good faith business judgment as necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with such items, shall not be deemed a breach by Manager of its obligations under this Agreement. Manager and Lessee agree, that Manager may from time to time, so long as Manager is in compliance with the Franchise Agreement and Legal Requirements, provide collateral marketing materials in the rooms of the Hotel which advertise other hotels or programs of Manager or its Affiliates (including, through a dedicated television channel in the rooms of the Hotel), at the sole cost and expense of Manager, provided such other hotels or programs being marketed by Manager are not competing directly in the same market with the Hotel where the marketing materials and information are being placed by Manager.

 

19

 

 

6.02         Use of Premises. Manager shall use the Premises solely for the operation of the Hotel in accordance with the Applicable Standards and for all activities in connection therewith which are customary and usual to such an operation. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Manager shall comply with and abide by all applicable Legal Requirements, and the requirements of any insurance companies covering any of the risks against which the Premises are insured, any Hotel Mortgage, the Ground Lease, the Lease, and the Franchise Agreement. If there are insufficient funds in the Operating Account to make any expenditure required to remedy non-compliance with such Legal Requirements or with the requirements of any Hotel Mortgage, the Ground Lease, the Lease, or the Franchise Agreement or applicable insurance, Manager shall promptly notify Lessee of such non-compliance and estimated cost of curing such non-compliance. If Lessee fails to make funds available for the expenditure so requested by Manager within thirty (30) days, Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Manager harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses and other liabilities incurred by Manager resulting from such non-compliance (which such indemnity shall survive any termination of this Agreement). In no event shall Manager be required to make available or distribute, as applicable, sexually explicit materials or items of any kind, whether through retail stores or gift shops located at the Hotel or through “pay for view” programming in the guest rooms of the Hotel.

 

6.03         Group Services. Manager may cause to be furnished to the Premises certain services (“Group Services”) which are furnished generally on a central or regional basis to other hotels managed by Manager or any Manager Affiliate Entity and which benefit each hotel managed by Manager including, by way of example and not by way of limitation, (i) sales, marketing, advertising, promotion, public relations, distribution strategy & revenue management; (ii) centralized accounting payroll processing, ADP management, management and administration of accounts payable, accounts receivable and cash management accounting and MIS support services; (iii) the preparation and maintenance of the general ledger and journal entries, internal audit, budgeting and financial statement preparation, (iv) recruiting, training, career development, performance management and relocation in accordance with Manager’s or any Manager Affiliate Entities’ relocation plan; (v) employee benefits administration; (vi) engineering, capital management and risk management; (vii) information technology; (viii) legal support (such as license and permit coordination, filing and completion, standardized contracts, negotiation and preparation, and similar legal services benefiting the Hotel); (ix) purchasing arising out of ordinary hotel operations; (x) internal audit services; (xi) reservation systems; and (xii) such other additional services as are or may be, from time to time, furnished for the benefit of Manager’s or any Manager Affiliate Entities’ hotels or in substitution for services now performed at Manager’s individual hotels which may be more efficiently performed on a group basis. Manager shall assure that the costs and expenses incurred in providing Group Services to the Premises shall be incurred at a cost consistent with the Annual Operating Budget and shall constitute Deductions. All Group Services provided by Manager shall be of a quality comparable to which Manager could obtain from other providers for similar services.

 

20

 

 

6.04         Right to Inspect. Lessee, the beneficial owners of Lessee, the Landlord (to the extent permitted under the Lease), any Holder under any Hotel Mortgage (to the extent permitted under such Hotel Mortgage), and their respective agents, shall have access to the Premises at any and all reasonable times for any purpose. Manager will be available to consult with and advise such parties, at their reasonable request, concerning all policies and procedures affecting all phases of the conduct of business at the Hotel.

 

Article VII
WORKING CAPITAL AND INVENTORIES

 

7.01         Working Capital and Inventories. The Lessee shall cause funds to be deposited in one or more operating accounts established by Manager, in amounts sufficient to operate the Premises in accordance with the Annual Operating Budget, including the establishment and maintenance of positive Working Capital and Inventories as reasonably determined by Manager. All Working Capital and Inventories are and shall remain the property of Lessee. In the event Lessee fails to advance funds which are necessary in order to maintain positive Working Capital and Inventories at reasonable levels for a Hotel, Manager shall have the right to elect to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Lessee with respect to the affected applicable Hotel. During such sixty (60) day period, Lessee and Manager shall use reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute over such Working Capital and Inventory requirements. If such dispute is not resolved, then this Agreement shall terminate with respect to the affected applicable Hotel on the sixtieth (60th) day following Manager’s delivery of written notice of termination as provided above. If such dispute is resolved, then the notice will be deemed rescinded and this Agreement shall not be terminated pursuant to the notice with respect to the affected applicable Hotel. Further, if Manager should so terminate this Agreement with respect to the affected applicable Hotel and if Manager in good faith incurs expenditures, or otherwise accrues liabilities in accordance with the Annual Operating Budget and variances allowed herein, in each case, prior to the date of termination, Lessee agrees to promptly indemnify and hold Manager harmless from and against (i) any and all liabilities, costs and expenses properly incurred by Manager in connection with the operations of the applicable Hotel through the date of Termination with respect to such Hotel, and (ii) any and all liabilities, costs and expenses properly incurred by Manager as a result of Lessee’s failure to perform any obligation or pay any liability arising under any service, maintenance, franchise or other agreements, employment relationships (other than Excluded Employee Claims), leases or contracts pertaining to the applicable Hotel after Termination with respect to such Hotel. Lessee acknowledges that liabilities arising in connection with the operation and management of the applicable Hotel including, without limitation, all Deductions, incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, are and shall remain the obligations of Lessee, and Manager shall have no liability therefor unless otherwise expressly provided herein. In the event of a Termination by Manager pursuant to this Section 7.01, Manager shall be entitled to a termination fee as liquidated damages but not as a penalty, as set forth in connection with a termination for convenience as described in Section 2.03(c) and subject to Section 2.03(d) above.

 

21

 

 

7.02         Fixed Asset Supplies. Lessee shall provide the funds necessary to supply the Premises initially with Fixed Asset Supplies as reasonably determined by Manager consistent with the cost budgeted therefor in the Annual Operating Budget and otherwise consistent with the intent of the parties that the level of such supplies will be adequate for the proper and efficient operation of the Premises at the Applicable Standards. Fixed Asset Supplies shall remain the property of Lessee.

 

Article VIII
MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT AND CHANGES

 

8.01         Routine Repairs and Maintenance. Manager, at the expense of Lessee, shall maintain the Premises in good repair and condition as is required by the Applicable Standards. Manager, on behalf of Lessee, shall make or cause to be made such routine maintenance, repairs and minor alterations as Manager from time to time deems reasonably necessary for such purposes, the cost of which: (i) can be expensed under GAAP, (ii) shall be paid from Gross Revenues, and treated as a Deduction, and (iii) are consistent with the Annual Operating Budget. Manager acknowledges that all non routine repairs and maintenance, either to the Premises’ building or its FF&E pursuant to the Capital Improvement Budget approved by Lessee and Landlord will be managed pursuant to the Project Management Agreement. Manager and Lessee shall use their respective best efforts to prevent any liens from being filed against the Premises which arise from any maintenance, changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements in or to the Premises. Lessee and Manager shall cooperate fully in obtaining the release of any such liens. If the lien arises as a result of the fault of either party, then the party at fault shall bear the cost of obtaining the lien release.

 

8.02         Capital Improvement Reserve.

 

(a)            Manager shall establish (on behalf of Landlord), in respect of each Fiscal Year during the term of this Agreement, a reserve account on each Hotel’s books of account (“Capital Improvement Reserve”) to cover the cost of:

 

(i)            Replacements and renewals to the Premises’ FF&E; and

 

(ii)            Certain non-routine repairs and maintenance to the Hotel’s building(s) which are normally capitalized under GAAP such as, but not limited to, exterior and interior repainting, resurfacing, building walls, floors, roofs and parking areas, and replacing folding walls and the like, and major repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacement to the Hotel’s building structure or to its mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing or vertical transportation systems.

 

(b)            For each Fiscal Year, the Capital Improvement Reserve shall be an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the Hotel’s Gross Revenues for the applicable year (or greater if required by any Landlord, Holder or Franchisor), or in such other amount as agreed to by Landlord, Lessee and Manager.

 

22

 

 

Payments of the percentage amounts specified above shall be made on an interim accounting basis as specified in Section 11.02 hereof. Calculations and payments from the Capital Improvement Reserve made with respect to each Accounting Period shall be accounted for cumulatively for each Fiscal Year. After the close of each Fiscal Year, any adjustments required by the Fiscal Year accounting shall be made by Manager. Any proceeds from the sale of the Premises’ FF&E no longer necessary to the operations of the Premises shall also be credited to the Capital Improvement Reserve. All payments from the Capital Improvement Reserve shall be reserved and paid from Gross Revenues. Such payments and sale proceeds shall be placed in an escrow account or accounts consistent with the requirements of the Cash Management Agreement, if any. Any interest earned in said account attributable to funds deposited pursuant to this Agreement shall be added to such Capital Improvement Reserve, thereby reducing the amount required to be placed in the account from Gross Revenues.

 

(c)            Lessee shall retain the right to direct the management, coordination, planning and execution of the Capital Improvement Budget and all major repositionings of the Hotel, including any project related services, including, without limitation, construction management, interior design, architectural, FF&E purchasing, FF&E expediting and freight management, FF&E warehousing, and FF&E installation and supervision. Except as hereinafter provided, no expenditures will be made except as otherwise provided in the Capital Improvement Budget without the approval of Lessee and Landlord, and provided further, however, that if any such expenditures which are required by reason of any (i) emergency, or (ii) applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) the terms of the Franchise Agreement, or (iv) are otherwise required for the continued safe and orderly operation of the Hotel, Manager shall immediately give Lessee and Landlord notice thereof and shall be authorized to take appropriate remedial action without such approval whenever there is a clear and present danger to life, limb or property of the Hotel or its guests or employees. At the end of each Fiscal Year any amount remaining in the Capital Improvement Reserve in excess of the amounts unspent but contemplated to be spent pursuant to the Capital Improvement Budget for such Fiscal Year or as otherwise approved by Lessee and Landlord may be withdrawn by the Lessee on behalf of Landlord.

 

(d)            All changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements made pursuant to this Article VIII shall be the property of Lessee or Landlord.

 

(e)            Manager shall prepare a budget (“Capital Improvement Budget”) of the expenditures necessary for replacement of the Premises’ FF&E and building repairs of the nature contemplated by Section 8.01 during the ensuing Fiscal Year and shall provide such Capital Improvement Budget to Lessee and Landlord for approval at the same time Manager submits the Annual Operating Budget. The Capital Improvement Budget shall not be deemed accepted by Lessee and Landlord in the absence of their respective express written approval. Not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee and Landlord of a proposed Capital Improvement Budget (or such longer period as Lessee and Landlord may reasonably request on Notice to the Manager), Lessee and/or Landlord may deliver a Notice (a “CIB Objection Notice”) to the Manager stating that Lessee and/or Landlord objects to any information contained in or omitted from such proposed Capital Improvement Budget and setting forth the nature of such objections with reasonable specificity. Failure of Lessee and/or Landlord to deliver a CIB Objection Notice shall be deemed rejection of the Manager’s proposed Capital Improvement Budget in its entirety. Upon receipt of any CIB Objection Notice, the Manager shall, after consultation with Lessee and Landlord, modify the proposed Capital Improvement Budget, taking into account Lessee’s and/or Landlord’s objections, and shall resubmit the same to Lessee and Landlord for Lessee’s approval within fifteen (15) days thereafter, and Lessee and/or Landlord may deliver further CIB Objection Notices (if any) within fifteen (15) days thereafter (in which event, the re-submission and review process described above in this sentence shall continue until the proposed Capital Improvement Budget in question is accepted and consented to by Lessee and Landlord). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lessee and Landlord shall have the right at any time subsequent to the acceptance and consent with respect to any Capital Improvement Budget, on Notice to the Manager, to revise, with the reasonable approval of Manager, such Capital Improvement Budget or to request that the Manager prepare for Lessee’s and/or Landlord’s approval a revised Capital Improvement Budget, taking into account such circumstances as Lessee and Landlord deem appropriate.

 

23

 

 

(f)            It is the intent of Manager and Lessee to maintain the Premises in conformance with the Applicable Standards. Accordingly, as the Hotel ages, if the Capital Improvement Reserve established pursuant to the terms hereof is insufficient to meet such standards, and if the Capital Improvement Budget prepared in good faith by Manager and approved by Lessee and Landlord exceeds the available and anticipated funds in the Capital Improvement Reserve, Lessee, Landlord and Manager will consider the matter and Lessee and Landlord may elect to:

 

(i)            increase the annual reserve provision to provide the additional funds required; or

 

(ii)            obtain financing for the additional funds required.

 

Article IX
EMPLOYEES

 

9.01         Employee Hiring. Manager will hire, train, promote, supervise, direct the work of and discharge all personnel working on the Premises pursuant to this Agreement. Manager shall be the sole judge of the fitness and qualification of such personnel and is vested with absolute discretion in the hiring, discharging, supervision, and direction of such personnel during the course of their employment and in the operation of the Premises.

 

9.02        Costs; Benefit Plans.

 

(a)            Manager shall fix the employees’ terms of compensation and establish and maintain all policies relating to employment, so long as they are reasonable and in accordance with the Applicable Standards and the Annual Operating Budget. Without limiting the foregoing, Manager may, consistent with the applicable budgets, enroll the employees of the Hotel in pension, medical and health, life insurance, and similar employee benefit plans (“Benefit Plans”) substantially similar to plans reasonably necessary to attract and retain employees and generally remain competitive. The Benefit Plans may be joint plans for the benefit of employees at more than one hotel owned, leased or managed by Manager or Manager Affiliate Entities. Employer contributions to such plans (including any withdrawal liability incurred upon Termination of this Agreement) and reasonable administrative fees, which Manager may expend in connection therewith, shall be the responsibility of Lessee and shall be a Deduction. The administrative expenses of any joint plans will be equitably apportioned by Manager among properties covered by such plan.

 

24

 

 

(b)            Manager may elect to enroll employees in a medical and health Benefit Plan that is a self insured health plan (the “Plan”). The costs incurred by Manager in operating and managing the Plan for a Plan year, including, without limitation, the administration and payment of claims, costs and fees of third party administration and gateway or reference pricing services, and premiums for stop-loss insurance and reinsurance policies are referred to herein as “Health Plan Costs”. Prior to the commencement of each Plan year, Manager shall in good faith establish premium levels for employee individual and family coverages based, in part on, the Mercer National Survey of Employer Sponsored Health Plans and the Segal Health Plan Cost Trend Survey (the “Health Care Premiums”). The amount of employer contribution to Health Care Premiums for each employee at a Hotel shall be a Deduction for such Hotel, and Manager may periodically draw down from Gross Revenues for the Hotel the amount of such employer contribution to Health Care Premiums as same become payable under the terms of the Plan. Manager shall establish an account into which all Health Care Premiums for the Plan shall be deposited and out of which Health Plan Costs shall be paid (collectively, the “Plan Account”). Manager may utilize a single Plan Account to pool the Health Care Premiums for all or any number of Hotels or properties covered by the Plan, including properties not leased by Lessee or its designees. Upon implementation of a Plan, Lessee shall initially fund into a separate reserve (the “Reserve Account”) an aggregate cash amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the estimated Health Plan Costs for the first Plan year allocable to all of the Hotels leased by Lessee which are covered by the Plan (the “Plan Reserve”). The Plan Reserve may pool the reserve funds collected pursuant to any similar requirement contained in any other management agreement covering properties covered by the Plan. Thereafter, Lessee shall be responsible to maintain the level of the Plan Reserve in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the estimated Health Plan Costs allocable to the Hotels for the then current Plan year plus an additional amount for incurred but not reported claims (“INBR”), as same may be adjusted from time to time during such Plan year (the “Minimum Plan Reserve Balance”). Manager may transfer funds (a) from the Plan Reserve to the Plan Account as reasonably necessary to maintain at all times sufficient amounts in the Plan Account to pay Health Plan Costs allocable to the Hotels when due and payable, and (b) from the Plan Account to the Plan Reserve if Manager reasonably determines that the balance in the Plan Account (whether by deposit of Health Care Premiums or transfers from the Plan Reserve) exceeds that which is reasonably necessary to pay Health Plan Costs allocable to the Hotels when due and payable. If at any time during any Plan year the balance in the Plan Reserve allocable to the Hotels falls below the Minimum Plan Reserve Balance, including by reason of transfers of funds to the Plan Account or an increase in the estimated Health Plan Costs allocable to the Hotels for the then current Plan year (the “Reserve Shortfall”), Lessee shall deposit into the Reserve Account the amount of the Reserve Shortfall within ten (10) days after receipt of Manager’s written or emailed request therefore. If Lessee fails to timely deposit the Reserve Shortfall, Manager shall have the right (in addition to Manager’s other remedies under this Agreement) to draw down from Gross Revenues for the Hotels the amount of the Reserve Shortfall. If Gross Revenues are not sufficient to fund the Reserve Shortfall, Manager shall have the right to withdraw the amount of the Reserve Shortfall from the Operating Accounts, the Capital Improvements Reserves, Working Capital or any other funds of Lessee held by or under the control of Manager for the Hotels. Manager may elect in connection with the Plan to make contributions to health reimbursement accounts (HRA) or health savings accounts (HSA) maintained for the benefit of employees (“HRA/HSA Fundings”). In the event Manager makes HRA/HSA Fundings for employees at a Hotel, such HRA/HSA Fundings shall not be considered Health Care Costs, but shall be a Deduction for such Hotel and shall be treated hereunder in the same manner as other Employee Costs and Expenses.

 

25

 

 

9.03         Manager’s Employees. It is expressly understood and agreed that all such personnel employed at the Hotel pursuant to this Agreement, including the Manager’s acting General Manager for the Hotel, will be the employees of Manager for all purposes including, without limitation, federal, state and local tax and reporting purposes, but the expense incurred in connection therewith will be a Deduction and for Lessee’s account. A General Manager’s compensation may be allocated to other Hotels on a fair and equitable basis if the General Manager oversees and supervises other Hotel operations. Manager shall use such care when hiring any employees as may be common to the hospitality business and consistent with the Manager’s standards of operation. Lessee acknowledges and agrees that Manager, as the employer of the Hotel’s employees, shall be entitled to all federal, state and/or local tax credits or benefits allowed to employers relating to the Hotel’s employees including, without limitation, the Work Opportunity Tax Credit, the Targeted Jobs Tax Credit, and similar tax credits (provided that Manager shall pay all incremental fees, if applicable, to qualify for such tax credits). Manager, in accordance with the Annual Operating Budget, may draw down from Gross Revenues all costs and expenses, of whatever nature, incurred in connection with such employees, including, but not limited to, wages, salaries, on-site staff, bonuses, commissions, fringe benefits, employee benefits, recruitment costs, workmen’s compensation and unemployment insurance premiums, payroll taxes, vacation and sick leave (collectively, “Employee Costs and Expenses”).

 

9.04        Special Projects - Corporate Employees. The costs, fees, compensation and other expenses of any persons engaged by Manager to perform duties of a special nature, directly related to the operation of the Premises, including, but not limited to, in-house or outside counsel, accountants, bookkeepers, auditors, employment search firms, marketing and sales firms, and similar firms of personnel, shall be operating expenses, payable from and consistent with the Annual Operating Budget and not the responsibility of the Manager. The costs, fees, compensation and other expenses of those personnel of Manager assigned to special projects for the Hotel shall also be operating expenses payable by the Lessee and not the responsibility of Manager. The daily per diem rate for those personnel shall be based upon the actual costs of Manager in providing its personnel for such special services or projects, without mark-up for fee or profit but including salary and employee benefit costs and costs of equipment used in performing such services, overhead costs, travel costs and long distance telephone. Such special services shall include, but not be limited to, those matters which are not included within the scope of the duties to be performed by Manager hereunder and, if not provided by Lessee, would involve the Lessee’s engagement of a third party to perform such services; for example, special sales or marketing programs, market reviews, assistance in opening new food and beverage facilities, legal services, accounting services, tax services, insurance services, data processing, engineering personnel, and similar services.

 

26

 

 

9.05         Termination. At Termination, subject to Section 2.01 above, Lessee shall reimburse Manager for costs and expenses incurred by Manager which arise out of either the transfer or termination of Manager’s employees at the Hotel, such as reasonable transfer costs, compensation in lieu of vacation and sick leave, severance pay (including a reasonable allowance for severance pay for Executive Employees of the Hotel, the amount of such allowance not to exceed an amount equal to Manager’s then current severance benefits for such terminated Executive Employees, unless Lessee otherwise approves), unemployment compensation, employer liability pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA liability) and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (WARN Act) and other employment liability costs arising out of the termination of the employment of the Manager’s employees at the Premises (herein collectively called “Employee Related Termination Costs”). This reimbursement obligation shall not apply to any corporate personnel of Manager assigned to the Hotel for special projects or who perform functions for Manager at the corporate level. In order to be reimbursable hereunder, any Employee Related Termination Costs must be pursuant to policies of Manager which shall be consistent with those of other managers managing similar hotels in similar markets and geographical locations and which shall be subject to review and reasonable approval of Lessee from time to time upon Notice from Lessee and which review and approval shall occur no more than one time during each Fiscal Year during the term of this Agreement.

 

At Termination, an escrow fund shall be established from Gross Revenues (or, if Gross Revenues are not sufficient, with funds provided by Lessee) to reimburse Manager for all reimbursable Employee Related Termination Costs.

 

Employee Related Termination Costs shall include Health Plan Costs allocable to the Hotels that become payable under a Plan following a Termination. Manager shall be entitled to hold the balance of funds in the Plan Reserve to pay such Health Plan Costs as they become due for the following periods of time (the “Contingency Period”): (a) six (6) months following Termination with respect to Health Plan Costs relating to claims incurred prior to Termination, and eighteen (18) months following Termination with respect to COBRA liability (or such earlier date upon which there are no employees electing COBRA coverage relating to such Termination) (the “Contingent Costs”). In addition, in the event Manager reasonably determines that the balance of funds in the Plan Reserve is not sufficient to cover Manager’s estimate of Contingent Costs, Lessee shall deposit into the Plan Account on or before the date of Termination or following a Termination, within ten (10) days after receipt of Manager’s written request therefore, the amount that Manager reasonably determines is sufficient to cover Manager’s estimate of Contingent Costs (the “Contingent Shortfall”). If Lessee fails to timely deposit the Contingent Shortfall, Manager shall have the right (in addition to Manager’s other remedies under this Agreement) to draw down from Gross Revenues for the Hotels the amount of the Contingent Shortfall. If Gross Revenues are not sufficient to fund the Contingent Shortfall, Manager shall have the right to withdraw the amount of the Contingent Shortfall from the Operating Accounts, the Capital Improvement Reserves, Working Capital or any other funds of Lessee held by or under the control of Manager for the Hotel(s). Following the expiration of the Contingency Period for a Termination of this Agreement in its entirety, any balance remaining in the Plan Reserve shall be returned to Lessee.

 

27

 

 

 

9.06         Employee Use of Hotel. Manager, in its discretion, may (i) provide lodging for Manager’s Executive Employees and corporate staff visiting the Hotel in connection with the performance of Manager’s services hereunder and allow them the use of the facilities of the Hotel, and (ii) provide the management of the Hotel with temporary living quarters within the Hotel and the use of all facilities of the Hotel, in either case at a discounted price or without charge, as the case may be. Manager shall, on a space available basis, provide lodging at the Hotel for Lessee’s employees, officers and directors visiting the Hotel and allow them the use of all facilities of the Hotel in either case without charge, except for recreational facilities for which a charge will apply.

 

9.07         Non-Solicitation. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, unless an Event of Default by Manager exists under this Agreement beyond applicable grace or cure periods, or the Agreement has been terminated as a result of an uncured Event of Default by Manager, Lessee agrees that it (and its Affiliates) will not, without the prior written consent of Manager, either directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any other person or entity, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any general manager (each a “General Manager” and, collectively, “General Managers”) of the Hotel or any other hotels managed by Manager or any of Manager’s Executive Employees (collectively, the General Manager and Executive Employees are herein called the “Key Employees”) to terminate, alter or lessen Key Employees’ employment or affiliation with Manager or to violate the terms of any agreement or understanding between any such Key Employee and Manager, as the case may be, or (ii) employ, retain, or contract with any Key Employee.

 

Article X
BUDGET, STANDARDS AND CONTRACTS

 

10.01       Annual Operating Budget. Not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the beginning of each Fiscal Year, Manager shall submit to Lessee for each Hotel, a budget (the “Annual Operating Budget”) setting forth in detail an estimated profit and loss statement for the next twelve (12) Accounting Periods, or for the balance of the Fiscal Year in the event of a partial first Fiscal Year, including a schedule of hotel room rentals and other rentals and a marketing and business plan for each Hotel, such budget to be substantially in the format of Exhibit “D” attached to the Addendum for such Hotel.

 

10.02       Budget Approval. The Annual Operating Budget submitted to Lessee by Manager shall be subject to the approval of Lessee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). The Annual Operating Budget shall not be deemed accepted by Lessee in the absence of its express written approval. Not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee of a proposed Annual Operating Budget (or such longer period as Lessee may reasonably request on Notice to Manager), Lessee may deliver an AOB Objection Notice with reasonable detail to the Manager stating that Lessee objects to any information contained in or omitted from such proposed Annual Operating Budget and setting forth the nature of such objections with reasonable specificity. Failure of Lessee to deliver an AOB Objection Notice shall be deemed rejection of the Manager’s proposed Annual Operating Budget in its entirety. Upon receipt of any AOB Objection Notice, the Manager shall, after consultation with Lessee, modify the proposed Annual Operating Budget, taking into account Lessee’s objections, and shall resubmit the same to Lessee for Lessee’s approval within fifteen (15) days thereafter, and Lessee may deliver further AOB Objection Notices (if any) within fifteen (15) days thereafter (in which event, the re-submission and review process described above in this sentence shall continue until the proposed Annual Operating Budget in question is accepted and consented to by Lessee). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lessee shall have the right at any time subsequent to the acceptance and consent with respect to any Annual Operating Budget, on Notice to the Manager, to revise such Annual Operating Budget or to request that the Manager prepare for Lessee’s approval a revised Annual Operating Budget (with the approval of Manager, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), taking into account such circumstances as Lessee deems appropriate; provided, however, that the revision of an Annual Operating Budget shall not be deemed a revocation of the Manager’s authority with respect to such actions as the Manager may have already taken prior to receipt of such revision notice in implementing a previously approved budget or plan. Lessee and Manager acknowledge and agree that the Annual Operating Budgets are merely forecasts of operating revenues and expenses for an ensuing year and shall be revised, by agreement of Lessee and Manager, from time to time as business and operating conditions shall demand. However, Manager shall use its reasonable best efforts to operate the Premises in accordance with the Annual Operating Budget. The failure of the Hotel to perform in accordance with such Annual Operating Budget shall not constitute a default by Manager of this Agreement, however, the Lessee has a right to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel if such Hotel fails to satisfy the Performance Test as set forth in Section 2.03(c) above.

 

28

 

 

10.03       Operation Pending Approval. If the Annual Operating Budget (or any component thereof) has not yet been approved by Lessee prior to any applicable Fiscal Year, then, until approval of such Annual Operating Budget (or such component) by Lessee, Manager shall operate the Hotel substantially in accordance with the prior year’s Annual Operating Budget except for (a) those components of the Annual Operating Budget for the applicable Fiscal Year approved by Lessee, (b) the Necessary Expenses which shall be paid as required, (c) the Emergency Expenses which shall be paid as required, and (d) those expenses that vary in correlation with Gross Revenues and/or occupancy in the aggregate.

 

10.04       Budget Meetings. At each budget meeting and at any additional meetings during a Fiscal Year reasonably called by Lessee or Manager, Manager shall consult with Lessee on matters of policy concerning management, sales, room rates, wage scales, personnel, general overall operating procedures, economics and operation and other matters affecting the operation of the Hotel.

 

Article XI
OPERATING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

11.01       Management Fee. As consideration for the services to be rendered by Manager pursuant to this Agreement as manager and operator of the Premises, Manager shall be paid the following Base Management Fee and Incentive Management Fee (as such terms are hereinafter defined), collectively called the “Management Fee”, for each Hotel on a property by property basis as follows:

 

(a)            Base Management Fee. The base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) shall be equal to the greater of (i) $ 16,897.11 (to be increased annually based on any increases in CPI over the preceding annual period), or (ii) three percent (3%) of the Gross Revenues for each Accounting Period, to be paid monthly in arrears. If this Agreement shall commence or expire on other than the first and last day of a calendar month, respectively, the Base Management Fee shall be apportioned based on the actual number of days of service in the month.

 

29

 

 

(b)            Incentive Fee. The incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) shall be equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of Gross Revenues for each Fiscal Year and (ii) the amount by which the actual House Profit exceeds the Budgeted HP determined on a property by property basis (“HP Test”). The Incentive Fee shall be payable annually in arrears within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year; provided, however, if based on actual operations and revised forecasts from time to time, it is reasonably anticipated that the Incentive Fee is reasonably expected to be earned for such Fiscal Year, Lessee shall pay the Incentive Fee, pro-rata on a monthly basis, within twenty (20) days following the end of each calendar month, subject to final adjustment within ninety (90) days following the end of the Fiscal Year.

 

11.02       Accounting and Interim Payment.

 

(a)            Manager shall submit monthly, pursuant to Section 15.02, an interim accounting to Lessee showing Gross Revenues, Deductions, House Profit, Gross Operating Profit and Net Operating Income before Debt Service.

 

(b)            Calculations and payments of the Base Management Fee made with respect to each Accounting Period shall be made on an interim accounting basis and shall be accounted for cumulatively for each Fiscal Year. After the end of each Fiscal Year, Manager shall submit to Lessee an accounting for such Fiscal Year, consistent with Section 15.03, which accounting shall be controlling over the interim accountings. Any adjustments required by the Fiscal Year accounting shall be made promptly by the parties.

 

(c)            The Incentive Fee shall only be calculated and earned based upon the House Profit achieving the required HP Test for any given Fiscal Year or a portion thereof if the period of calculation cannot include the full period from January 1 to December 31.

 

(d)            If Lessee raises no objection for any reason (excluding fraud) within one (1) year from the receipt of annual accounting statements as provided herein (or for fraud within any applicable statute of limitations period, and if no statute of limitations period exists, then in no event to exceed four (4) years from receipt of annual accounting statements as provided herein), such accounting shall be deemed to have been accepted by Lessee as true and correct, and Lessee shall have no further right to question its accuracy. Manager will provide Lessee profit and loss statements for the current period and year-to-date, including actual, budget and last year comparisons, as required by Section 15.03.

 

30

 

 

Article XII
INSURANCE

 

12.01       Insurance. Manager shall coordinate with Lessee, at all times during any period of development, construction, renovation, furnishing and equipping of the Premises, the procurement and maintenance in amount and scope as available and market for the hotel lodging industry for hotels of similar type and in similar markets and geographical locations as the Hotel, public liability and indemnity and property insurance with minimum limits of liability as required by Lessee, the Landlord, any Holder, or Franchisor, if applicable, to protect Lessee, Landlord, Manager, any Holder, and Franchisor, if applicable, against loss or damage arising in connection with the development, construction, renovation, furnishing and equipping of the Premises (and pre-opening activities, if applicable), including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)            Extended Coverage, Boiler, Business Interruption and Liability Insurance.

 

(b)            Building insurance on the “Special Form” (formerly “All Risk” form) (including earthquake and flood in reasonable amounts as determined by Lessee) in an amount not less than 100% of the then “full replacement cost” thereof (as defined below) or such other amount which is acceptable to Lessee, and personal property insurance on the “Special Form” in the full amount of the replacement cost thereof;

 

(c)            Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from steam boilers, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, now or hereafter installed in the Hotel, in the minimum amount of $5,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary or as may be reasonably requested by Lessee from time to time;

 

(d)            Loss of income insurance on the “Special Form”, in the amount of one year of the sum of Base Rent plus Percentage Rent (as such terms are defined in and as determined pursuant to the Lease) for the benefit of Landlord, and business interruption insurance on the “Special Form” in the amount of one year of Gross Operating Profit, for the benefit of Lessee. All loss of income insurance proceeds shall be part of Gross Revenues;

 

(e)            Commercial general liability insurance, with amounts not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for each occurrence and $2,000,000.00 for the aggregate of all occurrences within each policy year, as well as excess liability (umbrella) insurance with limited of at least $35,000,000 per occurrence, covering each of the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence, personal and advertising injury, general aggregate, products and completed operations, and “all risk legal liability” (including liquor law or “dram shop” liability if liquor or alcoholic beverages are served at the Hotel);

 

(f)             Automobile insurance on vehicles operating in conjunction with the Hotel with limits of liability of at least $1,000,000.00 combined, single limit coverage; and

 

(g)            Insurance covering such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for comparable properties in the area of the Hotel and is available from insurance companies, insurance pools or other appropriate companies authorized to do business in the State where the Hotel is located at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as may be reasonably requested by Lessee and otherwise consistent with the costs allocated therefor in the Annual Operating Budget.

 

(h)            Operational Insurance.

 

(i)             Workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance as may be required under Legal Requirements and as Manager may deem reasonably prudent covering all of Manager’s employees at the Premises, with such deductible limits or self-insured retentions as may be reasonably established from time to time by Manager;

 

31

 

 

(j)             Fidelity bonds, with limits and deductibles as may be reasonably requested by Lessee, covering Manager’s employees in job classifications normally bonded under prudent hotel management practices in the United States or otherwise required by law; and

 

(k)            Such other insurance in amounts as Manager in its reasonable judgment deems advisable for its protection against claims, liabilities and losses arising out of or connected with its performance under this Agreement, and otherwise consistent with the costs allocated therefor in the Annual Operating Budget.

 

12.02       Replacement Cost. The term “full replacement cost” as used herein shall mean the actual replacement cost of the Hotel requiring replacement from time to time including an increased cost of construction endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal. In the event either party to this Agreement believes that full replacement cost (the then-replacement cost less such exclusions) has increased or decreased at any time during the Term, it shall have the right to have such full replacement cost re-determined.

 

12.03       Increase in Limits. If either party to this Agreement at any time deems the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive commercial general liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or insufficient, such parties shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further change pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

 

12.04       Blanket Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article XII, Manager may include the insurance required hereunder within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance carried and maintained by Manager; provided, however, that the coverage afforded to the parties as required herein will not be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under a separate policy meeting all other requirements of this Agreement by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the requirements of this Article XII are otherwise satisfied.

 

12.05       Costs and Expenses. Insurance premiums and any costs or expenses with respect to the insurance, including, without limitation, agent’s and consultant’s costs used to place insurance or adjust claims, shall be Deductions. Premiums on policies for more than one year shall be charged pro-rata against Gross Revenues over the period of the policies and to the extent, through blanket policies, cover other hotels managed by Manager or owned by Lessee or any of its Affiliates, shall be allocated based on rooms, number of employees, values or other methods as determined to be reasonable by Manager and Lessee. Any reserves, losses, costs, damages or expenses which are uninsured, self-insured, or fall within deductible limits shall be treated as a cost of insurance and shall be Deductions, subject to Article XXV.

 

32

 

 

12.06       Policies and Endorsements.

 

(a)            Where permitted, all insurance provided for under this Article XII shall name Lessee as insured, and Manager, any Holder, the Landlord, and, if required, the Franchisor, as additional insureds. The party procuring such insurance shall deliver to the other party certificates of insurance with respect to all policies so procured, including existing, additional and renewal policies and, in the event of insurance about to expire, shall deliver certificates of insurance with respect to the renewal policies not less than ten (10) days prior to the respective dates of expiration.

 

(b)            All policies of insurance provided for under this Article XII shall, to the extent obtainable, be with insurance companies licensed or authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, with a minimum rating of A or better in the Best’s Insurance Guide and an S&P rating of at least A+V (or such higher rating if so required by any Holder, Landlord or Franchisor), and shall have attached thereto an endorsement that such policy shall not be cancelled or materially changed without at least thirty (30) days’ (and for Texas Hotels, ten (10) days’) prior written notice to Lessee. All insurance policies obtained pursuant to this Article XII shall contain a standard waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

12.07       Termination. Upon Termination of this Agreement, an escrow fund in an amount reasonably acceptable to Manager shall be established from Gross Revenues (or, if Gross Revenues are not sufficient, with funds provided by Lessee) to cover the amount of any costs which, in Manager’s reasonable business judgment, will likely need to be paid by either Lessee or Manager with respect to pending or contingent claims, including those which arise after Termination for causes arising during the Term of this Agreement. Upon the final disposition of all such pending or contingent claims, any unexpended funds remaining in such escrow shall be paid to Lessee.

 

Article XIII
TAXES AND DEBT SERVICE

 

13.01       Taxes.

 

(a)            All real estate and ad valorem property taxes, assessments and similar charges on or relating to the Premises during the Term of this Agreement shall be paid by Manager, on behalf of Lessee, before any fine, penalty, or interest is added thereto or lien placed upon the Premises, unless payment thereof is stayed. All such payments shall be reserved and paid from Gross Revenues and treated as Deductions in determining Net Operating Income. Gross Revenues reserved for such purposes shall be placed in an escrow account or accounts established pursuant to the requirements of any applicable Holder. Interest earned in said account attributable to funds deposited pursuant to this Agreement shall be added to such reserve, thereby reducing the amount required to be placed in the account from Gross Revenues.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Lessee’s request, Manager shall, as a Deduction, contest the validity or the amount of any such tax or assessment. Lessee agrees to cooperate with Manager and execute any documents or pleadings required for such purpose, provided that Lessee is satisfied that the facts set forth in such documents or pleadings are accurate and that such execution or cooperation does not impose any unreasonable obligations on Lessee, and Lessee agrees to reimburse Manager as a Deduction for all expenses occasioned to Manager by any such contest, provided that such expenses shall be approved by Lessee prior to the time that they are incurred.

 

33

 

 

13.02       Debt Service; Ground Lease Payments. In the event of a Hotel Mortgage and/or Ground Lease and upon direction of Lessee, Manager shall establish an account (the “Property Service Account”) to pay Debt Service and/or Ground Lease Payments in such periodic payments as required by any applicable Holder under any applicable Hotel Mortgage and/or landlord under any Ground Lease. The Property Service Account shall be funded by Landlord under the Lease from funds paid by Landlord to Lessee. In the event sufficient funds are unavailable for the payment of Debt Service and/or Ground Lease Payments from the Property Service Account, then Manager shall notify Lessee in writing of such insufficiency who shall in turn advise the Landlord under the applicable Lease to replenish the Property Service Account to provide funds for payment of Debt Service and/or Ground Lease Payments.

 

Article XIV
BANK ACCOUNTS

 

All funds made available to Manager by Lessee for operations of the Premises, exclusive of those amounts described in Article VIII, shall be deposited into a banking checking account or accounts to be established in the name of Lessee (the “Operating Account”), consistent with the requirements of any Cash Management Agreement, if any. The Operating Account shall be interest bearing when possible. Subject to the limitation of Manager’s authority set forth herein, both Manager and Lessee shall be authorized to withdraw funds from said Operating Account, except that Lessee may withdraw funds from said account only if an Event of Default by Manager has occurred under this Agreement or an event has occurred that with the passage of time might be an Event of Default by Manager. Prior to any such withdrawal by Lessee, Lessee shall provide Notice of same to Manager, and Manager shall not be liable to Lessee for any checks written by Manager for operating expenses which are returned due to insufficient funds caused by such Lessee withdrawal. From time to time both Manager and Lessee shall designate signatory parties on such account and shall provide written notice of such designation or change in designation to the other party, and the signatures of such persons shall be formally and expressly recognized by the bank in which such account or accounts are maintained. The bank or banks to be utilized shall be selected and approved by Lessee and Manager. All monies received shall be deposited in, including, but not limited to, Gross Revenues, and expenses paid, including, but not limited to, Deductions, shall be paid from such bank checking account(s) except that Manager shall have the right to maintain payroll and petty cash funds and to make payments therefrom as the same are customary and utilized in the lodging business. Such funds shall not be commingled with Manager’s funds. Lessee shall have the right, at its expense, to audit said account or accounts at any reasonable time.

 

Manager may establish one or more separate bank accounts for handling payroll costs in the name of Lessee. Such accounts shall be in a bank selected by Manager and approved by Lessee, and shall be handled exclusively by the individuals designated by Manager and approved in writing by Lessee. Funds shall be deposited in the payroll account or accounts from the Operating Account, as needed, in order to meet payroll requirements.

 

34

 

 

Until otherwise prescribed by Lessee in writing, the Operating Account shall be under the control of Manager, without prejudice, however, to Manager’s obligation to account to Lessee as and when provided herein. All receipts and income, including without limitation, Gross Revenues shall be promptly deposited in the Operating Account. Checks or other documents of withdrawal shall be signed only by the individual representatives of Manager approved in writing by Lessee and duly recognized for such purpose by the bank or banks in which the referenced accounts are maintained. Manager shall supply Lessee with fidelity bonds or other insurance insuring the fidelity of authorized signatories to such accounts, unless said bonds or other insurance shall have been placed by Lessee and delivered directly by the bonding or insurance company to Lessee. The cost of such fidelity bonds or other insurance shall be a Deduction, at Lessee’s expense, and subject to Lessee’s approval. Neither Lessee nor Manager shall be responsible for any losses occasioned by the failure or insolvency of the bank or banks in which the referenced accounts are maintained. Upon Termination for a Hotel, and the payment to Manager of all amounts due Manager hereunder upon such Termination, as provided in this Agreement, all remaining amounts in the referenced accounts shall be transferred forthwith to Lessee, or made freely available to Lessee.

 

Manager shall not be required to advance funds, and Manager shall not be obligated to incur any liability or obligation for Lessee’s account, without assurance that necessary funds for the discharge thereof will be provided by Lessee.

 

All reserve accounts established pursuant to this Agreement shall be placed in segregated interest-bearing accounts in the name of Lessee which interest shall be added to such reserve and serve to reduce the amount required to be placed in such reserve account.

 

Article XV
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

15.01       Books and Records. Manager shall maintain an adequate and separate accounting system in connection with its management and operation of the Premises pursuant to this Agreement. The books and records shall be kept in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts (to the extent consistent with GAAP) and shall be maintained at all times either on the Premises, at the principal office of the Manager, or in storage, for at least three (3) years after the Fiscal Year to which the books and records relate. Lessee, the beneficial owners of Lessee, the Landlord (to the extent permitted under the Lease), any Holder (to the extent permitted under the Hotel Mortgage), any Franchisor (to the extent permitted under any applicable Franchise Agreement), or their respective employees or duly authorized agents, shall have the right and privilege of examining and inspecting the books and records at any reasonable time. Upon termination of this Agreement for a Hotel, all such books and records shall be turned over to Lessee so as to insure the orderly continuance of the operation of the Hotel; provided however, that all such books and records thereafter shall be available to Manager at the Hotel at all reasonable times for inspection, audit, examination and copying for a period of three (3) years.

 

35

 

 

15.02       Monthly Financial Statements. Within twenty-five (25) days following each Accounting Period, Manager shall furnish Lessee with respect to the Hotel an accrual basis balance sheet on Manager’s standard format in reasonable detail, together with a reasonably detailed accrual basis profit and loss statement for the calendar month next preceding and with a cumulative calendar year accrual basis profit and loss statement to date, including a comparison to the Annual Operating Budget and the Capital Improvements Budget and a statement of cash flows for each monthly and cumulative period for which a profit and loss statement is prepared. Further, from time to time as reasonably requested by Lessee, Manager shall provide a statement of bank account balances, an allocation to reserve accounts, a sources and uses statement, a narrative discussing any of the aforementioned reports and material variances from the Annual Operating Budget and the Capital Improvements Budget, such other reports and financial statements as Lessee may reasonably request and as are customarily provided by managers of similar hotel properties in the area of the Hotel without Manager receiving additional fees to provide same.

 

15.03       Annual Financial Statements. Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Manager shall furnish to Lessee year-end financial statements for the Hotel (including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of sources and uses of funds) which statements shall be unaudited and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts (to the extent consistent with GAAP). Lessee will engage an independent national certified public accounting firm with hospitality experience and reasonably acceptable to Lessee to provide audited annual financial statements. Manager shall cooperate in all respects with such accountant in the preparation of such statements, including the delivery of any financial information generated by Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and reasonably required by the Lessee’s accountant to prepare such audited financial statements.

 

Article XVI
PAYMENT BY LESSEE

 

16.01       Payment of Base Management Fee. On the fifth (5th) day of each month during the term of this Agreement, Manager shall be paid out of the Operating Account, the Base Management Fee for the preceding Accounting Period, as determined from the books and records referred to in Article XV.

 

16.02       Distributions. Subject to retention of Reasonable Working Capital (including any amounts as required by the Capital Improvement Budget) and retention of such reserves as may be required under any Hotel Mortgage and/or Ground Lease, as applicable, Manager shall deliver to Lessee from the Operating Account, any excess Working Capital for the preceding Accounting Period on the 25th day of the following month, and such amounts of Lessee’s money in the possession or under the control of Manager as Lessee shall from time to time request. For purposes of this Article “Reasonable Working Capital” shall mean an amount reasonably determined by Manager at the same time as the monthly financial statements are prepared pursuant to Section 15.02 hereof, but in no event to exceed a sum equal to a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 2:1 (but excluding from such calculation cash restricted or unavailable under any Cash Management Agreement).

 

36

 

 

16.03       Payment Option. Management Fees shall be paid in cash, except that subject to the requirements of Section 5.02(f) and Section 28.08 Manager may request, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the payment due date, by Notice to Lessee (such request to be subject to the approval of a majority of the Independent Directors of SHR, in their sole discretion, and to any applicable federal and state securities laws), payment of up to one-third (1/3rd) of its Base Management Fee and up to one hundred percent (100%) of its Incentive Fee (the “Designated Fees”), in the form of Class E Common Shares priced at the current net asset value per share or in the form of stock options. If Manager receives any portion of the Designated Fees in Class E Common Shares, including upon exercise of any stock options, Manager may elect to have SHR repurchase such Class E Common Shares from Manager at a later date at a repurchase price per Class E Common Share equal to the current net asset value per Class E Common Share. Class E Common Shares obtained by Manager pursuant to this Section 16.03 will not be subject to the repurchase limits of SHR’s share repurchase plan or any reduction or penalty for an early repurchase. Stock options shall be priced in accordance with the “Black-Scholes Model” (the “Payment Option Request”), as follows:

 

(a)            Options based on Black-Scholes Model. The number of stock options to be issued in lieu of the Designated Fees shall be based upon the “Black-Scholes Model” as follows: The term “Black-Scholes Model” means the Black-Scholes model for valuing the “fair value” of an option calculated based on historical data and calculated probabilities of future stock prices, reasonably applied. Upon determination of the value of an option on the date such options are to be issued, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model (the “Black-Scholes Amount”), provided payment in the form of options has been approved by the board of directors of SHR, SHR agrees to issue to Manager the number of options for Class E Common Shares determined by dividing the Designated Fees by the Black-Scholes Amount per option, and any balance remaining shall be paid to Manager in cash.

 

Article XVII
RELATIONSHIP AND AUTHORITY

 

Lessee and Manager shall not be construed as partners, joint venturers or as members of a joint enterprise and neither shall have the power to bind or obligate the other except as set forth in this Agreement. Nevertheless, Manager is granted such authority and power as may be reasonably necessary for it to carry out the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement, either alone or in conjunction with any other documents, shall not be deemed to constitute a lease of any portion of the Premises. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit or restrict Manager or any affiliate of Manager from operating, owning, managing, leasing or constructing any hotel of any nature or description which may in any manner compete with that of the Premises; provided that Manager agrees to comply with the conflicts policies of SHR. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, (a) all debts and liabilities to third persons incurred by Manager in the course of its operation and management of the Hotel in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be the debts and liabilities of Lessee only, and (b) Manager shall not be liable for any such obligations by reason of its management, supervision, direction and operation of the Hotel as agent for Lessee. Manager may so inform third parties with whom it deals on behalf of Lessee and may take any other reasonable steps to carry out the intent of this paragraph.

 

37

 

 

Article XVIII
DAMAGE, CONDEMNATION AND FORCE MAJEURE

 

18.01       Damage and Repair. If, during the Term hereof, a Hotel is damaged or destroyed by fire, casualty, or other cause, Lessee shall, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease, repair or replace the damaged or destroyed portion of the Hotel to the same condition as existed previously. In the event the underlying Lease relating to such damaged Hotel is terminated pursuant to the provisions of such Lease, Lessee may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon sixty (60) days’ Notice from the date of such damage or destruction, in which case this Agreement shall then terminate with respect to such Hotel sixty (60) days from the date of such notice and neither party shall have any further rights, obligations, liabilities or remedies one to the other hereunder with respect to such Hotel, except as otherwise provided in Article II (provided that no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee pursuant to Article II) and Section 18.04. If this Agreement remains in effect with respect to such damaged Hotel and the damage does not result in a reduction of Gross Revenues at such Hotel, the Management Fee will be unabated. If however, this Agreement remain in effect with respect to such Hotel, but the damage does result in a reduction of Gross Revenues at such Hotel, Lessee shall be entitled to partial, pro rata abatement with respect to the Management Fee until such time as such Hotel is restored.

 

18.02       Condemnation.

 

(a)            In the event all or substantially all of a Hotel shall be taken in any eminent domain, condemnation, compulsory acquisition, or similar proceeding by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to such Hotel, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease. However, in any event of such termination, Lessee shall give Manager at least fifteen (15) days prior Notice of such termination. In the event of such termination, neither party shall have any further rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities one to the other hereunder with respect to such Hotel except as otherwise provided in Article II above (provided that no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee pursuant to Article II).

 

(b)            If a portion of the Premises shall be taken by the events described in Section 18.02A or the entire Premises are temporarily affected, the result of either of which is not to make it, in the reasonable business judgment of Lessee, unreasonable to continue to operate the applicable Hotel, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease, this Agreement shall not terminate with respect to such Hotel. However, so much of any award for any such partial taking or condemnation shall be made available to the extent necessary to render the applicable Premises equivalent to its condition prior to such event and the balance shall be paid to Lessee or the Holder, if required by any Hotel Mortgage covering the Premises.

 

18.03       Force Majeure. If an event of Force Majeure directly involves a Hotel and has a significant adverse effect upon the continued operations of such Hotel, then Lessee shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel by written Notice within sixty (60) days from the date of such Force Majeure, and this Agreement shall then terminate with respect to the applicable Hotel sixty (60) days from such notice, in which event neither Lessee nor Manager shall have any further rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities, one to the other, hereunder, with respect to the applicable Premises except as otherwise provided in Article II (provided that no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee pursuant to Article II).

 

38

 

 

18.04       Liquidated Damages if Casualty.

 

(a)            Omitted.

 

(b)            Casualty of a Hotel. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Hotel is damaged pursuant to a casualty as set forth in Section 18.01 hereof within the first year of the initial 10-year term for such Hotel, and Lessee elects, for any reason, not to rebuild such Hotel, Lessee agrees to pay Manager (provided there does not then exist an Event of Default by Manager beyond any applicable cure periods), a termination fee, if any, that would be owed if such hotel were then sold, as set forth in Section 2.03(a)(i) above. However, if after the first year of the initial 10-year term for a Hotel, such Hotel is damaged and Lessee elects not to rebuild such hotel even though sufficient casualty proceeds are available to do so, then Lessee will pay to Manager a termination fee (provided there does not then exist an Event of Default by Manager beyond any applicable cure periods), equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) 65% of the aggregate Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee estimated to be paid Manager budgeted in the Annual Operating Budget applicable to such Hotel (but in no event less than the Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee for the preceding full Fiscal Year) by (ii) nine (9).

 

Payment of the termination fees set forth in this Section 18.04 shall be subject to Section 2.03(d) above with respect to liquidated damages.

 

18.05      No Liquidated Damages if Condemnation or Force Majeure. No liquidated damages shall be payable in the event of a condemnation relating to a Hotel, provided that Manager shall be entitled to seek recovery from the condemning authority for its loss of contract and this Agreement shall not terminate for that purpose. No liquidated damages shall be payable by Lessee as a result of its termination of this Agreement as to a Hotel pursuant to Section 18.03 (Force Majeure).

 

Article XIX
DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

 

19.01       Events of Default. The following shall constitute events of default (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a)            The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or a petition for reorganization under any bankruptcy law by Lessee or Manager;

 

(b)            The consent to any involuntary petition in bankruptcy or the failure to vacate, within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof, any order approving an involuntary petition by Lessee or Manager;

 

(c)            The entering of an order, judgment or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction, on the application of a creditor, adjudicating Lessee or Manager as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization or appointing a receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or a substantial part of such party’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree continues unstayed and in effect for any period of ninety (90) days or more;

 

39

 

 

(d)            The appointment of a receiver for all or any substantial portion of the property of Lessee or Manager;

 

(e)            The failure of Lessee or Manager to make any payment required to be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice, specifying said default with reasonable specificity, when such payment is due and payable; or

 

(f)             The failure of Lessee or Manager to perform, keep or fulfill any of the other covenants, undertakings, obligations or conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice of said failure; provided, however, if such default cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and Lessee or Manager, as the case may be, commences to cure such default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended so long as it shall require Lessee or Manager, as the case may be, in the exercise of due diligence to cure such default, it being agreed that no such extension (including the original 30 day cure period) shall be for a period in excess of one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

(g)            The Manager does not qualify as an Eligible Independent Contractor.

 

19.02       Consequence of Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the non-defaulting party may give the defaulting party Notice of intention to terminate this Agreement (after the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period provided in Section 19.01), and upon the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, this Agreement shall terminate, whereupon the non-defaulting party shall be entitled to pursue all of its rights and remedies, at law or in equity, under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any indemnity obligations which shall survive termination of this Agreement) and any other rights and remedies available under Legal Requirements except as otherwise expressly limited by the terms of Article II. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Event of Default is applicable to one or more of the Hotels but not all of the Hotels, such termination shall only be as to such applicable Hotel(s).

 

Article XX
WAIVER AND INVALIDITY

 

20.01       Waiver. The failure of either party to insist upon a strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any option, right or remedy herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or as a relinquishment for the future of such term, provision, option, right or remedy, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. No waiver by either party of any term or provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by such party.

 

20.02       Partial Invalidity. In the event that any portion of this Agreement shall be declared invalid by order, decree or judgment of a court, this Agreement shall be construed as if such portion had not been inserted herein except when such construction would operate as an undue hardship on the Manager or Lessee or constitute a substantial deviation from the general intent and purpose of said parties as reflected in this Agreement, in which event it shall be terminated.

 

40

 

 

Article XXI
ASSIGNMENT

 

Subject to the requirements of any Hotel Mortgage, Franchise Agreement, Ground Lease or the Lease, neither party shall assign or transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) or permit the assignment or transfer of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other (which may be withheld in its sole discretion) and any such prohibited assignment or transfer shall be null and void; provided, however, that Manager shall have the right, without such consent, to assign its interest in this Agreement to any “Manager Affiliate Entity”, provided such Manager Affiliate Entity qualifies as an Eligible Independent Contractor as of the date of such transfer. The term “Manager Affiliate Entity” shall mean any entity controlled directly or indirectly by (i) Archie Bennett, Jr. and/or Monty Bennett, (ii) family partnerships or trusts (the sole members or beneficiaries of which are at all times lineal descendants of Archie Bennett, Jr. or Monty Bennett (including step-children) and spouses of any of the foregoing), or (iii) by lineal descendants of Archie Bennett, Jr. or Monty Bennett (including step-children) and spouses of any of the foregoing. For purposes hereof, “controlled” shall mean (i) the possession, directly or indirectly of a majority of the voting power and capital stock or ownership interest of such entity, or (ii) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity in the capacity of chief executive officer, president, chairman, or other similar capacity where they are actively engaged and/or involved in providing such direction or control and spend a substantial amount of time managing such entity. Any such permitted assignee shall be deemed to be the Manager for purposes of this Agreement provided such assignee assumes all of Manager’s future obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an assumption agreement reasonably acceptable to Lessee. Any and all such assignments, however, shall at all times be subject to the prior right, title and interest of Lessee with respect to the Premises. An assignment by Manager or any permitted assignee of its interest in this Agreement, shall not relieve Manager or any such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from their respective obligations under this Agreement, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their permitted successors and assigns. For purposes of this Article XXI any change in the ownership of the Manager or other event that would cause the Manager to fail to be a Manager Affiliate Entity (unless controlled by Ashford, Inc. or its successors and assigns) shall be deemed to be a transfer of this Agreement, prohibited by this Article XXI unless first consented to in writing by Lessee.

 

Article XXII
NOTICES

 

All notices, demands, elections, or other communications that any party this Agreement may desire or be required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand, by depositing the same in the United States mail, first class, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a recognized overnight courier service providing confirmation of delivery, to the addresses set forth below, or at such address as may be designated by the addressee upon written notice to the other party, (herein called “Notice”).

 

41

 

 

  To Lessee: Stirling TRS Corporation (or New Lessee set forth in an Addendum)
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (972) 490-9605

 

  With a copy to: Stirling REIT OP, LP
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (972) 490-9605

 

  To Manager: Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1100
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: Sloan Dean
Fax: (972) 980-2705

 

  With a copy to: Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1100
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: Legal Department
Fax: (972) 490-9605

 

  To the Landlord: c/o Stirling REIT OP, LP
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (972) 490-9605

 

All notices given pursuant to this Article XXII shall be deemed to have been given (i) if delivered by hand on the date of delivery or on the date that delivery was refused by the addressee, or (ii) if delivered by certified mail or by overnight courier, on the date of delivery as established by the return receipt or courier service confirmation (or the date on which the return receipt or courier service confirms that acceptance of delivery was refused by the addressee).

 

Article XXIII
SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE

 

23.01       Subordination. This Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to any Hotel Mortgage and Lease, and Manager agrees to enter into a lender-manager or landlord-manager (as applicable) agreement with respect to each Hotel, which agreement shall contain reasonable provisions, including, without limitation, Manager’s acknowledgment that its real estate interest in and to the applicable Hotel, if any, created by this Agreement is subject and subordinate to the applicable Hotel Mortgage or Lease, including providing any purchaser of such Hotel at a foreclosure sale or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, including the Holder, with the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel; provided, however, in no event will Manager agree to subordinate or waive its right to receive fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments under this Agreement arising prior to termination (but (a) if this Agreement is terminated by the Holder or such purchaser or Landlord (or its assignee) with respect to such Hotel, Manager shall not look to the Holder for payment of such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments and Manager’s right to receive such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments shall be subordinated to the Holder’s rights and (b) if this Agreement is not terminated by the Holder or such purchaser with respect to such Hotel, then such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments shall be payable by the Holder or such purchaser). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager shall in no event be obligated to perform its duties hereunder without payment and/or reasonable assurance of payment of such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments.

 

42

 

 

23.02       Non-Disturbance Agreement. Notwithstanding Section 23.01, Lessee agrees that, prior to obtaining any Hotel Mortgage or executing any Lease, Lessee will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each prospective Holder or Landlord (as applicable), a Non-Disturbance Agreement pursuant to which Manager’s rights under this Agreement will not be disturbed as a result of a default stemming from non-monetary factors which (i) relate to Lessee and do not relate solely to the applicable Hotel, and (ii) are not defaults by Manager under Section 19.01 of this Agreement. If Lessee desires to obtain a Hotel Mortgage or to execute a Lease, Manager, on written request from Lessee, shall promptly identify those provisions in the proposed Hotel Mortgage or Lease documents which fall within the categories described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, and Manager shall otherwise assist in expediting the preparation of an agreement between the prospective Holder and/or Landlord and Manager which will implement the provisions of this Section 23.02.

 

Article XXIV
PROPRIETARY MARKS; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

24.01       Proprietary Marks. During the Term of this Agreement, the name “Remington,” whether used alone or in connection with other another word(s), and all proprietary marks (being all present and future trademarks, trade names, symbols, logos, insignia, service marks, and the like) of Manager or any one of its Manager Affiliate Entities, whether or not registered (“Proprietary Marks”) shall in all events remain the exclusive property of Manager and its Manager Affiliate Entities. Lessee shall have no right to use any Proprietary Mark, except during the term of this Agreement to have signage installed using any Proprietary Mark in conformance with the specifications provided by Manager. Upon Termination, any use of a Proprietary Mark by Lessee under this Agreement shall immediately cease. Upon Termination, Manager shall have the option to purchase, at their then book value, any items of the applicable Hotel’s Inventories and Fixed Asset Supplies as may be marked with a Proprietary Mark. In the event Manager does not exercise such option, Lessee agrees that it will use any such items not so purchased exclusively in connection with the Hotel until they are consumed.

 

24.02       Computer Software and Equipment. All “Software” (meaning all computer software and accompanying documentation, other than software which is commercially available, which are used by Manager in connection with the property management system, any reservation system and all future electronic systems developed by Manager for use in the Hotel) is and shall remain the exclusive property of Manager or any one of its Manager Affiliate Entities (or the licensor of such Software, as the case may be), and Lessee shall have no right to use, or to copy, any Software. Upon Termination, Manager shall have the right to remove from the Hotel, without compensation to Lessee, all Software, and any computer equipment which is utilized as part of a centralized property management system or is otherwise considered proprietary by Manager, excepting any software which is owned by the applicable Franchisor; provided that Manager shall cooperate with Lessee in the transition of the centralized management system to the new manager, including in the change of any Software and computer equipment. If any of such computer equipment is owned by Lessee or Landlord, Manager shall reimburse Lessee for previous expenditures made by Lessee for the purchase of such equipment, subject to a reasonable allowance for depreciation.

 

43

 

 

24.03       Intellectual Property. All “Intellectual Property” (meaning all Software and manuals, brochures and directives issued by Manager to its employees at the Hotel regarding procedures and techniques to be used in operating the Hotel) shall at all times be proprietary to Manager or its Affiliates, and shall be the exclusive property of Manager or its Affiliates. Upon Termination, all Intellectual Property shall be removed from the Hotel by Manager, without compensation to Lessee.

 

24.04       Books and Records. All Books and Records maintained with respect to the Hotel, including guest records but excluding employee records, shall be the sole property of Lessee but may be used by the Manager during the Term in connection with its management and operation of the Hotel.

 

Article XXV
INDEMNIFICATION

 

25.01       Manager Indemnity. Manager shall indemnify and hold Lessee (and Lessee’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors, attorneys and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which are not covered by insurance proceeds that may be incurred by or asserted against any such party and that arise from (a) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Manager; provided, however, that the act or omission of any employee of Manager who is not an Executive Employee, which act or omission is willful or constitutes fraud or gross negligence on the part of such employee, shall not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Manager unless Manager’s home office or regional staff, or an Executive Employee, acted with gross negligence in employing, training, supervising or continuing the employment of such employee; (b) the infringement by Manager on the intellectual property rights of any third party; (c) any Excluded Employee Claims; (d) knowing or reckless placing, discharge, leakage, use or storage of hazardous materials on the Premises or in the Hotel by Manager during the Term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 28.09C; or (e) the breach by Manager of any provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any action taken by Manager which is beyond the scope of Manager’s authority under this Agreement, which is not cured within any applicable notice and cure periods. Lessee shall promptly provide Manager with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification.

 

44

 

 

25.02       Lessee Indemnity. Except with respect to matters for which Manager is obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to Section 25.01, Lessee shall indemnify and hold Manager (and Manager’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors, attorneys and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which are not covered by insurance proceeds and that may be incurred by or asserted against such party and that arise from or in connection with (a) the performance of Manager’s services under this Agreement; (b) the condition or use of the Hotel, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including without limitation, any injury to person(s) or damage to property or business by reason of any cause whatsoever in or about the Hotel; (c) any Employee Related Termination Costs, including any liability to which Manager is subjected pursuant to the WARN Act in connection with the termination of this Agreement, provided that Manager has provided notices in the form (other than any reference to the time period) required by the WARN Act within five (5) business days of Manager’s receipt of a notice of the termination of this Agreement (excluding any termination of this Agreement which results from the commission of any theft, embezzlement or other criminal misappropriation of funds of the Hotel or from the Lessee or any fraud or felony by any Executive Employee that relates to or materially affects the operation or reputation of the Hotel); (d) the Employee Costs and Expenses as set forth in Article IX herein above; or (e) any Employee Claims, but excluding any Excluded Employee Claims. Manager shall promptly provide Lessee with written Notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INDEMNIFY MANAGER (i) AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT WHEN MANAGER IS SOLELY NEGLIGENT OR CONTRIBUTORILY, PARTIALLY, JOINTLY, COMPARATIVELY OR CONCURRENTLY NEGLIGENT WITH LESSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON (BUT IS NOT GROSSLY NEGLIGENT, HAS NOT COMMITTED AN INTENTIONAL ACT OR MADE INTENTIONAL OMISSION) AND (ii) AGAINST ANY LIABILITY OF MANAGER BASED ON ANY APPLICABLE DOCTRINE OF STRICT LIABILITY.

 

25.03       Indemnification Procedure. Any party obligated to indemnify the other party under this Agreement (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall have the right, by Notice to the other party, to assume the defense of any claim with respect to which the other party is entitled to indemnification hereunder. If the Indemnifying Party gives such notice, (i) such defense shall be conducted by counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and approved by the other party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided, however, that the other party’s approval shall not be required with respect to counsel designated by the Indemnifying Party’s insurer); (ii) so long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting such defense with reasonable diligence, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control said defense and shall not be required to pay the fees or disbursements of any counsel engaged by the other party for services rendered after the Indemnifying Party has given the Notice provided for above to the other party, except if there is a conflict of interest between the parties with respect to such claim or defense; and (iii) the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, without the consent of the other party, to settle such claim, but only provided that such settlement involves only the payment of money, the Indemnifying Party pays all amounts due in connection with or by reason of such settlement and, as part thereof, the other party is unconditionally released from all liability in respect of such claim. The other party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such claim being defended by the Indemnifying Party at the expense of the other party, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control such defense (other than in the event of a conflict of interest between the parties with respect to such claim or defense). In no event shall (i) the other party settle any claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party so long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense thereof in accordance with this Agreement; or (ii) if a claim is covered by the Indemnifying Party’s liability insurance, take or omit to take any action which would cause the insurer not to defend such claim or to disclaim liability in respect thereof.

 

45

 

 

25.04       Survival. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement with respect to acts, omissions and occurrences arising during the Term.

 

25.05       No Successor Liability. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Manager shall not be liable as a successor employer or entity for any actions Manager’s predecessors ( a “Predecessor Manager”) may have taken in the employer-employee relationship with Manager’s current or former employees or employees of Manager’s agents before the commencement of the term.

 

Article XXVI
NEW HOTELS

 

Lessee acknowledges and agrees that any Hotel owned or leased by Lessee or its designees from any Affiliates of the Partnership (including the Landlord) from and after the Effective Date may become subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement effective upon execution of an addendum to this Agreement (the “Addendum”) in the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, or pursuant to a management agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the terms of this Agreement with either Manager or an Affiliate of Manager (provided said Affiliate constitutes an Eligible Independent Contractor). Effective upon execution of said Addendum, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed amended to include and apply to such Hotel as provided in the Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Lessee shall have no liability under this Agreement unless and until Lessee is or hereafter becomes a New Lessee (as that term is defined in a fully executed Addendum) with respect to a Hotel. This Agreement will be construed as a separate and independent Agreement with respect to each Hotel. Any affiliate of Stirling TRS Corporation may become party to this Agreement with respect to a Hotel by executing and delivering an Addendum relating to such Hotel as a New Lessee, and in such event, it will not be a condition to its effectiveness that Stirling TRS Corporation or any other of its affiliates consent, join or otherwise be party to such Addendum.

 

Article XXVII
GOVERNING; LAW VENUE

 

This Agreement and its interpretation, validity and performance shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws principles. In the event any court of law of appropriate judicial authority shall hold or declare that the law of another jurisdiction is applicable, this Agreement shall remain enforceable under the laws of the appropriate jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that venue for any action in connection herewith shall be proper in Dallas County, Texas. Each party hereto consents to the jurisdiction of any local, state or federal court situated in any of such locations and waives any objection which it may have pertaining to improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any proceeding in any such court.

 

46

 

 

Article XXVIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

28.01       Rights to Make Agreement. Each party warrants, with respect to itself, that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the finalization of the transactions contemplated hereby shall violate any provision of law or judgment, writ, injunction, order or decree of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over it; result in or constitute a breach or default under any indenture, contract, other commitment or restriction to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or require any consent, vote or approval which has not been given or taken. Each party covenants that it has and will continue to have throughout the term of this Agreement and any extensions thereof, the full right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

28.02       Agency. Manager’s limited agency established by this Agreement is coupled with an interest and may not be terminated by Lessee until Termination, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

28.03       Failure to Perform. If Manager or Lessee at any time fails to make any payments as specified or required hereunder or fails to perform any other act required on its part to be made or performed hereunder without limitation, then the other party after thirty (30) days’ written notice to the defaulting party may (but shall not be obligated to) pay any such delinquent amount or perform any such other act on the defaulting party’s part. Any sums thus paid and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the making of such payment or the proper performance of any such act, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) the interest rate allowed by the applicable usury laws or (ii) at the Prime Rate plus three percent (3%), from the date that such payment is made or such costs and expenses incurred, shall constitute a liquidated amount to be paid by the defaulting party under this Agreement to the other party on demand. For the purposes of this Section 28.03, the term “Prime Rate” shall mean the “prime rate” as published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal; however, if such rate is, at any time during the Term of this Agreement, no longer so published, the term “Prime Rate” shall mean the average of the prime interest rates which are announced, from time to time, by the three (3) largest banks (by assets) headquartered in the United States which publish a “prime rate”.

 

28.04       Headings. Headings of Articles and Sections are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be construed as a limitation on the scope of the particular Articles or Sections to which they refer.

 

28.05       Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

28.06       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with other writings signed by the parties expressly stated to be supplementary hereto and together with any instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings and writings, and may be changed only by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

47

 

 

28.07       Consents. Whenever the consent or approval of Lessee is required under the terms of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated to the contrary, such consent or approval may be granted or withheld by Lessee in its reasonable discretion.

 

28.08       Eligible Independent Contractor. During the Term of this Agreement, Manager shall at all times qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” as defined in Section 856(d)(9) of the Code (“Eligible Independent Contractor”). To that end, during the Term of this Agreement, Manager agrees that:

 

(a)            Manager shall not conduct wagering activities at any of the Hotels;

 

(b)            Manager shall not own, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of SHR;

 

(c)            no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Manager’s partnership interest (in its assets or net profits) shall be owned (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), directly or indirectly, by one or more persons owning thirty-five percent (35%) (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code) or more of the outstanding stock of SHR;

 

(d)            neither SHR, the Partnership, the Landlord, nor the Lessee, shall derive any income from the Manager or any of its subsidiaries; and

 

(e)            Manager (or a person who is a “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code (a “Related Person”) with respect to Manager) shall be actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code (defined below) for one or more persons who are not Related Persons with respect to SHR or Lessee (“Unrelated Persons”). For purposes of determining whether the requirement of this paragraph (e) has been met, Manager shall be treated as being “actively engaged” in such a trade or business if Manager (i) derives at least 10% of both its profits and revenue from operating “qualified lodging facilities” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code for Unrelated Persons or (ii) complies with any regulations or other administrative guidance under Section 856(d)(9) of the Code that provide a “safe harbor” rule with respect to the hotel management business with Unrelated Persons that is necessary to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” within the meaning of such Code section.

 

A “qualified lodging facility” is defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code and means a “Lodging Facility” (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is fully authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “Lodging Facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as party of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to SHR.

 

48

 

 

28.09       Environmental Matters.

 

(a)            For purposes of this Section 28.09, “hazardous materials” means any substance or material containing one or more of any of the following: “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “regulated substance,” “petroleum,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” or “asbestos,” as such terms are defined in any applicable environmental law, in such concentration(s) or amount(s) as may impose clean-up, removal, monitoring or other responsibility under any applicable environmental law, or which may present a significant risk of harm to guests, invitees or employees of the Hotel.

 

(b)            Regardless of whether or not a given hazardous material is permitted on the Premises under applicable environmental law, Manager shall only bring on the Premises such hazardous materials as are needed in the normal course of business of the Hotel.

 

(c)            In the event of the discovery of hazardous materials (as such term may be defined in any applicable environmental law) on the Premises or in the Hotel during the Term of this Agreement, Lessee shall promptly remove, if required by applicable environmental law, such hazardous materials, together with all contaminated soil and containers, and shall otherwise remedy the problem in accordance with all environmental laws (except to the extent knowingly or recklessly caused by Manager during the Term of this Agreement, whereupon the responsibility to promptly remove and/or remedy the environmental problem shall be that of Manager and at Manager’s sole cost and expense). All costs and expenses of the compliance with all environmental laws shall be paid by Lessee from its own funds (except to the extent knowingly or recklessly caused by Manager during the Term of this Agreement as set forth herein above).

 

28.10       Equity and Debt Offerings. Neither Lessee nor Manager (as an “issuing party”) shall make reference to the other party (the “non-issuing party”) or any of its Affiliates in any prospectus, private placement memorandum, offering circular or offering documentation related thereto (collectively, referred to as the “Prospectus”), issued by the issuing party, unless the non-issuing party has received a copy of all such references. In no event will the non-issuing party be deemed a sponsor of the offering described in any such Prospectus, nor will it have any responsibility for the Prospectus, and the Prospectus will so state. The issuing party shall be entitled to include in the Prospectus an accurate summary of this Agreement but shall not include any proprietary mark of the non-issuing party without prior written consent of the non-issuing party. The issuing party shall indemnify, defend and hold the non-issuing party and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents) harmless from and against all loss, costs, liability and damage (including attorneys’ fees and expenses, and the cost of litigation), arising out of any Prospectus or the offering described therein, except for any such losses, costs, liability and damage arising from material misstatements or omissions in a Prospectus based on information provided in writing by the non-issuing party expressly for inclusion in the Prospectus.

 

49

 

 

28.11       Estoppel Certificates. Lessee and Manager will, at any time and from time to time within fifteen (15) days of the request of the other party or a Holder, or a Franchisor (if so permitted under the applicable Franchise Agreement), or a Landlord (if so permitted under the applicable Lease), execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the other party and such Holder, Franchisor or Landlord, as applicable, a certificate certifying:

 

(a)            That the Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating such modifications);

 

(b)            The dates, if any, to which the distributions of excess Working Capital have been paid;

 

(c)            Whether there are any existing Event(s) of Default or events which, with the passage of time, would become an Event of Default, by the other party to the knowledge of the party making such certification, and specifying the nature of such Event(s) of Default or defaults or events which, with the passage of time, would become an Event of Default, if any; and

 

(d)            Such other matters as may be reasonably requested.

 

Any such certificates may be relied upon by any party to whom the certificate is directed.

 

28.12       Confidentiality. The Manager shall keep confidential all non-public information obtained in connection with the services rendered under this Agreement and shall not disclose any such information or use any such information except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement and as may be required by any of its lenders or owners (provided said lenders and/or owners, as applicable agree prior to disclosure to keep such information confidential as set forth in this subparagraph 28.12), or as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements or court order, or as may be required under any Franchise Agreement, Hotel Mortgage, Lease or Ground Lease.

 

28.13       Modification. Any amendment, supplement or modification of this Agreement must be in writing signed by both parties hereto. In furtherance of the foregoing, (a) any amendment, supplement or modification intended to affect all Hotels collectively that are subject to this Agreement must be in writing signed by Manager and Lessee (including each New Lessee), and (b) any amendment, supplement or modification intended to affect only an individual Hotel must be in writing signed by Manager and the applicable Lessee (or New Lessee).

 

28.14       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which collectively constitute one instrument.

 

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

50

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the Effective Date.

 

  LESSEE:
   
  STIRLING TRS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Stephen Zsigray
    Stephen Zsigray
    President
   
  MANAGER:
   
  REMINGTON LODGING & HOSPITALITY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: /s/ Sloan Dean
    Sloan Dean
    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Addendum to Hotel Master Management Agreement

 

___________________, 20___

 

Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1150
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: Mr. Sloan Dean

 

Re:Management of Hotel by Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC as Manager

 

Dear Mr. Dean:

 

Please refer to the Hotel Master Management Agreement, dated as of _______________, 2023 (the “Management Agreement”), between Stirling TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“Lessee”) and Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Manager (“Remington”). Capitalized terms appearing but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Management Agreement.

 

Lessee, through its affiliate, __________________________, a _______________ (“New Lessee”), hereby appoints Remington to act as manager of the ____________________________ property located at the location set forth on Exhibit “A” attached to this Addendum (“Addendum”) and fully incorporated herein by reference for all purposes (the “New Hotel”).

 

Accordingly, effective as of ______________, 20____ (“Effective Date”), the Management Agreement is amended and modified as follows:

 

1.            The New Hotel shall constitute a “Hotel” under the Management Agreement. New Lessee shall be a party to the Management Agreement as a “Lessee” and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement as “Lessee” thereunder to the extent same are applicable to the New Hotel. All other Lessees shall have no obligations under the Management Agreement with respect to the New Hotel, and New Lessee shall have no obligations under the Management Agreement with respect to any other Hotel (other than the New Hotel).

 

2.            Remington’s retention by New Lessee as the manager of the New Hotel from and after the Effective Date shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement, as amended hereby, to the same extent as if New Lessee were the “Lessee” thereunder.

 

3.            The following exhibits and schedules attached to the Management Agreement are hereby supplemented with the information on such exhibits as shown on the following exhibits attached hereto:

 

 

 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit “A” - Hotel Information for New Hotel

 

Exhibit “B” - Description of Lease for New Hotel

 

Exhibit “B-1” – Legal Description for Site of New Hotel

 

Exhibit “C” – Description of Franchise Agreement and Franchisor for New Hotel

 

Exhibit “D” – Annual Operating Budget for the Hotel

 

Schedules:

 

Schedule 1 - Competitive Set of New Hotel

 

[Signature pages to follow]

 

2

 

 

Please execute in the space provided for your signature below to evidence your agreement to the contents of this Addendum.

 

  Sincerely yours,
   
  NEW LESSEE:
   
  ________________________, a _________________
   
   
  By:  
  Name: ______________________
  Title: ______________________

 

3

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED

 

MANAGER:

 

REMINGTON LODGING & HOSPITALITY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:  
 Sloan Dean  
 CEO  

 

4

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Hotel Information

 

Affiliate
Property Owner
(Landlord)
Property Commencement Date
     

 

5

 

 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

Description of Lease

 

PROPERTY LANDLORD LESSEE DATE OF LEASE
       

 

6

 

 

EXHIBIT “B-1”

 

Legal Description of Site of New Hotel

 

7

 

 

Exhibit “C”

 

Description of Franchise Agreement and Franchisor

 

8

 

 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

Annual Operating Budget

 

9

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Competitive Set of Hotel

 

10

 

EX-10.8 10 tm2332619d1_ex10-8.htm EXHIBIT 10.8

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

MASTER PROJECT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

STIRLING TRS CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

 

and

 

PREMIER PROJECT MANAGEMENT LLC
a Maryland limited liability company

 

and

 

STIRLING REIT OP, LP
a Delaware limited partnership

 

Effective Date: December 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITION OF TERMS 1
1.01      Definition of Terms 1
ARTICLE II TERM OF AGREEMENT 5
2.01      Term 5
2.02      Actions to be Taken upon Termination 6
2.03      Early Termination Rights; Liquidated Damages 7
ARTICLE III OMITTED 8
ARTICLE IV APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER 8
4.01      Appointment 8
Article V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 9
5.01      Lessee Representations 9
5.02      Manager Representations 9
Article VI OPERATION 10
6.01      Use of Premises 10
6.02      Group Services 10
Article VII WORKING FUNDS 11
7.01      Working Funds 11
Article VIII IMPLEMENTATION OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET AND/OR DEVELOPMENT BUDGET 12
8.01      Implementation of Capital Improvement Budget and/or Development Budget 12
8.02      Project Management Work and Project Related Services 12
8.03      Development Work 13
8.04      Rebates 14
Article IX EMPLOYEES 14
9.01      Employee Hiring 14
Article X OMITTED 14
Article XI OMITTED 14

 

-i

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

  Page
Article XII INSURANCE 14
12.01      Insurance 14
12.02      Increase in Limits 16
12.03      Costs and Expenses 16
12.04      Policies and Endorsements 16
12.05      Termination 16
Article XIII OMITTED 17
Article XIV OMITTED 17
Article XV ACCOUNTING SYSTEM 17
15.01      Books and Records 17
Article XVI OMITTED 17
Article XVII RELATIONSHIP AND AUTHORITY 17
Article XVIII DAMAGE, CONDEMNATION AND FORCE MAJEURE 18
18.01      Damage and Repair 18
18.02      Condemnation 18
18.03      Force Majeure 18
18.04      No Liquidated Damages if Condemnation or Force Majeure 18
Article XIX DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 19
19.01      Events of Default 19
19.02      Consequence of Default 19
Article XX WAIVER AND INVALIDITY 20
20.01      Waiver 20
20.02      Partial Invalidity 20
Article XXI ASSIGNMENT 20
Article XXII NOTICES 21
Article XXIII SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE 22
23.01      Subordination 22
23.02      Non-Disturbance Agreement 22
Article XXIV OMITTED 22

 

-ii

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

  Page
Article XXV INDEMNIFICATION 22
25.01      Manager Indemnity 22
25.02      Lessee Indemnity 23
25.03      Indemnification Procedure 23
25.04      Survival 24
Article XXVI NEW HOTELS 24
Article XXVII GOVERNING; LAW VENUE 24
Article XXVIII MISCELLANEOUS 25
28.01      Rights to Make Agreement 25
28.02      Agency 25
28.03      Failure to Perform 25
28.04      Headings 25
28.05      Attorneys’ Fees and Costs 25
28.06      Entire Agreement 26
28.07      Consents 26
28.08      Omitted 26
28.09      Environmental Matters 26
28.10      Equity and Debt Offerings 26
28.11      Estoppel Certificates 27
28.12      Confidentiality 27
28.13      Modification 27
28.14      Counterparts 27
28.15      Relationship of Lessee and the Partnership 28

 

-iii

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

MASTER PROJECT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS MASTER PROJECT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into on this 6th day of December, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and among STIRLING TRS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with any taxable REIT subsidiaries of the Partnership hereafter existing, hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”), PREMIER PROJECT MANAGEMENT LLC, a Maryland limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “Manager”), Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Partnership”) and for the limited purposes of Article VIII herein, the Landlords (defined below).

 

R E C I T A L S:

  

1.             Lessee desires to retain Manager to provide project management, development and other project related services at each Hotel, and Manager is willing to perform such services for the account of Lessee, all as more particularly set forth in this Agreement.

 

A G R E E M E N T S:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I
DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

1.01         Definition of Terms. The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the meanings indicated below.

 

Addendum” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXVI.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Master Project Management Agreement, and all amendments, modifications, supplements, consolidations, extensions and revisions to this Master Project Management Agreement approved by Lessee and Manager in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

Applicable Standards” shall mean standards of operation for the Premises which are (a) in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Franchise Agreement, Hotel Management Agreement and all CCRs affecting the Premises and of which true and complete copies have been made available by Lessee to Manager, (b) in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, (c) in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Hotel Mortgage or Ground Lease to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement (to the extent Lessee has made available to Manager true and complete copies of the applicable loan documents relating to any such Hotel Mortgage and/or the Ground Leases), (d) in accordance with the Leases (to the extent Lessee has made available to Manager a true and complete copy thereof), and (e) in accordance with the requirements of any carrier having insurance on the Hotel or any part thereof (to the extent Manager has been given written notice of such requirements or policies and/or has coordinated same on behalf of Lessee).

 

 

 

 

CCRs” shall mean those certain restrictive covenants encumbering the Premises recorded in the real property records of the county where such premises are located, as described in the owner policies of title insurance relating to such premises, a copy of which are acknowledged received by the Manager.

 

Capital Improvement Budget” shall mean the budget of the capital expenditures necessary for replacement of FF&E and building repairs of the nature contemplated by Article VIII that is approved by Lessee and Landlord for each Fiscal Year.

 

Charter” shall mean the Articles of Incorporation of SHR filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

 

Commencement Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Development Budget” shall mean the development budget for the project approved by Lessee and lender (if applicable).

 

Development Fee” shall have the meaning set forth Section 8.03.

 

Development Plan” shall mean the plan for the development and construction of hotel or other project and all related amenities, parking areas and other improvements, to be approved by Lessee.

 

Development Work” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.01.

 

Effective Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Event(s) of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Article XIX.

 

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

FF&E” shall mean all fixtures, furniture, furnishings and equipment located at a Hotel.

 

Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month calendar year ending December 31, except that the first Fiscal Year and last Fiscal Year of the term of this Agreement may not be full calendar years.

 

Force Majeure” shall mean any act of God (including adverse weather conditions); act of the state or federal government in its sovereign or contractual capacity; war; civil disturbance, riot or mob violence; terrorism; earthquake, flood, fire or other casualty; epidemic; quarantine restriction; labor strikes or lock out; freight embargo; civil disturbance; or similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Manager.

 

Franchisor” shall mean the franchisors and any successor franchisors selected by Lessee for the Hotel.

 

2

 

 

Franchise Agreement” shall mean any license agreements between a Franchisor and Lessee and/or Landlord, as applicable, as such license agreements are amended from time to time for the Hotel.

 

Gross Revenues” shall mean all revenues and receipts of every kind received from operating the Premises and all departments and parts thereof, as reported by the Hotel Management Company to Lessee pursuant to the Hotel Management Agreement.

 

Ground Lease” shall mean any ground lease agreements relating to the Hotel, executed by Landlord with any third party landlords.

 

Holder” shall mean the holder of any Hotel Mortgage and the indebtedness secured thereby, and such holder’s successors and assigns.

 

Hotel” shall mean the hotel or motel property owned or leased by Lessee and subject to this Agreement pursuant to an Addendum, and property uses ancillary thereto, including, without limitation, condominium developments, fractional ownership or timeshare developments, multi-family and/or single family residential properties, and commercially leasing activity.

 

Hotel Management Company” shall mean the property manager(s) and any successor property managers selected by Lessee for the Hotel.

 

Hotel Management Agreement” shall mean any management agreements between a Hotel Management Company and Lessee and/or Landlord, as applicable, as such management agreements are amended from time to time for the Hotel.

 

Hotel Mortgage” shall mean, collectively, any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter from time to time, encumbering all or any portion of the Premises (or the leasehold interest therein), together with all other instruments evidencing or securing payment of the indebtedness secured by such mortgage or deed of trust and all amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions and revisions of such mortgage, deed of trust, and other instruments.

 

Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 25.03.

 

Independent Directors” shall mean those directors of SHR who meet the definition of Independent Director as set forth in the Charter.

 

issuing party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Landlords” shall mean the landlords under the Leases.

 

Leases” shall mean any lease agreements as amended, modified, supplemented, and extended from time to time, executed by Lessee as tenant and the Landlords for the Hotels.

 

Legal Requirements” shall mean all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, authorizations, directions and requirements of all governments and governmental authorities, which now or hereafter may be applicable to the Premises and the operation of the Hotels.

 

3

 

 

Lessee” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, and shall include each New Lessee, as that term is defined in the Addendum for each Hotel.

 

Management Fee” shall collectively mean the Project Management Fee, the Market Service Fees, and any other fees payable to Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Manager” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Manager Affiliate Entity” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXI.

 

Market Service Fees” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02A.

 

Non-Disturbance Agreement” means an agreement, in recordable form in the jurisdiction in which a Hotel is located, executed and delivered by the Holder of a Hotel Mortgage or a Landlord, as applicable, (which agreement shall by its terms be binding upon all assignees of such lender or landlord and upon any individual or entity that acquires title to or possession of a Hotel (referred to as a “Subsequent Owner”), for the benefit of Manager, pursuant to which, in the event such holder (or its assignee) or landlord (or its assignee) or any Subsequent Owner comes into possession of or acquires title to a Hotel, such holder (and its assignee) or landlord (or its assignee) and all Subsequent Owners shall (x) recognize Manager’s rights under this Agreement, and (y) shall not name Manager as a party in any foreclosure action or proceeding, and (z) shall not disturb Manager in its right to continue to provide services to the Hotels pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that at such time, (i) this Agreement has not expired or otherwise been earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, and (ii) there are no outstanding Events of Default by Manager, and (iii) no material event has occurred and no material condition exists which, after notice or the passage of time or both, would entitle Lessee to terminate this Agreement.

 

non-issuing party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article XXII.

 

Partnership” shall have the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Premises” shall mean, as to each Hotel, the Lessee’s fee interest in such Hotel and Site (if there is no Lease), or leasehold interest in such Hotel and Site pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Lease.

 

Prime Rate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.03.

 

Project Management Fee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02A.

 

Project Management Work” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.01.

 

4

 

 

Project Related Services” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.02A.

 

Prospectus” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 28.10.

 

Sale” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, for value or otherwise, voluntary or involuntary of Landlord’s title (whether fee or ground leasehold) or Lessee’s fee or ground leasehold interest in the Hotel (if there is no Lease), or of a controlling interest therein, other than a collateral assignment intended to provide security for a loan, and shall include any such disposition through the disposition of the ownership interests in the entity that holds such title and any lease or sublease of the Hotel.

 

SHR” means Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

Site” shall mean, as to a Hotel, those certain tracts or parcels of land owned or leased by Landlord or Lessee constituting the Hotel.

 

Term” shall mean, as to the Hotel, the contractual duration of this Agreement for the Hotel, as defined in Section 2.01.

 

Termination” shall mean the expiration or sooner cessation of this Agreement as to a Hotel.

 

Termination Date” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Working Funds” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Article II
TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

2.01          Term. The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence for each Hotel on the “Commencement Date” as noted on Exhibit “A” of the Addendum for such Hotel, and, unless sooner terminated as herein provided, shall continue until the “Termination Date.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “Termination Date” for each Hotel shall be the earlier to occur of (i) the Expiration Date applicable to such Hotel, (ii) termination at the option of Lessee in connection with the bona fide Sale of the Hotel by Landlord or Lessee to an unaffiliated third party as provided in and subject to the terms of Section 2.03(a) hereof, (iii) omitted, (iv) termination at the option of Lessee for convenience pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.03(c) below, or (v) termination by either Lessee or Manager pursuant to Article XVIII hereof in connection with a condemnation, casualty or Force Majeure, subject to the terms thereof. The “Expiration Date” with respect to a Hotel shall mean the 10th anniversary of the Commencement Date applicable to such Hotel, provided that such initial 10-year term may thereafter be renewed by Manager, at its option, on the same terms and conditions contained herein, for three (3) successive periods of seven (7) Fiscal Years each, and thereafter, for a final period of four (4) Fiscal Years; and provided further, that at the time of exercise of any such option to renew, an Event of Default by Manager does not then exist beyond any applicable grace or cure period. If at any time of the exercise of any renewal period, Manager is then in default under this Agreement, then the exercise of the renewal option will be conditional on timely cure of such default, and if such default is not timely cured, then Lessee may terminate this Agreement regardless of the exercise of such renewal period and without the payment of any fee or liquidated damages. If Manager desires to exercise any such option to renew, it shall give Lessee Notice to that effect not less than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then current Term. Notwithstanding Termination as to a Hotel, Lessee and Manager agree that the obligations of Lessee to pay, remit, reimburse and to otherwise indemnify Manager for any and all expenses and fees incurred or accrued by Manager pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term (or actually incurred by Manager after the termination) for such Hotel shall survive Termination, provided such expenses and fees have been incurred consistent with the then current terms of this Agreement and the applicable Capital Improvement Budget and/or Development Budget. In addition, subject to Section 19.02 below and the foregoing sentence, upon Termination as to a Hotel, Lessee and Manager shall have no further obligations to one another pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Hotel, except that Section 2.02, obligations to make payments under Section 2.03, the last sentence of Section 15.01, obligations to make payments of termination fees pursuant to Article XVIII, Article XXV, Article XXVII and Section 28.12 shall survive Termination.

 

5

 

 

2.02         Actions to be Taken upon Termination. Upon a Termination of this Agreement as to a Hotel, the following shall be applicable:

 

(a)           Manager shall, within forty-five (45) days after Termination as to a Hotel, prepare and deliver to Lessee a final statement of any sums due from Lessee to Manager pursuant hereto, dated as of the date of Termination. Within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Lessee of such statement, the parties will make whatever payments are necessary pursuant to such final statement. Manager and Lessee acknowledge that there may be certain adjustments for which the necessary information will not be available at the time of such final statement, and the parties agree to readjust such amounts and make the necessary cash payments when such information becomes available.

 

(b)           As of the date of the final statement referred to in subsection A above, Manager shall release and transfer to Lessee any of Lessee’s funds which are held or controlled by Manager with respect to the Hotel.

 

(c)            Manager shall (to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements) assign to Lessee or to any other manager employed by Lessee to operate and manage the Hotel, all licenses and permits which have been issued in Manager’s name in connection with Manager’s duties under this Agreement; provided that if Manager has expended any of its own funds in the acquisition of any of such licenses, Lessee shall reimburse Manager therefor if it has not done so already.

 

6

 

 

(d)          Manager shall cooperate with Lessee and the Hotel Management Company as to effect a smooth transition and shall peacefully vacate and surrender the Hotel to Lessee.

 

(e)           Manager and Lessee agree to use best efforts to resolve any disputes amicably and promptly under this Section 2.02 to effect a smooth transition of the Hotel to Lessee and/or the Hotel Management Company.

 

2.03            Early Termination Rights; Liquidated Damages.

 

(a)           Termination Upon Sale. Upon Notice to Manager, Lessee shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel effective as of the closing of the Sale of such Hotel to a third party. Such Notice shall be given at least forty-five (45) days’ in advance (unless otherwise required by Legal Requirements, in which case Lessee shall provide such additional notice in order to comply with such Legal Requirements) and shall inform Manager of the identity of the contract purchaser. Manager, at its election, may offer to provide project management services to such contract purchaser after the closing of the sale. Lessee shall, in connection with such Sale, by a separate document reasonably acceptable to Lessee and Manager, indemnify and save Manager harmless against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities and court costs, claims and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees arising or resulting from the failure of Lessee or such prospective purchaser to pay for work contracted to, and including, the date of such Termination, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, any and all work so contracted to be furnished subsequent to the date of Termination, provided that any settlement by Manager of any such claims shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lessee which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No termination fee or other liquidated damages shall be payable by Lessee as a result of its termination of this Agreement as to a Hotel pursuant to Section 2.03(a).

 

(b)           Omitted.

 

(c)           Termination For Convenience. Lessee may terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel for convenience (except if due to a Sale of a Hotel, whereupon Section 2.03(a) shall govern) upon ninety (90) days Notice to Manager, and shall pay to Manager as liquidated damages but not as a penalty, a termination fee (provided that there does not then exist an Event of Default by Manager under this Agreement beyond any applicable cure or grace periods) in an amount equal to the product of (A) 65% of the aggregate Project Management Fees and Market Service Fees estimated for the Hotel for the full current Fiscal Year in which such termination is to occur (but in no event less than the Project Management Fees and Market Service Fees for the preceding full Fiscal Year) by (B) nine (9).

 

7

 

 

(d)           Payment of Liquidated Damages. WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERMINATION FEES PAYABLE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY EARLY TERMINATION RIGHT SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 2.03, LESSEE RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT, IF THIS AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED WITH RESPECT TO THE HOTEL FOR THE REASONS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 2.03, THEREBY ENTITLING MANAGER TO RECEIVE THE TERMINATION FEES AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 2.03, MANAGER WOULD SUFFER AN ECONOMIC LOSS BY VIRTUE OF THE RESULTING LOSS OF FEES WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN EARNED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. BECAUSE SUCH FEES VARY IN AMOUNT DEPENDING ON THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET AT THE HOTEL AND ACCORDINGLY WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICAL TO ASCERTAIN WITH CERTAINTY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMINATION FEES PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 2.03 CONSTITUTE A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO MANAGER FOR PURPOSES OF ANY AND ALL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, AND IT IS AGREED THAT MANAGER SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO MAINTAIN A CAUSE OF ACTION AGAINST LESSEE, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN, FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE TERMINATION FEES IN ANY CONTEXT WHERE THE TERMINATION FEES ARE PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AND RECEIPT OF SUCH FEES (TOGETHER WITH ALL OTHER AMOUNTS DUE AND PAYABLE BY LESSEE TO MANAGER WITH RESPECT TO EVENTS OCCURRING PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE HOTEL OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN) SHALL BE MANAGER’S SOLE REMEDY FOR DAMAGES AGAINST LESSEE IN ANY SUCH CASE. The foregoing shall in no way affect any other sums due Manager under this Article II or otherwise hereunder, including, without limitation, the Management Fees earned during the Term, or any other rights or remedies, at law or in equity of Manager under this Agreement or under Legal Requirements, including any indemnity obligations of Lessee to Manager under this Agreement.

 

Article III
OMITTED

 

Article IV
APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER

 

4.01         Appointment. Lessee hereby appoints Manager as its sole, exclusive and continuing manager (a) to manage, coordinate, plan and execute the non-routine repairs and other work, either to the Premises’ building or the FF&E, pursuant to the Capital Improvement Budget, and all major repositionings of the Hotel (the “Project Management Work”), (b) in the event the Site was acquired for the development and construction of a Hotel, to provide development and construction services (the “Development Work”), and/or (c) to provide Project Related Services. The Project Management Work, any Development Work and the Project Related Services shall be under the exclusive supervision and control of Manager who, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, shall be responsible for providing the Project Management Work, Development Work and Project Related Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Leases, the Hotel Management Agreement, the Franchise Agreements, the Capital Improvement Budget, the Development Budget and the Development Plan. Subject to the terms of such agreements, the Manager shall have discretion and control in all matters relating to the Project Management Work, Development Work and Project Related Services and all activities necessary thereto.

 

8

 

 

Article V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.01            Lessee Representations. Upon execution of an Addendum, the Lessee identified in the Addendum, in order to induce Manager to enter into this Agreement, will be deemed to hereby represent and warrant to Manager as of the date of such Addendum as follows:

 

(a)           The execution of this Agreement is permitted by the organizational documents of Lessee and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Lessee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Lessee enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(b)           There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending, or, to the best knowledge and belief of Lessee, threatened, against or relating to Lessee, the properties or businesses of Lessee or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which does, or may reasonably be expected to, materially or adversely affect the ability of Lessee to enter into this Agreement or to carry out its obligations hereunder, and, to the best knowledge and belief of Lessee, there is no basis for any such claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation except as has been fully disclosed in writing by Lessee to Manager;

 

(c)           Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the part of Lessee to be performed, nor the fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, conflicts with or will result in the breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, instrument or undertaking to which Lessee is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d)          No approval of any third party (including any Landlord or the Holder of any Hotel Mortgage in effect as of the date of this Agreement) is required for Lessee’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement that has not been obtained prior to the execution hereof;

 

(e)           Lessee holds all required governmental approvals required (if applicable) to be held by it to own or lease the Hotel; and

 

(f)           As of the date of this Agreement there are no defaults under the Lease (if any).

 

5.02            Manager Representations. Upon execution of an Addendum, Manager, in order to induce Lessee to enter into this Agreement, will be deemed to hereby represent and warrant to Lessee as of the date of such Addendum as follows:

 

(a)          The execution of this Agreement is permitted by the organizational documents of Manager and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Manager and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Manager enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

9

 

 

(b)          There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending, or, to the best knowledge and belief of Manager, threatened, against or relating to Manager, the properties or business of Manager or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which does, or may reasonably be expected to, materially or adversely affect the ability of Manager to enter into this Agreement or to carry out its obligations hereunder, and, to the best knowledge and belief of Manager, there is no basis for any such claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation, except as has been fully disclosed in writing by Manager to Lessee;

 

(c)           Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the part of Manager to be performed, nor the fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, conflicts with or will result in the breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, instrument or undertaking to which Manager is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d)           No approval of any third party is required for Manager’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement that has not been obtained prior to the execution and delivery hereof; and

 

(e)           Manager holds all required governmental approvals required to be held by it to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

Article VI
OPERATION

 

6.01         Use of Premises. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Manager shall comply with and abide by all applicable Legal Requirements, and the requirements of any insurance companies covering any of the risks against which the Premises are insured, any Hotel Mortgage, the Ground Leases, the Leases, the Hotel Management Agreements and the Franchise Agreements.

 

6.02         Group Services. Manager may cause to be furnished to the Premises certain services (“Group Services”) which are furnished generally on a central or regional basis to other hotels serviced by Manager or any Manager Affiliate Entity and which benefit each Hotel, including, by way of example and not by way of limitation, (i) centralized accounting, and (ii) legal support (such as license and permit coordination, filing and completion, standardized contracts, negotiation and preparation, lien releases, and similar legal services benefiting multiple Hotel(s)). Manager shall assure that the costs and expenses incurred in providing Group Services to the Premises shall have been allocated to the Premises on a pro-rata or fixed fee basis consistent with the method of allocation to all of Manager’s (and any Manager Affiliate Entities’) hotels receiving the same or similar services. Owner will pay Manager on a monthly basis its pro-rata share of Group Services based on actual cost (without mark up for fee or profit to Manager or any Manager Affiliate Entity, but including salary and employee benefit costs and costs of equipment used in performing such services and overhead costs) of Group Services for the benefit of all of Manager’s hotels receiving the same or similar services, and shall be of a quality comparable to which Manager could obtain from other providers for similar services.

 

10

 

 

Article VII
WORKING FUNDS

 

7.01         Working Funds. The Lessee shall cause funds to be deposited in one or more operating accounts established by Manager, in amounts sufficient to implement the Capital Improvement Budget, the Development Budget, pay the Management Fees and to enable Manager to perform its duties under this Agreement (“Working Funds”). In the event Lessee fails to advance sufficient Working Funds, Manager shall have the right to elect to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lessee with respect to the affected applicable Hotel. During such ten (10) day period, Lessee and Manager shall use reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute over such Working Funds. If such dispute is not resolved, then this Agreement shall terminate with respect to the affected applicable Hotel on the tenth (10th) day following Manager’s delivery of written notice of termination as provided above. If such dispute is resolved, then the notice will be deemed rescinded and this Agreement shall not be terminated pursuant to the notice with respect to the affected applicable Hotel. Further, if Manager should so terminate this Agreement with respect to the affected applicable Hotel and if Manager in good faith incurs expenditures, or otherwise accrues liabilities in accordance with the Capital Improvement Budget prior to the date of termination, Lessee agrees to promptly indemnify and hold Manager harmless from and against (i) any and all liabilities, costs and expenses properly incurred by Manager in connection with such expenses and liabilities through the date of Termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel, and (ii) any and all liabilities, costs and expenses properly incurred by Manager as a result of Lessee’s failure to perform any obligation or pay any liability arising under any related contracts pertaining to the applicable Hotel after Termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel. In the event of a Termination by Manager pursuant to this Section 7.01, Manager shall be entitled to a termination fee as liquidated damages but not as a penalty, as set forth in connection with a termination for convenience as described in Section 2.03(c) and subject to Section 2.03(d) above.

 

Upon Termination for the Hotel and the payment to Manager of all amounts due Manager hereunder upon such Termination, as provided in this Agreement, all remaining Working Funds shall be transferred forthwith to Lessee, or made freely available to Lessee. Manager shall not be required to advance funds, and Manager shall not be obligated to incur any liability or obligation for Lessee’s account, without assurance that necessary funds for the discharge thereof will be provided by Lessee.

 

11

 

 

Article VIII
IMPLEMENTATION OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET AND/OR DEVELOPMENT BUDGET

 

8.01          Implementation of Capital Improvement Budget and/or Development Budget. Manager, on behalf of Lessee, shall cause to be completed (a) the Project Management Work pursuant to the Capital Improvement Budget, and/or (b) the Development Work pursuant to the Development Budget and the Development Plan. Manager and Lessee shall use their respective best efforts to prevent any liens from being filed against the Premises which arise from any changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements in or to the Premises. Lessee and Manager shall cooperate fully in obtaining the release of any such liens. If the lien arises as a result of the fault of either party, then the party at fault shall bear the cost of obtaining the lien release. Except as hereinafter provided, no expenditures will be made except as otherwise provided in the Capital Improvement Budget or Development Budget, as applicable, without the approval of Lessee and Landlord. All changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements made pursuant to this Article VIII shall be the property of Lessee or Landlord.

 

8.02         Project Management Work and Project Related Services.

 

(a)            In consideration of the Project Management Fee (as defined below), Manager shall be responsible for the Project Management Work to the extent Lessee has the right to direct such matters (e.g., the Hotel Management Company for the Hotel does not have the right under its Hotel Management Agreement to direct such matters or elects not to exercise such right). Upon request by Lessee, Manager will review, evaluate and/or provide input or recommendations with respect to the preparation of the Capital Improvement Budget for each Fiscal Year. In addition, Manager shall be paid the fees set forth below (collectively, the “Market Service Fees”) for the following services (the “Project Related Services”) to be provided in accordance with the Applicable Standards (with the understanding that Manager may subcontract for any or all of the following Project Related Services) for the Hotel, to the extent Lessee has the right to direct such matters:

 

(i)             Construction Management – ten percent (10%) of total construction costs (for projects without a general contractor). The Manager shall coordinate the selection process of contractors with Lessee and/or Landlord, shall assist in the negotiation of construction contracts, and manage such construction contracts and related issues.

 

(ii)            Interior Design – six percent (6%) of the purchase price of FF&E designed or selected by Manager. With respect to any interior design elements involved in the implementation of the Capital Improvement Budget, Manager shall be responsible for overseeing the development of conceptual plans (consistent with Lessee’s and Landlord’s objectives), shall arrange for preparation of specifications, coordinate and make all fabric, flooring, furniture and wall treatment selections (both colors and finishes), coordinate reselections and document all selections in specification books as required under the terms of the Franchise Agreement or Hotel Management Agreement and coordinate all related Franchise Agreement or Hotel Management Company approvals, and will manage the applicable Franchisor or Hotel Management Company process on approval of all selections relating to initial and final selections.

 

(iii)            Architecture – six point five percent (6.5%) of total construction costs for architectural services provided by Manager or its affiliates. Lessee shall reimburse Manager for all third party, out of pocket costs and expenses of mechanical, electrical and structural engineering services (“MES Services”) utilized in providing architectural services for Project Management Work (not constituting ground-up construction).

 

(iv)            FF&E Purchasing - eight percent (8%) of the FF&E purchase price; if the purchase price exceeds two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) for the Hotel in a calendar year, then the purchasing fee is reduced to six percent (6%) of the FF&E purchase price in excess of two million dollars ($2,000,000). Manager shall be responsible for the evaluation of all specifications and negotiations of all prices associated with the purchasing of FF&E, shall manage and issue all purchase orders and place orders necessary for the proper and timely delivery of all FF&E.

 

12

 

 

(v)            FF&E Expediting/Freight Management - 8% of the cost of expediting all FF&E contemplated in an applicable Capital Improvement Budget including the freight selection and shipping process in a cost effective manner.

 

(vi)           FF&E Warehousing – 8% of the cost of warehousing of goods delivered at the job site, inspection of materials delivered, and the filing of all claims associated with the delivery of defective or damaged goods.

 

Manager shall be paid a project management fee (herein, the “Project Management Fee”) equal to four percent (4%) of the total project costs associated with the implementation of the Capital Improvement Budget (both hard and soft) until such time that the Capital Improvement Budget and/or renovation project involves the expenditure of an amount in excess of five percent (5%) of Gross Revenues of the applicable Hotel (as such Gross Revenues are certified to Manager from Lessee from time to time), whereupon the Project Management Fee shall be reduced to three percent (3%) of the total project costs in excess of the five percent (5%) of Gross Revenue threshold. Any onsite or dedicated personnel required for the direct supervision of the implementation of a Capital Improvement Budget or other renovation project will be a direct cost to, and shall be reimbursed by, the Landlord. The Project Management Fee, the Development Fee, and the Market Service Fees will be payable monthly as the service is delivered based on percentage complete, as reasonably determined by Manager for each service, or payable as set forth in other agreements.

 

8.03         Development Work. Manager shall be responsible for any Development Work to the extent Lessee has the right to direct such matters. Lessee shall pay Manager a Project Management Fee and a development fee (the Development Fee), each equal to four percent (4%) of the total project costs (both hard and soft costs) associated with the development and management of the project pursuant to the Development Budget. In addition to the Development Fee and the Project Management Fee, Lessee shall reimburse Manager (when performing Development Work) for all third party, out of pocket costs and expenses, such as, but without limitation, (a) costs of reproductions of architectural plans and specifications, (b) accountants fees and attorneys’ fees, fees paid to computer services for preparation of critical path method studies and other work, and similar charges, (c) fees paid to design consultants and other outside consultants, (d) all costs of an on-site project office and of office supplies, rent, repair and maintenance of office machines and postage incurred for or in connection with the project office, and (e) long distance air travel and similar expenses incurred during conceptual planning, design, and implementation, administration and completion of the Development Plan; provided that such costs are incurred with the scope of the authority granted to Manager and consistent with the Development Budget or as otherwise approved in writing by Lessee. For Development Work that also includes Project Related Services, Manager shall also be entitled to Market Services Fees.

 

13

 

 

8.04         Rebates. Manager shall be permitted to retain all rebates, cash incentives, administration fees, concessions, profit participations, investment rights or similar payments or economic consideration from or in, as applicable, vendors or suppliers of goods or services (collectively, “Rebates”) and neither Lessee nor Landlord shall have any rights with respect to any such Rebates; provided, that Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, at all times during the Term, employ at least one (1) individual with sufficient experience necessary to advise and assist Manager to generate incremental procurement savings through supply chain management, development and management of national account programs, and negotiation of preferred vendor pricing agreements for the benefit of Lessee and Landlord.

 

Article IX
EMPLOYEES

 

9.01            Employee Hiring. Manager will hire, train, promote, supervise, direct the work of and discharge its own staff and personnel in order to provide Project Management Work, Development Work and Project Related Services pursuant to this Agreement. Manager shall be the sole judge of the fitness and qualification of such personnel and is vested with absolute discretion in the hiring, discharging, supervision, and direction of such personnel during the course of their employment.

 

Article X
OMITTED

 

Article XI
OMITTED

 

Article XII
INSURANCE

 

12.01            Insurance. Manager shall coordinate with Lessee, at all times during any period of development, construction, renovation, furnishing and equipping of the Premises, the procurement and maintenance in amount and scope as available and market for the hotel lodging industry for hotels of similar type and in similar markets and geographical locations as the Hotel, public liability and indemnity and property insurance with minimum limits of liability as required by Lessee, the Landlords, any Holder, or Franchisors, if applicable, to protect Lessee, Landlord, Manager, any Holder, and any Franchisor, if applicable, against loss or damage arising in connection with the development, construction, renovation, furnishing and equipping of the Premises (and pre-opening activities, if applicable), including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)            General Liability, Automobile Insurance.

 

(i)            Commercial general liability insurance, with amounts not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for each occurrence and $2,000,000.00 for the aggregate of all occurrences within each policy year, as well as excess liability (umbrella) insurance with limited of at least $50,000,000 per occurrence, covering each of the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence, personal and advertising injury, general aggregate, products and completed operations, and “all risk legal liability”;

 

14

 

 

(ii)            Automobile insurance on vehicles operating in conjunction with the “project” with limits of liability of at least $1,000,000.00 combined, single limit coverage; and

 

(iii)           Insurance covering such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for comparable properties in the area of the project and is available from insurance companies, insurance pools or other appropriate companies authorized to do business in the State where the project is being undertaken at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as may be reasonably requested by Lessee.

 

(b)           Operational Insurance.

 

(i)             Workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance as may be required under Legal Requirements and as Manager may deem reasonably prudent covering all of Manager’s employees at the Premises, with such deductible limits or self-insured retentions as may be reasonably established from time to time by Manager and agreed to be Lessee;

 

(ii)            Fidelity bonds, with limits and deductibles as may be reasonably requested by Lessee, covering Manager’s employees in job classifications normally bonded under prudent project/construction management practices in the United States or otherwise required by law; and

 

(iii)           Professional errors and omissions coverage in an amount of not less than $1,000,000 per claim which shall include coverage for attorney’s fees and investigation. Such policy shall cover claims arising out of negligent errors or omissions during performance of the services. The retroactive date of the policy must be shown on the certificate of insurance and must be prior to the date of the agreement. If the coverage is cancelled or not renewed and not replaced with another policy with a retroactive date that precedes the date of this agreement, the Manager must provide extended reporting period coverage for a minimum of two (2) years after completion of this agreement or the work on the former policy. Manager shall keep such insurance in force during the course of this agreement and for a period of not less than two (2) years after the date of substantial completion of the work in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Manager shall require its sub-consultants to provide the same professional liability insurance coverage, unless otherwise agreed by Lessee in writing.

 

15

 

 

(iv)           Such other insurance in amounts as Lessee in its reasonable judgment deems advisable for its protection against claims, liabilities and losses arising out of or connected with its performance under this Agreement.

 

12.02       Increase in Limits. If either party to this Agreement at any time deems the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive commercial general liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or insufficient, such parties shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further change pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

 

12.03       Costs and Expenses. Insurance premiums and any costs or expenses with respect to the insurance, including, without limitation, agent’s and consultant’s costs used to place insurance or adjust claims, shall be appropriately allocated by project by Manager to appropriate projects managed by Manager or owned by Lessee or any of its Affiliates.

 

12.04       Policies and Endorsements. Where permitted, all insurance provided for under this Article XII shall name Lessee as “named insured”, and Manager, any Holder, the Landlords, and, if required, the Franchisors, as additional insureds. The party procuring such insurance shall deliver to the other party certificates of insurance with respect to all policies so procured, including existing, additional and renewal policies and, in the event of insurance about to expire, shall deliver certificates of insurance with respect to the renewal policies not less than ten (10) days prior to the respective dates of expiration.

 

(a)           All policies of insurance provided for under this Article XII shall be with insurance companies licensed or authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, with a minimum rating of A or better in the Best’s Insurance Guide and an S&P rating of at least A (or such higher rating if so required by any Holder, Landlord or Franchisor), and shall have attached thereto an endorsement that such policy shall not be cancelled or materially changed without at least thirty (30) days’ (and for Texas Hotels, ten (10) days’) prior written notice to Lessee. All insurance policies obtained pursuant to this Article XII shall contain a standard waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

12.05       Termination. Upon Termination of this Agreement, an escrow fund in an amount reasonably acceptable to Manager shall be established from Gross Revenues (or, if Gross Revenues are not sufficient, with funds provided by Lessee) to cover the amount of any costs which, in Manager’s reasonable business judgment, will likely need to be paid by either Lessee or Manager with respect to pending or contingent claims, including those which arise after Termination for causes arising during the Term of this Agreement. Upon the final disposition of all such pending or contingent claims, any unexpended funds remaining in such escrow shall be paid to Lessee.

 

16

 

 

Article XIII
OMITTED

 

Article XIV
OMITTED

 

Article XV
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

15.01            Books and Records. Manager shall maintain an adequate and separate accounting system in connection with implementing the Capital Expenditures Budget and/or Development Budget at the Premises. The books and records shall be maintained at all times at the principal office of the Manager, or in storage, for at least three (3) years after the Fiscal Year to which the books and records relate. Lessee, the beneficial owners of Lessee, the Landlords (to the extent permitted under the Leases), any Holder (to the extent permitted under the Hotel Mortgage), any Franchisor (to the extent permitted under any applicable Franchise Agreement), any Hotel Management Company (to the extent permitted under any applicable Hotel Management Agreement) or their respective employees or duly authorized agents, shall have the right and privilege of examining and inspecting the books and records at any reasonable time.

 

Article XVI
OMITTED

 

Article XVII
RELATIONSHIP AND AUTHORITY

 

Lessee and Manager shall not be construed as partners, joint venturers or as members of a joint enterprise and neither shall have the power to bind or obligate the other except as set forth in this Agreement. Nevertheless, Manager is granted such authority and power as may be reasonably necessary for it to carry out the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement, either alone or in conjunction with any other documents, shall not be deemed to constitute a lease of any portion of the Premises. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit or restrict Manager or any affiliate of Manager from operating, owning, managing, leasing, repairing, improving, renovating or constructing any hotel of any nature or description which may in any manner compete with that of the Premises; provided that Manager agrees to comply with the conflicts policies of SHR. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, (a) all debts and liabilities to third persons incurred by Manager in the course of its duties in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be the debts and liabilities of Lessee only, and (b) Manager shall not be liable for any such obligations by reason of the provision of services to the Hotel in accordance with this Agreement as agent for Lessee. Manager may so inform third parties with whom it deals on behalf of Lessee and may take any other reasonable steps to carry out the intent of this paragraph.

 

17

 

 

Article XVIII
DAMAGE, CONDEMNATION AND FORCE MAJEURE

 

18.01            Damage and Repair. If, during the Term hereof, a Hotel is damaged or destroyed by fire, casualty, or other cause, Lessee shall, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease, repair or replace the damaged or destroyed portion of the Hotel to the same condition as existed previously. In the event the underlying Lease relating to such damaged Hotel is terminated pursuant to the provisions of such Lease, Lessee may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon sixty (60) days’ Notice from the date of such damage or destruction, in which case this Agreement shall then terminate with respect to such Hotel sixty (60) days from the date of such notice and neither party shall have any further rights, obligations, liabilities or remedies one to the other hereunder with respect to such Hotel, except as otherwise provided in Article II.

 

18.02            Condemnation.

 

(a)            In the event all or substantially all of a Hotel shall be taken in any eminent domain, condemnation, compulsory acquisition, or similar proceeding by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to such Hotel, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease. However, in any event of such termination, Lessee shall give Manager at least fifteen (15) days prior Notice of such termination. In the event of such termination, neither party shall have any further rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities one to the other hereunder with respect to such Hotel except as otherwise provided in Article II above (provided that no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee pursuant to Article II).

 

(b)            If a portion of the Premises shall be taken by the events described in Section 18.02A or the entire Premises are temporarily affected, the result of either of which is not to make it, in the reasonable business judgment of Lessee, unreasonable to continue to operate the applicable Hotel, subject to the requirements of the applicable underlying Lease, this Agreement shall not terminate with respect to such Hotel. However, so much of any award for any such partial taking or condemnation shall be made available to the extent necessary to render the applicable Premises equivalent to its condition prior to such event and the balance shall be paid to Lessee or the Holder, if required by any Hotel Mortgage covering the Premises.

 

18.03            Force Majeure. If an event of Force Majeure directly involves a Hotel and has a significant adverse effect upon the continued operations of such Hotel, then Lessee shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel by written Notice within sixty (60) days from the date of such Force Majeure, and this Agreement shall then terminate with respect to the applicable Hotel sixty (60) days from such notice, in which event neither Lessee nor Manager shall have any further rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities, one to the other, hereunder, with respect to the applicable Premises except as otherwise provided in Article II (provided that no termination fees shall be payable by Lessee pursuant to Article II).

 

18.04            No Liquidated Damages if Condemnation or Force Majeure. No liquidated damages shall be payable in the event of a casualty or condemnation relating to a Hotel, provided that Manager shall be entitled to seek recovery from the condemning authority for its loss of contract and this Agreement shall not terminate for that purpose. No liquidated damages shall be payable by Lessee as a result of its termination of this Agreement as to a Hotel pursuant to Section 18.03 (Force Majeure).

 

18

 

 

Article XIX
DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

 

19.01       Events of Default. The following shall constitute events of default (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a)           The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or a petition for reorganization under any bankruptcy law by Lessee or Manager;

 

(b)           The consent to any involuntary petition in bankruptcy or the failure to vacate, within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof, any order approving an involuntary petition by Lessee or Manager;

 

(c)           The entering of an order, judgment or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction, on the application of a creditor, adjudicating Lessee or Manager as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization or appointing a receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or a substantial part of such party’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree continues unstayed and in effect for any period of ninety (90) days or more;

 

(d)           The appointment of a receiver for all or any substantial portion of the property of Lessee or Manager;

 

(e)           The failure of Lessee or Manager to make any payment required to be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice, specifying said default with reasonable specificity, when such payment is due and payable; or

 

(f)           The failure of Lessee or Manager to perform, keep or fulfill any of the other covenants, undertakings, obligations or conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice of said failure; provided, however, if such default cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and Lessee or Manager, as the case may be, commences to cure such default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended so long as it shall require Lessee or Manager, as the case may be, in the exercise of due diligence to cure such default, it being agreed that no such extension (including the original 30 day cure period) shall be for a period in excess of one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

19.02            Consequence of Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the non-defaulting party may give the defaulting party Notice of intention to terminate this Agreement (after the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period provided in Section 19.01), and upon the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, this Agreement shall terminate, whereupon the non-defaulting party shall be entitled to pursue all of its rights and remedies, at law or in equity, under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any indemnity obligations which shall survive termination of this Agreement) and any other rights and remedies available under Legal Requirements except as otherwise expressly limited by the terms of Article II. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Event of Default is applicable to one or more of the Hotels but not all of the Hotels, such termination shall only be as to such applicable Hotel(s).

 

19

 

 

Article XX
WAIVER AND INVALIDITY

 

20.01       Waiver. The failure of either party to insist upon a strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any option, right or remedy herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or as a relinquishment for the future of such term, provision, option, right or remedy, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. No waiver by either party of any term or provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by such party.

 

20.02       Partial Invalidity. In the event that any portion of this Agreement shall be declared invalid by order, decree or judgment of a court, this Agreement shall be construed as if such portion had not been inserted herein except when such construction would operate as an undue hardship on the Manager or Lessee or constitute a substantial deviation from the general intent and purpose of said parties as reflected in this Agreement, in which event it shall be terminated.

 

Article XXI
ASSIGNMENT

 

Subject to the requirements of any Hotel Mortgage, Franchise Agreement, Hotel Management Agreement, Ground Lease or any of the Leases, neither party shall assign or transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) or permit the assignment or transfer of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other (which may be withheld in its sole discretion) and any such prohibited assignment or transfer shall be null and void; provided, however, that Manager shall have the right, without such consent, to assign its interest in this Agreement to any “Manager Affiliate Entity”. The term “Manager Affiliate Entity” shall mean any entity controlled directly or indirectly by (i) Ashford, Inc., (ii) Archie Bennett, Jr. and/or Monty Bennett, (iii) family partnerships or trusts (the sole members or beneficiaries of which are at all times lineal descendants of Archie Bennett, Jr. or Monty Bennett (including step-children) and spouses of any of the foregoing), or (iv) by lineal descendants of Archie Bennett, Jr. or Monty Bennett (including step-children) and spouses of any of the foregoing. For purposes hereof, “controlled” shall mean (i) the possession, directly or indirectly of a majority of the voting power and capital stock or ownership interest of such entity, or (ii) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity in the capacity of chief executive officer, president, chairman, or other similar capacity where they are actively engaged and/or involved in providing such direction or control and spend a substantial amount of time managing such entity. Any such permitted assignee shall be deemed to be the Manager for purposes of this Agreement provided such assignee assumes all of Manager’s future obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an assumption agreement reasonably acceptable to Lessee. Any and all such assignments, however, shall at all times be subject to the prior right, title and interest of Lessee with respect to the Premises. An assignment by Manager or any permitted assignee of its interest in this Agreement, shall not relieve Manager or any such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from their respective obligations under this Agreement, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their permitted successors and assigns. For purposes of this Article XXI any change in the ownership of the Manager or other event that would cause the Manager to fail to be a Manager Affiliate Entity (unless controlled by Ashford, Inc. or its successors and assigns) shall be deemed to be a transfer of this Agreement, prohibited by this Article XXI unless first consented to in writing by Lessee.

 

20

 

 

Article XXII
NOTICES

 

All notices, demands, elections, or other communications that any party this Agreement may desire or be required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand, by depositing the same in the United States mail, first class, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a recognized overnight courier service providing confirmation of delivery, to the addresses set forth below, or at such address as may be designated by the addressee upon written notice to the other party, (herein called “Notice”).

 

To Lessee: Stirling TRS Corporation (or New Lessee set forth in an Addendum)
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (972) 490-9605
   
With a copy to: Stirling REIT OP, LP
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (972) 490-9605
   
To Manager: Premier Project Management LLC
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1400
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (972) 490-9605
   
To the Landlords: c/o Stirling REIT OP, LP
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (972) 490-9605

 

All notices given pursuant to this Article XXII shall be deemed to have been given (i) if delivered by hand on the date of delivery or on the date that delivery was refused by the addressee, or (ii) if delivered by certified mail or by overnight courier, on the date of delivery as established by the return receipt or courier service confirmation (or the date on which the return receipt or courier service confirms that acceptance of delivery was refused by the addressee).

 

21

 

 

Article XXIII
SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE

 

23.01       Subordination. This Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to any Hotel Mortgage and Lease, and Manager agrees to enter into a lender-manager or landlord-manager (as applicable) agreement with respect to each Hotel, which agreement shall contain reasonable provisions, including, without limitation, Manager’s acknowledgment that its real estate interest in and to the applicable Hotel, if any, created by this Agreement is subject and subordinate to the applicable Hotel Mortgage or Lease, including providing any purchaser of such Hotel at a foreclosure sale or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, including the Holder, with the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel; provided, however, in no event will Manager agree to subordinate or waive its right to receive fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments under this Agreement arising prior to termination (but (a) if this Agreement is terminated by the Holder or such purchaser or Landlord (or its assignee) with respect to such Hotel, Manager shall not look to the Holder for payment of such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments and Manager’s right to receive such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments shall be subordinated to the Holder’s rights and (b) if this Agreement is not terminated by the Holder or such purchaser with respect to such Hotel, then such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments shall be payable by the Holder or such purchaser). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager shall in no event be obligated to perform its duties hereunder without payment and/or reasonable assurance of payment of such fees, reimbursements or indemnification payments.

 

23.02       Non-Disturbance Agreement. Notwithstanding Section 23.01, Lessee agrees that, prior to obtaining any Hotel Mortgage or executing any Lease, Lessee will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each prospective Holder or Landlord (as applicable), a Non-Disturbance Agreement pursuant to which Manager’s rights under this Agreement will not be disturbed as a result of a default stemming from non-monetary factors which are not defaults by Manager under Section 19.01 of this Agreement. If Lessee desires to obtain a Hotel Mortgage or to execute a Lease, Manager, on written request from Lessee, shall assist in expediting the preparation of an agreement between the prospective Holder and/or Landlord and Manager which will implement the provisions of this Section 23.02.

 

Article XXIV
OMITTED

 

Article XXV
INDEMNIFICATION

 

25.01       Manager Indemnity. Manager shall indemnify and hold Lessee (and Lessee’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors, attorneys and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which are not covered by insurance proceeds that may be incurred by or asserted against any such party and that arise from (a) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Manager; (b) the infringement by Manager on the intellectual property rights of any third party; (c) knowing or reckless placing, discharge, leakage, use or storage of hazardous materials on the Premises or in the Hotel by Manager during the Term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 28.09C; or (d) the breach by Manager of any provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any action taken by Manager which is beyond the scope of Manager’s authority under this Agreement, which is not cured within any applicable notice and cure periods. Lessee shall promptly provide Manager with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification.

 

22

 

 

25.02       Lessee Indemnity. Except with respect to matters for which Manager is obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to Section 25.01, Lessee shall indemnify and hold Manager (and Manager’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors, attorneys and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which are not covered by insurance proceeds and that may be incurred by or asserted against such party and that arise from or in connection with (a) the performance of Manager’s services under this Agreement; or (b) the condition or use of the Hotel, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including without limitation, any injury to person(s) or damage to property or business by reason of any cause whatsoever in or about the Hotel. Manager shall promptly provide Lessee with written Notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INDEMNIFY MANAGER (i) AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT WHEN MANAGER IS SOLELY NEGLIGENT OR CONTRIBUTORILY, PARTIALLY, JOINTLY, COMPARATIVELY OR CONCURRENTLY NEGLIGENT WITH LESSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON (BUT IS NOT GROSSLY NEGLIGENT, HAS NOT COMMITTED AN INTENTIONAL ACT OR MADE INTENTIONAL OMISSION) AND (ii) AGAINST ANY LIABILITY OF MANAGER BASED ON ANY APPLICABLE DOCTRINE OF STRICT LIABILITY.

 

25.03       Indemnification Procedure. Any party obligated to indemnify the other party under this Agreement (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall have the right, by Notice to the other party, to assume the defense of any claim with respect to which the other party is entitled to indemnification hereunder. If the Indemnifying Party gives such notice, (i) such defense shall be conducted by counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and approved by the other party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided, however, that the other party’s approval shall not be required with respect to counsel designated by the Indemnifying Party’s insurer); (ii) so long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting such defense with reasonable diligence, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control said defense and shall not be required to pay the fees or disbursements of any counsel engaged by the other party for services rendered after the Indemnifying Party has given the Notice provided for above to the other party, except if there is a conflict of interest between the parties with respect to such claim or defense; and (iii) the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, without the consent of the other party, to settle such claim, but only provided that such settlement involves only the payment of money, the Indemnifying Party pays all amounts due in connection with or by reason of such settlement and, as part thereof, the other party is unconditionally released from all liability in respect of such claim. The other party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such claim being defended by the Indemnifying Party at the expense of the other party, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control such defense (other than in the event of a conflict of interest between the parties with respect to such claim or defense). In no event shall (i) the other party settle any claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party so long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense thereof in accordance with this Agreement; or (ii) if a claim is covered by the Indemnifying Party’s liability insurance, take or omit to take any action which would cause the insurer not to defend such claim or to disclaim liability in respect thereof.

 

23

 

 

25.04       Survival. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement with respect to acts, omissions and occurrences arising during the Term.

 

Article XXVI
NEW HOTELS

 

Lessee acknowledges and agrees that any Hotel owned or leased or to be developed by Lessee or its designees from any Affiliates of the Partnership (including the Landlords) from and after the Effective Date may become subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement effective upon execution of an addendum to this Agreement (the “Addendum”) in the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, or pursuant to a management agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the terms of this Agreement with either Manager or an Affiliate of Manager. Effective upon execution of said Addendum, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed amended to include and apply to such Hotel(s) as provided in the Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Lessee shall have no liability under this Agreement unless and until Lessee is or hereafter becomes a New Lessee (as that term is defined in a fully executed Addendum) with respect to a Hotel. This Agreement will be construed as a separate and independent project management agreement with respect to each Hotel. Any affiliate of Stirling TRS Corporation may become party to this Agreement with respect to a Hotel by executing and delivering an Addendum relating to such Hotel, and in such event, it will not be a condition to the effectiveness of such Addendum that Stirling TRS Corporation consent, join or otherwise be party to such Addendum.

 

Article XXVII
GOVERNING; LAW VENUE

 

This Agreement and its interpretation, validity and performance shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws principles. In the event any court of law of appropriate judicial authority shall hold or declare that the law of another jurisdiction is applicable, this Agreement shall remain enforceable under the laws of the appropriate jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that venue for any action in connection herewith shall be proper in Dallas County, Texas. Each party hereto consents to the jurisdiction of any local, state or federal court situated in any of such locations and waives any objection which it may have pertaining to improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any proceeding in any such court.

 

24

 

 

Article XXVIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

28.01       Rights to Make Agreement. Each party warrants, with respect to itself, that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the finalization of the transactions contemplated hereby shall violate any provision of law or judgment, writ, injunction, order or decree of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over it; result in or constitute a breach or default under any indenture, contract, other commitment or restriction to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or require any consent, vote or approval which has not been given or taken. Each party covenants that it has and will continue to have throughout the term of this Agreement and any extensions thereof, the full right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

28.02       Agency. Manager’s limited agency established by this Agreement is coupled with an interest and may not be terminated by Lessee until Termination, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

28.03       Failure to Perform. If Manager or Lessee at any time fails to make any payments as specified or required hereunder or fails to perform any other act required on its part to be made or performed hereunder without limitation, then the other party after thirty (30) days’ written notice to the defaulting party may (but shall not be obligated to) pay any such delinquent amount or perform any such other act on the defaulting party’s part. Any sums thus paid and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the making of such payment or the proper performance of any such act, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) the interest rate allowed by the applicable usury laws or (ii) at the Prime Rate plus three percent (3%), from the date that such payment is made or such costs and expenses incurred, shall constitute a liquidated amount to be paid by the defaulting party under this Agreement to the other party on demand. For the purposes of this Section 28.03, the term “Prime Rate” shall mean the “prime rate” as published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal; however, if such rate is, at any time during the Term of this Agreement, no longer so published, the term “Prime Rate” shall mean the average of the prime interest rates which are announced, from time to time, by the three (3) largest banks (by assets) headquartered in the United States which publish a “prime rate”.

 

28.04       Headings. Headings of Articles and Sections are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be construed as a limitation on the scope of the particular Articles or Sections to which they refer.

 

28.05       Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

25

 

 

28.06       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with other writings signed by the parties expressly stated to be supplementary hereto and together with any instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings and writings, and may be changed only by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

28.07       Consents. Whenever the consent or approval of Lessee is required under the terms of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated to the contrary, such consent or approval may be granted or withheld by Lessee in its reasonable discretion.

 

28.08       Omitted.

 

28.09       Environmental Matters.

 

(a)           For purposes of this Section 28.09, “hazardous materials” means any substance or material containing one or more of any of the following: “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “regulated substance,” “petroleum,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” or “asbestos,” as such terms are defined in any applicable environmental law, in such concentration(s) or amount(s) as may impose clean-up, removal, monitoring or other responsibility under any applicable environmental law, or which may present a significant risk of harm to guests, invitees or employees of the Hotel.

 

(b)           Regardless of whether or not a given hazardous material is permitted on the Premises under applicable environmental law, Manager shall only bring on the Premises such hazardous materials as are needed in the normal course of performing its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(c)           In the event of the discovery of hazardous materials (as such term may be defined in any applicable environmental law) on the Premises or in the Hotel during the Term of this Agreement, Lessee shall promptly remove, if required by applicable environmental law, such hazardous materials, together with all contaminated soil and containers, and shall otherwise remedy the problem in accordance with all environmental laws (except to the extent knowingly or recklessly caused by Manager during the Term of this Agreement, whereupon the responsibility to promptly remove and/or remedy the environmental problem shall be that of Manager and at Manager’s sole cost and expense). All costs and expenses of the compliance with all environmental laws shall be paid by Lessee from its own funds (except to the extent knowingly or recklessly caused by Manager during the Term of this Agreement as set forth herein above).

 

28.10       Equity and Debt Offerings. Neither Lessee nor Manager (as an “issuing party”) shall make reference to the other party (the “non-issuing party”) or any of its Affiliates in any prospectus, private placement memorandum, offering circular or offering documentation related thereto (collectively, referred to as the “Prospectus”), issued by the issuing party, unless the non-issuing party has received a copy of all such references. In no event will the non-issuing party be deemed a sponsor of the offering described in any such Prospectus, nor will it have any responsibility for the Prospectus, and the Prospectus will so state. The issuing party shall be entitled to include in the Prospectus an accurate summary of this Agreement but shall not include any proprietary mark of the non-issuing party without prior written consent of the non-issuing party. The issuing party shall indemnify, defend and hold the non-issuing party and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents) harmless from and against all loss, costs, liability and damage (including attorneys’ fees and expenses, and the cost of litigation), arising out of any Prospectus or the offering described therein, except for any such losses, costs, liability and damage arising from material misstatements or omissions in a Prospectus based on information provided in writing by the non-issuing party expressly for inclusion in the Prospectus.

 

26

 

 

28.11       Estoppel Certificates. Lessee and Manager will, at any time and from time to time within fifteen (15) days of the request of the other party or a Holder, Hotel Management Company or a Franchisor (if so permitted under the applicable Hotel Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement), or a Landlord (if so permitted under the applicable Lease), execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the other party and such Holder, Hotel Management Company, Franchisor or Landlord, as applicable, a certificate certifying:

 

(a)           That the Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating such modifications);

 

(b)          Whether there are any existing Event(s) of Default or events which, with the passage of time, would become an Event of Default, by the other party to the knowledge of the party making such certification, and specifying the nature of such Event(s) of Default or defaults or events which, with the passage of time, would become an Event of Default, if any; and

 

(c)           Such other matters as may be reasonably requested.

 

Any such certificates may be relied upon by any party to whom the certificate is directed.

 

28.12            Confidentiality. The Manager shall keep confidential all non-public information obtained in connection with the services rendered under this Agreement and shall not disclose any such information or use any such information except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement and as may be required by any of its lenders or owners (provided said lenders and/or owners, as applicable agree prior to disclosure to keep such information confidential as set forth in this subparagraph 28.12), or as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements or court order, or as may be required under any Franchise Agreement, Hotel Mortgage, Lease or Ground Lease.

 

28.13            Modification. Any amendment, supplement or modification of this Agreement must be in writing signed by both parties hereto. In furtherance of the foregoing, (a) any amendment, supplement or modification intended to affect all Hotels collectively that are subject to this Agreement must be in writing signed by Manager and Lessee (including each New Lessee), and (b) any amendment, supplement or modification intended to affect only an individual Hotel must be in writing signed by Manager and the applicable Lessee (or New Lessee).

 

28.14            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which collectively constitute one instrument.

 

27

 

 

28.15            Relationship of Lessee and the Partnership. Other than with respect to any Hotel in which the Lessee owns the Premises, the Partnership or one of its subsidiaries owns the Premises of each Hotel and as to each such Hotel, not owned by the Lessee, the Partnership or one of its subsidiaries is the Landlord. Whether or not Lessee owns the Premises, the FF&E as to a Hotel may be owned by Lessee or by Landlord or portions of the FF&E may be owned by Lessee and other portions of the FF&E may be owned by Landlord. Lessee and the Partnership, on behalf of each Landlord, agree that, as to any Premises and FF&E owned by a Landlord, Lessee is acting as the agent of Landlord under this Agreement and all costs and expenses, including but not limited to, the Management Fee and other costs and expenses payable pursuant to Article VII, termination fees under Article II, and indemnification pursuant to Article XXV, incurred by Lessee under this Agreement properly allocable to the Premises and FF&E owned by Landlord (and not required to be paid by Lessee under a Lease) shall be paid or reimbursed by the applicable Landlord. All such costs and expenses properly allocable to the Premises and FF&E owned by Lessee shall be paid by Lessee with no right of reimbursement by any Landlord.

 

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

28

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the Effective Date.

 

LESSEE:
   
STIRLING TRS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
   
By: /s/ Stephen Zsigray
    Stephen Zsigray
  President
   
PARTNERSHIP:
   
STIRLING REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
   
  By: Stirling OP General Partner LLC
   
By: /s/ Deric Eubanks
    Deric Eubanks
    President

 

29

 

 

MANAGER:
   
PREMIER PROJECT MANAGEMENT LLC, a Maryland limited liability company
   
By: /s/ Hector Sanchez
  Name: Hector Sanchez
Title: CEO

 

30

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Addendum to Master Project Management Agreement

 

__________, 20____

 

Premier Project Management LLC
14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1400
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attn: ___________

 

Re:Project Management of a New Hotel by Premier Project Management LLC

 

Dear ____________:

 

Please refer to the Master Project Management Agreement, dated as of __________, 2023 (the “Project Management Agreement”), among Stirling TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“Lessee”) and Premier Project Management LLC, a Maryland limited liability company (“Manager”). Capitalized terms appearing but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Project Management Agreement.

 

Lessee, through its affiliate, __________________________, a _________________ (“New Lessee”), hereby appoints Manager to provide Project Management Work, [Development Work], and Project Related Services for the ______________ property located at the location set forth on Exhibit “A” attached to this Addendum (the “New Hotel”), in exchange for payment by New Lessee of the Project Management Fee, [Development Fee] and Market Service Fees, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Project Management Agreement.

 

In addition:

 

1.            The New Hotel shall constitute a “Hotel” under the Project Management Agreement. New Lessee shall be a party to the Project Management Agreement as a “Lessee” and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Project Management Agreement as “Lessee” thereunder to the extent same are applicable to the New Hotel. All other Lessees shall have no obligations under the Project Management Agreement with respect to the New Hotel, and New Lessee shall have no obligations under the Project Management Agreement with respect to any of the other Hotels (other than the New Hotel).

 

2.            Manager’s retention by New Lessee to perform Project Management Work, [Development Work], and Project Related Services at the New Hotel from and after the Effective Date shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Project Management Agreement to the same extent as if New Lessee were the “Lessee” thereunder.

 

[Signature pages to follow]

 

 

 

 

Please execute in the space provided for your signature below to evidence your agreement to the contents of this Addendum.

 

Sincerely yours,
   
NEW LESSEE:
   
  ________________________, a _________________
   
By:                             
  Name:
Title:

 

 

2

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED  
   
MANAGER:  
   
PREMIER PROJECT MANAGEMENT LLC, a Maryland limited liability company  
   
By:  
Name: Hector Sanchez  
Title: CEO  

 

3

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Hotel Information

 

Affiliate

Property Owner

Property Commencement Date
     

 

4

 

EX-10.12 11 tm2332619d1_ex10-12.htm EXHIBIT 10.12

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOAN NO. 3459568

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of November 16, 2023

 

Between

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE I ATTACHED HERETO,
collectively, as Borrower

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

 

 

 

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
 
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION 1
       
  Section 1.1 Definitions 1
  Section 1.2 Principles of Construction 30
     
ARTICLE 2 GENERAL TERMS 30
     
  Section 2.1 The Loan 30
  Section 2.2 Disbursement to Borrower 30
  Section 2.3 The Note, Mortgage and Loan Documents 30
  Section 2.4 Interest Rate 30
  Section 2.5 Loan Payments 31
  Section 2.6 Loan Prepayments 33
  Section 2.7 Loan Assignment 34
  Section 2.8 Defeasance 34
  Section 2.9 Property Releases 38
     
ARTICLE 3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 39
   
  Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent 39
     
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 40
   
  Section 4.1 Organization 40
  Section 4.2 Status of Borrower 40
  Section 4.3 Validity of Documents 40
  Section 4.4 No Conflicts 41
  Section 4.5 Litigation 41
  Section 4.6 Agreements 41
  Section 4.7 Solvency 41
  Section 4.8 Full and Accurate Disclosure 42
  Section 4.9 No Plan Assets 42

 

i

 

 

  Section 4.10 Not a Foreign Person 42

  Section 4.11 Enforceability 43
  Section 4.12 Business Purposes 43
  Section 4.13 Compliance 43
  Section 4.14 Financial Information 43
  Section 4.15 Condemnation 44
  Section 4.16 Utilities and Public Access; Parking 44
  Section 4.17 Separate Lots 44
  Section 4.18 Assessments 44
  Section 4.19 Insurance 44
  Section 4.20 Use of Property 45
  Section 4.21 Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses 45
  Section 4.22 Flood Zone 45
  Section 4.23 Physical Condition 45
  Section 4.24 Boundaries 45
  Section 4.25 Leases 46
  Section 4.26 Filing and Recording Taxes 46
  Section 4.27 Management Agreement 46
  Section 4.28 Illegal Activity 47
  Section 4.29 Construction Expenses 47
  Section 4.30 Personal Property 47
  Section 4.31 Taxes 47
  Section 4.32 Title 47
  Section 4.33 Federal Reserve Regulations 48
  Section 4.34 Investment Company Act 48
  Section 4.35 Reciprocal Easement Agreements 48
  Section 4.36 No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure 49
  Section 4.37 Intellectual Property 49
  Section 4.38 Sanctions 49
  Section 4.39 Brokers and Financial Advisors 50
  Section 4.40 Franchise Agreements 50
  Section 4.41 PIPS 50
  Section 4.42 Labor Matters 50
  Section 4.43 Intentionally Omitted 50

 

ii

 

 

  Section 4.44 Intentionally Omitted 50
  Section 4.45 Operating Lease Representations 50
  Section 4.46 CFIUS 51
  Section 4.47 Survival 51
     
ARTICLE 5 BORROWER COVENANTS 51
   
  Section 5.1 Existence; Compliance with Requirements 51
  Section 5.2 Maintenance and Use of Properties 52
  Section 5.3 Waste 52
  Section 5.4 Taxes and Other Charges 52
  Section 5.5 Litigation 53
  Section 5.6 Access to Properties 54
  Section 5.7 Notice of Default 54
  Section 5.8 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings 54
  Section 5.9 Performance by Borrower 54
  Section 5.10 Awards; Insurance Proceeds 54
  Section 5.11 Financial Reporting 55
  Section 5.12 Estoppel Statement 56
  Section 5.13 Leasing Matters 57
  Section 5.14 Property Management 59
  Section 5.15 Liens 61
  Section 5.16 Debt Cancellation 61
  Section 5.17 Zoning 61
  Section 5.18 ERISA 61
  Section 5.19 No Joint Assessment 62
  Section 5.20 Reciprocal Easement Agreements 62
  Section 5.21 Alterations 63
  Section 5.22 Agreements 63
  Section 5.23 Compliance with Sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws 64
  Section 5.24 Intentionally Omitted 64
  Section 5.25 Franchise Agreement 64
  Section 5.26 Trade Names 65
  Section 5.27 CFIUS 65

 

iii

 

 

  Section 5.28 Operating Lease Provisions 66
  Section 5.29 Withholding Tax 67
     
ARTICLE 6 ENTITY COVENANTS 67
   
  Section 6.1 Single Purpose Entity/Separateness 67
  Section 6.2 Change of Name, Identity or Structure 72
  Section 6.3 Business and Operations 72
  Section 6.4 Independent Directors 72
     
ARTICLE 7 NO SALE OR ENCUMBRANCE 73
   
  Section 7.1 Transfer Definitions 73
  Section 7.2 No Sale/Encumbrance 73
  Section 7.3 Permitted Transfers 74
  Section 7.4 Assumption 74
  Section 7.5 Immaterial Transfers and Easements, Etc. 77
     
ARTICLE 8 INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION; RESTORATION 78
   
  Section 8.1 Insurance 78
  Section 8.2 Intentionally Omitted 82
  Section 8.3 Casualty 83
  Section 8.4 Condemnation 83
  Section 8.5 Restoration 83
     
ARTICLE 9 RESERVE FUNDS 88
   
  Section 9.1 Required Repairs 88
  Section 9.2 Replacements 89
  Section 9.3 Intentionally Omitted 89
  Section 9.4 Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds 89
  Section 9.5 Excess Cash 90
  Section 9.6 Required Work 90
  Section 9.7 Release of Reserve Funds 92
  Section 9.8 Intentionally Omitted 94
  Section 9.9 PIP Reserve Funds 94

 

iv

 

 

  Section 9.10 Reserve Funds Generally 95
  Section 9.11 Letters of Credit 98
     
ARTICLE 10 CASH MANAGEMENT 100
   
  Section 10.1 Cash Management Account 100
  Section 10.2 Deposits and Withdrawals 101
  Section 10.3 Security Interest 101
     
ARTICLE 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES 103
   
  Section 11.1 Event of Default 103
  Section 11.2 Remedies 106
     
ARTICLE 12 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 107
   
ARTICLE 13 SECONDARY MARKET 107
   
  Section 13.1 Transfer of Loan 107
  Section 13.2 Delegation of Servicing 108
  Section 13.3 Dissemination of Information 108
  Section 13.4 Cooperation 109
  Section 13.5 Securitization 110
  Section 13.6 Regulation AB Obligor Information 113
  Section 13.7 Other Regulation AB Information 114
  Section 13.8 New Mezzanine Loan 115
     
ARTICLE 14 INDEMNIFICATIONS 115
   
  Section 14.1 General Indemnification 115
  Section 14.2 Mortgage and Intangible Tax Indemnification 116
  Section 14.3 ERISA Indemnification 116
  Section 14.4 CFIUS Indemnification 116
  Section 14.5 Survival 117
     
ARTICLE 15 EXCULPATION 117
   
  Section 15.1 Exculpation 117

 

v

 

 

ARTICLE 16 NOTICES 121
   
  Section 16.1 Notices 121
     
ARTICLE 17 FURTHER ASSURANCES 122
   
  Section 17.1 Replacement Documents 122
  Section 17.2 Recording of Mortgage, etc. 123
  Section 17.3 Further Acts, etc. 123
  Section 17.4 Changes in Tax, Debt, Credit and Documentary Stamp Laws 123
  Section 17.5 Expenses 124
  Section 17.6 Cost of Enforcement 125
     
ARTICLE 18 WAIVERS 126
   
  Section 18.1 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers 126
  Section 18.2 Modification, Waiver in Writing 126
  Section 18.3 Delay Not a Waiver 126
  Section 18.4 Trial by Jury 127
  Section 18.5 Waiver of Notice 127
  Section 18.6 Remedies of Borrower 127
  Section 18.7 Cross Default; Cross Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets 127
  Section 18.8 Waiver of Statute of Limitations 128
  Section 18.9 Waiver of Counterclaim 128
     
ARTICLE 19 GOVERNING LAW 128
   
  Section 19.1 Governing Law 128
  Section 19.2 Severability 129
  Section 19.3 Preferences 130
     
ARTICLE 20 MISCELLANEOUS 130
   
  Section 20.1 Survival 130
  Section 20.2 Lender’s Discretion 130
  Section 20.3 Headings 130
  Section 20.4 Schedules Incorporated 130

 

vi

 

 

  Section 20.5 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses 130
  Section 20.6 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries 131
  Section 20.7 Publicity 132
  Section 20.8 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance 132
  Section 20.9 Duplicate Originals; Counterparts 132
  Section 20.10 Joint and Several Liability 133
  Section 20.11 Entire Agreement 133
  Section 20.12 Contributions and Waivers 133
  Section 20.13 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 136
  Section 20.14 Patriot Act 137

 

vii

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of November 16, 2023 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, having an address at c/o Capital Markets Servicing Group, 900 West Trade Street, Suite 650, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 (together with its successors and/or assigns, “Lender”) and EACH OF THE PARTIES SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE I ATTACHED HERETO, each having an address at c/o Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254 (together with their respective successors and/or assigns, individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan from Lender.

 

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1          Definitions

 

       For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

 

       “Acceptable Accountant” shall mean a “Big Four” accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

       “Act” shall mean Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes.

 

       “Additional Permitted Transfer” shall mean each of the following:

 

(a)          Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(b)          the Contribution Transfer;

 

(c)          the disposal or transfer of worn out or obsolete Personal Property;

 

(d)          intentionally omitted; and

 

 

 

 

(e)          upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, a pledge of stock, membership interests and/or partnership interests by or in a Parent Entity to an institutional lender of the indirect ownership interests in Borrower, provided that such pledge is pursuant to a corporate credit facility made to such pledgor (or its Affiliate) which secures all or substantially all of the assets of such pledgor (or such Affiliate) and the repayment of the debt which such pledge secures is not tied solely to the cash flow from the Properties.

 

Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that (i) owns directly or indirectly twenty-five percent (25%) or more of all equity interests in such Person, and/or (ii) is in Control of, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person.

 

Affiliated Manager” shall mean any property manager that is, directly or indirectly, in Control of, Controlled by, or under common Control with Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

 

Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.

 

Allocated Loan Amount” shall mean, for each Individual Property, the amount set forth on Schedule II hereto.

 

ALTA” shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Alteration Threshold” means, with respect to each Individual Property, five percent (5%) of the original Allocated Loan Amount of such Individual Property.

 

Annual Budget” shall mean the operating and capital budget for the applicable fiscal year of Borrower detailing on a monthly basis, consistent with the manner in which Borrower’s operating statements are presented, projected cash flow for such fiscal year and all planned capital expenditures for each Individual Property for such fiscal year, delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 5.11(a)(v) hereof.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; (b) the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as amended; and (c) any other anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations or ordinances in any jurisdiction in which Borrower, Guarantor or any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor is located or doing business.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means applicable law in any jurisdiction in which Borrower, Guarantor or any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor is located or doing business that relates to money laundering or terrorism financing, any predicate crime to money laundering, or any financial record keeping and reporting requirements related thereto.

 

Applicable Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.12 hereof.

 

Approved Bank” shall mean a bank or other financial institution (a) if a Securitization has occurred, (i) with respect to which Lender shall have received a Rating Agency Confirmation, or (ii) the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “A” (or its equivalent) by each of the Rating Agencies, or (b) if a Securitization has not occurred, that is reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

2 

 

 

Assignment of Management Agreement” shall mean each Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement and Consent of Manager for such Individual Property or as consolidated for the applicable Properties, as applicable, dated the date hereof but for purposes of the consolidated agreement, dated effective the Contribution Date, among Lender, the applicable Operating Lessees and/or Borrowers and applicable Brand Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Award” shall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect of all or any part of any Individual Property.

 

Bail-In Action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

Bail-In Legislation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder, and any comparable foreign laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors’ rights.

 

Benefit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.12 hereof.

 

Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Brand Manager” shall mean a management company which is an Affiliate of, and manages a brand owned by, a Qualified Brand.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina, or the place of business of the trustee under a Securitization (or, if no Securitization has occurred, Lender), or any servicer of the Loan or the financial institution that maintains any collection account for or on behalf of any servicer of the Loan or any Reserve Funds or the New York Stock Exchange or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is not open for business.

 

Capital Expenditures” shall mean, with respect to any period of time, amounts expended for items capitalized under GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts (including expenditures for building improvements or major repairs, leasing commissions and tenant improvements).

 

3 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents” shall mean all unrestricted or unencumbered (A) cash and (B) any of the following: (x) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or issued by an agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; (y) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof which, at the time of acquisition, has one of the two highest ratings obtainable from any two (2) of Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Fitch Investors (or, if at any time no two of the foregoing shall be rating such obligations, then from such other nationally recognized rating services as may be acceptable to Lender) and is not listed for possible down-grade in any publication of any of the foregoing rating services; (z) domestic certificates of deposit or domestic time deposits or repurchase agreements issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia having combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000.00, which commercial bank has a rating of at least either AA or such comparable rating from Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., respectively; (aa) any funds deposited or invested by Guarantor in accounts maintained with Lender and which are not held in escrow for, or pledged as security for, any obligations of Guarantor, Borrower and/or any of their affiliates; (bb) money market funds having assets under management in excess of $2,000,000,000.00 and/or (cc) any unrestricted stock, shares, certificates, bonds, debentures, notes or other instrument which constitutes a “security” under the Security Act of 1933 (other than Guarantor, Borrower and/or any of their affiliates) which are freely tradable on any nationally recognized securities exchange and are not otherwise encumbered by Guarantor.

 

Cash Management Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a) hereof.

 

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Cash Management Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Borrower, Lender and Cash Management Bank, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Cash Management Bank” shall mean Flagstar Bank, N.A. or any successor Eligible Institution approved or appointed by Lender pursuant to the terms of the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Cash Sweep Cure Payment” shall mean delivery to Lender of cash amounts (if any) for deposit into the Excess Cash Reserve Account that, together with any Excess Cash Reserve Funds in the Excess Cash Reserve Account to be utilized as part of a Cash Sweep Cure Payment if requested by Borrower, is equal to the amount necessary to cause the Debt Service Coverage Ratio to be greater than or equal to 1.25:1.00 on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, calculated as if the amount of the Cash Sweep Cure Payment had been applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Loan. The amount of the Cash Sweep Cure Payment shall be held as additional collateral for the Loan and shall only be returned to Borrower upon the earlier of (a) the date Lender determines that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio has been greater than or equal to 1.25:1.00 on a trailing twelve (12) month basis (tested quarterly) for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters without giving any effect to the Cash Sweep Cure Payment, and (b) payment in full of the Debt.

 

4 

 

 

Cash Sweep Period” shall mean the period commencing upon the earlier to occur of (i) an Event of Default, and (ii) the first day of the calendar month following the month during which Lender notifies Borrower of its determination that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is less than 1.20:1.00 on a trailing twelve (12) month basis (tested quarterly) (a “Debt Service Coverage Ratio Trigger”), and ending on (a) with respect to clause (i) above, upon the cure of such Event of Default, and (b) with respect to clause (ii), the earlier of (x) Borrower making a Cash Sweep Cure Payment, or (y) the last day of the calendar month during which Lender notifies Borrower of its determination that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio equals or exceeds 1.25:1.00 on a trailing twelve (12) month basis (tested quarterly) for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters. Borrower shall be permitted to make one or more Cash Sweep Cure Payments at any time in order to prevent or cure a Cash Sweep Period resulting from a Debt Service Coverage Ratio Trigger.

 

Casualty” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

CFIUS” shall mean the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States.

 

CFIUS Approval” shall mean (a) the review period under FIRRMA shall have expired and the parties shall have received written confirmation from CFIUS that its review has been concluded and that either the transaction described in Section 4.46 hereof (the “Subject Transaction”) is not a Covered Transaction or there are no unresolved national security concerns; (b) an investigation shall have commenced after such initial review period and CFIUS shall have concluded all deliberative action under FIRRMA without sending a report to the President of the United States (the “President”), and the parties shall have received written confirmation from CFIUS that there are no unresolved national security concerns and all action under FIRRMA is concluded with respect to the Subject Transaction; or (c) CFIUS shall have sent a report to the President of the United States requesting the President’s decision and either (x) the period under FIRRMA during which the President may announce his decision to take action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on the Subject Transaction shall have expired without any such action being threatened, announced or taken, or (y) the President shall have announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on the Subject Transaction.

 

CFIUS Review” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.27 hereof.

 

Closing Date” shall mean the date of the funding of the Loan.

 

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(ii) hereof.

 

Condemnation” shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result, in lieu or in anticipation, of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of any Individual Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting such Individual Property or any part thereof.

 

Consequential Loss” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(g)(i) hereof.

 

Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.12 hereof.

 

Contribution Date” shall mean the date on which the Contribution Transfer is consummated.

 

5 

 

 

Contribution Transfer” shall mean the contribution by Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and Ashford TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation, of one hundred percent (100%) of their collective indirect ownership interests in Borrower and Operating Lessee to Stirling REIT in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) (as of the Contribution Date) of the limited partnership interests in Stirling REIT.

 

Control” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise, and Control shall not be deemed absent solely because another Person shall have veto power with respect to major decisions. The terms “Controlled”, “Controlling” and “Controls” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Controlled Substances Act” means the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. Sections 801 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Controlling Persons” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.6 hereof.

 

Covered Rating Agency Information” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.5(f) hereof.

 

Covered Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in the DPA.

 

Creditors’ Rights Laws” shall mean with respect to any Person any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition or other relief with respect to its debts or debtors.

 

Crossroads” shall mean Crossroads Hospitality Management Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its Affiliates.

 

Crowdfunded Person” shall mean a Person capitalized primarily by monetary contributions (A) of less than $35,000 each from more than 35 investors who are individuals and (B) which are funded primarily (I) in reliance upon Regulation Crowdfunding promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and/or (II) through internet-mediated registries, platforms or similar portals, mail-order subscriptions, benefit events and/or similar methods.

 

DBRS Morningstar” shall mean DBRS, Inc., and its successors in interest.

 

Debt” shall mean the outstanding principal amount set forth in, and evidenced by, this Agreement and the Note together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums due to Lender in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgages or any other Loan Document.

 

6 

 

 

Debt Service” shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled interest payments under the Note.

 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio, as determined by Lender, of (i) Underwritten Net Cash Flow (provided, however, from the Closing Date until May 1, 2025, the Underwritten Net Cash Flow for the Individual Property known as “Residence Inn Hartford Manchester” shall not be less than $1,116,800.00) to (ii) the aggregate amount of Debt Service which would be due and payable for the applicable period; provided, however, if payments of principal are not due for such period, Debt Service shall be calculated using a payment constant based on the Interest Rate and an amortization period of thirty (30) years.

 

Debt Service Subaccount” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Default” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” shall mean the lesser of (i) the Maximum Legal Rate, or (ii) four percent (4%) above the Interest Rate.

 

Defeasance Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(v)(B) hereof.

 

Defeasance Release Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Defeasance Security Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(v)(A) hereof.

 

Defeased Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(iv) hereof.

 

Defeased Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereof.

 

Disclosure Document” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(a) hereof.

 

DPA” shall mean the Defense Production Act of 1950, 50 U.S.C. § 4565, as amended by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (“FIRRMA”), H. R. 5515-538 (as the same may have been or may hereafter be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified), all laws and regulations related thereto and all mandates, requirements, powers and similar requirements imposed or exercised thereunder (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing implemented by and/or otherwise relating to CFIUS), as the foregoing may be amended from time to time, any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated in connection with the foregoing.

 

7 

 

 

EEA Financial Institution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

EEA Member Country” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

EEA Resolution Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

Eligible Account” shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (i) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (ii) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with the corporate trust department of a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, (A) complies with the definition of Eligible Institution, (B) in the case of a federally chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity is subject to the regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit therein under 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), and in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), and (C) has a combined capital surplus of at least $50,000,000 and is subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority. An Eligible Account shall not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

 

Eligible Institution” shall mean (i) prior to a Securitization, Bank of America, N.A., (ii) a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (a) the short term unsecured debt obligations, commercial paper or other short term deposits of which are rated at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s, “F-1” by Fitch (to the extent rated by Fitch) and “R-1 (middle)” by DBRS Morningstar (to the extent rated by DBRS Morningstar), in the case of accounts in which funds are held for thirty (30) days or less, and (b) the long term unsecured debt obligations or deposits of which are rated at least “A” by S&P, “A2” by Moody’s, “A” by Fitch (to the extent rated by Fitch) and “A” by DBRS Morningstar (to the extent rated by DBRS Morningstar), in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than thirty (30) days; provided that after a Securitization only the foregoing ratings requirements of each Rating Agency rating such Securitization shall apply, or (iii) an institution for which a Rating Agency Confirmation has been obtained.

 

Environmental Indemnity” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Borrower and Guarantor in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Environmental Report” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, those certain reports listed on Schedule IV attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and any successor statutes thereto and applicable regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

 

8 

 

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

Excess Cash” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(f)(v) hereof.

 

Excess Cash Reserve Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5 hereof.

 

Excess Cash Reserve Funds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5 hereof.

 

Excess Cash Subaccount” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Act Filing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.6 hereof.

 

Exculpated Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.1(a) hereof.

 

FF&E” shall mean all furniture, fixtures, equipment and personal property located on or used in connection with the operation of the hotel at each Individual Property.

 

FF&E Reserve Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b) hereof.

 

FF&E Reserve Funds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b) hereof.

 

FF&E Reserve Monthly Deposit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b) hereof.

 

FF&E Reserve Subaccount” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

FIRRMA” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of DPA.

 

Fitch” shall mean Fitch Ratings, Inc., and its successors in interest.

 

Foreign Lender” shall mean (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

 

9 

 

 

Franchise Agreement” shall mean those certain franchise agreements between Borrower and/or Operating Lessee and Franchisor as further described on Schedule V attached hereto, as the same may be further amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or, if the context requires, the Replacement Franchise Agreement executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Franchisor” shall mean the franchisors as further described on Schedule V attached hereto, or if the context requires, a Qualified Franchisor.

 

Funding Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.12 hereof.

 

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as of the date of the applicable financial report.

 

Gross Revenues” shall mean, with respect to any period of time, all revenues and receipts of every kind derived from the management and operation of the Properties from whatever source, computed in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts and reconciled in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation, all income and proceeds received from rental of rooms, Leases and commercial space, meeting, conference and/or banquet space within the Properties including net parking revenue, all income and proceeds received from food and beverage operations and from catering services conducted from the Properties even though rendered outside of the Properties, all income and proceeds from business interruption, rental interruption and use and occupancy insurance with respect to the operation of the Properties (after deducting therefrom all necessary costs and expenses incurred in the adjustment or collection thereof), all Awards for temporary use (after deducting therefrom all costs incurred in the adjustment or collection thereof and in Restoration of the Properties), all income and proceeds from judgments, settlements and other resolutions of disputes with respect to the foregoing matters which would be includable in this definition of “Gross Revenue” if received in the ordinary course of the operation of the Properties (after deducting therefrom all necessary costs and expenses incurred in the adjustment or collection thereof), and interest on credit accounts, rent concessions or credits, and other required pass-throughs and interest on Reserve Funds, but specifically excluding gross receipts received by lessees, licensees or concessionaires of the Properties, consideration received at the Properties for hotel accommodations, goods and services to be provided at other hotels, although arranged by, for or on behalf of Borrower or Manager, income and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of goods, capital assets and other items not in the ordinary course of the operation of the Properties, federal, state and municipal excise, sales and use taxes collected directly from patrons or guests of the Properties as a part of or based on the sales price of any goods, services or other items, such as gross receipts, room, admission, cabaret or equivalent taxes, refunds of amounts not included in Operating Expenses at any time and uncollectible accounts, gratuities collected by employees at the Properties, the proceeds of any financing, other income or proceeds resulting other than from the use or occupancy of the Properties or any part thereof, or other than from the sale of goods, services or other items sold on or provided from the Properties in the ordinary course of business, and any credits or refunds made to customers, guests or patrons in the form of allowances or adjustments to previously recorded revenues.

 

10 

 

 

Governmental Authority” shall mean any court, board, agency, department, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (federal, state, county, municipal, city, town, special district or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

 

Guarantor” shall mean, individually and/or collectively as the context may require, Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“AHLP”) but only for such period(s) in which AHLP shall have liability under the Guaranty pursuant to Section 1.1 and Section 1.12 thereof, and Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Stirling REIT”), or, if the context requires, any replacement and/or additional guarantor in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Guaranty” shall mean that certain Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Guarantor in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Improvements” shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the related Mortgage with respect to each Individual Property.

 

Indebtedness” shall mean, for any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, for amounts drawn under a letter of credit, or for the deferred purchase price of property for which such Person or its assets is liable, (ii) all unfunded amounts under a loan agreement, letter of credit, or other credit facility for which such Person would be liable if such amounts were advanced thereunder, (iii) all amounts required to be paid by such Person as a guaranteed payment to partners or a preferred or special dividend, including any mandatory redemption of shares or interests, except if the partnership, operating or similar agreement provides that the same is waived to the extent such Person lacks funds to pay the same, (iv) all indebtedness guaranteed by such Person, directly or indirectly, (v) all obligations under leases that constitute capital leases for which such Person is liable, (vi) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other interest hedge agreements, in each case whether such Person is liable contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or in respect of which obligations such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, (vii) all obligations under a PACE Loan, and (viii) any other amounts substantially similar to those listed in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

 

Indemnified Parties” shall mean (i) Lender, (ii) any prior owner or holder of the Loan or any portion thereof or Participations in the Loan, (iii) any servicer, sub-servicer or prior servicer or sub-servicer of the Loan, (iv) any Investor or any prior Investor in any Securities, (v) any trustees, custodians or other fiduciaries who hold or who have held a full or partial interest in the Loan for the benefit of any Investor or other third party, (vi) any receiver or other fiduciary appointed in a foreclosure or other enforcement action or other Creditors Rights Laws proceeding, (vii) any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates or subsidiaries of any and all of the foregoing, and (viii) the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of any and all of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any successors by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the Indemnified Parties’ assets and business), in all cases whether during the term of the Loan or as part of or following a foreclosure of the Mortgages.

 

11 

 

 

Independent Director” of any corporation or limited liability company shall mean an individual with at least three (3) years of employment experience serving as an independent director at the time of appointment who is provided by, and is in good standing with, CT Corporation, Corporation Service Company, National Registered Agents, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, Stewart Management Company, Global Securitization Services, LLC, Lord Securities Corporation or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent directors or managers or, after a Securitization all of those Companies are not acceptable to the Rating Agencies, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by Lender and if required by Lender after a Securitization, the Rating Agencies, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such corporation or limited liability company and that provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as a member of the board of directors or board of managers of such corporation or limited liability company and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as independent director or manager be:

 

(i)            a member (other than an independent, non-economic “springing” member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such corporation or limited liability company, or any of its respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent director or manager of such corporation or limited liability company or an Affiliate of such corporation or limited liability company that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such corporation or limited liability company and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity, provided that such independent director or manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii)           a customer, creditor, supplier or service provider (including provider of professional services) to such corporation or limited liability company or any of its respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such corporation or limited liability company or any of its respective equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of business);

 

(iii)          a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

 

(iv)          a Person that Controls or is under common Control with (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any of the Persons referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition other than subparagraph (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” in the direct chain of ownership of such corporation or limited liability company shall not be disqualified from serving as an independent director or manager of such corporation or limited liability company, provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent directors or managers of such Affiliates in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than five percent (5%) of such individual’s annual income for that year. For purposes of this paragraph, a “special purpose entity” is an entity whose organizational documents contain restrictions on its activities and impose requirements intended to preserve such entity’s separateness that are substantially similar to those contained in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

12 

 

 

Independent Director Event” shall mean, with respect to an Independent Director, (i) any acts or omissions by such Independent Director that constitute willful disregard of such Independent Director’s duties under the applicable organizational documents, (ii) such Independent Director engaging in or being charged with, or being convicted of, fraud or other acts constituting a crime under any law applicable to such Independent Director, (iii) such Independent Director is unable to perform his or her duties as Independent Director due to death, disability or incapacity, or (iv) such Independent Director no longer meeting the definition of Independent Director in this Agreement.

 

Individual Property” shall mean each parcel of real property, the Improvements thereon and all Personal Property owned by Borrower and encumbered by a Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such Property and Improvements, as more particularly described in each Mortgage and referred to therein as the “Property.”

 

Insurance Premiums” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c) hereof.

 

Insurance Proceeds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b) hereof.

 

Interest Accrual Period” shall mean (i) prior to the first Payment Date, the Interim Interest Accrual Period, and (ii) commencing on the first Payment Date, such calendar month and each calendar month thereafter.

 

Interest Rate” shall mean a rate per annum equal to 8.506%.

 

Interim Interest Accrual Period” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs, provided, however, there shall be no “Interim Interest Accrual Period” in the event the Closing Date is the first day of a calendar month.

 

Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

 

Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.3 hereof.

 

IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuer Group” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(b) hereof.

 

Issuer Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(b) hereof.

 

13 

 

 

KBRA” shall mean Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC, and its successors in interest.

 

Lease” shall have the meaning set forth in the Mortgage with respect to each Individual Property.

 

Lease Modification” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(c) hereof.

 

Legal Requirements” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, all statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting such Individual Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, the Controlled Substances Act, or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, and all permits, licenses, authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting such Individual Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, any which may (a) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to such Individual Property or any part thereof, or (b) in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

 

Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Letter of Credit” shall mean an irrevocable, auto renewing, unconditional, transferable, clean sight draft standby letter of credit in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender (i) that is issued by an Approved Bank to Guarantor or a Person reasonably approved by Lender, (ii) that has an initial term of not less than one year from the date of issuance and is automatically renewable for successive one-year periods (unless the obligation being secured by, or otherwise requiring the delivery of, such letter of credit is required to be performed at least thirty (30) days prior to the initial expiry date of such letter of credit), (iii) the reimbursement obligation for which is not payable by the Borrower and is not secured by any Individual Property or any other property pledged to secure the Note, (iv) that is in favor of Lender and entitling Lender to draw thereon in New York, New York, based solely on a statement that Lender has the right to draw thereon executed by an officer or authorized signatory of Lender, (v) that permits multiple draws, and (vi) that is transferable from time to time by Lender and its successors and assigns without the consent of the issuing bank and without cost or expense to the beneficiary.

 

Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, on or affecting Borrower or any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, the related Individual Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

 

LLC Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(ii) hereof.

 

14 

 

 

Loan” shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, as the same may be amended or split pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Loan Bifurcation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4(f) hereof.

 

Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages, the Environmental Indemnity, the Guaranty, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cash Management Agreement and any and all other documents, agreements and certificates executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Loan Party” shall mean each of Borrower, Operating Lessee and Guarantor.

 

Losses” shall mean any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages (other than punitive or special damages except if such punitive or special damages are actual damages imposed on Lender by a third party), losses (other than diminution in value), costs, expenses, fines, penalties, charges, fees, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement of whatever kind or nature (including but not limited to reasonable legal fees and other costs of defense).

 

LTV Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(c) hereof.

 

Major Lease” shall mean as to each Individual Property (i) any Lease, which, individually or when aggregated with all other leases at any Individual Property with the same Tenant or its Affiliate demises 5,000 square feet or more of such Individual Property’s gross leasable area, (ii) any Lease which contains any option, offer, right of first refusal or other similar entitlement to acquire all or any portion of any Individual Property, (iii) any Lease under which the Tenant is an Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor or (iv) and any instrument guaranteeing or providing credit support for any Lease meeting the requirements of (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

Management Agreement” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, the property management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and/or Operating Lessee and Manager, as further described on Schedule VI attached hereto pursuant to which Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to such Individual Property, as the same may be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or, if the context requires a Replacement Management Agreement executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Manager” shall mean either (i) Crossroads or (ii) Remington, or such other entity selected as the manager of the Properties or any Individual Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

15 

 

 

Material Action” shall mean, as to any Person, to file any insolvency, or reorganization case or proceeding, to institute proceedings to have such Person be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, to institute proceedings under any applicable insolvency law, to seek any relief under any law relating to relief from debts or the protection of debtors, to consent to the filing or institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such Person, to file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to such Person under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, to seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, custodian, or any similar official of or for such Person or a substantial part of its property, to make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such Person, to admit in writing such Person’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due (unless such admission is true), or to take action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the value, current use or operation of any Individual Property, the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantor, the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage, the current ability of the Properties to generate sufficient cash flow to service the Loan, Borrower’s ability to pay its obligations when due, or Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

Maturity Date” shall mean the Payment Date occurring in December, 2028.

 

Maximum Legal Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f) hereof.

 

Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(ii) hereof.

 

Mold” shall mean any mold, fungi, bacterial or microbial matter present at or in any Individual Property, including, without limitation, building materials which is in a condition, location or a type which may pose a risk to human health or safety or the environment, may result in damage to or would adversely affect or impair the value or marketability of any Individual Property.

 

Monthly Payment Amount” shall mean, with respect to each Payment Date, a payment equal to the amount of interest which has accrued during the related Interest Accrual Period, computed at the Interest Rate.

 

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors in interest.

 

Mortgage” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, that certain first priority mortgage/deed of trust/deed to secure debt and security agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by Borrower as security for the Loan and encumbering an Individual Property or applicable Properties, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Net Proceeds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b) hereof.

 

Net Proceeds Deficiency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b)(vi) hereof.

 

16 

 

 

New PIP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.9 hereof.

 

New Mezzanine Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.8 hereof.

 

New Non-Consolidation Opinion” shall mean a bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion from the counsel to Borrower and Operating Lessee that delivered the Non-Consolidation Opinion or other outside counsel to Borrower and Operating Lessee reasonably acceptable to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and, after a Securitization, the Rating Agencies, and which is required to be delivered subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to, and in connection with, this Agreement.

 

Non-Consolidation Opinion” shall mean that certain bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion dated the date hereof delivered by Jackson Walker LLP in connection with the Loan and relating to Borrower and Operating Lessee.

 

Note” shall mean that certain promissory note of even date herewith in the principal amount of $30,200,000.00, made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, severed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Oaktree Pledge” shall mean that certain term loan with the original aggregate principal amount of Two Hundred Million and 00/100 Dollars ($200,000,000.00) and delayed draw term loans in the aggregate principal amount of Two Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000,000.00) made by Oaktree Fund Administration LLC and certain other lenders which are a party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 15, 2021 to AHLP, which is secured in part by pledges of AHLP’s partnership interests, and any refinancing or replacement thereof in accordance with the terms hereof. Such pledges are pursuant to a corporate credit facility made to AHLP that is secured by all or substantially all of the assets of AHLP. The repayment of the debt that is secured by such pledges is not tied solely to the cash flow from one or more Individual Property.

 

OFAC” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

Open Prepayment Date” shall mean the Payment Date occurring in June, 2028.

 

Operating Expenses” shall mean, with respect to any period of time, the total of all expenses actually paid or payable in connection with the operation and management of the Properties, determined in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts, including without limitation and without duplication, utilities, routine repairs and maintenance, Insurance Premiums, franchise, license and royalty fees, Taxes and Other Charges, advertising expenses, payroll and related taxes, the cost of inventories and fixed asset supplies consumed in the operation of the Properties, computer processing charges, property management fees, costs and fees of independent professionals (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, consultants and other professional expenses), technical consultants, operational experts (including quality assurance inspectors) or other third parties retained to perform services required or permitted hereunder, operational equipment and other lease payments as reasonably approved by Lender, but specifically excluding depreciation or amortization, income taxes or other charges in the nature of income taxes, Debt Service, Capital Expenditures, deposits into the Reserve Accounts, any expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the making of the Loan or the sale, exchange or transfer of all or any portion of the Properties or in connection with the recovery of Insurance Proceeds or Awards which are applied to prepay the Note, and any item of expense which would otherwise be considered within Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above but is paid directly by any Tenant.

 

17 

 

 

Operating Lease” shall mean those certain Lease Agreements executed by Borrower, as lessor, and Operating Lessee, as lessee, as further described on Schedule VII attached hereto, as the same may be further amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Operating Lease Subordination Agreement” shall mean those certain Operating Lease Subordination and Attornment and Assignment of Leases and Rents dated the date hereof among Lender, Borrower and Operating Lessee, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Operating Lessee” shall mean the operating lessees as further described on Schedule VII attached hereto.

 

Operating Lessee Principal” shall mean, with respect to each Operating Lessee, the general partner(s), if such Operating Lessee is a partnership, or the managing member(s), if such Operating Lessee is a limited liability company with multiple members, of such Operating Lessee.

 

Other Charges” shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Property Taxes, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining any Individual Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against such Individual Property or any part thereof.

 

Outparcel” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a) hereof.

 

Outside Date” shall be the date required to complete a PIP pursuant to the terms of any applicable Management Agreement (or Replacement Management Agreement) and/or Franchise Agreement (or Replacement Franchise Agreement), as such date may be extended by Franchisor or Manager from time to time.

 

PACE Loan” shall mean (a) any “Property-Assessed Clean Energy” loan or (b) any other indebtedness, without regard to the name given thereto, which is (i) incurred for improvements to the Properties for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, increasing use of renewable energy sources, resource conservation, or a combination of the foregoing, and (ii) repaid through multi-year assessments against the Properties.

 

18 

 

 

Parent Entity” shall mean (i) as of the Closing Date and thereafter, Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Ashford OP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Ashford OP Limited Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Ashford Hospitality Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership and (ii) on the Contribution Date and thereafter, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Stirling OP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Stirling REIT OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Stirling REIT Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Stirling TRS Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Partial Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(iv) hereof.

 

Participant Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(c) hereof.

 

Participations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(a) hereof.

 

Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of U.S. Public Law 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001) and the related regulations issued thereunder, including temporary regulations, as amended from time to time.

 

Payment Date” shall mean the first (1st) day of each month beginning on January 1, 2024, and continuing through and including the Maturity Date, and if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Permitted Debt” shall mean (i) trade and operational indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with trade creditors, provided such indebtedness is (a) unsecured, (b) not evidenced by a note, (c) on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, and (d) due not more than sixty (60) days past the date incurred and paid on or prior to such date, and/or (ii) financing leases and purchase money indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to Personal Property on commercially reasonable terms and conditions; provided, however, the aggregate amount of the indebtedness described in (i) and (ii), including, without limitation, any insurance premium financing, shall not exceed at any time four percent (4%) of the original principal amount of the Note.

 

Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean, with respect to an Individual Property, collectively, (i) the Lien and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (ii) all Liens, encumbrances and other matters expressly set forth as exceptions in the Title Insurance Policy, (iii) Liens, if any, for Property Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent (but expressly excluding any PACE Loan Liens), (iv) Liens relating to Permitted Transfers, (v) Management Agreements, Franchise Agreements and Operating Leases in accordance with the terms hereof, (vi) Leases and Liens of Tenants, liens and security interests created by licensees and concessionaires in accordance with the terms hereof, (vii) Permitted Debt, (viii) Liens that are being contested in accordance with the terms hereof, (ix) the Oaktree Pledge and (x) such other encumbrances entered into after the date hereof which (a) do not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) are otherwise approved by Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion.

 

19 

 

 

Permitted Investments” shall mean any one or more of the following obligations or securities acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par, including those issued by a servicer of the Loan, the trustee under any securitization or any of their respective Affiliates, payable on demand or having a maturity date not later than the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the funds used to acquire such investment are required to be used under this Agreement and meeting one of the appropriate standards set forth below:

 

(i)            direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided that each such obligation is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States;

 

(ii)            demand or time deposits in, unsecured certificates of deposit of, money market deposit accounts of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any depository institution or trust company incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities, so long as the commercial paper or other short-term debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company are rated in the highest short-term debt rating category of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P or in the case of any such Rating Agency such lower rating as is the subject of a Rating Agency Confirmation and, if the investment described in this clause has a term in excess of three months, the long-term debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company have been assigned a rating by each Rating Agency at least equal to “AAA” (or the equivalent) by each of the Rating Agencies (or, if not rated by a particular Rating Agency, (a) an equivalent (or higher) rating such as that listed above by at least two Rating Agencies has been assigned to the long-term debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company or (b) such Rating Agency has issued a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such investment as a Permitted Investment);

 

(iii)           repurchase agreements or obligations with respect to any security set forth in clause (i) above where such security has a remaining maturity of one (1) year or less and where such repurchase obligation has been entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) set forth in clause (ii) above and which meets the minimum rating requirement for such entity set forth above;

 

(iv)          commercial paper (including both non-interest-bearing discount obligations and interest-bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than one year after the date of issuance thereof), so long as the short term obligations of the issuer of such commercial paper are rated in the highest short-term debt rating category of each Rating Agency (or, in the case of any such Rating Agency, such lower rating as is the subject of a Rating Agency Confirmation) and, if such commercial paper has a term in excess of three months, the long-term debt obligations of the issuer of such commercial paper are rated “AAA” (or the equivalent) by each of Fitch (or, if not rated by Fitch, otherwise acceptable to Fitch as confirmed in a Rating Agency Confirmation), Moody’s (or, if not rated by Moody’s, otherwise acceptable to Moody’s as confirmed in a Rating Agency Confirmation) and S&P (or, if not rated by S&P, otherwise acceptable to S&P as confirmed in a Rating Agency Confirmation); provided that the investments described in this clause must (a) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (b) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (c) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

20 

 

 

(v)           guaranteed reinvestment agreements maturing within 365 days or less issued by any bank, insurance company or other corporation the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated in the highest short-term debt rating category of each of Fitch (or such lower rating for which Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained from Fitch), Moody’s (or such lower rating for which Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained from Moody’s) and S&P (or such lower rating for which Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained from S&P) and the long-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated in the highest long-term category by Fitch (or such lower rating for which Fitch has provided a Rating Agency Confirmation), Moody’s (or such lower rating for which Moody’s has provided a Rating Agency Confirmation) and S&P (or such lower rating for which Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained from S&P);

 

(vi)          money market funds (including those managed or advised by the Certificate Administrator or its affiliates) that maintain a constant asset value and that are rated by Fitch or S&P and by Moody’s in its highest money market fund ratings category

 

(vii)         an obligation, security or investment that, but for the failure to satisfy one or more of the minimum rating(s) set forth in the applicable clause, would be listed in above, and is the subject of a Rating Agency Confirmation from each Rating Agency for which the minimum rating(s) set forth in the applicable clause is not satisfied with respect to such obligation, security or investment; and

 

(viii)        any other security, obligation or investment which has been approved as a Permitted Investment in writing by (a) Lender and (b) each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a Rating Agency Confirmation;

 

provided (a) such investment is held for a temporary period pursuant to Section 1.860G-2(g)(i) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations, (b) such investment is payable by the obligor in U.S. dollars, and (c) that no such instrument shall be a Permitted Investment (1) if such instrument evidences either (A) a right to receive only interest payments or only principal payments with respect to the obligations underlying such instrument or (B) a right to receive both principal and interest payments derived from obligations underlying such instrument and the principal and interest payments with respect to such instrument provide a yield to maturity of greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying obligations, or (2) if it may be redeemed at a price below the purchase price or (3) if it is not treated as a “permitted investment” that is a “cash flow investment” under Section 860G(a)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code; and provided, further, that any such instrument shall have a maturity date no later than the date such instrument is required to be used to satisfy the obligations under this Agreement, and, in any event, shall not have a maturity in excess of one (1) year; any such instrument must have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change; interest on any variable rate instrument shall be tied to a single interest rate index plus a single fixed spread (if any) and move proportionally with that index; and provided, further, that no amount may be invested in investments treated as equity interests for Federal income tax purposes.  For the purpose of this definition, units of investment funds (including money market funds) shall be deemed to mature daily.

 

21 

 

 

Permitted Transfer” shall mean those Transfers described in Section 7.3 hereof.

 

Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Personal Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgages.

 

PIP” shall mean all property improvement plans for replacing the FF&E, remodeling, redecorating and modifying any Individual Property required pursuant to the terms and conditions of any applicable Management Agreement (including a Replacement Management Agreement) or Franchise Agreement (including a Replacement Franchise Agreement), including any Scheduled PIP and each New PIP, as the scope and timing thereof may be modified by Franchisor or Manager from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

PIP Completion Evidence” shall mean evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that a PIP (including a Scheduled PIP or a New PIP) has been completed and paid for in full in a good, workmanlike and lien free manner (other than such Liens that are being contested in accordance with the terms hereof), which such evidence may include, without limitation, (a) written certification from the applicable Franchisor confirming the foregoing, (b) a title search for the applicable Individual Property confirming that only Permitted Encumbrances exist and no Liens, lis pendens or similar matters have been filed and (c) an inspection of the applicable Individual Property by Lender and/or its agents confirming the foregoing.

 

PIP Required Deposit” shall mean one hundred percent (100%) of the budgeted expenditures for the then current calendar year for each PIP.

 

PIP Reserve Account” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.9 hereof.

 

PIP Reserve Deposits” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.9 hereof.

 

PIP Reserve Funds” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.9 hereof.

 

PIP Reserve Subaccount” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Policies” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b) hereof.

 

Pre-Approved Manager” shall mean Remington, Crossroads or a Brand Manager for a brand comparable or better than the brand being terminated.

 

22 

 

 

Prepayment Release Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Prescribed Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) Patriot Act, (ii) Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, (iii) the International Emergency Economic Power Act, 50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq., and (iv) all other Legal Requirements relating to money laundering or terrorism.

 

Prohibited Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

Properties” shall mean each Individual Property, the Improvements thereon and all Personal Property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgages, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, as more particularly described in the granting clause of the Mortgages and referred to therein as the “Property”.

 

Property Condition Report” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, those certain reports listed on Schedule VIII attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Property Taxes” shall mean all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Properties or any part thereof.

 

Provided Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4 hereof.

 

Publicly Traded Company” shall mean a corporation whose shares of stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange.

 

Qualified Brand” shall mean (i) Marriott International Inc., (ii) Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., (iii) Hyatt Hotels Corporation or (iv) InterContinental Hotels Group, marketed as IHC Hotels & Resorts.

 

Qualified Franchisor” shall mean either (i) Franchisor, (ii) if a Franchisor is not then in place, a brand owned by a Qualified Brand, or if a Franchisor is then in place, a brand comparable or better than the brand being terminated and owned by a Qualified Brand or (iii) a reputable and experienced franchisor possessing experience in flagging hotel properties similar in size, scope, use and value as the Properties and which is approved by Lender pursuant to Section 5.25 hereof and which may, at Lender’s option, be conditioned upon Lender’s receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation, provided that, with respect to any Person that is an Affiliate of Borrower, Lender has received a New Non-Consolidation Opinion.

 

Qualified Manager” shall mean (i) Manager, (ii) a Pre-Approved Manager or (iii) a reputable and experienced professional property management organization that is reasonably approved by Lender pursuant to Section 5.14 hereof, which may, at Lender’s option, be conditioned upon Lender’s receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation, provided that with respect to any Affiliated Manager, Lender has received a New Non-Consolidation Opinion.

 

23 

 

 

Rating Agencies” shall mean S&P, Moody’s, KBRA, Fitch and DBRS Morningstar, or any other nationally-recognized statistical rating agency (and any successor to any of the foregoing) designated by Lender, provided that each of the foregoing shall be deemed included within the definition of “Rating Agencies” only if such rating agency is rating the Securities.

 

Rating Agency Confirmation” shall mean, with respect to any matter, confirmation in writing (which may be in electronic form) by each applicable Rating Agency that a proposed action, failure to act or other event with respect to which such confirmation is sought will not in and of itself result in the downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the then-current rating assigned to any Securities (if then rated by such Rating Agency); provided that upon receipt of a written acknowledgment or waiver (which may be in electronic form and whether or not specifically identifying the matter or in general, press release form) from a Rating Agency indicating its decision not to review or to waive review of the matter for which confirmation is sought, or following the failure of a Rating Agency to respond to the request for which confirmation is sought within the time frames and in the manner prescribed in any pooling or trust and servicing agreement governing the administration of all or any portion of the Loan, the requirement to obtain confirmation from the Rating Agencies for such matter at such time will be considered not to apply (as if such requirement did not exist for such matter at such time) with respect to such Rating Agency.

 

REA” shall mean any construction, operation and reciprocal easement agreement or similar agreement (including any separate agreement or other agreement between Borrower and one or more other parties thereto) affecting any Individual Property or portion thereof, including, without limitation, those agreements described on Schedule XI attached hereto.

 

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(b) hereof.

 

Regulation AB” shall mean Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1125, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarifications and interpretations as have been provided by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or by the staff of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or as may be provided by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff from time to time.

 

Reimbursement Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.12 hereof.

 

Related Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.6 hereof.

 

Related Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.6 hereof.

 

Release Price” shall mean, for each Individual Property, the amount obtained by multiplying the Allocated Loan Amount for such Individual Property by one hundred twenty percent (120%).

 

24 

 

 

Relevant Governmental Body” shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

 

REMIC Opinion” shall mean, with respect to any proposed matter or transaction, an opinion of counsel acceptable to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and, if required in accordance with the terms of the transaction documents relating to a Securitization, the Rating Agencies, that the completion of such matter or transaction will not directly or indirectly result in or cause the REMIC Trust or any of its assets to fail to qualify or maintain its status as a REMIC Trust.

 

REMIC Prohibition Period” shall mean the two (2) year period commencing with the “startup day” within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of any REMIC Trust established in connection with the last Securitization involving any portion of the Loan. In no event shall Lender have any obligation to notify Borrower that a REMIC Prohibition Period is in effect with respect to the Loan, except that Lender shall notify Borrower if any REMIC Prohibition Period is in effect with respect to the Loan after receiving Borrower’s notice described in Section 2.8(a)(ii); provided, however, that the failure of Lender to so notify Borrower shall not impose any liability upon Lender or grant Borrower any right to defease the Loan during any such REMIC Prohibition Period.

 

REMIC Trust” shall mean any “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Internal Revenue Code that holds an interest in all or any portion of the Loan.

 

Remington” shall mean Remington Lodging & Hospitality, LLC and its Affiliates.

 

Renewal Lease” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(a) hereof.

 

Rents” shall have the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.

 

Replacement Franchise Agreement” shall mean either (a) a franchise, trademark and license agreement with a Qualified Franchisor substantially in the same form and substance as the Franchise Agreement for the applicable Individual Property or any other Properties, or (b) a franchise, trademark and license agreement with a Qualified Franchisor either (i) on the applicable Franchisor’s then current franchise disclosure document (FDD) or (ii) in form and substance reasonably approved by Lender pursuant to Section 5.25 hereof, and which may, at Lender’s option, be conditioned upon Lender’s receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation, in either case requiring a comfort letter substantially approved by Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, executed and delivered to Lender by Borrower and such Qualified Franchisor at Borrower’s expense.

 

Replacement Management Agreement” shall mean, collectively, (i) with respect to Crossroads, a management agreement substantially in the form of that certain management agreement with Crossroads listed on Schedule VI attached hereto, (ii) with respect to Remington, a management agreement substantially in the form of those certain management agreements with Remington listed on Schedule VI attached hereto and (iii) with respect to any other Manager, a management agreement approved by Lender pursuant to Section 5.14 hereof with a Qualified Manager and (b) an assignment and subordination of management agreement substantially approved by Lender pursuant to Section 5.14 hereof, executed and delivered to Lender by Borrower and such Qualified Manager at Borrower’s expense.

 

25 

 

 

Replacements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a) hereof.

 

Required Approval Lease” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(a) hereof.

 

Required Environmental Repairs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

 

Required Repair Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

Required Repair Funds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

Required Repairs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

 

Required Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

 

Reserve Accounts” shall mean the Required Repair Account, Tax and Insurance Reserve Account, the FF&E Reserve Account, the PIP Reserve Account, the Excess Cash Reserve Account, or any other escrow account established by the Loan Documents.

 

Reserve Funds” shall mean the Required Repair Funds, Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds, the FF&E Reserve Funds, the Excess Cash Reserve Funds or any other escrow funds established by the Loan Documents.

 

Restoration” shall mean, following the occurrence of a Casualty or a Condemnation which is of a type necessitating the repair of an Individual Property, the completion of the repair and restoration of such Individual Property to a condition such that the applicable Individual Property shall be at least equal in value to that immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, and as near as possible to the condition the applicable Individual Property was in immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Lender, if such approval is required in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Restoration Consultant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b)(iii) hereof.

 

Restoration Retainage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b)(iv) hereof.

 

26 

 

 

Restoration Threshold” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the original Allocated Loan Amount of such Individual Property.

 

Restricted Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

 

Sanctions shall mean, individually and collectively, respectively, any and all economic or financial sanctions, sectoral sanctions, secondary sanctions, trade embargoes and anti-terrorism laws, including but not limited to those imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by: (a) the United States of America, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, or through any existing or future executive order; (b) the United Nations Security Council; (c) the European Union; (d) the United Kingdom; or (e) any other Governmental Authorities with jurisdiction over Borrower, Guarantor or any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

 

Sanctioned Entity” shall mean any individual, entity, group, sector, territory or country that is the target of any Sanctions, including without limitation, any legal entity that is deemed to be a target of Sanctions based on the direct or indirect ownership or control of such entity by any other Sanctioned Entity.

 

Scheduled PIP” shall mean each PIP listed on Schedule III attached hereto, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(b) hereof.

 

Securitization” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

 

Special Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(ii) hereof.

 

SPE Component Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(i) hereof.

 

Sponsor” shall mean (i) prior to the Contribution Date, Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc. and (ii) on the Contribution Date and thereafter, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

 

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors in interest.

 

State” shall mean, with respect to an Individual Property, the State in which such Individual Property or any part thereof is located.

 

27 

 

 

Successor Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

 

Survey” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, those certain surveys listed on Schedule IX attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 hereof.

 

Tax and Insurance Reserve Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 hereof.

 

Tax and Insurance Reserve Subaccount” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Taxes” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Tenant” shall mean any Person leasing, subleasing or otherwise occupying any portion of any Individual Property under a Lease or other occupancy agreement with Borrower or Operating Lessee.

 

Title Insurance Policy” shall mean each ALTA (or its state-specific equivalent) mortgagee title insurance policy issued with respect to the applicable Individual Property and insuring the lien of the applicable Mortgage.

 

Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

 

Transferee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

 

Transferee Principal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(d) hereof.

 

Tribunal” shall mean any state, commonwealth, federal, foreign, territorial or other court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, district, authority, agency, central bank, or instrumentality, or any arbitration authority.

 

UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State where the applicable Individual Property is located.

 

Undefeased Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(iv) hereof.

 

Underwriter Group” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(b) hereof.

 

28 

 

 

Underwritten Net Cash Flow” shall mean, as of any date of determination and calculated on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, the amount determined by Lender as the excess of (a) Gross Revenues over (b) Operating Expenses, adjusted to (i) include amounts for (A) management fees equal to the greater of (1) three percent (3%) of Gross Revenues and (2) the management fees actually paid under the Management Agreement, (B) any franchise, license and marketing fees and reimbursables paid or payable to Franchisor or Manager under any Franchise Agreement and/or Management Agreement, as applicable, and (C) Capital Expenditures (i) equal to the greater of (1) four percent (4%) of Gross Revenues per annum (regardless of whether deposits to a reserve account for such items is required under this Agreement) and (2) the amount required to be reserved pursuant to each Franchise Agreement and/or Management Agreement, as applicable; and (ii) exclude amounts (A) which are non-recurring items and (B) received from any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor or from any Tenant in default under its Lease or in bankruptcy (unless such Lease has been assumed in the bankruptcy proceeding). Lender’s calculation of Underwritten Net Cash Flow shall be final absent manifest error.

 

Uniform System of Accounts” shall mean the most recent edition of the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels as adopted by the American Hotel and Motel Association.

 

U.S. Person” shall mean a Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.13 hereof.

 

Yield Maintenance Premium” shall mean an amount equal to the greater of (i) one percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Loan being prepaid, and (ii) the present value as of the Prepayment Calculation Date of a series of monthly payments over the remaining term of the Loan through and including the Open Prepayment Date each equal to the amount of interest which would be due on the principal amount of the Loan being prepaid assuming a per annum interest rate equal to the excess of the Interest Rate over the Reinvestment Yield, and discounted at the Reinvestment Yield.  As used herein, “Reinvestment Yield” means the yield calculated by the linear interpolation of the yields, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15-Selected Interest Rates under the heading “U.S. government securities” and the sub-heading “Treasury constant maturities” for the week ending prior to the date of prepayment, of the U.S. Treasury constant maturities with maturity dates (one longer and one equal to or shorter) most nearly approximating the Open Prepayment Date, and converted to a monthly compounded nominal yield.  In the event Release H.15 is no longer published, Lender shall select a comparable publication to determine the Reinvestment Yield.  The “Prepayment Calculation Date” shall mean, as applicable, the Payment Date on which Lender applies any prepayment to the reduction of the outstanding principal amount of the Note.  Lender’s calculation of Yield Maintenance shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

 

Zoning Report” shall mean, with respect to each Individual Property, those certain zoning reports listed on Schedule X attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

29 

 

 

Section 1.2            Principles of Construction

 

All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 2.1           The Loan

 

Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make, and Borrower hereby agrees to accept, the Loan on the Closing Date.

 

Section 2.2           Disbursement to Borrower

 

Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.3           The Note, Mortgage and Loan Documents

 

The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and this Agreement and secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 2.4            Interest Rate

 

(a)            General. Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall accrue from the Closing Date up to but excluding the Maturity Date at the Interest Rate. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, interest shall be paid in arrears.

 

(b)            Intentionally Omitted.

 

(c)            Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest and other amounts due in respect of the Loan shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate and all references in the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the “Interest Rate” shall be deemed to refer to the Default Rate. Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the earlier of (i) the actual receipt and collection of the Debt (or that portion thereof that is then due) and (ii) the cure of such Event of Default. To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate shall be added to the Debt, shall itself accrue interest at the same rate as the Loan and shall be secured by the Mortgage. This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Debt, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default; the acceptance of any payment from Borrower shall not be deemed to cure or constitute a waiver of any Event of Default; and Lender retains its rights under the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to accelerate and to continue to demand payment of the Debt upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, despite any payment by Borrower to Lender.

 

30 

 

 

(d)            Interest Calculation. Interest shall be computed based on the daily rate produced assuming a three hundred sixty (360) day year, multiplied by the actual number of days elapsed during each Interest Accrual Period. Borrower understands and acknowledges that such interest accrual method results in more interest accruing on the Loan than if either a thirty (30) day month and a three hundred sixty (360) day year or the actual number of days and a three hundred sixty five (365) day year were used to compute the accrual of interest on the Loan.

 

(e)            Intentionally Omitted.

 

(f)            Usury Savings. This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the principal balance of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan (such rate, the “Maximum Legal Rate”). If, by the terms of the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance due on the Loan at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

 

Section 2.5            Loan Payments

 

(a)            Payment Before Maturity. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender interest for the Interim Interest Accrual Period and on each Payment Date thereafter through and including the Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender the Monthly Payment Amount.

 

(b)            Payment on Maturity. Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)            Intentionally Omitted.

 

31 

 

 

(d)            Application of Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, all monthly payments made as scheduled pursuant to this Agreement and the Note shall be applied first to the payment of interest computed at the Interest Rate, and the balance toward reduction of the principal amount of the Debt. All voluntary and involuntary prepayments on the Debt shall be applied, to the extent thereof, to accrued but unpaid interest on the amount prepaid, to the outstanding principal amount, and any other sums due and unpaid to the Lender in connection with the Loan, in such manner and order as Lender may elect in its sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to, application to principal installments in inverse order of maturity. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payment made on the Debt shall be applied to accrued but unpaid interest, late charges, accrued fees, the unpaid principal amount of the Debt, and any other sums due and unpaid to Lender in connection with the Loan, in such manner and order as Lender may elect in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(e)            Method and Place of Payment.

 

(i)            Each payment by Borrower hereunder shall be made to Lender at its offices or at such other place as Lender may designate from time to time in writing.

 

(ii)           All payments and prepayments under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to Lender not later than 2:00 P.M. Charlotte, North Carolina time.

 

(iii)          Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day (including, without limitation, any Payment Date), such payment shall be made on the first Business Day preceding such date.

 

(iv)          All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without any deduction for, any setoff, defense or counterclaims.

 

(v)           Remittances in payment of any part of the Debt other than in the required amount in immediately available U.S. funds shall not, regardless of any receipt or credit issued therefor, constitute payment until the required amount is actually received by the holder hereof in immediately available U.S. funds and shall be made and accepted subject to the condition that any check or draft may be handled for collection in accordance with the practices of the collecting bank or banks.

 

(f)            Late Payment Charge. If any principal, interest or other payment due under the Loan Documents (other than the outstanding principal amount of the Loan due on the Maturity Date or the early acceleration thereof) is not paid by Borrower on or prior to the date the same is due (after taking into account the payment date convention set forth in Section 2.5(e) hereof) (or such greater period, if any, required by applicable Legal Requirements), Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of four percent (4%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable Legal Requirements in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

32 

 

 

 

Section 2.6             Loan Prepayments

(a)             Voluntary. Except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement, no voluntary prepayments, whether in whole or in part, of the Loan or any other amount at any time due and owing under this Agreement can be made by Borrower or any other Person without the express prior written consent of Lender, and Lender shall have no obligation to accept any prepayment except when made in accordance with the terms hereof. Commencing on the Open Prepayment Date, Borrower may, at its option and upon giving Lender not less than thirty (30) (and not more than ninety (90)) days prior written notice (such notice being revocable or may be modified by Borrower on at least two (2) Business Days prior written notice to Lender provided Borrower pays all of Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the notice of prepayment), prepay the Loan in whole (but not in part) on any date without payment of any premium, fee or penalty. Any prepayment received by Lender on a day other than a Payment Date shall include the amount of interest which would have accrued thereon if such prepayment was made on the next Payment Date, all additional amounts required to be paid by Borrower and all other amounts owing by Borrower to Lender under the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, Borrower shall not be required to pay any consent, processing, administrative or similar fee in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.6(a).

(b)             Mandatory. Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to all Net Proceeds which, pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.5(c) hereof, Lender elects to retain and apply toward the reduction of the principal amount of the Debt. Any such prepayment shall be held by Lender and applied on the next Payment Date. Borrower shall not be required to pay a any prepayment premium in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.6(b).

(c)             Application of Prepayment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a Casualty or Condemnation whereby Net Proceeds shall be applied to the Debt pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6(b) hereof, then such Net Proceeds shall be applied to reduce the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property affected by such Casualty or Condemnation.

(d)             After an Event of Default. If, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall accelerate the Debt and Borrower thereafter tenders payment of all or any part of the Debt, or if all or any portion of the Debt is recovered by Lender after such Event of Default, such payment shall be deemed an attempt to circumvent the prohibition against prepayment set forth in this Agreement and Borrower shall pay to Lender, in addition to the Debt, (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued thereon through the end of the month in which payment is tendered if such payment is not made on a Payment Date, and (ii) an amount equal to the greater of (A) five percent (5%) of the portion of the principal balance of the Debt, and (B) the amount which, when added to the principal balance of the Debt, will be sufficient to purchase Defeasance Collateral (as adjusted based on the portion of the Loan being prepaid).

33 

 

Section 2.7             Loan Assignment

At the request of Borrower in connection with any full prepayment or repayment of the Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender shall: (a) either (i) assign one or more of the Mortgages to any new lender in connection with a refinance of the Loan in accordance with the terms of an assignment document prepared by counsel to Borrower and approved by Lender, which assignment documents shall be without representation or warranty by, or recourse to, Lender, provided that Lender shall represent that such assignment document has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that Lender has not assigned or encumbered the Mortgages, or (ii) release the Lien of the Mortgages (and related Loan Documents) in accordance with the terms of any release documents prepared by Lender or, at Lender’s option, by counsel to Borrower and approved by Lender, which release documents shall be without representation or warranty by, or recourse to, Lender; (b) deliver to or as directed by Borrower the original executed Note and all other original executed notes (or copies thereof if no such original executed note was delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan) which may have been consolidated, amended and/or restated in connection with the closing of the Loan or, with respect to any note the original of which had been delivered and endorsed to Lender and such original has been lost, destroyed or mutilated, a lost note affidavit (without indemnification) for the benefit of the assignee lender or Borrower, as applicable, and the title insurance company insuring the Mortgages (if applicable), as assigned, in form sufficient to permit such title insurance company to insure the lien of the Mortgages as assigned to and held by the assignee without exception for any matter relating to the lost, destroyed or mutilated note, (c) in the case of an assignment, execute and deliver an allonge with respect to the Note and, to the extent endorsed to Lender, any other note(s) as described in the preceding clause (b) above without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender owns the Note free of any liens and encumbrances and has the authority to execute and deliver the allonge), (d) deliver the original executed Mortgages or certified copies of record, and (e) execute and deliver such other instruments of conveyance, assignment, termination, severance and release (including appropriate UCC-3 termination statements) in recordable form and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and which may reasonably be requested by Borrower to evidence such assignment, release and/or severance, as applicable. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, as well as any recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses, in connection with the foregoing shall be paid by Borrower; provided, however, Lender shall not charge any consent, processing, administrative, or similar fee in connection with any such assignment.

Section 2.8             Defeasance

(a)             Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 2 to the contrary, at any time following the earlier of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date or a REMIC Prohibition Period, Borrower may cause the release of the Properties from the Lien of the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents (or, in the case of a release of any Individual Property pursuant to Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof, the release of such Individual Property from the Lien of the applicable Mortgage) (the Individual Property being released pursuant Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof being referred to individually as a “Defeased Property,” and to the extent more than one Individual Property is subject to release from the Lien of its Mortgage pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof, collectively, as the “Defeased Properties”) upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i)    no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

34 

 

(ii)   not less than thirty (30) (but not more than ninety (90)) days prior written notice shall be given to Lender specifying a date on which the Defeasance Collateral is to be delivered (the “Defeasance Release Date”); provided, however, that Borrower shall have the right to cancel or extend (by no more than thirty (30) days) such notice by providing Lender with notice of cancellation or extension not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Defeasance Release Date, provided that Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred as a result of such cancellation or extension;

(iii)  all sums due under this Agreement, the Note and under the other Loan Documents up to the Defeasance Release Date, including, without limitation, all actual out-of-pocket third party fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lender and its agents in connection with such release (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses for the review and preparation of the Defeasance Security Agreement and of the other materials described in this Section 2.8 and any related documentation, and any servicing fees, Rating Agency fees or other costs related to such release), shall be paid in full on or prior to the Defeasance Release Date;

(iv)  solely in the event less than the entire amount of the Loan is the subject of a release (a “Partial Defeasance”) pursuant to Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof, Lender, at Borrower’s expense, shall prepare all necessary documents to modify this Agreement and to amend and restate the Note (or the Undefeased Note (as defined below) if a Partial Defeasance has occurred previously) and issue two substitute notes, with one (the “Defeased Note”) having a principal balance equal to the Release Price, and the other (the “Undefeased Note”) having a principal balance equal to the excess of (x) the outstanding principal amount of the Loan (or the Undefeased Note if a Partial Defeasance has occurred previously) over (y) the principal balance of the Defeased Note. The Defeased Note and the Undefeased Note shall have identical terms as the Note except for the principal balance and the payment terms thereof, which shall require that the Monthly Payment Amount be allocated between the Defeased Note and the Undefeased Note in accordance with the same percentage that the principal amount of each such note represents of their sum, and may be cross-defaulted with each other at Lender’s sole option;

(v)  Borrower shall deliver to Lender on or prior to the Defeasance Release Date:

(A)              a pledge and security agreement, in form and substance which would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender, creating a first priority security interest in favor of Lender in the Defeasance Collateral (the “Defeasance Security Agreement”);

(B)             direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America or, to the extent satisfying Rating Agency criteria, other obligations which are “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (and in connection therewith, Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its agent and attorney in fact for the purpose of purchasing the same) that provide for payments on a Business Day prior and as close as possible to each successive Payment Date (and the Maturity Date) after the Defeasance Release Date through and including the Open Prepayment Date, with each such payment being equal to or greater than the amount of the corresponding Monthly Payment Amount required to be paid (x) under this Agreement and the Note in the case of a release of the Properties remaining subject to the Lien of any Mortgage (or the Undefeased Note if a Partial Defeasance has occurred previously), or (y) the Defeased Note, in the case of a Partial Defeasance, as applicable, and all amounts necessary to pay the outstanding principal balance and all other amounts due and payable on the Open Prepayment Date (the “Defeasance Collateral”), duly endorsed by the holder thereof as directed by Lender or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form and substance which would be satisfactory to a prudent lender (including, without limitation, such certificates, documents and instruments as may be required by the depository institution holding such securities or the issuer thereof, as the case may be, to effectuate book entry transfers and pledges through the book entry facilities of such institution) in order to perfect upon the delivery of the Defeasance Security Agreement the first priority security interest therein in favor of Lender in conformity with all applicable state and federal laws governing granting of such security interests;

35 

 

(C)              a certificate of Borrower certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this Section 2.8(a) have been satisfied;

(D)              one or more opinions of counsel for Borrower in form and substance and delivered by counsel which would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender stating, among other things, that (1) Lender has a perfected first priority security interest in the Defeasance Collateral and that the Defeasance Security Agreement is enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (2) the release of the lien of the Mortgage and the pledge of Defeasance Collateral will not directly or indirectly result in or cause any REMIC Trust that holds the Note to fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust;

(E)              a certificate in form and scope which would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender from an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender certifying that the Defeasance Collateral will generate amounts sufficient to make all payments of principal and interest due under this Agreement and the Note (including the scheduled outstanding principal balance of the Loan on the Open Prepayment Date);

(F)              such other certificates, opinions, documents and instruments as a prudent lender would reasonably require; and

(G)              in the event the Loan is held by a REMIC Trust and if required by Lender, Lender has obtained a Rating Agency Confirmation.

(b)           Upon compliance with the requirements of Section 2.8(a), either the Properties shall be released from the Lien of the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents (or, in the case of a Partial Defeasance pursuant to Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof, the Defeased Property shall be released from the Lien of the applicable Mortgage and the other Loan Documents), and the Defeasance Collateral shall constitute collateral which shall secure the Note or the Defeased Note, as applicable, and all other obligations under the Loan Documents. Lender shall, at Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver any agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender which are reasonably requested by Borrower to release the lien of the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents from the Properties or the Defeased Property, as applicable.

36 

 

(c)             As a condition to the release of the Properties or the Defeased Property, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.8, Borrower shall assign all its obligations and rights under this Agreement and the Note or the Defeased Note, as applicable, together with the pledged Defeasance Collateral, to a successor single purpose entity designated and approved by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion (“Successor Borrower”). Lender’s right to designate and approve the Successor Borrower shall, at the sole option of Bank of America, N.A., be exercised by Bank of America, N.A. and shall be retained by Bank of America, N.A. (or any successor or assign pursuant to an assignment of such retained rights separate and apart from the transfer or Securitization of all or any portion of the Loan), notwithstanding any transfer or Securitization of all or any portion of the Loan. Successor Borrower shall execute an assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance which would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender pursuant to which it shall assume Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, the Note (or the Defeased Note, as applicable) and the Defeasance Security Agreement. As conditions to such assignment and assumption, Borrower shall (i) deliver to Lender one or more opinions of counsel in form and substance and delivered by counsel which would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender stating, among other things, that such assignment and assumption agreement is enforceable against Borrower and the Successor Borrower in accordance with its terms and that this Agreement, the Note (or the Defeased Note, as applicable), the Defeasance Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as so assigned and assumed, are enforceable against the Successor Borrower, and in the case of a Partial Defeasance, the Undefeased Note remains enforceable against Borrower, each in accordance with their respective terms, and opining to such other matters relating to Successor Borrower and its organizational structure as Lender may require, including, if required by Lender, a New Non-Consolidation Opinion from counsel to the Successor Borrower, and (ii) pay all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lender or its agents and Successor Borrower in connection with such assignment and assumption (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses and for the review of the proposed transferee and the preparation of the assignment and assumption agreement and related certificates, documents and instruments and any fees payable to any Rating Agencies and their counsel in connection with the issuance of the confirmation referred to above, and excluding any assumption fee which may otherwise be due pursuant to the other Loan Documents). Upon such assignment and assumption, Borrower and Guarantor shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement and the Note (or the Defeased Note, as applicable), the other Loan Documents and the Defeasance Security Agreement first arising from and after the Defeasance Release Date, except as expressly set forth in the assignment and assumption agreement, and with respect to Guarantor, except for any surviving obligations or liabilities under the Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity.

37 

 

Section 2.9             Property Releases

Solely in connection with a release of an Individual Property pursuant to Section 15.1(c)(viii) hereof prior to the earlier of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date or a REMIC Prohibition Period, Borrower may obtain the release of an Individual Property from the Lien of the Mortgage thereon (and related Loan Documents) and the release of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents with respect to such Individual Property (other than those expressly stated to survive), upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a)             No Event of Default shall then exist (other than a non-monetary Event of Default that is specific to the Individual Property being released pursuant to this Section 2.9 and which non-monetary Event of Default would be cured as a result of the release of the applicable Individual Property);

(b)             The amount of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan to be prepaid in accordance with the terms hereof shall equal or exceed the Release Price for the applicable Individual Property, and such prepayment shall be deemed a voluntary prepayment for all purposes hereunder;

(c)             Borrower shall provide Lender with at least thirty (30) days but no more than ninety (90) days prior written notice of its request to obtain a release of the Individual Property (the “Prepayment Release Date”) (such notice being revocable or may be modified by Borrower on at least two (2) Business Days prior written notice to Lender provided Borrower pays all of Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the notice of intended release);

(d)             Borrower shall prepay the portion of the Note equal to the Release Price of the Individual Property being released (together with (a) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being prepaid and (b) if prepaid on a date other than a Payment Date, the amount of interest which would have accrued thereon if such prepayment was made on the next Payment Date, all additional amounts required to be paid by Borrower and all other amounts owing by Borrower to Lender under the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, Borrower shall not be required to pay any consent, processing, administrative or similar fee in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.9(d)) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Such prepayment in the amount of the applicable Release Price shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be applied (A) first, to reduce the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property being released to zero and (B) second, pro-rata to reduce the Allocated Loan Amount of the remaining Individual Properties;

(e)             Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Prepayment Release Date, a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for such Individual Property for execution by Lender. Such release shall be in a form appropriate in each State in which the Individual Property is located and that would be satisfactory to a prudent institutional lender and shall contain standard provisions, if any, protecting the rights of the releasing lender. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with a certification certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (ii) will, following execution by Lender and recordation thereof, effect such releases in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (iii) will not impair or otherwise adversely affect the Liens, security interests and other rights of Lender under the Loan Documents not being released (or as to the parties to the Loan Documents and Properties subject to the Loan Documents not being released). Lender shall deliver such executed release of Lien for such Individual Property to Borrower on or prior to the Prepayment Release Date, or if requested by Borrower, to an escrow agent or title company designated by Borrower, to be held in escrow, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Prepayment Release Date; and

38 

 

(f)              Lender shall have received payment of (i) the Yield Maintenance Premium and (ii) all of Lender’s reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including due diligence review costs and reasonable counsel fees and disbursements incurred in connection with the release of the Individual Property from the lien of the related Mortgage and the review and approval of the documents and information required to be delivered in connection therewith; provided, however, Borrower shall not be required to pay any consent, processing, administrative or similar fee in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.9, except for (i) accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being prepaid, (ii) if prepaid on a date other than a Payment Date, the amount of interest which would have accrued thereon if such prepayment was made on the next Payment Date, all additional amounts required to be paid by Borrower and all other amounts owing by Borrower to Lender under the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iii) the Yield Maintenance Premium.

(g)             Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.9, for so long as the Loan is included in a REMIC Trust in connection with a Securitization, no release of an Individual Property will be permitted unless, immediately after the release, either (i) the LTV Ratio is equal to or less than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) (such value to be determined, in Lender’s sole discretion, by any commercially reasonable method permitted to a REMIC Trust, based solely on the value of the real property excluding personal property and going concern value, if any) or (ii) the principal balance of the Loan is paid down by the least of the following amounts: (A) the fair market value of the Individual Property at the time of release, or (B) an amount such that the LTV Ratio (as so determined by Lender) does not increase after the release to greater than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%), as calculated in accordance with the foregoing clause (c)(i), unless the Lender receives an opinion of counsel that such Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust as a result of the release.

ARTICLE 3

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1             Conditions Precedent

The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the fulfillment by Borrower or waiver by Lender of all of the conditions precedent to closing set forth in the application or term sheet for the Loan delivered by Borrower to Lender and the commitment or commitment rider, if any, to the application for the Loan issued by Lender. The making of the Loan shall be deemed Lender’s acknowledgement that all such conditions precedent have been satisfied or waived.

39 

 

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as of the Closing Date that:

Section 4.1             Organization

Borrower (a) has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing with requisite power and authority to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, (b) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with its properties, businesses and operations, (c) possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, and the sole business of Borrower is the ownership, management and operation of the Properties, and (d) has full power, authority and legal right to mortgage, grant, bargain, sell, pledge, assign, warrant, transfer and convey the Properties pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, and has full power, authority and legal right to keep and observe all of the terms of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower represents and warrants that the charts attached hereto as Exhibit A sets forth an accurate listing of the direct and indirect owners of the equity interests in Borrower, each SPE Component Entity (if any) and each Guarantor (when not an individual) both before and after the Contribution Date.

Section 4.2             Status of Borrower

Borrower’s exact legal name is correctly set forth on the first page of this Agreement, on the Mortgages and on any UCC-1 Financing Statements filed in connection with the Loan. Borrower is an organization of the type specified on Schedule I. Each Borrower is incorporated in or organized under the laws of the State as set forth on Schedule I. Each Borrower’s principal place of business and chief executive office, and the place where each Borrower keeps its books and records, including recorded data of any kind or nature, regardless of the medium of recording, including software, writings, plans, specifications and schematics, has been for the preceding four months (or, if less, the entire period of the existence of such Borrower) the address of Borrower set forth on the first page of this Agreement. Each Borrower’s organizational identification number, if any, assigned by the state of incorporation or organization and each Borrower’s federal tax identification number is set forth on Schedule I.

Section 4.3             Validity of Documents

Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement and such other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Borrower and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

40 

 

Section 4.4             No Conflicts

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of Borrower pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which any of Borrower’s property or assets is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of Borrower’s properties or assets, in each case which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Authority required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

Section 4.5             Litigation

There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, arbitral body or other agency now pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower, Operating Lessee, any Guarantor, Manager or any Individual Property, which actions, suits or proceedings, if determined against Borrower, Operating Lessee, any Guarantor, Manager or any Individual Property, in each case which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6             Agreements

Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower or any Individual Property is bound, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has no material financial obligation under any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any Individual Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in connection with any Permitted Debt, (b) obligations under the Loan Documents (c) obligations which have been disclosed to Lender in writing and/or (d) Permitted Encumbrances. There is no agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound that would require the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder or under the Note to an obligation owed to another party.

Section 4.7             Solvency

Borrower has (a) not entered into the transaction or executed the Note, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for their obligations under such Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of the assets of Borrower exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed the total liabilities of Borrower, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. No petition in bankruptcy has been filed against Borrower, any Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Affiliated Manager in the last ten (10) years, and neither Borrower nor any Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Affiliated Manager in the last ten (10) years has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any Creditors Rights Laws. Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Affiliated Manager is contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any Creditors Rights Laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or property, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against Borrower or any Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Affiliated Manager.

41 

 

Section 4.8             Full and Accurate Disclosure

No statement of fact made by or on behalf of Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any other document or certificate delivered by or on behalf of Borrower contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact, to Borrower’s knowledge, necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed to Lender which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.9             No Plan Assets

Neither Borrower nor Operating Lessee is an employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, or a plan, as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, and none of the assets of Borrower or Operating Lessee constitute or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such employee benefit plans or plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA. Neither Borrower nor Operating Lessee is a governmental plan within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA Transactions by or with Borrower or Operating Lessee is subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to any “employee pension benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 4.12 of the Internal Revenue Code, to which Borrower, Operating Lessee or any entity that is under common control with Borrower or Operating Lessee within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(a)(14) or treated as a single employer together with Borrower or Operating Lessee under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code is or has been obligated to contribute, none of Borrower, Operating Lessee nor any such entity has incurred any material liability which is or remains unsatisfied.

Section 4.10          Not a Foreign Person

Borrower is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, foreign estate or nonresident alien or a disregarded entity owned by any of them (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code), and if requested by Lender, Borrower will so certify (or in the case of a disregarded entity, its owner will certify) to Lender or a person designated by Lender under penalties of perjury to the accuracy of this representation, and will provide in such certification such additional information as Lender may reasonably request related thereto.

42 

 

Section 4.11          Enforceability

The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable, and Borrower has not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto. No Default or Event of Default exists under or with respect to any Loan Document.

Section 4.12          Business Purposes

The Loan is solely for the business purpose of Borrower, and is not for personal, family, household, or agricultural purposes.

Section 4.13          Compliance

Except as expressly disclosed in a Zoning Report, a Property Condition Report and/or an Environmental Report, Borrower and each Individual Property, and the use and operation thereof, comply in all material respects with all Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect, and Borrower has received no written notice of any such default or violation. There has not been committed by Borrower or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of any Individual Property any act or omission affording any Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture or seizure as against such Individual Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

Section 4.14          Financial Information

All financial data, including, without limitation, the balance sheets, statements of cash flow, statements of income and operating expense and rent rolls, that have been delivered to Lender in respect of Borrower, any Guarantor and/or each Individual Property (a) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (b) accurately represent the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor or the Properties, as applicable, as of the date of such reports in all material respects, and (c) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower or Guarantor from that set forth in said financial statements which would reasonably be expected to have or has had a Material Adverse Effect.

43 

 

Section 4.15          Condemnation

No Condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced or, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, is threatened or contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Properties or for the relocation of roadways providing access to any Individual Property.

Section 4.16          Utilities and Public Access; Parking

Each Individual Property is (i) located on or adjacent to a public road and has access to such road directly, or has access via an irrevocable perpetual easement or right of way permitting ingress and egress to and from a public road and (ii) served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service such Individual Property for full utilization of such Individual Property for its intended uses. Except as expressly set forth on a Survey, all public utilities necessary to the full use and enjoyment of each Individual Property as currently used and enjoyed are located either in the public right-of-way abutting such Individual Property (which are connected so as to serve the Property without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving the Individual Property. Except as expressly set forth on a Survey, all roads necessary for the use of each Individual Property for its current purposes have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities. Except as expressly set forth in a Zoning Report, each Individual Property has, or is served by, parking to the extent required to comply with all Legal Requirements.

Section 4.17          Separate Lots

Each Individual Property is assessed for real estate tax purposes as one or more wholly independent tax lot or lots, separate from any adjoining land or improvements not constituting a part of such lot or lots, and no other land or improvements is assessed and taxed together with such Individual Property or any portion thereof.

Section 4.18          Assessments

To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements, PACE Loan Liens or otherwise affecting any Individual Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to such Individual Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

Section 4.19          Insurance

Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender complete copies of all Policies (information not pertaining to the collateral improvements, total premium and addresses of non-collateral improvements may be redacted for confidentiality) or, to the extent such Policies are not available as of the Closing Date, certificates of insurance with respect to all such Policies reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. No claims have been made under any of the Policies, and to Borrower’s knowledge, no Person, including Borrower, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any of the Policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of providing copies of Policies and at Borrower’s expense (including all necessary and reasonable travel expenses), Borrower shall make copies of all Polices available for review by Lender’s representative in Borrower’s office. Following a Casualty above the Restoration Threshold, Borrower shall provide copies of all Policies to Lender upon request.

44 

 

Section 4.20          Use of Property

Each Individual Property is used exclusively for hotel purposes and other appurtenant and related uses.

Section 4.21          Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses

All material certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including, without limitation, certificates of completion or occupancy and any applicable liquor license required for the legal use, occupancy and operation of each Individual Property for the purpose intended herein, have been obtained and are valid and in full force and effect. Borrower shall keep and maintain (or cause to be kept and maintained) all licenses necessary for the operation of each Individual Property for the purpose intended herein. The use being made of each Individual Property is in conformity with the final certificate of occupancy (or compliance, if applicable) and any other permits or licenses issued for such Individual Property.

Section 4.22          Flood Zone

None of the Improvements on any Individual Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards, or, if any portion of the Improvements is located within such area, Borrower has obtained the insurance prescribed in Section 8.1(a).

Section 4.23          Physical Condition

Except as set forth in the Property Condition Report, to Borrower’s knowledge after due inquiry, the Properties, including, without limitation, all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects (ordinary wear and tear excepted). Except as set forth in the Property Condition Report, to Borrower’s knowledge after due inquiry, there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in any Individual Property, as a result of a Casualty or otherwise, and whether latent or otherwise. Borrower has not received written notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in any Individual Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

Section 4.24          Boundaries

(a)             To Borrower’s knowledge and in reliance on, and except as otherwise specifically disclosed on a Survey, none of the Improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of any Individual Property lie outside the boundaries and building restriction lines of such Individual Property to any material extent, and (b) no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon any Individual Property and no easements or other encumbrances upon any Individual Property encroach upon any of the Improvements so as to have a Material Adverse Effect.

45 

 

Section 4.25          Leases

To Borrower’s knowledge (a) each Major Lease is in full force and effect; (b) the premises demised under the Major Leases have been completed, all alterations or other work required to be performed on the part of Borrower has been completed, and the Tenants under the Major Leases have accepted possession of and are in physical occupancy of all of their respective demised premises; (c) the Tenants under the Major Leases have commenced the payment of rent under the Major Leases, there are no offsets, claims or defenses to the enforcement thereof, and Borrower has no monetary obligations to any Tenant under any Major Lease; (d) all Rents due and payable under the Major Leases have been paid and no portion thereof has been paid for any period more than thirty (30) days in advance; (e) no Tenant has made any written claim of a material default against the landlord under any Major Lease which remains outstanding; (f) there is no present material default by the Tenant under any Major Lease and such Tenant’s use and occupancy of its leased premises does not violate the Controlled Substances Act; (g) all security deposits under the Major Leases have been collected by Borrower or Operating Lessee; (h) Borrower or Operating Lessee is the sole owner of the entire landlord’s interest in each Major Lease; (i) each Major Lease is the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower and/or Operating Lessee and the applicable Tenant thereunder and there are no agreements with the Tenants under the Major Leases other than as expressly set forth in the Major Leases; (j) no Person has any possessory interest in, or right to occupy, any Individual Property or any portion thereof except under the terms of a Lease or as a hotel guest; (k) none of the Leases contains any option or offer to purchase or right of first refusal or right of first offer to purchase or lease any Individual Property or any part thereof; (l) neither the Leases nor the Rents have been assigned, pledged or hypothecated except to Lender, and no other Person has any interest therein except the Tenants thereunder; and (m) no conditions exist or events have occurred which now give any Tenant the right to cease operations at its leased premises (i.e., “go dark”), terminate its Lease or pay reduced Rent pursuant to the provisions of its Lease. Borrower represents that it has heretofore delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of all Major Leases and any and all amendments or modifications thereof.

Section 4.26          Filing and Recording Taxes

All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgages, have been paid or will be paid by Borrower.

Section 4.27          Management Agreement

The Management Agreements are in full force and effect and there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute a default thereunder. No management fees (which are due and payable) under any Management Agreement are accrued and unpaid. Neither Borrower nor Operating Lessee is obligated to pay any key money to any Franchisor or Manager under any Franchise Agreement or Management Agreement, except as otherwise reserved for herein.

46 

 

Section 4.28          Illegal Activity

No portion of the Properties have been or will be purchased, improved, equipped or fixtured with proceeds of any illegal activity, and no part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used in connection with any illegal activity.

Section 4.29          Construction Expenses

All costs and expenses of any and all labor, materials, supplies and equipment used in the construction maintenance or repair of the Improvements (which are currently due and payable) have been paid in full. To Borrower’s knowledge, except as set forth on Schedule 4.29 hereto, there are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Properties which are or may become a lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents.

Section 4.30          Personal Property

Borrower has paid in full for, and is the owner of, all Personal Property (other than Tenants’ property) used in connection with the operation of the Properties, free and clear of any and all security interests, liens or encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances and the Lien and security interest created by the Loan Documents.

Section 4.31          Taxes

Borrower has filed all federal, state, county, municipal, and city income, personal property and other tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and related liabilities which have become due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessments received by it. Borrower does not know of any basis for any additional assessment in respect of any such taxes and related liabilities for prior years.

Section 4.32          Title

Borrower has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title, to the real property comprising part of the Properties and good title to the balance of the Properties, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances and any Liens described on Schedule 4.29 hereto. None of the Permitted Encumbrances, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have nor does have a Material Adverse Effect. The Mortgages, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (a) a valid, perfected first priority lien on the Properties, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and any Liens described on Schedule 4.29 hereto and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty owned by Borrower (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms hereof, in each case subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and any Liens described on Schedule 4.29 hereto. There are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Properties which are or may become a Lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents. The street address of each Property is set forth on Schedule XII hereof.

47 

 

Section 4.33          Federal Reserve Regulations

No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall not, to its actual knowledge, use the proceeds of any Loan hereunder to purchase any asset or securities from any Lender “affiliate” as such term is defined in the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W.

Section 4.34          Investment Company Act

Borrower is not (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

Section 4.35          Reciprocal Easement Agreements

(a)             To Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower, nor any other party is currently in default (nor has any notice been given or received with respect to an alleged or current default) under any of the terms and conditions of the REA, and the REA remains unmodified and in full force and effect;

(b)             To Borrower’s knowledge, all easements granted pursuant to the REA which were to have survived the site preparation and completion of construction (to the extent that the same has been completed), remain in full force and effect and have not been released, terminated, extinguished or discharged by agreement or otherwise;

(c)             To Borrower’s knowledge, all sums due and owing by Borrower to the other parties to the REA (or by the other parties to the REA to Borrower) pursuant to the terms of the REA, including without limitation, all sums, charges, fees, assessments, costs, and expenses in connection with any taxes, site preparation and construction, non-shareholder contributions, and common area and other property management activities have been paid, are current, and no lien has attached on any Individual Property (or threat thereof been made) for failure to pay any of the foregoing;

(d)             To Borrower’s knowledge, the terms, conditions, covenants, uses and restrictions contained in the REA do not conflict in any manner with any terms, conditions, covenants, uses and restrictions contained in any Major Lease or in any agreement between Borrower and occupant of any peripheral parcel, including without limitation, conditions and restrictions with respect to kiosk placement, tenant restrictions (type, location or exclusivity), sale of certain goods or services, and/or other use restrictions; and

48 

 

(e)             The terms, conditions, covenants, uses and restrictions contained in each Major Lease do not conflict in any manner with any terms, conditions, covenants, uses and restrictions contained in the REA, any other Major Lease or in any agreement between Borrower and occupant of any peripheral parcel, including without limitation, conditions and restrictions with respect to kiosk placement, tenant restrictions (type, location or exclusivity), sale of certain goods or services, and/or other use restrictions.

Section 4.36          No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure

All information submitted by Borrower or its agents to Lender and in all financial statements, rent rolls, reports, certificates and other documents submitted in connection with the Loan or in satisfaction of the terms thereof and all statements of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that otherwise would reasonably expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts and has not failed to disclose any material fact that could cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

Section 4.37          Intellectual Property

To Borrower’s knowledge, all trademarks, trade names and service marks (i) necessary to the business of Borrower and/or Operating Lessee as presently conducted or as Borrower and/or Operating Lessee contemplates conducting its business, (ii) that Borrower or Operating Lessee owns or has pending or (iii) under which Borrower or Operating Lessee is licensed are in good standing and uncontested. To Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower nor Operating Lessee has infringed, is not infringing, and has not received written notice of infringement with respect to asserted trademarks, trade names and service marks of others. To Borrower’s knowledge, there is no infringement by others of trademarks, trade names and service marks of Borrower and/or Operating Lessee.

Section 4.38          Sanctions

None of Borrower, Guarantor, any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor, or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (a) is a Sanctioned Entity; (b) is controlled by or is acting on behalf of a Sanctioned Entity; (c) to Borrower’s knowledge is under investigation for an alleged breach of Sanction(s) by a Governmental Authority that enforces Sanctions; or (d) will fund any repayment of the Loan with proceeds derived from any transaction that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause Lender or any other party to this Agreement to be in breach of any Sanctions.

49 

 

Section 4.39          Brokers and Financial Advisors

Borrower has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than Lismore Capital, whose fees shall be paid in full by Borrower on or prior to the date hereof.

Section 4.40          Franchise Agreements

The Franchise Agreements are in full force and effect and there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and no circumstance, condition or event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or giving of notice, would constitute a default thereunder or entitle Franchisor to terminate any Franchise Agreement. All franchise fees, reservation fees, royalties, marketing fees and other sums and payable due under the Franchise Agreements have been paid in full or are current. A true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreements, together with all amendments and ancillary agreements or side letters related thereto, have been delivered to Lender. The Loan, and the encumbrance of the Properties as security for the Loan, will not cause Borrower to violate any financial covenants contained in any Franchise Agreement.

Section 4.41          PIPS

Except for the Individual Property known as “Residence Inn Hartford Manchester”, which PIP is being reserved for pursuant to Section 9.9 hereof, there are no PIPs affecting any Individual Property as of the Closing Date.

Section 4.42          Labor Matters

There are no collective bargaining agreements or similar agreement to which Borrower is a party.

Section 4.43          Intentionally Omitted

Section 4.44          Intentionally Omitted

Section 4.45          Operating Lease Representations

(a)             (i)  The Operating Leases are in full force and effect, (ii) there are no defaults under the Operating Leases by Borrower or Operating Lessee, and no event has occurred which but for the passage of time, or notice, or both would constitute a default under the Operating Leases, (iii) all rents, additional rents and other sums due and payable under the Operating Leases have been paid current and (iv) neither tenant nor the landlord under the Operating Leases has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the Operating Leases;

(b)             Borrower’s interest in the Operating Leases is not subject to any Liens superior to, or of equal priority with, the Mortgages; and

(c)             Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Operating Leases.

50 

 

Section 4.46          CFIUS

Either (a)  the Operating Leases are not a Covered Transaction, or (b) Borrower has obtained CFIUS Approval with respect to each of the Operating Leases.

Section 4.47          Survival

Borrower agrees that, unless expressly provided otherwise, all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in this Article 4 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be deemed given and made as of the date hereof and shall survive for so long as any portion of the Debt remains owing to Lender. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents by Borrower shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

ARTICLE 5

BORROWER COVENANTS

From the date hereof and until repayment of the Debt in full and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Liens of the Mortgages (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

Section 5.1             Existence; Compliance with Requirements

(a)              Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and all of its material rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all applicable material Legal Requirements. Borrower shall not commit, permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording any Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against any Individual Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names used in connection with the operation of the Properties.

(b)             After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the Legal Requirements affecting an Individual Property, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any other instrument to which Borrower or an Individual Property is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder; (iii) neither the Properties, any part thereof or interest therein nor Borrower shall be affected in any material adverse way as a result of such proceeding; (iv) non-compliance with the Legal Requirements shall not impose civil or criminal liability on Borrower or Lender; (v) Borrower shall have furnished the security as may be required in the proceeding, or required by Lender if no such security has been furnished in the proceeding, to ensure compliance by Borrower with the Legal Requirements; and (vi) Borrower shall have furnished to Lender all other items reasonably requested by Lender in connection therewith.

51 

 

Section 5.2             Maintenance and Use of Properties

Borrower shall cause the Properties to be maintained in a good, safe and insurable condition and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, and shall promptly make all repairs to the Properties, above grade and below grade, interior and exterior, structural and nonstructural, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen and foreseen except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have and does not have a Material Adverse Effect. All repairs made by Borrower shall be made in a good and workmanlike manner, shall be equal or better in quality and class to the original work and shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and insurance requirements. The Improvements and the Personal Property shall not be removed, demolished or other than in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.21, materially altered (except for normal replacement of the Personal Property) without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If under applicable zoning provisions the use of all or any portion of any Individual Property is or shall become a nonconforming use, Borrower will not cause or permit the nonconforming use to be discontinued or the nonconforming Improvement to be abandoned without the express prior written consent of Lender.

Section 5.3             Waste

Borrower shall not commit or suffer any physical waste of the Properties or make any change in the use of the Properties which will in any way materially increase the risk of fire or other hazard arising out of the operation of any Individual Property, or take any action that would reasonably be expected to invalidate or give cause for cancellation of any Policy, or do or permit to be done thereon anything that would reasonably be expected to in any way impair the value of any Individual Property or the security for the Loan. Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, permit any drilling or exploration for or extraction, removal, or production of any minerals from the surface or the subsurface of any Individual Property, regardless of the depth thereof or the method of mining or extraction thereof.

Section 5.4             Taxes and Other Charges

(a)              Borrower shall pay all Property Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Properties or any part thereof as the same become due and payable; provided, however, Borrower’s obligation to directly pay Property Taxes shall be suspended for so long as Borrower complies with the terms and provisions of Section 9.4 hereof. Borrower shall furnish to Lender receipts for the payment of the Property Taxes and the Other Charges at least five (5) days prior to the date the same shall become delinquent (provided, however, that Borrower is not required to furnish such receipts for payment of Property Taxes in the event that such Property Taxes have been paid by Lender pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof). Subject to the terms of Section 5.4(b) hereof, Borrower shall not suffer and shall promptly cause to be paid and discharged any Lien or charge whatsoever which may be or become a Lien or charge against any Individual Property, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to the Properties. If Borrower shall fail to pay any Property Taxes or Other Charges in accordance with this Section 5.4 and is not contesting or causing a contesting of such Property Taxes or Other Charges in accordance with Section 5.4(b) below, or if there are insufficient funds in the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account to pay any Property Taxes or Other Charges, Lender shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to pay such Property Taxes or Other Charges, and Borrower shall repay to Lender, on demand, any amount paid by Lender, with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of the advance thereof to the date of repayment, and such amount shall constitute a portion of the Debt secured by the Mortgages.

52 

 

(b)              After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity or application in whole or in part of any Property Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) no Event of Default is continuing; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any other instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements; (iii) neither the Properties nor any part thereof or direct or indirect interest therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Property Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of such contested Property Taxes or Other Charges from each Individual Property; (vi) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or if no such security has been furnished in the proceeding, Borrower shall furnish such reserve deposits as may be requested by Lender, to ensure the payment of any such Property Taxes or Other Charges, together with all interest and penalties thereon (unless Borrower has paid all of the Property Taxes or Other Charges under protest); (vii) failure to pay such Property Taxes or Other Charges will not subject Borrower or Lender to any civil or criminal liability; (viii) such contest is not reasonably expected to have and does not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ix) Borrower shall, upon request by Lender, give Lender prompt notice of the status of such proceedings and/or confirmation of the continuing satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) of this Section 5.4(b). Lender may pay over any such cash deposit or part thereof held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is established or any Individual Property (or part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost or there shall be any danger of the Liens of the Mortgages being primed by any related Lien.

(c)              Each Loan Party will timely file all U.S. federal, state, and other material tax returns required to be filed by it and will timely pay all Taxes shown on such returns or any assessments received by it and all other material Taxes (other than any Property Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 5.4(a) and (b)).

Section 5.5             Litigation

Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened in writing against any of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor or any Individual Property which would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect.

53 

 

Section 5.6             Access to Properties

Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender to inspect each Individual Property or any part thereof during normal business hours on Business Days upon reasonable advance notice (which may be given telephonically or by e-mail), subject to Borrower’s usual and customary safety requirements and accompanied by a representative of Borrower.

Section 5.7             Notice of Default

Borrower shall promptly advise Lender (a) of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to have or does have a Material Adverse Effect of which Borrower has knowledge, (b) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge and (c) of any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Authority instituted or threatened against Borrower, any Guarantor or the Property, including pursuant to the Controlled Substances Act.

Section 5.8             Cooperate in Legal Proceedings

Borrower shall at Borrower’s expense cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to have, or does have, a Material Adverse Effect and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings, other than those proceedings where Borrower and Lender are adverse parties.

Section 5.9             Performance by Borrower

Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision to be observed and performed by Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other agreement or instrument affecting or pertaining to each Individual Property and any amendments, modifications or changes thereto (except to the extent waived by the counterparty thereto, provided that such action or failure to act by Borrower does not otherwise require Lender’s consent under the Loan Documents).

Section 5.10          Awards; Insurance Proceeds

Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender (to the extent that this Agreement provides for such Awards or Insurance Proceeds to be paid to Lender) the benefits of any Awards or Insurance Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with the Properties, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable, actual attorneys’ fees and disbursements, the cost of any Restoration Consultant and the payment by Borrower of the expense of an appraisal on behalf of Lender in case of a Casualty or Condemnation affecting any Individual Property or any part thereof) out of such Awards or Insurance Proceeds.

54 

 

Section 5.11          Financial Reporting

(a)             Borrower shall keep adequate books and records of account on an accrual basis and in all material respects accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts, consistently applied and shall furnish to Lender:

(i)               all financial reporting and associated statements provided by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreements within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof;

(ii)              quarterly, including year-to-date, annual and trailing twelve (12) months operating statements of the Properties, prepared and certified by Borrower in a form approved by Lender, detailing Gross Revenues received, Operating Expenses incurred, the net operating income before and after Debt Service and Capital Expenditures and containing occupancy, average daily room, and revenue per available room statistics as well as such other information as is necessary and sufficient to fairly represent the financial position and results of operation of the Properties, within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter;

(iii)              the most current Smith Travel Research Reports then available (or if not available, any successor thereto) to Borrower reflecting market penetration and relevant hotel properties competing with the Properties, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month;

(iv)              annual balance sheet, profit and loss statement, statement of cash flows, and statement of change in financial position of Borrower and Guarantor, which are (a) with respect to Borrower, prepared and certified by Borrower and (b) with respect to Guarantor, (I) prepared and certified by Guarantor and (II) unless Guarantor is a Publicly Traded Company, audited by an Acceptable Accountant, in each case, within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower and Guarantor, as the case may be; provided, however, each of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 5.11(a)(iv) shall be deemed satisfied for so long as (1) Borrower’s and Guarantor’s financial statements are consolidated with the financial statements of (x) as to AHLP, Ashford Hospitality Trust Inc. and (y) as to Stirling REIT, Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., each in accordance with GAAP and (2) on or before the dates required hereunder, Borrower and/or Guarantor delivers to Lender the annual audited consolidated financial statements of Ashford Hospitality Trust Inc. or Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., as applicable, including, without limitation, those required pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the listing requirements of any applicable stock exchange;

(v)              an Annual Budget not later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of each fiscal year of Borrower, which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender (to the extent that Borrower or Operating Lessee has an approval right over the Annual Budget pursuant to the terms of the applicable Management Agreement), along with any amendments or modifications thereto. In the event that Lender objects to a proposed Annual Budget submitted by Borrower, Lender shall advise Borrower of such objections within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof (and deliver to Borrower a reasonably detailed description of such objections) and Borrower or Operating Lessee shall promptly cause the revision of such Annual Budget and resubmit the same to Lender. Lender shall advise Borrower of any objections to such revised Annual Budget within ten (10) days after receipt thereof (and deliver to Borrower a reasonably detailed description of such objections) and Borrower or Operating Lessee shall promptly cause the revision of the same in accordance with the process described in this subsection until Lender approves the Annual Budget. Until such time that Lender approves a proposed Annual Budget, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the most recent Annual Budget shall apply; provided that, such approved Annual Budget shall be adjusted to reflect (A) actual increases in Property Taxes, Insurance Premiums, utilities expenses and expenses under the Management Agreement and (B) up to five percent (5%) increases in any budgeted line items provided such increases do not exceed a five percent (5%) increase in the Annual Budget in the aggregate;

55 

 

(vi)             intentionally omitted;

(vii)           a monthly calculation of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the trailing twelve (12) months as of the last day of such period, prepared and certified by Borrower, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month; and

(b)            Borrower shall furnish Lender such other additional financial or management information as may, from time to time, be reasonably required by Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Lender (including, without limitation, any financial reports required to be delivered by any Tenant or any guarantor of any Major Lease pursuant to the terms of such Major Lease or otherwise in Borrower’s possession), and shall furnish to Lender and its agents convenient facilities for the examination and audit of any such books and records.

(c)            All items requiring the certification of Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall, except where Borrower is an individual, require a certificate executed by an authorized officer of Borrower or the general partner or managing member of Borrower, as applicable, and shall contain a statement by Borrower as to whether there exists, to Borrower’s knowledge, an Event of Default under the Loan Documents, and if an Event of Default exists, the nature thereof, the period of time it has existed and the action then being taken to remedy the same.

(d)            Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of the occurrence of any event which is reasonably likely to result in the commencement or cessation of a Cash Sweep Period.

Section 5.12          Estoppel Statement

(a)            After request by Lender, Borrower shall within ten (10) Business Days furnish Lender or any proposed assignee of the Loan with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, setting forth (i) the original principal amount of the Loan, (ii) the rate of interest on the Loan, (iii) the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, (iv) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (v) the Maturity Date, (vi) offsets or defenses to the payment of the Debt, if any, and (vii) that the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents are valid, legal and binding obligations and have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

56 

 

(b)           Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender, consistent with the terms of the Major Leases but not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period (so long as no Event of Default is then continuing), promptly upon request, duly executed estoppel certificates from any one or more Tenants as required by Lender attesting to such facts regarding the related Major Lease as Lender may require, including, but not limited to attestations that each Major Lease covered thereby is in full force and effect with no defaults thereunder on the part of any party, that none of the Rents have been paid more than one month in advance, except as security, and that the Tenant claims no defense or offset against the full and timely performance of its obligations under the Major Lease.

(c)            Borrower shall, upon request of Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver an estoppel from each Manager stating (i) whether the applicable Management Agreement is in full force and effect and has been modified, amended or assigned, (ii) whether Manager or Borrower (or Operating Lessee, as applicable) is in default under any of the terms, covenants or provisions of the applicable Management Agreement and whether Manager knows of any event which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a default under the applicable Management Agreement, (iii) whether Manager or Borrower (or Operating Lessee, as applicable) has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the applicable Management Agreement and (iv) whether all sums due and payable to Manager under the applicable Management Agreement have been paid in full.

(d)            Borrower shall, upon request of Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver an estoppel from any Franchisor stating (i) whether the applicable Franchise Agreement is in full force and effect and has been modified, amended or assigned, (ii) whether Franchisor or Borrower (or Operating Lessee, as applicable) is in default under any of the terms, covenants or provisions of the applicable Franchise Agreement and whether the Franchisor knows of any event which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a default under the applicable Franchise Agreement, (iii) whether Franchisor or Borrower (or Operating Lessee, as applicable) has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the applicable Franchise Agreement and (iv) whether all sums due and payable to Franchisor under the applicable Franchise Agreement have been paid in full.

(e)            Within ten (10) Business Days of request by Lender, Borrower shall furnish to Lender an estoppel certificate from Operating Lessee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

Section 5.13          Leasing Matters

(a)            Borrower or Operating Lessee may enter into a proposed Lease (including the renewal or extension of an existing Lease (a “Renewal Lease”)) that is not a Major Lease without the prior written consent of Lender, provided such proposed Lease or Renewal Lease (i) provides for rental rates and terms comparable to existing local market rates and terms (taking into account the type and quality of the tenant) as of the date such Lease is executed by Borrower or Operating Lessee (unless, in the case of a Renewal Lease, the rent payable during such renewal, or a formula or other method to compute such rent, is provided for in the original Lease), (ii) is an arm’s-length transaction with a bona fide, independent third party tenant that, to Borrower’s knowledge, shall not use its demised premises in the conduct of any business or activity in violation of the Controlled Substances Act, (iii) does not contain any terms which would reasonably be expected to have or do have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) is subject and subordinate to the Mortgages and the Tenant thereunder agrees to attorn to Lender and any purchaser at a foreclosure sale and (v) does not contain any option, offer, right of first refusal, right of first offer or other similar right to acquire all or any portion of any Individual Property. Each Major Lease and all other proposed Leases which do not satisfy the requirements set forth in this subsection (including, without limitation, any material modification or termination not due to a tenant default under a Major Lease), unless Manager has the right to enter into such Lease without Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s prior written consent pursuant to the Management Agreement (each a “Required Approval Lease”) shall be subject to the prior approval of Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of all Leases which are entered into pursuant to this subsection together with Borrower’s certification that it or Operating Lessee has satisfied all of the conditions of this Section. Borrower shall pay the actual out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses associated with Lender’s, its counsel’s or its servicer’s review of any Lease for which Lender’s consent may be required under this Section 5.13.

57 

 

(b)            Except as provided in clause (c) below, Borrower shall (i) observe and perform all the obligations imposed upon the landlord under the Leases in all material respects and shall not do or permit to be done anything to impair the value of any of the Leases as security for the Debt or permit any tenant to violate any Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, the Controlled Substances Act, in connection with its use and occupancy of the Property (and Borrower shall promptly take all actions reasonably necessary to prevent such use); (ii) promptly send copies to Lender of all notices of material default which Borrower or Operating Lessee shall send or receive under a Major Lease; (iii) enforce all of the material terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the tenant thereunder to be observed or performed; (iv) not collect any Rents more than one (1) month in advance (except security deposits shall not be deemed Rents collected in advance); (v) hold all security deposits in accordance with the terms of the applicable Lease and Legal Requirements; (vi) not execute any assignment of the landlord’s interest in any of the Leases or the Rents except as contemplated by the Loan Documents; (vi) not consent to any assignment of or subletting under any Major Leases not in accordance with their terms, without the prior written consent of Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (vii) not suffer or permit any tenant to violate any Legal Requirements, including the Controlled Substances Act.

(c)            Borrower and/or Operating Lessee may, without the prior written consent of Lender, amend, modify or waive the provisions of or terminate, reduce Rents or accept a surrender of space under, or shorten the term of, any Lease which is not a Major Lease (including any guaranty, letter of credit or other credit support with respect thereto) provided that (i) such action (taking into account, in the case of a termination, reduction in rent, surrender of space or shortening of term, the planned alternative use of the affected space) is not reasonably expected to have and does not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) such amendment, modification, waiver, termination, rent reduction, space surrender or term shortening, is otherwise in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement and any subordination agreement binding upon Lender with respect to such Lease. A termination of a Lease with a tenant who is in monetary default beyond applicable notice and grace periods shall not be considered an action which has a Material Adverse Effect. Any amendment, modification, waiver, termination, rent reduction, space surrender or term shortening which does not satisfy the requirements set forth in this subsection shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (each, a “Lease Modification”), at Borrower’s expense. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of amendments, modifications and waivers which are entered into pursuant to this subsection together with Borrower’s certification that it has satisfied all of the conditions of this subsection.

58 

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower and Operating Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, enter into, renew, extend, amend, modify, waive any provisions of, terminate, reduce Rents under, accept a surrender of space under, or shorten the term of any Major Lease; provided, however, Borrower and/or Operating Lessee may terminate a Major Lease with a tenant who is in default beyond applicable notice and grace periods without the prior written approval of Lender.

(e)            Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.13 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted. There shall be no administrative or approval fee in connection with this Section 5.13(e), but Borrower shall pay any actual out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses incurred by Lender or its servicer.

Section 5.14          Property Management

(a)            Borrower shall cause Operating Lessee to (i) diligently perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by it under the Management Agreement and do all things necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired its material rights thereunder; (ii) promptly notify Lender of any default under the Management Agreement of which it is aware; (iii) promptly deliver to Lender a copy of any notice of default or other material notice received by Borrower or Operating Lessee under the Management Agreement; (iv) promptly give notice to Lender of any notice or information that Borrower or Operating Lessee receives which indicates that Manager is terminating the Management Agreement or that Manager is otherwise discontinuing its management of any Individual Property; and (v) promptly enforce the performance and observance of all of the covenants required to be performed and observed by Manager under the Management Agreement.

(b)           If at any time, (i) Manager shall become insolvent or a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding; (ii) an Event of Default exists; (iii) a default has occurred and is continuing under the Management Agreement after the expiration of all notice and cure periods contained thereunder or (iv) solely if Remington is the Manager, Remington has engaged in gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or misappropriation of funds, Borrower shall or shall cause Operating Lessee to, at the request of Lender and if permitted pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement or any other agreement of Manager, terminate the Management Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior notice to Manager and replace Manager with a Qualified Manager pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement.

59 

 

(c)            Borrower shall not permit Operating Lessee to, without the prior written consent of Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed): (i)  except as provided in clause (e) below, surrender, terminate or cancel, or consent to the surrender, termination or cancellation of, any Management Agreement or replace Manager or enter into any other management agreement with respect to any Individual Property; (ii) consent to the assignment by Manager of its interest under the Management Agreement except to a Qualified Manager or (iii) if such action could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (1) reduce or consent to the reduction of the term of the Management Agreement; (2) increase or consent to the increase of the amount of any charges under the Management Agreement (provided that any increases must be consistent with local market rates for managers of hotels of similar size, location and quality in the reasonable discretion of Lender); or (3) otherwise modify, change, supplement, alter or amend, or waive or release any of the terms and conditions under, the Management Agreement. In the event that Borrower or Operating Lessee replaces any Manager at any time during the term of Loan pursuant to this subsection, such Manager shall be deemed to be a Qualified Manager.

(d)            Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.14 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted. There shall be no administrative or approval fee in connection with this Section 5.14(d), but Borrower shall pay any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender.

(e)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default is continuing, Borrower and/or Operating Lessee shall have the right, and the right to permit Manager, without the prior written approval of Lender (but upon prior written notice to Lender), to terminate a Management Agreement at an Individual Property; provided, however, it shall be an Event of Default hereunder in the event that within sixty (60) days of the termination of such Management Agreement (i) Borrower shall have failed (or shall have failed to cause Operating Lessee in the case of clause (2) hereof) to deliver to Lender cash to be deposited into the PIP Reserve Account in an amount equal to the PIP Required Deposit contemplated by the Replacement Management Agreement, which cash shall be held and distributed in accordance with the terms of Section 9.9 hereof and (ii) Borrower fails to deliver evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that a Replacement Management Agreement is in full force and effect at the applicable Individual Property; provided, however, (1) if the terminated Management Agreement was with a Brand Manager (for which no separate Franchise Agreement existed), and the Replacement Management Agreement is with a Qualified Manager that is not a Brand Manager, Borrower or Operating Lessee, as applicable, shall deliver evidence to Lender that it or Operating Lessee has entered into a Replacement Franchise Agreement within such sixty (60) day period and (2) if a Franchise Agreement for the applicable Individual Property exists, and the Replacement Management Agreement is with a Brand Manager for which no separate Franchise Agreement is required by such Brand Manager, Borrower or Operating Lessee, as applicable, shall deliver evidence to Lender that it or Operating Lessee has terminated the existing Franchise Agreement within such sixty (60) day period.

60 

 

Section 5.15          Liens

Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any portion of any Individual Property or permit any such action to be taken, except Permitted Encumbrances.

Section 5.16          Debt Cancellation

Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt (other than termination of Leases in accordance herewith) owed to Borrower or Operating Lessee by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s business.

Section 5.17          Zoning

Borrower shall not (i) initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification of any portion of any Individual Property or seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance or (ii) use or permit the use of any portion of the Properties in any manner that could result in such use becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, in each case without the prior written consent of Lender.

Section 5.18          ERISA

(a)            Neither Borrower nor Operating Lessee shall engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. With respect to any “employee pension benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, to which Borrower, Operating Lessee or any entity that is under common control with Borrower or Operating Lessee within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(a)(14) or treated as a single employer together with Borrower and/or Operating Lessee under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code is or has been obligated to contribute, neither Borrower, Operating Lessee nor any such entity shall incur any material liability.

61 

 

(b)            Borrower shall deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the term of the Loan, as requested by Lender in its sole discretion, that (i) Borrower and Operating Lessee are not and do not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; (ii) Borrower and Operating Lessee are not subject to state statutes regulating investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans; and (iii) one or more of the following circumstances is true:

A.Equity interests in Borrower and Operating Lessee are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2);

B.Less than twenty-five percent (25%) of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower and Operating Lessee are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA; or

C.Borrower and Operating Lessee qualify as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).

Section 5.19          No Joint Assessment

Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the real property comprising any Individual Property with (a) any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from such Individual Property, or (b) any portion of such Individual Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property.

Section 5.20          Reciprocal Easement Agreements

Borrower shall not enter into, terminate or modify in any material respect any REA without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Borrower shall enforce, comply with, and cause each of the parties to the REA to comply with all of the material economic terms and conditions contained in the REA. Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.20 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted. There shall be no administrative or approval fee in connection with this Section 5.20, but Borrower shall pay any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender.

62 

 

Section 5.21          Alterations

Lender’s prior written approval shall be required in connection with any alterations to any Improvements (exclusive of (1) alterations to tenant spaces required under any Lease existing on the date hereof or entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (2) alterations specifically provided for in an Annual Budget which has been approved by Lender or pursuant to an Annual Budget which Borrower or Operating Lessee does not have the right to approve pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement, (3) alterations undertaken as part of a Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or as required by Franchisor or Manager to comply with the Franchisor’s or Manager’s standards under any Franchise Agreement or Management Agreement or any (4) PIP required by a Franchisor or Manager) (a) that are reasonably expected to have or do have a Material Adverse Effect on any Individual Property, (b) that are structural in nature or have an adverse effect on any utility or HVAC system contained in the Improvements or the exterior of any building constituting a part of any Improvements or (c) that, together with any other alterations undertaken at the same time (including any related alterations, improvements or replacements), are reasonably anticipated to have a cost in excess of the Alteration Threshold. If the total unpaid amounts incurred and to be incurred with respect to such alterations to the Improvements shall at any time exceed the Alteration Threshold (with credit given for any balance in the Required Repair Reserve or FF&E Reserve which is specifically allocated for such alterations with respect to the applicable Individual Property), Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender as security for the payment of such amounts and as additional security for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents any of the following: (i) cash, (ii) direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America or other obligations which are “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the extent acceptable to the applicable Rating Agencies, or (iii) a Letter of Credit acceptable to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts incurred and to be incurred with respect to such alterations to the Improvements over the Alteration Threshold.

Section 5.22          Agreements

During the term of the Loan: (a) Borrower shall fulfill and perform each and every material term, covenant and provision of the Agreements to be fulfilled or performed by Borrower thereunder, if any, in a commercially reasonable manner; (b) Borrower shall, in the manner provided for in this Agreement, give prompt notice to Lender of any material written default notice received by Borrower under any material Agreement, together with a complete copy of any such notice; (c) Borrower shall enforce, short of termination thereof, the performance and observance of each and every material term, covenant and provision of the Agreements to be performed or observed, if any, by the other parties thereto in a commercially reasonable manner; and (d) Borrower shall not enter into, terminate or amend any of the terms or provisions of any of the Agreements, except done in the ordinary course of business or as may be commercially reasonable in Borrower’s ordinary course of business, without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.22 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

63 

 

Section 5.23          Compliance with Sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws

(a)            None of Borrower, Guarantor, any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor, or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, in each case directly or indirectly, shall use the proceeds of the Loan, or lend, contribute, or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, or other Person (i) to fund any activities or business of or with a Sanctioned Entity or (ii) in any manner that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause Lender to be in breach of any Sanctions.

(b)           Each of Borrower, Guarantor, any subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor shall, and, to Borrower’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall ensure it does not use the Loan in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

(c)           Borrower and Guarantor shall comply with all applicable Sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects, and shall maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with Sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects.

Section 5.24          Intentionally Omitted

Section 5.25          Franchise Agreement

(a)           Except as provided in this Agreement, the Properties shall at all times be operated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Franchise Agreements. Borrower shall, or shall cause Operating Lessee to cause Manager to, (i) pay all sums required to be paid by Borrower, Operating Lessee and/or Manager under the Franchise Agreements, (ii) diligently perform, observe and enforce all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Franchise Agreements, (iii) promptly deliver to Lender a copy of any written notice to Borrower or Operating Lessee of any default by Borrower, Operating Lessee and/or Manager under the Franchise Agreements and notify Lender of any material default under the Franchise Agreements of which it is aware, (iv) promptly deliver to Lender a copy of any written notice to Franchisor of any default by Franchisor under the Franchise Agreements, (v) promptly deliver to Lender a copy of each financial statement, business plan, capital expenditure plan, notice of non-performance, report and estimate (a) received by Borrower or Operating Lessee under the Franchise Agreements and (b) required to be delivered by Borrower, Operating Lessee and/or Manager to Franchisor under the Franchise Agreements, (vi) complete all work required under any PIP on or prior to the Outside Date, (vii) not modify or amend the Franchise Agreements to the extent such modification or amendment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (viii) except as provided in clause (b) below not terminate, cancel, or replace the Franchise Agreements, nor replace the Franchisor, nor waive or release any of its rights and remedies under the Franchise Agreements in any material respect, without Lender’s prior written consent. Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.25 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted. There shall be no administrative or approval fee in connection with this Section 5.25(a), but Borrower shall pay any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender.

64 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default is continuing, Borrower and/or Operating Lessee shall have the right, and the right to permit Franchisor, without the prior written approval of Lender (but upon prior written notice to Lender), to terminate (including as a result of its expiration) a Franchise Agreement at an Individual Property; provided, however, it shall be an Event of Default hereunder in the event that within sixty (60) days of the termination of such Franchise Agreement (i) Borrower shall have failed (or shall have failed to cause Operating Lessee in the case of clause (2) hereof) to deliver to Lender cash to be deposited into the PIP Reserve Account in an amount equal to the PIP Required Deposit contemplated by the Replacement Franchise Agreement or the Replacement Management Agreement with a Brand Manager, which cash shall be held and distributed in accordance with the terms of Section 9.9 hereof and (ii) Borrower fails to deliver evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that a Replacement Franchise Agreement or a Replacement Management Agreement with a Brand Manager is in full force and effect at the applicable Individual Property.

Section 5.26          Trade Names

Except as expressly provided herein, Borrower shall not change the trade name or names under which it operates any Individual Property without Lender’s prior written consent.

Section 5.27          CFIUS

During the term of the Loan, Borrower shall (and shall cause the holders of the direct and/or indirect, legal and/or beneficial interests in Borrower to) (a) within five (5) days of receipt of the same, notify Lender of, and provide Lender with a copy of, any inquiry received from CFIUS or any other Governmental Authority related to the Operating Leases, (b) make any filing requested by CFIUS related to the Operating Leases, (c) cooperate with, and fully respond to any inquiries received from, CFIUS or any other Governmental Authority related to CFIUS’s review and/or investigation (the “CFIUS Review”) related to the Operating Leases, within the time permitted by CFIUS or such Governmental Authority, as applicable, and (d) subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including, without limitation, Article 7 hereof), take any mitigation measures requested by CFIUS and/or any Governmental Authority in connection with the CFIUS Review.

65 

 

Section 5.28          Operating Lease Provisions

With respect to each Operating Lease:

(a)            Borrower shall (i) diligently perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Operating Lease on the part of Borrower, as landlord thereunder, (ii) promptly notify Lender of the giving of any notice under the Operating Lease to Borrower of any default by Borrower, as landlord thereunder, and deliver to Lender a true copy of each such notice within five (5) Business Days of receipt and (iii) promptly notify Lender of any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency of any party under the Operating Lease or of any notice thereof, and deliver to Lender a true copy of such notice within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s receipt, together with copies of all notices, pleadings, schedules and similar matters received by Borrower in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency within five (5) Business Days after receipt. Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (x) surrender the leasehold estate created by the Operating Lease or terminate or cancel the Operating Lease or materially modify, change, supplement, alter or amend the Operating Lease (to the extent such modification, change, supplement, alteration or amendment would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), either orally or in writing, or (y) consent to, acquiesce in, or fail to object to, any attempt by any party, as debtor in possession or by a trustee for such party, to sell or transfer such party’s estate free and clear of the Operating Lease under Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Borrower shall object to any such attempt, as debtor in possession or by a trustee for any such party, to sell or transfer such estate free and clear of the Operating Lease under Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, and in such event shall affirmatively assert and pursue its right to adequate protection under Section 363(e) of the Bankruptcy Code. Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all of its rights under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code to consent or object to any sale or transfer of any estate free and clear of the Operating Lease, and grants to Lender the right to object to any such sale or transfer on behalf of Borrower, and Borrower shall not contest any pleadings, motions documents or other actions filed or taken on Lender’s or Borrower’s behalf by Lender in the event that the landlord, as debtor in possession or by a trustee, attempts to sell or transfer the fee estate free and clear of the Operating Lease under Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

(b)            If Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition of the Operating Lease on the part of Borrower, as landlord thereunder, and shall fail to cure the same prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period provided thereunder, Lender shall have the right, but shall be under no obligation, to pay any sums and to perform any act or take any action as may be appropriate to cause all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Operating Lease on the part of Borrower to be performed or observed on behalf of Borrower, to the end that the rights of Borrower in, to and under the Operating Lease shall be kept unimpaired and free from default. If the tenant or landlord under the Operating Lease shall deliver to Lender a copy of any written notice of default under the Operating Lease, such notice shall constitute full protection to Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by Lender, in good faith, in reliance thereon.

66 

 

(c)            Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to each Individual Property, an Operating Lease shall at all times be in full force and effect. At any time on or before the expiration of the existing Operating Lease pursuant to its terms, provided no Event of Default is continuing and upon prior written notice to Lender, Borrower shall have the right (without the prior written approval of Lender) to extend the term of the Operating Lease for a period of five (5) years provided that such extension contains the same material terms and conditions as are set forth in the existing Operating Lease, except for a modification of the rent which shall be “market rent” in accordance with REIT rule requirements (which “market rent” shall be determined by reference to a transfer pricing report that is prepared by an independent national accounting firm). Borrower shall promptly delivery a copy of any such extension to Lender.

(d)            Each request by Borrower for approval and consent by Lender pursuant to this Section 5.28 shall be in writing and contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request all materials reasonably necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such matter. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted. There shall be no administrative or approval fee in connection with this Section 5.28(d), but Borrower shall pay any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender.

Section 5.29          Withholding Tax

Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any change in any applicable law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by Borrower, then Borrower shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.  The sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

ARTICLE 6

ENTITY COVENANTS

Section 6.1             Single Purpose Entity/Separateness

Borrower represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a)            Borrower has not since the date of its formation and will not:

(i)              engage in any business or activity other than the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Properties, and activities incidental thereto;

67 

 

(ii)             acquire or own any assets other than (A) the Properties, and (B) such incidental Personal Property as may be necessary for the ownership and operation of the Properties;

(iii)            merge into or consolidate with any Person, or dissolve, terminate, liquidate in whole or in part, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or change its legal structure;

(iv)            (A) fail to observe all organizational formalities necessary to maintain its separate existence, or fail to preserve its existence as an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the applicable Legal Requirements of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, or (B) amend, modify, terminate or fail to comply with the single purpose entity provisions of its organizational documents, in each case without the prior written consent of Lender and the Rating Agency Confirmation;

(v)             own any subsidiary, or make any investment in, any Person;

(vi)            fail to hold all of its assets solely in its own name;

(vii)          except as contemplated by the Loan Documents with respect to co-borrowers under the Loan and prior loans that have been satisfied in full as of the date hereof, commingle its assets with the assets of any other Person, or permit any Affiliate or constituent party independent access to its bank accounts;

(viii)         incur any debt, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation (other than certain obligations of Operating Lessee)), other than the Debt and Permitted Debt and prior loans that have been satisfied in full as of the date hereof;

(ix)            fail to maintain its records, books of account, bank accounts, financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate and apart from those of any other Person; except that Borrower’s financial position, assets, liabilities, net worth and operating results may be included in the consolidated financial statements of an Affiliate, provided that (A) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separate identity of Borrower from such Affiliate and that Borrower’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliate or any other Person, and (B) Borrower’s assets, liabilities and net worth shall also be listed on Borrower’s own separate balance sheet;

(x)             except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of Borrower’s organizational documents and properly reflected on its books and records, enter into any transaction, contract or agreement with any general partner, member, shareholder, principal, guarantor of the obligations of Borrower, or any Affiliate of the foregoing, except in the ordinary course of business and upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arm’s-length basis with unaffiliated third parties;

68 

 

(xi)            maintain its assets in such a manner that it will be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person;

(xii)           except as contemplated by the Loan Documents with respect to co-borrowers under the Loan and certain obligations of Operating Lessee thereunder, assume or guaranty the debts of any other Person, hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of any other Person, or otherwise pledge its assets to secure the obligations of any other Person or hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person;

(xiii)          make any loans or advances to any Person, or own any stock or securities of, any Person, or buy or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other Person;

(xiv)          fail to (A) file its own tax returns separate from those of any other Person, except to the extent that Borrower is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes and is not required to file tax returns under applicable Legal Requirements and (B) pay any taxes required to be paid under applicable Legal Requirements; provided, however, that Borrower shall not have any obligation to reimburse its equityholders or their Affiliates for any taxes that such equityholders or their Affiliates may incur as a result of any profits or losses of Borrower;

(xv)           fail to (A) hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person, (B) conduct its business solely in its own name or (C) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

(xvi)          fail to intend to maintain adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require Borrower’s members, partners or shareholders to make additional capital contributions to Borrower;

(xvii)        without the unanimous written consent of all of its partners or members, as applicable, and the written consent of all directors or managers of Borrower or each SPE Component Entity, as applicable including, without limitation, each Independent Director, take any Material Action or action that is intended to cause such entity to become insolvent;

(xviii)       fail to fairly and reasonably allocate shared expenses (including, without limitation, shared office space and services performed by an employee of an Affiliate) among the Persons sharing such expenses;

(xix)           fail to intend to remain solvent or, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents with respect to co-borrowers under the Loan, pay its own liabilities (including, without limitation, salaries of its own employees) only from its own funds; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require Borrower’s members, partners or shareholders to make additional capital contributions to Borrower;

(xx)           acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members, shareholders or other affiliates, as applicable;

69 

 

(xxi)          violate or cause to be violated the assumptions made with respect to Borrower and its principals in the Non-Consolidation Opinion or any New Non-Consolidation Opinion;

(xxii)         fail to maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations;

(xxiii)        fail to maintain and use separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name;

(xxiv)        have any of its obligations guaranteed by an Affiliate, except (x) as contemplated by the Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity and prior loans that have been satisfied in full as of the date hereof and (y) with respect to co-borrowers under the Loan or guarantees relating to obligations under the Management Agreements or Franchise Agreements; or

(xxv)        identify itself as a department or division of any other Person.

(b)           (i) If Borrower is a partnership or limited liability company (other than a single-member Delaware limited liability company formed under the Act which complies with the requirements of subsection (b)(ii) below), each general partner in the case of a partnership, or the managing member in the case of a limited liability company (each an “SPE Component Entity”) of Borrower, as applicable, shall be a single-member Delaware limited liability company formed under the Act whose sole asset is its interest in Borrower. Each SPE Component Entity (A) will at all times comply with each of the covenants, terms and provisions contained in Sections 6.1(a)(iii) through (vi) and (viii) through (xxiv) inclusive, as well as the requirements of clause (ii) below, as if such representation, warranty or covenant was made directly by such SPE Component Entity; (B) will not engage in any business or activity other than owning an interest in Borrower; (C) will not acquire or own any assets other than its partnership, membership, or other equity interest in Borrower; (D) will not own any subsidiary, or make any investment in any Person other than its investment in Borrower; (E) will not incur any debt, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation) and (F) will cause Borrower to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.1 and Section 6.4. Prior to the withdrawal or the disassociation of any SPE Component Entity from Borrower, Borrower shall immediately appoint a new general partner or managing member whose articles of incorporation or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, are substantially similar to those of such SPE Component Entity and, if an opinion letter pertaining to substantive consolidation was required at closing, deliver a new opinion letter acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies with respect to the new SPE Component Entity and its equity owners. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent Borrower is a single member Delaware limited liability company, so long as Borrower maintains such formation status and complies with the requirements set forth in subsections (ii) and (iii) below, the SPE Component Entity requirement as set forth in this section shall not be applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, during the term of the Loan, none of Borrower, Operating Lessee nor any SPE Component Entity shall be a corporation.

70 

 

(ii)             In the event Borrower or SPE Component Entity is a single member limited liability company formed under the Act (as applicable, the “Company”), the limited liability company agreement of the Company (the “LLC Agreement”) shall provide that (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the sole member of the Company (“Member”) to cease to be the member of the Company (other than (1) upon an assignment by Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee in accordance with the Loan Documents and the LLC Agreement, or (2) the resignation of Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and the LLC Agreement), the personal representative of Member is authorized to, and shall, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the Member in the Company, agree in writing to continue the existence of the Company and to the admission of such personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that caused the Member to cease to be a member of the Company, any person acting as Independent Director of the Company and executing the LLC Agreement (“Special Member”) shall, without any action of any other Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be the member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as Special Member and shall continue the existence of the Company without dissolution, and (B) Special Member may not resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (1) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member in accordance with the requirements of the Act and (2) after giving effect to such resignation, such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director. The LLC Agreement shall further provide that (v) Special Member shall automatically cease to be a member of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member, (w) Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of the assets of the Company, (x) pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company, (y) Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company, and (z) except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company; provided, however, such prohibition shall not limit the obligations of Special Member, in its capacity as Independent Director, to vote on such matters required by the Loan Documents or the LLC Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, Special Member shall not be a member of the Company, but the Special Member may serve as an Independent Director of the Company. Any action initiated by or brought against Member or Special Member under any Creditors Rights Laws shall not cause Member or Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the existence of the Company shall continue without dissolution. The LLC Agreement shall also provide that each of Member and Special Member waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the occurrence of any action initiated by or brought against Member or Special Member under any Creditors Rights Laws, or the occurrence of an event that causes Member or Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(c)            The organizational documents of Borrower and each SPE Component Entity shall provide an express acknowledgment that Lender is an intended third-party beneficiary of the “special purpose” provisions of such organizational documents.

71 

 

(d)           Borrower has executed and delivered to Lender the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit D, and Borrower has caused the Operating Lessee for the Individual Property known as “Residence Inn Jacksonville” to execute and deliver to Lender the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Section 6.2            Change of Name, Identity or Structure

Borrower shall not change or permit to be changed (a) Borrower’s name, (b) Borrower’s identity (including its trade name or names), (c) Borrower’s principal place of business set forth on the first page of this Agreement, (d) the corporate, partnership or other organizational structure of Borrower or each SPE Component Entity (if any), (e) Borrower’s state of organization, or (f) Borrower’s organizational identification number, without in each case notifying Lender of such change in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such change and, in the case of a change in Borrower’s structure or state of organization, without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. At the request of Lender, Borrower shall execute a certificate in form satisfactory to Lender listing the trade names under which Borrower intends to operate the Properties, and representing and warranting that Borrower does business under no other trade name with respect to the Properties. If Borrower does not now have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, or if the organizational identification number assigned to Borrower subsequently changes, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of such organizational identification number or change.

Section 6.3            Business and Operations

Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of the States as and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Properties.

Section 6.4             Independent Directors

The organizational documents of Borrower (where Borrower is a corporation or a single member limited liability company formed under the Act) or SPE Component Entity, as applicable, shall include the following provisions: (a) at all times there shall be, and Borrower or SPE Component Entity, as applicable, shall cause there to be, at least two (2) Independent Directors; (b) the board of directors or managers of Borrower or SPE Component Entity, as applicable, shall not take any Material Action which, under the terms of any certificate of incorporation, by-laws, voting trust agreement with respect to any common stock, articles of organization or operating agreement requires unanimous vote of the board of directors or managers of Borrower or SPE Component Entity, as applicable, unless at the time of such action there shall be at least two members of the board of directors or managers who are Independent Directors; (c) Borrower or SPE Component Entity, as applicable, shall not, without the unanimous written consent of its board of directors or managers, including the Independent Directors, on behalf of itself or Borrower, as the case may be, take any Material Action or any action that might cause such entity to become insolvent, and when voting with respect to such matters, the Independent Directors shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, and notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, consider only the interests of Borrower and the SPE Component Entity (including their respective creditors), and except for its duties to Borrower and the SPE Component Entity with respect to voting on matters as set forth immediately above (which duties shall extend to the constituent equity owners of Borrower and the SPE Component Entity solely to the extent of their respective economic interests in Borrower or the SPE Component Entity but shall exclude (i) all other interests of such constituent equity owners, (ii) the interests of other affiliates of Borrower or the SPE Component Entity, and (iii) the interests of any group of affiliates of which Borrower and the SPE Component Entity are a part), the Independent Directors shall not have any fiduciary duties to such constituent equity owners, any officer or any other Person; provided, however, the foregoing shall not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and (d) no Independent Director of Borrower or SPE Component Entity may be removed or replaced other than as a result of an Independent Director Event, and any such removal or replacement shall not occur unless Borrower or SPE Component Entity provides Lender with not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of (i) any proposed removal of an Independent Director, together with a statement as to the reasons for such removal, and (ii) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Director, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements set forth in the organizational documents for an Independent Director; provided, however, no resignation or removal of an Independent Director shall be effective until a successor Independent Director is appointed and has accepted his or her appointment.

72 

 

ARTICLE 7

NO SALE OR ENCUMBRANCE

Section 7.1             Transfer Definitions

For purposes of this Article 7 Restricted Party” shall mean Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any), any Affiliated Manager, or any shareholder, partner, member or non-member manager, or any direct or indirect legal or beneficial owner of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity (if any), any Affiliated Manager or any non-member manager, other than a natural person, and for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC and Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.; and a “Transfer” shall mean a voluntary or involuntary sale, conveyance, mortgage, grant, bargain, encumbrance, pledge, assignment, grant of any options with respect to, or any other transfer or disposition of (directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and whether or not for consideration or of record) of a legal or beneficial interest (including, without limitation, the issuance, conversion or redemption of stock, membership interests and/or partnership interests, as applicable).

Section 7.2             No Sale/Encumbrance

(a)             Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, cause or permit a Transfer of the Properties or any part thereof or any legal or beneficial interest therein nor permit a Transfer of an interest in any Restricted Party, nor otherwise permit a dissolution of a Restricted Party, other than pursuant to Leases of space in the Improvements to Tenants in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13, a Condemnation in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 or as otherwise expressly permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (in each case, a “Prohibited Transfer”).

(b)             A Prohibited Transfer shall include, but not be limited to, (i) an installment sales agreement wherein Borrower agrees to sell the Properties or any part thereof for a price to be paid in installments; (ii) an agreement by Borrower leasing all or a substantial part of the Properties for other than actual occupancy by a space tenant thereunder or a sale, assignment or other transfer of, or the grant of a security interest in, Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to any Leases or any Rents; (iii) if a Restricted Party is a corporation, any merger, consolidation or Transfer of such corporation’s stock or the creation or issuance of new stock in one or a series of transactions; (iv) if a Restricted Party is a limited, general or limited liability partnership or joint venture, any merger or consolidation or the change, removal, resignation or addition of a general partner or the Transfer of the partnership interest of any general or limited partner or any profits or proceeds relating to such partnership interests or the creation or issuance of new partnership interests; (v) if a Restricted Party is a limited liability company, any merger or consolidation or the change, removal, resignation or addition of a managing member or non-member manager (or if no managing member, any member) or the Transfer of the membership interest of any member or any profits or proceeds relating to such membership interest or the creation or issuance of new membership interests; (vi) if a Restricted Party is a trust or nominee trust, any merger, consolidation or the Transfer of the legal or beneficial interest in such Restricted Party or the creation or issuance of new legal or beneficial interests; (vii) intentionally omitted; or (viii) entering into a PACE Loan.

73 

 

 

Section 7.3            Permitted Transfers

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Loan Documents to the contrary, the following Transfers of legal or beneficial equity interests shall not be deemed to be a Prohibited Transfer and shall not require the consent of Lender: (a) a Transfer (but not the pledge) by devise or descent or by operation of law upon the death or as a result of the legal incapacity of a natural person of such Person’s interest in a Restricted Party to the person or persons lawfully entitled thereto, provided Borrower delivers written notice to Lender as soon as practicable thereafter and that such Restricted Party is promptly reconstituted, if applicable, following the death or incapacity of such person; (b) Transfers (but not pledges) made in good faith for estate planning purposes of an individual’s interests in any Restricted Party to the spouse or any lineal descendant of such individual, or to a trust for the benefit of any one or more of such individual, spouse or lineal descendant, provided such Restricted Party is reconstituted, if required, following such Transfer; (c) the Transfer (but not the pledge) of the stock, partnership or membership interests (as the case may be) in a Restricted Party; and (d) an Additional Permitted Transfer; provided, however, with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c), and (d) above, (i) other than the Contribution Transfer, no such Transfers shall result in a change in Control of Borrower, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity or any Affiliated Manager, (ii) following such Transfer, Guarantor (including AHLP if still a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty) shall own not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the direct or indirect equity interests in, and Control, Borrower and any SPE Component Entity, (iii) following such Transfer, Borrower and any SPE Component Entity shall continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 6.1 hereof, (iv) as a condition to each such Transfer, (A) except with respect to clause (a), (c) and (d), Lender shall receive not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such proposed Transfer, (B) Borrower shall continue to comply with the representations, warranties and covenants contained in Sections 4.38, 5.18, 5.23 and 5.27 hereof (and upon request of Lender, deliver to Lender a statement signed by an authorized officer of Borrower which certifies to such compliance), (C) to the extent any transferee will own twenty percent (20%) or more (or, if such transferee is a foreign Person, ten percent (10%) or more) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower immediately following such transfer (provided such transferee owned less than twenty percent (20%) (or, if such transferee is a foreign Person, ten percent (10%) or more) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower as of the Closing Date), Lender may request and Borrower shall deliver, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, customary searches (including without limitation credit, judgment, lien, litigation, bankruptcy, criminal and watch list) the results of which shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender with respect to such transferee (and Lender hereby acknowledges satisfaction of this clause (C) as to the Contribution Transfer); and (D) if such Transfer shall cause any transferee, together with its Affiliates, to acquire direct or indirect equity interests in Borrower or any SPE Component Entity aggregating to more than forty-nine percent (49%), or to increase its equity interests in Borrower or any SPE Component Entity from an amount that is less than forty-nine percent (49%) to an amount that is greater than forty-nine percent (49%), Borrower shall deliver a New Non-Consolidation Opinion addressing such Transfer or (e) the sale, transfer, issuance or redemption of shares of capital stock (including common stock and preferred stock) of Stirling Hotels & Resorts Inc. so long as it is a reporting company pursuant to the Exchange Act or in any Restricted Party that is publicly traded and listed on the New York Stock Exchange or another nationally recognized publicly-traded stock exchange. In no event shall more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the direct or indirect equity interests in Borrower or any SPE Component Entity, be owned by a Delaware Statutory Trust, a tenancy-in-common, a Crowdfunded Person, or any Person who is (i) Controlled (directly or indirectly) by one or more of the foregoing and/or (ii) more than forty-nine percent (49%) owned (directly or indirectly) by one or more of the foregoing. Upon request from Lender, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender an updated organizational chart reflecting each Transfer made pursuant to this Section 7.3. All out-of-pocket reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with its review of any of the foregoing Transfers shall be paid by Borrower whether or not any such Transfer is consummated.

 

Section 7.4           Assumption

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 7, following the date which is six (6) months from the Closing Date, Lender shall not unreasonably withhold consent to a Transfer of the Properties in their entirety and the assumption of the Loan by, any Person (a “Transferee”) provided that each of the following terms and conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)            no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time the notice in clause (b) below is received by Lender or at the time of the Transfer;

 

(b)           Borrower shall deliver written notice to Lender of the terms of such proposed Transfer not less than sixty (60) days before the date on which such Transfer is scheduled to close and, concurrently therewith, all such information concerning the proposed Transfer and Transferee as Lender shall reasonably require in evaluating an initial extension of credit, which information shall include, without limitation, a fully executed copy of the purchase and sale agreement and all amendments and assignments thereof, as well as the sources and uses of funds or closing or settlement statement relating to the Transfer. Lender shall have the right to approve or disapprove the proposed Transfer based on its (or the servicer’s on behalf of Lender) then current underwriting and credit requirements for similar loans secured by similar properties which loans are sold in the secondary market, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In determining whether to give or withhold its approval of the proposed Transfer, Lender shall consider the experience and track record of Transferee and its principals in owning and operating facilities similar to the Properties, the financial strength of Transferee and its principals, the general business standing of Transferee and its principals and Transferee’s and its principals’ relationships and experience with contractors, vendors, tenants, lenders and other business entities; provided, however, that, notwithstanding Lender’s agreement to consider the foregoing factors in determining whether to give or withhold such approval, such approval shall be given or withheld based on what Lender determines to be commercially reasonable and, if given, may be given subject to such conditions as Lender may deem reasonably appropriate (provided, however, such Transferee shall not be a Delaware Statutory Trust, a tenancy-in-common, a Crowdfunded Person, or any Person who is (i) Controlled (directly or indirectly) by one or more of the foregoing an/or (ii) more than forty-nine percent (49%) owned (directly or indirectly) by one or more of the foregoing);

 

74 

 

 

(c)            Borrower shall pay to Lender, concurrently with the closing of such proposed Transfer, (i) a non-refundable assumption fee in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note, and (ii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and Rating Agency fees, incurred by Lender in connection with the proposed Transfer (which shall be paid whether or not the proposed Transfer actually occurs);

 

(d)           (i) Transferee shall assume and agree to pay the Debt as and when due and shall assume all other obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof and, prior to or concurrently with the closing of such Transfer, Transferee and its constituent partners, members or shareholders as Lender may require, shall execute, without any cost or expense to Lender, such documents and agreements as Lender shall reasonably require to evidence and effectuate said assumption and (ii) if required by Lender, a Person affiliated with Transferee and acceptable to Lender (a “Transferee Principal”) shall assume the obligations of Guarantor under the Loan Documents with respect to all acts and events occurring or arising after the closing of the Transfer and the then existing Guarantor shall be released under the Guaranty with respect to all acts and events first occurring or arising after the date of such Transfer;

 

(e)           Borrower and Transferee, without any cost to Lender, shall furnish any information requested by Lender for the preparation of, and shall authorize Lender to file, new financing statements and financing statement amendments and other documents to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, and shall execute any additional documents reasonably requested by Lender;

 

(f)            Borrower shall deliver to Lender, without any cost or expense to Lender, such endorsements to Lender’s Title Insurance Policy insuring that fee simple or leasehold title to the Properties, as applicable, is vested in Transferee (subject to Permitted Encumbrances), hazard insurance endorsements or certificates and other similar materials as Lender may deem necessary at the time of the transfer, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

 

75 

 

 

(g)           Transferee shall furnish to Lender, all documents evidencing Transferee’s organization and good standing, and the qualification of the signers to execute the assumption of the Debt, which documents shall include certified copies of all documents relating to the organization and formation of Transferee and of the entities, if any, which are partners or members of Transferee. Transferee and such constituent partners, members or shareholders of Transferee (as the case may be), as Lender shall require, shall comply with the covenants set forth in Article 6 hereof;

  

(h)           Transferee shall assume the obligations of Borrower under any Management Agreement or provide a new management agreement with a new manager which meets with the requirements of Section 5.14 hereof and assign to Lender as additional security such new management agreement pursuant to an Assignment of Management Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, and if the new Manager is an Affiliate of Transferee, a New Non-Consolidation Opinion reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

 

(i)            intentionally omitted;

 

(j)            Transferee shall furnish to Lender, if required by Lender, a REMIC Opinion, a New Non-Consolidation Opinion, and an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Lender and its counsel (A) that Transferee’s formation documents provide for the matters described in subparagraph (g) above, (B) that the assumption of the Debt has been duly authorized, executed and delivered, and that the assumption agreement and the other Loan Documents are valid, binding and enforceable against Transferee in accordance with their terms, (C) that Transferee and any entity which is a controlling stockholder, member or general partner of Transferee, have been duly organized, and are in existence and good standing, and (D) with respect to such other matters as Lender may reasonably request;

 

(k)            if required by Lender, Lender shall receive a Rating Agency Confirmation;

 

(l)            Transferee shall, as applicable, assume the obligations of Borrower or Operating Lessee under any Franchise Agreement or enter into (i) a Replacement Franchise Agreement with a Qualified Franchisor and (i) a tri-party or similar agreement with such Qualified Franchisor and Lender that is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

 

(m)           intentionally omitted;

 

(n)           the proposed transfer to the Transferee shall not constitute a Covered Transaction or, if the proposed transfer to the Transferee is a Covered Transaction, then CFIUS Approval shall be obtained with respect to such proposed transfer; and

 

(o)           Borrower’s obligations under the purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which the Transfer is proposed to occur shall expressly be subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Section 7.4.

 

76 

 

 

The consent of Lender with respect to a Transfer of the Properties in their entirety to, and the assumption of the Loan by, a Transferee pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of Lender to consent to any subsequent Transfer of the Properties. Upon the Transfer of the Properties pursuant to this Section 7.4, Borrower and Guarantor (if a Transferee Principal has assumed the obligations of Guarantor under the Loan Documents pursuant to this Section 7.4) shall be relieved of all liability under the Loan Documents for acts, events, conditions, or circumstances occurring or arising after the date of such transfer, except to the extent that such acts, events, conditions, or circumstances are the proximate result of acts, events, conditions, or circumstances that existed prior to the date of such transfer, whether or not discovered prior or subsequent to the date of such transfer.

  

Section 7.5            Immaterial Transfers and Easements, Etc.

 

(a)            Borrower may, without the consent of Lender, (i) make immaterial Transfers of unimproved, non-income producing portions of an Individual Property (each an “Outparcel”) to Governmental Authorities for dedication or public use, and (ii) grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way in the ordinary course of business for access, water and sewer lines, telephone or other fiber optic or other data transmission lines, electric lines or other utilities or for other similar purposes, provided that no such Transfer, conveyance or encumbrance set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) shall materially impair the utility and operation of such Individual Property or reasonably be expected to, or does, have a Material Adverse Effect. In connection with any Transfer permitted pursuant to this Section 7.5, Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the case of the Transfers referred to in clause (i) above, to release the portion of the Individual Property affected by such Condemnation or such Transfer from the Lien of the Mortgages or, in the case of clause (ii) above, to subordinate the Lien of the Mortgages to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way or other similar grants upon receipt by Lender of:

 

(A)            fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice thereof;

 

(B)            a copy of the instrument or instruments of Transfer;

 

(C)            a certificate from an officer of Borrower stating (1) with respect to any Transfer, the consideration, if any, being paid for the Transfer, and (2) that such Transfer does not materially impair the utility and operation of the Individual Property and would not reasonably be expected to have and does not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(D)            reimbursement of all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with such Transfer (which shall be paid by Borrower whether or not the proposed Transfer actually occurs).

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.5, for so long as the Loan is included in a REMIC Trust in connection with a Securitization, no release of the Outparcel from the Lien of the Mortgages will be permitted unless, immediately after the Release, either (i) the LTV Ratio is equal to or less than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) (such value to be determined, in Lender’s sole discretion, by any commercially reasonable method permitted to a REMIC Trust, based solely on the value of the real property excluding personal property and going concern value, if any, provided, however, Borrower will not, under any circumstances, be required to obtain an appraisal or broker’s opinion of value in connection with Lender making its determination if Borrower certifies that the REMIC LTV is less than one hundred twenty five percent (125%)) or (ii) the principal balance of the Loan is paid down by the least of the following amounts: (A) an amount equal to the net proceeds or other compensation paid by a Governmental Authority in connection with a Transfer described in Section 7.5(a)(i), (B) the fair market value of the Outparcel at the time of release, or (C) an amount such that the LTV Ratio (as so determined by Lender) does not increase after the release, unless Lender receives an opinion of counsel that the Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust as a result of the release.

 

77 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION; RESTORATION

 

Section 8.1            Insurance

 

(a)            Borrower shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained and maintained, at all times insurance for Borrower and the Properties providing at least the following coverages:

 

(i)            comprehensive all risk “special form” insurance including, but not limited to, loss caused by any type of windstorm or hail on the Improvements and the Personal Property, (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver for depreciation; (B) written on a no co-insurance form; (C) providing for no deductible in excess of $500,000.00 (except for deductibles for windstorm, flood, and earthquake coverage, which deductibles may be up to five percent (5%) of the total insurable value of the Properties set forth in the Policy); and (D) if any of the Improvements or the use of the Properties shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses, coverage for loss due to operation of law in an amount equal to the full Replacement Cost, and coverage for demolition costs and coverage for increased costs of construction as reasonably determined by Borrower and Lender. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (aa) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Note or (2) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended plus and such greater amount as Lender and Borrower may agree upon (Borrower may obtain “flood” coverage through a qualified government or other private insurers so long as coverage “meets” the requirements of the “NFIP” coverage) and (bb) earthquake and named windstorm insurance in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and in an amount reasonably acceptable to Lender based on the most current RMS or AIR software, or its equivalent, and including business interruption and loss amplification; provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (aa) and (bb) hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i);

 

(ii)            business income or rental loss insurance (A) with loss payable to Lender; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above; (C) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the projected gross earnings from the operation of the Properties for the full period of said Restoration or the expiration of eighteen (18) months (as reduced to reflect expenses not incurred during a period of Restoration); and (D) containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such earnings either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date that the Properties are repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs. The amount of such business income or rental loss insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the gross earnings from the Properties for the succeeding twelve (12) month period. Notwithstanding previous stated provisions, all proceeds payable to Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay the obligations secured by the Loan Documents on the respective dates of payment provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

 

78 

 

 

(iii)            at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the Properties coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance, otherwise known as Owner Contractor’s Protective Liability, covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the above mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy the Properties and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

 

(iv)            comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if steam boilers or other pressure-fixed vessels are in operation, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by Lender on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i) above;

 

(v)            commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Properties, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form with a combined limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 in the aggregate and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, providing for no deductible in excess of $100,000 without prior written consent of Lender; and (B) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; and (4) blanket contractual liability for all insured contracts;

 

(vi)            if applicable, automobile liability coverage for all owned and non-owned vehicles, including rented and leased vehicles containing minimum limits per occurrence of $1,000,000.00;

 

(vii)           if applicable, worker’s compensation and employee’s liability subject to the worker’s compensation laws of the State in which the Properties are located;

 

79 

 

 

(viii)          umbrella and excess liability insurance in an amount not less than $50,000,000.00 per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (v) above, including, but not limited to, supplemental coverage for liquor liability, employer’s liability and automobile liability, which umbrella liability coverage shall apply in excess of the liquor liability, employer’s liability and automobile liability coverage required herein;

 

(ix)            the insurance required under this Section (a)(i), (ii), (v) and (viii) above shall cover perils of terrorism and acts of terrorism and Borrower shall maintain insurance for loss resulting from perils and acts of terrorism on terms (including amounts) consistent with those required under Sections (a) (i), (ii), (v) and (viii) above at all times during the term of the Loan provided said terrorism coverage remains economically feasible through Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015 (TRIPRA); or a similar or subsequent statute as may be enacted. Borrower shall be required to carry terrorism insurance throughout the term of the Loan as required by the preceding sentence; however, Borrower shall not be required to spend on terrorism insurance more than two (2) times the terrorism insurance premium that is in place on the origination date of the Loan;

 

(x)             liquor liability containing minimum limits per occurrence of $1,000,000; and

 

(xi)            upon sixty (60) days’ written notice, such other reasonable insurance, including, but not limited to, sinkhole or land subsidence insurance, and in such reasonable amounts as Lender and Borrower from time to time may agree are reasonable insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for property similar to the Properties located in or around the region in which the Properties are located.

 

(b)           All insurance provided for in Section (a) hereof, shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “Policies” or in the singular, the “Policy”), and shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender as to insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. The Policies shall be issued by financially sound and responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State and having a rating of (y) “A” or better by S&P if S&P rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, “A2” or better by Moody’s, if Moody’s rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities and “A” or better by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, (provided, however for multi-layered policies, (A) if four (4) or less insurance companies issue the Policies, then at least 75% of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by S&P if S&P rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, “A2” or better by Moody’s, if Moody’s rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, “A” or better by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, with no remaining carrier below “BBB” by S&P if S&P rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, “Baa2” by Moody’s, if Moody’s rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, and “BBB” or better by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities or (B) if five (5) or more insurance companies issue the Policies, then at least sixty percent (60%) of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by S&P if S&P rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities, “A2” or better by Moody’s, if Moody’s rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities and “A” or better by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities with no remaining carrier below “BBB” by S&P, “Baa2” by Moody’s, if Moody’s rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities and “BBB” by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurance company and is rating the Securities) and (z) a rating of “A-:VIII” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender approves the insurance companies providing the Policies as of the Closing Date, subject to no withdrawal or downgrade below the AM Best rating of A-: VIII. At renewal of the current policy term on 6/1/24 for Property and 1/1/24 for Liability, Borrower agrees that such policies will be provided by insurance companies meeting the rating requirements set forth hereinabove.

 

 

80 

 

 

(c)            Upon expiration following the inception of the Policies theretofore furnished to Lender, certificates of insurance evidencing the Policies shall be furnished to Lender. Within forty five (45) days following inception of the Policies, Borrower shall provide satisfactory evidence of payment of premiums (the “Insurance Premiums”) as required or requested by Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as a condition of permitting the payment of the Insurance Premiums to be financed through a third-party premium financing company under a premium finance agreement (“Premium Finance Agreement”) (A) Borrower shall submit to Lender evidence of payment of each and every installment due under the Premium Finance Agreement as each installment becomes due and payable; (B) the premium financing company shall have agreed to provide Lender with notice in the event of cancellation of the Policies that are subject to the Premium Finance Agreement; and shall be maintained during the entire term of the loan or until such time as the premiums are no longer under a premium financing agreement.

 

(d)            Such Policies may be “blanket policies” covering multiple locations so long as the coverages for the Properties provide the protections listed above and, provided further that, any material changes to such blanket policies, including changes to the limits under such policies which are in effect as of the Closing Date or an aggregation of the insured values covered under such blanket policies the reduction or erosion of flood, wind and/or named storm and earthquake limits shall be subject to the prior approval of Lender and the Rating Agencies (any such blanket policy, an “Acceptable Blanket Policy”). To the extent that the Policies are maintained pursuant to an Acceptable Blanket Policy that covers more than one location within a one thousand foot radius of the Properties (the “Radius”), the limits of such Acceptable Blanket Policy must be sufficient to maintain coverage as set forth in Section 8.1 for the Properties and any and all other locations combined within the Radius that are covered by such blanket policy calculated on a total insured value basis. Nothing contained herein this subsection (d) shall modify any terms of this Agreement or limit Lender’s rights or Borrower’s obligation under Section 8.1.

 

(e)            All Policies provided for or contemplated by clause (a) hereof, shall name Borrower as a named insured and, in the case of liability policies, except for the Policy referenced in Section 8.1(a)(vi) and (vii) of this Agreement, shall name Lender as its successors and/or assigns as the additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property policies, including but not limited to terrorism, boiler and machinery, flood and earthquake insurance.

 

81 

 

 

(f)            All property Policies shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

 

(i)             no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, or foreclosure or similar action, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Lender is concerned;

 

(ii)            the Policy shall not be canceled and, if commercially available, materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Lender, except ten (10) days’ notice for non-payment of premium;

 

(iii)            Borrower shall give written notice to Lender if the Policy has not been renewed prior to its expiration; and

 

(iv)            Lender shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

 

(g)           Borrower shall promptly forward to Lender a copy of any written notice received by Borrower from any insurer noticing any policy cancellation or cancellation of any coverages afforded under any of the Policies.

 

(h)           If at any time Lender is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Lender shall have the right, with notice, to take such action as Lender deems necessary to protect its interest in the Properties, including, without limitation, the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Lender in its sole discretion deems appropriate after ten (10) days’ written notice to Borrower if prior to the date upon which any such coverage will lapse or at any time Lender deems necessary to avoid the lapse of any such coverage. All premiums incurred by Lender in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand and, until paid, shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

(i)            As an alternative to the Policies required to be maintained pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 8.1, Borrower will not be in default under this Section 6.1 if Borrower maintains (or causes to be maintained) Policies which (i) have coverages, deductibles and/or other related provisions other than those specified above and/or (ii) are provided by insurance companies not meeting the credit ratings requirements set forth above (any such Policy, a “Non-Conforming Policy”); provided, that, prior to obtaining such Non-Conforming Policies (or permitting such Non-Conforming Policies to be obtained), Borrower shall have (1) received Lender’s prior written consent thereto and (2) confirmed that Lender has received a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to any such Non-Conforming Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender hereby reserves the right to deny its consent to any Non-Conforming Policy regardless of whether or not Lender has consented to the same on any prior occasion.

 

Section 8.2            Intentionally Omitted

 

82 

 

 

Section 8.3            Casualty

 

If any Individual Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Borrower shall give prompt notice of such damage to Lender and shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration in accordance with Section 8.4. Borrower shall pay all costs of such Restoration whether or not such costs are covered by insurance. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower. Borrower shall adjust all claims for Insurance Proceeds that are in amounts less than the Restoration Threshold and Lender shall have the right to approve any adjustment of claims for Insurance Proceeds in amounts equal to or in excess of the Restoration Threshold; provided, however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall have the exclusive right to participate in the adjustment of claims for Insurance Proceeds. Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender the benefits of any Insurance Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with any Individual Property and Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any expenses incurred by Lender in connection therewith, including without limitation, reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees.

  

Section 8.4            Condemnation

 

Borrower shall promptly give Lender notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of any Individual Property of which Borrower has knowledge and shall deliver to Lender copies of any and all documents served in connection with such proceedings. Lender may participate in any such proceedings, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Lender all documents requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Lender, its attorneys and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Lender, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Lender shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If any Individual Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of such Individual Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 8.4, whether or not Lender makes any Net Proceeds available pursuant to Section 8.4. If any Individual Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Lender of the Award, Lender shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

 

Section 8.5            Restoration

 

The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Restoration of each Individual Property:

 

(a)            If the Net Proceeds shall be less than the Restoration Threshold and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the Restoration Threshold, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Lender to Borrower upon receipt of Borrower’s written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

83 

 

 

(b)            If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than the Restoration Threshold or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than the Restoration Threshold, then the provisions of this Section 8.5(b) shall be applicable, and Lender shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.5. The term “Net Proceeds” for purposes of this Section 8.5 shall mean: (i) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Lender as a result of a Casualty (excluding insurance proceeds from rent loss, liability or workers’ compensation coverage), after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), if any, in collecting the same (“Insurance Proceeds”), or (ii) the net amount of the Award as a result of a Condemnation, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), if any, in collecting the same (“Condemnation Proceeds”), whichever the case may be.

 

(i)               Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration provided that each of the following conditions are met:

 

(A)            no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(B)            (1) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, less than forty percent (40%) of the total floor area of the Improvements on any Individual Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of a Casualty and the amount of damage does not exceed forty percent (40%) of any Individual Property’s fair market value (as reasonably determined by Lender) immediately prior to the occurrence of such Casualty, or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, less than fifteen percent (15%) of the land constituting any Individual Property is taken, such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of any Individual Property, and less than fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate floor area of the Improvements is taken and the taking does not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of any Individual Property’s fair market value immediately prior to the occurrence of such taking;

 

(C)            the occurrence of such Casualty or Condemnation shall not result in the termination of any Management Agreement, any Franchise Agreement or any Operating Lease;

 

(D)            Borrower shall commence the Restoration as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than sixty (60) days after such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall diligently pursue the same to satisfactory completion;

 

(E)            Lender shall be satisfied that all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred during the period of Restoration will be covered out of the Net Proceeds, insurance coverage referred to in Section 8.1(a)(iii) above, or other funds of Borrower;

 

84 

 

 

(F)            Lender shall be satisfied that the Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) six (6) months prior to the Maturity Date, (2) unless otherwise agreed to by Manager and Franchisor (as applicable), the earliest date required for such completion under the terms of the Management Agreement and Franchise Agreement (as applicable) or any material agreements affecting any Individual Property, (3) such time as may be required under applicable zoning law, ordinance, rule or regulation, or (4) the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 8.1(a)(iii);

  

(G)            Lender shall be satisfied that the fair market value and cash flow from each Individual Property after the Restoration will not be less than the fair market value and cash flow immediately prior to the Casualty or Condemnation, as applicable;

 

(H)           each Individual Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all Legal Requirements;

 

(I)            the Restoration shall be done and completed by Borrower in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements;

 

(J)            such Casualty or Condemnation, as applicable, does not result in the loss of access to any Individual Property or the Improvements that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(K)            Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender a detailed budget certified by Borrower’s architect or engineer setting forth the cost of completing the Restoration, which budget shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender, together with complete plans and specifications for the Restoration; and

 

(L)            the Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Lender are sufficient in Lender’s reasonable judgment to cover the cost of the Restoration.

 

(ii)            Net Proceeds shall be held by Lender and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.5(b), shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents. Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Lender to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Lender that (A) all the conditions precedent to such advance, including those set forth in Section 8.5(b)(i), have been satisfied, (B) all materials installed and work and labor performed (except to the extent that they are to be paid for out of the requested disbursement) in connection with the related Restoration item have been paid for in full, and (C) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on any Individual Property which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy. Insurance Proceeds from rent loss or business interruption coverage, as applicable, which are required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to Section 8.1(a), shall be controlled by Lender at all times, shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.4 and shall be used solely for the payment of the obligations under the Loan Documents and operating expenses.

 

85 

 

 

(iii)            All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration which relate to work estimated to cost in excess of $50,000, shall be subject to prior review and acceptance in all respects by Lender and by an independent consulting engineer selected by Lender (the “Restoration Consultant”), in each case, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lender shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration engaged to preform work estimated to cost in excess of $50,000, as well as the contracts in excess of $50,000 under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to prior review and acceptance by Lender and the Restoration Consultant, in each case, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with making the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and the Restoration Consultant’s fees, shall be paid by Borrower.

 

(iv)            In no event shall Lender be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Restoration Consultant, minus the Restoration Retainage. The term “Restoration Retainage” shall mean an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Restoration Consultant, until the Restoration has been completed. The Restoration Retainage shall be reduced to five percent (5%) of the costs incurred upon receipt by Lender of satisfactory evidence that fifty percent (50%) of the Restoration has been completed. The Restoration Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 8.5(b), be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Restoration Retainage shall not be released until the Restoration Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.5(b) and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of any Individual Property have been obtained from all appropriate Governmental Authorities, and Lender receives evidence satisfactory to Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Restoration Retainage; provided, however, that Lender will release the portion of the Restoration Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which the Restoration Consultant certifies to Lender that the contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of the contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Lender or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and Lender receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy insuring the continued priority of the lien of the Mortgages and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement. If required by Lender, the release of any such portion of the Restoration Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

 

86 

 

 

(v)            Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

 

(vi)            If at any time the Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Lender in consultation with the Restoration Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Restoration Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the “Net Proceeds Deficiency”) with Lender before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender shall be held by Lender and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 8.5(b) shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

(vii)           The excess, if any, of the Insurance Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender after the Restoration Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.5(b), and the receipt by Lender of evidence satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Lender to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)            All Net Proceeds not required to be made available for Restoration, returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 8.5(b)(vii), or in the case of Condemnation Proceeds, applied by Lender in accordance with this Section 8.5(c), may (i) be retained and applied by Lender toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its sole discretion shall deem proper, or, (ii) at the sole discretion of Lender, be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes and upon such conditions as Lender shall designate. If, pursuant to this Section 8.5, Lender shall receive and retain Net Proceeds, the Debt shall be reduced only by the amount thereof received and retained by Lender and actually applied by Lender in reduction thereof; provided, however, that in the event the Net Proceeds are applied to the Debt due to Lender not making the Net Proceeds available for Restoration and such Net Proceeds are not sufficient to repay the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property subject to the casualty or condemnation in its entirety, then for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall be permitted to prepay the remainder of the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property subject to casualty or condemnation in compliance with the requirements of Article 2, without the requirement for defeasance or the payment of any prepayment premiums, fee or penalty, provided (1) Borrower delivers to Lender written notice of its election to prepay the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property subject to casualty or condemnation within ten (10) days following receipt of Lender’s notice to apply Net Proceeds to the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property subject to casualty or condemnation and (2) Borrower’s prepayment is made within ninety (90) days of making its election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, following a Securitization of the Loan or any portion thereof or interest therein, if, after a taking of any portion of any Individual Property by a condemning authority, the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the Loan to the value of the remaining Properties (as determined by Lender using any commercially reasonable valuation method, but based solely on the value of real property and excluding personal property and going-concern value; provided, however, Borrower will not, under any circumstances, be required to obtain an appraisal or broker’s opinion of value in connection with Lender making its determination) (the “LTV Ratio”) is greater than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%), then Borrower shall be required to repay a portion of the principal balance of the Debt by an amount equal to the least of the following amounts: (i) all Condemnation Proceeds, (ii) the fair market value of such portion of the Individual Property taken at the time of the taking, and (iii) an amount such that the LTV Ratio following the taking is not greater than the LTV Ratio immediately prior to the taking.

 

87 

 

 

(d)           In the event of foreclosure of any Mortgage, or other transfer of title to any Individual Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Debt, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies then in force concerning such Individual Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure, Lender or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

RESERVE FUNDS

 

Section 9.1            Required Repairs

 

(a)           Borrower shall make (i) the repairs and improvements to the Property set forth on Schedule 9.1(i) and as more particularly described in the applicable Environmental Report for the Individual Property known as “Residence Inn Jacksonville” (such repairs hereinafter referred to as “Required Environmental Repairs”) and (ii) the repairs and improvements to the applicable Properties set forth on Schedule 9.1(ii) and as more particularly described in the Property Condition Reports (collectively, such repairs hereinafter referred to as “Required Repairs”). Borrower shall complete the Required Environmental Repairs in a good and workmanlike manner on or before the date that is nine (9) months from the Closing Date. Borrower shall complete the remaining Required Repairs in a good and workmanlike manner on or before the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date or within such other time frame for completion specifically set forth on Schedule 9.1(ii) hereof.

 

(b)           Borrower shall establish on the date hereof an Eligible Account with Lender or Lender’s agent to fund the Required Repairs (the “Required Repair Account”) into which Borrower shall deposit on the date hereof the amount of $70,200.00, which amount equals one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the estimated cost for the completion of the Required Repairs. Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Required Repair Funds”.

 

(c)           Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the timely completion of all Required Repairs and any Additional Required Repairs, if any, in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, as verified by Lender in its reasonable discretion, (ii) the payment in full of the Debt or (iii) the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgages (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided no Event of Default is then continuing, all amounts remaining on deposit, if any, in the Required Repair Account shall be returned to Borrower.

 

88 

 

 

Section 9.2            Replacements

 

(a)           On an ongoing basis throughout the term of the Loan, Borrower shall make capital repairs, replacements and improvements necessary to keep the Properties, including, but not limited to FF&E, in good order and repair and in a good marketable condition or prevent deterioration of the Properties (collectively, the “Replacements”). Borrower shall complete all Replacements in a good and workmanlike manner as soon as commercially reasonable after commencing to make each such Replacement.

 

(b)           Borrower shall establish on the date hereof an Eligible Account with Lender or Lender’s agent to fund the Replacements (the “FF&E Reserve Account”) into which Borrower shall deposit on the date hereof $0.00. Except to the extent adequately reserved for pursuant to a Management Agreement, Borrower shall deposit an amount equal to the greater of (i) four percent (4%) of Gross Revenues or (ii) the amount required to be reserved under each Management and/or Franchise Agreement (the “FF&E Reserve Monthly Deposit”), such deposit amount to be determined by Lender based on financial statements made available to Lender by Borrower two (2) months prior to the date of such calculation, into the FF&E Reserve Account on each Payment Date. Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as “FF&E Reserve Funds.”

 

(c)            All sums not theretofore used and remaining on deposit in the FF&E Reserve Account shall be disbursed to Borrower upon the earliest to occur of (i) payment in full of the Debt or (ii) the release of the Lien of the Mortgages (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided no Event of Default is then continuing.

 

Section 9.3            Intentionally Omitted

 

Section 9.4            Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds

 

(a)            Borrower shall establish on the date hereof an Eligible Account with Lender or Lender’s agent (the “Tax and Insurance Reserve Account”) sufficient to discharge Borrower’s obligations for the payment of Taxes and Insurance Premiums pursuant to Section 5.4 and Section 8.1 hereof into which Borrower shall deposit on the date hereof $0.00, in each case, which shall be sufficient to make the payments of Property Taxes and Insurance Premiums as required herein. Unless Lender determines that such items are adequately reserved for pursuant to a Management Agreement, Borrower shall deposit into the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account on each Payment Date (a) one-twelfth of the Property Taxes that Lender estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months or such higher amount necessary to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Property Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to the earlier of (i) the date that the same will become delinquent and (ii) the date that additional charges or interest will accrue due to the non-payment thereof, and (b) except to the extent that the insurance required hereunder is maintained under a blanket insurance Policy acceptable to Lender in accordance with Section 8.1(c), one-twelfth of the Insurance Premiums that Lender estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof or such higher amount necessary to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies (said amounts in (a) and (b) above hereinafter called the “Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds”). Lender will apply the Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds to payments of Property Taxes and Insurance Premiums required to be made by Borrower pursuant to Section 5.4 and Section 8.1 hereof. In making any disbursement from the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office or tax lien service (with respect to Property Taxes) or insurer or agent (with respect to Insurance Premiums), without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof. If the amount of the Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds shall exceed the amounts due for Property Taxes and Insurance Premiums pursuant to Section 5.4 and Section 8.1 hereof, Lender shall, in its sole discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax and Insurance Reserve Funds are not or will not be sufficient to pay Property Taxes and Insurance Premiums by the dates set forth in (a) and (b) above, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and Borrower shall pay to Lender any amount necessary to make up the deficiency within ten (10) days after notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment thereof.

 

89 

 

 

(b)           All sums on deposit in the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account shall be disbursed to Borrower upon the earliest to occur of (i) payment in full of the Debt or (ii) the release of the Lien of the Mortgage (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided no Event of Default is then continuing.

 

Section 9.5           Excess Cash

 

Borrower shall establish on the date hereof an Eligible Account with Lender or Lender’s agent into which Borrower shall deposit all Excess Cash on each Payment Date during the continuation of a Cash Sweep Period (the “Excess Cash Reserve Account”). Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Excess Cash Reserve Funds”. Excess Cash Reserve Funds shall be held by Lender as additional security for the Loan; provided, however, during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, in its sole discretion to apply Excess Cash Reserve Funds to the Debt in such order and in such manner as Lender shall elect. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all sums on deposit in the Excess Cash Reserve Account shall be disbursed to Borrower upon the earlier to occur of (i) payment in full of the Debt, (ii) the release of the Lien of the Mortgages (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or (iii) the discontinuation of a Cash Sweep Period (provided no other Cash Sweep Period is then in effect).

 

Section 9.6            Required Work

 

Borrower shall diligently pursue all Required Repairs and Replacements (collectively, the “Required Work”) to completion in accordance with the following requirements:

 

(a)            Lender reserves the right, at its option, to approve all contracts or work orders with materialmen, mechanics, suppliers, subcontractors, contractors or other parties providing labor or materials in connection with the Required Work at any Individual Property to the extent such contracts or work orders exceed $250,000. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall assign any contract or subcontract to Lender.

 

90 

 

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the option to withhold disbursement for such unsatisfactory Required Work and to proceed under existing contracts or to contract with third parties to complete such Required Work and to apply the FF&E Reserve Funds toward the labor and materials necessary to complete such Required Work, without providing any prior notice to Borrower and to exercise any and all other remedies available to Lender upon an Event of Default hereunder.

 

(c)            During the continuance of an Event of Default, in order to facilitate Lender’s completion of the Required Work, Borrower grants Lender the right to enter onto the Properties and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete the Required Work and/or employ watchmen to protect the Properties from damage. All sums so expended by Lender, to the extent not from the Reserve Funds, shall be deemed to have been advanced under the Loan to Borrower and secured by the Mortgages. For this purpose Borrower constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to complete or undertake the Required Work in the name of Borrower upon Borrower’s failure to do so in a workmanlike and timely manner. Such power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked. Borrower empowers said attorney-in-fact as follows: (i) to use any of the Reserve Funds for the purpose of making or completing the Required Work; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections to the Required Work as shall be necessary or desirable to complete the Required Work; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for such purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may become Liens against any Individual Property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the Required Work, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the Properties or the rehabilitation and repair of the Properties; and (vii) to do any and every act which Borrower might do on its own behalf to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)           Nothing in this Section 9.6 shall: (i) make Lender responsible for making or completing the Required Work; (ii) require Lender to expend funds in addition to the Reserve Funds to make or complete any Required Work; (iii) obligate Lender to proceed with the Required Work; or (iv) obligate Lender to demand from Borrower additional sums to make or complete any Required Work.

 

(e)           Borrower shall permit Lender and Lender’s agents and representatives (including, without limitation, Lender’s engineer, architect, or inspector) or third parties performing Required Work pursuant to this Section 9.6 to enter onto the Properties, together with a representative of Borrower, during normal business hours (subject to the rights of tenants under their Leases) to inspect the progress of any Required Work and all materials being used in connection therewith, to examine all plans and shop drawings relating to such Required Work which are or may be kept at the Properties, and to complete any Required Work made pursuant to this Section 9.6. Borrower shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to cooperate with Lender and Lender’s representatives or such other persons described above in connection with inspections described in this Section 9.6 or the completion of Required Work pursuant to this Section 9.6.

 

91 

 

 

(f)            Lender may, to the extent any Required Work would reasonably require an inspection of the Properties, inspect the Properties at Borrower’s expense prior to making a disbursement of the Reserve Funds in order to verify completion of the Required Work for which reimbursement is sought. Borrower shall pay Lender a reasonable inspection fee not exceeding $500 for each such inspection. Lender may require that such inspection be conducted by an appropriate independent qualified professional selected by Lender and/or may require a copy of a certificate of completion by an independent qualified professional acceptable to Lender prior to the disbursement of the Reserve Funds. Borrower shall pay the expense of the inspection as required hereunder, whether such inspection is conducted by Lender or by an independent qualified professional.

 

(g)           The Required Work and all materials, equipment, fixtures, or any other item comprising a part of any Required Work shall be constructed, installed or completed, as applicable, free and clear of all mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Liens (except for Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(h)            Unless Borrower has delivered acceptable lien waivers for all applicable mechanics and materialmens, before each disbursement of the Reserve Funds for Required Work at any Individual Property in excess of $250,000, Lender may require Borrower to provide Lender with a search of title to the Properties effective to the date of the disbursement, which search shows that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s or other Liens of any nature have been placed against the Properties since the date of recordation of the Mortgages and that title to the Properties is free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(i)            All Required Work shall comply with all Legal Requirements and applicable insurance requirements including, without limitation, applicable building codes, special use permits, environmental regulations, and requirements of insurance underwriters.

 

Section 9.7            Release of Reserve Funds

 

(a)            Upon written request from Borrower and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Agreement, Lender shall disburse to Borrower (or, with respect to disbursements from the Required Repair Account or FF&E Reserve Account, if Guarantor pays for any Required Repairs or FF&E expenditures, including during a Cash Sweep Period, to Guarantor) within ten (10) days amounts from the Required Repair Account or FF&E Reserve Account, as applicable, to the extent necessary to pay for or reimburse Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, for the actual costs of any approved Replacements (including in both cases, without limitation, any project management fees, construction management fees, design and architectural fees, procurement fees and other similar fees, whether owed to any Manager or otherwise). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in no event shall Lender be required to (y) disburse funds from any of the Reserve Accounts if an Event of Default exists, or (z) disburse funds from the FF&E Reserve Account to reimburse Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, for the costs of routine repairs or maintenance to any Individual Property or for costs which are to be reimbursed from funds held in the Required Repair Account.

  

92 

 

 

(b)            With each request for disbursement, Borrower shall certify in writing to Lender that all Required Work has been performed in accordance with all Legal Requirements and that all such Required Work has been completed lien free and paid for in full or will be paid for in full upon disbursement of the requested funds. In addition, each request for disbursement in excess of $250,000 shall be on a form provided or approved by Lender and shall (i) include copies of invoices for all items or materials purchased and all labor or services provided, (ii) specify (A) the Required Work for which the disbursement is requested, (B) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if the Required Work includes the purchase or replacement of specific items, (C) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in any Required Work other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, and (D) the cost of all contracted labor or other services applicable to each Required Work for which such request for disbursement is made, (iii) if requested by Lender, conditional lien waivers from each contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic or subcontractor with respect to the completion of its work or delivery of its materials. Except as provided in Section 9.7(d), each request for disbursement shall be made only after completion of the Replacement for which disbursement is requested. Borrower shall provide Lender evidence satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable judgment of such completion or performance.

  

(c)            Any lien waiver delivered hereunder shall conform to all Legal Requirements and shall cover all work performed and materials supplied (including equipment and fixtures) for any Individual Property by that contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialman through the date covered by the current disbursement request.

 

(d)            If the cost of any item of Required Work exceeds $250,000, a request for disbursement from the Reserve Accounts may be made after completion of a portion of the work under such contract, provided (A) the materials for which the request is made are on site at any Individual Property and are properly secured or have been installed in any Individual Property, (B) all other conditions in this Agreement for disbursement have been satisfied, and (C) in the case of a Replacement are, in Lender’s judgment, sufficient to complete such Replacement and other Replacements when required.

 

(e)            Borrower shall not make a request for, nor shall Lender have any obligation to make, any disbursement from any Reserve Account more frequently than once in any calendar month for any Individual Property and (except in connection with the final disbursement) in any amount less than the lesser of (i) $10,000 or (ii) the total cost of the Required Work for which the disbursement is requested.

 

(f)            In the event Borrower requests a disbursement from the Required Repair Account to pay for or to reimburse Borrower for the actual cost of labor or materials used in connection with repairs or improvements other than the Required Repairs specified on Schedule 9.1(i) or (ii), or for a Required Repair to the extent the cost of such Required Repair exceeds one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the estimated cost of such Required Repair as set forth on Schedule 9.1(i) or (ii) (in either case, an “Additional Required Repair”), Borrower shall disclose in writing to Lender the reason why funds in the Required Repair Account should be used to pay for such Additional Required Repair. If Lender determines that (i) such Additional Required Repair is of the type intended to be covered by the Required Repair Account, (ii) such Additional Required Repair is not covered or is not of the type intended to be covered by the Replacement Reserve Account, (iii) costs for such Additional Required Repair are reasonable, (iv) the funds in the Required Repair Account are sufficient to pay for such Additional Required Repair and all other Required Repairs for the Properties specified on Schedule 9.1(i) or (ii), and (v) all other conditions for disbursement under this Agreement have been met, Lender may disburse funds from the Required Repair Account.

 

93 

 

 

(g)            Lender’s disbursement of any Reserve Funds or other acknowledgment of completion of any Required Work in a manner satisfactory to Lender shall not be deemed a certification or warranty by Lender to any Person that the Required Work has been completed in accordance with Legal Requirements.

 

(h)            If the funds in any Reserve Account should exceed the amount of payments actually applied by Lender for the purposes of the account, Lender in its sole discretion shall either return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to that Reserve Account. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Reserve Funds are not or will not be sufficient to make the required payments, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and Borrower shall pay to Lender any amount necessary to make up the deficiency within ten (10) days after notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment thereof.

 

(i)            The insufficiency of any balance in any of the Reserve Accounts shall not relieve Borrower from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 9.8            Intentionally Omitted

 

Section 9.9            PIP Reserve Funds

 

(a)           Borrower shall deposit into an Eligible Account held by Lender or Lender’s agent (the “PIP Reserve Account”) (i) on the Closing Date, $7,437,050.00 for the amounts due under the Franchise Agreement extension for the Individual Property known as “Residence Inn Hartford Manchester”, (ii) twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of any Franchise Agreement, (x) to the extent such amounts have been determined, all amounts due by Borrower or Operating Lessee under such Franchise Agreement extension, and (y) to the extent such amounts have not been determined in such twelve (12) month period, Fifteen Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000.00) per key per applicable Individual Property until such amounts have been determined and deposited into the PIP Reserve Account (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if the foregoing deposits are insufficient to cover the PIP once such amounts are determined, Borrower or Operating Lessee shall immediately deposit the difference into the PIP Reserve Account), and (iii) (x) to the extent not duplicative of the amounts in clause (ii) hereof, on the date that any PIP, including, without limitation, any PIP relating to a Replacement Management Agreement and/or Replacement Franchise Agreement (the “New PIP”) is imposed by a Franchisor or Manager, the PIP Required Deposit for such New PIP and (y) on the first Business Day of each calendar year thereafter, an amount equal to the PIP Required Deposit (any such deposits to the PIP Reserve Account described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall hereinafter be referred to, collectively, as the “PIP Reserve Deposits”. Amounts held in the PIP Reserve Account are herein referred to as the “PIP Reserve Funds”. In lieu of making any of the PIP Reserve Deposits in cash, Borrower shall be entitled to, at its option, deposit with Lender a Letter of Credit in the amount of such applicable PIP Reserve Deposit. The aggregate amount of PIP Reserve Funds and the notional amount of any such Letter of Credit delivered for any PIP Reserve Deposits shall not exceed the remaining cost of any PIP as reasonably determined by Lender, and any such excess shall be promptly released to Borrower or, in the case of a Letter of Credit, the amount thereof shall be reduced. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the PIP Reserve Funds are not or will not be sufficient to pay for all budgeted expenditures for the then current calendar year for each PIP, Lender shall notify Borrower of any such determination and Borrower shall pay to Lender any amount required by Lender to make up the deficiency within ten (10) days after notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment thereof.

 

94 

 

 

(b)           Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, within ten (10) days of Borrower’s complying with the requirements contained in Section 9.7, Lender shall make disbursements from the PIP Reserve Account directly to Borrower (or, if Guarantor pays for any such PIP, including during a Cash Sweep Period, to Guarantor) as requested by Borrower for Borrower’s or Guarantor’s, as applicable, actual out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with performance of the PIP (including, without limitation, any project management fees, construction management fees, design and architectural fees, procurement fees and other similar fees (whether owed to Manager or otherwise)), no more frequently than once in any thirty (30) day period and in an amount of no less than $5,000.00, upon delivery by Borrower and/or Guarantor, as applicable, of (1) Lender’s standard form of draw request accompanied by copies of invoices for the amounts requested, including, without limitation, invoices for all items or materials purchased and all labor or services provided showing (A) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if such PIP includes the purchase or replacement of specific item, (B) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, (C) the cost of all contracted labor or other services or expenses attributable to such PIP, and (D) the PIP Completion Evidence, (2) if required by Lender, for requests in excess of $250,000.00 for a single item, lien waivers and releases from all parties furnishing materials and/or services in connection with the requested payment (conditioned upon the receipt of payment of the requested fund) and (3) such other evidence as may be reasonably required by Lender of performance and payment of the applicable PIP. Lender may additionally require an inspection of any Individual Property at Borrower’s expense prior to making a disbursement from the PIP Reserve Account, in order to verify completion of replacements and repairs of items in excess of $250,000.00 for which reimbursement is sought.

 

(c)            The insufficiency of any balance in the PIP Reserve Account shall not relieve Borrower from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

 

(d)            Upon the timely completion of all PIPs, if any, in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, as verified by Lender in its reasonable discretion, and provided no Event of Default has then occurred and is continuing, any remaining balance in the PIP Reserve Account shall be disbursed to Borrower (or to Guarantor in accordance with Section 9.9(b) hereof).

 

Section 9.10          Reserve Funds Generally

 

(a)            Subject in all respect to applicable law, and solely to the extent regularly offered by lenders for similar sizes and types of Permitted Investments, and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Reserve Funds shall not be invested except in such Permitted Investments as determined and directed by Borrower from time to time. If Borrower shall not otherwise determine or direct such investments, Lender or its servicer may invest the Reserve Funds in Permitted Investments. All income and interest earned on the investment of Reserve Funds shall be for the account of Borrower. Any income or interest credited to Borrower hereunder shall be part of the applicable Reserve Account; provided, however, that Lender may, at its election, retain any such interest for its own account during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default. Borrower agrees that it shall include all interest to which it is entitled under the terms hereof as the income of Borrower and shall be the owner of the Reserve Funds for federal and applicable state and local tax purposes, except to the extent that Lender retains any interest for its own account during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default as provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall solely be permitted to determine and direct Permitted Investments if the maturities of any such Permitted Investments are no later than the dates that any Reserve Funds are needed for payment for which any such Reserve Account was created.

 

95 

 

 

(b)            Borrower grants to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in, and assigns and pledges to Lender, each of the Reserve Accounts and any and all Reserve Funds now or hereafter deposited in the Reserve Accounts as additional security for payment of the Debt. Until expended or applied in accordance herewith, the Reserve Accounts and the Reserve Funds shall constitute additional security for the Debt. The provisions of this Section 9.10 are intended to give Lender “control” of the Reserve Accounts within the meaning of the UCC.

 

(c)            The Reserve Accounts and any and all Reserve Funds now or hereafter deposited in the Reserve Accounts shall be subject to the exclusive dominion and control of Lender, which shall hold the Reserve Accounts and any or all Reserve Funds now or hereafter deposited in the Reserve Accounts subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, Borrower and Lender acknowledge and agree that: (i) each Reserve Account is a “securities account” (within the meaning of Section 8-501(a) of the UCC); (ii) all property held in any Reserve Account (including without limitation cash) shall be treated as a “financial asset” (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC); and (iii) the security interest of Lender therein shall be automatically perfected by control pursuant to Sections 8-106(e) and 9-106(a)  of the UCC. Borrower shall have no right of withdrawal from the Reserve Accounts or any other right or power with respect to the Reserve Accounts or any or all of the Reserve Funds now or hereafter deposited in the Reserve Accounts, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(d)            Lender shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Borrower, without charge, an annual accounting of each Reserve Account in the normal format of Lender or its loan servicer, showing credits and debits to such Reserve Account and the purpose for which each debit to each Reserve Account was made.

 

(e)            As long as no Event of Default is continuing, Lender shall make disbursements from the Reserve Accounts in accordance with this Agreement. All such disbursements shall be deemed to have been expressly pre-authorized by Borrower, and shall not be deemed to constitute the exercise by Lender of any remedies against Borrower unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Lender has expressly stated in writing its intent to proceed to exercise its remedies as a secured party, pledgee or lienholder with respect to the Reserve Accounts.

 

96 

 

 

(f)            If any Event of Default is continuing, Borrower shall immediately lose all of its rights to receive disbursements from the Reserve Accounts until the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which such Event of Default is cured to Lender’s satisfaction, or (ii) the payment in full of the Debt. In addition, at Lender’s election, Borrower shall lose all of its rights to receive interest on the Reserve Funds during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may exercise any or all of its rights and remedies as a secured party, pledgee and lienholder with respect to the Reserve Accounts. Without limitation of the foregoing, during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may use and disburse the Reserve Funds (or any portion thereof) for any of the following purposes: (A) repayment of the Debt, including, but not limited to, principal prepayments and the prepayment premium applicable to such full or partial prepayment (as applicable); (B) reimbursement of Lender for all losses, fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of such Event of Default; (C) payment of any amount expended in exercising any or all rights and remedies available to Lender at law or in equity or under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents; (D) payment of any item from any of the Reserve Accounts as required or permitted under this Agreement; or (E) any other purpose permitted by applicable Legal Requirements; provided, however, that any such application of funds shall not cure or be deemed to cure any Event of Default. Without limiting any other provisions hereof, each of the remedial actions described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies as a secured party with respect to the Reserve Funds and shall not in any event be deemed to constitute a setoff or a foreclosure of a statutory banker’s lien. Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Lender to apply all or any portion of the Reserve Funds to effect a cure of any Event of Default, or to pay the Debt, or in any specific order of priority. The exercise of any or all of Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents shall not in any way prejudice or affect Lender’s right to initiate and complete a foreclosure under the Mortgages.

 

(g)            The Reserve Funds shall not constitute escrow or trust funds and may be commingled in one or more Eligible Accounts with other funds controlled by Lender or its loan servicer, including, without limitation, funds pledged in favor of Lender by other borrowers, whether for the same purposes as the Reserve Accounts or otherwise. Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Reserve Accounts may be established and held in such name or names as Lender or its loan servicer, as agent for Lender, shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, in the name of Lender or such loan servicer as agent for Lender. In the case of any Reserve Account which is held in a commingled account, Lender or its loan servicer, as applicable, shall maintain records sufficient to enable it to determine at all times which portion of such account is related to the Loan. The Reserve Accounts are solely for the protection of Lender. With respect to the Reserve Accounts, Lender shall have no responsibility beyond the allowance of due credit for the sums actually received by Lender or beyond the reimbursement or payment of the costs and expenses for which such accounts were established in accordance with their terms. Upon assignment of the Loan by Lender, any Reserve Funds shall be turned over to the assignee and any responsibility of Lender as assignor shall terminate. The requirements of this Agreement concerning the Reserve Accounts in no way supersede, limit or waive any other rights or obligations of the parties under any of the Loan Documents or under applicable Legal Requirements.

 

97 

 

 

(h)            Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in the Reserve Accounts or the Reserve Funds deposited therein or permit any Lien to attach thereto, except for the security interest granted in this Section 9.10, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto.

 

(i)            Borrower will maintain the security interest created by this Section 9.10 as a first priority perfected security interest and will defend the right, title and interest of Lender in and to the Reserve Accounts and the Reserve Funds against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Lender, and at the sole expense of Borrower, Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and will take such further actions as Lender reasonably may request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted.

 

(j)            Lender shall be protected in acting upon any notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other paper, document or signature believed by Lender to be genuine, and it may be assumed conclusively that any Person purporting to give any of the foregoing in connection with the Reserve Accounts has been duly authorized to do so. Lender may consult with counsel, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by them hereunder and in good faith in accordance therewith. Lender shall not be liable to Borrower for any act or omission done or omitted to be done by Lender in reliance upon any instruction, direction or certification received by Lender and without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(k)            Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, Lender shall have any duty as to any Reserve Funds in its possession or control as agent therefor or bailee thereof or any income thereon or the preservation of rights against any person or otherwise with respect thereto. In no event shall Lender or its Affiliates, agents, employees or bailees, be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any of the Reserve Funds, or for any diminution in value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of Lender, except to the extent that such loss or damage results from Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or intentional nonperformance by Lender of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.11          Letters of Credit

 

(a)            Other than in connection with any Letter of Credit delivered in connection with the closing of the Loan, to the extent Borrower is expressly permitted to deliver a Letter of Credit to Lender pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, Borrower shall give Lender no less than ten (10) days’ written notice of Borrower’s election to deliver a Letter of Credit together with a draft of the proposed Letter of Credit and Borrower shall pay to Lender all of Lender’s reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in connection therewith. No party other than Lender shall be entitled to draw on any such Letter of Credit.

 

98 

 

 

(b)            Each Letter of Credit delivered hereunder shall be additional security for the payment of the Debt. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right, at its option, to draw on any Letter of Credit and to apply all or any part thereof to the payment of the items for which such Letter of Credit was established or to apply such Letter of Credit to payment of the Debt in such order, proportion or priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Any such application to the Debt shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof relating to application of sums to the Debt. Lender shall have the additional rights to draw in full any Letter of Credit: (i) if Lender has received a notice from the issuing bank that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (ii) if Lender has not received a notice from the issuing bank that it has renewed the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided to Lender at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (iii) upon receipt of notice from the issuing bank that the Letter of Credit will be terminated (except if the termination of such Letter of Credit is permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof or a substitute Letter of Credit is provided to Lender by no later than thirty (30) days prior to such termination); (iv) if the issuing bank shall cease to be an Approved Bank and a substitute Letter of Credit from an Approved Bank is not delivered to Lender within fifteen (15) days after notice is delivered to Borrower that the issuing bank is no longer an Approved Bank; and/or (v) if the issuing bank shall fail to issue a replacement Letter of Credit in the event the original Letter of Credit has been lost, mutilated, stolen and/or destroyed. If Lender draws upon a Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided no Event of Default exists, Lender shall apply all or any part thereof for the purposes for which such Letter of Credit was established. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the above, Lender is not obligated to draw upon any Letter of Credit upon the happening of an event specified in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above and shall not be liable for any losses sustained by Borrower due to the insolvency of the issuing bank if Lender has not drawn upon the Letter of Credit.

  

(c)            In the event Borrower delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.11 after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a New Non-Consolidation Opinion or a “no effect letter” with respect to the Non-Consolidation Opinion delivered to Lender on the Closing Date, the applicant under such Letter of Credit shall be a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and the right to draw any funds on such Letter of Credit shall be a direct or indirect capital contribution to the Borrower by such parent and shall be accompanied by the execution and delivery of a contribution agreement in form reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

(d)            The applicant under each Letter of Credit shall be required, until such time the Debt has been paid in full, to waive, release and abrogate any and all rights it may have under any agreement, at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating the applicant to the rights of Lender), to assert any claim against or seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from Borrower or any other party liable for payment of the amounts which the Letter of Credit is intended to cover for any draw made on any such Letter of Credit or otherwise.

 

99 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

CASH MANAGEMENT

  

Section 10.1         Cash Management Account

 

(a)            Borrower acknowledges and confirms that, each Manager shall collect and deposit all Rents and other revenue from the Properties into an account under such Manager’s control, and Borrower shall cause each Manager to deposit, after payment of all operating expenses, management fees, working capital and other amounts required to be paid to Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, all monthly remittances to which Borrower is entitled to pursuant to the Management Agreement, directly into an Eligible Account with Cash Management Bank (such account, the sub accounts thereof, all funds at any time on deposit therein and any proceeds, replacements or substitutions of such account or funds therein, are collectively referred to herein as the “Cash Management Account”) pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement. In the event Cash Management Bank ceases to qualify as an Eligible Institution, resigns or defaults under or terminates the Cash Management Agreement, Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in designating a successor Eligible Institution and transferring the Cash Management Account to such Eligible Institution, each within thirty (30) days after request by Lender. In the event Borrower fails to do so, Lender shall have the right, and Borrower hereby grants to Lender a power of attorney (which power of attorney shall be coupled with an interest and irrevocable so long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding), to designate a successor Eligible Institution to serve as Cash Management Bank.

 

(b)            The Cash Management Account shall be in the name of Borrower for the benefit of Lender, provided that Borrower shall be the owner of all funds on deposit in such accounts for federal and applicable state and local tax purposes.

 

(c)            The Cash Management Account shall be subject to the exclusive dominion and control of Lender and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither Borrower, Manager nor any other party claiming on behalf of, or through, Borrower or Manager, shall have any right of withdrawal therefrom or any other right or power with respect thereto.

 

(d)            Lender or its servicer shall cause Cash Management Bank to withdraw all funds (other than any minimum deposit required pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement) on deposit in the Cash Management Account in accordance with the disposition instructions provided by Lender or its servicer for deposit into each Subaccount.

 

(e)            Lender shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, the deposit amounts required to be deposited in each subaccount referenced in Section 10.1(f) hereof (each a “Subaccount”) and Lender or its servicer shall cause Cash Management Bank to deposit the respective deposit amounts into each Subaccount in accordance with the disposition instructions provided by Lender or its servicer and in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

100 

 

 

(f)            On each Payment Date, Lender or its servicer shall cause Cash Management Bank to disburse the funds in each Subaccount (other than any minimum deposit required pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement) in the following order of priority (provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing):

 

(i)             Funds on deposit in the Tax and Insurance Reserve Subaccount shall be paid to Lender for deposit into the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account;

 

(ii)             Funds on deposit in the Debt Service Subaccount shall be paid to Lender for payment of the Monthly Payment Amount due on such Payment Date together with any interest accruing at the Default Rate, late payment charges, and any other sums due and payable to Lender under the Note, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(iii)            Funds on deposit in the FF&E Reserve Subaccount shall be paid to Lender for deposit into the FF&E Reserve Account;

 

(iv)            Funds on deposit in the PIP Reserve Subaccount, if any, shall be paid to Lender for deposit into the PIP Reserve Account; and

 

(v)            All amounts remaining in the Cash Management Account after deposits for items (i) through (iii) for the current month and all prior months (the “Excess Cash”) in the Excess Cash Subaccount (A) during the continuance of a Cash Sweep Period, shall be paid to Lender for deposit into the Excess Cash Reserve Account, or (B) so long as no Cash Sweep Period is continuing, shall be paid to the Borrower.

 

Section 10.2          Deposits and Withdrawals

 

(a)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Borrower acknowledges that Borrower is responsible for monitoring the sufficiency of funds deposited in the Cash Management Account and that Borrower is liable for any deficiency in available funds which may be necessary to pay all amounts due from time to time under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether Borrower has received any account statement, notice or demand from Cash Management Bank.

 

(b)            If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender to make any and all withdrawals from the Cash Management Account and transfers between any of the Reserve Accounts as Lender shall determine in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion and Lender may use all funds contained in any such accounts for any purpose, including but not limited to repayment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply funds as stated herein shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.3         Security Interest

 

(a)            To secure the full and punctual payment of the Debt and performance of all obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in the Cash Management Account, all interest, cash, checks, drafts, certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time deposited or held therein, any and all amounts invested in Permitted Investments, and all “proceeds” (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the state in which the Cash Management Account is located or maintained) of any or all of the foregoing. Furthermore, Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any of the foregoing or permit any Lien to attach thereto or any levy to be made thereon or any UCC Financing Statements to be filed with respect thereto. Borrower will maintain the security interest created by this Section 10.3(a) as a first priority perfected security interest and will defend the right, title and interest of Lender in and to the Cash Management Account against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. The security interest created hereby shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the Debt. Upon payment in full of the Debt, this security interest shall terminate without further notice from any party and Lender shall execute such instruments and documents as may be reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence such termination.

 

101 

 

 

(b)            Borrower authorizes Lender to file any financing statement or statements required by Lender to establish or maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest granted herein in connection with the Cash Management Account. Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of Borrower, Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that Lender may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby (including, without limitation, any security interest in and to any Permitted Investments) or to enable Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder.

 

(c)            During the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may exercise any or all of its rights and remedies as a secured party, pledgee and lienholder with respect to the Cash Management Account. Without limitation of the foregoing, upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may use the Cash Management Account for any of the following purposes: (A) repayment of the Debt, including, but not limited to, principal prepayments and the prepayment premium applicable to such full or partial prepayment (as applicable); (B) reimbursement of Lender for all Losses suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of such Event of Default; (C) payment of any amount expended in exercising any or all rights and remedies available to Lender at law or in equity or under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents; (D) payment of any item as required or permitted under this Agreement; or (E) any other purpose permitted by Legal Requirements; provided, however, that any such application of funds shall not cure or be deemed to cure any Event of Default. Without limiting any other provisions hereof, each of the remedial actions described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies as a secured party with respect to the Cash Management Account and shall not in any event be deemed to constitute a setoff or a foreclosure of a statutory banker’s lien. Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Lender to apply all or any portion of the Cash Management Account to effect a cure of any Event of Default, or to pay the Debt, or in any specific order of priority. The exercise of any or all of Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents shall not in any way prejudice or affect Lender’s right to initiate and complete a foreclosure under the Mortgages.

 

102 

 

 

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Article 10, (i) “Business Day” shall mean a day on which Lender and Cash Management Bank are both open for the conduct of substantially all of their respective banking business at the office in the city in which the Note is payable, with respect to Lender, and at the office in the city where the Cash Management Account is maintained, with respect to Cash Management Bank (in both instances, excluding Saturdays and Sundays), and (ii) with regard to issues of perfection and priority of security interests granted hereunder, for purposes of the UCC, the State of New York shall be deemed to be the Cash Management Bank’s jurisdiction (within the meaning of Sections §9-304(b) and §8-110(a) of the UCC).

  

ARTICLE 11

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

Section 11.1          Event of Default

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

(a)            if any portion of the Debt is not paid on or prior to the date the same is due or if the entire Debt is not paid on or before the Maturity Date; provided, however, no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder by reason of the failure to pay the Monthly Payment Amount where sums sufficient to timely pay such amount are then available from funds held by Lender in the Debt Service Subaccount established under the Cash Management Agreement and Lender is then entitled to fund such amount from such subaccount and Lender fails to pay the same;

 

(b)           except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents, if any of the Property Taxes or Other Charges are not paid when the same are due and payable, unless there is sufficient money in the Tax and Insurance Reserve Account for payment of amounts then due and payable and Lender’s access to such money has not been constrained or restricted in any manner;

 

(c)            if (i) the Policies are not kept in full force and effect, or (ii) the Acord 28 (or similar) certificate is not delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 8.1 within five (5) Business Days of written request therefor;

 

(d)           if (i) Borrower breaches in any material respect any covenant with respect to itself or any SPE Component Entity (if any) contained in Article 6, or (ii) if Operating Lessee breaches in any material respect any covenant with respect to itself or any Operating Lessee Principal (if any) contained in Paragraph 15 of the Operating Lease Subordination Agreement or (iii) a Prohibited Transfer occurs;

 

(e)            if any representation or warranty of, or with respect to, Borrower, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity, Operating Lessee or any member, general partner, principal or beneficial owner of any of the foregoing, made herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other instrument or document furnished to Lender at the time of the closing of the Loan or during the term of the Loan shall have been false or misleading in any material respect when made; provided, however, (i) if Borrower, Guarantor, any SPE Component Entity, Operating Lessee or any member, general partner, principal or beneficial owner of any of the foregoing did not know any such representation or warranty was false and misleading in any material respect when it made it, (ii) if the condition causing the representation or warranty to be false or misleading is susceptible of being cured, and (iii) if the condition once cured would not cause a Material Adverse Effect, then such false or misleading representation or warranty shall be an Event of Default hereunder only if such condition is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice to Borrower from Lender; provided, however, that if such Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such ten (10) day period and Borrower shall have commenced such cure within such ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such ten (10) day period shall be extended for a period reasonably required to effect such cure, but in no event in excess of ninety (90) days from Borrower’s receipt of Lender’s original notice;

 

103 

 

 

(f)            if any of the assumptions contained in the Non-Consolidation Opinion or in any New Non-Consolidation Opinion, is or shall become untrue in any material respect;

 

(g)           if (i) Borrower, Operating Lessee, or any managing member or general partner of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Operating Lessee Principal (if any) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any Creditors Rights Laws, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Borrower, any managing member or general partner of Borrower, Guarantor, Operating Lessee or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Operating Lessee Principal (if any) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Borrower, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Borrower, any managing member or general partner of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or any Operating Lessee Principal (if any) any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of any order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Borrower, any managing member or general partner of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Operating Lessee Principal (if any) shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Borrower, any managing member or general partner of Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or Operating Lessee Principal (if any) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;

 

(h)           if Borrower shall be in default beyond applicable notice and grace periods under any other mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security agreement covering any part of any Individual Property, whether it be superior or junior in lien to any Mortgage;

 

104 

 

 

(i)            unless the same is being contested in accordance with the terms hereof, if any Individual Property becomes subject to any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien other than a Lien for any Property Taxes or Other Charges not then due and payable and the Lien shall remain undischarged of record (by payment, bonding or otherwise) for a period of thirty (30) days;

  

(j)            unless the same is being contested in accordance with the terms hereof, if any federal tax lien is filed against Borrower, Operating Lessee, any member or general partner of Borrower, Guarantor, or any SPE Component Entity (if any) or any Operating Lessee Principal (if any) or any Individual Property and same is not discharged of record (by payment, bonding or otherwise) within thirty (30) days after same is filed;

 

(k)            unless Lender reasonably determines that the same is adequately covered by insurance, if a judgment is filed against Borrower or Operating Lessee in excess of $100,000 which is not vacated, dismissed, discharged or bonded over within thirty (30) days;

 

(l)            if any default occurs under any guaranty or indemnity executed in connection herewith and such default continues after the expiration of applicable grace periods, if any;

 

(m)          if (i) Borrower or Operating Lessee shall permit any event within its control to occur that would cause any REA to terminate without notice or action by any party thereto or would entitle any party to terminate any REA and the term thereof by giving notice to Borrower or Operating Lessee; or (ii) any REA shall be surrendered, terminated or canceled for any reason or under any circumstance whatsoever except as provided for in such REA; or (iii) any term of any REA shall be modified or supplemented without Lender’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; or (iv) Borrower or Operating Lessee shall fail, within ten (10) Business Days after demand by Lender, to exercise its option to renew or extend the term of any REA or shall fail or neglect to pursue diligently all actions necessary to exercise such renewal rights pursuant to such REA except as provided for in such REA, in each case, to the extent that the occurrence of same is reasonably likely to have, or does have, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(n)           if Borrower breaches the provisions of Section 5.14, Section 5.25 or Section 5.29 hereof; provided, however, no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred under this Section 11.1 by reason of any default by Borrower or Operating Lessee under any Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement (including any default under any quality assurance program applicable to such Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement, as the case may be), so long as Borrower (i) is diligently and expeditiously proceeding to cure such default to the satisfaction of the applicable Manager or Franchisor or (ii) (A) with respect to a Management Agreement, has terminated, or accepted a termination of, such Management Agreement and replaced Manager with a Qualified Manager pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement in accordance with Section 5.14(e) hereof and (B) with respect to a Franchise Agreement, has terminated, or accepted a termination of, such Franchise Agreement and replaced such Franchisor with a Qualified Franchisor pursuant to a Replacement Franchise Agreement in accordance with Section 5.25(b) hereof or replaced the Franchise Agreement with a Replacement Management Agreement with a Brand Manager;

 

105 

 

 

(o)           if any representation and/or covenant herein relating to Sanctions, Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws, the DPA and CFIUS matters is breached;

  

(p)           intentionally omitted;

 

(q)           if there shall occur any default by Operating Lessee, as tenant, or Borrower, as landlord, under the Operating Lease, in the observance or performance of any term, covenant or condition of the Operating Lease on the part of Operating Lessee or Borrower, as applicable, to be observed or performed and said default is not cured following the expiration of any applicable grace, notice and cure periods therein provided, or if the leasehold estate created by the Operating Lease shall be surrendered or if the Operating Lease shall cease to be in full force and effect or the Operating Lease shall be terminated or canceled for any reason, or if any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Operating Lease shall in any materially manner be modified, changed, supplemented, altered, or amended in violation of the terms of this Agreement;

 

(r)            subject to the terms of the Management Agreement, if Borrower or Operating Lessee ceases to operate a hotel on any Individual Property or terminates such business for any reason whatsoever; or

 

(s)            if Borrower shall continue to be in default under any other term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents not covered in the foregoing clauses of this Section 11.1, for more than ten (10) days after notice from Lender in the case of any default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money or for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender in the case of any other default, provided that if such default (other than any default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money) cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and Borrower shall have commenced to cure such default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for so long as it shall require Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such default, it being agreed that no such extension shall be for a period in excess of sixty (60) days.

 

Section 11.2          Remedies

 

(a)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.1(g) above with respect to Borrower and SPE Component Entity only) and at any time thereafter Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action, without notice or demand, that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in the Properties, including, without limitation, declaring the Debt to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Properties, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity. Upon any Event of Default described in Section 11.1(g) above (with respect to Borrower and SPE Component Entity only), the Debt and all other obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

106 

 

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Debt shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Properties. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singularly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender has determined in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

  

(c)            During the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may, but without any obligation to do so and without notice to or demand on Borrower and without releasing Borrower from any obligation hereunder, take any action to cure such Event of Default. Lender may enter upon any or all of the Properties upon reasonable notice to Borrower for such purposes or appear in, defend, or bring any action or proceeding to protect its interest in the collateral for the Loan or to foreclose the Mortgages or collect the Debt. The costs and expenses incurred by Lender in exercising rights under this paragraph (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), with interest at the Default Rate until paid to Lender, shall constitute a portion of the Debt, shall be secured by the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents and shall be due and payable to Lender upon demand therefor.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 13

 

SECONDARY MARKET

 

Section 13.1         Transfer of Loan

 

(a)           Lender may, at any time, sell, transfer or assign the Loan or any portion thereof or interest therein, or grant participations therein (“Participations”) or issue mortgage pass-through certificates or other securities (“Securities”) evidencing a beneficial interest in a rated or unrated public offering or private placement (each of the foregoing, a “Securitization”).

 

(b)           Bank of America, N.A. (or a person delegated by Bank of America, N.A.), acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loan owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower and Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

107 

 

 

(c)           Each Lender that sells a Participation pursuant to Section 13.1(a) shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loan or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 13.2          Delegation of Servicing

 

At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by one or more servicers selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to such servicer or servicers pursuant to a servicing agreement between Lender and such servicer.

 

Section 13.3          Dissemination of Information

 

Lender may forward to each actual or prospective purchaser, transferee, assignee, or servicer of, and each participant, or investor in, the Loan, or any interest therein, or any Securities or any of their respective successors (collectively, the “Investor”) or any Rating Agency evaluating the Loan (and any other credit rating agency that has elected to be treated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for purposes of Section 15E of the Exchange Act without regard to whether or not such credit rating agency has been engaged by Lender or other Person in anticipation of a Securitization) or any Securities, each prospective Investor, and any organization maintaining databases on the underwriting and performance of commercial mortgage loans as well as to the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other Person as required by Legal Requirements, all documents and information which Lender now has or may hereafter acquire relating to the Loan and to Borrower, any managing member or general partner thereof, Guarantor, Sponsor, any SPE Component Entity (if any) and the Properties, including financial statements, whether furnished by Borrower or otherwise, as Lender determines necessary or desirable. Borrower irrevocably waives any and all rights it may have under applicable Legal Requirements to prohibit such disclosure, including but not limited to any right of privacy.

 

108 

 

 

Section 13.4          Cooperation

 

Subject to the terms of Section 13.8 hereof, at the request of the holder of the Note and, to the extent not already required to be provided by Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall use reasonable efforts to provide information not in the possession of the holder of the Note in order to satisfy the market standards to which the holder of the Note customarily adheres or which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with any Securitization, including, without limitation, to:

 

(a)            provide updated financial, budget and other information with respect to the Properties, Borrower and Guarantor and provide modifications and/or updates to the appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I reports and, if appropriate, Phase II reports) and engineering reports of the Properties obtained in connection with the making of the Loan (all of the foregoing, together with such information with respect to the Properties, Borrower, Operating Lessee, Sponsor and Guarantor furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the underwriting of the Loan or the performance of the Borrower’s, Operating Lessee’s, the Guarantor’s and/or the Sponsor’s obligations under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, financial statements, operating statements, rent rolls, environmental site assessments and property condition reports, being referred to as the “Provided Information”), together, if customary, with appropriate verification and/or consents of the Provided Information through letters of auditors or opinions of counsel of independent attorneys acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies;

 

(b)            make changes to the special purpose entity provisions of the organizational documents of Borrower, any SPE Component Entity and their respective principals;

 

(c)            cause counsel to render or update existing opinion letters as to enforceability and non-consolidation, and a 10b-5 comfort letter, which may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Rating Agencies and their respective counsel, which shall be dated as of the closing date of the Securitization;

 

(d)           permit site inspections, appraisals, market studies and other due diligence investigations of the Properties, as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the Securitization;

 

(e)            make the representations and warranties with respect to the Properties, Borrower, Guarantor and the Loan Documents as are made in the Loan Documents and such other representations and warranties as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies;

 

(f)            execute such amendments to the Loan Documents as may be requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or otherwise to effect the Securitization including, without limitation, bifurcation of the Loan into two or more components and/or separate notes and/or creating a pari passu or senior/subordinate note structure (a “Loan Bifurcation”); provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (i) change the interest rate, the stated maturity, the aggregate principal balance of the Loan or the amortization of principal as set forth herein or in the Note, except in connection with a Loan Bifurcation which may result in varying fixed interest rates, principal balances and amortization schedules on the components/notes, but which components shall have the same weighted average interest rate as the original Note prior to the Loan Bifurcation as well as the same aggregate principal balance and weighted amortization schedule except following an Event of Default or following any prepayment (whether resulting from the application of Net Proceeds after a Casualty or Condemnation or otherwise) of any portion of the principal amount of the Loan, (ii) modify or amend any other economic term of the Loan, or (iii) otherwise materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Borrower under the Loan Documents;

 

109 

 

 

(g)           deliver to Lender and/or any Rating Agency, (i) one or more certificates executed by an officer of Borrower certifying as to the accuracy, as of the closing date of the Securitization, of all representations made by Borrower in the Loan Documents as of the Closing Date in all relevant jurisdictions or, if such representations are no longer accurate, certifying as to what modifications to the representations would be required to make such representations accurate as of the closing date of the Securitization, and (ii) certificates of the relevant Governmental Authorities in all relevant jurisdictions indicating the good standing and qualification of Borrower as of the date of the closing date of the Securitization;

 

(h)           have reasonably appropriate personnel participate in a bank meeting and/or presentation for the Rating Agencies or Investors;

 

(i)            cooperate with and assist Lender in obtaining ratings of the Securities from two (2) or more of the Rating Agencies; and

 

(j)            supply to Lender such documentation, financial statements and reports in form and substance required for Lender to comply with Regulations S-X and AB of the federal securities laws, if applicable.

 

Other than cost and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professionals engaged by Borrower or its Affiliates, Borrower shall not be obligated to incur any material cost or expense in connection with complying with requests made under this Section 13.4; provided, however, any modifications and/or updates to the appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I reports and, if appropriate, Phase II reports) and engineering reports of the Properties obtained in connection with the making of the Loan shall be at Lender’s cost and expense.

 

Section 13.5          Securitization

 

(a)           Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including, without limitation, a prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum or private placement memorandum, Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan (each, a “Disclosure Document”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or provided or made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization. In the event that the Disclosure Document is required to be revised prior to the sale of all Securities, Borrower will cooperate with the holder of the Note in updating the Disclosure Document by providing all current information necessary to keep the Disclosure Document accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

110 

 

 

(b)           Borrower agrees to provide, and to cause Guarantor to provide, in connection with each of (i) a preliminary and a final offering memorandum or private placement memorandum or similar document (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan) or (ii) a preliminary and final prospectus or prospectus supplement, as applicable, an indemnification certificate (A) certifying that Borrower and Guarantor have carefully examined such memorandum or prospectus or other document (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan), as applicable, including without limitation, the sections entitled “Special Considerations,” and/or “Risk Factors,” and “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loan,” or similar sections, and all sections relating to Borrower, Guarantor, Manager, their Affiliates, the Loan, the Loan Documents and the Properties, and any risks or special considerations relating thereto, and that, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, such sections (and any other sections reasonably requested) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (B) indemnifying Lender (and for purposes of this Section 13.5, Lender hereunder shall include its officers and directors) and the Affiliate of Lender that (i) has filed the registration statement, if any, relating to the Securitization and/or (ii) which is acting as issuer, depositor, sponsor and/or a similar capacity with respect to the Securitization (any Person described in (i) or (ii), an “Issuer Person”), and each director and officer of any Issuer Person, and each Person or entity who controls any Issuer Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Issuer Group”), and each Person which is acting as an underwriter, manager, placement agent, initial purchaser or similar capacity with respect to the Securitization, each of its directors and officers and each Person who controls any such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Underwriter Group”) for any Losses to which Lender, the Issuer Group or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in such sections (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan) or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated in such sections (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan) or necessary in order to make the statements in such sections (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan) or in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (collectively the “Securities Liabilities”) and (C) agreeing to reimburse Lender, the Issuer Group and the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Lender and Issuer Group in connection with investigating or defending the Securities Liabilities; provided, however, that Borrower will be liable in any such case under clauses (B) or (C) above only to the extent that any such Securities Liabilities arise out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to Lender or any member of the Issuer Group or Underwriter Group by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor in connection with the preparation of the memorandum or prospectus or other document (including any Investor or Rating Agency “term sheets” or presentations relating to the Properties and/or the Loan) or in connection with the underwriting of the Loan, including, without limitation, financial statements of Borrower or Guarantor, operating statements, rent rolls, environmental site assessment reports and property condition reports with respect to the Properties. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which Borrower and Guarantor may otherwise have. Moreover, the indemnification provided for in clauses (B) and (C) above shall be effective whether or not an indemnification certificate described in (A) above is provided and shall be applicable based on information previously provided by Borrower and Guarantor or their Affiliates if Borrower or Guarantor do not provide the indemnification certificate.

 

111 

 

 

(c)            In connection with filings under the Exchange Act or any information provided to holders of Securities on an ongoing basis, Borrower agrees to indemnify (i) Lender, the Issuer Group and the Underwriter Group for Losses to which Lender, the Issuer Group or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Securities Liabilities arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement in the Provided Information or the omission or alleged omission to state in the Provided Information a material fact required to be stated in the Provided Information in order to make the statements in the Provided Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading and (ii) reimburse Lender, the Issuer Group or the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Lender, the Issuer Group or the Underwriter Group in connection with defending or investigating the Securities Liabilities.

 

(d)           Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 13.5 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 13.5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which the indemnifying party may have to any indemnified party hereunder except to the extent that failure to notify causes prejudice to the indemnifying party. In the event that any action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, jointly with any other indemnifying party, to participate therein and, to the extent that it (or they) may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party under this Section 13.5 the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for any reasonable legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there are any legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one such separate counsel unless an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to another indemnified party.

 

(e)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreements provided for in Section 13.5(c) or Section 13.5(d) is or are for any reason held to be unenforceable by an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein which would otherwise be indemnifiable under Section 13.5(c) or Section 13.5(d), the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or action in respect thereof); provided, however, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective parties are entitled, the following factors shall be considered: (i) the indemnified party’s, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which claim was asserted; (ii) the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission; and (iii) any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. Lender and Borrower hereby agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation.

 

112 

 

 

(f)            Borrower shall, and shall cause Guarantor to, indemnify Lender and its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and Affiliates against any Losses to which Lender and each of its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and Affiliates, may become subject in connection with any indemnification to the Rating Agencies in connection with issuing, monitoring or maintaining the Securities insofar as the Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact in any information provided by or on behalf of Borrower to the Rating Agencies (the “Covered Rating Agency Information”) or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state a material fact in the Covered Rating Agency Information required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements in the Covered Rating Agency Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(g)           The liabilities and obligations of Borrower and Lender under this Section 13.5 shall survive the satisfaction of this Agreement and the satisfaction and discharge of the Debt.

 

Section 13.6          Regulation AB Obligor Information

 

(a)           If, at the time one or more Disclosure Documents are being prepared for a Securitization, Lender expects that Borrower alone or Borrower and one or more affiliates of Borrower collectively, or the Properties alone or the Properties and any other parcel(s) of real property, together with improvements thereon and personal property related thereto, that is “related”, within the meaning of the definition of Significant Obligor (as defined in Item 1101(k) of Regulation AB), to the Properties (a “Related Property”) collectively, will be a Significant Obligor, Borrower shall furnish to Lender upon request (i) the selected financial data or, if applicable, net operating income, required under Item 1112(b)(1) of Regulation AB and meeting the requirements thereof, if Lender expects that the principal amount of the Loan, together with any loans made to an affiliate of Borrower or secured by a Related Property that is included in a Securitization with the Loan (a “Related Loan”), as of the cut-off date for such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization and at any time during which the Loan and any Related Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed ten percent (10%) (but less than twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in such Securitization or (ii) the financial statements required under Item 1112(b)(2) of Regulation AB and meeting the requirements thereof, if Lender expects that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization and at any time during which the Loan and any Related Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in such Securitization. Such financial data or financial statements shall be furnished to Lender (A) within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Lender in connection with the preparation of Disclosure Documents for such Securitization, (B) not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower and (C) not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to furnish financial data or financial statements pursuant to clauses (B) or (C) of this sentence with respect to any period for which a filing pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with or relating to such Securitization (an “Exchange Act Filing”) is not required.

 

113 

 

 

(b)           If requested by Lender, Borrower shall furnish, or shall cause the applicable tenant to furnish, to Lender financial data and/or financial statements in accordance with Regulation AB for any tenant of any Individual Property if, in connection with a Securitization, Lender expects there to be, with respect to such tenant or group of affiliated tenants, a concentration within all of the mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in such Securitization such that such tenant or group of affiliated tenants would constitute a Significant Obligor; provided, however, that in the event the related lease does not require the related tenant to provide the foregoing information, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable tenant to furnish such information.

 

Section 13.7          Other Regulation AB Information

 

In addition to, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of, this Article 13, in the event Lender reasonably determines, in connection with a Securitization, that financial statements and financial data required in order to comply with Regulation AB or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or any other requirement of law applicable to the Securitization (including without limitation the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, Regulation AB, the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), Lender may request, and Borrower shall promptly provide, such other financial statements and financial data as Lender reasonably determines to be necessary or appropriate for such compliance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if reasonably requested by the holder of the Note, Borrower shall promptly provide the holder of the Note with any financial statements or financial, statistical, operating or other information as the holder of the Note shall reasonably determine to be required pursuant to Regulation AB or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or any other requirement of law applicable to the Securitization in connection with any Disclosure Document, any filing under the Exchange Act or any report that is required to be made available to holders of the Securities under Regulation AB or other requirement of law or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note.

 

114 

 

 

Section 13.8         New Mezzanine Loan

 

Lender, without in any way limiting Lender’s other rights hereunder, shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time to require Borrower to restructure a portion of the Loan and create a mezzanine loan (the “New Mezzanine Loan”) to the then-newly formed owners of the direct equity interests in Borrower which shall be secured by a pledge of such direct equity interests, and for which different interest rates and debt service payments may be established for the Loan and the New Mezzanine Loan in such order of priority as may be designated by Lender; provided, that (i) the total amounts of the Loan and the New Mezzanine Loan shall equal the amount of the Loan immediately prior to the restructuring, (ii) the weighted average interest rate of the Loan and the New Mezzanine Loan, shall on the date created equal the interest rate which was applicable to the Loan immediately prior to the restructuring and (iii) the debt service payments on the Loan and the New Mezzanine Loan shall on the date created equal the debt service payment which was due under the Loan immediately prior to the restructuring; and provided further that any such restructuring carried out after the closing of the Loan shall be at no material cost to Borrower. Borrower shall cooperate with all reasonable requests of Lender in order to restructure the Loan and create the New Mezzanine Loan and shall (A) execute and deliver such documents including, without limitation, in the case of the New Mezzanine Loan, a mezzanine note, a mezzanine loan agreement, a pledge and security agreement and a mezzanine deposit account agreement, (B) cause Borrower’s counsel to deliver such legal opinions and (C) create such bankruptcy remote borrower under the New Mezzanine Loan as, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C) above, shall be reasonably required by Lender and required by any Rating Agency in connection therewith, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and satisfactory to any such Rating Agency, including the severance of this Agreement, the Mortgages and other Loan Documents if requested. In the event such documents are in a form reasonably acceptable to Borrower and Borrower fails to execute and deliver such documents to Lender within ten (10) Business Days following such request by Lender, Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Lender as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect such transactions, Borrower ratifying all that such attorney shall do by virtue thereof. It shall be an Event of Default if Borrower fails to comply with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Section 13.8 after the expiration of ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

INDEMNIFICATIONS

 

Section 14.1         General Indemnification

 

Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Parties and directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way relating to any one or more of the following: (a) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property occurring in, on or about the Properties or any part thereof or on the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, adjacent property or adjacent parking areas, streets or ways; (b) any use, nonuse or condition in, on or about the Properties or any part thereof or on the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, adjacent property or adjacent parking areas, streets or ways; (c) performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Properties or any part thereof; (d) any failure of the Properties to be in compliance with any Legal Requirements; (e) any and all claims and demands whatsoever which may be asserted against Lender by reason of any alleged obligations or undertakings on its part to perform or discharge any of the terms, covenants, or agreements contained in any Lease; (f) the holding or investing of the Reserve Accounts or the Cash Management Account or the performance of the Required Work or Additional Required Repairs, or (g) the payment of any commission, charge or brokerage fee to anyone which may be payable in connection with the funding of the Loan (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided, however, that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Lender hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise (1) from the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender or (2) with respect to an act and event first occurring or arising after the date Borrower no longer owned fee (or leasehold, as applicable) title to the Properties as a result of a foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure; provided, however, Borrower shall bear the burden of proof to show that the event triggering liability hereunder first occurred after the such transfer of ownership.

 

115 

 

 

To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Legal Requirements to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnified Parties.

 

Section 14.2         Mortgage and Intangible Tax Indemnification

 

Borrower shall pay and, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Parties and directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way relating to, any tax on or with respect to the making and/or recording of the Mortgages, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents, but excluding any income, franchise or other similar taxes.

 

Section 14.3         ERISA Indemnification

 

Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in the investigation, defense, and settlement of Losses incurred in correcting any prohibited transaction or in the sale of a prohibited loan, and in obtaining any individual prohibited transaction exemption under ERISA that may be required, in Lender’s sole discretion) that the Indemnified Parties may incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of a default under Section 4.9 or Section 5.18 of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.4         CFIUS Indemnification

 

Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in the investigation, defense, and settlement of Losses) that any Indemnified Party may incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of (i) the Operating Leases being a Covered Transaction or otherwise arising under the DPA and/or (ii) a default under Section 4.40 and/or Section 5.25 hereof.

 

116 

 

 

Section 14.5         Survival

 

The obligations and liabilities of Borrower under this Article 14 shall fully survive indefinitely notwithstanding any termination, satisfaction, assignment, entry of a judgment of foreclosure, exercise of any power of sale, or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Mortgage.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

EXCULPATION

 

Section 15.1         Exculpation

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, Lender shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the obligations contained herein or in the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment shall be sought against (1) Borrower (except as set forth in this Section 15.1 and the Environmental Indemnity), (2) Guarantor (except as set forth in the Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity), (3) any Affiliate of Borrower, (4) any Person owning, directly or indirectly, any legal or beneficial interest in Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower or (5) any direct or indirect limited partner, member, principal, officer, beneficiary, trustee, shareholder, Affiliate or director of any Persons described in clauses (1) through (5) above (collectively, subject to the exceptions in clauses (i) and (ii) below, the “Exculpated Parties”), except that Lender may bring a foreclosure action, action for specific performance or other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Lender to enforce and realize upon this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents, and the interest in the Properties, the Rents and any other collateral given to Lender created by this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower, only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Properties, in the Rents and in any other collateral given to Lender. Lender, by accepting this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents, agrees that it shall not, except as otherwise provided in this Section 15.1, sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against any Exculpated Party in any such action or proceeding, under or by reason of or under or in connection with this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 15.1 shall not, however, (i) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages or the other Loan Documents; (ii) impair the right of Lender to name Borrower or Operating Lessee as a party defendant in any action or suit for judicial foreclosure and sale under this Agreement and the Mortgages; (iii) affect the validity or enforceability of any indemnity (including, without limitation, those contained in Article 14 of this Agreement and the Environmental Indemnity), guaranty, master lease or similar instrument made in connection with this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents; (iv) impair the right of Lender to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (v) impair the enforcement of the assignment of leases provisions contained in the Mortgages; or (vi) impair the right of Lender to obtain a deficiency judgment or other judgment on the Note against Borrower if necessary to obtain any Insurance Proceeds or Awards to which Lender would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement; provided, however, Lender shall only enforce such judgment to the extent of the Insurance Proceeds and/or Awards.

 

117 

 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 15.1 to the contrary, Borrower shall be personally liable to Lender for Losses incurred by Lender due to:

 

(i)            fraud or intentional misrepresentation by Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing in connection with the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages, any of the other Loan Documents, or any certificate, report, financial statement or other instrument or document furnished to Lender at the time of the closing of the Loan or during the term of the Loan;

 

(ii)           the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Exculpated Party;

 

(iii)          Remington’s or any Exculpated Party’s misapplication, misappropriation or conversion of Rents received by Borrower during the continuance of an Event of Default;

 

(iv)          Remington’s or Exculpated Party’s misapplication, misappropriation or conversion of tenant security deposits (including the failure to deliver to Lender tenant security deposits upon foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof, to the extent not applied in accordance with the applicable Leases prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default) or Rents collected in advance;

 

(v)          the misapplication, misappropriation or conversion of Insurance Proceeds or Awards by Remington or any Exculpated Party;

 

(vi)          Borrower’s failure to pay Property Taxes, Insurance Premiums, Other Charges (provided that there shall be no liability hereunder to the extent that (A) sums sufficient to pay such amounts have been deposited in escrow with Lender pursuant to the terms hereof and Borrower has not made a claim against such escrowed amounts or otherwise taken action to restrict Lender from applying such sums for the purpose of paying such items) or (B) there is insufficient cash flow from the operation of the Properties to pay such items (and with no obligation for any equity owner of Borrower to contribute capital)), charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create liens on any Individual Property beyond any applicable notice and cure periods specified herein;

 

(vii)         Borrower’s failure to return or to reimburse Lender for all Personal Property taken from any Individual Property by or on behalf of Borrower or Operating Lessee and not replaced with Personal Property of the same utility and of the same or greater value (other than worn out or obsolete Personal Property of no material value that is disposed of by Borrower);

 

(viii)        material physical waste to any Individual Property caused by the intentional acts or omissions of any Exculpated Party when there is sufficient cash flow from the operation of any Individual Property to avoid such waste from occurring;

 

(ix)          intentionally omitted;

 

(x)           Borrower’s assertion or raising of any defense to a proceeding instituted by Lender (whether judicial or otherwise) for the foreclosure of the Mortgages following an Event of Default caused by Borrower’s failure to timely pay the Monthly Payment Amount or the Debt due on the Maturity Date, which defense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be without merit or brought in bad faith;

 

118 

 

 

(xi)          Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s, as applicable, termination, or acceptance of termination, of the Management Agreement, and Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s, as applicable, failure to replace Manager with a Qualified Manager pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement within sixty (60) days of such termination in accordance with Section 5.14(e) hereof;

 

(xii)         the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of (i)  any Borrower with respect to itself or any SPE Component Entity set forth in Article 6 hereof (other than Section 6.1(a)(xv) and (xviii), and other than for which compliance is not achieved due to insufficient cash flow from the operation of the Properties to pay such items (and with no obligation for any equity owner of Borrower, any SPE Component Entity Operating Lessee or any Operating Lessee Principal to contribute capital)) or (ii) any Operating Lessee with respect to itself or any Operating Lessee Principal as set forth in Paragraph 15 of the Operating Lease Subordination Agreement (other than Paragraph 15(h) and (q) thereof) (other than for which compliance is not achieved due to insufficient cash flow from the operation of the Properties to pay such items (and with no obligation for any equity owner of Borrower, any SPE Component Entity, Operating Lessee or any Operating Lessee Principal to contribute capital));

 

(xiii)        Borrower’s failure to pay to Lender each PIP Reserve Deposit in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(xiv)        Any obligation to repay the outstanding balance of any unamortized key money become due following a termination of any Franchise Agreement or Management Agreement;

 

(xv)         intentionally omitted; or

 

(xvi)        Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s failure, in connection with a Securitization, to (a) pay any processing or other fees to Franchisor or (b) properly indemnify Franchisor or its Affiliates, in each case, pursuant to any Franchise Agreement.

 

119 

 

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreement of Lender not to pursue recourse liability as set forth in subsection (a) above SHALL BECOME NULL AND VOID and shall be of no further force and effect and the Debt shall be fully recourse to Borrower in the event (i) of a breach by Borrower or any SPE Component Entity, Operating Lessee or any Operating Lessee Principal of any of the covenants set forth in Article 6 hereof or Paragraph 15 of the Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, as applicable, that is cited as a factor in a court’s decision that results in a substantive consolidation (other than a substantive consolidation petitioned for or joined in by Lender) of Borrower or Operating Lessee with any other Person (excluding another Borrower or Operating Lessee) in a proceeding under any Creditors’ Rights Laws (other than the breach of any of the covenants set forth in Article 6 hereof or Paragraph 15 of the Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, as applicable, pertaining to solvency, payment of debts or for which compliance is not achieved due to insufficient cash flow from the operation of the Properties to pay such items (and with no obligation for any equity owner of Borrower, any SPE Component Entity, Operating Lessee or Operating Lessee Principal to contribute capital)), (ii) Borrower or Operating Lessee incurs any voluntary secured Indebtedness other than the Debt and Permitted Debt (excluding Indebtedness relating to trade and operational indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business, mechanic’s or other similar liens, such as statutory liens, judgment liens or lis pendens) without the prior written consent of Lender or except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, (iii) of the occurrence of a Prohibited Transfer (excluding a mortgage foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure), (iv) the Properties or any part thereof shall become an asset in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding initiated by Borrower or Operating Lessee, (v) Borrower, Operating Lessee, Guarantor or any Affiliate, officer, director, or representative which Controls, directly or indirectly, Borrower, Operating Lessee or Guarantor files, or joins in the filing of, an involuntary petition against Borrower or Operating Lessee under any Creditors Rights Laws, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors or colludes with petitioning creditors for the filing of any involuntary petition against Borrower or Operating Lessee from any Person under any Creditors Rights Laws; (vi)  Borrower or Operating Lessee files an answer consenting to or otherwise acquiescing in or joining in any involuntary petition filed against it, by any other Person under any Creditors Rights Laws, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition from any Person; (vii) other than with the written consent of Lender or at Lender’s written direction or request, any Affiliate, officer, director, or representative which Controls Borrower or Operating Lessee consents to in writing, approves in writing or joins in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, or examiner for Borrower, Operating Lessee or any portion of the Properties; or (viii) Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s, as applicable, termination, or acceptance of termination, of the Franchise Agreement, and Borrower’s or Operating Lessee’s, as applicable, failure to replace Franchisor with a Qualified Franchisor pursuant to a Replacement Franchise Agreement within sixty (60) days of such termination in accordance with Section 5.25(b) hereof; provided, however, for purposes of this clause (viii), Borrower shall be permitted to release any Individual Property in which there is a termination or acceptance of termination by Borrower or Operating Lessee of the Franchise Agreement, and Borrower or Operating Lessee fails to replace Franchisor with a Qualified Franchisor pursuant to a Replacement Franchise Agreement within sixty (60) days of such termination in accordance with Section 5.25(b) hereof, provided that Borrower releases such Individual Property in accordance with the provisions of (x) to the extent such release occurs prior to the earlier of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date or a REMIC Prohibition Period, Section 2.9 hereof pursuant to a release in connection with a prepayment or (y) to the extent such release occurs after the earlier of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date or a REMIC Prohibition Period, Section 2.8 hereof pursuant to a Partial Defeasance. For the avoidance of doubt, if, to Lender’s satisfaction, Borrower satisfies the provisions of Section 2.8 or Section 2.9 hereof, as applicable, with respect to the release of an Individual Property pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Debt shall not be fully recourse to Borrower.

 

(d)           Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver of any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provision of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the indebtedness secured by the Mortgages or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the indebtedness owing to Lender in accordance with this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages or the other Loan Documents.

 

120 

 

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 15.1, (i) Borrower and Guarantor shall have no liability under this Section 15.1 to the extent such liability solely arises (1) as a result of any exercise of remedies, foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure by Lender, or (2) as a result of an act or omission of (A) Lender or a third-party purchaser following Lender or such third-party taking title to the Properties pursuant to a foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise or (B) a court appointed receiver after such receiver takes control of the day-to-day operations of the Properties; unless in each case, such act or omission was caused by Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates (but only prior to such Exculpated Party becoming an Affiliate of Lender or any purchaser at any foreclosure of the Loan) or such acts or omissions are the proximate result of acts, events, conditions, or circumstances that existed prior to the date of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, whether or not discovered prior or subsequent to the date of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, provided, however, Borrower and Guarantor will bear the burden of proof to show that an event triggering liability of Borrower or Guarantor under this Section 15.1 first occurred after such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, was not the proximate result of events that first occurred prior to such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and was not caused by any Exculpated Party (but only prior to such Exculpated Party becoming an Affiliate of Lender or any purchaser at any foreclosure of the Loan) or their respective Affiliates; (ii) Borrower and Guarantor shall have no liability under Section 15.1(b) to the extent such liability solely arises after (1) Lender or a third-party has taken title to the Properties pursuant to a foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise or (2) a court appointed receiver has taken control of the day-to-day operations of the Properties and (iii) no Operating Lessee shall have any liability under this Section 15.1, the Guaranty, or the Environmental Indemnity, except to the extent that such liability arises as a result of any act or omission of such Operating Lessee (but only prior to such Operating Lessee becoming an Affiliate of Lender or any purchaser at any foreclosure of the Loan), provided, however, such Operating Lessee will bear the burden of proof to show that an event triggering liability of Operating Lessee under this Section 15.1 was not caused by Operating Lessee (but only prior to such Operating Lessee becoming an Affiliate of Lender or any purchaser at any foreclosure of the Loan).

 

ARTICLE 16

 

NOTICES

 

Section 16.1         Notices

 

All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (b) expedited prepaid overnight delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery, or by (c) telecopier (with answer back acknowledged provided an additional notice is given pursuant to subsection (b) above), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section):

 

If to Lender:Bank of America, N.A.
  c/o Capital Markets Servicing Group
  900 West Trade Street, Suite 650
  Mail Code: NC1-026-06-01

 

121 

 

 

  Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
  Attention: Servicing Manager
  Telephone No.: (866) 531-0957
  Facsimile No.  (704) 317-4501
   
 With a copy to:Dentons US LLP
  1221 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, New York 10020
  Attention: David S. Hall, Esq.
  Telephone No.: (212) 768-6806
  Facsimile No.: (212) 768-6800
   
 If to Borrower:14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200
  Dallas, Texas 75254
  Attention: Deric Eubanks
  Facsimile No.: (972) 490-9605
  Email: deubanks@ashfordinc.com
   
 With a copy to:Jackson Walker LLP
  2323 Ross Avenue, Suite 600
  Dallas, Texas 75201
  Attention: Cynthia Nelson, Esq.
  Facsimile No.: (214) 661-6819
  Email: cbnelson@jw.com

 

A notice shall be deemed to have been given: in the case of hand delivery, at the time of delivery; in the case of registered or certified mail, when delivered or the first attempted delivery on a Business Day; or in the case of expedited prepaid delivery and telecopy, upon the first attempted delivery on a Business Day.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Section 17.1         Replacement Documents

 

Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note or any other Loan Document which is not of public record: (i) with respect to any Loan Document other than the Note, Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement of such other Loan Document, dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Loan Document in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor and (ii) with respect to the Note, (a) Borrower will execute a reaffirmation of the Debt as evidenced by such Note acknowledging that Lender has informed Borrower that the Note was lost, stolen destroyed or mutilated and that such Debt continues to be an obligation and liability of Borrower as set forth in the Note, a copy of which shall be attached to such reaffirmation and (b) if requested by Lender, Borrower will execute a replacement note and Lender or Lender’s custodian (at Lender’s option) shall provide to Borrower Lender’s (or Lender’s custodian’s) then standard form of lost note affidavit (without indemnification), which such form shall be reasonably acceptable to Borrower.

 

122 

 

 

Section 17.2         Recording of Mortgage, etc.

 

Upon the execution and delivery of the Mortgages and thereafter, Borrower shall from time to time cause the Mortgages and any of the other Loan Documents creating a lien or security interest or evidencing the lien hereof upon the Properties and each instrument of further assurance to be filed, registered or recorded in such manner and in such places as may be required by any present or future law in order to publish notice of and fully to protect and perfect the lien or security interest hereof upon, and the interest of Lender in, the Properties. Borrower will pay all taxes, filing, registration or recording fees, and all expenses incident to the preparation, execution, acknowledgment and/or recording of the Note, the Mortgages, the other Loan Documents, any note, deed of trust or mortgage supplemental hereto, any security instrument with respect to the Properties and any instrument of further assurance, and any modification or amendment of the foregoing documents, and all federal, state, county and municipal taxes, duties, imposts, assessments and charges arising out of or in connection with the execution and delivery of the Mortgages or the Loan, any deed of trust or mortgage supplemental hereto, any security instrument with respect to the Properties or any instrument of further assurance, and any modification or amendment of the foregoing documents, except where prohibited by law so to do.

 

Section 17.3         Further Acts, etc.

 

Borrower will, at the cost of Borrower, and without expense to Lender, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every further acts, deeds, conveyances, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, control agreements, notices of assignments, transfers and assurances as Lender shall, from time to time, reasonably require, for the better assuring, conveying, assigning, transferring, and confirming unto Lender the property and rights hereby mortgaged, deeded, granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, confirmed, pledged, assigned, warranted and transferred or intended now or hereafter so to be, or which Borrower may be or may hereafter become bound to convey or assign to Lender, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the performance of the terms of this Agreement or for filing, registering or recording the Mortgages, or for complying with all Legal Requirements. Borrower, on demand, will execute and deliver, and in the event it shall fail to so execute and deliver, hereby authorizes Lender to execute in the name of Borrower or without the signature of Borrower to the extent Lender may lawfully do so, one or more financing statements and financing statement amendments to evidence more effectively, perfect and maintain the priority of the security interest of Lender in the Properties. Borrower grants to Lender an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest for the purpose of exercising and perfecting any and all rights and remedies available to Lender at law and in equity, including without limitation, such rights and remedies available to Lender pursuant to this Section 17.3.

 

Section 17.4         Changes in Tax, Debt, Credit and Documentary Stamp Laws

 

(a)            If any law is enacted or adopted or amended after the date of this Agreement which deducts the Debt from the value of the Properties for the purpose of taxation or which imposes a tax, either directly or indirectly, on the Debt or Lender’s interest in the Properties, Borrower will pay the tax, with interest and penalties thereon, if any. If Lender is advised by counsel chosen by it that the payment of tax by Borrower would be unlawful or taxable to Lender or unenforceable or provide the basis for a defense of usury then Lender shall have the option by written notice of not less than one hundred twenty (120) days to declare the Debt immediately due and payable.

 

123 

 

 

(b)           Borrower will not claim or demand or be entitled to any credit or credits on account of the Debt for any part of the Property Taxes or Other Charges assessed against the Properties, or any part thereof, and no deduction shall otherwise be made or claimed from the assessed value of an Individual Property, or any part thereof, for real estate tax purposes by reason of the Mortgages or the Debt. If such claim, credit or deduction shall be required by law, Lender shall have the option, by written notice of not less than one hundred twenty (120) days, to declare the Debt immediately due and payable.

 

(c)           If at any time the United States of America, any State thereof or any subdivision of any such State shall require revenue or other stamps to be affixed to the Note, the Mortgages, or any of the other Loan Documents or impose any other tax or charge on the same, Borrower will pay for the same, with interest and penalties thereon, if any.

 

Section 17.5         Expenses

 

Borrower covenants and agrees to pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender (including, following a Securitization, the securitization trust, any servicer, trust advisor, trustee or certificate administrator) upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses (including reasonable, actual attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by Lender in accordance with this Agreement (all of which shall be deemed part of the Debt) in connection with (a) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower (including without limitation any opinions requested by Lender as to any legal matters arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to the Properties); (b) Lender’s customary surveillance and actions to monitor Borrower’s ongoing performance of and compliance with Borrower’s respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, confirming compliance with environmental and insurance requirements; (c) following a request by Borrower, Lender’s ongoing performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date; (d) any prepayment, release of any Individual Property, assumption or modification of the Loan; (e) unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters requested by Borrower or Lender; (f) unless otherwise expressly provided herein, securing Borrower’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (g) without duplication of costs and expenses incurred pursuant to clause (a) above, the filing and recording fees and expenses, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Lien in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (h) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Properties, or any other security given for the Loan; (i) any breach of the Loan Documents by Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing; (j) the preservation or protection of the collateral (including, without limitation, taxes and insurance, property inspections and appraisals, legal fees and litigation expenses) following or resulting from an Event of Default under the Loan Documents; and (k) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Properties or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender.

 

124 

 

 

In the event that Borrower takes any action or requests any consent or approval of Lender (including, following a Securitization, the securitization trust, any servicer, trust advisor, trustee or certificate administrator) under the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the taking of such action by Borrower or the giving of such consent or approval by Lender is or may be conditioned upon the receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation, or, in accordance with the terms of the transaction documents relating to a Securitization, a Rating Agency Confirmation is required in order for such action to be taken by Borrower or the consent of Lender to be given, or, following or resulting from an Event of Default by Borrower or the Loan becoming a specially serviced loan, a Rating Agency Confirmation is otherwise required in connection with the servicing of the Loan or the administration of the securitization trust, Borrower shall provide any indemnities required and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, pay all of the actual out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses of Lender, Lender’s servicer and each Rating Agency in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), and, if applicable, shall pay any fees imposed by any Rating Agency as a condition to the delivery of such confirmation.

 

Section 17.6         Cost of Enforcement

 

In the event (a) that any Mortgage is foreclosed in whole or in part, (b) of the bankruptcy, insolvency, rehabilitation or other similar proceeding in respect of Borrower or any of its constituent Persons or an assignment by Borrower or any of its constituent Persons for the benefit of its creditors, or (c) Lender exercises any of its other remedies under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall be chargeable with and agrees to pay all costs of collection and defense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender or Borrower in connection therewith and in connection with any appellate proceeding or post-judgment action involved therein, together with all required service or use taxes, all of which shall be deemed part of the Debt. In addition, Borrower shall be responsible for any fees and expenses of Lender or any servicer, trustee and any third party fees and expenses, including, without limitation, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or after the Loan has been transferred to special servicing, special servicing fees, work out fees, liquidation fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with a modification or restructuring of the Loan, special servicing or work out of the Loan or enforcement of the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any servicer of the Loan shall provide not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower before transferring the Loan to special servicing if the servicer intends to have the Loan be a specially serviced loan due to (i) an imminent or reasonably foreseeable default (and such default has not occurred) or (ii) a Borrower request, which request may be retracted by Borrower to avoid such servicing transfer event.

 

125 

 

 

ARTICLE 18

 

WAIVERS

 

Section 18.1         Remedies Cumulative; Waivers

 

The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singularly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

 

Section 18.2         Modification, Waiver in Writing

 

No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

Section 18.3         Delay Not a Waiver

 

Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

 

126 

 

 

Section 18.4         Trial by Jury

 

BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER AND LENDER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH OF LENDER AND BORROWER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

 

Section 18.5         Waiver of Notice

 

Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

 

Section 18.6         Remedies of Borrower

 

In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, Borrower agrees that neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and Borrower’s sole remedies shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. The parties hereto agree that any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment. Lender agrees that, in such event, it shall cooperate in expediting any action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment.

 

Section 18.7         Cross Default; Cross Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets

 

(a)           Borrower acknowledges that Lender has made the Loan to Borrower upon the security of its collective interest in the Properties and in reliance upon the aggregate of the Properties taken together being of greater value as collateral security than the sum of each Individual Property taken separately. Borrower agrees that the Mortgages are and will be cross collateralized and cross defaulted with each other so that (i) an Event of Default under any of the Mortgages shall constitute an Event of Default under each of the other Mortgages which secure the Note; (ii) an Event of Default under the Note or this Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default under each Mortgage; (iii) each Mortgage shall constitute security for the Note as if a single blanket lien were placed on all of the Properties as security for the Note; and (iv) such cross collateralization shall in no event be deemed to constitute a fraudulent conveyance.

 

127 

 

 

(b)           To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s partners and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Properties, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Properties for the collection of the Debt without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of Lender to the payment of the Debt out of the net proceeds of the Properties in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

 

Section 18.8         Waiver of Statute of Limitations

 

Borrower hereby expressly waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the pleading of any statute of limitations as a defense to payment of the Debt or performance of its other obligations.

 

Section 18.9         Waiver of Counterclaim

 

Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

Section 19.1         Governing Law

 

(a)           THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, EXCEPT THAT AT ALL TIMES THE PROVISIONS FOR THE CREATION, PERFECTION, AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE LIENS AND SECURITY INTERESTS CREATED PURSUANT HERETO AND PURSUANT TO THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO THE LAW OF THE STATE IN WHICH ANY INDIVIDUAL PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF ALL LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL OF THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM TO ASSERT THAT THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION GOVERNS THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

 

128 

 

 

(b)           ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST LENDER OR BORROWER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY AT LENDER’S OPTION BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. BORROWER DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT:

 

Corporation Service Company 

19 West 44th Street, Suite 200 

New York, NY 10036

 

AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO BORROWER IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER (I) SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO LENDER OF ANY CHANGED ADDRESS OF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT HEREUNDER, (II) MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (WHICH SUBSTITUTE AGENT AND OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS THE PERSON AND ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (III) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE SUCH A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR.

 

Section 19.2         Severability

 

Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Legal Requirements, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Legal Requirements, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

129 

 

 

Section 19.3         Preferences

 

To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any Creditors Rights Laws, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 20.1          Survival

 

This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Debt is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Lender.

 

Section 20.2          Lender’s Discretion

 

Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive.

 

Section 20.3          Headings

 

The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

Section 20.4          Schedules Incorporated

 

The Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

 

Section 20.5           Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses

 

Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

 

130 

 

 

Section 20.6         No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

(a)           Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Properties other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

 

(b)           This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

 

(c)           The general partners, members, principals and (if Borrower is a trust) beneficial owners of Borrower are experienced in the ownership and operation of properties similar to the Properties, and Borrower and Lender are relying solely upon such expertise and business plan in connection with the ownership and operation of the Properties. Borrower is not relying on Lender’s expertise, business acumen or advice in connection with the Properties.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lender is not undertaking the performance of (i) any obligations under the Leases; or (ii) any obligations with respect to such agreements, contracts, certificates, instruments, franchises, permits, trademarks, licenses and other documents.

 

(e)           By accepting or approving anything required to be observed, performed or fulfilled or to be given to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, the Mortgages, the Note or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any officer’s certificate, balance sheet, statement of profit and loss or other financial statement, survey, appraisal, or insurance policy, Lender shall not be deemed to have warranted, consented to, or affirmed the sufficiency, the legality or effectiveness of same, and such acceptance or approval thereof shall not constitute any warranty or affirmation with respect thereto by Lender.

 

(f)           Borrower recognizes and acknowledges that in accepting this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents, Lender is expressly and primarily relying on the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement without any obligation to investigate the Properties and notwithstanding any investigation of the Properties by Lender; that such reliance existed on the part of Lender prior to the date hereof, that the warranties and representations are a material inducement to Lender in making the Loan; and that Lender would not be willing to make the Loan and accept this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents in the absence of the warranties and representations as set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.

 

131 

 

 

Section 20.7          Publicity

 

Borrower shall have the right to make any news releases, publicity, or advertising (collectively “Publicity”) that refers, in whole or in part, to the Loan, the Properties, Borrower or Lender, through any media.  To the extent Borrower and/or any of its Affiliates own or have the right to license any copyrights or other proprietary rights in or to any images or renderings of the Properties, including any and all structures, buildings, plans, designs and artwork captured therein (collectively, “Property Images”), Borrower, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants Lender a royalty free, irrevocable, worldwide, perpetual, non-exclusive license to use, copy, distribute and modify such Property Images, whether or not such Property Images were provided to the Lender by the Borrower, for any Lender purposes including Publicity.  Borrower also agrees that Lender may share any information pertaining to the Loan, including Property Images, with any Affiliates in connection with the sale or transfer of the Loan or any Participations and/or Securities created.

 

Section 20.8          Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance

 

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

Section 20.9          Duplicate Originals; Counterparts

 

This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed in any number of duplicate originals, and each duplicate original shall be deemed to be an original. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (and each duplicate original) also may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together constitute a fully executed agreement even though all signatures do not appear on the same document.

 

132 

 

 

Section 20.10        Joint and Several Liability

 

If Borrower consists of more than one Person or entity, the obligations and liabilities of each such Person hereunder are joint and several.

 

Section 20.11        Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, whether oral or written between Borrower and Lender are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 20.12        Contributions and Waivers

 

(a)           As a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Borrower will benefit, directly and indirectly, from each Borrower’s obligation to pay the Debt and perform its obligations and in consideration therefore each Borrower desires to enter into an allocation and contribution agreement among themselves as set forth in this Section to allocate such benefits among themselves and to provide a fair and equitable agreement to make contributions among each of Borrowers in the event any payment is made by any individual Borrower hereunder to Lender (such payment being referred to herein as a “Contribution”, and for purposes of this Section, includes any exercise of recourse by Lender against any collateral of a Borrower and application of proceeds of such collateral in satisfaction of such Borrower’s obligations, to Lender under the Loan Documents).

 

(b)           Each Borrower shall be liable hereunder with respect to the obligations only for such total maximum amount (if any) that would not render its obligations hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of any State law.

 

(c)           In order to provide for a fair and equitable contribution among Borrowers in the event that any Contribution is made by an individual Borrower (a “Funding Borrower”), such Funding Borrower shall be entitled to a reimbursement Contribution (“Reimbursement Contribution”) from all other Borrowers for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Borrower in discharging any of the obligations, in the manner and to the extent set forth in this Section.

 

(d)           For purposes hereof, the “Benefit Amount” of any individual Borrower as of any date of determination shall be the net value of the benefits to such Borrower and its Affiliates from extensions of credit made by Lender to (a) such Borrower and (b) to the other Borrowers hereunder and the Loan Documents to the extent such other Borrowers have guaranteed or mortgaged their Properties to secure the obligations of such Borrower to Lender.

 

133 

 

 

(e)           Each Borrower shall be liable to a Funding Borrower in an amount equal to the greater of (A) the (i) ratio of the Benefit Amount of such Borrower to the total amount of obligations, multiplied by (ii) the amount of obligations paid by such Funding Borrower, or (B) ninety-five percent (95%) of the excess of the fair saleable value of the property of such Borrower over the total liabilities of such Borrower (including the maximum amount reasonably expected to become due in respect of contingent liabilities) determined as of the date on which the payment made by a Funding Borrower is deemed made for purposes hereof (giving effect to all payments made by other Funding Borrowers as of such date in a manner to maximize the amount of such Contributions).

 

(f)            In the event that at any time there exists more than one Funding Borrower with respect to any Contribution (in any such case, the “Applicable Contribution”), then Reimbursement Contributions from other Borrowers pursuant hereto shall be allocated among such Funding Borrowers in proportion to the total amount of the Contribution made for or on account of the other Borrowers by each such Funding Borrower pursuant to the Applicable Contribution. In the event that at any time any Borrower pays an amount hereunder in excess of the amount calculated pursuant to this Section above, that Borrower shall be deemed to be a Funding Borrower to the extent of such excess and shall be entitled to a Reimbursement Contribution from the other Borrowers in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

 

(g)           Each Borrower acknowledges that the right to Reimbursement Contribution hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of Borrower to which such Reimbursement Contribution is owing.

 

(h)           No Reimbursement Contribution payments payable by a Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Section shall be paid until all amounts then due and payable by all of Borrowers to Lender, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, are paid in full in cash. Nothing contained in this Section shall limit or affect in any way the obligations of any Borrower to Lender under this Note or any other Loan Documents.

 

(i)            Each Borrower waives:

 

(A)         any right to require Lender to proceed against any other Borrower or any other person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by Lender at any time or to pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power before proceeding against Borrower;

 

(B)          the defense of the statute of limitations in any action against any other Borrower or for the collection of any indebtedness or the performance of any obligation under the Loan;

 

(C)          any defense based upon any legal disability or other defense of any other Borrower, any guarantor of any other person or by reason of the cessation or limitation of the liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor from any cause other than full payment of all sums payable under the Note, this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents;

 

134 

 

 

(D)          any defense based upon any lack of authority of the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any other Borrower or any principal of any other Borrower or any defect in the formation of any other Borrower or any principal of any other Borrower;

 

(E)          any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome than that of a principal;

 

(F)          any defense based upon any failure by Lender to obtain collateral for the indebtedness or failure by Lender to perfect a lien on any collateral;

 

(G)          presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind;

 

(H)          any defense based upon any failure of Lender to give notice of sale or other disposition of any collateral to any other Borrower or to any other person or entity or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of any collateral;

 

(I)            any defense based upon any failure of Lender to comply with Applicable Laws in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral, including, without limitation, any failure of Lender to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral;

 

(J)          any defense based upon any election by Lender, in any bankruptcy proceeding, of the application or non-application of Section 1111(6)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute;

 

(K)          any defense based upon any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(L)          any defense based upon any agreement or stipulation entered into by Lender with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding;

 

(M)         any defense based upon any borrowing or any grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(N)         any defense based upon the avoidance of any security interest in favor of Lender for any reason;

 

(O)          any defense based upon any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding, including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the obligations evidenced by the Note or owing under any of the Loan Documents; and

 

135 

 

 

(P)           any defense or benefit based upon Borrower’s, or any other party’s, resignation of the portion of any obligation secured by the applicable Mortgages to be satisfied by any payment from any other Borrower or any such party.

 

(j)            Each Borrower waives:

 

(A)          all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though the election of remedies, such as nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for the Loan or any other amounts owing under the Loan Documents, has destroyed Borrower’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against any other Borrower;

 

(B)          all rights and defenses that Borrower may have because any of Debt is secured by real property. This means, among other things: (i) Lender may collect from Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, (ii) if Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, (a) the amount of the Debt may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, (b) Lender may collect from Borrower even if any other Borrower, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Borrower may have to collect from any other Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Borrower may have because any of the Debt is secured by real property; and

 

(C)          any claim or other right which Borrower might now have or hereafter acquire against any other Borrower or any other person that arises from the existence or performance of any obligations under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgages or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any of the following: (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, or indemnification; or (ii) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Lender against any other Borrower or any collateral security therefor, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law.

 

Section 20.13       Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the respective parties thereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(i)            the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

136 

 

 

(ii)           the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(1)a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(2)a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(3)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

(b)           As used in this Section 20.13 the following terms have the following meanings ascribed thereto: (i) “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution; (ii) “Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; (iii) “EEA Financial Institution” means (x) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority; (y) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (x) of this definition, or (z) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (x) or (y) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent; (iv) “EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway; (v) “EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution; (vi) “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time; and (vii) “Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Section 20.14       Patriot Act

 

Lender hereby notifies Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. Borrower shall provide such documentary and other evidence of Borrower’s identity, as well as the identity of certain direct or indirect beneficial owners of Borrower, as may be requested by Lender from time to time to enable Lender to comply with the PATRIOT Act and any customer due diligence requirements which may be part of Lender’s compliance program relating to financial crimes.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

137 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 BORROWER:
   
 ASHFORD BUFORD I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
By:Stirling Buford I GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Alex Rose
    Alex Rose
    Vice President and Secretary

 

 ASHFORD JACKSONVILLE IV LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
By:Ashford Jacksonville IV GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its general partner

 

  By: /s/ Alex Rose
    Alex Rose
    Vice President and Secretary

 

 ASHFORD BUFORD II LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
By:Stirling Buford II GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its general partner

 

  By: /s/ Alex Rose
    Alex Rose
    Vice President and Secretary

 

A-1

 

 

 RI MANCHESTER HOTEL PARTNERS, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
By:RI-CIH Manchester Parent LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its general partner

 

  By: /s/ Alex Rose
    Alex Rose
    Vice President and Secretary

 

2

 

 

 LENDER:
  
 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association
   
 By:/s/ Dominick Guerriero
  Name: Dominick Guerriero
  Title: Managing Director

 

3

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Borrower Equity Ownership Structures

 

(Pre and Post Contribution Date)

 

(attached hereto)

 

A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Intentionally Omitted

 

B-1

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Intentionally Omitted

 

C-1

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Recycled Entity Certificate

 

RECYCLED ENTITY CERTIFICATE

 

[_____________], 20__

 

does hereby certify as of the date hereof that (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall be used herein with the meaning ascribed to such term in that certain Loan Agreement by and between Borrower, each of the other co-borrowers thereunder and Bank of America, N.A, as lender, dated as of November [__], 2023 being delivered substantially concurrently herewith):

 

1.            The individual executing this certificate is an authorized signatory of the Borrower familiar with the operations and activities of the Borrower since its date of formation.

 

2.            The Borrower is and always has been duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing in the state of its formation and in all other jurisdictions where it is qualified to do business.

 

3.            To the undersigned’s knowledge, the Borrower possesses all material rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged except where failure to obtain any of the foregoing would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and the sole business of Borrower is the acquisition, ownership, operation, management, financing, refinancing, development, holding, sale, disposition, leasing, maintenance and operation of the Property and the acquisition and/or ownership of Personal Property, and the conduct of activities, incidental thereto.

 

4.            Except for the Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and tax liens not yet due and payable, the Borrower has no judgments or liens of any nature against it.

 

5.            The Borrower is not a party to any current proceeding before any taxing authority.

 

6.            The Borrower has paid or filed or obtained effective extensions for any taxes now due and payable by the Borrower.

 

7.            Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending, or, to the undersigned's knowledge, threatened in writing, against or affecting the Borrower which would reasonably be expected to have or which does have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.            The Borrower never owned any property other than the property set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Property”), and property related to the Borrower’s acquisition, ownership, operation, management, financing, refinancing, development, holding, sale, disposition, leasing, maintenance and operation thereof and the acquisition and/or ownership of Personal Property incidental thereto and has never engaged in any business except for the foregoing and matters incidental thereto.

 

D-1

 

 

9.            The Borrower has provided Lender with complete financial statements that reflect a fair and accurate view of the entity's financial condition.

 

10.            Except as set forth in the Phase I environmental site assessment (the “ESA”) for the Property prepared consistent with ASTM Practice E 1527, the ESA has not identified any recognized environmental conditions that require further investigation or remediation.

 

11.            The Borrower has no material contingent or actual obligations not related to the Property.

 

12.            If the Borrower has amended or restated its organizational documents, the Borrower has amended or restated its organizational documents in accordance with, and as was permitted by, the relevant provisions of the applicable organizational documents prior to its amendment or restatement.

 

13.            Since the date of the Borrower’s formation, all of the following have been true:

 

a)Borrower has not entered into any contract or agreement with any of its affiliates, constituents, or owners, or any guarantors of any of its obligations (each an “Affiliate”) or any person or entity in control of any Affiliate, under the same common control as any Affiliate, or under the control of any Affiliate (each a “Related Affiliate Party”) except in the ordinary course of business and upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party.

 

b)Borrower has paid all of its debts and liabilities solely from its own assets.

 

c)Borrower has done or caused to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities applicable to it and to preserve its existence.

 

d)Borrower has maintained all of its books, records, financial statements and bank accounts separate from those of any other person or entity; provided, however, that its assets may have been included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates; provided that (i) any such consolidated financial statement shall have contained a note indicating that its separate assets and liabilities were neither available to pay the debts of the consolidated entity nor constituted obligations of the consolidated entity and (ii) such assets shall also be listed on the Borrower’s own separate balance sheet.

 

e)Borrower has not had its assets listed as assets on the financial statement of any other person or entity, except as set forth in any consolidated financial statement as provided in Section 13(d) above.

 

D-2

 

 

f)Borrower has filed its own tax returns (except to the extent that it has been a tax-disregarded entity not required to file tax returns under applicable law) and, if it is a corporation, has not filed a consolidated federal income tax return with any other person or entity.

 

g)Borrower has been, and at all times has held itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other person or entity (including any Affiliate or other Related Affiliate Party).

 

h)Borrower has corrected any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity.

 

i)Borrower has conducted all of its business and held all of its assets solely in its own name.

 

j)Borrower has not identified itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or part of the other.

 

k)Borrower has maintained and utilized separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name.

 

l)Except in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding, Borrower has not commingled its assets with those of any other person or entity and has held all of its assets solely in its own name.

 

m)Except (i) in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding and (ii) with respect to any Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement applicable to the Property, Borrower has not guaranteed or become obligated for the debts of any other person or entity.

 

n)Except (i) in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding and (ii) with respect to any Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement applicable to the Property, Borrower has not held itself out as being responsible for the debts or obligations of any other person or entity.

 

o)Borrower has allocated fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that have been shared with an Affiliate, including paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Affiliate Party.

 

p)Except in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding, Borrower has not pledged its assets to secure the obligations of any other person or entity.

 

q)Borrower has maintained adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations.

 

D-3

 

 

r)Borrower has maintained a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations and has paid the salaries of its own employees solely from its own funds.

 

s)Borrower has not owned any subsidiary or any equity interest in any other entity.

 

t)Borrower has not incurred any indebtedness that is still outstanding other than Indebtedness that is permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

u)Borrower has not had any of its obligations guaranteed by an Affiliate or other Related Affiliate Party, except for guarantees that have been either released or discharged (or that will be discharged as a result of the closing of the Loan), guarantees that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents or guarantees of any franchise or management agreement related to the Property.

 

v)Borrower does not have any Affiliate or Related Affiliate Party holding leasehold interests with respect to the Property, other than the Operating Lease and any similar operating lease with respect to the Property in existence prior to the Operating Lease.

 

w)Borrower has not maintained its assets in such a manner that will be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person.

 

x)Borrower has not acquired obligations or securities of its Affiliates.

 

The individual executing this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower shall have no personal liability hereunder.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

D-4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand as of the day above first written.

 

COMPANY:

 

[APPLICABLE BORROWER SIGNATURE BLOCK TO BE ADDED]

 

D-5

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY)

 

[TO BE ADDED]

 

D-6

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Recycled Entity Certificate

(Operating Lessee)

 

RECYCLED ENTITY CERTIFICATE

 

[_________________], 20___

 

THE UNDERSIGNED [____________], a [__________] (the “Operating Lessee”) does hereby certify as of the date hereof that (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall be used herein with the meaning ascribed to such term in that certain Loan Agreement by and between [______________], a [____________], an affiliate of Operating Lessee, each of the other co-borrowers thereunder and Bank of America, N.A, as lender, dated as of the date hereof being delivered substantially concurrently herewith):

 

1.            The individual executing this certificate is an authorized signatory of Operating Lessee familiar with the operations and activities of Operating Lessee since its date of formation.

 

2.            Operating Lessee is and always has been duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing in the state of its formation and in all other jurisdictions where it is qualified to do business.

 

3.            To the undersigned’s knowledge, Operating Lessee possesses all material rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to operate its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged except where failure to obtain any of the foregoing would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and the sole business of Operating Lessee is the operation, management, financing, refinancing, development, leasing and maintenance of the Property and the acquisition and/or ownership of Personal Property, and the conduct of activities, incidental thereto.

 

4.            Except for the Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and tax liens not yet due and payable, Operating Lessee has no judgments or liens of any nature against it.

 

5.            Operating Lessee is not a party to any current proceeding before any taxing authority.

 

6.            Operating Lessee has paid or filed or obtained effective extensions for any taxes now due and payable by Operating Lessee.

 

7.            Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, threatened in writing, against or affecting Operating Lessee which would reasonably be expected to have or which does have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.            Operating Lessee has never owned or operated any property other than the property set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Property”), and property related to Operating Lessee’s operation, management, financing, refinancing, development, leasing and maintenance of the Property and the acquisition, operation and/or ownership of Personal Property incidental thereto and has never engaged in any business except for the foregoing and matters incidental thereto.

 

E-1

 

 

9.            Operating Lessee has provided Lender with complete financial statements that reflect a fair and accurate view of the entity’s financial condition.

 

10.            Except as set forth in the Phase I environmental site assessment (the “ESA”) for the Property prepared consistent with ASTM Practice E 1527, the ESA has not identified any recognized environmental conditions that require further investigation or remediation.

 

11.            Operating Lessee has no material contingent or actual obligations not related to the Property.

 

12.            If Operating Lessee has amended or restated its organizational documents, Operating Lessee has amended or restated its organizational documents in accordance with, and as was permitted by, the relevant provisions of the applicable organizational documents prior to its amendment or restatement.

 

13.            Since the date of Operating Lessee’s formation, all of the following have been true:

 

a)Other than the Operating Lease, Operating Lessee has not entered into any contract or agreement with any of its affiliates, constituents, or owners, or any guarantors of any of its obligations (each an “Affiliate”) or any person or entity in control of any Affiliate, under the same common control as any Affiliate, or under the control of any Affiliate (each a “Related Affiliate Party”) except in the ordinary course of business and upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

 

b)Operating Lessee has paid all of its debts and liabilities solely from its own assets.

 

c)Operating Lessee has done or caused to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities applicable to it and to preserve its existence.

 

d)Operating Lessee has maintained all of its books, records, financial statements and bank accounts separate from those of any other person or entity; provided, however, that its assets may have been included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates; provided that (i) any such consolidated financial statement shall have contained a note indicating that its separate assets and liabilities were neither available to pay the debts of the consolidated entity nor constituted obligations of the consolidated entity and (ii) such assets shall also be listed on the Operating Lessee’s own separate balance sheet.

 

E-2

 

 

e)Operating Lessee has not had its assets listed as assets on the financial statement of any other person or entity, except as set forth in any consolidated financial statement as provided in Section 13(d) above.

 

f)Operating Lessee has filed its own tax returns (except to the extent that it has been a tax-disregarded entity not required to file tax returns under applicable law) and, if it is a corporation, has not filed a consolidated federal income tax return with any other person or entity.

 

g)Operating Lessee has been, and at all times has held itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other person or entity (including any Affiliate or other Related Affiliate Party).

 

h)Operating Lessee has corrected any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity.

 

i)Operating Lessee has conducted all of its business and held all of its assets solely in its own name.

 

j)Operating Lessee has not identified itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or part of the other.

 

k)Operating Lessee has maintained and utilized separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name.

 

l)Except in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding, Operating Lessee has not commingled its assets with those of any other person or entity and has held all of its assets solely in its own name.

 

m)Except (i) in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding and (ii) with respect to any Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement applicable to the Property, Operating Lessee has not guaranteed or become obligated for the debts of any other person or entity.

 

n)Except (i) in connection with prior loans which are no longer outstanding and (ii) with respect to any Management Agreement or Franchise Agreement applicable to the Property Operating Lessee has not held itself out as being responsible for the debts or obligations of any other person or entity.

 

o)Operating Lessee has allocated fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that have been shared with an Affiliate, including paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Affiliate Party.

 

E-3

 

 

p)Operating Lessee has not pledged its assets to secure the obligations of any other person or entity.

 

q)Operating Lessee has maintained adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations.

 

r)Operating Lessee has maintained a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations and has paid the salaries of its own employees solely from its own funds.

 

s)Operating Lessee has not owned any subsidiary or any equity interest in any other entity.

 

t)Operating Lessee has not incurred any indebtedness that is still outstanding other than Indebtedness that is permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

u)Operating Lessee has not had any of its obligations guaranteed by an Affiliate or other Related Affiliate Party, except for guarantees that have been either released or discharged (or that will be discharged as a result of the closing of the Loan), guarantees that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents or guarantees of any franchise agreement related to the Property.

 

v)Operating Lessee does not have any Affiliate or Related Affiliate Party holding leasehold interests with respect to the Property, other than the Operating Lease and any similar operating lease with respect to the Property in existence prior to the Operating Lease.

 

w)Operating Lessee has not maintained its assets in such a manner that will be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person.

 

x)Operating Lessee has not acquired obligations or securities of its Affiliates.

 

The individual executing this Certificate on behalf of the Operating Lessee shall have no personal liability hereunder.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

E-4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand as of the day above first written.

 

  OPERATING LESSEE:
   
  [TO BE ADDED]

 

E-5

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY)

 

[TO BE ADDED]

 

E-6

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Allocated Loan Amounts

 

Property  Street Address  Allocated Loan Amount 
Hampton Inn Buford  3240 Buford Drive, Buford, GA 30519  $10,000,000 
Residence Inn Hartford Manchester  201 Hales Road, Manchester, CT 06042  $7,700,000 
Residence Inn Jacksonville Butler Boulevard  10551 Deerwood Park Boulevard, Jacksonville, FL 32256  $8,000,000 
Springhill Suites Buford  3250 Buford Drive, Buford, GA 30519  $4,500,000 

 

 

EX-10.13 12 tm2332619d1_ex10-13.htm EXHIBIT 10.13

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

Loan No. 3459568

 

CONSOLIDATED, RENEWAL, AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$30,200,000.00 November 16, 2023

 

THIS CONSOLIDATED, RENEWAL, AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE (this “Note”) is made by ASHFORD BUFORD I LP, ASHFORD JACKSONVILLE IV LP, ASHFORD BUFORD II LP and RI MANCHESTER HOTEL PARTNERS, LP, each a Delaware limited partnership, each having its principal place of business at 14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75254 (together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, “Borrower”) in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, having an address at c/o Capital Markets Servicing Group, 900 West Trade Street, Suite 650, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, “Lender”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Lender is the owner and holder of that certain Promissory Note, dated December 20, 2013, in the original principal sum of $10,800,000.00 made by ASHFORD JACKSONVILLE IV LP, a Delaware limited partnership, to GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, as assigned to U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE HOLDERS OF COMM 2014-CCRE14 MORTGAGE TRUST COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES (“U.S. Bank”), as further assigned to Lender pursuant to that certain Allonge dated as of November 16, 2023 between U.S. Bank and Lender (the “Existing Note”). As of the date hereof, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Existing Note is $9,055,467.31;

 

WHEREAS, Lender and Borrower wish to, among other things, amend, restate and consolidate the Existing Note in its entirety into a single consolidated note to reflect a total outstanding principal amount of $30,200,000.00 (such Existing Note, as consolidated, renewed, amended, modified and restated hereby, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Note”); and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower and Lender covenant and agree that the terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Note is hereby consolidated, renewed, amended, modified and restated and that henceforth the terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Note shall read as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of Lender, having an address at c/o Capital Markets Servicing Group, 900 West Trade Street, Suite 650, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing, the principal sum of THIRTY MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($30,200,000.00), or so much thereof as is advanced, in lawful money of the United States of America, with interest thereon to be computed from the date of this Note at the Interest Rate, and to be paid in accordance with the terms of this Note and that certain Loan Agreement dated the date hereof between Borrower and Lender (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Article 1

 

PAYMENT TERMS; MANNER OF PAYMENT

 

Borrower agrees to pay the principal sum of this Note and interest on the unpaid principal sum of this Note from time to time outstanding at the rates and at the times specified in Article 2 of the Loan Agreement and the outstanding balance of the principal sum of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. This Note is subject to default interest as provided in Article 2 of the Loan Agreement.

 

Article 2

 

DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION

 

The Debt shall without notice become immediately due and payable at the option of Lender if any payment required in this Note is not paid on or prior to the date when due or if not paid on the Maturity Date or on the occurrence of any other Event of Default.

 

Article 3

 

LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

This Note is secured by the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents. All of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Loan Agreement, the Mortgages and the other Loan Documents are hereby made part of this Note to the same extent and with the same force as if they were fully set forth herein. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Article 4

 

SAVINGS CLAUSE

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) all agreements and communications between Borrower and Lender are hereby and shall automatically be limited so that, after taking into account all amounts deemed interest, the interest contracted for, charged or received by Lender shall never exceed the Maximum Legal Rate, (b) in calculating whether any interest exceeds the Maximum Legal Rate, all such interest shall be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread over the full amount and term of all principal indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and (c) if through any contingency or event, Lender receives or is deemed to receive interest in excess of the lawful maximum, any such excess shall be deemed to have been applied toward payment of the principal of any and all then outstanding indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, or if there is no such indebtedness, shall immediately be returned to Borrower.

 

2

 

 

Article 5

 

NO ORAL CHANGE

 

This Note may not be modified, amended, waived, extended, changed, discharged or terminated orally or by any act or failure to act on the part of Borrower or Lender, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any modification, amendment, waiver, extension, change, discharge or termination is sought.

 

Article 6

 

WAIVERS

 

Borrower and all others who may become liable for the payment of all or any part of the Debt do hereby severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, notice of intention to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest and notice of protest and non payment and all other notices of any kind except as expressly provided in the Loan Agreement. No release of any security for the Debt or extension of time for payment of this Note or any installment hereof, and no alteration, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Note, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents made by agreement between Lender or any other Person shall release, modify, amend, waive, extend, change, discharge, terminate or affect the liability of Borrower, and any other Person who may become liable for the payment of all or any part of the Debt, under this Note, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents. No notice to or demand on Borrower shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of Borrower or of the right of Lender to take further action without further notice or demand as provided for in this Note, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents. If Borrower is a limited liability company, the agreements herein contained shall remain in force and be applicable, notwithstanding any changes in the individuals comprising the limited liability company, and the term “Borrower,” as used herein, shall include any alternate or successor limited liability company, but any predecessor limited liability company and its members shall not thereby be released from any liability. If Borrower is a partnership, the agreements herein contained shall remain in force and be applicable, notwithstanding any changes in the individuals comprising the partnership, and the term “Borrower,” as used herein, shall include any alternate or successor partnership, but any predecessor partnership and their partners shall not thereby be released from any liability. If Borrower is a corporation, the agreements contained herein shall remain in full force and be applicable notwithstanding any changes in the shareholders comprising, or the officers and directors relating to, the corporation, and the term “Borrower” as used herein, shall include any alternative or successor corporation, but any predecessor corporation shall not be relieved of liability hereunder. (Nothing in the foregoing sentence shall be construed as a consent to, or a waiver of, any prohibition or restriction on transfers of interests in such borrowing entity which may be set forth in the Loan Agreement, the Mortgages or any other Loan Documents.) If Borrower consists of more than one person or party, the obligations and liabilities of each person or party shall be joint and several.

 

3

 

 

Article 7

 

TRIAL BY JURY

 

BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THIS NOTE, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER AND LENDER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH OF LENDER AND BORROWER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

 

Article 8

 

TRANSFER

 

Upon the transfer of this Note, Borrower hereby waiving notice of any such transfer, Lender may deliver all the collateral mortgaged, granted, pledged or assigned pursuant to the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, to the transferee who shall thereupon become vested with all the rights herein or under applicable law given to Lender with respect thereto, and Lender shall thereafter forever be relieved and fully discharged from any liability or responsibility in the matter arising from events thereafter occurring; but Lender shall retain all rights hereby given to it with respect to any liabilities and the collateral not so transferred.

 

Article 9

 

EXCULPATION

 

The provisions of Article 15 of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into this Note to the same extent and with the same force as if fully set forth herein.

 

Article 10

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This Note shall be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with Article 19 of the Loan Agreement.

 

4

 

 

Article 11

 

NOTICES

 

All notices or other written communications hereunder shall be delivered in accordance with Article 16 of the Loan Agreement.

 

Article 12

 

JOINT AND SEVERAL

 

If more than one Person has executed this Note as “Borrower”, the obligations of all such Persons hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

Article 13

 

CONSOLIDATION, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

This Note consolidates, amends, restates and supersedes the terms of the Existing Note in its entirety. While this Note consolidates, amends, restates and supersedes the Existing Note, this Note is not given in payment or satisfaction of the Existing Note (which has been amended and restated in its entirety into the terms herein) and does not extinguish the indebtedness represented thereby, but rather the indebtedness represented thereby is now evidenced by the terms of this Note. This Note is not a novation. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Existing Note, the terms of this Note shall control.

 

This Note is secured by, among other things, that certain Amended, Restated and Consolidated Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing of even date herewith made and delivered to Lender by Ashford Jacksonville IV LP to be recorded in the public records of Duval County, Florida (the “Florida Security Instrument”). Florida documentary stamp tax and intangible tax due upon this Note are being paid upon recordation of and affixed to the Florida Security Instrument.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have duly executed this Note as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
   
  ASHFORD BUFORD I LP,
  a Delaware limited partnership
   
  By: Stirling Buford I GP LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its general partner
   
    By: /s/ Alex Rose
      Alex Rose
      Vice President and Secretary
   
  ASHFORD JACKSONVILLE IV LP,
  a Delaware limited partnership
   
  By: Ashford Jacksonville IV GP LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its general partner
   
    By: /s/ Alex Rose
      Alex Rose
      Vice President and Secretary
   
  ASHFORD BUFORD II LP,
  a Delaware limited partnership
   
  By: Stirling Buford II GP LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its general partner
   
    By: /s/ Alex Rose
      Alex Rose
      Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page

 

 

 

 

  RI MANCHESTER HOTEL PARTNERS, LP,
  a Delaware limited partnership
   
  By: RI-CIH Manchester Parent LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its general partner
   
    By: /s/ Alex Rose
      Alex Rose
      Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page

 

 

 

 

  LENDER:
   
   
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
  a national banking association
   
  By: /s/Dominick Guerriero
    Name:   Dominick Guerriero
    Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page

 

 

 

EX-10.14 13 tm2332619d1_ex10-14.htm EXHIBIT 10.14

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

Director Confidentiality Agreement

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.
14185 Dallas Pkwy, Suite 1200
Dallas, TX 75254

 

As of November 27, 2023

 

[__]

c/o Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc

14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200

Dallas, Texas 75254

 

Dear [__]:

  

1.            This letter agreement shall become effective on the date hereof. As a director of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“Stirling”), you will have access to confidential nonpublic information regarding Stirling and its business. You acknowledge that this information is proprietary to Stirling and may include trade secrets or other business information, the disclosure of which could harm Stirling. In consideration for, and as a condition of, confidential non-public information being furnished to you, you agree to treat any and all information concerning or relating to any of the Specified Entities (as defined below) or any of their respective subsidiaries, Affiliates (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directors, officers or employees, that is furnished to you (regardless of the manner in which it is furnished, including without limitation in written or electronic format or orally, gathered by visual inspection or otherwise), together with any notes, analyses, reports, models, compilations, studies, interpretations, documents or records containing, referring, relating to, based upon or derived from such information, in whole or in part (collectively, “Confidential Information”), in accordance with the provisions of this letter agreement, and to take or abstain from taking the other actions hereinafter set forth. Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to, the following: (i) information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to any of the Specified Entities or their present or former customers, suppliers or strategic or joint venture partners if disclosed; (ii) information concerning any of the Specified Entities’ businesses, assets, liabilities, financial condition, financial and business forecasts, prospects and plans, personnel, competitive bids and marketing and sales programs; (iii) information concerning possible transactions between any of the Specified Entities and other companies, together with asset acquisitions and other transactions; (iv) information about any of the Specified Entities’ present or former customers, service providers, hotel managers or strategic or joint venture partners; (v) information that any of the Specified Entities’ present or former customers, service providers, hotel managers or strategic or joint venture partners have entrusted to the Specified Entities and all other information which any of the Specified Entities is under an obligation to maintain as confidential; and (vi) information concerning discussions or deliberations relating to business issues and decisions, between and among employees, officers and/or directors, including a director’s opinions or comments made during deliberations and discussions of the Board of Directors of Stirling (the “Stirling Board”) or of its committees and the content, tone and direction of such deliberations and discussions.

 

 

 

 

2.            The term “Confidential Information” does not include information that: (i) is or has become generally available to the public other than as a result of a direct or indirect disclosure by you in violation of this letter agreement or in violation of any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to any of the Specified Entities; (ii) was within your possession on a non-confidential basis prior to its being furnished to you by or on behalf of Stirling or its representatives; or (iii) is received from a source other than one of the Specified Entities or any of their representatives; provided, that in the case of each of (ii) and (iii) above, the source of such information was not, to your knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to any of the Specified Entities with respect to such information at the time the same was disclosed.

 

3.            You hereby agree that you will: (i) keep the Confidential Information strictly confidential; and (ii) not disclose any of the Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of Stirling. You agree that you will use the Confidential Information solely for the purpose of serving on the Stirling Board and in connection with Stirling business and not for any other purpose. Without limiting the foregoing, you agree that you will not disclose or communicate any Confidential Information to any stockholders of Stirling without the prior written consent of Stirling. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this letter agreement shall be deemed to prohibit you from sharing or discussing Confidential Information with any member of the senior management or the Board of Directors of Ashford Inc., any member of the senior management or of the Board of Directors of Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc, or any member of the senior management or of the Board of Directors of Braemar Hotels & Resorts, Inc.; provided, that the disclosure of such Confidential Information is not inconsistent with your fiduciary duties to Stirling and does not involve a subject matter in which the recipient has a conflict of interest.

 

4.            In the event that you or any of your representatives are requested or required by any judicial or administrative tribunal or agency (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, investigative demand or other legal requirement or process), or you are otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, to disclose any Confidential Information, you shall provide Stirling with prompt written notice of any such request or requirement and shall cooperate with Stirling in all respects to limit the extent of such disclosure through a protective order or other appropriate remedy. Regardless of whether any such protective order or other remedy is obtained, only that portion of the Confidential Information which your outside legal counsel advises you in writing that you are legally required to disclose may be disclosed; provided that you will exercise your best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to any such disclosed Confidential Information. In no event will you or any of your representatives oppose any action by Stirling to obtain a protective order, motion to quash or other relief to prevent the disclosure of the Confidential Information or to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be afforded the Confidential Information. It is understood that there shall be no “legal requirement” requiring you to disclose any Confidential Information solely by virtue of the fact that, absent such disclosure, you would be prohibited from purchasing, selling, or engaging in derivative or other transactions with respect to, any securities of any of the Specified Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreement or understanding with respect to the voting or the granting or withholding of consent with respect to any securities of any of the Specified Entities or otherwise proposing or making an offer to do any of the foregoing).

 

2

 

 

5.            Unless Stirling shall provide its prior written consent, you hereby agree that you: (i) will not make or issue, or cause to be made or issued, directly or indirectly through a third party, any public disclosure, statement or announcement negatively commenting upon or disparaging, or that could reasonably be expected to damage the reputation of, any of the Specified Entities, including but not limited to any Specified Entitys corporate strategy, business, corporate activities, governing body or management or any Person (as defined below) who has served or is serving as a director, officer, member of management or other employee of any of the Specified Entities; (ii) will not publicly comment on any matter discussed or deliberated at any meeting of the Stirling Board or at any meeting of any committee of the Stirling Board; (iii) will comply with any and all policies and procedures of Stirling, including corporate governance and insider trading policies, as the same may be amended from time to time; (iv) are not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any Person as to how you will act or vote on any issue or question in your capacity as a director of Stirling (the “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Stirling Board; and (v) are not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person other than Stirling with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with your service as a director of Stirling. For purposes of this letter agreement, (A) “Specified Entities” means Stirling, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc., Ashford Inc., Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc., any entity advised by Ashford Inc., and each entity that is an Affiliate of Stirling, Braemar Hotels & Resorts Inc., Ashford Inc., Ashford Hospitality Trust, Inc., or any entity advised by Ashford Inc., including any Affiliate of the foregoing created after the date of this letter agreement; and (B) the term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation (including not-for-profit), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, labor union or chapter or other division thereof, organization or other entity of any kind or nature.

 

6.            You acknowledge that: (i) neither Stirling nor any of its representatives make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any Confidential Information; and (ii) neither Stirling nor any of its representatives shall have any liability to you or to any of your representatives relating to or resulting from the use of the Confidential Information or any errors therein or omissions therefrom.

 

7.            All Confidential Information relating to a Specified Entity shall remain the property of such Specified Entity. You shall not by virtue of any disclosure of and/or your use of any Confidential Information acquire any rights with respect thereto, all of which rights shall remain exclusively with the respective Specified Entity. At any time upon the request of Stirling for any reason or at such time as you cease to be a director of Stirling, you will promptly return to Stirling all hard copies of the Confidential Information and permanently erase or delete all electronic copies of the Confidential Information in your possession or control. Notwithstanding the return or erasure or deletion of Confidential Information, you will continue to be bound by the obligations contained herein.

 

8.            You acknowledge that the Confidential Information may constitute material non-public information under applicable federal and state securities laws, and that you shall not, while such information constitutes material non-public information, trade or engage in any derivative or other transaction, on the basis of such information in violation of such laws.

 

3

 

 

9.            You hereby represent and warrant to Stirling that this letter agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by you, and is a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against you in accordance with its terms.

 

10.            The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event any of the provisions of this letter were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that such harm would not be adequately compensable in monetary damages, and the parties hereto hereby admit that the existence of such a violation alone shall constitute evidence of irreparable harm. Accordingly, each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this letter agreement, to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this letter agreement exclusively in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Dallas, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, any state court sitting in Dallas County in the State of Texas, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity, and each of the undersigned agrees it will not take any action, directly or indirectly, in opposition to any other party seeking relief. The parties hereto agree that the mere allegation of a breach by a party shall not constitute in and of itself evidence of such a breach. Each of the parties hereto further agrees to waive any bonding requirement under any applicable law in connection with obtaining an injunction. Furthermore, each of the parties hereto: (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Dallas, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, any state court sitting in Dallas County in the State of Texas, in the event any dispute arises out of this letter agreement or the transactions contemplated by this letter agreement; (ii) agrees that it shall not attempt to challenge, deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction or venue in such court (including in reliance on the doctrine of forum non conveniens) by motion or other request for leave from any such court; and (iii) agrees that it shall not bring any action relating to this letter agreement or the transactions contemplated by this letter agreement in any court other than the United States District Court for the Northern District of Dallas, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, any state court sitting in Dallas County in the State of Texas. THIS LETTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND EFFECT, BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXECUTED AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN SUCH STATE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THEY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY DISPUTES BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT.

 

11.            In addition to the other remedies set forth herein, you hereby agree to immediately resign from the Stirling Board in the event that the Stirling Board determines, after consultation with counsel, that you have violated the terms of this letter agreement and such violation is determined by the Stirling Board to be material. In furtherance of this Section 11, you have delivered to Stirling an executed irrevocable resignation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A concurrently with your execution of this letter agreement.

 

4

 

 

12.            This letter agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and this letter agreement may be amended only by an agreement in writing executed by the parties hereto. It is understood and agreed that no failure or delay by Stirling in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. If at any time subsequent to the date hereof, any provision of this letter agreement shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect, but the illegality or unenforceability of such provision shall have no effect upon the legality or enforceability of any other provision of this letter agreement. This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts either manually or by electronic or digital signature (including by facsimile or electronic mail transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute a single binding agreement on the parties, notwithstanding that not all parties are signatories to the same counterpart. This letter agreement and the rights and obligations herein may not be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by you without the express written consent of Stirling. The obligations set forth in this letter agreement, including but not limited to the confidentiality, use and non-disparagement obligations, shall survive any resignation or removal of you from the Stirling Board. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this letter agreement, no provision in this letter agreement shall require you to violate your fiduciary duties to Stirling.

 

13.            The parties to this letter agreement are sophisticated parties who have reviewed this letter agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any ambiguities in this letter agreement against any party that drafted or prepared it is of no application and is hereby expressly waived by each of the parties hereto, and any controversy over interpretations of this letter agreement shall be decided without regards to events of drafting or preparation.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

5

 

 

Please confirm your agreement with the foregoing by signing and returning one copy of this letter to the undersigned, whereupon this letter agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and Stirling.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:                                       
    Title:  

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date first written above:  
   
   
[Name of Director]  

 

6

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Irrevocable Resignation

 

[Date]

 

The Board of Directors of Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

14185 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1200

Dallas, Texas 75254

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of [●] (the “Agreement”), by and between myself and Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

In accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement, I hereby resign from the Stirling Board, and from any and all committees and subcommittees thereof to which I have been appointed or on which I serve, effective immediately in the event that the Stirling Board determines, after consultation with counsel, that I have violated the terms of the Agreement, including but not limited to a violation of any and all policies and procedures of Stirling, including corporate governance and insider trading policies, and such violation is determined by the Stirling Board to be material. This resignation may not be withdrawn by me at any time.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
   
[Name of Director]  

 

7

 

EX-21.1 14 tm2332619d1_ex21-1.htm EXHIBIT 21.1

Exhibit 21.1

 

Stirling OP General Partner LLC

 

Stirling OP Limited Partner LLC

 

Stirling REIT OP, LP

 

Stirling REIT Holdings LLC

 

Stirling Jacksonville IV Holding LLC

 

Ashford Jacksonville IV GP LLC

 

Ashford Jacksonville IV LP

 

RI Manchester Holding LLC

 

RI-CIH Manchester Parent, LLC

 

RI Manchester Hotel Partners, LP

 

Stirling Buford I Holding LLC

 

Stirling Buford I GP LLC

 

Ashford Buford I LP

 

Stirling Buford II Holding LLC

 

Stirling Buford II GP LLC

 

Ashford Buford II LP

 

Stirling TRS Corporation

 

Stirling TRS Buford I Holding LLC

 

Stirling TRS Buford I LLC

 

RI TRS Manchester Holding LLC

 

RI TRS Manchester LLC

 

Stirling TRS Buford II Holding LLC

 

Stirling TRS Buford II LLC

 

Stirling TRS Jacksonville IV Holding LLC

 

Ashford TRS Jacksonville IV LLC

 

 

 

EX-99.1 15 tm2332619d1_ex99-1.htm EXHIBIT 99.1

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

STIRLING HOTELS & RESORTS, INC.
Share Repurchase Plan

Effective as of November 27, 2023

 

Definitions

 

Advisor — shall mean Stirling REIT Advisors, LLC.

 

Company — shall mean Stirling Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

Exchange Act — shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

NAV — shall mean the net asset value of the Company attributable to its Stockholders or the net asset value of a class of its shares, as the context requires, determined in accordance with the Company’s Net Asset Value Calculation and Valuation Guidelines as described in the Company’s confidential private placement memorandum.

 

Operating Partnership — shall mean Stirling REIT OP, LP.

 

Operating Partnership units — shall mean limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership.

 

Plan — shall mean this share repurchase plan of the Company.

 

Special Limited Partner — shall mean Stirling REIT Special Limited Partner LLC.

 

Stockholders — shall mean the holders of Company shares of common stock.

 

Transaction Price — shall mean the repurchase price per share for each class of common stock, which shall be equal to the then-current offering price before applicable selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

 

Share Repurchase Plan

 

Stockholders may request that the Company repurchase shares of its common stock through their financial representative or directly with the Company’s transfer agent. The procedures relating to the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock are as follows:

 

Certain broker-dealers require that their clients process repurchases through their broker-dealer, which may impact the time necessary to process such repurchase request, impose more restrictive deadlines than described under this Plan, impact the timing of a Stockholder receiving repurchase proceeds and require more restrictive and different paperwork or process than described in this Plan. Stockholders should contact their broker-dealer first if they want to request the repurchase of their shares.

 

Under this Plan, to the extent the Company chooses to repurchase shares in any particular month the Company will only repurchase shares as of the opening of the last business day of that month (a “Repurchase Date”). To have shares repurchased, a Stockholder’s repurchase request and required documentation must be received in good order by 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the second to last business day of the applicable month. Settlements of share repurchases will generally be made within three business days of the Repurchase Date. The Company will begin this Plan in the first month of the quarter following the Company’s first closing in the Company’s offering. Repurchase requests received and processed by the Company’s transfer agent will be effected at a repurchase price equal to the Transaction Price on the applicable Repurchase Date (which will generally be equal to the Company’s prior month’s NAV per share), subject to any Early Repurchase Deduction (as defined below).

 

 

 

 

A Stockholder may withdraw his or her repurchase request by notifying the transfer agent, directly or through the Stockholder’s financial intermediary, on the Company’s toll-free, automated telephone line, (833) 591-3088. The line is open on each business day between the hours of 8:00a.m. and 7:00 p.m. (Central time). Repurchase requests must be cancelled before 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the last business day of the applicable month.

 

If a repurchase request is received after 3:00 p.m. (Central time) on the second to last business day of the applicable month, the repurchase request will be executed, if at all, on the next month’s Repurchase Date at the Transaction Price applicable to that month (subject to any Early Repurchase Deduction), unless such request is withdrawn prior to the repurchase. Repurchase requests received and processed by the Company’s transfer agent on a business day, but after the close of business on that day or on a day that is not a business day, will be deemed received on the next business day. All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of repurchase requests and notices of withdrawal will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, and such determination shall be final and binding.

 

Repurchase requests may be made by mail or by contacting the Stockholder’s financial intermediary, both subject to certain conditions described in this Plan. If making a repurchase request by contacting the Stockholder’s financial intermediary, the Stockholder’s financial intermediary may require the Stockholder to provide certain documentation or information. If making a repurchase request by mail to the transfer agent, the Stockholder must complete and sign a repurchase authorization form, which can be found at the end of this Plan and which can be obtained through a Stockholder’s financial representative. Written requests should be sent to the transfer agent at the following address:

 

Regular Mail USPS

Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc.

P.O. Box 2189

San Rafael, CA 94912-2189

 

Overnight Mail – FedEx, UPS, DHL, etc.

Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc.

125 E Sir Francis Drake Blvd., Ste 301

Larkspur, CA 94939-1820

 

Corporate investors and other non-individual entities must have an appropriate certification on file authorizing repurchases. A medallion signature guarantee may be required in connection with repurchases.

 

For processed repurchases, Stockholders may request that repurchase proceeds are to be paid by mailed check provided that the check is mailed to an address on file with the transfer agent for at least 30 days. Stockholders should check with their broker-dealer that such payment may be made via check or wire transfer, as further described below.

 

Stockholders may also receive repurchase proceeds via wire transfer, provided that wiring instructions for their brokerage account or designated U.S. bank account are provided. For all repurchases paid via wire transfer, the funds will be wired to the account on file with the transfer agent or, upon instruction, to another financial institution provided that the Stockholder has made the necessary funds transfer arrangements. The customer service representative can provide detailed instructions on establishing funding arrangements and designating a bank or brokerage account on file. Funds will be wired only to U.S. financial institutions (ACH network members).

 

 

 

 

A medallion signature guarantee will be required in certain circumstances described below. A medallion signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker-dealer, clearing agency, savings association or other financial institution which participates in a medallion program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized medallion programs are the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program. Signature guarantees from financial institutions that are not participating in any of these medallion programs will not be accepted. A notary public cannot provide signature guarantees. The Company reserves the right to amend, waive or discontinue this policy at any time and establish other criteria for verifying the authenticity of any repurchase or transaction request. The Company may require a medallion signature guarantee if, among other reasons: (1) the amount of the repurchase request is over $500,000; (2) a Stockholder wishes to have repurchase proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than the designated bank or brokerage account on file for at least 30 days or sent to an address other than such Stockholder’s address of record for the past 30 days; or (3) the Company’s transfer agent cannot confirm a Stockholder’s identity or suspects fraudulent activity.

 

If a Stockholder has made multiple purchases of shares of the Company’s common stock, any repurchase request will be processed on a first in/first out basis unless otherwise requested in the repurchase request.

 

Minimum Account Repurchases

 

In the event that any Stockholder fails to maintain the minimum balance of $500 of shares of the Company’s common stock, the Company may repurchase all of the shares held by that Stockholder at the repurchase price in effect on the date the Company determines that such Stockholder has failed to meet the minimum balance, less any Early Repurchase Deduction (defined below). Minimum account repurchases will apply even in the event that the failure to meet the minimum balance is caused solely by a decline in the Company’s NAV. Minimum account repurchases are subject to Early Repurchase Deduction.

 

Sources of Funds for Repurchases

 

The Company may fund repurchase requests from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of or repayment of the Company’s assets, borrowings or offering proceeds, and the Company has no limits on the amounts it may pay from such sources.

 

Repurchase Limitations

 

The aggregate NAV of total repurchases (based on the price at which the shares are repurchased) of all classes (excluding any Early Repurchase Deduction (as defined below) applicable to the repurchased shares) is limited to no more than 2% of the Company’s aggregate NAV per month (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to Stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding month) and no more than 5% of the Company’s aggregate NAV per calendar quarter (measured using the aggregate NAV attributable to Stockholders as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter).

 

In the event that the Company determines to repurchase some but not all of the shares submitted for repurchase during any month, shares submitted for repurchase during such month will be repurchased on a pro rata basis after the Company has repurchased all shares for which repurchase has been requested due to death or disability. All unsatisfied repurchase requests must be resubmitted after the start of the next month or quarter, or upon the recommencement of this Plan, as applicable.

 

If the Transaction Price for the applicable month is not made available by the tenth business day prior to the last business day of the month (or is changed after such date), then no repurchase requests will be accepted for such month and Stockholders who wish to have their shares repurchased the following month must resubmit their repurchase requests. Stockholders should contact their financial representative to obtain the current Transaction Price. Once we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, we will also disclose the current Transaction Price via a public filing on a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

 

 

 

Should repurchase requests, in the Company’s judgment, place an undue burden on the Company’s liquidity, adversely affect the Company’s operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company as a whole, or should the Company otherwise determine that investing its liquid assets in real properties or other investments rather than repurchasing the Company’s shares is in the best interests of the Company as a whole, the Company may choose to repurchase fewer shares in any particular month than have been requested to be repurchased, or none at all. Further, the Company’s board of directors may make exceptions to, modify, suspend or terminate this Plan if in its reasonable judgment it deems such an action to be in the Company’s best interest and the best interest of the Company’s Stockholders. Material modifications, including any amendment to the 2% monthly or 5% quarterly limitations on repurchases, to and suspensions of the Plan will be promptly disclosed to Stockholders through their financial representatives, or once the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to the Exchange Act, pursuant to a current or period report filed by the Company. In addition, the Company may determine to suspend this Plan due to regulatory changes, changes in law or if the Company becomes aware of undisclosed material information that it believes should be publicly disclosed before shares are repurchased. The Company’s board of directors must affirmatively authorize the recommencement of the Plan if it is suspended before Stockholder requests will be considered again.

 

Shares held by the Advisor or the Special Limited Partner acquired as payment of the Advisor’s management fee or in respect of distributions on the performance participation interest, respectively, will not be subject to this Plan, including with respect to any repurchase limits or the Early Repurchase Deduction and will not be included in the calculation of the Company’s aggregate NAV for purposes of the 2% monthly or 5% quarterly limitations on repurchases.

 

Early Repurchase Deduction

 

There is no minimum holding period for shares of the Company’s common stock, and Stockholders can request that the Company repurchase their shares at any time. However, subject to limited exceptions, shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 95% of the Transaction Price (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”) on the applicable Repurchase Date. The one-year holding period is measured as of the first business day immediately following the prospective Repurchase Date. Additionally, Stockholders who have received shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for their Operating Partnership units may include the period of time such Stockholder held such Operating Partnership units for purposes of calculating the holding period for such shares of the Company’s common stock. This Early Repurchase Deduction will also generally apply to minimum account repurchases. The Early Repurchase Deduction will not apply to shares acquired through the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan.

 

The Company may, from time to time, waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in the following circumstances (subject to the conditions described below):

 

repurchases resulting from death, qualifying disability or divorce;

 

in the event that a Stockholder’s shares are repurchased because such Stockholder has failed to maintain the $500 minimum account balance; or

 

due to trade or operational error.

 

 

 

 

As set forth above, the Company may waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in respect of repurchase of shares resulting from the death, qualifying disability (as such term is defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) or divorce of a Stockholder who is a natural person, including shares held by such Stockholder through a trust or an individual retirement account or other retirement or profit-sharing plan, after (i) in the case of death, receiving written notice from the estate of the Stockholder, the recipient of the shares through bequest or inheritance, or, in the case of a trust, the trustee of such trust, who shall have the sole ability to request repurchase on behalf of the trust, (ii) in the case of qualified disability, receiving written notice from such Stockholder, provided that the condition causing the qualifying disability was not pre-existing on the date that the Stockholder became a Stockholder or (iii) in the case of divorce, receiving written notice from the Stockholder of the divorce and the Stockholder’s instructions to effect a transfer of the shares (through the repurchase of the shares by the Company and the subsequent purchase by the Stockholder) to a different account held by the Stockholder (including a trust or an individual retirement account or other retirement or profit-sharing plan). The Company must receive the written repurchase request within 12 months after the death of the Stockholder, the initial determination of the Stockholder’s disability or divorce in order for the requesting party to rely on any of the special treatment described above that may be afforded in the event of the death, disability or divorce of a Stockholder. In the case of death, such a written request must be accompanied by a certified copy of the official death certificate of the Stockholder. If spouses are joint registered holders of shares, the request to have the shares repurchased may be made if either of the registered holders dies or acquires a qualified disability. If the Stockholder is not a natural person, such as certain trusts or a partnership, corporation or other similar entity, the right to waiver of the Early Repurchase Deduction upon death, disability or divorce does not apply.

 

The Early Repurchase Deduction will not apply to repurchases of Class E shares held by the Advisor acquired as payment of the Advisor’s management fee and any repurchases of Class E shares in respect of distributions on the performance participation interest.

 

Items of Note

 

Stockholders will not receive interest on amounts represented by uncashed repurchase checks.
Under applicable anti-money laundering regulations and other federal regulations, repurchase requests may be suspended, restricted or canceled and the proceeds may be withheld.
All shares of the Company’s common stock requested to be repurchased must be beneficially owned by the Stockholder of record making the request or his or her estate, heir or beneficiary, or the party requesting the repurchase must be authorized to do so by the Stockholder of record of the shares or his or her estate, heir or beneficiary, and such shares of common stock must be fully transferable and not subject to any liens or encumbrances. In certain cases, the Company may ask the requesting party to provide evidence satisfactory to the Company that the shares requested for repurchase are not subject to any liens or encumbrances. If the Company determines that a lien exists against the shares, the Company will not be obligated to repurchase any shares subject to the lien.

 

IRS regulations require the Company to determine and disclose on Form 1099-B the adjusted cost basis for shares of the Company’s stock sold or repurchased. Although there are several available methods for determining the adjusted cost basis, unless a Stockholder elect otherwise, which such Stockholder may do by checking the appropriate box on the repurchase authorization form or calling the Company’s customer service number at (833) 591-3088, the Company will utilize the first-in-first-out method.

 

Frequent Trading and Other Policies

 

In general, Stockholders may request that the Company repurchase their shares of the Company’s common stock once every 30 days. However, the Company prohibits frequent trading. The Company defines frequent trading as follows:

 

any Stockholder who requests that the Company repurchase its shares of the Company’s common stock within 30 calendar days of the purchase of such shares;

 

transactions deemed harmful or excessive by the Company (including, but not limited to, patterns of purchases and repurchases), in the Company’s sole discretion; and

 

transactions initiated by financial representatives, among multiple stockholder accounts, that in the aggregate are deemed harmful or excessive.

 

The following are excluded when determining whether transactions are excessive:

 

purchases and requests for repurchase of the Company’s shares in the amount of $2,500 or less;

 

purchases or repurchases initiated by the Company; and

 

transactions subject to the trading policy of an intermediary that the Company deems materially similar to the Company’s policy.

 

 

 

 

At the Company’s discretion, upon the first violation of the policy in a calendar year, purchase and repurchase privileges may be suspended for 90 days. Upon a second violation in a calendar year, purchase and repurchase privileges may be suspended for 180 days. On the next business day following the end of the 90 or 180 day suspension, any transaction restrictions placed on a Stockholder may be removed.

 

Mail and Telephone Instructions

 

The Company and its transfer agent will not be responsible for the authenticity of mail or phone instructions or losses, if any, resulting from unauthorized Stockholder transactions if they reasonably believe that such instructions were genuine. The Company’s transfer agent has established reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions are genuine including requiring the Stockholder to provide certain specific identifying information on file and sending written confirmation to Stockholders of record. Stockholders, or their designated custodian or fiduciary, should carefully review such correspondence to ensure that the instructions were properly acted upon. If any discrepancies are noted, the Stockholder, or its agent, should contact his, her or its financial representative as well as the Company’s transfer agent in a timely manner, but in no event more than 60 days from receipt of such correspondence. Failure to notify such entities in a timely manner will relieve the Company, its transfer agent and the financial representative of any liability with respect to the discrepancy.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC 16 tm2332619d1_1012g-img1.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 tm2332619d1_1012g-img1.jpg M_]C_X 02D9)1@ ! 0$ 8 !@ #_VP!# @&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-# L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0 'P$ P$! 0$! M 0$! 0 $" P0%!@<("0H+_\0 M1$ @$"! 0#! <%! 0 0)W $" M Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O 58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H # ,! (1 Q$ /P#W^BBB@ HH MHH **** "N"^+&H7UKX=TVPL;N6T;5M4@T^2>(X=(W)W;3V/&*[VO.OB[_QZ M^$O^QDL__9J $'P,\!8'F:7/(_\ $[WDN6/J<-2_\*,^'_\ T!Y?_ R7_P"* MKT6B@#SK_A1GP_\ ^@/+_P"!DO\ \51_PHSX?_\ 0'E_\#)?_BJ]%HH \Z_X M49\/_P#H#R_^!DO_ ,51_P *,^'_ /T!Y?\ P,E_^*J[K#^)X?$E^=+\];>4 M0!',7F(H$4Q;:#P"7$8/U%49-9\>^754<_-&/-SP<_ M+UH 7_A1GP__ .@/+_X&2_\ Q5'_ HSX?\ _0'E_P# R7_XJH=1O?'%QIMQ M HG65K 2)+9V^TI(KC.=X&69>P]#QTJS=ZKXV-S>1V=O(%#%8V>T&$3?&$D! MS\Y93(67MCMCD 9_PHSX?_\ 0'E_\#)?_BJ/^%&?#_\ Z \O_@9+_P#%5TGA MZZUI]5U:UU57DA@D46UQY(C1UYR .I/ )/(Y&,=*Z&@#SK_A1GP__P"@/+_X M&2__ !5'_"C/A_\ ] >7_P #)?\ XJO1:* /+]3^"W@VRTJ[N],MKNPO8(7D MAN8;R3=&R@D$98CJ*ZCX2=W()7)]SBMK6?^0%J' M_7M)_P"@FN6^$/\ R2K0?^N+?^AM0!V]%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 44 M44 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110!YA?2^(O&7Q#US0 MK#Q%/H>GZ+' ";6,-).\B[LDGL!QBK7_ KKQ+_T4G7/^_:?XTG@[_DL/Q"_ M[(5=4;XF:T'?.U2B9..N.:TO&F@:YK>IV5Q MIRVP33%^TVYF<@O<;P0!@\?*I7)R/WAK)NO#GBV]N))VEF62"6ZELYFNP)%+ MQ_(IP2H4-@8&,CJ* 'IX \02.Z)\3=99HSAU54)4^AYXI9/A]XAB0O)\3-:1 M1U9D0 ?K3?\ A&?%-E)<-I\LD9NKV>=BMWC:[,FR1\_>0*'!3W''HS5/"_BR M\T^."2ZN;H322O-&UX%6-O/5H\\>)%4L?B5K8 &23&G'ZUH:WH&MW7B:YN["62"VG2WC>2&?RW*HLVX>H^ M9X_\BET:S\3PB5-9AEO)+A8HFD6\58XXRBAR$_OAMQ)QSGKVH P+?PGJ=T\: M0?%75I'D("A53))7>!U_N\_2KW_"NO$O_12=<_[]I_C7267A5+2\MKDWT\C1 M&-F1@NTE(FC&,#(X8GJ:Z&@#SK_A77B7_HI.N?\ ?M/\:/\ A77B7_HI.N?] M^T_QKT6B@#R75X/%'P]O]%U!_%MYK-G=ZA'9W%K>1*/E?^)2.A&*]:KSKXO_ M /(*\/?]AVU_F:]%H **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ M HHHH **** "N'^*6CZCJGAZPNM*MC=W6E:E!J ME/S3+&3E1[\_I7<44 >< MK\8=.VC?X;\2JV.5_LXG!].M+_PN'3/^A=\2_P#@N;_&O1:* /.O^%PZ9_T+ MOB7_ ,%S?XT?\+ATS_H7?$O_ (+F_P :]%HH \Z_X7#IG_0N^)?_ 7-_C1_ MPN'3/^A=\2_^"YO\:]%HH \Y'QCTHL5'A[Q)D=1_9QX_6E_X7#IG_0N^)?\ MP7-_C7<6Y_XFU[_N1?\ LU7: /.O^%PZ9_T+OB7_ ,%S?XT?\+ATS_H7?$O_ M (+F_P :]%HH \Z_X7#IG_0N^)?_ 7-_C1_PN'3/^A=\2_^"YO\:]%HH \P MU+XK07^F75GI_A?Q'->7$310QO8E%+,,#)SP.:ZOX?Z)=>'? FD:5>[1=008 ME"G(5B2Q&?;.*Z2B@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** M"BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** .!UKP1KR>++OQ#X4U^'3;B_C2.]A MN+<2I(4&%8>AQQ52;2/BC"8@?%^E'S'"<:=TX)S^E>DUS/BG5M0L+BSALX&V MN'<28&V24#]W!D_=WG//?& 06H P?["^*7_0XZ3_ ."ZC^POBE_T..D_^"ZN MP\.7PU+0+2[$EQ)YBY,EQ&$=CDY)4<#GMVK4H \[_L+XI?\ 0XZ3_P""ZC^P MOBE_T..D_P#@NKT2B@#SO^POBE_T..D_^"ZC^POBE_T..D_^"ZO1** /-H=) M^*,S3*/%^DCRWV'_ (EPYX!_K4O]A?%+_H<=)_\ !=7<6?%U?#_IL#_XZM7* M /._["^*7_0XZ3_X+JCFT7XK)&6C\6:3(P_A^P 9_.O2** /,!:?$H,%F\8Z M7;L>TVF;0?H>A_.K0T3XHLH9?&6D$'D$:>.:]$90RE6 *G@@CK50Z; "6@+V MS$Y)A;:#]1T/Y4 <&/ GBK6]4TZ3Q9XFMKS3["X6Z2UM+01>9(OW=Q]!7I%4 ML:A .L5TH]?W;_U!_2FOJL,$;-_[D7_LU7: "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB M@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH ***R=UNGMC-;W58+G7]4MX M]/95$S06["XR_EG8%CSP_P OUH ] HKS>\\6O96^K%M6U=KFQ=UC@6UA_?A= MG(/E8&#(N1U JZ_B.T@23[1XKU)'CP&5;*-MS;@A5/W/SD.0IQT/6@#NZR=: MTVVO5BDN7FPA\M!')MVLY"[Q_M $@'MD]ZYVQUF34M3BNDH **** "BBB@ I&R5.T@-C@D9YI:QX_%&ERQK)$]S)&P MRKI:2D,/4$+R* (+'PO':7;7,EY++,0Q#@!2)'.9'^K84>@"@#N:TMNH0?=D MBN5]'&QOS'!_(56_X233O^GO_P IO\ XFC_ (233B,C[61_UY3?_$T 6?[2 M2/BZBEMSTRZY7_OH9'YXJW'(DJ!XW5U/1E.0:RF\2Z:JDL;H*!DDVB2GS(UO(G89\R"TF4G\EP?QH Z*BN=_MY8?N3W%PO]V6PF5O^^@F/TJ6 M#Q792,4EMK^)P,\V4I4_0A?YXH W:*R?^$DT[_I[_P# *;_XFD/B;3 P4M=! MCT!LYLGZ?+0!KT5CCQ-IAQT'2I] M3U*<06D !DD()QDXZ#GJ:Y'_ (7+X#_Z#@_[\2?_ !- '>45P?\ PN7P'_T& MQ_WXD_\ B:/^%R^ _P#H-C_OQ)_\30!WE%<'_P +E\!_]!L?]^)/_B:/^%R^ M _\ H-C_ +\2?_$T =Y17!_\+E\!_P#0;'_?B3_XFC_A45P?_ N7P'_T&Q_WXD_^)H_X7+X#_P"@V/\ OQ)_\30! MWE%<'_PN7P'_ -!L?]^)/_B:/^%R^ _^@V/^_$G_ ,30!WE%<'_PN7P'_P!! ML?\ ?B3_ .)H_P"%R^ _^@X/^_$G_P 30!WE%-CD66-)$.5$@2 ?PY&>?PH M FHIJ2(Z!U8%2 0?KTI\K9'9M"QBDBDEBD*O*KL&8.W5\D9YS5W_A)],];O_P 9_\ XBC_ M (2?3/6[_P# &?\ ^(H I7/A'PW;6+M=IT[AXUR=NW9@Y8+G)'&:Y--$N[F2Q34-3EE2U18EGBANU>-%BDC&U/+QN M.Y&)SD$$>] 'HMEH&BZ=K4\EON6\GBD)B,S$+&[[FVJ3A07.>.YJ)O!.AF*W M1;>6-K:".""1)F5XUC8LI!SU!)YZ\UY_-;Z@;!VOM=;[?)$3,0MTD7F^8"O! MC^YM4 C@GGIUJ1DEU":=SK\ACGEQ)) +L&93*CA,!/W>U$=1M))W5'&ZN0"3\N2N2WXU8@\)>'(&2. %)(?+F^2Y;< % M=0QYSA@S@GODUS?E Z5XHT\W34%_% M-J1U!79;=;_24L'>.&Y9HF0N00/)&X'< >1CGK0!T6F>"O"K1Q$EAOD!R 2>%W'=CUHTSQ%: M162I=6YMI!@;+6TN'3 '4Q+^6/2KG_"3Z9ZW?\ X S_ /Q% &Q6+H(S!J@V MALW\_P IZ'GI3O\ A)],];O_ , 9_P#XBF^&G\VUO9@DBI+>S.GF1LA*D\'# M &@#,T;PJ+368KV?[(&M!*T4<"<1M*-3O_%?^12TC_KTC_P#010!% MXQTZ[U?PAJ>GV*[KJXA*1@L%R*Y*R\/^,-.N;2UMI_)LHKF5W:$H%?,H M8-Y>1M0IE=HS@Y..0:])HH \W31/&XMP7O;F5WB421RW$;(2TJVIV_C72=+DN5GN2#F)HTD4K&F80A4*"5_Y:Y(Z#\*U];\::AIFNW]C':J M\,%U8Q"79D*LS8?=\V<^F!20?$J*;R6;32D4CPDS?: R112YVL^ 2&R,%<<$ MC)H R]-TSQ/);_;X)M6D^U6MH)#-<*DC!9&\X*K'Y&((*GCC/()K5T?3O&<. MJ6,^HWDDD2O&DT?FH4,?E/N)'=@^SD=\D<52E^)4URB?9+'RIL&1$,RNL@V3 M$*Y RAS">!SC'O1J'Q)DBL$@CAMUU"73_M.^.7S$BDV!]I!4<%3Z_AWH LR: M;XF@@U"VM;:Z1)=6FNFD@N8U>6%P=H1BWRD-M)! X! K#U?3_'%IG5+IYI[F MU@95E@D4QC>D2_*@&X'<),MCIR/;8A\?WD%S>27S LH5;EHF. MT#!557/7.!6M>>+S)X!O/$-BD22Q1&1(Y&#[1GY2P&,94AL>C"@#F].T[Q9? MV<,\%S?QI+$HDFD=8Y795G]1NV[C%C/4<\IDR&9B#RJ]>.P-=3IK2 MM9KYUY#>29.9H4V*?PR?YT <%X1\/>)='\87-Y>6L7V.[,IGE$BDH2[,JH-V M2F3GD444 >!_&[_ )'2S_[!Z?\ HR2BCXW_ /(Z6?\ V#D_]&24 M4 >^4444 %%%% !1110!PWQA_P"25:Y_US3_ -#6NETK3[(Z/9$V=N2;>/\ MY9+_ '1[5S7QA_Y)5KG_ %S3_P!#6NMTG_D#6/\ U[Q_^@B@!_\ 9UC_ ,^= MO_WZ7_"C^SK'_GSM_P#OTO\ A5@D#&2!GI1N7=MW#/IF@"O_ &=8_P#/G;_] M^E_PH_LZQ_Y\[?\ []+_ (59HH K?V=8_P#/G;_]^E_PH_LZQ_Y\[?\ []+_ M (59I,C(&1D]J *_]G6/_/G;_P#?I?\ "C^SK'_GSM_^_2_X589E7&Y@,G R M>II: *W]G6/_ #YV_P#WZ7_"C^SK'_GSM_\ OTO^%6:* *W]G6/_ #YV_P#W MZ7_"C^SK'_GSM_\ OTO^%6:* *W]G6/_ #YV_P#WZ7_"N%^,5G:Q?"_5GCMH M48>5AEC (_>+7H=<%\9O^26:O_VR_P#1BT =II__ "#;7_KBG\A5FJVG_P#( M-M?^N*?R%6: "BBB@ HHJ&[,XLYC;*K7&QO+5C@%L<9/UH R]4T ZGJ$5Y]M MFAD@"B$(!A#G+'GU'':LVV\%"!0/M[#,@,OEQ[1*@4#:>>I958GU!]:SC;^) M=&ELM,ADFEA\UG^T0+N#;B#AMV[ W%NXXZ=,5H/9^+4W+%?!P+5 K/L^:3 W MYX&#G.#C'2@!9?!CR0M$-1(4E3AH]P)V;"QYSN[CG (Z=:L+X8,%[8O#.Q1; MAY;IR?FF!.Y0?7#!3GV]ZKO8>*6Q(NI.&6,83]V S!,_-\IZOP<'I2M9^*I& MGS?>7^]=DV; " &V 9!."=N0>>#S0!U=%9FBV][;07*7KR.YN7=&9PP*DY&, M#@#.,'TK3H **R];N+J);&*TG$#W%TL32&,/A=K'@'_=%,_L[6/^@Z?_ $2 M@#7HK(_L[6/^@Z?_ $2C^SM8_Z#I_\ 1* ->BLC^SM8_Z#I_\ 1*/[.UC M_H.G_P !$H UZ*R/[.UC_H.G_P !$H_L[6/^@Z?_ $2@#7H) &3P*P'T76I M)"6\3W&P_P "VL2C\P,_K3?^$>O29=0KGIE MQ49U2 C]U'<2GT2%OYD 51BT?4H,^5JZ1YZ[+*,9J3^SM8_Z#I_\!$H M?:[ MI_\ 5Z?)@]&E=5'X]2/RH/\ :;G@6L0]/F<_GQ57^SM8_P"@Z?\ P$2C^SM8 M_P"@Z?\ P$2@"T+2[;_6ZA)[>5&J_P P:7^S83_K)+B7/4/,Q!_#.*SX'U*T M\06MIVFD(,"H59&C P1_OFMR@"O'8VL1!2WC#+T;;D_GUJ*_.);'_ M *^1_P"@M5VJ6H?ZVQ_Z^1_Z"U %VBBB@ HHHH **** *<'&JW@]4C/\ZN53 MCXUBX'K!&?U>KE !1110 4444 %8EMX>EL[6*VMM=U..")0D: 0':HZ#)B)_ M.MNB@#)_L>\_Z&'5/^^;?_XU1_8]Y_T,.J?]\V__ ,:K6HH Q6\/RLQ9M:OR MS$,28K8DD="?W74=O2HAX61<8U.Z&)/-&+:UX?\ O?ZG[WOUK?HH YK3_!L. MEVJ6UGJE]%&C%A^ZMRU=/5*_,KO;6\$L"L\H:5)>2T0^]M'<]![9H Q6\)B_TTPW.LZ@ZSPM& M[""WC;8_WAQ%E\_P"AAU3_ +YM_P#XU1_8]Y_T,.J?]\V__P :K6HH XK7/AEI?B.] M2\U74]4GG2,1*V^)<*"3C"QCNQHKM:* "BBB@ HHHH **** .&^,/_)*M<_Z MYI_Z&M7==T^?4O UG!;"Y:94AD1855PQ4 @.K,H9#W&15+XP_P#)*M<_ZYI_ MZ&M=;I/_ "!K'_KWC_\ 010!Y^=)\6I+/.()OM+2Q3QQB6.2"'%JRD1[N01+ M@?0CKS3+C0_%]M>375KYT]VT"D74AB+^9]G8<#H,.<<#\Q7I]% 'F$NI^)[+ MQCINE7EW>BT-R<.L:,TT9D(7=A<$8QD\;1R:N:KH7B>37+NZL6_<'5X;B*-F M&"JP;=Q.[A=_!7'/6O0Z* /-H+'QK+P_"O3Z* /-/&FB>)-+3R\MO 6G@$ZG=*2F49\C:, GS%!((QC!JUXPT3Q!XBTW16@@"74=K.UR MA( 64Q *!\W!W9"MSM.#7H-% 'G4L7CHG4RDMS$@7_1HE6-R5RFP!BPPV-P8 MG/)R.@HN$\?RO<^5YT#LI "O"\:*3'L\LD9+C]YN+#![=J]%HH \];3_ !5I ME[=?99]2NE.J1R#S9(RDMOY:@_-U3#!B0%YP!WS5OQ$NO:O;:3J>C6ES;7"0 M7+!'95:-FCPFX$X))]>G>NWHH X>T_X2RSU9OMJ7UW80&;[,(6A#3$-E1*3C M@KP,8YZU!\869_A/JCLAC9EB)0X)4^8O'%=_7!?&;_DEFK_]LO\ T8M '36$ M&I?V7IN+Z#W9KR$Q(F)D$&#(WJ#N^4>W-0_9M7^R, MG]HV_P!H,F5D^R_*$_N[=W)]\_A6E10!3,-_]JD<7BC?\IQWYK0HH HM#J9-UMO+8!_^/?-N?W?^ M]\WS?I2K#J0EMBUW;F-5Q.H@(,C>JG=\H]N:NT4 9Q@U?[+*HO[7SS)F-_LI MVJGH1OY/OD?2I?*U#[67%U!]G\O C\@[M_KNW=/;'XU$&]LO. M#YE86K;67T4;^#[Y/TI[1:GONBMU:A&'^C@V[90_[7S_ #?ABKU% '/:JE^M MUH'G7%NZB\ F"0E2S['P5^8X'L<_6I/%UK<7GAZ:&UFNHI=Z,#;QERV&!VLH M()4XP<$'!JWK-G=W26CV7D&:VN!-MF8JK *PQD D?>].U0^;XC_Y]-*_\"I/ M_C= '%QV_BTS^=-:708M:2QVI8216^(F#A23G(?&<^O>HI;+QA#KK\O(QD\"IM?TGQ M(_BS5+VT2[-HZ^5#Y,C!LFU8# W;=GF8SQG=@YKLR_B(D$V>DDCH?M,G'_D. MCS?$?_/II7_@5)_\;H X?^Q=8N-&6);:\!71+A=H\R(_:\H4X+D[N#SG!YZ5 ML^)]*UFX\.Z9HVAQ31.09)9A<&/RRB94%N3S(5X[@&M_S?$?_/II7_@5)_\ M&ZKO?^)%U".T73M-;=&TC2?:9-J $ #/E]3D\>QH Y">3QMJ&JPZA]DNK>6V M@EDA@,:>4,Q1D*3G)9F$B\].*F$OC1)AJ'V.59KC[.\D*1+NV%I28MW(4J"F M3CGGGG-=CYOB/_GTTK_P*D_^-T>;XC_Y]-*_\"I/_C= '*V]QXZN;I(I/-MX MWN8UGD\B,^4-\FX1_P!Y-@C^8Y.3]16SX8U75VN)-/UJWN6N6DE>.X,01#$I M7!P/N\M@ YSM)SBM'S?$?_/II7_@5)_\;H\WQ'_SZ:5_X%2?_&Z .6LFUJVE MTLSV>J,+75KMKC"EMT3^;Y9'/S+RGTXK9\(V]W!]I&J6]Z-4,DAGN)7+12#> M2FSG&-N, 8Z5H>;XC_Y]-*_\"I/_C='F^(_^?32O_ J3_XW0 MU_P C;IG_ M %YW7_H<%:]8MO::M-KEO?7Z644<%O+$%@E=RQ=HSGE1@#9^M;5 !5+4/];8 M_P#7R/\ T%JNU2U#_6V/_7R/_06H KZO<7J7.GVME/' US*RM(\6_ ",W R. MXIOV+7/^@S;_ /@#_P#9TNI_\AK1/^N\G_HEZUJ ,C[%KG_09M__ !_^SH^ MQ:Y_T&;?_P ?_LZYW6_&-WIOC6&UB4MI4&R"[/DG'G2@E,R_=3&$&#U\SVJ MA;>/]1N-1MIEMH/LS1)'<6_F']U*UQY65;;\^,C...#@T =C]BUS_H,V_P#X M _\ V='V+7/^@S;_ /@#_P#9UQ>D^/\ 4K>RLDU&"&ZN)D660K)M9A(TF/+3 M;RJ!/F/;/>IT\ZGH-H;6VL3=R6TLRB?S&>.59& 0%1D *-Q[$T =2-,U MH7#S_P!M0;F14/\ H/8$G^_[FI/L6N?]!FW_ / '_P"SKEM2\;WNAZUJT-TJ MW00J;2.W*&)$+(F96'SHP+$G(P1TZ&G_ /"PYQ$\LNG00>3' \LZA'(UG M9QQV\9A)N%N,L=]TT*@ H000A)/H>/6J(J8X'Q%&WV@ MQY?*[EP!SSZ<(;=72%%8;'X(49_AKO988IXF MBFC22-NJ.H(/X&JG]C:5_P! VS_[\+_A0!RW_"WO 7_0Q6__ 'P__P 31_PM M[P%_T,5O_P!\/_\ $UU/]C:5_P! VS_[\+_A1_8VE?\ 0-L_^_"_X4 \!?]#%;_\ ?#__ !-=3_8VE?\ 0-L_^_"_X4?V M-I7_ $#;/_OPO^% '+?\+>\!?]#%;_\ ?#__ !-'_"WO 7_0Q6__ 'P__P 3 M74_V-I7_ $#;/_OPO^%']C:5_P! VS_[\+_A0!RW_"WO 7_0Q6__ 'P__P 3 M1_PM[P%_T,5O_P!\/_\ $UMV^D:8=8OE.G6> D6!Y"_[7M5[^QM*_P"@;9_] M^%_PH Y;_A;W@+_H8K?_ +X?_P")H_X6]X"_Z&*W_P"^'_\ B:ZG^QM*_P"@ M;9_]^%_PH_L;2O\ H&V?_?A?\* .6_X6]X"_Z&*W_P"^'_\ B:/^%O> O^AB MM_\ OA__ (FNI_L;2O\ H&V?_?A?\*/[&TK_ *!MG_WX7_"@#EO^%O> O^AB MM_\ OA__ (FN0^)_Q'\(Z[\/M2T[3=:AN+N7R]D:JP)PZD]1Z"O6/[&TK_H& MV?\ WX7_ H_L;2_^@;9_P#?A?\ "@"K8:7G3-,'V^^_<(KY\[F3.#A^.15A MM*W+=C[??#[20HAI&(+:+^T=0/D/OWF;YI.'[.NW:9!B7W?CD_E5ZB@#+DTL)8SQOJM^JL_FF8S ,@ M'8''"T6BVVH2F^M-5GFB,?E;(Y@4!QUQCAN]7;RW^UV-Q;;MOG1M'NQG&1C- M#G(QU)[T :IL(XUM+-M6OA*':1"9AOE Q MD'CD#(IUU;0VJ7=Q7)8[$"C;DD_W3^= %^*VA>ZBB M35;IY;$ 2Q><"6W#(\P8ZD?2G'26^SSQ#4[\&63?YGFC='_LKQP*PG\&7/E/ MMU=OM$SQ//.8AND9-W/7@\C\J?=>#IY;6:&VU-H&F8-(^S<2V6.X9/!^8=/[ MHH Z#["WVM9_MUU@1^7Y6\;"?[V,?>J$:2XM8H/[4OR4DWF7S%WM_LD[>E-+JMZB.?-,ID7,(')"G;P/KFH-*L'>0:G_ &I?S1W"ATAE M(5%4J ORXR#CD^^>*N7SR2SP6=OH S1I4HL MUMQJM_N$F_S2ZER/[N=N,?A4S6,C7%Q+]ON@)DV+&"NV(X^\O'7ZYJY10!07 M3I0MH/[2O#Y!)8DK^^YSA_E_EB@Z;*8[I?[2O 9V#*P*YAYSA/EZ=N&X]Z -YM/G(NQ_:=V//(*$;/W//\ #\O\\U5O+.5;O2I# M?W#K'*$9#MVRG8WS-QU^F!7/7MMXKM[A0TDTL$MYY@%I*KM &,?$FBD$&XR">,J, ^0_ _[YK:HH Q?^$AT++GSE_>? M?_T=_F^OR\TG_"0:%@#S5X7:/]'?IZ?=Z5MT4 8P\1:(!@3@#_K@_P#\333X M@T(A@9E(;[P^SOS]?EK;HH Q5\1:&A)6<*2 "1 XX';[M-&NZ NW#H-IW#%L MW!]?NUN44 8R>(]$CW;)PNXY.V!QD^OW:9=>)=)>TF1;IBS1L /)?T_W:W** M *&B*R:!IRLI5A:Q @C!!VCM5^BB@ HHHH I7S3/-:V]O<0QNTF^17&2\2_> M"CZE1GMFKM4+=&FU:ZGELUC\D"&"8GYI%(#-QV&<#WQ5^@ HHHH **** "BB MB@ HHHH **** "BL:[N]4EUR2PL'LXDBMDF9IXV5XC_Y_ M-*_\!9/_ (Y0!KT5D>5XC_Y_-*_\!9/_ (Y1Y7B/_G\TK_P%D_\ CE &O161 MY7B/_G\TK_P%D_\ CE'E>(_^?S2O_ 63_P".4 7-3=H]*NW1F1Q$Q#*<$''4 M4W^S(_\ GXO/_ A_\:H7-IXBN;:6!KS2PLB%2?LLG&1_UTJ7RO$?_/YI7_@+ M)_\ '* +7]F1_P#/Q>?^!#_XT?V9'_S\7G_@0_\ C57RO$?_ #^:5_X"R?\ MQRCRO$?_ #^:5_X"R?\ QR@"U_9D?_/Q>?\ @0_^-']F1_\ /Q>?^!#_ .-5 M?*\1_P#/YI7_ ("R?_'*/*\1_P#/YI7_ ("R?_'* )UTB%)7E2XNP[@!CY[' M.,XZ_4T_^SA_S]7?_?XU5\KQ'_S^:5_X"R?_ !RGZ3>7L]Q?VU^;=I+655#P M*RA@4#="3SSZT 3_ -G#_GZN_P#O\:/[.'_/U=_]_C5VB@"E_9P_Y^KO_O\ M&C^SA_S]7?\ W^-7:* *7]G#_GZN_P#O\:/[.'_/U=_]_C5VN>L$U/4UNI_[ M8F@5;N>)8T@C(54D91R5)Z"@#4_LX?\ /U=_]_C1_9P_Y^KO_O\ &JW]F:G_ M -!^Y_[\0_\ Q-']F:G_ -!^Y_[\0_\ Q- %G^SA_P _5W_W^-']G#_GZN_^ M_P :K?V9J?\ T'[G_OQ#_P#$T?V9J?\ T'[G_OQ#_P#$T 6?[.'_ #]7?_?X MU$\#6M[9[+FX822,K*\FX$;&/\P*C_LS4_\ H/W/_?B'_P")J*31M1DDA<^( M+K,3%A_H\/H1_=]Z -NBLG^S-3_Z#]S_ -^(?_B:/[,U/_H/W/\ WXA_^)H MUJK:C]J_LZX^Q*#=%"(MQP QZ$_3K5+^S-3_ .@_<_\ ?B'_ .)H_LS4_P#H M/W/_ 'XA_P#B: .7)\3Z5+::/"TK*B2".>-?,63.=FXN"1@D9YX [YK3N(?% MJ27"V]RKQJB")F6/+?=W'MA_O]1MZ5J_V9J?_0?N?^_$/_Q-']F:G_T'[G_O MQ#_\30!F_9O%7G"3[=D#;^[V1A6P(NO!(SF7.#V&,4R*'Q?0^];.@7,]WHL$US)YLQ+JS[0N[:Y7.!QT%:5 &;HD%Y;Z>T5\ M\LDRS28>1E8LI8E2,=L8Z\UI444 %!.!D]**S]5Q/%'I[032QWA:*1HSM\M- MI));MZ>^: '6$)XUA=K8;TY%U$T2!R2K9^YG=^6#4$VOZ7;F[$ MUXB&TA2><$'Y$;.T]..=P[]*;#?6EQ$LD5S$Z,"0 MP<8(!P?RH L44BLKJ&1@RD9!!R#2T %07MW%86,]W-N\J%"[;1DD = .YJ>J M-\\KW-I;6]U'#(TGFR*1EGB7[P ^I49]Z 'Z;:"RL(X0\K]6+2G+$L2QS^)J MW110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% &/#_R.-Y_V#X/_1DM;%8\/_(XWG_8 M/@_]&2UL4 8?B+Q"= >PWVZF"YE\N6ZEXL MKJW@5KB,HT9>20QRK'E N002PXZYKIM2TBRU>-8[Z)I8U/W/,95;V8 @,.!P M$]#=V=K!23(TN-[8#,ZNQ S@99%/'1GBM'3?&^D:MJEMI]E]IDEN(O-#>5A5&T-AL\@X([=3BFM8 M^$AXA^S,+0:L9//\HRG>6+>9G&>N1NQ[5%9^#-)T#7'UR"YDM8HX]IB+A8U4 M*%PS'DJ,9P3P>: *-W\0VM+!M1;2]UA*;I+5_/\ G=X Y.Y=ORAO+;!R<8Y' M-7+?QHTWA]=1;3CYTMZMC;QK+^[G=B KJY4?)R><=CUK1;PEH,KSNVGHPN%D M#KO;;B3[Y5H6)LKJ!9;?Y?E)/!!R"".000"".: .=B\?: M2CVMO=S1_:9W*$6I:1(\/L^8E5(^;C&./IS3&^).@):"X9K79&3#,VZ/8&50&!R, L.#ZYH 23Q_HL?F,1=^1'<+;-/Y.$+G'0DY8 M#12@.0-LC+_[+FJUUX/T"](-QIR.1,TX.]A\[ M;=QX/?8O'3@5J65E;:=:K;6D0BA4LP0$G!8ECU]R30!8K)TS_D-ZW_UVB_\ M125K5DZ9_P AO6_^NT7_ **2@#6HHHH **** "L?PY_QY7?_ &$+K_T<];%8 M_AS_ (\KO_L(77_HYZ -BN4\0^)+_1=>MX?*B^PRPD1OC<9+C#$1M@Y0$*,- M@CKG%=74#V5K)=+=/;0M<(-JRE 6 ] >M '$:;X\OKJ2QC>P6:ZOX;9D@BE4 M)$9(WD8[SU&$Z?A533_B/,I]TI$!MZ]...I_,U@:?X@\)WPE"+;6ZQID_:(!$&C),>02,%249?PH M CTWQNNJ_P!MO;:=(8=,C=MWF F1E+?)M X/RY[\$5@7'CO6(8+15:RN)+R" MTN!);0L_D>=($*%=WS'!^7D9P:Z"R7P=X;UIA;7=M#?WLA@V><7.XEI"N,G; MSN//^%:4-QX:BMVE@ETI(#,N71HPIEZCD?Q=Q0!0AU_5(IO#$&IVT%K<:DLO MVN//^K98RP"G/K]:Q[7XC3?9HA_9?YQ3+_ .),S6$8L]-> MWNG9&+7# ((S+&F5S@OG?VQC'TSVMG;V%U;13KIRPX)*I+;A&0XVG@CC@8^E M/&D:8$B0:?:;(B6C7R5PA/4CCB@"[1110!D>&/\ D 0_]=)?_1C5KUD>&/\ MD 0_]=)?_1C5KT %%%% !6;IKQWL\VIQ7$SPRCRHT<;54(S E1WR<\]P!4FJ M2R>0+6VNX[>\N/EA9QGIRQ [D+G]*S=3\2PZ3K,%C(J_9Q"7FD&-(BLXFMVCDWL+=00V\*JLA. M]?E!" E\$]/F&!U/:@#HZ*P[?Q/;7%Q;P?9KA'N79;?.*XM%?RV=2RJC*N,,H7: M>.1G#?515.70M?6+RX-8GV%P6+2Y?&7P Q7C@I]=IJ1]"U9[F.66_>9$NDGV M-,PZ2/P,#@;&7CH2* >#8?M4\_]H3,\CQ-RJDIL)(QQP?FQGTIK>!K)G8M. MY0QO&%V* JL6/'O\Y!]>]4-4TGQ#9+>W=E,'EOY@TRP!MR $A<$')^7:N1CE M1VS6@FD:Z19R#4[B/]X[S(T@8C)&P'@@@*""!U)SF@#IXXTBC6.-51%&%51@ M >PIU@#JZHV\;R:I=7$UHD?EXA@ESEG3 9OH-QQ^%95I;76A-?:E? MRR7*"U4$K(S,2C/@!>A)5E&>Y%;.FV:6%A';QF0@98F4Y8EB2?X@_Y\-._\"W_ /C= &/J'@Q[[6]5U4W2^=,D9LD<%HXI5C9- M[KT8_,<>Q-8<7PQN)M-N+;4+RWF9K.X@@&UBD+R2%P0.!@ XZ?3%=IY_B#_G MPT[_ ,"W_P#C='G^(/\ GPT[_P "W_\ C= ')W7P]OK@W4EOJ$-C+<+(A^SA ML*C11H$'^R&0GZ-ZUI^'O!K:3JUO?W$RRF&U:&- [,(F:1F;;G QA@ ,<5L^ M?X@_Y\-._P# M_\ XW5:35-=@D99M+M$0=)/M#LI_$1G'XT 8FF^$M:L!HH, M]@XTS[1%D,X,D%])O="TF'2[B2VDM[5!%!)$"&=03RX/ /3 M.,\YI8;_ %FX&8;;2Y .NV]8X_\ (=2^?X@_Y\-._P# M_\ XW0!K45D^?X@ M_P"?#3O_ +?_P"-T>?X@_Y\-._\"W_^-T :U9.F?\AO6_\ KM%_Z*2CS_$' M_/AIW_@6_P#\;IVDVE[#MBL.'2M6LVG6SU2T6"2>28++9,[*78L1D2#/)]* -R MBLC[+X@_Z"VG_P#@O?\ ^/4?9?$'_06T_P#\%[__ !Z@#7KBY_AQ8/X=.DP7 M#VK.E^%^FR10I]JEQ$D M<>TH-K*L7E'(!&& ]P-H'/:HKCP8UW+J$EQJLA-\ M897*0JI2:+;L=>O]T<'(K36WU]E##5M/P1D?\2Y__CU+]E\0?]!;3_\ P7O_ M /'J -"TBGAME2YN?M$H^])L"9_ =*GK(^R^(/\ H+:?_P""]_\ X]1]E\0? M]!;3_P#P7O\ _'J ->BLC[+X@_Z"VG_^"]__ (]1]E\0?]!;3_\ P7O_ /'J M #PQ_P @"'_KI+_Z,:M>J6DV#:;ID5H\PF9-Q:0)M#$L6.!DXZ^M7: "BBJM M_/+;VNZ&WDGD=UC"(<$;B 23V !SGVH @1B;NYO;J*W6WMP1;S [FVXS(2>P MR,8_V:J1>(=#GLX+F:6. 766"7"A6RF<[AV(V_I5X:39C1QI0C(M/+\O8&.2 MO?)Z\]_7-8]QX*LI=36Y@E:VM]K+);1C",&X;'.%R#Z?3% %M-3\.11X2:Q1 M43S0H4#"L ,@8[@C\Q2?VKX:-PEOY]@96=75< _,0-IZ=>5Y]QZT^X\+Z7=3 M3RR1-OG*LQ#=&7&&'H?E'Y5)_P ([II4J8FP>OSD9_U?_P :3\O>@"%M4\/& M[MYC>6OFPN\,6&^ZS8W #WXYK1T_4+;4[7[3:.7BWLF2".5)!Z^XJA#X7TN" M)HDB<(0PQO/ ;&0/;@5HV=G%8PM%"7V,[/AF)VECD@>@R>E %BBBB@ HHHH M**** "J=W_Q_6/\ UT;_ -!-7*IW7_(0L/\ >?\ ]!- %RBBB@ HHHH **** M "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH HWKO)>6=K#>+!*7\YTQEI(EZ@>G)7)J] M5*WCD?4KJXFMHDV8B@E'+NF 3GT&XD8]JNT %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !11 M10 4444 %%%% !1110 445RNI0:ZNN2SV<#3'.8&>7$2)Y>,$!A\V_GH<@CI MB@#JJ*Y:%O%>('+Q/A1N1XE3<26Z\DC V].N:2!_%0LVEG(>18"1&D:(6]D _NS#S!^?7]:YB33?$ M6HV*^>?L]U/-"\I$I"IB$AB-I!X?!P#UJY;'Q-)?/;RDPVB3(JSD(SN@5]Q] MLD1GN1N- &V+B^B_UUHLH[M _P#[*V/T)IT>I6KL$:3RI#_!,"A_7K^%K322#5G22#R4"H857G'7M34\67IQ0!S%OXX9XAYFGKO6!))'6<"-68@=2/N@GENV#QQ M2IK^L7%MI#VL43R7*RR2@)N7:K@?>R,#!/.#GCBM23Q/IB3>4OG2,)_(?;$< M+]_+$G&5!C<$C/2D3Q=HCP^F,&I)?&;0),[::653B)TF!5_G"DDX^49/!YS[ M5H?\)3IC1HT'G3[GB3$49R#(VT9SCOUK:P,8P,4 9^DZG+J:7#O:&W2.3RUW M2!BQP"<@#CKCJ:T:** "LV!HK_5I+B.6?;9;K0C&]L=-JAG\GS<;)=&:_LG&HPE5+[CSQ\OTK+U+QI>+X2L-8L[$Q/=WJVZHRF M8E"S#>H4C=G;D>H-9L/C[5I[#4KWR+4)9Z7%>A41G1G>,O@ONX^F/QH ['_A M*-$_Z"4/YFC_ (2C1/\ H)0_F:S]*U;5[K4]<@F:TD2P""%$0H79XQ(-S$D M]8UO\1S;V:C4K)FO8@[7D48$?V;88]R_,QWG]XI&T\B@#J?^$HT3_H)0 M_F:/^$HT3_H)0_F:P;;XCVE[+Y=MIMVS27 @MV?")(T,)19+V3[2(SQB-D\W9N4$\?NR,YY[>P!U7_"4:)_T$H?S-(?%6A*"3J< M ZDD\5>TVX>[TNSN9,;YH$D;;TR5!.*@\0?\BWJG_7I+_Z : - $, 0<@\@ MTM16W_'K#_N#^52T %%%% !1110 45%<7,%I"\UQ,D4<:[G9VP /4U634A/- M;+;6T\T,Z>9]H"A40=LY(.3Z =Z +U5-3U"'2M,N;^XSY4$9=@.IQV'UZ5!Y M&J75L%N+I+.3S=Q^R .2G]W+CKZG%3IIEHEU/<^5NEG $A=BP('08)P!]* % MTZSBL+"*WA#A%RWSMEB223D^N2:M444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4 M444 %%%% !1110 4444 5=3GDM=+N[B$ RQ0NZ C/(!(XKGY?%%\A ^P1H@F M53(\AP4\P(Q(V_*,+F>V>=='DV)'+*R^;EL(!P!M^]EL8., M8/6F3>,+G[-NCL84D,2S O.67;Y@5B2J\#'.3CZ<5UU% " Y /KZ4M%% !11 M10 57GL;6Y;=+ C/_>QAOS'-6** *7V.>+FWO90/[DW[P?F>?UH\^^A'[ZU6 M4=V@?G_OEO\ $U=HH J)J=JS!'D,+G^"8%#^O7\*M@@@$'(--=$D0HZJRGJ& M&0:JG3+=23 9+=CSF%RH_+I^E %RBJ6S4(?NS0W ])%V-^8R/TH&H&/_ (^; M6>'_ &@N]?S7- %VBHH+J"Y&8)DD[_*V<5+0 4R49AX55 M#,[$@*P88.>.0#^%:-%% !114%Y.]M933QP//)&A98D^\Y X ^M $!$ESJH# M1V[VD"[E8_,XF_\ 9<+_ .A5>JK86D=G;;4B$32.TLH#%LNQRW)Z\FK5 !11 M10 4457GO;>W<(\F9#TC0%F/X#F@"Q2,RHI9F"J.I)P!5/S+ZX_U<2VR'^*7 MYF_!1Q^9_"E73H6(>X9[EQSF4Y ^B]!^5 "'45D.+2)[D_WEX3_OH\?EFJ>A M^:;S63,$#_;1D(20/W4?V357RO".OZ1Y$36#VER[0+Y1"%G7Y"%Z'(Z<=O8USS^&O"Y ME:2/Q!91%I6D.PQC.3"<=>@\D?\ ?1II\,>&6GM'?Q':/';R2D1F55!1Y?-Q M\K#Y@W?TQQQ0!T.GS>&=+M;ZPMF22'21]MN&/[P1L2Q+ _WAM;@=*=ILOA+4 MQYEO;V*2L?LQBFA$4ARH;858 G*L#CT-8>FZ)X?T[3M5LQXFLW6_LQ9ALQ*4 M0!P"<'YF^GW"1:>60.+1%*;2206* MKT)RHY[8KF#X9\,"P@M(O$-C&B6+64A!B_> N'W=>#D<^N:/^$9\,#5DOO\ MA(;0@2O(83,H49E,J[0&&,%O?MQ0!U4I\-$1 PV$R:A=>6ICC5UDF +&SMI";B2TB"6FZ1Y 6#JJ@9/(?/;K6:MAH5MHFB:?8^(=/M MVTF598Y,QD2,$9#N4$==Q.?6H8M-TNW,3P^++)9;:]FO+5_W9V&7?O5AN^8' M><=","@#NX#&;>/RDV1[1M7;MP,<#';Z52\0?\BWJG_7I+_Z :CB\0:0L2+) MK5B[@ ,WG(-Q]<9XJGKFO:1+X?U&./5+-W:UD"JLZDD[3P!F@#74\ML8;%A;RKNDDF;RVC]!LQ MG/Y4 7J@N+VVM4D>:95$2;W&R9!)Q M^-6XK.VAN);B*WB2>7_62!1N;ZGJ: ($U"2>6U^S64TEO,N]IW_=B,=LJV&R M?3%1_8[^ZM=E[?>3)YN[-D-F4[*2V3]2,?A6E10!6BT^T@NYKN.!%N)\>9)C MYFQT&?2K-%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110!A6WBF"\M8; MFWTW5)(9D62-Q:G#*1D'KZ&I?^$@'_0)U;_P%/\ C3?"C*G@G0W8@*NG0$D] MAY:TFF^+-&U73HKVWNPL.=#GM=+GAN#(=1E6&*-2NY&*[OGYPN!R?ZUI+XA MT9UB9=5LBLKF.,B=?F8=0.>3R* (?^$@'_0)U;_P%/\ C1_PD _Z!.K?^ I_ MQJ%/&&CR:??W\=P9+6QG6"66,;E+-MQMQU'SC]:L1^)=(>:>)KV*)X;DVA$K M!-T@"G"YZ\,/SH ;_P ) /\ H$ZM_P" I_QH_P"$@'_0)U;_ ,!3_C4[>(-' M0 OJEFH+F,$S* 6& 1UZC(JK;^+=&GNY;1KM8;B*-Y7CE(&$5RA;(R.JGOGV MH ?_ ,) /^@3JW_@*?\ &C_A(!_T"=6_\!3_ (U6N/&NBVLTZR3MY,,8E>X7 M!CV%&<$$'+<*>@-:=KK.FWR1-:WL$OF\1A7&6.T-C'7.T@X]#0!5_P"$@'_0 M)U;_ ,!3_C1_PD _Z!.K?^ I_P :AM/%^E7,DZ2O)9>3.;;9WDZV\,B*>78X&0>1R*L)X@T>2)94U2 MS:-I!$&692"Y&0O7KCF@"O\ \)"/^@3JW_@*?\:TK.[BO[*"[@W>5,@=-PP< M$9Y%3/\ <;Z5F>&O^18TS_KV3^0H U***:SHGWG5>">3CIUH =10"" 0<@T4 M %4-3U(Z>UJB6LMS+ M="&'XA\U&)]6BYM],U!1V26>&1?IR^?UKHJ* ,*'5M;WE9_#LV,:G:V<<+:#=%ESG$\/J3_>JQ_:F MI?\ 0 N_^_\ #_\ %UK44 9/]J:E_P! "[_[_P /_P 71_:FI?\ 0 N_^_\ M#_\ %UK44 9/]J:E_P! "[_[_P /_P 71_:FI?\ 0 N_^_\ #_\ %UK44 9E MIJTL^HBRN-.GM9&B,JF1T8, 0#]TG^\*)3%?ZPEONG!L2L[A>$9F#!5)[XZX M^E5K^Z@LO$D5SOX UD^(8GT_3!=Q2M).L@RTJ^8S#G*H""J ML>W'MQUJA_PF=ZT=PT.F>8(Y/+SEAY9W,/WGR\$[1TSC/- '2_9;F?FZN2J_ M\\H,J/Q;J?TJQ!;0VR[88E0'KM'7Z^M9S9%1"7!B569E( QO^7OG M((.,4L7B&^:S6_FBDMXGNK<,CQ$^7&R#>.GJ3S0!UE%/2Q+$@8 MEI&97; =N $QT7 ]R*9/XGU6SN+E38B5 ^V$,&4X\QU+,<8V_*H_$?6@#L:8 MT4;'+1J3ZD5@:3K%]J/B"X@F@\BWBB/[O#$A@^/F) '(Y&">#714 1^1#_SR M3_OD4>1#_P \D_[Y%244 1^1#_SR3_OD4>1#_P \D_[Y%244 1^1#_SR3_OD M4>1#_P \D_[Y%24A(4$D@ =S0 SR(?\ GDG_ 'R*/(A_YY)_WR*K/JML)[BW MB+3W-O'YCPQ+EL=ASQD^F:1)=1G>UD6WBMX&!,Z3-F5?0#;\OXYH M>1#_SR M3_OD53DO=.CEG@7RY;B!/,>"%=\@'^Z.C7-Q):O%IL45NZ[IOM!"R)Z * 03^-,_L5;BV, M.HW#7(,OF#RU\D =E^7DCZGFM6B@"-+>&.5Y4BC623[[A0"WU/>I*** "BBB M@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@#F]&L?[4^&V MF6'GO +G2H8FDCQN4-$H.,]\52_X5UI\5TDEM>74$:3K.B!MS(P0(0KGD!@J M@CH0*V/"/_(EZ%_V#K?_ -%K6S0!Q\7P[TU%B1KB=D2)(BH 7<%A>+J!U(PRZAIZRR: ML(A!;#SBL:;LJ7(]@[-^ ]!0 V/P/;#0-0TF>]FF2_ECDED*(I^0( ,8(C M&?J:JS?#?2GGN6AN);:.Y>3S88D0+Y;^6611CY>8U.1SR:R;+3/&FF6L6GVQ MDCAL"RPE95D6=3-&5#%OF.(VD';[OTHETSQ?-/;:AF[74K:"<,6:+RWD,D9" MJ/\ GF54]>>* +MU\-DFN42/47CLG-P9H@B_*LH4%8QC"YVDDCNI(]P:S(;?QS<7:QSW%Q;PO<1BXD4Q':-[[C% MP<)L\L<\Y_&M+Q'I^NS>);>YTII8X3;)!)*CK\H,Z%\ \9V!N<4 00?#/38; M98#>7+H(3"?N@D&.2//3KB0G\!5W2_!XT_Q:VM/.)56QCMT7&,R@;6E(Z E5 M1>.PK#$7Q# \J.4$_97F664IQ,H=%B(_VLH^?4&AK/QO<6L%N]Q_-U)+(Y-W/=;"!C=+$(R/P XK-M/AW:VD MMJ_]IW+RV\L3I)L17"QHJ! 0. 54 ^O-9GD>.8K=([0W8:.S54\YXV'$!!W= MS+YV,'IM_&NKTWPU;V]W;:I=23W.J)"$>>9QDG;@\ >HX'#QFNPD\3:.EK)<+>QRQ1_?,9W% M>">@Y_A/Y4R35?#X:6Y>>S,L>R9R0-X.,*>>)- M(@C1VO8V#X*A 6."VP' Y^]Q0!9^W.>EC='_ ("H_F:S;^X>;6M"5K6:(?:Y M#E]N/]1+Z$U<_M_2/+>3^T;;8DGE,?,& W/'Z'\CZ54O+RWO=4T1[:9)42^E MC9D.0&$$N10!NUF>(KF^L] NY]-^S_;$4>5]H<*F<@.[ZZD0)M%J8[-DD9 D[M).T3@KRN!MQE?J#R*;_P MGFIRW-EN).1T^4\U/ MKOBO5M/\V=S M<2,88SM:.-'4 *Q&,L>N#["M:77M3M_#7AR:6\A6;59(EGO9(@$@#QE^F<=0 M%&?6NMCLK2$8BM88QS]V,#KUI[P0R0^2\2-%C&PJ"N/3% 'FUIXT\076JVR* M;8VD2[[B1!^K2J MV!]1CM717%A:74!AGMHI(F 4HRC! .0/IGM3Y;6WG=7E@BD=>%9T!(^E &#X M+O\ 6M2T7[5K,87S"CV[% C.A122R@D#YBP'L!71TBJ%4*H 4# [4M '-ZJ MEW+XQTY((;>6 V/;CZ-@_A6O]BFG_ ./NY9A_SSB^1?SZG\_PJM+_ M ,C=;?\ 7C+_ .AQUK4 1PP16Z;(8TC7T48J2BB@#%UK77TJ^LK:.V\\W.XX M!.[ *CC //S9YP..M53XOTV.TF>RMYIS$)7:.%5 &T@L202 M-&I<*5#$M/?QAIL<1D:*\VC8,?9SDLP)"@=+RVM8BF5."O=>A_"@"A%XDM[C4;>S@MYV,TKQLS +LVINR5 M/.#VXK:JJNF6*S>:MK$)!)YH?;SNQC.?IQ4MS=6]G"9KJ>*"(=7E<*H_$T 2 MT52?4,SSV]O;3RRQ1[P2A6-CV4.>,TU$U.=K2626&U4 F>!%\W<>P#G&!^% M%R66.",R2R)&@ZLYP!^-56U.(W%Q;0133W$$>]D1" ?0!CA)LR/GL P( ^O--&BVTL M#0WS27Z-+YN+HA@#V & ,#TQ6C10 =!BBBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH M**** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH YG0;R^TWP[IE MC/H6H>=;6D4,FTQ$;E0 X^?U%:']LW/_ $ M2_\ (7_Q=:U% &3_ &S<_P#0 M"U+_ ,A?_%T?VS<_] +4O_(7_P 76M10!D_VS<_] +4O_(7_ ,71_;-S_P! M+4O_ "%_\76M10!D_P!LW/\ T M2_P#(7_Q=']LW/_0"U+_R%_\ %UK44 9/ M]LW/_0"U+_R%_P#%T?VS<_\ 0"U+_P A?_%UK44 9/\ ;-S_ - +4O\ R%_\ M71_;-S_T M2_\A?_ !=:U% &3_;-S_T M2_\A?\ Q=']LW/_ $ M2_\ (7_Q M=:U% &0VL7)4C^PM2Z?],O\ XNL_2_"EN='MX[X3K(T2F6#S/E5_+"$C'?'' M6NGHH QKKP_I+;I+@%0[$$F3 )9G./Q:5OS%1?\ "+:6A*[YDED8.)!)B3U:>HV7V^U6'?LQ-%+G&?N.K8_';BN;/@@K#&L5^5D0,!(58LK-% ML9E.[AB>: -S^P-.(3,.62U%JDF?G2/!'#=0>>HJO;^&-+LK1K2+S4$NT!O- M^;*L9 0?7.36.^AN6N4D$- MQ',BR*S'Y8V0_,6SDAL^@(ZF[UXYWM4=_836/\ M9+:=927,=I=/*\2R*K8:.09!8@'YG'>MZD9E12S,%4^URW/%D@*_P#/>087\!U;^7O4 MD-E''()I&::?_GH_4?0= /I0!G)K&I.@;_A&[](21^';XJ+*_E2*89 MQR8V[^X/<59H **** "BBJMYJ-I80M+ MYF@@LG 6/7$<$0(&YVP,GH/K437TKW$\%O93,T<6]99/DB=CT4-R?KQQ3[33K M2Q\S[/ J&1S(YR26;U)-6J *"0:C,UK+/=) 4R9H8%#*Y[# JC %.H **** "BBB@ HHH MH I:;_J)AZ7$H_\ 'S5VJ6F?ZF?_ *^9?_0S5V@ HHHH ***H2ZO:+%,\+-= MM"XC>.U7S6#'L0.GX].] %J>WBN$V2IN .0>A!]0>QJOON++B7=<0?\ /0#Y MT^H'7ZC\J#)J$MS)&D$4,'E929WW-O(XR@[#O\U-337<6KWEY//- 2VY&,2. MWJ54X./0YH 6;6+&*V:<3^R7$L45H(XQ%NCN)7& M"YZ#8.<#OTIHTR*U9Y=.2*UD=BSA$ 20^K =_?K4L-X&D$,Z&&?LI.0W^Z>_ M\Z (EL+B7[))=WTIFA)+BW_=QR'W7DX'IGZU/:V-K8JXM;>.$2,7?8N-S'J3 MZFK%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 M4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1 M110 4444 %%%% !1110!%/=6]MM\^>*+=T\QPN?SJ'^U-/\ ^?\ M?\ O\O^ M-9U]:V]WXNL$N((IE%A<$"1 P!\R'UJ__8VE_P#0-L_^_"_X4 ._M33_ /G_ M +7_ +_+_C1_:FG_ //_ &O_ '^7_&F_V-I?_0-L_P#OPO\ A1_8VE_] VS_ M ._"_P"% #O[4T__ )_[7_O\O^-']J:?_P _]K_W^7_&F_V-I?\ T#;/_OPO M^%']C:7_ - VS_[\+_A0 V;6M+@CWR:A:@9P/WJDD^@&>358ZG%=GF_M[6'V MF4R-^N%_4_2K?]C:7_T#;/\ [\+_ (4?V-I?_0-L_P#OPO\ A0 R"\TFV0K% M>6J@G)/G*23ZDYYJ7^U-/_Y_[7_O\O\ C3?[&TO_ *!MG_WX7_"C^QM+_P"@ M;9_]^%_PH =_:FG_ //_ &O_ '^7_&C^U-/_ .?^U_[_ "_XTW^QM+_Z!MG_ M -^%_P */[&TO_H&V?\ WX7_ H GAN[:YW>1<12[>NQPV/RJ7-8P%<&[(((Z'BNA_X1C0/^@'IG_@)'_A0!J;AZBC'?#EC#=/X;TV1))EB+M;QI'%D'YG;:=J\ M8SCJ10!UNX>HHW#U%>?/J_@^.>X\[P]8P6]K/+#-++8K@^7%YA9,*=PP?;CF MF+K/A);V99_#MA!;1DX=[$>8PV1,/W>S(YE P<&@#M],(\F?D?\ 'S+W_P!L MU=W#U%<5;WW@6ZOK2R@TBS:>Z8JJ?V8/D;+ A_E^4_(_7^Z:S=4U+1]*NM2B MG\&Z2([*:"(RDQ@'SFPA/[O@ &=6U"PLAX6TZU%W;?:(VG M@C7S,EN(OEQ)]W)Y!PP.*ZS_ (1C0/\ H!Z9_P" D?\ A0!(FEQ.+1KRXENY M[8EEE=MF6]2JX4^W'%7HXXHP1$B("22% &3ZUF_\(QH'_0#TS_P$C_PJI#IE MAIWBRU^PV-M:[[*;=Y$*INP\>,X'- &_D>HHW#U%64T]UI-C/,UW M<;I);=&8_O7ZDC)K1_X1C0/^@'IG_@)'_A0!J;AZBF310W$9CE574]C6=_PC M&@?] /3/_ 2/_"C_ (1C0/\ H!Z9_P" D?\ A0!.&N+,]6N;?\Y$_P#BA^OU MJU%/%/&)(I%=3W!K._X1C0/^@'IG_@)'_A2#PMX>#$C0M,R>O^B1_P"% &KN M'J*-P]167_PC&@?] /3/_ 2/_"C_ (1C0/\ H!Z9_P" D?\ A0!J;AZBCF?\ @)'_ (4 :F1ZBEKFM0T72K#4 M=$FL],L[:7[=MWPP*C8\J3C(%=+0 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 M 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% ! M1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 9$W_(X6/\ UX7'_HR&M>L>X95\86.Y@/\ M0+CJ?^FD-:OFQ_\ /1/^^A0 ^D/0XIOFQ_\ /1/^^A1YL?\ ST3_ +Z% 'DV ME:QXTTO2S)/#>333K VZYC>58E8R[G(P"&R$4H. "&[UI:AXB\3WEV]@NGW, M*A('D>&W<;9!)#NV/_$A#/U . ?0UZ/YL?\ ST3_ +Z%'FQ_\]$_[Z% ' W^ MHZW:>(_$DD+S%H4C-A',)C"1L3=A57:W);G.<^U5;CQ-XGL[?5+L07DDCK;O M9VSZ<3Y8:'2037I'FQ_\]$_[Z%'FQ_\]$_[Z% 'G$_B+Q=:)>LD M#2O)>J$$MF^VVB, =>G+ OE<]1@YZUZ+;O(]M$\R!)60%U4Y ;'(%.\V/_GH MG_?0H\V/_GHG_?0H ?13/-C_ .>B?]]"CS8_^>B?]]"@#E/$'_(;G_ZYZ=_Z M6&NNKD->8/K<^TAOW>G=#G_E\-=?0 5E7T6EZ\)]*DO [(,3P07)5]I&"KA3 MG!ST-:M<,?">L1:1_9<364D$=\]T7,TD;7:,[.8Y-JY7[PY!.=HX% &S+X*T M&82JUFPCE+$QK*X4$QB,X /&5 ''I4MUX2T:]NY;J>U9II6WNWFL,G"#U_Z9 MI^7N:XZY\%:Y;6\)-RVIW,ES:I(6NI40PI$5<-@\ MSD D\9IQ\!>)#;/$VN M*\QMC%]K,\H=@8E01D#@*&!<-][)Z4 ;@\#6-EXIAUZWO9+4(W,?'S%F9 WR<9[$=._>N0O_A]JEW=WZ_: M+0Z>RQBVMVEE^;RY4==^JS)X,UUM0$PU*-8_/:2,B>3-LIF9R% M&,-N0A#G& .,T :UQI?AWP_-933)<*MKYL]M#ODD2(@$LX3D @.1G' .*W[# M4;74X7EM)-Z*^PG!'. >_L0?QKDM'\!O!&\6J7DDT301H5BN9,L^P"4ECR S M*IX/;FNKT[3HM-CF2)I&\V4RL7;<8V/BGQ-;.;QH#J2 M36UOF$1,A\TV\CML'0?,@!'J>U;'A_Q-X@U>_P!.AFLK2&"99I)I<,,DC 9R0I]%/!KTJB@#SUO%?B";58H_+BM MX8=1>";1H)LQ!A#!'('+-;&8#GT M9=I^M>C44 >>0>,_$)]=>\T MJRU-(YSB?]A ?^BI*UZ "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHH MH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ M HHHH **** "BBB@"K>:;8Z@4-Y9P7!3(0RQAMN>N,_0?E5;_A'-$_Z!-C_W MX7_"M.B@#,_X1S1/^@38_P#?A?\ "C_A'-$_Z!-C_P!^%_PK3HH S/\ A'-$ M_P"@38_]^%_PH_X1S1/^@38_]^%_PK3HH Q+CPCH4\T$W]EVJ2P$E"L8 .1@ MA@.H]C4%II>CYAMM0TC2[>^DW;8E16$@4\LO ..0<=1715'-!'/MWHI9#E&P M"4.,9'H>30!0_P"$B@#(_X170O^@5;?]\4?\(KH7_0*MO\ MOBM>B@#(_P"$5T+_ *!5M_WQ1_PBNA?] JV_[XK7HH S+?PYHUK^OVTYXXDN?)(E\W# +D, MH&."<]. 1G(%21:=XC2Y\R6^\P? M; Y42;4,63D8QGH1QGJ* .F=%D1D=0RL""#T(K.CBET@0PPHITN*-M[/(S21 M8Y&,YW+CC'4<=:TZ* ([>XAN[>.XMY4EAD7?_ * VJ_\ ?E?_ (J@#8HK'_MY_P#H#:K_ -^5_P#BJ/[>?_H#:K_WY7_X MJ@"Y8?ZR]'I<'_T%:N5S]MK$L4MTS:+JN))=Z_N5Z;5'][U!JQ_;S_\ 0&U7 M_ORO_P 50!L45C_V\_\ T!M5_P"_*_\ Q5']O/\ ] ;5?^_*_P#Q5 &Q16/_ M &\__0&U7_ORO_Q5366LQWMZUHUI=VTPC\T"XC"[ESCC!/>@#2HHHH **** M"BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH * M*** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HH MHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB@ JECW)OK=52_ M6)HTD8G:1V# 'YAG\NU7:* ,+4[]9-"U"SN6BBU#^SY))(%8G VD94D#(S_] M>M>S_P"/*W_ZYK_*J/B*%)?#NIYR&%I, Z\,OR'H>U7K/_CRM_\ KFO\J )J M*** (Y9XK= TTJ1J6"@NP ))P!SW)XJ2L3Q3I=UJVDQPV7DF>*[@N LSE581 MR*Y&0#C('I7-7G@_7[V_U6ZEU)Q]K0^5'%>,@0$)B,_(>%*GGOD\@45Y MW<^#?$TRW &I0*)A;F55F?$A3 9%./W:$=OFY^N*OZ-X4UFP\2P7UWJTUS;1 M0HBAIR6XCVE&&W##=\V[@Y[4 =K1110 5D-_R."?]>#?^C!6O60W_(X)_P!> M#?\ HP4 :]%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%% M% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 M %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 M4444 %%%% &=KY \.:F3T%I+_P"@&N:MOBEX,2UA1M9Y5%!_T6;T_P!RBB@" M7_A:O@O_ *#/_DK-_P#$4?\ "U?!?_09_P#)6;_XBBB@ _X6KX+_ .@S_P"2 MLW_Q%'_"U?!?_09_\E9O_B*** #_ (6KX+_Z#/\ Y*S?_$4?\+5\%_\ 09_\ ME9O_ (BBB@ _X6KX+_Z#/_DK-_\ $4?\+5\%_P#09_\ )6;_ .(HHH /^%J^ M"_\ H,_^2LW_ ,13]#\3Z/XE\6/)I%Y]I6"Q*R'RG3:3(,?> ]#110!UU%%% M !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 M%%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110 4444 %%%% !1110!_ "_]D! end